<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!-- generator="podbean/5.5" -->
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"
     xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0"
     xmlns:spotify="http://www.spotify.com/ns/rss"
     xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"
    xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/">

<channel>
    <title>Academy of Ideas</title>
    <atom:link href="https://feed.podbean.com/InstituteofIdeas1/feed.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
    <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com</link>
    <description>The Academy of Ideas has been organising public debates to challenge contemporary knee-jerk orthodoxies since 2000. Subscribe to our channel for recordings of our live conferences, discussions and salons, and find out more at www.academyofideas.org.uk</description>
    <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 17:04:16 +0100</pubDate>
    <generator>https://podbean.com/?v=5.5</generator>
    <language>en</language>
        <copyright>Copyright 2018. All rights reserved.</copyright>
    <category>News:Politics</category>
    <ttl>1440</ttl>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
          <itunes:summary>The Academy of Ideas has been organising public debates to challenge contemporary knee-jerk orthodoxies since 2000. Subscribe to our channel for recordings of our live conferences, discussions and salons, and find out more at www.academyofideas.org.uk</itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
	<itunes:category text="News">
		<itunes:category text="Politics" />
	</itunes:category>
	<itunes:category text="Arts">
		<itunes:category text="Books" />
	</itunes:category>
<itunes:category text="Science" />
    <itunes:owner>
        <itunes:name>academyofideas</itunes:name>
            </itunes:owner>
    	<itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/image-logo/688090/Academy_of_Ideas_logo_square_1400.jpg" />
    <image>
        <url>https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/image-logo/688090/Academy_of_Ideas_logo_square_1400.jpg</url>
        <title>Academy of Ideas</title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com</link>
        <width>144</width>
        <height>144</height>
    </image>
    <item>
        <title>Elections 2026: what next for populism, democracy, Starmer and the Union?</title>
        <itunes:title>Elections 2026: what next for populism, democracy, Starmer and the Union?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/elections-2026-what-next-for-populism-democracy-starmer-and-the-union/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/elections-2026-what-next-for-populism-democracy-starmer-and-the-union/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 17:04:16 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/5a751532-fd3b-3ce2-9b41-3748f3a49515</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The implosion of the two traditional major parties and the widespread success of Reform (and, to a lesser extent, the Greens) have been widely described as historic, a shifting of the tectonic plates of British politics. But what does last Thursday’s vote mean for the present and future?</p>
<p>The Academy of Ideas team got together in the wake of Keir Starmer’s ‘speech of a lifetime’ to share their post-election thoughts in a wide-ranging discussion.</p>
<p>They also look ahead to two events:</p>
<p>The Academy 2026, the Ideas Matter annual residential weekend of lectures and discussions, which this year is titled ‘Hollow Leviathan: the state against the demos’, on 22 &amp; 23 August.</p>
<p><a href='https://ideasmatter.org.uk/academy'>The Academy 2026</a></p>
<p>The Battle of Ideas festival, the UK’s premier festival of discussion and debate, in London on 17 &amp; 18 October.</p>
<p><a href='https://battleofideas.org.uk'>Battle of Ideas festival</a></p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The implosion of the two traditional major parties and the widespread success of Reform (and, to a lesser extent, the Greens) have been widely described as historic, a shifting of the tectonic plates of British politics. But what does last Thursday’s vote mean for the present and future?</p>
<p>The Academy of Ideas team got together in the wake of Keir Starmer’s ‘speech of a lifetime’ to share their post-election thoughts in a wide-ranging discussion.</p>
<p>They also look ahead to two events:</p>
<p>The Academy 2026, the Ideas Matter annual residential weekend of lectures and discussions, which this year is titled ‘Hollow Leviathan: the state against the demos’, on 22 &amp; 23 August.</p>
<p><a href='https://ideasmatter.org.uk/academy'>The Academy 2026</a></p>
<p>The Battle of Ideas festival, the UK’s premier festival of discussion and debate, in London on 17 &amp; 18 October.</p>
<p><a href='https://battleofideas.org.uk'>Battle of Ideas festival</a></p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ggjixrvrx4vxfpch/ELECTIONS_2026_PODCAST9e5kv.mp3" length="56407708" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The implosion of the two traditional major parties and the widespread success of Reform (and, to a lesser extent, the Greens) have been widely described as historic, a shifting of the tectonic plates of British politics. But what does last Thursday’s vote mean for the present and future?
The Academy of Ideas team got together in the wake of Keir Starmer’s ‘speech of a lifetime’ to share their post-election thoughts in a wide-ranging discussion.
They also look ahead to two events:
The Academy 2026, the Ideas Matter annual residential weekend of lectures and discussions, which this year is titled ‘Hollow Leviathan: the state against the demos’, on 22 &amp; 23 August.
The Academy 2026
The Battle of Ideas festival, the UK’s premier festival of discussion and debate, in London on 17 &amp; 18 October.
Battle of Ideas festival
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3567</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>318</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/podcast_of_ideas_logo_20266oguj.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: Has Scottish devolution been a failure?</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: Has Scottish devolution been a failure?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-has-scottish-devolution-been-a-failure/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-has-scottish-devolution-been-a-failure/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 02 May 2026 09:13:43 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/64bb8df3-e49c-3655-b202-056845a56836</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Ahead of the elections to the Scottish Parliament on Thursday 7 May, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons talked to Dean Thomson, author of Scotland Undone: Nationalism, Dogma, and Decline in the Devolution Era. In a wide-ranging discussion, topics included:</p>
<ul>
<li>Thoughts on what will happen in the election, including the fall and rise of the SNP, the Reform UK insurgency, the decline of Labour and Conservatives</li>
<li>The much-forgotten 'double out' voters who want to leave the UK and voted to leave the EU</li>
<li>How devolution came about and how the SNP went from opponents to claiming it as their own</li>
<li>The rise of the 'lanyard class' in Scotland</li>
<li>The prospects for the future - do we need a more federal UK?</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ahead of the elections to the Scottish Parliament on Thursday 7 May, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons talked to Dean Thomson, author of <em>Scotland Undone: Nationalism, Dogma, and Decline in the Devolution Era</em>. In a wide-ranging discussion, topics included:</p>
<ul>
<li>Thoughts on what will happen in the election, including the fall and rise of the SNP, the Reform UK insurgency, the decline of Labour and Conservatives</li>
<li>The much-forgotten 'double out' voters who want to leave the UK and voted to leave the EU</li>
<li>How devolution came about and how the SNP went from opponents to claiming it as their own</li>
<li>The rise of the 'lanyard class' in Scotland</li>
<li>The prospects for the future - do we need a more federal UK?</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/652emax7ey9tx8af/scotland_podcast_april_26_audacity_version7d284.mp3" length="66764764" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Ahead of the elections to the Scottish Parliament on Thursday 7 May, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons talked to Dean Thomson, author of Scotland Undone: Nationalism, Dogma, and Decline in the Devolution Era. In a wide-ranging discussion, topics included:

Thoughts on what will happen in the election, including the fall and rise of the SNP, the Reform UK insurgency, the decline of Labour and Conservatives
The much-forgotten 'double out' voters who want to leave the UK and voted to leave the EU
How devolution came about and how the SNP went from opponents to claiming it as their own
The rise of the 'lanyard class' in Scotland
The prospects for the future - do we need a more federal UK?

 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3963</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>316</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Taking the PIP: who can reform welfare?</title>
        <itunes:title>Taking the PIP: who can reform welfare?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/taking-the-pip-who-can-reform-welfare/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/taking-the-pip-who-can-reform-welfare/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 09:25:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e6d55aab-f10f-33e6-a654-a43b4f3a8a25</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Sunday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
The government suffered serious embarrassment earlier this year when its attempts to rein in Personal Independence Payments (PIP) had to be hurriedly scaled back in the face of a backbench revolt. But the scale of welfare payments today remains a huge worry – and there seems little appetite to bring this spending under control. Earlier this year, there was a furore about the scale and availability of cars through the Motability scheme, which runs a fleet of cars said to be worth £14 billion.</p>
<p>According to the Department of Work and Pensions (DWP): ‘In 2025 to 2026 the government is forecast to spend £316.1 billion on the social security system in Great Britain. Total GB welfare spending is forecast to be 10.6% of GDP and 23.5% of the total amount the government spends in 2025 to 2026.’ Of this spending, £174.9 billion goes to pensioners and £141.2 billion to children and working age adults. Going forward, an ageing population means these costs will continue to rise – and that’s without the huge liabilities for public-sector pensions.</p>
<p>Moreover, does the emphasis on state-funded welfare make sense? With millions on working-age benefits for sickness and disability, many worry that too many people are being incentivised to remain out of work. A new report by Policy Exchange, Out of Control, identifies how poor incentives and ‘concept creep’ have stretched societal definitions of mental ill-health and neurodivergence so far that public services are stretched to breaking point, with costs of support spiraling to tens of billions each year.Getting people into work would make them better off, reduce the welfare bill and potentially improve the economic outlook, too.</p>
<p>What is to be done? Are politicians prepared to have the difficult conversations, from reducing working-age entitlements to increasing the retirement age? Is the debate unnecessarily gloomy about the UK’s ability to afford welfare in the future? Or will we face an abrupt financial reckoning if nothing is done?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dave Clements
writer and policy advisor; contributing co-editor The Future of Community</p>
<p>Lisa McKenzie
working-class academic; author, Lockdown Diaries of the Working Class</p>
<p>Jean-André Prager
senior fellow, Policy Exchange</p>
<p>Gawain Towler
former head of press, Reform UK</p>
<p>CHAIR
Rob Lyons
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Sunday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
The government suffered serious embarrassment earlier this year when its attempts to rein in Personal Independence Payments (PIP) had to be hurriedly scaled back in the face of a backbench revolt. But the scale of welfare payments today remains a huge worry – and there seems little appetite to bring this spending under control. Earlier this year, there was a furore about the scale and availability of cars through the Motability scheme, which runs a fleet of cars said to be worth £14 billion.</p>
<p>According to the Department of Work and Pensions (DWP): ‘In 2025 to 2026 the government is forecast to spend £316.1 billion on the social security system in Great Britain. Total GB welfare spending is forecast to be 10.6% of GDP and 23.5% of the total amount the government spends in 2025 to 2026.’ Of this spending, £174.9 billion goes to pensioners and £141.2 billion to children and working age adults. Going forward, an ageing population means these costs will continue to rise – and that’s without the huge liabilities for public-sector pensions.</p>
<p>Moreover, does the emphasis on state-funded welfare make sense? With millions on working-age benefits for sickness and disability, many worry that too many people are being incentivised to remain out of work. A new report by Policy Exchange, Out of Control, identifies how poor incentives and ‘concept creep’ have stretched societal definitions of mental ill-health and neurodivergence so far that public services are stretched to breaking point, with costs of support spiraling to tens of billions each year.Getting people into work would make them better off, reduce the welfare bill and potentially improve the economic outlook, too.</p>
<p>What is to be done? Are politicians prepared to have the difficult conversations, from reducing working-age entitlements to increasing the retirement age? Is the debate unnecessarily gloomy about the UK’s ability to afford welfare in the future? Or will we face an abrupt financial reckoning if nothing is done?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dave Clements<br>
writer and policy advisor; contributing co-editor The Future of Community</p>
<p>Lisa McKenzie<br>
working-class academic; author, Lockdown Diaries of the Working Class</p>
<p>Jean-André Prager<br>
senior fellow, Policy Exchange</p>
<p>Gawain Towler<br>
former head of press, Reform UK</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Rob Lyons<br>
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vbj6ceupgppk95vi/10_Taking_the_PIP_who_can_reform_welfare6b3r0.mp3" length="68009738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Sunday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONThe government suffered serious embarrassment earlier this year when its attempts to rein in Personal Independence Payments (PIP) had to be hurriedly scaled back in the face of a backbench revolt. But the scale of welfare payments today remains a huge worry – and there seems little appetite to bring this spending under control. Earlier this year, there was a furore about the scale and availability of cars through the Motability scheme, which runs a fleet of cars said to be worth £14 billion.
According to the Department of Work and Pensions (DWP): ‘In 2025 to 2026 the government is forecast to spend £316.1 billion on the social security system in Great Britain. Total GB welfare spending is forecast to be 10.6% of GDP and 23.5% of the total amount the government spends in 2025 to 2026.’ Of this spending, £174.9 billion goes to pensioners and £141.2 billion to children and working age adults. Going forward, an ageing population means these costs will continue to rise – and that’s without the huge liabilities for public-sector pensions.
Moreover, does the emphasis on state-funded welfare make sense? With millions on working-age benefits for sickness and disability, many worry that too many people are being incentivised to remain out of work. A new report by Policy Exchange, Out of Control, identifies how poor incentives and ‘concept creep’ have stretched societal definitions of mental ill-health and neurodivergence so far that public services are stretched to breaking point, with costs of support spiraling to tens of billions each year.Getting people into work would make them better off, reduce the welfare bill and potentially improve the economic outlook, too.
What is to be done? Are politicians prepared to have the difficult conversations, from reducing working-age entitlements to increasing the retirement age? Is the debate unnecessarily gloomy about the UK’s ability to afford welfare in the future? Or will we face an abrupt financial reckoning if nothing is done?
SPEAKERSDave Clementswriter and policy advisor; contributing co-editor The Future of Community
Lisa McKenzieworking-class academic; author, Lockdown Diaries of the Working Class
Jean-André Pragersenior fellow, Policy Exchange
Gawain Towlerformer head of press, Reform UK
CHAIRRob Lyonsscience and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4597</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>317</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/2025-logo.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Why is my energy bill so high?</title>
        <itunes:title>Why is my energy bill so high?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/why-is-my-energy-bill-so-high/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/why-is-my-energy-bill-so-high/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 14:40:59 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/fecebf95-3d98-319d-80e4-a4f147e9628b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The war in Iran and the closure of the Strait of Hormuz have focused attention on skyrocketing energy prices, leading to demands to encourage more output from the North Sea and causing travel chaos in Ireland. But bills were already high before this happened. This discussion with three experts, recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 at Church House in London, explains why - war or no war - we're all paying too much for energy.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Heating or eating? That has become a burning question for many people. From struggling households to steel works and factories, energy prices remain a hot topic. Ed Miliband’s assurance that bills would fall by £300 per year looks wildly optimistic.</p>
<p>The cost of energy bills became a major political issue when a combination of a post-pandemic resurgence of the world economy and war in Ukraine sent the price of energy in general, and natural gas in particular, shooting up. Prices have come down a lot since then, but remain higher than before. The Ofgem energy price cap for a ‘typical household’ increased from £1,137 per year in January 2019 to £1,720 in July 2025 – a rise of over 50 per cent.</p>
<p>Supporters of renewable energy argue that the UK is still at the mercy of global prices for gas because ‘gas sets the price’ in the energy market, thanks to the way the ‘merit order’ works for wholesale energy prices: the most expensive form of energy that is used sets the price for everything. Generally, that is gas. Get rid of fossil fuels, we are told, and we would have lower prices and less exposure to world markets.</p>
<p>However, critics point out that the wholesale price is only part of the story. The retail price of energy includes a variety of subsidies for renewable energy that mean the actual price renewable producers receive is much higher. If renewables are really as cheap as their proponents claim, why do they need to be subsidised and why do countries that use a lot of renewables also have the highest energy bills? Will prices rise further as we use even more renewables? And if energy security is so important, why would we want to rely on intermittent energy sources like wind and solar?</p>
<p>In this session, energy experts will explain how our energy bills remain so high and what the consequences are for household finances and the wider economy.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Lord Mackinlay
director, The Global Warming Policy Foundation</p>
<p>Kathryn Porter
consultant, Watt-Logic</p>
<p>David Turver
energy policy analyst, Eigen Values</p>
<p>CHAIR
Rob Lyons
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The war in Iran and the closure of the Strait of Hormuz have focused attention on skyrocketing energy prices, leading to demands to encourage more output from the North Sea and causing travel chaos in Ireland. But bills were already high before this happened. This discussion with three experts, recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 at Church House in London, explains why - war or no war - we're all paying too much for energy.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Heating or eating? That has become a burning question for many people. From struggling households to steel works and factories, energy prices remain a hot topic. Ed Miliband’s assurance that bills would fall by £300 per year looks wildly optimistic.</p>
<p>The cost of energy bills became a major political issue when a combination of a post-pandemic resurgence of the world economy and war in Ukraine sent the price of energy in general, and natural gas in particular, shooting up. Prices have come down a lot since then, but remain higher than before. The Ofgem energy price cap for a ‘typical household’ increased from £1,137 per year in January 2019 to £1,720 in July 2025 – a rise of over 50 per cent.</p>
<p>Supporters of renewable energy argue that the UK is still at the mercy of global prices for gas because ‘gas sets the price’ in the energy market, thanks to the way the ‘merit order’ works for wholesale energy prices: the most expensive form of energy that is used sets the price for everything. Generally, that is gas. Get rid of fossil fuels, we are told, and we would have lower prices and less exposure to world markets.</p>
<p>However, critics point out that the wholesale price is only part of the story. The retail price of energy includes a variety of subsidies for renewable energy that mean the actual price renewable producers receive is much higher. If renewables are really as cheap as their proponents claim, why do they need to be subsidised and why do countries that use a lot of renewables also have the highest energy bills? Will prices rise further as we use even more renewables? And if energy security is so important, why would we want to rely on intermittent energy sources like wind and solar?</p>
<p>In this session, energy experts will explain how our energy bills remain so high and what the consequences are for household finances and the wider economy.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Lord Mackinlay<br>
director, The Global Warming Policy Foundation</p>
<p>Kathryn Porter<br>
consultant, Watt-Logic</p>
<p>David Turver<br>
energy policy analyst, Eigen Values</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Rob Lyons<br>
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/uxivykcwi2s8enrd/2_Why_is_my_energy_bill_so_high94ees.mp3" length="64542617" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The war in Iran and the closure of the Strait of Hormuz have focused attention on skyrocketing energy prices, leading to demands to encourage more output from the North Sea and causing travel chaos in Ireland. But bills were already high before this happened. This discussion with three experts, recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 at Church House in London, explains why - war or no war - we're all paying too much for energy.
ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION
Heating or eating? That has become a burning question for many people. From struggling households to steel works and factories, energy prices remain a hot topic. Ed Miliband’s assurance that bills would fall by £300 per year looks wildly optimistic.
The cost of energy bills became a major political issue when a combination of a post-pandemic resurgence of the world economy and war in Ukraine sent the price of energy in general, and natural gas in particular, shooting up. Prices have come down a lot since then, but remain higher than before. The Ofgem energy price cap for a ‘typical household’ increased from £1,137 per year in January 2019 to £1,720 in July 2025 – a rise of over 50 per cent.
Supporters of renewable energy argue that the UK is still at the mercy of global prices for gas because ‘gas sets the price’ in the energy market, thanks to the way the ‘merit order’ works for wholesale energy prices: the most expensive form of energy that is used sets the price for everything. Generally, that is gas. Get rid of fossil fuels, we are told, and we would have lower prices and less exposure to world markets.
However, critics point out that the wholesale price is only part of the story. The retail price of energy includes a variety of subsidies for renewable energy that mean the actual price renewable producers receive is much higher. If renewables are really as cheap as their proponents claim, why do they need to be subsidised and why do countries that use a lot of renewables also have the highest energy bills? Will prices rise further as we use even more renewables? And if energy security is so important, why would we want to rely on intermittent energy sources like wind and solar?
In this session, energy experts will explain how our energy bills remain so high and what the consequences are for household finances and the wider economy.
SPEAKERSLord Mackinlaydirector, The Global Warming Policy Foundation
Kathryn Porterconsultant, Watt-Logic
David Turverenergy policy analyst, Eigen Values
CHAIRRob Lyonsscience and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4373</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>315</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Women and gender: Supreme Court ruling, one year on</title>
        <itunes:title>Women and gender: Supreme Court ruling, one year on</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/women-and-gender-supreme-court-ruling-one-year-on/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/women-and-gender-supreme-court-ruling-one-year-on/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 13:57:18 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/babe0c48-0d65-390a-a5fb-39f00f0b7445</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This debate was part of Battle of Ideas North on 7 March 2026 in Manchester.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
The Supreme Court judgement in April 2025, in the case of For Women Scotland v The Scottish Ministers, was seen as a ‘landmark ruling’ in clarifying the definition of a woman as based on biological sex at birth. The hope was that by clarifying the law, women’s rights, including single-sex spaces, would be protected and, more broadly, gender ideology would wither on the vine.  Yet, almost a year on, many institutions have failed to stand by the definition of ‘woman’ set out in the ruling, instead promoting ‘trans-inclusive culture’. They have ignored the need to provide single-sex spaces for women, and retain policies that fuel discrimination against gender-critical staff, volunteers and visitors.</p>
<p>Is this surprising when the UK government itself seems reluctant to fully pursue implementation of the ruling? Having been in possession for months of clear recommendations from the Equalities and Human Rights Commission (EHRC), Bridget Phillipson, the women and equalities secretary, has still to publish guidance on single-sex spaces. Similarly, the culture secretary, Lisa Nandy, has been criticised for her weak protection of women’s sport. Her stance focuses on ‘including everybody’ and continues to suggest that the issue of trans athletes competing alongside biological women is not clear cut. The Scottish government has been similarly tardy in implementing the ruling, even though the judgement was specifically against it.</p>
<p>What’s more, public-sector institutions, along with charities, NGOs and trade unions, seem reluctant to accept biological sex as real, and insist on an ideological commitment to trans-inclusive policies, at the expense of women. Many schools and teachers openly defy the ruling in order to support trans ideology, often acting behind parents’ backs.</p>
<p>Recently, trade unions and organisations such as the Royal College of Nursing and Unison have either openly supported action against gender-critical feminists and single-sex spaces or retreated into bureaucratic cowardice, saying action is not possible until guidance is issued. The recent victory at an employment tribunal of eight nurses from Darlington against their NHS trust bosses, who penalised them for challenging the use of the single-sex changing rooms by a trans-identifying male, is a positive. But why do workers need to resort to the courts and tribunals to ensure institutions and workplaces enforce the law?</p>
<p>Why are governments and institutions so willing to drag their feet on implementing a ruling given by the highest court in the land? What are the consequences of this for the rule of law, even democracy? How can we rescue institutions from the capture of trans and other ideologies? What is the balance between lawfare and building a wider political movement capable of pushing through change?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Emma Hilton
academic scientist, University of Manchester; interim chair, Sex Matters</p>
<p>Bethany Hutchison
NHS nurse</p>
<p>Barry Wall
creator, the winning mindset seminars; youtuber, Court of the EDIJester</p>
<p>Ella Whelan
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
<p>CHAIR
Claire Fox
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This debate was part of Battle of Ideas North on 7 March 2026 in Manchester.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
The Supreme Court judgement in April 2025, in the case of For Women Scotland v The Scottish Ministers, was seen as a ‘landmark ruling’ in clarifying the definition of a woman as based on biological sex at birth. The hope was that by clarifying the law, women’s rights, including single-sex spaces, would be protected and, more broadly, gender ideology would wither on the vine.  Yet, almost a year on, many institutions have failed to stand by the definition of ‘woman’ set out in the ruling, instead promoting ‘trans-inclusive culture’. They have ignored the need to provide single-sex spaces for women, and retain policies that fuel discrimination against gender-critical staff, volunteers and visitors.</p>
<p>Is this surprising when the UK government itself seems reluctant to fully pursue implementation of the ruling? Having been in possession for months of clear recommendations from the Equalities and Human Rights Commission (EHRC), Bridget Phillipson, the women and equalities secretary, has still to publish guidance on single-sex spaces. Similarly, the culture secretary, Lisa Nandy, has been criticised for her weak protection of women’s sport. Her stance focuses on ‘including everybody’ and continues to suggest that the issue of trans athletes competing alongside biological women is not clear cut. The Scottish government has been similarly tardy in implementing the ruling, even though the judgement was specifically against it.</p>
<p>What’s more, public-sector institutions, along with charities, NGOs and trade unions, seem reluctant to accept biological sex as real, and insist on an ideological commitment to trans-inclusive policies, at the expense of women. Many schools and teachers openly defy the ruling in order to support trans ideology, often acting behind parents’ backs.</p>
<p>Recently, trade unions and organisations such as the Royal College of Nursing and Unison have either openly supported action against gender-critical feminists and single-sex spaces or retreated into bureaucratic cowardice, saying action is not possible until guidance is issued. The recent victory at an employment tribunal of eight nurses from Darlington against their NHS trust bosses, who penalised them for challenging the use of the single-sex changing rooms by a trans-identifying male, is a positive. But why do workers need to resort to the courts and tribunals to ensure institutions and workplaces enforce the law?</p>
<p>Why are governments and institutions so willing to drag their feet on implementing a ruling given by the highest court in the land? What are the consequences of this for the rule of law, even democracy? How can we rescue institutions from the capture of trans and other ideologies? What is the balance between lawfare and building a wider political movement capable of pushing through change?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Emma Hilton<br>
academic scientist, University of Manchester; interim chair, Sex Matters</p>
<p>Bethany Hutchison<br>
NHS nurse</p>
<p>Barry Wall<br>
creator, the winning mindset seminars; youtuber, Court of the EDIJester</p>
<p>Ella Whelan<br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Claire Fox<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/96bb2x7e8mvu7zcp/Women_and_Gender_Supreme_Court_ruling_one_year_on_373fha.mp3" length="90956702" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This debate was part of Battle of Ideas North on 7 March 2026 in Manchester.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONThe Supreme Court judgement in April 2025, in the case of For Women Scotland v The Scottish Ministers, was seen as a ‘landmark ruling’ in clarifying the definition of a woman as based on biological sex at birth. The hope was that by clarifying the law, women’s rights, including single-sex spaces, would be protected and, more broadly, gender ideology would wither on the vine.  Yet, almost a year on, many institutions have failed to stand by the definition of ‘woman’ set out in the ruling, instead promoting ‘trans-inclusive culture’. They have ignored the need to provide single-sex spaces for women, and retain policies that fuel discrimination against gender-critical staff, volunteers and visitors.
Is this surprising when the UK government itself seems reluctant to fully pursue implementation of the ruling? Having been in possession for months of clear recommendations from the Equalities and Human Rights Commission (EHRC), Bridget Phillipson, the women and equalities secretary, has still to publish guidance on single-sex spaces. Similarly, the culture secretary, Lisa Nandy, has been criticised for her weak protection of women’s sport. Her stance focuses on ‘including everybody’ and continues to suggest that the issue of trans athletes competing alongside biological women is not clear cut. The Scottish government has been similarly tardy in implementing the ruling, even though the judgement was specifically against it.
What’s more, public-sector institutions, along with charities, NGOs and trade unions, seem reluctant to accept biological sex as real, and insist on an ideological commitment to trans-inclusive policies, at the expense of women. Many schools and teachers openly defy the ruling in order to support trans ideology, often acting behind parents’ backs.
Recently, trade unions and organisations such as the Royal College of Nursing and Unison have either openly supported action against gender-critical feminists and single-sex spaces or retreated into bureaucratic cowardice, saying action is not possible until guidance is issued. The recent victory at an employment tribunal of eight nurses from Darlington against their NHS trust bosses, who penalised them for challenging the use of the single-sex changing rooms by a trans-identifying male, is a positive. But why do workers need to resort to the courts and tribunals to ensure institutions and workplaces enforce the law?
Why are governments and institutions so willing to drag their feet on implementing a ruling given by the highest court in the land? What are the consequences of this for the rule of law, even democracy? How can we rescue institutions from the capture of trans and other ideologies? What is the balance between lawfare and building a wider political movement capable of pushing through change?
SPEAKERSEmma Hiltonacademic scientist, University of Manchester; interim chair, Sex Matters
Bethany HutchisonNHS nurse
Barry Wallcreator, the winning mindset seminars; youtuber, Court of the EDIJester
Ella Whelanco-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want
CHAIRClaire Foxdirector, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4478</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>314</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SQUARE_LOGO_-_CROPPED9h3dd.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Letters on Liberty: Abortion and the Freedom to Forge Our Own Fate</title>
        <itunes:title>Letters on Liberty: Abortion and the Freedom to Forge Our Own Fate</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/letters-on-liberty-abortion-and-the-freedom-to-forge-our-own-fate/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/letters-on-liberty-abortion-and-the-freedom-to-forge-our-own-fate/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 11:54:46 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/0e4648d5-66ae-3023-ad11-22082eb075cf</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Following the vote in the House of Lords to approve the decriminalisation of women who have abortions after the legal limit of 24 weeks, the whole issue of abortion itself has once again become highly contested. In that context, this debate – recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October – is very topical. </p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Since 2020, the Academy of Ideas has published Letters on Liberty – a radical pamphlet series aimed at reimagining arguments for freedom today and inspiring rowdy, good-natured disagreement.</p>
<p>In her Letter – Abortion and the Freedom to Forge Our Own Fate – Ann Furedi, an author and former chief executive of the British Pregnancy Advisory Service, argues that debates about abortion often focus on when human life begins in the womb. Instead, she argues that it is important to consider a different human life – that of the woman.</p>
<p>Furedi argues that the future of a woman’s pregnancy should be for her alone to decide, and this decision ought to be regarded as personal and private. There is no clearer illustration of the way choice, agency and responsibility matters than the consequences of a woman’s decision about her pregnancy, she says. To prevent someone from exercising their own choice, in a personal and private matter, is to strip them of their dignity and their humanity. Most importantly, she argues, we cannot respect the principles of freedom without acknowledging the freedom of reproductive choice.</p>
<p>However, abortion is still regulated by law and legal limits, which can lead to a clash between an individual woman’s rights and policy priorities. This was vividly illustrated by the recent backlash after MPs voted to change abortion legislation to stop women in England and Wales being prosecuted for ending their pregnancy after 24 weeks. The landslide vote to decriminalise the procedure – considered the biggest change to abortion laws in England and Wales for nearly 60 years – was met with horror in some quarters and not confined to traditional anti-abortion circles. For example, even some feminists argued foetal viability creates a clash of rights. So, is abortion such a clear cut issue for women’s freedom?</p>
<p>How does a decision to continue or end a pregnancy relate to a woman’s freedom to shape her own life? With abortion regulation in many US states as well as other countries becoming more restrictive, does this reflect public sentiment? If not, how should we make the case for bodily autonomy in the twenty-first century?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dr Piers Benn
philosopher, author and lecturer</p>
<p>Ann Furedi
author, The Moral Case for Abortion; former chief executive, BPAS</p>
<p>Margo Martin
PhD student, Aberystwth University</p>
<p>Jacob Phillips
professor of systematic theology, St Mary’s University, Twickenham; author, Obedience is Freedom</p>
<p>CHAIR
Ella Whelan
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Following the vote in the House of Lords to approve the decriminalisation of women who have abortions after the legal limit of 24 weeks, the whole issue of abortion itself has once again become highly contested. In that context, this debate – recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October – is very topical. </p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Since 2020, the Academy of Ideas has published Letters on Liberty – a radical pamphlet series aimed at reimagining arguments for freedom today and inspiring rowdy, good-natured disagreement.</p>
<p>In her Letter – <em>Abortion and the Freedom to Forge Our Own Fate</em> – Ann Furedi, an author and former chief executive of the British Pregnancy Advisory Service, argues that debates about abortion often focus on when human life begins in the womb. Instead, she argues that it is important to consider a different human life – that of the woman.</p>
<p>Furedi argues that the future of a woman’s pregnancy should be for her alone to decide, and this decision ought to be regarded as personal and private. There is no clearer illustration of the way choice, agency and responsibility matters than the consequences of a woman’s decision about her pregnancy, she says. To prevent someone from exercising their own choice, in a personal and private matter, is to strip them of their dignity and their humanity. Most importantly, she argues, we cannot respect the principles of freedom without acknowledging the freedom of reproductive choice.</p>
<p>However, abortion is still regulated by law and legal limits, which can lead to a clash between an individual woman’s rights and policy priorities. This was vividly illustrated by the recent backlash after MPs voted to change abortion legislation to stop women in England and Wales being prosecuted for ending their pregnancy after 24 weeks. The landslide vote to decriminalise the procedure – considered the biggest change to abortion laws in England and Wales for nearly 60 years – was met with horror in some quarters and not confined to traditional anti-abortion circles. For example, even some feminists argued foetal viability creates a clash of rights. So, is abortion such a clear cut issue for women’s freedom?</p>
<p>How does a decision to continue or end a pregnancy relate to a woman’s freedom to shape her own life? With abortion regulation in many US states as well as other countries becoming more restrictive, does this reflect public sentiment? If not, how should we make the case for bodily autonomy in the twenty-first century?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dr Piers Benn<br>
philosopher, author and lecturer</p>
<p>Ann Furedi<br>
author, The Moral Case for Abortion; former chief executive, BPAS</p>
<p>Margo Martin<br>
PhD student, Aberystwth University</p>
<p>Jacob Phillips<br>
professor of systematic theology, St Mary’s University, Twickenham; author, Obedience is Freedom</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Ella Whelan<br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8ajmr9s6acb3mxrg/2_Letters_on_Liberty_Abortion_and_the_Freedom_to_Forge_Our_Own_Fate6dg4w.mp3" length="108400883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Following the vote in the House of Lords to approve the decriminalisation of women who have abortions after the legal limit of 24 weeks, the whole issue of abortion itself has once again become highly contested. In that context, this debate – recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October – is very topical. 
ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION
Since 2020, the Academy of Ideas has published Letters on Liberty – a radical pamphlet series aimed at reimagining arguments for freedom today and inspiring rowdy, good-natured disagreement.
In her Letter – Abortion and the Freedom to Forge Our Own Fate – Ann Furedi, an author and former chief executive of the British Pregnancy Advisory Service, argues that debates about abortion often focus on when human life begins in the womb. Instead, she argues that it is important to consider a different human life – that of the woman.
Furedi argues that the future of a woman’s pregnancy should be for her alone to decide, and this decision ought to be regarded as personal and private. There is no clearer illustration of the way choice, agency and responsibility matters than the consequences of a woman’s decision about her pregnancy, she says. To prevent someone from exercising their own choice, in a personal and private matter, is to strip them of their dignity and their humanity. Most importantly, she argues, we cannot respect the principles of freedom without acknowledging the freedom of reproductive choice.
However, abortion is still regulated by law and legal limits, which can lead to a clash between an individual woman’s rights and policy priorities. This was vividly illustrated by the recent backlash after MPs voted to change abortion legislation to stop women in England and Wales being prosecuted for ending their pregnancy after 24 weeks. The landslide vote to decriminalise the procedure – considered the biggest change to abortion laws in England and Wales for nearly 60 years – was met with horror in some quarters and not confined to traditional anti-abortion circles. For example, even some feminists argued foetal viability creates a clash of rights. So, is abortion such a clear cut issue for women’s freedom?
How does a decision to continue or end a pregnancy relate to a woman’s freedom to shape her own life? With abortion regulation in many US states as well as other countries becoming more restrictive, does this reflect public sentiment? If not, how should we make the case for bodily autonomy in the twenty-first century?
SPEAKERSDr Piers Bennphilosopher, author and lecturer
Ann Furediauthor, The Moral Case for Abortion; former chief executive, BPAS
Margo MartinPhD student, Aberystwth University
Jacob Phillipsprofessor of systematic theology, St Mary’s University, Twickenham; author, Obedience is Freedom
CHAIRElla Whelanco-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4758</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>313</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/2025-logo.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Net Zero or ‘drill, baby, drill’? The future of UK energy</title>
        <itunes:title>Net Zero or ‘drill, baby, drill’? The future of UK energy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/net-zero-or-drill-baby-drill-the-future-of-uk-energy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/net-zero-or-drill-baby-drill-the-future-of-uk-energy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 16:53:29 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/6818d4b8-f4a9-3acb-94c5-e1f559b9ccc9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>With the war in Iran leading to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz, preventing or restricting oil and gas being exported from many of the Gulf states, the UK's energy policy has come to the fore once more. Proponents of renewables claim that a rapid shift to homegrown wind and solar power will spare us from the volatility of international supplies of fossil fuels. Critics argue the UK will need oil and gas for decades to come, but we can produce more, either in the North Sea or by fracking on land.</p>
<p>This debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 is, therefore, highly topical. Where should future energy policy go?</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In June 2019, the Conservative government amended the Climate Change Act to insert a target of ‘net zero’ emissions by 2050. At the 2024 General Election, all the major political parties, with the exception of Reform, promised to back the goal, with any differences being about when to implement various policies, such as gas-boiler and petrol-car bans. Reform is well ahead in the opinion polls, and calling for the end of Net Zero and the resumption of fracking. Conservative leader Kemi Badenoch has said: ‘We’ve got to stop pretending to the next generation… Net Zero by 2050 is impossible.’ Is Net Zero gradually being ditched?</p>
<p>For proponents of the policy, climate change remains a clear and present danger. The energy and climate change secretary, Ed Miliband declared in May that Keir Starmer and Rachel Reeves are still backing Net Zero: ‘It’s absolutely central to their economic growth and energy security, as well as climate agenda … So as far as I’m concerned, they are 100% committed to this agenda.’ Labour has stopped new licences for gas and oil production in the North Sea and is committed to expanding renewable energy, with Miliband claiming: ‘People recognise that cheap, clean renewables beat expensive, insecure fossil fuels.’</p>
<p>But fuel bills haven’t fallen as the gas-price crisis of 2022 has faded. UK energy prices remain high by international standards, despite (or because of) the expansion of renewables, something highlighted by the need to rescue Scunthorpe steelworks. In June, it was reported that the government was planning to subsidise energy costs for energy-intensive industries. Sky News reported that in 2023, British businesses paid £258 per megawatt-hour for electricity compared to £178 in France and £177 in Germany, according to International Energy Agency data.</p>
<p>Will the Net Zero consensus break down further – and should it? At a time when China’s greenhouse gas emissions dwarf those of the UK and are still rising, does it make economic or environmental sense to decarbonise? Or does the threat of climate change demand that the UK takes a lead and we accept lower living standards to save the planet?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Jonny Ball
contributing editor, UnHerd</p>
<p>Dr Caspar Hewett
lecturer, School of Engineering, Newcastle University; co-director, NERC FLOOD-CDT; director, The Great Debate</p>
<p>Ruari McCallion
freelance writer</p>
<p>Ali Miraj
broadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Kathryn Porter
consultant, Watt-Logic</p>
<p>CHAIR
Austin Williams
director, Future Cities Project; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With the war in Iran leading to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz, preventing or restricting oil and gas being exported from many of the Gulf states, the UK's energy policy has come to the fore once more. Proponents of renewables claim that a rapid shift to homegrown wind and solar power will spare us from the volatility of international supplies of fossil fuels. Critics argue the UK will need oil and gas for decades to come, but we can produce more, either in the North Sea or by fracking on land.</p>
<p>This debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 is, therefore, highly topical. Where should future energy policy go?</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In June 2019, the Conservative government amended the Climate Change Act to insert a target of ‘net zero’ emissions by 2050. At the 2024 General Election, all the major political parties, with the exception of Reform, promised to back the goal, with any differences being about when to implement various policies, such as gas-boiler and petrol-car bans. Reform is well ahead in the opinion polls, and calling for the end of Net Zero and the resumption of fracking. Conservative leader Kemi Badenoch has said: ‘We’ve got to stop pretending to the next generation… Net Zero by 2050 is impossible.’ Is Net Zero gradually being ditched?</p>
<p>For proponents of the policy, climate change remains a clear and present danger. The energy and climate change secretary, Ed Miliband declared in May that Keir Starmer and Rachel Reeves are still backing Net Zero: ‘It’s absolutely central to their economic growth and energy security, as well as climate agenda … So as far as I’m concerned, they are 100% committed to this agenda.’ Labour has stopped new licences for gas and oil production in the North Sea and is committed to expanding renewable energy, with Miliband claiming: ‘People recognise that cheap, clean renewables beat expensive, insecure fossil fuels.’</p>
<p>But fuel bills haven’t fallen as the gas-price crisis of 2022 has faded. UK energy prices remain high by international standards, despite (or because of) the expansion of renewables, something highlighted by the need to rescue Scunthorpe steelworks. In June, it was reported that the government was planning to subsidise energy costs for energy-intensive industries. Sky News reported that in 2023, British businesses paid £258 per megawatt-hour for electricity compared to £178 in France and £177 in Germany, according to International Energy Agency data.</p>
<p>Will the Net Zero consensus break down further – and should it? At a time when China’s greenhouse gas emissions dwarf those of the UK and are still rising, does it make economic or environmental sense to decarbonise? Or does the threat of climate change demand that the UK takes a lead and we accept lower living standards to save the planet?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Jonny Ball<br>
contributing editor, UnHerd</p>
<p>Dr Caspar Hewett<br>
lecturer, School of Engineering, Newcastle University; co-director, NERC FLOOD-CDT; director, The Great Debate</p>
<p>Ruari McCallion<br>
freelance writer</p>
<p>Ali Miraj<br>
broadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Kathryn Porter<br>
consultant, Watt-Logic</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Austin Williams<br>
director, Future Cities Project; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9vht8fchxutppajy/5_Net_zero_or_drill_baby_drill_The_future_of_UK_energyahh6k.mp3" length="86308193" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[With the war in Iran leading to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz, preventing or restricting oil and gas being exported from many of the Gulf states, the UK's energy policy has come to the fore once more. Proponents of renewables claim that a rapid shift to homegrown wind and solar power will spare us from the volatility of international supplies of fossil fuels. Critics argue the UK will need oil and gas for decades to come, but we can produce more, either in the North Sea or by fracking on land.
This debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 is, therefore, highly topical. Where should future energy policy go?
ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION
In June 2019, the Conservative government amended the Climate Change Act to insert a target of ‘net zero’ emissions by 2050. At the 2024 General Election, all the major political parties, with the exception of Reform, promised to back the goal, with any differences being about when to implement various policies, such as gas-boiler and petrol-car bans. Reform is well ahead in the opinion polls, and calling for the end of Net Zero and the resumption of fracking. Conservative leader Kemi Badenoch has said: ‘We’ve got to stop pretending to the next generation… Net Zero by 2050 is impossible.’ Is Net Zero gradually being ditched?
For proponents of the policy, climate change remains a clear and present danger. The energy and climate change secretary, Ed Miliband declared in May that Keir Starmer and Rachel Reeves are still backing Net Zero: ‘It’s absolutely central to their economic growth and energy security, as well as climate agenda … So as far as I’m concerned, they are 100% committed to this agenda.’ Labour has stopped new licences for gas and oil production in the North Sea and is committed to expanding renewable energy, with Miliband claiming: ‘People recognise that cheap, clean renewables beat expensive, insecure fossil fuels.’
But fuel bills haven’t fallen as the gas-price crisis of 2022 has faded. UK energy prices remain high by international standards, despite (or because of) the expansion of renewables, something highlighted by the need to rescue Scunthorpe steelworks. In June, it was reported that the government was planning to subsidise energy costs for energy-intensive industries. Sky News reported that in 2023, British businesses paid £258 per megawatt-hour for electricity compared to £178 in France and £177 in Germany, according to International Energy Agency data.
Will the Net Zero consensus break down further – and should it? At a time when China’s greenhouse gas emissions dwarf those of the UK and are still rising, does it make economic or environmental sense to decarbonise? Or does the threat of climate change demand that the UK takes a lead and we accept lower living standards to save the planet?
SPEAKERSJonny Ballcontributing editor, UnHerd
Dr Caspar Hewettlecturer, School of Engineering, Newcastle University; co-director, NERC FLOOD-CDT; director, The Great Debate
Ruari McCallionfreelance writer
Ali Mirajbroadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ
Kathryn Porterconsultant, Watt-Logic
CHAIRAustin Williamsdirector, Future Cities Project; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5761</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>312</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Island of strangers: is Britain broken?</title>
        <itunes:title>Island of strangers: is Britain broken?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/island-of-strangers-is-britain-broken/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/island-of-strangers-is-britain-broken/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 14:07:45 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c4565fb1-e48a-3f14-971b-97d05c2d28f3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at Battle of Ideas North on Saturday 7 March 2026 at Pendulum Hotel, Manchester.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>From immigration to an aging population, the UK has been experiencing rapid demographic change just as many mainstays of community life – such as pubs, churches, community centres and trade unions – are in rapid decline. Consequently, while individuals share a common geographic space they seem to live parallel lives, lacking any shared outlook, values and, in some cases, shared language. As Keir Starmer stated (but later disowned), ‘in a diverse nation like ours… we risk becoming an island of strangers’.</p>
<p>One consequence is that communities often seem about to implode. Many bemoan how once-feted towns have been replaced by low-grade sprawl. High streets now display the so-called ‘Yookay’ aesthetics of globally disparate food outlets, proliferating vape shops and barber shops of dubious legality. Young women fear for their safety amidst a series of random – and in the case of grooming gangs, organised – sexually motivated attacks.</p>
<p>Housing illegal migrants within local communities has fuelled protests and counter-protests outside asylum hotels. British Muslim communities feel they are under threat from the backlash, especially after the 2024 Southport riots. What are the prospects then for uniting communities? Or is this fragmentation one key component of why so many feel Britain is broken?</p>
<p>Failing communities once looked to political leadership or the state to help overcome problems. Yet as local elections approach, many worry that elected leaders will reflect and reinforce political and religious sectarian divides rather than overcome them. The police’s reputation is also tarnished. For example, the police failed to investigate grooming gangs for fear of being accused of racism. More recently, West Midlands Police were caught favouring vocal sectarian minorities over the wider interests of local communities when excluding Jewish Maccabi Tel Aviv fans from a football match in Birmingham.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, local councils seem to entrench divides. When locals hung British and St George’s flags in local streets, rather than recognise the prospects for uniting communities around patriotic pride, officials tore down flags while labelling flaggers as ‘racist’ and ‘far-right’ for wanting to celebrate their towns and traditions.</p>
<p>Who and what should shoulder the blame for the many recent failures? How do we create the places and communities that work for all that live there and which commit to common norms? Given cultural sensitivities and institutional failure to investigate the likes of grooming gangs, what are the prospects of the state finally getting a grip? And given the seeming drift to sectarian political divides, where pride in our communities and the nation is frowned upon rather than celebrated, how can we replace the ‘island of strangers’ and instead strengthen community and belonging?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dr Remi Adekoya
lecturer of politics, University of York; author It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth and Biracial Britain</p>
<p>Ada Akpala
writer and commentator</p>
<p>Lisa McKenzie
working-class academic; author, Lockdown Diaries of the Working Class</p>
<p>Graham Stringer MP
member of parliament, Blackley and Middleton South</p>
<p>CHAIR
Ella Whelan
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at Battle of Ideas North on Saturday 7 March 2026 at Pendulum Hotel, Manchester.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>From immigration to an aging population, the UK has been experiencing rapid demographic change just as many mainstays of community life – such as pubs, churches, community centres and trade unions – are in rapid decline. Consequently, while individuals share a common geographic space they seem to live parallel lives, lacking any shared outlook, values and, in some cases, shared language. As Keir Starmer stated (but later disowned), ‘in a diverse nation like ours… we risk becoming an island of strangers’.</p>
<p>One consequence is that communities often seem about to implode. Many bemoan how once-feted towns have been replaced by low-grade sprawl. High streets now display the so-called ‘Yookay’ aesthetics of globally disparate food outlets, proliferating vape shops and barber shops of dubious legality. Young women fear for their safety amidst a series of random – and in the case of grooming gangs, organised – sexually motivated attacks.</p>
<p>Housing illegal migrants within local communities has fuelled protests and counter-protests outside asylum hotels. British Muslim communities feel they are under threat from the backlash, especially after the 2024 Southport riots. What are the prospects then for uniting communities? Or is this fragmentation one key component of why so many feel Britain is broken?</p>
<p>Failing communities once looked to political leadership or the state to help overcome problems. Yet as local elections approach, many worry that elected leaders will reflect and reinforce political and religious sectarian divides rather than overcome them. The police’s reputation is also tarnished. For example, the police failed to investigate grooming gangs for fear of being accused of racism. More recently, West Midlands Police were caught favouring vocal sectarian minorities over the wider interests of local communities when excluding Jewish Maccabi Tel Aviv fans from a football match in Birmingham.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, local councils seem to entrench divides. When locals hung British and St George’s flags in local streets, rather than recognise the prospects for uniting communities around patriotic pride, officials tore down flags while labelling flaggers as ‘racist’ and ‘far-right’ for wanting to celebrate their towns and traditions.</p>
<p>Who and what should shoulder the blame for the many recent failures? How do we create the places and communities that work for all that live there and which commit to common norms? Given cultural sensitivities and institutional failure to investigate the likes of grooming gangs, what are the prospects of the state finally getting a grip? And given the seeming drift to sectarian political divides, where pride in our communities and the nation is frowned upon rather than celebrated, how can we replace the ‘island of strangers’ and instead strengthen community and belonging?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dr Remi Adekoya<br>
lecturer of politics, University of York; author It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth and Biracial Britain</p>
<p>Ada Akpala<br>
writer and commentator</p>
<p>Lisa McKenzie<br>
working-class academic; author, Lockdown Diaries of the Working Class</p>
<p>Graham Stringer MP<br>
member of parliament, Blackley and Middleton South</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Ella Whelan<br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/q26i93xp9sma64g4/Island_of_Strangers_is_Britain_broken6rv99.mp3" length="69448491" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at Battle of Ideas North on Saturday 7 March 2026 at Pendulum Hotel, Manchester.
ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION
From immigration to an aging population, the UK has been experiencing rapid demographic change just as many mainstays of community life – such as pubs, churches, community centres and trade unions – are in rapid decline. Consequently, while individuals share a common geographic space they seem to live parallel lives, lacking any shared outlook, values and, in some cases, shared language. As Keir Starmer stated (but later disowned), ‘in a diverse nation like ours… we risk becoming an island of strangers’.
One consequence is that communities often seem about to implode. Many bemoan how once-feted towns have been replaced by low-grade sprawl. High streets now display the so-called ‘Yookay’ aesthetics of globally disparate food outlets, proliferating vape shops and barber shops of dubious legality. Young women fear for their safety amidst a series of random – and in the case of grooming gangs, organised – sexually motivated attacks.
Housing illegal migrants within local communities has fuelled protests and counter-protests outside asylum hotels. British Muslim communities feel they are under threat from the backlash, especially after the 2024 Southport riots. What are the prospects then for uniting communities? Or is this fragmentation one key component of why so many feel Britain is broken?
Failing communities once looked to political leadership or the state to help overcome problems. Yet as local elections approach, many worry that elected leaders will reflect and reinforce political and religious sectarian divides rather than overcome them. The police’s reputation is also tarnished. For example, the police failed to investigate grooming gangs for fear of being accused of racism. More recently, West Midlands Police were caught favouring vocal sectarian minorities over the wider interests of local communities when excluding Jewish Maccabi Tel Aviv fans from a football match in Birmingham.
Meanwhile, local councils seem to entrench divides. When locals hung British and St George’s flags in local streets, rather than recognise the prospects for uniting communities around patriotic pride, officials tore down flags while labelling flaggers as ‘racist’ and ‘far-right’ for wanting to celebrate their towns and traditions.
Who and what should shoulder the blame for the many recent failures? How do we create the places and communities that work for all that live there and which commit to common norms? Given cultural sensitivities and institutional failure to investigate the likes of grooming gangs, what are the prospects of the state finally getting a grip? And given the seeming drift to sectarian political divides, where pride in our communities and the nation is frowned upon rather than celebrated, how can we replace the ‘island of strangers’ and instead strengthen community and belonging?
SPEAKERSDr Remi Adekoyalecturer of politics, University of York; author It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth and Biracial Britain
Ada Akpalawriter and commentator
Lisa McKenzieworking-class academic; author, Lockdown Diaries of the Working Class
Graham Stringer MPmember of parliament, Blackley and Middleton South
CHAIRElla Whelanco-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4899</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>311</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SQUARE_LOGO930zf.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>After Greenland: understanding the new geopolitics</title>
        <itunes:title>After Greenland: understanding the new geopolitics</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/after-greenland-understanding-the-new-geopolitics/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/after-greenland-understanding-the-new-geopolitics/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 09:40:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/5402de94-20ce-3446-8157-d73dd35885bc</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is an extract from the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion 'After Greenland: understanding the new geopolitics', which took place on Tuesday 24 February 2026.</p>
<p>First, economist and author Phil Mullan offers his analysis of what the Greenland affair tells us about the present and future of international politics. Then James Woudhuysen explores the changing nature of warfare today.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>President Trump’s insistence that the US must take control of Greenland has caused a furore, particularly among America’s NATO allies. Many are scratching their heads about why Trump went in so hard – including threatening new tariffs and even military action against America’s supposed friends on the world stage. After all, the US already has the power to station troops and weapons systems in Greenland thanks to a decades-old treaty.</p>
<p>Just weeks after the capture of Venezuelan president Nicolás Maduro, the Greenland controversy was widely seen as the assertion of a ‘Don-roe doctrine’, with America asserting itself in its own ‘backyard’. One thing for sure is that the notion of a ‘rules-based international order’ – more convention than reality – has not been called into question as much in decades.</p>
<p>Trump’s over-riding concern seems to be China as an international rival. The Chinese government continues to demand control over Taiwan and has been marking out a zone of influence in the South China Sea and elsewhere. Meanwhile, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine was viewed by many as the return of Great Power politics. Signs that Trump is more interested in settling the conflict than in supporting Ukrainian sovereignty only strengthen that belief.</p>
<p>How can we understand these new developments? Is this a sign of American strength or weakness? Is the world going to be divided into rival regional power blocs? With Europe now unable to assert itself, will it be marginalised now? Is there any chance of a new, stable international settlement?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Phil Mullan
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
<p>James Woudhuysen
visiting professor, forecasting and innovation, London South Bank University</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is an extract from the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion 'After Greenland: understanding the new geopolitics', which took place on Tuesday 24 February 2026.</p>
<p>First, economist and author Phil Mullan offers his analysis of what the Greenland affair tells us about the present and future of international politics. Then James Woudhuysen explores the changing nature of warfare today.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>President Trump’s insistence that the US must take control of Greenland has caused a furore, particularly among America’s NATO allies. Many are scratching their heads about why Trump went in so hard – including threatening new tariffs and even military action against America’s supposed friends on the world stage. After all, the US already has the power to station troops and weapons systems in Greenland thanks to a decades-old treaty.</p>
<p>Just weeks after the capture of Venezuelan president Nicolás Maduro, the Greenland controversy was widely seen as the assertion of a ‘Don-roe doctrine’, with America asserting itself in its own ‘backyard’. One thing for sure is that the notion of a ‘rules-based international order’ – more convention than reality – has not been called into question as much in decades.</p>
<p>Trump’s over-riding concern seems to be China as an international rival. The Chinese government continues to demand control over Taiwan and has been marking out a zone of influence in the South China Sea and elsewhere. Meanwhile, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine was viewed by many as the return of Great Power politics. Signs that Trump is more interested in settling the conflict than in supporting Ukrainian sovereignty only strengthen that belief.</p>
<p>How can we understand these new developments? Is this a sign of American strength or weakness? Is the world going to be divided into rival regional power blocs? With Europe now unable to assert itself, will it be marginalised now? Is there any chance of a new, stable international settlement?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Phil Mullan<br>
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, <em>Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</em></p>
<p>James Woudhuysen<br>
visiting professor, forecasting and innovation, London South Bank University</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mz7sgpakkp4d39an/after_greenland_aoi_economy_forumbn89k.mp3" length="38179200" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is an extract from the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion 'After Greenland: understanding the new geopolitics', which took place on Tuesday 24 February 2026.
First, economist and author Phil Mullan offers his analysis of what the Greenland affair tells us about the present and future of international politics. Then James Woudhuysen explores the changing nature of warfare today.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
President Trump’s insistence that the US must take control of Greenland has caused a furore, particularly among America’s NATO allies. Many are scratching their heads about why Trump went in so hard – including threatening new tariffs and even military action against America’s supposed friends on the world stage. After all, the US already has the power to station troops and weapons systems in Greenland thanks to a decades-old treaty.
Just weeks after the capture of Venezuelan president Nicolás Maduro, the Greenland controversy was widely seen as the assertion of a ‘Don-roe doctrine’, with America asserting itself in its own ‘backyard’. One thing for sure is that the notion of a ‘rules-based international order’ – more convention than reality – has not been called into question as much in decades.
Trump’s over-riding concern seems to be China as an international rival. The Chinese government continues to demand control over Taiwan and has been marking out a zone of influence in the South China Sea and elsewhere. Meanwhile, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine was viewed by many as the return of Great Power politics. Signs that Trump is more interested in settling the conflict than in supporting Ukrainian sovereignty only strengthen that belief.
How can we understand these new developments? Is this a sign of American strength or weakness? Is the world going to be divided into rival regional power blocs? With Europe now unable to assert itself, will it be marginalised now? Is there any chance of a new, stable international settlement?
SPEAKERSPhil Mullanwriter, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents
James Woudhuysenvisiting professor, forecasting and innovation, London South Bank University]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1755</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>310</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Are the old political parties over?</title>
        <itunes:title>Are the old political parties over?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-the-old-political-parties-over/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-the-old-political-parties-over/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 10:31:09 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/56d841bd-d273-3cb8-a1f3-7c9528f49ab9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House and the Abbey Centre, Westminster.</p>
<p>Victory for the Greens in the Gorton &amp; Denton by-election is the latest sign that old political loyalties have broken down. In what was, even as recently as the 2024 General Election, a very safe Labour seat, Hannah Spencer was elected with a majority of over 4,000. Reform came second, pushing Labour into an embarrassing third place while the Conservatives and Liberal Democrats both lost their deposits. Indeed, the three mainstream parties that have governed the UK for over 100 years managed less than 30 per cent of the vote between them. </p>
<p>What does all this mean for the future of British politics?</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Are the mainstream parties facing extinction or can they bounce back by the time of the next General Election in 2029? Can the Tories recover from 14 years of misrule? Will the Labour Party survive from its current economic woes? Will the political vacuum be filled by Ed Davey’s Liberal Democrats or the ‘challenger’ parties like Reform or the Greens?</p>
<p>Take the Conservative Party: the oldest party in the world currently looks as if it is facing electoral wipeout. In a recent survey, 42 per cent of Conservative voters in the 2024 General Election said that even they wouldn’t vote for them. The party that squandered Brexit is desperately looking around for a purpose. Some Tories believe that Robert Jenrick poses a more credible alternative than the current leader, Kemi Badenoch.</p>
<p>But are they both fighting for a hopeless cause? Jenrick’s crime-fighting TikTok videos and Badenoch’s recent support of oil exploration got lots of media coverage, but Net Zero and the current failed model of policing were both introduced on their watch. Are they going back to their roots – if they can remember what those roots are – or are they simply mimicking Trump and Farage’s agendas from the sidelines?</p>
<p>Meanwhile, Labour seems to be imploding. A recent Ipsos poll ranked the current UK prime minister, Keir Starmer, as the most unpopular leader in modern times. In July 2024, his government won almost two-thirds of all seats, with a 174 majority in the Commons, yet a year later it is collapsing in the polls. The government has presided over cuts and tax rises, strikes and bailouts, two-tier justice and a zero-growth economy. The idea that if you pinned a red rosette on a donkey in Wales, it’d get elected no longer holds true.</p>
<p>Far from ‘smashing the gangs’, the immigration scandal that Labour inherited from the Tories means it is haemorrhaging support in Red Wall seats. Preferring Davos over Westminster, Starmer seems to prefer hob-nobbing with world leaders while taking British democracy for granted.</p>
<p>Yet the death of both Labour and the Conservatives has been declared numerous times before, only for them to revive. Is it too soon to count them out? Is Britain’s political map being redrawn, or torn up? Might proportional representation reinvigorate the mainstream parties? Must we wait for four more years? We’ll take a vote on it.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Rosie Duffield MP
member of parliament for Canterbury</p>
<p>Dr Richard Johnson
writer; senior lecturer in politics, Queen Mary University of London; co-author, Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922</p>
<p>Mark Littlewood
director, Popular Conservatism; broadcaster, columnist, the Telegraph and the Mail</p>
<p>Tim Montgomerie
conservative journalist; founder, ConservativeHome, UnHerd and Centre for Social Justice</p>
<p>Graham Stringer MP
member of parliament, Blackley and Middleton South</p>
<p>CHAIR
Bruno Waterfield
Brussels correspondent, The Times</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House and the Abbey Centre, Westminster.</p>
<p>Victory for the Greens in the Gorton &amp; Denton by-election is the latest sign that old political loyalties have broken down. In what was, even as recently as the 2024 General Election, a very safe Labour seat, Hannah Spencer was elected with a majority of over 4,000. Reform came second, pushing Labour into an embarrassing third place while the Conservatives and Liberal Democrats both lost their deposits. Indeed, the three mainstream parties that have governed the UK for over 100 years managed less than 30 per cent of the vote between them. </p>
<p>What does all this mean for the future of British politics?</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Are the mainstream parties facing extinction or can they bounce back by the time of the next General Election in 2029? Can the Tories recover from 14 years of misrule? Will the Labour Party survive from its current economic woes? Will the political vacuum be filled by Ed Davey’s Liberal Democrats or the ‘challenger’ parties like Reform or the Greens?</p>
<p>Take the Conservative Party: the oldest party in the world currently looks as if it is facing electoral wipeout. In a recent survey, 42 per cent of Conservative voters in the 2024 General Election said that even they wouldn’t vote for them. The party that squandered Brexit is desperately looking around for a purpose. Some Tories believe that Robert Jenrick poses a more credible alternative than the current leader, Kemi Badenoch.</p>
<p>But are they both fighting for a hopeless cause? Jenrick’s crime-fighting TikTok videos and Badenoch’s recent support of oil exploration got lots of media coverage, but Net Zero and the current failed model of policing were both introduced on their watch. Are they going back to their roots – if they can remember what those roots are – or are they simply mimicking Trump and Farage’s agendas from the sidelines?</p>
<p>Meanwhile, Labour seems to be imploding. A recent Ipsos poll ranked the current UK prime minister, Keir Starmer, as the most unpopular leader in modern times. In July 2024, his government won almost two-thirds of all seats, with a 174 majority in the Commons, yet a year later it is collapsing in the polls. The government has presided over cuts and tax rises, strikes and bailouts, two-tier justice and a zero-growth economy. The idea that if you pinned a red rosette on a donkey in Wales, it’d get elected no longer holds true.</p>
<p>Far from ‘smashing the gangs’, the immigration scandal that Labour inherited from the Tories means it is haemorrhaging support in Red Wall seats. Preferring Davos over Westminster, Starmer seems to prefer hob-nobbing with world leaders while taking British democracy for granted.</p>
<p>Yet the death of both Labour and the Conservatives has been declared numerous times before, only for them to revive. Is it too soon to count them out? Is Britain’s political map being redrawn, or torn up? Might proportional representation reinvigorate the mainstream parties? Must we wait for four more years? We’ll take a vote on it.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Rosie Duffield MP<br>
member of parliament for Canterbury</p>
<p>Dr Richard Johnson<br>
writer; senior lecturer in politics, Queen Mary University of London; co-author, <em>Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922</em></p>
<p>Mark Littlewood<br>
director, Popular Conservatism; broadcaster, columnist, the <em>Telegraph </em>and the <em>Mail</em></p>
<p>Tim Montgomerie<br>
conservative journalist; founder, <em>ConservativeHome</em>, <em>UnHerd </em>and Centre for Social Justice</p>
<p>Graham Stringer MP<br>
member of parliament, Blackley and Middleton South</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Bruno Waterfield<br>
Brussels correspondent, <em>The Times</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kju7uuihtkntvmmb/3_Are_the_old_political_parties_over6rt7d.mp3" length="79730557" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House and the Abbey Centre, Westminster.
Victory for the Greens in the Gorton &amp; Denton by-election is the latest sign that old political loyalties have broken down. In what was, even as recently as the 2024 General Election, a very safe Labour seat, Hannah Spencer was elected with a majority of over 4,000. Reform came second, pushing Labour into an embarrassing third place while the Conservatives and Liberal Democrats both lost their deposits. Indeed, the three mainstream parties that have governed the UK for over 100 years managed less than 30 per cent of the vote between them. 
What does all this mean for the future of British politics?
ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION
Are the mainstream parties facing extinction or can they bounce back by the time of the next General Election in 2029? Can the Tories recover from 14 years of misrule? Will the Labour Party survive from its current economic woes? Will the political vacuum be filled by Ed Davey’s Liberal Democrats or the ‘challenger’ parties like Reform or the Greens?
Take the Conservative Party: the oldest party in the world currently looks as if it is facing electoral wipeout. In a recent survey, 42 per cent of Conservative voters in the 2024 General Election said that even they wouldn’t vote for them. The party that squandered Brexit is desperately looking around for a purpose. Some Tories believe that Robert Jenrick poses a more credible alternative than the current leader, Kemi Badenoch.
But are they both fighting for a hopeless cause? Jenrick’s crime-fighting TikTok videos and Badenoch’s recent support of oil exploration got lots of media coverage, but Net Zero and the current failed model of policing were both introduced on their watch. Are they going back to their roots – if they can remember what those roots are – or are they simply mimicking Trump and Farage’s agendas from the sidelines?
Meanwhile, Labour seems to be imploding. A recent Ipsos poll ranked the current UK prime minister, Keir Starmer, as the most unpopular leader in modern times. In July 2024, his government won almost two-thirds of all seats, with a 174 majority in the Commons, yet a year later it is collapsing in the polls. The government has presided over cuts and tax rises, strikes and bailouts, two-tier justice and a zero-growth economy. The idea that if you pinned a red rosette on a donkey in Wales, it’d get elected no longer holds true.
Far from ‘smashing the gangs’, the immigration scandal that Labour inherited from the Tories means it is haemorrhaging support in Red Wall seats. Preferring Davos over Westminster, Starmer seems to prefer hob-nobbing with world leaders while taking British democracy for granted.
Yet the death of both Labour and the Conservatives has been declared numerous times before, only for them to revive. Is it too soon to count them out? Is Britain’s political map being redrawn, or torn up? Might proportional representation reinvigorate the mainstream parties? Must we wait for four more years? We’ll take a vote on it.
SPEAKERSRosie Duffield MPmember of parliament for Canterbury
Dr Richard Johnsonwriter; senior lecturer in politics, Queen Mary University of London; co-author, Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922
Mark Littlewooddirector, Popular Conservatism; broadcaster, columnist, the Telegraph and the Mail
Tim Montgomerieconservative journalist; founder, ConservativeHome, UnHerd and Centre for Social Justice
Graham Stringer MPmember of parliament, Blackley and Middleton South
CHAIRBruno WaterfieldBrussels correspondent, The Times]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5209</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>309</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>The rise of the workplace speech police</title>
        <itunes:title>The rise of the workplace speech police</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-rise-of-the-workplace-speech-police/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-rise-of-the-workplace-speech-police/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2026 15:22:49 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7c0d161c-62d2-3444-b202-ec035609348f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>This week, Reform's Suella Braverman declared that if the party were elected to government it would 'repeal the Equality Act, because we are going to work to build a country defined by meritocracy not tokenism, personal responsibility not victimhood, excellence not mediocrity, and unity not division'.</p>
<p>In response, Prime Minister Keir Starmer told the BBC that the Act represented 'basic values, one of which is should women be treated equally with men... I think it actually rips up something that goes to who we are as a country because I believe passionately that to be tolerant, compassionate and diverse is what it is to be British'.</p>
<p>What has been the impact of the Equality Act on British workplaces?</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The British workplace is now too often a toxic environment, a hotbed of grievance culture, lawfare and an ever-expanding number of disciplinary codes unrelated to the nature of specific jobs. Over the past year, there’s been a 23 per cent rise in cases at employment tribunals and a two-year waiting list, due to a growing backlog, with workplace conflicts estimated to now cost businesses £28.5 billion annually.</p>
<p>How did this come about?</p>
<p>The UK is a world leader in human relations (HR). With over half a million HR workers – almost double the number of 15 years ago – Britain stands second in the global league table for size of HR sector as a share of all occupations. Over seven in 10 FTSE 100 companies now boast a ‘chief HR officer’ on their executive committee, reflecting the elevated status of this newfound ‘profession’.</p>
<p>We might expect this might lead to happier more productive workers, fewer grievances and higher job retention. Yet the growth of the HR industrial complex doesn’t appear to have led to better workplace outcomes or harmony.</p>
<p>Arguably, HR is as much the problem as the solution. HR departments – until recently humdrum administrative hubs managing payrolls, processing sick notes and checking firms complied with employment law – have now morphed into real centres of power. They are the enforcers of workplace orthodoxies, controlling what workers can say or do, who keeps their job, and even shaping corporate missions. For example, the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) is charged with versing workers in new values, from DEI literacy to managing emotional security.</p>
<p>What’s more, the traditional defenders of workers’ rights – trade unions – are increasingly acting in lockstep with HR managers’ priorities. A recent paper by the Free Speech Union, Shopped Stewards, revealed the divisive nature of union bureaucrats’ adherence to identity politics, which means they often side with the DEI initiatives of their employers, as opposed to defending their members’ rights. For example, teacher Simon Pearson was fired by Preston College after a complaint from a Muslim representative of the National Education Union (NEU). Pearson was accused of being ‘Islamophobic’ and ‘racially discriminatory’ for social-media posts, such as saying Lucy Connolly ‘should not have been jailed’.</p>
<p>Another report suggests that specific legislation has led to a deterioration in workplace relations. The Don’t Divide Us report, The Equality Act Isn’t Working, reveals the ‘expansionary logic’ of the Equality Act 2010 has provided the legal scaffolding that supports a surge in (largely unsuccessful) workplace race–discrimination claims. This, DDU argues, contributes to a grievance culture where people resort to ‘lawfare’ to resolve ‘petty disputes and imagined slights’, while empowering thin-skinned employees to wilfully misinterpret perfectly innocent comments or interactions.</p>
<p>Can the workplace be detoxified? How can we tame the HR monster? Can trade unions return to a ‘one for all, all for one’ role of protecting workers’ rights? Can laws that are divisive in workplaces be reined in?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Pamela Dow
chief operating officer, Civic Future</p>
<p>Paul Embery
firefighter; trade unionist; author, Despised: why the modern Left loathes the working class; broadcaster</p>
<p>Maya Forstater
chief executive, Sex Matters</p>
<p>Dr Anna Loutfi
employment and human rights barrister; advisory council member, Don’t Divide Us</p>
<p>CHAIR
Para Mullan
former operations director, EY-Seren; fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>This week, Reform's Suella Braverman declared that if the party were elected to government it would 'repeal the Equality Act, because we are going to work to build a country defined by meritocracy not tokenism, personal responsibility not victimhood, excellence not mediocrity, and unity not division'.</p>
<p>In response, Prime Minister Keir Starmer told the BBC that the Act represented 'basic values, one of which is should women be treated equally with men... I think it actually rips up something that goes to who we are as a country because I believe passionately that to be tolerant, compassionate and diverse is what it is to be British'.</p>
<p>What has been the impact of the Equality Act on British workplaces?</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The British workplace is now too often a toxic environment, a hotbed of grievance culture, lawfare and an ever-expanding number of disciplinary codes unrelated to the nature of specific jobs. Over the past year, there’s been a 23 per cent rise in cases at employment tribunals and a two-year waiting list, due to a growing backlog, with workplace conflicts estimated to now cost businesses £28.5 billion annually.</p>
<p>How did this come about?</p>
<p>The UK is a world leader in human relations (HR). With over half a million HR workers – almost double the number of 15 years ago – Britain stands second in the global league table for size of HR sector as a share of all occupations. Over seven in 10 FTSE 100 companies now boast a ‘chief HR officer’ on their executive committee, reflecting the elevated status of this newfound ‘profession’.</p>
<p>We might expect this might lead to happier more productive workers, fewer grievances and higher job retention. Yet the growth of the HR industrial complex doesn’t appear to have led to better workplace outcomes or harmony.</p>
<p>Arguably, HR is as much the problem as the solution. HR departments – until recently humdrum administrative hubs managing payrolls, processing sick notes and checking firms complied with employment law – have now morphed into real centres of power. They are the enforcers of workplace orthodoxies, controlling what workers can say or do, who keeps their job, and even shaping corporate missions. For example, the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) is charged with versing workers in new values, from DEI literacy to managing emotional security.</p>
<p>What’s more, the traditional defenders of workers’ rights – trade unions – are increasingly acting in lockstep with HR managers’ priorities. A recent paper by the Free Speech Union, Shopped Stewards, revealed the divisive nature of union bureaucrats’ adherence to identity politics, which means they often side with the DEI initiatives of their employers, as opposed to defending their members’ rights. For example, teacher Simon Pearson was fired by Preston College after a complaint from a Muslim representative of the National Education Union (NEU). Pearson was accused of being ‘Islamophobic’ and ‘racially discriminatory’ for social-media posts, such as saying Lucy Connolly ‘should not have been jailed’.</p>
<p>Another report suggests that specific legislation has led to a deterioration in workplace relations. The Don’t Divide Us report, <em>The Equality Act Isn’t Working</em>, reveals the ‘expansionary logic’ of the Equality Act 2010 has provided the legal scaffolding that supports a surge in (largely unsuccessful) workplace race–discrimination claims. This, DDU argues, contributes to a grievance culture where people resort to ‘lawfare’ to resolve ‘petty disputes and imagined slights’, while empowering thin-skinned employees to wilfully misinterpret perfectly innocent comments or interactions.</p>
<p>Can the workplace be detoxified? How can we tame the HR monster? Can trade unions return to a ‘one for all, all for one’ role of protecting workers’ rights? Can laws that are divisive in workplaces be reined in?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Pamela Dow<br>
chief operating officer, Civic Future</p>
<p>Paul Embery<br>
firefighter; trade unionist; author, Despised: why the modern Left loathes the working class; broadcaster</p>
<p>Maya Forstater<br>
chief executive, Sex Matters</p>
<p>Dr Anna Loutfi<br>
employment and human rights barrister; advisory council member, Don’t Divide Us</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Para Mullan<br>
former operations director, EY-Seren; fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3m5tixn6zykvv4j8/2_The_rise_of_the_workplace_speech_policebfrxx.mp3" length="113609625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House, Westminster.
This week, Reform's Suella Braverman declared that if the party were elected to government it would 'repeal the Equality Act, because we are going to work to build a country defined by meritocracy not tokenism, personal responsibility not victimhood, excellence not mediocrity, and unity not division'.
In response, Prime Minister Keir Starmer told the BBC that the Act represented 'basic values, one of which is should women be treated equally with men... I think it actually rips up something that goes to who we are as a country because I believe passionately that to be tolerant, compassionate and diverse is what it is to be British'.
What has been the impact of the Equality Act on British workplaces?
ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION
The British workplace is now too often a toxic environment, a hotbed of grievance culture, lawfare and an ever-expanding number of disciplinary codes unrelated to the nature of specific jobs. Over the past year, there’s been a 23 per cent rise in cases at employment tribunals and a two-year waiting list, due to a growing backlog, with workplace conflicts estimated to now cost businesses £28.5 billion annually.
How did this come about?
The UK is a world leader in human relations (HR). With over half a million HR workers – almost double the number of 15 years ago – Britain stands second in the global league table for size of HR sector as a share of all occupations. Over seven in 10 FTSE 100 companies now boast a ‘chief HR officer’ on their executive committee, reflecting the elevated status of this newfound ‘profession’.
We might expect this might lead to happier more productive workers, fewer grievances and higher job retention. Yet the growth of the HR industrial complex doesn’t appear to have led to better workplace outcomes or harmony.
Arguably, HR is as much the problem as the solution. HR departments – until recently humdrum administrative hubs managing payrolls, processing sick notes and checking firms complied with employment law – have now morphed into real centres of power. They are the enforcers of workplace orthodoxies, controlling what workers can say or do, who keeps their job, and even shaping corporate missions. For example, the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) is charged with versing workers in new values, from DEI literacy to managing emotional security.
What’s more, the traditional defenders of workers’ rights – trade unions – are increasingly acting in lockstep with HR managers’ priorities. A recent paper by the Free Speech Union, Shopped Stewards, revealed the divisive nature of union bureaucrats’ adherence to identity politics, which means they often side with the DEI initiatives of their employers, as opposed to defending their members’ rights. For example, teacher Simon Pearson was fired by Preston College after a complaint from a Muslim representative of the National Education Union (NEU). Pearson was accused of being ‘Islamophobic’ and ‘racially discriminatory’ for social-media posts, such as saying Lucy Connolly ‘should not have been jailed’.
Another report suggests that specific legislation has led to a deterioration in workplace relations. The Don’t Divide Us report, The Equality Act Isn’t Working, reveals the ‘expansionary logic’ of the Equality Act 2010 has provided the legal scaffolding that supports a surge in (largely unsuccessful) workplace race–discrimination claims. This, DDU argues, contributes to a grievance culture where people resort to ‘lawfare’ to resolve ‘petty disputes and imagined slights’, while empowering thin-skinned employees to wilfully misinterpret perfectly innocent comments or interactions.
Can the workplace be detoxified? How can we tame the HR monster? Can trade unions return to a ‘one for all, all for one’ role of protecting workers’ rights? Can laws that are divisive in workplaces be reined in?
SPEAKERSPamela]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4905</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>308</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Rape gangs, Post Office and Scottish self-ID: an anatomy of three scandals</title>
        <itunes:title>Rape gangs, Post Office and Scottish self-ID: an anatomy of three scandals</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/rape-gangs-post-office-and-scottish-self-id-an-anatomy-of-three-scandals/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/rape-gangs-post-office-and-scottish-self-id-an-anatomy-of-three-scandals/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Feb 2026 14:19:45 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d39511d9-9128-3e9d-bd4d-5b58a57aacf2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival at Church House, Westminster on Saturday 18 October 2025.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In recent years, Britain has been rocked by several scandals where the public has been kept in the dark. Politicians and the authorities have indulged in obfuscation, denial, cover-ups and even possible collusion – all to avoid accountability or admit responsibility.  As with previous scandals, it’s often been grassroots campaigners, victims’ groups and courageous journalists who have brought these issues to public attention.</p>
<p>What was it like being a key player on the frontline of history in three of these recent scandals: rape gangs, the Post Office miscarriages of justice and gender self-ID in Scotland?  Journalists Charlie Peters and Nick Wallis, and Susan Smith from campaign group For Women Scotland, tell their stories of activism, investigation and holding truth to power.</p>
<p>GB News reporter Charlie Peters, presenter of the 2023 documentary, Grooming Gangs: Britain’s Shame, has called it ‘the worst race-hate scandal and abuse scandal since the Second World War’.  Meanwhile, Conservative MP Nick Timothy, writing in response to Sir Keir Starmer’s announcement that he would – at last – commission a national inquiry on the back of recommendations in Baroness Casey’s National Audit on Group-based Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (2025), stated: ‘Rape gangs are the biggest scandal of our generation.’</p>
<p>The Post Office Horizon IT scandal stands out as another one of the UK’s most significant miscarriages of justice. Faulty accounting software developed by Fujitsu led to the Post Office prosecuting over 900 subpostmasters for theft, fraud or false accounting, resulting in wrongful convictions, bankruptcies, imprisonments and even suicides. Nick Wallis, a freelance journalist, broadcaster and author, has been one of the leading figures in exposing and chronicling the scandal.</p>
<p>For Women Scotland (FWS) is a women’s rights advocacy group that was set up in 2018 to oppose the SNP’s attempts to force gender self-identification through Holyrood. Even when the Gender Recognition Reform Bill was blocked by the Tory UK government, the then first minister of Scotland, Nicola Sturgeon, continued to defend the policy.  In a car-crash press conference, she famously refused to say whether double-rapist Adam Graham/Isla Bryson, who was initially sent to a female jail, was a man or a woman. The scandal caused a huge public outcry and has been partially blamed for Sturgeon’s sudden resignation a few months later. The furore also forged For Women Scotland into a formidable campaign group that eventually won a famous victory in clarifying equality law at the Supreme Court.</p>
<p>These scandals are only three of the many that have shocked our nation, alongside the Grenfell Tower fire, the Hillsborough tragedy, the infected-blood scandal and more.  Are such scandals simply a feature of modern Britain? Do they, as many argue, implicate the state itself as negligent, incompetent and mired in the tendency to cover-up and collude? What can we learn from these brave journalists and campaigners who have stood at the frontline, challenged politicians and the authorities, and held them to account?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Charlie Peters
GB News national reporter</p>
<p>Susan Smith
co-director, For Women Scotland; director, Beira’s Place; contributor, The Women Who Wouldn’t Wheesht</p>
<p>Nick Wallis
journalist, presenter, BBC Radio 4 series The Great Post Office Trial</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Claire Fox
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival at Church House, Westminster on Saturday 18 October 2025.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In recent years, Britain has been rocked by several scandals where the public has been kept in the dark. Politicians and the authorities have indulged in obfuscation, denial, cover-ups and even possible collusion – all to avoid accountability or admit responsibility.  As with previous scandals, it’s often been grassroots campaigners, victims’ groups and courageous journalists who have brought these issues to public attention.</p>
<p>What was it like being a key player on the frontline of history in three of these recent scandals: rape gangs, the Post Office miscarriages of justice and gender self-ID in Scotland?  Journalists Charlie Peters and Nick Wallis, and Susan Smith from campaign group For Women Scotland, tell their stories of activism, investigation and holding truth to power.</p>
<p>GB News reporter Charlie Peters, presenter of the 2023 documentary, Grooming Gangs: Britain’s Shame, has called it ‘the worst race-hate scandal and abuse scandal since the Second World War’.  Meanwhile, Conservative MP Nick Timothy, writing in response to Sir Keir Starmer’s announcement that he would – at last – commission a national inquiry on the back of recommendations in Baroness Casey’s National Audit on Group-based Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (2025), stated: ‘Rape gangs are the biggest scandal of our generation.’</p>
<p>The Post Office Horizon IT scandal stands out as another one of the UK’s most significant miscarriages of justice. Faulty accounting software developed by Fujitsu led to the Post Office prosecuting over 900 subpostmasters for theft, fraud or false accounting, resulting in wrongful convictions, bankruptcies, imprisonments and even suicides. Nick Wallis, a freelance journalist, broadcaster and author, has been one of the leading figures in exposing and chronicling the scandal.</p>
<p>For Women Scotland (FWS) is a women’s rights advocacy group that was set up in 2018 to oppose the SNP’s attempts to force gender self-identification through Holyrood. Even when the Gender Recognition Reform Bill was blocked by the Tory UK government, the then first minister of Scotland, Nicola Sturgeon, continued to defend the policy.  In a car-crash press conference, she famously refused to say whether double-rapist Adam Graham/Isla Bryson, who was initially sent to a female jail, was a man or a woman. The scandal caused a huge public outcry and has been partially blamed for Sturgeon’s sudden resignation a few months later. The furore also forged For Women Scotland into a formidable campaign group that eventually won a famous victory in clarifying equality law at the Supreme Court.</p>
<p>These scandals are only three of the many that have shocked our nation, alongside the Grenfell Tower fire, the Hillsborough tragedy, the infected-blood scandal and more.  Are such scandals simply a feature of modern Britain? Do they, as many argue, implicate the state itself as negligent, incompetent and mired in the tendency to cover-up and collude? What can we learn from these brave journalists and campaigners who have stood at the frontline, challenged politicians and the authorities, and held them to account?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Charlie Peters<br>
GB News national reporter</p>
<p>Susan Smith<br>
co-director, For Women Scotland; director, Beira’s Place; contributor, <em>The Women Who Wouldn’t Wheesht</em></p>
<p>Nick Wallis<br>
journalist, presenter, BBC Radio 4 series <em>The Great Post Office Trial</em></p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Claire Fox<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, <em>I STILL Find That Offensive!</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ez92dbgdmzaw9aty/4_Rape_gangs_post_office_and_Scottish_self_ID_an_anatomy_of_three_scandals_-_edit9l1ln.mp3" length="128875249" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival at Church House, Westminster on Saturday 18 October 2025.
ORIGINAL FESTIVAL INTRODUCTION
In recent years, Britain has been rocked by several scandals where the public has been kept in the dark. Politicians and the authorities have indulged in obfuscation, denial, cover-ups and even possible collusion – all to avoid accountability or admit responsibility.  As with previous scandals, it’s often been grassroots campaigners, victims’ groups and courageous journalists who have brought these issues to public attention.
What was it like being a key player on the frontline of history in three of these recent scandals: rape gangs, the Post Office miscarriages of justice and gender self-ID in Scotland?  Journalists Charlie Peters and Nick Wallis, and Susan Smith from campaign group For Women Scotland, tell their stories of activism, investigation and holding truth to power.
GB News reporter Charlie Peters, presenter of the 2023 documentary, Grooming Gangs: Britain’s Shame, has called it ‘the worst race-hate scandal and abuse scandal since the Second World War’.  Meanwhile, Conservative MP Nick Timothy, writing in response to Sir Keir Starmer’s announcement that he would – at last – commission a national inquiry on the back of recommendations in Baroness Casey’s National Audit on Group-based Child Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (2025), stated: ‘Rape gangs are the biggest scandal of our generation.’
The Post Office Horizon IT scandal stands out as another one of the UK’s most significant miscarriages of justice. Faulty accounting software developed by Fujitsu led to the Post Office prosecuting over 900 subpostmasters for theft, fraud or false accounting, resulting in wrongful convictions, bankruptcies, imprisonments and even suicides. Nick Wallis, a freelance journalist, broadcaster and author, has been one of the leading figures in exposing and chronicling the scandal.
For Women Scotland (FWS) is a women’s rights advocacy group that was set up in 2018 to oppose the SNP’s attempts to force gender self-identification through Holyrood. Even when the Gender Recognition Reform Bill was blocked by the Tory UK government, the then first minister of Scotland, Nicola Sturgeon, continued to defend the policy.  In a car-crash press conference, she famously refused to say whether double-rapist Adam Graham/Isla Bryson, who was initially sent to a female jail, was a man or a woman. The scandal caused a huge public outcry and has been partially blamed for Sturgeon’s sudden resignation a few months later. The furore also forged For Women Scotland into a formidable campaign group that eventually won a famous victory in clarifying equality law at the Supreme Court.
These scandals are only three of the many that have shocked our nation, alongside the Grenfell Tower fire, the Hillsborough tragedy, the infected-blood scandal and more.  Are such scandals simply a feature of modern Britain? Do they, as many argue, implicate the state itself as negligent, incompetent and mired in the tendency to cover-up and collude? What can we learn from these brave journalists and campaigners who have stood at the frontline, challenged politicians and the authorities, and held them to account?
SPEAKERS
Charlie PetersGB News national reporter
Susan Smithco-director, For Women Scotland; director, Beira’s Place; contributor, The Women Who Wouldn’t Wheesht
Nick Wallisjournalist, presenter, BBC Radio 4 series The Great Post Office Trial
CHAIR
Claire Foxdirector, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6016</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>307</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>China's Trump card? Rare earths and geopolitics</title>
        <itunes:title>China's Trump card? Rare earths and geopolitics</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/chinas-trump-card-rare-earths-and-geopolitics/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/chinas-trump-card-rare-earths-and-geopolitics/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 09:43:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c7b7c3cf-2947-33fc-a152-8a8c7727d57f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
One consequence of Donald Trump’s trade war with China has been increasing attention to a group of minerals called ‘rare earths’. Rare earths are vital to the production of everything from smartphones and electric vehicles to wind turbines and advanced weapons.</p>
<p>Despite the name, rare earths are not particularly rare. For example, cerium is more abundant in the earth’s crust than copper. But they are spread thinly as trace impurities, so to obtain usable rare earths requires processing enormous amounts of raw ore at great expense – and with considerable environmental impacts. China has been willing to massively subsidise this process to support its own industries while keeping the price low, making the processing of ore uneconomic elsewhere in the world.</p>
<p>The potential geopolitical consequences are obvious: China’s rivals are currently utterly dependent on it. Years ago, China secured a significant proportion – almost a monopoly – of excavated rare earths in Venezuela, Brazil and other parts of South America and has now imposed export controls on many rare earth elements in response to Trump’s tariffs. China is responsible for 60 per cent of all rare earths mined but, more importantly, it controls the processing of 90 per cent of all global refined rare earth output.</p>
<p>Given that US is reliant on production plants in in China/Taiwan for its computer chips, it was slow to respond to the geopolitical power shift. China has already flexed its muscles in this regard, having banned exports of rare earths to Japan in 2010 over a fishing dispute (subsequently overturned by the World Trade Organisation) and has imposed export restrictions on the US since 2023. In May, Ford had to stop production at a car plant in Chicago because of the shortage of magnets made with rare earths. China has also placed an export ban on the technologies used to extract and separate rare earths.</p>
<p>A desire to open up access to these metals was said to be a major feature of Trump’s negotiations around Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. After Zelensky’s painful ambush in the White House, Trump quickly concluded a deal allowing the US access to Ukraine’s natural resources, especially the coveted rare earths. Some have also suggested that claiming these metals is one of the aims of Russia’s war.</p>
<p>What should the rest of the world do about China’s monopoly? Is it feasible to create alternative sources of supply – and what would it cost? Can innovation reduce the need for rare earths – or can recycling save the day? What does it all mean for the direction of geopolitics?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Robert Fig
partner, the metals risk team</p>
<p>Animesh Jha
professor, applied material science</p>
<p>Henry Sanderson
journalist; author, Volt Rush, the Winners and Losers in the Race to Go Green</p>
<p>CHAIR
Austin Williams
director, Future Cities Project; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
One consequence of Donald Trump’s trade war with China has been increasing attention to a group of minerals called ‘rare earths’. Rare earths are vital to the production of everything from smartphones and electric vehicles to wind turbines and advanced weapons.</p>
<p>Despite the name, rare earths are not particularly rare. For example, cerium is more abundant in the earth’s crust than copper. But they are spread thinly as trace impurities, so to obtain usable rare earths requires processing enormous amounts of raw ore at great expense – and with considerable environmental impacts. China has been willing to massively subsidise this process to support its own industries while keeping the price low, making the processing of ore uneconomic elsewhere in the world.</p>
<p>The potential geopolitical consequences are obvious: China’s rivals are currently utterly dependent on it. Years ago, China secured a significant proportion – almost a monopoly – of excavated rare earths in Venezuela, Brazil and other parts of South America and has now imposed export controls on many rare earth elements in response to Trump’s tariffs. China is responsible for 60 per cent of all rare earths mined but, more importantly, it controls the processing of 90 per cent of all global refined rare earth output.</p>
<p>Given that US is reliant on production plants in in China/Taiwan for its computer chips, it was slow to respond to the geopolitical power shift. China has already flexed its muscles in this regard, having banned exports of rare earths to Japan in 2010 over a fishing dispute (subsequently overturned by the World Trade Organisation) and has imposed export restrictions on the US since 2023. In May, Ford had to stop production at a car plant in Chicago because of the shortage of magnets made with rare earths. China has also placed an export ban on the technologies used to extract and separate rare earths.</p>
<p>A desire to open up access to these metals was said to be a major feature of Trump’s negotiations around Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. After Zelensky’s painful ambush in the White House, Trump quickly concluded a deal allowing the US access to Ukraine’s natural resources, especially the coveted rare earths. Some have also suggested that claiming these metals is one of the aims of Russia’s war.</p>
<p>What should the rest of the world do about China’s monopoly? Is it feasible to create alternative sources of supply – and what would it cost? Can innovation reduce the need for rare earths – or can recycling save the day? What does it all mean for the direction of geopolitics?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Robert Fig<br>
partner, the metals risk team</p>
<p>Animesh Jha<br>
professor, applied material science</p>
<p>Henry Sanderson<br>
journalist; author, <em>Volt Rush, the Winners and Losers in the Race to Go Green</em></p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Austin Williams<br>
director, Future Cities Project; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, <em>China’s Urban Revolution</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bpp6agnj3ybd6yzn/Chinas_Trump_card_Rare_earths_and_geopolitics_podcast_episode6ofq9.mp3" length="37731324" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2025 on Saturday 18 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONOne consequence of Donald Trump’s trade war with China has been increasing attention to a group of minerals called ‘rare earths’. Rare earths are vital to the production of everything from smartphones and electric vehicles to wind turbines and advanced weapons.
Despite the name, rare earths are not particularly rare. For example, cerium is more abundant in the earth’s crust than copper. But they are spread thinly as trace impurities, so to obtain usable rare earths requires processing enormous amounts of raw ore at great expense – and with considerable environmental impacts. China has been willing to massively subsidise this process to support its own industries while keeping the price low, making the processing of ore uneconomic elsewhere in the world.
The potential geopolitical consequences are obvious: China’s rivals are currently utterly dependent on it. Years ago, China secured a significant proportion – almost a monopoly – of excavated rare earths in Venezuela, Brazil and other parts of South America and has now imposed export controls on many rare earth elements in response to Trump’s tariffs. China is responsible for 60 per cent of all rare earths mined but, more importantly, it controls the processing of 90 per cent of all global refined rare earth output.
Given that US is reliant on production plants in in China/Taiwan for its computer chips, it was slow to respond to the geopolitical power shift. China has already flexed its muscles in this regard, having banned exports of rare earths to Japan in 2010 over a fishing dispute (subsequently overturned by the World Trade Organisation) and has imposed export restrictions on the US since 2023. In May, Ford had to stop production at a car plant in Chicago because of the shortage of magnets made with rare earths. China has also placed an export ban on the technologies used to extract and separate rare earths.
A desire to open up access to these metals was said to be a major feature of Trump’s negotiations around Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. After Zelensky’s painful ambush in the White House, Trump quickly concluded a deal allowing the US access to Ukraine’s natural resources, especially the coveted rare earths. Some have also suggested that claiming these metals is one of the aims of Russia’s war.
What should the rest of the world do about China’s monopoly? Is it feasible to create alternative sources of supply – and what would it cost? Can innovation reduce the need for rare earths – or can recycling save the day? What does it all mean for the direction of geopolitics?
SPEAKERSRobert Figpartner, the metals risk team
Animesh Jhaprofessor, applied material science
Henry Sandersonjournalist; author, Volt Rush, the Winners and Losers in the Race to Go Green
CHAIRAustin Williamsdirector, Future Cities Project; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2832</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>306</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/podcast_of_ideas_logo_2026b6n8d.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: Trump's intervention into Venezuela</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: Trump's intervention into Venezuela</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-trumps-intervention-into-venezuela/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-trumps-intervention-into-venezuela/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jan 2026 11:53:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/4f9a63f5-52fb-317d-a159-ab86358bcbd5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The Academy of Ideas team – Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds – discuss the immediate fallout after President Trump's decision to capture Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro.</p>
<p>Why did Trump act? Is it about narcotics, oil, democracy or his desire to create a 'Don-roe doctrine' of US dominance in the Americas?</p>
<p>What has been the role of domestic politics – is this the culture wars by other means?</p>
<p>For those who believe in that sovereignty is a vital right for nation states, should we make an exception here given the appalling nature of Maduro's regime or must sovereignty be defended at all times?</p>
<p>What's left of the 'rules-based international order' when Trump is not only intervening in Venezuela but threatening Denmark's control of Greenland, too?</p>
<p>Will the reaction against Trump's actions weaken the hand of populist forces elsewhere?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Academy of Ideas team – Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds – discuss the immediate fallout after President Trump's decision to capture Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro.</p>
<p>Why did Trump act? Is it about narcotics, oil, democracy or his desire to create a 'Don-roe doctrine' of US dominance in the Americas?</p>
<p>What has been the role of domestic politics – is this the culture wars by other means?</p>
<p>For those who believe in that sovereignty is a vital right for nation states, should we make an exception here given the appalling nature of Maduro's regime or must sovereignty be defended at all times?</p>
<p>What's left of the 'rules-based international order' when Trump is not only intervening in Venezuela but threatening Denmark's control of Greenland, too?</p>
<p>Will the reaction against Trump's actions weaken the hand of populist forces elsewhere?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ytep74wn548q9fmx/Podcast_of_Ideas_Venezuela_with_introb5zre.mp3" length="42861464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The Academy of Ideas team – Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds – discuss the immediate fallout after President Trump's decision to capture Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro.
Why did Trump act? Is it about narcotics, oil, democracy or his desire to create a 'Don-roe doctrine' of US dominance in the Americas?
What has been the role of domestic politics – is this the culture wars by other means?
For those who believe in that sovereignty is a vital right for nation states, should we make an exception here given the appalling nature of Maduro's regime or must sovereignty be defended at all times?
What's left of the 'rules-based international order' when Trump is not only intervening in Venezuela but threatening Denmark's control of Greenland, too?
Will the reaction against Trump's actions weaken the hand of populist forces elsewhere?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2588</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>305</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Woke politics: ‘People are realising it is deeply authoritarian’</title>
        <itunes:title>Woke politics: ‘People are realising it is deeply authoritarian’</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/woke-politics-people-are-realising-it-is-deeply-authoritarian/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/woke-politics-people-are-realising-it-is-deeply-authoritarian/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jun 2025 13:30:24 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e02e7ab5-617d-3e89-9c3d-fc17fc65097a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">In a wide-ranging interview, Andrew Doyle talks to Claire Fox about his new book, The End of Woke and why there is much still to be done to defend freedom.</p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;"> </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">Andrew notes that while some things have shifted in recent months – from the Cass Review and the UK Supreme Court judgement on the meaning of ‘sex’ in the Equality Act to the start of Donald Trump’s second presidential term – it doesn’t mean that our problems are over. The ‘new puritans’ he identified in his previous book are still very much there and clinging on to their power and influence.</p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;"> </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">It's now five years since the death of George Floyd and the hysteria around Black Lives Matter. Claire and Andrew reflect on what the hell happened and the dangers that arise from a re-racialisation of society. They also look at how identity politics and racial thinking has led to a white grievance culture and a tit-for-tat outlook, which Andrew argues has more to do with revenge than with promoting a liberal society. </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;"> </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">Above all, the conversation focuses on the continued importance of the fight for free speech, even for 'cosplay' rebels like Irish rappers Kneecap. And they tackle the way in which woke has undermined the search for truth: when even something as common sense as biological sex is called into question, then anything goes – and society suffers.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">In a wide-ranging interview, Andrew Doyle talks to Claire Fox about his new book, <em>The End of Woke</em> and why there is much still to be done to defend freedom.</p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;"> </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">Andrew notes that while some things have shifted in recent months – from the Cass Review and the UK Supreme Court judgement on the meaning of ‘sex’ in the Equality Act to the start of Donald Trump’s second presidential term – it doesn’t mean that our problems are over. The ‘new puritans’ he identified in his previous book are still very much there and clinging on to their power and influence.</p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;"> </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">It's now five years since the death of George Floyd and the hysteria around Black Lives Matter. Claire and Andrew reflect on what the hell happened and the dangers that arise from a re-racialisation of society. They also look at how identity politics and racial thinking has led to a white grievance culture and a tit-for-tat outlook, which Andrew argues has more to do with revenge than with promoting a liberal society. </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;"> </p>
<p class="xmsonormal" style="margin: 0cm;">Above all, the conversation focuses on the continued importance of the fight for free speech, even for 'cosplay' rebels like Irish rappers Kneecap. And they tackle the way in which woke has undermined the search for truth: when even something as common sense as biological sex is called into question, then anything goes – and society suffers.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/29dte9y7cm6ivrxt/andrew_doyle_end_of_woke6giwt.mp3" length="77578335" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In a wide-ranging interview, Andrew Doyle talks to Claire Fox about his new book, The End of Woke and why there is much still to be done to defend freedom.
 
Andrew notes that while some things have shifted in recent months – from the Cass Review and the UK Supreme Court judgement on the meaning of ‘sex’ in the Equality Act to the start of Donald Trump’s second presidential term – it doesn’t mean that our problems are over. The ‘new puritans’ he identified in his previous book are still very much there and clinging on to their power and influence.
 
It's now five years since the death of George Floyd and the hysteria around Black Lives Matter. Claire and Andrew reflect on what the hell happened and the dangers that arise from a re-racialisation of society. They also look at how identity politics and racial thinking has led to a white grievance culture and a tit-for-tat outlook, which Andrew argues has more to do with revenge than with promoting a liberal society. 
 
Above all, the conversation focuses on the continued importance of the fight for free speech, even for 'cosplay' rebels like Irish rappers Kneecap. And they tackle the way in which woke has undermined the search for truth: when even something as common sense as biological sex is called into question, then anything goes – and society suffers.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4859</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>304</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Cure or cult? Special educational needs in the classroom</title>
        <itunes:title>Cure or cult? Special educational needs in the classroom</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cure-or-cult-special-educational-needs-in-the-classroom/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cure-or-cult-special-educational-needs-in-the-classroom/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 11:40:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e1779be2-5e75-365f-8d58-9f072f4bbcc7</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Dave Clements is a policy adviser, writer, and parent of a child diagnosed with ADHD and autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Despite a longstanding scepticism about the claims made about the increase in these and other similar conditions, since becoming a father he has been forced to question his views. Clements describes his son’s condition as something that ‘runs through him like a stick of rock’. ASD, in particular, can have a profound effect on children and their families. And yet, as Dave tells us in his forthcoming book, there seems to be something else going on, too. He is struck by the record numbers of pupils being labelled as ‘neurodiverse’, having special educational needs (SEN) or struggling with anxiety and attendance issues. Do we know what normal is anymore, he asks?</p>
<p>The book is less about providing answers than posing uncomfortable questions. Are we in danger of making identities out of disorders? Why do some parents appear oddly eager that their children be labelled neurodiverse? Has SEN become a hold-all category for too many different kinds of issues and conditions, and thus an unhelpful term? At a time when schools struggle to fund SEN provision, is a growing ‘awareness’ of neurodiverse, and other similar conditions, part of the problem or the solution? Are there other reasons for the increasing rates of referral and diagnosis, and for rising numbers of children needing support in class?</p>
<p>As the SEN agenda becomes a greater part of the school experience, is teacher autonomy being undermined by the expectation that they follow scripts produced by SENCOs and SEN departments for some pupils and lessons? How are mainstream schools expected to cope with students who are unable to regulate themselves against sudden, intense, and uncontrolled expressions of emotion or aggression? Instead of experts being brought in to teach teachers how to teach pupils with neurodiverse conditions or other special educational needs – wouldn’t it be better if experts taught these kids in specialist schools? Or is the problem of inclusion, and the variety and nature of the needs children bring to the classroom, more complicated than that?</p>
<p>SPEAKER
Dave Clements
writer and policy adviser; contributing co-editor, The Future of Community</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dave Clements is a policy adviser, writer, and parent of a child diagnosed with ADHD and autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Despite a longstanding scepticism about the claims made about the increase in these and other similar conditions, since becoming a father he has been forced to question his views. Clements describes his son’s condition as something that ‘runs through him like a stick of rock’. ASD, in particular, can have a profound effect on children and their families. And yet, as Dave tells us in his forthcoming book, there seems to be something else going on, too. He is struck by the record numbers of pupils being labelled as ‘neurodiverse’, having special educational needs (SEN) or struggling with anxiety and attendance issues. Do we know what normal is anymore, he asks?</p>
<p>The book is less about providing answers than posing uncomfortable questions. Are we in danger of making identities out of disorders? Why do some parents appear oddly eager that their children be labelled neurodiverse? Has SEN become a hold-all category for too many different kinds of issues and conditions, and thus an unhelpful term? At a time when schools struggle to fund SEN provision, is a growing ‘awareness’ of neurodiverse, and other similar conditions, part of the problem or the solution? Are there other reasons for the increasing rates of referral and diagnosis, and for rising numbers of children needing support in class?</p>
<p>As the SEN agenda becomes a greater part of the school experience, is teacher autonomy being undermined by the expectation that they follow scripts produced by SENCOs and SEN departments for some pupils and lessons? How are mainstream schools expected to cope with students who are unable to regulate themselves against sudden, intense, and uncontrolled expressions of emotion or aggression? Instead of experts being brought in to teach teachers how to teach pupils with neurodiverse conditions or other special educational needs – wouldn’t it be better if experts taught these kids in specialist schools? Or is the problem of inclusion, and the variety and nature of the needs children bring to the classroom, more complicated than that?</p>
<p>SPEAKER<br>
Dave Clements<br>
writer and policy adviser; contributing co-editor, <em>The Future of Community</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vzj68qfjv8ui834h/250513_Cure_or_cult_INTROasns9.mp3" length="30251463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Dave Clements is a policy adviser, writer, and parent of a child diagnosed with ADHD and autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Despite a longstanding scepticism about the claims made about the increase in these and other similar conditions, since becoming a father he has been forced to question his views. Clements describes his son’s condition as something that ‘runs through him like a stick of rock’. ASD, in particular, can have a profound effect on children and their families. And yet, as Dave tells us in his forthcoming book, there seems to be something else going on, too. He is struck by the record numbers of pupils being labelled as ‘neurodiverse’, having special educational needs (SEN) or struggling with anxiety and attendance issues. Do we know what normal is anymore, he asks?
The book is less about providing answers than posing uncomfortable questions. Are we in danger of making identities out of disorders? Why do some parents appear oddly eager that their children be labelled neurodiverse? Has SEN become a hold-all category for too many different kinds of issues and conditions, and thus an unhelpful term? At a time when schools struggle to fund SEN provision, is a growing ‘awareness’ of neurodiverse, and other similar conditions, part of the problem or the solution? Are there other reasons for the increasing rates of referral and diagnosis, and for rising numbers of children needing support in class?
As the SEN agenda becomes a greater part of the school experience, is teacher autonomy being undermined by the expectation that they follow scripts produced by SENCOs and SEN departments for some pupils and lessons? How are mainstream schools expected to cope with students who are unable to regulate themselves against sudden, intense, and uncontrolled expressions of emotion or aggression? Instead of experts being brought in to teach teachers how to teach pupils with neurodiverse conditions or other special educational needs – wouldn’t it be better if experts taught these kids in specialist schools? Or is the problem of inclusion, and the variety and nature of the needs children bring to the classroom, more complicated than that?
SPEAKERDave Clementswriter and policy adviser; contributing co-editor, The Future of Community]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1308</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>303</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-LM0UoTR1x3kiXnZq-NWlc4w-t3000x3000-300x300.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>The scary new powers to trawl through our bank accounts</title>
        <itunes:title>The scary new powers to trawl through our bank accounts</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-scary-new-powers-to-trawl-through-our-bank-accounts/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-scary-new-powers-to-trawl-through-our-bank-accounts/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 15 May 2025 16:43:41 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/ba5e9fd2-c822-3845-990e-757a20d27f95</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox sits down with Jasleen Chaggar of Big Brother Watch and author Timandra Harkness to talk about the latest attack on our privacy.</p>
<p>The Public Authorities (Fraud, Error and Recovery) Bill does not sound like the kind of legislation that will set your pulse racing. But one part of it in particular should be more widely known and the cause of great concern: the new eligibility verification powers for welfare recipients.</p>
<p>Essentially, if the Bill passes, the government will be able to demand that banks trawl through the accounts of anyone receiving welfare benefits and use algorithms to flag up any possible fraud or erroneous payments. The government already has the power to see bank statements from those who are suspected of welfare fraud, but these new powers go much further, automating these checks on any account receiving welfare payments AND any linked accounts, too. This is guilty-until-proven-innocent stuff.</p>
<p>The civil liberties implications are very serious.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox sits down with Jasleen Chaggar of Big Brother Watch and author Timandra Harkness to talk about the latest attack on our privacy.</p>
<p>The Public Authorities (Fraud, Error and Recovery) Bill does not sound like the kind of legislation that will set your pulse racing. But one part of it in particular should be more widely known and the cause of great concern: the new eligibility verification powers for welfare recipients.</p>
<p>Essentially, if the Bill passes, the government will be able to demand that banks trawl through the accounts of anyone receiving welfare benefits and use algorithms to flag up any possible fraud or erroneous payments. The government already has the power to see bank statements from those who are suspected of welfare fraud, but these new powers go much further, automating these checks on any account receiving welfare payments AND any linked accounts, too. This is guilty-until-proven-innocent stuff.</p>
<p>The civil liberties implications are very serious.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/g2xa4kjhs43e4qdk/AOI-_12-5-25_Podcast-1080p9v13w.mp3" length="82279863" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Claire Fox sits down with Jasleen Chaggar of Big Brother Watch and author Timandra Harkness to talk about the latest attack on our privacy.
The Public Authorities (Fraud, Error and Recovery) Bill does not sound like the kind of legislation that will set your pulse racing. But one part of it in particular should be more widely known and the cause of great concern: the new eligibility verification powers for welfare recipients.
Essentially, if the Bill passes, the government will be able to demand that banks trawl through the accounts of anyone receiving welfare benefits and use algorithms to flag up any possible fraud or erroneous payments. The government already has the power to see bank statements from those who are suspected of welfare fraud, but these new powers go much further, automating these checks on any account receiving welfare payments AND any linked accounts, too. This is guilty-until-proven-innocent stuff.
The civil liberties implications are very serious.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2938</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>302</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>How can the UK return to growth?</title>
        <itunes:title>How can the UK return to growth?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-the-uk-return-to-growth/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-the-uk-return-to-growth/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 17:39:28 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/85265c05-0c0b-3b24-a084-da7ce8ee6633</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the introductory remarks at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on 20 March 2025.</p>
<p>Ever since the great financial crisis of 2008, growth in Britain – both in terms of GDP and living standards – has stagnated. While the Covid pandemic and lockdowns didn’t help, the problems of the UK economy (indeed, most Western developed economies) are longstanding. What has gone wrong?</p>
<p>Labour has promised a return to growth, yet the new government has already announced big hikes in taxes like employers’ National Insurance, while promising billions in investment into decarbonising the electricity grid and imposing regulations on everyone from car manufacturers to house builders. Unsurprisingly, the economy only just avoided a technical recession in the second half of last year and GDP per capita has fallen.</p>
<p>For Lord Jon Moynihan, author of the recent two-volume <a href='https://www.bitebackpublishing.com/books/return-to-growth'>Return to Growth: How to Fix the Economy</a>, the blame lies with high levels of taxation and government spending – particularly spending on growth-stifling projects and programmes. In advance of the latest forecasts from the Office for Budgetary Responsibility and Rachel Reeves’s spring statement, what should we do to revive the economy?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the introductory remarks at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on 20 March 2025.</p>
<p>Ever since the great financial crisis of 2008, growth in Britain – both in terms of GDP and living standards – has stagnated. While the Covid pandemic and lockdowns didn’t help, the problems of the UK economy (indeed, most Western developed economies) are longstanding. What has gone wrong?</p>
<p>Labour has promised a return to growth, yet the new government has already announced big hikes in taxes like employers’ National Insurance, while promising billions in investment into decarbonising the electricity grid and imposing regulations on everyone from car manufacturers to house builders. Unsurprisingly, the economy only just avoided a technical recession in the second half of last year and GDP per capita has fallen.</p>
<p>For Lord Jon Moynihan, author of the recent two-volume <a href='https://www.bitebackpublishing.com/books/return-to-growth'><em>Return to Growth: How to Fix the Economy</em></a>, the blame lies with high levels of taxation and government spending – particularly spending on growth-stifling projects and programmes. In advance of the latest forecasts from the Office for Budgetary Responsibility and Rachel Reeves’s spring statement, what should we do to revive the economy?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t95r558biu7n9bav/Jon_Moynihan_-_economy_forum_intro_only_-_final_edit9a6xs.mp3" length="33741328" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the introductory remarks at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on 20 March 2025.
Ever since the great financial crisis of 2008, growth in Britain – both in terms of GDP and living standards – has stagnated. While the Covid pandemic and lockdowns didn’t help, the problems of the UK economy (indeed, most Western developed economies) are longstanding. What has gone wrong?
Labour has promised a return to growth, yet the new government has already announced big hikes in taxes like employers’ National Insurance, while promising billions in investment into decarbonising the electricity grid and imposing regulations on everyone from car manufacturers to house builders. Unsurprisingly, the economy only just avoided a technical recession in the second half of last year and GDP per capita has fallen.
For Lord Jon Moynihan, author of the recent two-volume Return to Growth: How to Fix the Economy, the blame lies with high levels of taxation and government spending – particularly spending on growth-stifling projects and programmes. In advance of the latest forecasts from the Office for Budgetary Responsibility and Rachel Reeves’s spring statement, what should we do to revive the economy?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1816</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>301</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: does England need a football regulator?</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: does England need a football regulator?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-does-england-need-a-football-regulator/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-does-england-need-a-football-regulator/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2025 11:48:52 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/4d7468d3-6e23-3816-a7cc-077e7f6c8549</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Next week, the Football Governance Bill will go to Report Stage in the House of Lords. While it will then go to the House of Commons, the debates in the House of Lords are a chance to amend a piece of legislation that threatens to damage English football in ways that. as yet, are not getting enough attention. The introduction of an Independent Football Regulator (IFR) has become a controversial subject as the realities are becoming clearer, and unintended consequences are dawning on more and more football owners, managers and fans. </p>
<p>So, to help you to see what all the fuss is about, Liverpool fan Alastair Donald brought together our own Geoff Kidder and QPR season-ticket holder Simon McKeon alongside – hot from the Lords front line debating the legislation – Claire Fox, and two of the most vocal speakers on the topic: Baroness (Natalie) Evans of Bowes Park and Lord (Nick) Markham.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Next week, the Football Governance Bill will go to Report Stage in the House of Lords. While it will then go to the House of Commons, the debates in the House of Lords are a chance to amend a piece of legislation that threatens to damage English football in ways that. as yet, are not getting enough attention. The introduction of an Independent Football Regulator (IFR) has become a controversial subject as the realities are becoming clearer, and unintended consequences are dawning on more and more football owners, managers and fans. </p>
<p>So, to help you to see what all the fuss is about, Liverpool fan Alastair Donald brought together our own Geoff Kidder and QPR season-ticket holder Simon McKeon alongside – hot from the Lords front line debating the legislation – Claire Fox, and two of the most vocal speakers on the topic: Baroness (Natalie) Evans of Bowes Park and Lord (Nick) Markham.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4jftpftvp8d76srn/football_podcast_audio_edited-enhanced-v2-90pb894m.mp3" length="69198594" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Next week, the Football Governance Bill will go to Report Stage in the House of Lords. While it will then go to the House of Commons, the debates in the House of Lords are a chance to amend a piece of legislation that threatens to damage English football in ways that. as yet, are not getting enough attention. The introduction of an Independent Football Regulator (IFR) has become a controversial subject as the realities are becoming clearer, and unintended consequences are dawning on more and more football owners, managers and fans. 
So, to help you to see what all the fuss is about, Liverpool fan Alastair Donald brought together our own Geoff Kidder and QPR season-ticket holder Simon McKeon alongside – hot from the Lords front line debating the legislation – Claire Fox, and two of the most vocal speakers on the topic: Baroness (Natalie) Evans of Bowes Park and Lord (Nick) Markham.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3569</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>299</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Girls only: Sall Grover and the fight for women's rights</title>
        <itunes:title>Girls only: Sall Grover and the fight for women's rights</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/girls-only-sall-grover-and-the-fight-for-womens-rights/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/girls-only-sall-grover-and-the-fight-for-womens-rights/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 10:07:43 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/b2cc7e5a-bd79-3c06-9b4e-6f309f9fc963</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox talks to Sall Grover and Katherine Deves about their fight in Australia to reassert in law that a woman is an adult human female.</p>
<p>Sall Grover is the founder of the female-only app, Giggle for Girls and Katherine Deves is one of her legal team. Both have been visiting the UK from Australia to get support for their appeal of an important test-case decision on the definition of ‘woman’, which Sall lost last year.</p>
<p>It all began when then 54-year-old biological male Roxanne Tickle from New South Wales, who identifies as a woman, complained to the Australian Human Rights Commission when moderators withdrew his access to Giggle for Girls, because - well, to state the obvious - the app is exclusively for women. However, when the subsequent case (known as Tickle v Giggle) was tried at the Federal Court, Justice Robert Bromwich concluded that, according to Australian law, sex is ‘changeable and not necessarily binary’. The ruling effectively eradicated the category of sex in law. The decision set a dangerous legal precedent with international implications, summed up by Jo Bartosch’s headline at the time: ‘<a href='https://www.spiked-online.com/2024/08/23/australia-has-abolished-womanhood/'>Australia has abolished womanhood</a>’. </p>
<p>They talk about the case, the pros and cons of facial recognition (which the app used to determine who was a woman and who wasn’t), lawfare, the #MeToo movement and how human rights NGOs have become enmeshed in trans ideology. They also discuss the real-world impact of this trend for the likes of Scottish nurse Sandie Peggie, who was suspended from Victoria Hospital in Kirkcaldy, Fife, in January 2024 after she objected to Dr ‘Beth’ Upton (Theodore Upton) - who identifies as a woman but is a biological male - using the female staff changing facilities.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox talks to Sall Grover and Katherine Deves about their fight in Australia to reassert in law that a woman is an adult human female.</p>
<p>Sall Grover is the founder of the female-only app, Giggle for Girls and Katherine Deves is one of her legal team. Both have been visiting the UK from Australia to get support for their appeal of an important test-case decision on the definition of ‘woman’, which Sall lost last year.</p>
<p>It all began when then 54-year-old biological male Roxanne Tickle from New South Wales, who identifies as a woman, complained to the Australian Human Rights Commission when moderators withdrew his access to Giggle for Girls, because - well, to state the obvious - the app is exclusively for women. However, when the subsequent case (known as <em>Tickle v Giggle</em>) was tried at the Federal Court, Justice Robert Bromwich concluded that, according to Australian law, sex is ‘changeable and not necessarily binary’. The ruling effectively eradicated the category of sex in law. The decision set a dangerous legal precedent with international implications, summed up by Jo Bartosch’s headline at the time: ‘<a href='https://www.spiked-online.com/2024/08/23/australia-has-abolished-womanhood/'>Australia has abolished womanhood</a>’. </p>
<p>They talk about the case, the pros and cons of facial recognition (which the app used to determine who was a woman and who wasn’t), lawfare, the #MeToo movement and how human rights NGOs have become enmeshed in trans ideology. They also discuss the real-world impact of this trend for the likes of Scottish nurse Sandie Peggie, who was suspended from Victoria Hospital in Kirkcaldy, Fife, in January 2024 after she objected to Dr ‘Beth’ Upton (Theodore Upton) - who identifies as a woman but is a biological male - using the female staff changing facilities.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ygbs925cfa9urkzd/sall-grover-podcast_-_with_musicbmzcn.mp3" length="42915933" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Claire Fox talks to Sall Grover and Katherine Deves about their fight in Australia to reassert in law that a woman is an adult human female.
Sall Grover is the founder of the female-only app, Giggle for Girls and Katherine Deves is one of her legal team. Both have been visiting the UK from Australia to get support for their appeal of an important test-case decision on the definition of ‘woman’, which Sall lost last year.
It all began when then 54-year-old biological male Roxanne Tickle from New South Wales, who identifies as a woman, complained to the Australian Human Rights Commission when moderators withdrew his access to Giggle for Girls, because - well, to state the obvious - the app is exclusively for women. However, when the subsequent case (known as Tickle v Giggle) was tried at the Federal Court, Justice Robert Bromwich concluded that, according to Australian law, sex is ‘changeable and not necessarily binary’. The ruling effectively eradicated the category of sex in law. The decision set a dangerous legal precedent with international implications, summed up by Jo Bartosch’s headline at the time: ‘Australia has abolished womanhood’. 
They talk about the case, the pros and cons of facial recognition (which the app used to determine who was a woman and who wasn’t), lawfare, the #MeToo movement and how human rights NGOs have become enmeshed in trans ideology. They also discuss the real-world impact of this trend for the likes of Scottish nurse Sandie Peggie, who was suspended from Victoria Hospital in Kirkcaldy, Fife, in January 2024 after she objected to Dr ‘Beth’ Upton (Theodore Upton) - who identifies as a woman but is a biological male - using the female staff changing facilities.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2901</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>300</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>'Why do we do it? This is the best job in the world.'</title>
        <itunes:title>'Why do we do it? This is the best job in the world.'</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/why-do-we-do-it-this-is-the-best-job-in-the-world/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/why-do-we-do-it-this-is-the-best-job-in-the-world/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 12 Feb 2025 16:02:03 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/583025ac-5f39-3e42-ace4-8cc31dfd9f33</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the wake of the huge farmers' protest in London on 10 February, Rob Lyons talks to two Cumbrian farmers, John Shaw and Richard Kerr, along with their accountant Paul Benson, about the state of farming in the UK today.</p>
<ul>
<li>Why farmers are so angry about the Labour government's inheritance tax changes</li>
<li>The existing difficulties with making a good living from farming, particularly the power of supermarkets</li>
<li>Why it is unfair to blame sheep and cattle farmers for climate change</li>
<li>The failure of many politicians to understand why a farm is more than just a business</li>
<li>Why, despite all the difficulties, they continue to want to farm - if the government will let them.</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the wake of the huge farmers' protest in London on 10 February, Rob Lyons talks to two Cumbrian farmers, John Shaw and Richard Kerr, along with their accountant Paul Benson, about the state of farming in the UK today.</p>
<ul>
<li>Why farmers are so angry about the Labour government's inheritance tax changes</li>
<li>The existing difficulties with making a good living from farming, particularly the power of supermarkets</li>
<li>Why it is unfair to blame sheep and cattle farmers for climate change</li>
<li>The failure of many politicians to understand why a farm is more than just a business</li>
<li>Why, despite all the difficulties, they continue to want to farm - if the government will let them.</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ahptx8pgzfy8iu78/farmpodcast-enhanced-v2-90p.mp3" length="52013418" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the wake of the huge farmers' protest in London on 10 February, Rob Lyons talks to two Cumbrian farmers, John Shaw and Richard Kerr, along with their accountant Paul Benson, about the state of farming in the UK today.

Why farmers are so angry about the Labour government's inheritance tax changes
The existing difficulties with making a good living from farming, particularly the power of supermarkets
Why it is unfair to blame sheep and cattle farmers for climate change
The failure of many politicians to understand why a farm is more than just a business
Why, despite all the difficulties, they continue to want to farm - if the government will let them.
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2767</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>298</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Neurodiversity to gender dysphoria: a problem of over-diagnosis?</title>
        <itunes:title>Neurodiversity to gender dysphoria: a problem of over-diagnosis?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/neurodiversity-to-gender-dysphoria-a-problem-of-over-diagnosis/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/neurodiversity-to-gender-dysphoria-a-problem-of-over-diagnosis/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2025 16:53:35 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7dc4b8e1-f81f-3e07-bdce-25129c24829c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In many areas of life, an explosion of diagnostic labels seem to have expanded far beyond straightforward medical prognosis. Medicine seems to have become tangled up with fashionable identities, and a zeitgeist that stresses vulnerability and victimhood. How do such trends affect medical ethics, let alone reliable medical interventions?</p>
<p>One such example is the jokey aphorism ‘we’re all neurodiverse now’ – from the lawyer of the QAnon Shaman blaming his client’s behaviour on his autism to rising diagnoses among students. In workplaces and university campuses, neurodiversity awareness is ubiquitous, with more and more people identifying as ‘on the spectrum’. According to some estimates, as many as 20 per cent of the global population are neurodivergent, spanning everything from severe autism to dyslexia and ADHD. Particularly among women, there has been a sharp increase in ADHD diagnoses in the last year, with record numbers of prescriptions for ADHD medicine in 2024 – the UK is in fact suffering from an ADHD medicine shortage because of increased demand.</p>
<p>Elsewhere, there is contention over the explosion of young people who self-identity as gender dysphoric. A readiness to accept social transitioning in what has been described as social contagion amongst teenage girls has led to the conclusion that anyone declaring themselves gender-confused is in need of medical intervention, whether psychotherapeutic, biomedical or surgical. Advocates of transgender medicine argue against medical ‘gatekeeping’, demanding access to hormones and surgery as part of a patient’s bodily autonomy. However, some mental-health practitioners in the UK and US have testified that they face ideological pressure to put dysphoric patients on a medical pathway. In a 2021 study, 55 detransitioners of a group of 100 stated that they were not given an adequate professional evaluation before receiving clearance for medical transition. What’s more, some gender-critical commentators suggest that there is pressure to misdiagnose the confusions of puberty, same-sex attraction and broader mental-health issues as simply gender dysphoria.</p>
<p>Central to the debate is the premise that doctors, nurses and therapists are obliged to act in a patient’s best interests. But is it always clear what these interests are? Should individuals and their families get the final say? Is the rise in diagnoses due to an actual rise in numbers, expanding definitions, or clinicians and therapists getting better at identifying symptoms? Or are we over-diagnosing the likes of neurodiversity and gender-dysphoria, even pathologising behaviour which in the past may have been described as shy, socially awkward or perhaps a bit quirky? Do medical diagnoses help people understand their difficulties in interacting with the world by giving them a vocabulary and practical accommodations that help manage and alleviate debilitating discomforts? And what are the implications for medical ethics and health policy, when diagnoses have become so closely linked to understanding our identities?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dave Clements
writer and policy advisor; contributing co-editor The Future of Community</p>
<p>Dr Jennifer Cunningham
retired community paediatrician; board member, Scottish Union for Education (SUE)</p>
<p>Dr Az Hakeem
consulting psychiatrist; author, Trans and Detrans</p>
<p>Sophie Spital
speaker; writer; former editor, Triggernometry</p>
<p>CHAIR
Sally Millard
director of finance; co-founder, AoI Parents Forum</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In many areas of life, an explosion of diagnostic labels seem to have expanded far beyond straightforward medical prognosis. Medicine seems to have become tangled up with fashionable identities, and a zeitgeist that stresses vulnerability and victimhood. How do such trends affect medical ethics, let alone reliable medical interventions?</p>
<p>One such example is the jokey aphorism ‘we’re all neurodiverse now’ – from the lawyer of the QAnon Shaman blaming his client’s behaviour on his autism to rising diagnoses among students. In workplaces and university campuses, neurodiversity awareness is ubiquitous, with more and more people identifying as ‘on the spectrum’. According to some estimates, as many as 20 per cent of the global population are neurodivergent, spanning everything from severe autism to dyslexia and ADHD. Particularly among women, there has been a sharp increase in ADHD diagnoses in the last year, with record numbers of prescriptions for ADHD medicine in 2024 – the UK is in fact suffering from an ADHD medicine shortage because of increased demand.</p>
<p>Elsewhere, there is contention over the explosion of young people who self-identity as gender dysphoric. A readiness to accept social transitioning in what has been described as social contagion amongst teenage girls has led to the conclusion that anyone declaring themselves gender-confused is in need of medical intervention, whether psychotherapeutic, biomedical or surgical. Advocates of transgender medicine argue against medical ‘gatekeeping’, demanding access to hormones and surgery as part of a patient’s bodily autonomy. However, some mental-health practitioners in the UK and US have testified that they face ideological pressure to put dysphoric patients on a medical pathway. In a 2021 study, 55 detransitioners of a group of 100 stated that they were not given an adequate professional evaluation before receiving clearance for medical transition. What’s more, some gender-critical commentators suggest that there is pressure to misdiagnose the confusions of puberty, same-sex attraction and broader mental-health issues as simply gender dysphoria.</p>
<p>Central to the debate is the premise that doctors, nurses and therapists are obliged to act in a patient’s best interests. But is it always clear what these interests are? Should individuals and their families get the final say? Is the rise in diagnoses due to an actual rise in numbers, expanding definitions, or clinicians and therapists getting better at identifying symptoms? Or are we over-diagnosing the likes of neurodiversity and gender-dysphoria, even pathologising behaviour which in the past may have been described as shy, socially awkward or perhaps a bit quirky? Do medical diagnoses help people understand their difficulties in interacting with the world by giving them a vocabulary and practical accommodations that help manage and alleviate debilitating discomforts? And what are the implications for medical ethics and health policy, when diagnoses have become so closely linked to understanding our identities?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dave Clements<br>
writer and policy advisor; contributing co-editor The Future of Community</p>
<p>Dr Jennifer Cunningham<br>
retired community paediatrician; board member, Scottish Union for Education (SUE)</p>
<p>Dr Az Hakeem<br>
consulting psychiatrist; author, Trans and Detrans</p>
<p>Sophie Spital<br>
speaker; writer; former editor, Triggernometry</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Sally Millard<br>
director of finance; co-founder, AoI Parents Forum</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6yw5wne3vivcpt2j/Neurodiversity_to_gender_dysphoria_a_problem_of_over_diagnosisb83cg.mp3" length="78895686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
In many areas of life, an explosion of diagnostic labels seem to have expanded far beyond straightforward medical prognosis. Medicine seems to have become tangled up with fashionable identities, and a zeitgeist that stresses vulnerability and victimhood. How do such trends affect medical ethics, let alone reliable medical interventions?
One such example is the jokey aphorism ‘we’re all neurodiverse now’ – from the lawyer of the QAnon Shaman blaming his client’s behaviour on his autism to rising diagnoses among students. In workplaces and university campuses, neurodiversity awareness is ubiquitous, with more and more people identifying as ‘on the spectrum’. According to some estimates, as many as 20 per cent of the global population are neurodivergent, spanning everything from severe autism to dyslexia and ADHD. Particularly among women, there has been a sharp increase in ADHD diagnoses in the last year, with record numbers of prescriptions for ADHD medicine in 2024 – the UK is in fact suffering from an ADHD medicine shortage because of increased demand.
Elsewhere, there is contention over the explosion of young people who self-identity as gender dysphoric. A readiness to accept social transitioning in what has been described as social contagion amongst teenage girls has led to the conclusion that anyone declaring themselves gender-confused is in need of medical intervention, whether psychotherapeutic, biomedical or surgical. Advocates of transgender medicine argue against medical ‘gatekeeping’, demanding access to hormones and surgery as part of a patient’s bodily autonomy. However, some mental-health practitioners in the UK and US have testified that they face ideological pressure to put dysphoric patients on a medical pathway. In a 2021 study, 55 detransitioners of a group of 100 stated that they were not given an adequate professional evaluation before receiving clearance for medical transition. What’s more, some gender-critical commentators suggest that there is pressure to misdiagnose the confusions of puberty, same-sex attraction and broader mental-health issues as simply gender dysphoria.
Central to the debate is the premise that doctors, nurses and therapists are obliged to act in a patient’s best interests. But is it always clear what these interests are? Should individuals and their families get the final say? Is the rise in diagnoses due to an actual rise in numbers, expanding definitions, or clinicians and therapists getting better at identifying symptoms? Or are we over-diagnosing the likes of neurodiversity and gender-dysphoria, even pathologising behaviour which in the past may have been described as shy, socially awkward or perhaps a bit quirky? Do medical diagnoses help people understand their difficulties in interacting with the world by giving them a vocabulary and practical accommodations that help manage and alleviate debilitating discomforts? And what are the implications for medical ethics and health policy, when diagnoses have become so closely linked to understanding our identities?
SPEAKERSDave Clementswriter and policy advisor; contributing co-editor The Future of Community
Dr Jennifer Cunninghamretired community paediatrician; board member, Scottish Union for Education (SUE)
Dr Az Hakeemconsulting psychiatrist; author, Trans and Detrans
Sophie Spitalspeaker; writer; former editor, Triggernometry
CHAIRSally Millarddirector of finance; co-founder, AoI Parents Forum]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5498</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>297</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Running back to EU? Labour, Europe and the economy</title>
        <itunes:title>Running back to EU? Labour, Europe and the economy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/running-back-to-eu-labour-europe-and-the-economy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/running-back-to-eu-labour-europe-and-the-economy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jan 2025 15:35:22 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/196281f5-827b-3ca2-b75e-7de144cdfa4d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On the fifth anniversary of Brexit, listen to this debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In July, on the eve of the General Election, Keir Starmer was asked if he could foresee ‘any circumstances’ in which the UK would rejoin the EU’s single market ‘in his life’. His response was an emphatic ‘no’. Yet it is clear that Labour wants to ‘reset’ the UK’s relations with Europe. Reports in July suggested the German government wants to expand Starmer’s offer of security cooperation into a ‘mega-deal’ that encompasses everything from agricultural rules to the Erasmus student exchange programme.</p>
<p>In the period after the UK left the EU, there were considerable difficulties for many businesses in working out how to trade with the EU, despite a deal that largely dispensed with tariffs on goods. Many difficulties remain – particularly with Northern Ireland’s status, having a foot in both the EU and the UK markets. Many commentators believe leaving the single market was a mistake that is hitting the UK’s economic growth.</p>
<p>But others believe that Brexit has had little impact on the economy. The UK’s economic problems are longstanding, they argue, and have much more to do with a lack of investment and slow productivity growth than with our trading relations with the EU. The pandemic lockdowns and the energy-price crisis were much more important ‘headwinds’ than Brexit. Others believe recent UK administrations have failed to take full advantage of the post-Brexit freedoms to deregulate and pursue other national economic policy opportunities.</p>
<p>Moreover, recent UK GDP figures compare favourably with similar countries – Germany, France and Italy – in the EU. Indeed, former European Central Bank boss Mario Draghi has admitted to having ‘nightmares’ over Europe’s lack of competitiveness and future economic prospects. And there are persistent concerns about being in the single market without being in the EU – that the UK would end up being a ‘rule taker’ rather than a ‘rule maker’ – while being obliged to accept free movement.</p>
<p>How far can Starmer go in forging closer ties with the EU when there is little appetite for reviving the debate about Brexit? Has leaving the single market been an economic disaster as some claim? Or is this yesterday’s news, distracting us from the policies we need at home to revive the economy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Catherine McBride
economist; fellow, Centre for Brexit Policy</p>
<p>Ali Miraj
broadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Dr Thomas Sampson
associate professor, LSE; associate in Trade programme, Centre for Economic Performance</p>
<p>Gawain Towler
former head of press, Reform UK</p>
<p>CHAIR
Phil Mullan
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On the fifth anniversary of Brexit, listen to this debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In July, on the eve of the General Election, Keir Starmer was asked if he could foresee ‘any circumstances’ in which the UK would rejoin the EU’s single market ‘in his life’. His response was an emphatic ‘no’. Yet it is clear that Labour wants to ‘reset’ the UK’s relations with Europe. Reports in July suggested the German government wants to expand Starmer’s offer of security cooperation into a ‘mega-deal’ that encompasses everything from agricultural rules to the Erasmus student exchange programme.</p>
<p>In the period after the UK left the EU, there were considerable difficulties for many businesses in working out how to trade with the EU, despite a deal that largely dispensed with tariffs on goods. Many difficulties remain – particularly with Northern Ireland’s status, having a foot in both the EU and the UK markets. Many commentators believe leaving the single market was a mistake that is hitting the UK’s economic growth.</p>
<p>But others believe that Brexit has had little impact on the economy. The UK’s economic problems are longstanding, they argue, and have much more to do with a lack of investment and slow productivity growth than with our trading relations with the EU. The pandemic lockdowns and the energy-price crisis were much more important ‘headwinds’ than Brexit. Others believe recent UK administrations have failed to take full advantage of the post-Brexit freedoms to deregulate and pursue other national economic policy opportunities.</p>
<p>Moreover, recent UK GDP figures compare favourably with similar countries – Germany, France and Italy – in the EU. Indeed, former European Central Bank boss Mario Draghi has admitted to having ‘nightmares’ over Europe’s lack of competitiveness and future economic prospects. And there are persistent concerns about being in the single market without being in the EU – that the UK would end up being a ‘rule taker’ rather than a ‘rule maker’ – while being obliged to accept free movement.</p>
<p>How far can Starmer go in forging closer ties with the EU when there is little appetite for reviving the debate about Brexit? Has leaving the single market been an economic disaster as some claim? Or is this yesterday’s news, distracting us from the policies we need at home to revive the economy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Catherine McBride<br>
economist; fellow, Centre for Brexit Policy</p>
<p>Ali Miraj<br>
broadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Dr Thomas Sampson<br>
associate professor, LSE; associate in Trade programme, Centre for Economic Performance</p>
<p>Gawain Towler<br>
former head of press, Reform UK</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Phil Mullan<br>
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yiujnf5vv5qntxrn/Running_back_to_EU_Labour_Europe_and_the_Economyac29l.mp3" length="82629068" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On the fifth anniversary of Brexit, listen to this debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
In July, on the eve of the General Election, Keir Starmer was asked if he could foresee ‘any circumstances’ in which the UK would rejoin the EU’s single market ‘in his life’. His response was an emphatic ‘no’. Yet it is clear that Labour wants to ‘reset’ the UK’s relations with Europe. Reports in July suggested the German government wants to expand Starmer’s offer of security cooperation into a ‘mega-deal’ that encompasses everything from agricultural rules to the Erasmus student exchange programme.
In the period after the UK left the EU, there were considerable difficulties for many businesses in working out how to trade with the EU, despite a deal that largely dispensed with tariffs on goods. Many difficulties remain – particularly with Northern Ireland’s status, having a foot in both the EU and the UK markets. Many commentators believe leaving the single market was a mistake that is hitting the UK’s economic growth.
But others believe that Brexit has had little impact on the economy. The UK’s economic problems are longstanding, they argue, and have much more to do with a lack of investment and slow productivity growth than with our trading relations with the EU. The pandemic lockdowns and the energy-price crisis were much more important ‘headwinds’ than Brexit. Others believe recent UK administrations have failed to take full advantage of the post-Brexit freedoms to deregulate and pursue other national economic policy opportunities.
Moreover, recent UK GDP figures compare favourably with similar countries – Germany, France and Italy – in the EU. Indeed, former European Central Bank boss Mario Draghi has admitted to having ‘nightmares’ over Europe’s lack of competitiveness and future economic prospects. And there are persistent concerns about being in the single market without being in the EU – that the UK would end up being a ‘rule taker’ rather than a ‘rule maker’ – while being obliged to accept free movement.
How far can Starmer go in forging closer ties with the EU when there is little appetite for reviving the debate about Brexit? Has leaving the single market been an economic disaster as some claim? Or is this yesterday’s news, distracting us from the policies we need at home to revive the economy?
SPEAKERSCatherine McBrideeconomist; fellow, Centre for Brexit Policy
Ali Mirajbroadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ
Dr Thomas Sampsonassociate professor, LSE; associate in Trade programme, Centre for Economic Performance
Gawain Towlerformer head of press, Reform UK
CHAIRPhil Mullanwriter, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5164</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>296</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>From social media to AI: a tech moral panic?</title>
        <itunes:title>From social media to AI: a tech moral panic?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-social-media-to-ai-a-tech-moral-panic/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-social-media-to-ai-a-tech-moral-panic/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2025 13:00:46 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/ecad1c9b-79ad-302a-be34-51b19d37ed83</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Smartphones have become almost ubiquitous in modern society. The rise of social-media services, which have billions of users worldwide, has gone hand in hand with the use of smartphones. Few technologies have seen such rapid adoption. With concerns about several social problems coming to the fore in recent years, a variety of commentators have pointed to this new technology as an important cause. But in this case, does correlation really equal causation?</p>
<p>One problem is how we discuss social and political issues. Social media has democratised political debate. But that debate seems increasingly polarised and toxic, with social media being blamed by many for the summer riots in the UK and Elon Musk being the target of hatred from some for his relatively liberal approach to posts on X/Twitter. The rise of AI, particularly the ease of making ‘deep fakes’, has complicated matters further, making it harder for voters to figure out what candidates really believe or potentially stirring up conflict – as illustrated by fake audio of London’s mayor, Sadiq Khan, earlier this year.</p>
<p>There are also worries – most prominently expressed by Professor Jonathan Haidt – that spending so much time looking at devices has damaged children’s mental health, sense of independence and concentration spans. High-profile head teacher Katherine Birbalsingh has caused controversy by banning smartphones from the classrooms at Michaela School in London, a trend now mirrored in state-wide bans on smartphones in schools in some parts of America.</p>
<p>But do such concerns over-inflate the importance of technology? For example, one worry is the decline of children’s independent play and travel – but this has been a trend for decades in much of the West, leading to debates about ‘cotton wool’ kids. Haidt himself has pointed to this as part of the problem. Declining mental health, for children and adults, has also been a concern for many years, but how much of it is new and how much is a result of expanding definitions of mental illness is unclear.</p>
<p>Is new technology really responsible for these social trends – or is it mere coincidence? What else might explain these changes – and what should we do about to tackle such problems?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Lord James Bethell
former health minister; member, House of Lords</p>
<p>Andrew Doyle
presenter, Free Speech Nation, GB News; writer and comedian; author, The New Puritans and Free Speech and Why It Matters</p>
<p>Timandra Harkness
journalist, writer and broadcaster; author, Technology is Not the Problem and Big Data: does size matter?; presenter, Radio 4's FutureProofing and How to Disagree</p>
<p>Sandy Starr
deputy director, Progress Educational Trust; author, AI: Separating Man from Machine</p>
<p>CHAIR
Rob Lyons
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Smartphones have become almost ubiquitous in modern society. The rise of social-media services, which have billions of users worldwide, has gone hand in hand with the use of smartphones. Few technologies have seen such rapid adoption. With concerns about several social problems coming to the fore in recent years, a variety of commentators have pointed to this new technology as an important cause. But in this case, does correlation really equal causation?</p>
<p>One problem is how we discuss social and political issues. Social media has democratised political debate. But that debate seems increasingly polarised and toxic, with social media being blamed by many for the summer riots in the UK and Elon Musk being the target of hatred from some for his relatively liberal approach to posts on X/Twitter. The rise of AI, particularly the ease of making ‘deep fakes’, has complicated matters further, making it harder for voters to figure out what candidates really believe or potentially stirring up conflict – as illustrated by fake audio of London’s mayor, Sadiq Khan, earlier this year.</p>
<p>There are also worries – most prominently expressed by Professor Jonathan Haidt – that spending so much time looking at devices has damaged children’s mental health, sense of independence and concentration spans. High-profile head teacher Katherine Birbalsingh has caused controversy by banning smartphones from the classrooms at Michaela School in London, a trend now mirrored in state-wide bans on smartphones in schools in some parts of America.</p>
<p>But do such concerns over-inflate the importance of technology? For example, one worry is the decline of children’s independent play and travel – but this has been a trend for decades in much of the West, leading to debates about ‘cotton wool’ kids. Haidt himself has pointed to this as part of the problem. Declining mental health, for children and adults, has also been a concern for many years, but how much of it is new and how much is a result of expanding definitions of mental illness is unclear.</p>
<p>Is new technology really responsible for these social trends – or is it mere coincidence? What else might explain these changes – and what should we do about to tackle such problems?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Lord James Bethell<br>
former health minister; member, House of Lords</p>
<p>Andrew Doyle<br>
presenter, Free Speech Nation, GB News; writer and comedian; author, The New Puritans and Free Speech and Why It Matters</p>
<p>Timandra Harkness<br>
journalist, writer and broadcaster; author, Technology is Not the Problem and Big Data: does size matter?; presenter, Radio 4's FutureProofing and How to Disagree</p>
<p>Sandy Starr<br>
deputy director, Progress Educational Trust; author, AI: Separating Man from Machine</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Rob Lyons<br>
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9cpzdq3x5vkbzx4t/From_Social_Media_to_AI_A_Tech_Moral_Panic_6098g.mp3" length="75283411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Saturday 19 October at Church House, Westminster.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
Smartphones have become almost ubiquitous in modern society. The rise of social-media services, which have billions of users worldwide, has gone hand in hand with the use of smartphones. Few technologies have seen such rapid adoption. With concerns about several social problems coming to the fore in recent years, a variety of commentators have pointed to this new technology as an important cause. But in this case, does correlation really equal causation?
One problem is how we discuss social and political issues. Social media has democratised political debate. But that debate seems increasingly polarised and toxic, with social media being blamed by many for the summer riots in the UK and Elon Musk being the target of hatred from some for his relatively liberal approach to posts on X/Twitter. The rise of AI, particularly the ease of making ‘deep fakes’, has complicated matters further, making it harder for voters to figure out what candidates really believe or potentially stirring up conflict – as illustrated by fake audio of London’s mayor, Sadiq Khan, earlier this year.
There are also worries – most prominently expressed by Professor Jonathan Haidt – that spending so much time looking at devices has damaged children’s mental health, sense of independence and concentration spans. High-profile head teacher Katherine Birbalsingh has caused controversy by banning smartphones from the classrooms at Michaela School in London, a trend now mirrored in state-wide bans on smartphones in schools in some parts of America.
But do such concerns over-inflate the importance of technology? For example, one worry is the decline of children’s independent play and travel – but this has been a trend for decades in much of the West, leading to debates about ‘cotton wool’ kids. Haidt himself has pointed to this as part of the problem. Declining mental health, for children and adults, has also been a concern for many years, but how much of it is new and how much is a result of expanding definitions of mental illness is unclear.
Is new technology really responsible for these social trends – or is it mere coincidence? What else might explain these changes – and what should we do about to tackle such problems?
SPEAKERSLord James Bethellformer health minister; member, House of Lords
Andrew Doylepresenter, Free Speech Nation, GB News; writer and comedian; author, The New Puritans and Free Speech and Why It Matters
Timandra Harknessjournalist, writer and broadcaster; author, Technology is Not the Problem and Big Data: does size matter?; presenter, Radio 4's FutureProofing and How to Disagree
Sandy Starrdeputy director, Progress Educational Trust; author, AI: Separating Man from Machine
CHAIRRob Lyonsscience and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4704</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>295</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>The Great British Energy crisis</title>
        <itunes:title>The Great British Energy crisis</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-great-british-energy-crisis/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-great-british-energy-crisis/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jan 2025 10:52:24 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/2ad5094a-b2bd-3147-a1d7-ddecce8ecb6e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Sunday 20 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
With concerns growing about potential blackouts on cold winter evenings with little wind, listen to this debate on what is happening to UK energy, particularly with the arrival of the new Labour government.</p>
<p>The Labour government has set out an ambitious goal to decarbonise the UK’s electricity supply by 2030. Labour’s plan includes prioritising renewable energy sources like wind and solar power while reducing the nation’s dependence on fossil fuels. In line with this, the government has indicated it may halt new licences for oil and gas exploration in the North Sea. The government also announced the creation of Great British Energy, a publicly funded body to invest in renewable energy. The energy secretary, Ed Miliband, claims these measures will make the UK’s electricity supply greener, more secure and cheaper.</p>
<p>However, there are plenty of commentators warning about the feasibility and impact of this strategy. Renewable energy, while crucial to achieving decarbonisation, is notoriously unpredictable. The sun doesn’t always shine, and the wind doesn’t always blow, leading to concerns about the reliability of the energy supply – unless renewables are backed up in some way, whether by gas-powered plants, rising imports or expensive storage. Far from being cheaper than fossil fuels, critics note, renewable energy continues to need substantial subsidies, which are even more glaring as the price of gas has returned to more normal levels following the energy-price crisis of recent years.</p>
<p>Moreover, most of the UK’s nuclear power stations, which have long provided a steady and reliable source of low-carbon electricity, are set to close between 2026 and 2030. Replacements for them are still a long way off, with Hinkley Point C years behind target and Sizewell C still tied up in paperwork and court cases. The previous government’s plan to produce 24 gigawatts (GW) of power from nuclear sources by 2050 – up from 6 GW now – seems increasingly over-optimistic. Indeed, Labour already seems to be getting cold feet on a proposed nuclear-power plant in north Wales.</p>
<p>Will Labour’s energy strategy lead to a cheaper, more secure electricity supply, as it claims? Or are we on the brink of an energy crisis, with higher costs and increased vulnerability to blackouts? Are higher bills a price worth paying to tackle climate change or, when global emissions are still climbing, a pointless sacrifice of British jobs and living standards?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dr Shahrar Ali
former deputy leader, Green Party</p>
<p>Lord David Frost
member of the House of Lords</p>
<p>Prof Dr Michaela Kendall
CEO, Adelan; UK Hydrogen Champion for Mission Innovation, UK Government</p>
<p>James Woudhuysen
visiting professor, forecasting and innovation, London South Bank University</p>
<p>CHAIR
Rob Lyons
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Sunday 20 October at Church House, Westminster.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
With concerns growing about potential blackouts on cold winter evenings with little wind, listen to this debate on what is happening to UK energy, particularly with the arrival of the new Labour government.</p>
<p>The Labour government has set out an ambitious goal to decarbonise the UK’s electricity supply by 2030. Labour’s plan includes prioritising renewable energy sources like wind and solar power while reducing the nation’s dependence on fossil fuels. In line with this, the government has indicated it may halt new licences for oil and gas exploration in the North Sea. The government also announced the creation of Great British Energy, a publicly funded body to invest in renewable energy. The energy secretary, Ed Miliband, claims these measures will make the UK’s electricity supply greener, more secure and cheaper.</p>
<p>However, there are plenty of commentators warning about the feasibility and impact of this strategy. Renewable energy, while crucial to achieving decarbonisation, is notoriously unpredictable. The sun doesn’t always shine, and the wind doesn’t always blow, leading to concerns about the reliability of the energy supply – unless renewables are backed up in some way, whether by gas-powered plants, rising imports or expensive storage. Far from being cheaper than fossil fuels, critics note, renewable energy continues to need substantial subsidies, which are even more glaring as the price of gas has returned to more normal levels following the energy-price crisis of recent years.</p>
<p>Moreover, most of the UK’s nuclear power stations, which have long provided a steady and reliable source of low-carbon electricity, are set to close between 2026 and 2030. Replacements for them are still a long way off, with Hinkley Point C years behind target and Sizewell C still tied up in paperwork and court cases. The previous government’s plan to produce 24 gigawatts (GW) of power from nuclear sources by 2050 – up from 6 GW now – seems increasingly over-optimistic. Indeed, Labour already seems to be getting cold feet on a proposed nuclear-power plant in north Wales.</p>
<p>Will Labour’s energy strategy lead to a cheaper, more secure electricity supply, as it claims? Or are we on the brink of an energy crisis, with higher costs and increased vulnerability to blackouts? Are higher bills a price worth paying to tackle climate change or, when global emissions are still climbing, a pointless sacrifice of British jobs and living standards?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dr Shahrar Ali<br>
former deputy leader, Green Party</p>
<p>Lord David Frost<br>
member of the House of Lords</p>
<p>Prof Dr Michaela Kendall<br>
CEO, Adelan; UK Hydrogen Champion for Mission Innovation, UK Government</p>
<p>James Woudhuysen<br>
visiting professor, forecasting and innovation, London South Bank University</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Rob Lyons<br>
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate</p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2ppt9vgqaz6sb7rh/The_Great_British_energy_crisisbgy3a.mp3" length="101308349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Sunday 20 October at Church House, Westminster.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONWith concerns growing about potential blackouts on cold winter evenings with little wind, listen to this debate on what is happening to UK energy, particularly with the arrival of the new Labour government.
The Labour government has set out an ambitious goal to decarbonise the UK’s electricity supply by 2030. Labour’s plan includes prioritising renewable energy sources like wind and solar power while reducing the nation’s dependence on fossil fuels. In line with this, the government has indicated it may halt new licences for oil and gas exploration in the North Sea. The government also announced the creation of Great British Energy, a publicly funded body to invest in renewable energy. The energy secretary, Ed Miliband, claims these measures will make the UK’s electricity supply greener, more secure and cheaper.
However, there are plenty of commentators warning about the feasibility and impact of this strategy. Renewable energy, while crucial to achieving decarbonisation, is notoriously unpredictable. The sun doesn’t always shine, and the wind doesn’t always blow, leading to concerns about the reliability of the energy supply – unless renewables are backed up in some way, whether by gas-powered plants, rising imports or expensive storage. Far from being cheaper than fossil fuels, critics note, renewable energy continues to need substantial subsidies, which are even more glaring as the price of gas has returned to more normal levels following the energy-price crisis of recent years.
Moreover, most of the UK’s nuclear power stations, which have long provided a steady and reliable source of low-carbon electricity, are set to close between 2026 and 2030. Replacements for them are still a long way off, with Hinkley Point C years behind target and Sizewell C still tied up in paperwork and court cases. The previous government’s plan to produce 24 gigawatts (GW) of power from nuclear sources by 2050 – up from 6 GW now – seems increasingly over-optimistic. Indeed, Labour already seems to be getting cold feet on a proposed nuclear-power plant in north Wales.
Will Labour’s energy strategy lead to a cheaper, more secure electricity supply, as it claims? Or are we on the brink of an energy crisis, with higher costs and increased vulnerability to blackouts? Are higher bills a price worth paying to tackle climate change or, when global emissions are still climbing, a pointless sacrifice of British jobs and living standards?
SPEAKERSDr Shahrar Aliformer deputy leader, Green Party
Lord David Frostmember of the House of Lords
Prof Dr Michaela KendallCEO, Adelan; UK Hydrogen Champion for Mission Innovation, UK Government
James Woudhuysenvisiting professor, forecasting and innovation, London South Bank University
CHAIRRob Lyonsscience and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum; author, Panic on a Plate
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5674</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>294</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Assisted dying bill: for or against?</title>
        <itunes:title>Assisted dying bill: for or against?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/assisted-dying-bill-for-or-against/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/assisted-dying-bill-for-or-against/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 29 Nov 2024 10:21:55 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/170192e0-fdf5-34ee-8537-7ca76495a13e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of an Academy of Ideas debate on Tuesday 26 November 2024 via Zoom.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>With Parliament about to vote on the issue for the first time since 2015, join us for a discussion on the rights and wrongs of legalisation.</p>
<p>The House of Commons will vote on Labour MP Kim Leadbeater’s Terminally Ill Adults (End of Life) Bill on 29 November. The Bill claims to ‘allow adults who are terminally ill, subject to safeguards and protections, to request and be provided with assistance to end their own life’, although there have been complaints publishing the full text of the Bill.</p>
<p>While assisted suicide is currently illegal in the UK, the proposed legislation would make an exception on request for patients with six months left to live, with permission from medical professionals. Leadbeater presents assisted suicide as a matter of free choice and dignity, and argues that those without the option will take the situation into their own hands, causing unnecessary distress for those around them.</p>
<p>However, there are doubts – including from the health secretary, Wes Streeting – that the bill will guard effectively against situations in which people are coerced to die, either by family members or by a state that is too often incapable of providing adequate palliative care. In the US state of Oregon, whose Death With Dignity Act bears resemblance to the UK’s Terminally Ill Adults Bill, a majority of people who choose to die cite fears about becoming a burden for their loved ones.</p>
<p>Is the current law a ‘cruel mess,’ to quote campaigner Dame Esther Rantzen – or is it necessary to prevent slippery slopes? Could the interests of our welfare state undermine the Bill’s protections? And how should we square a patient’s freedom of choice with existing frameworks of medical ethics?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>James Esses
barrister; writer, commentator and advocate, specialising in the impact of ideology on society; co-founder, Thoughtful Therapists</p>
<p>Rabbi Dr Jonathan Romain MBE
chair, Dignity in Dying, the UK’s leading campaign for a change in the law on assisted dying; head of the Rabbinic Court of Great Britain; author of several books with the central theme of reforming Judaism, including The Naked Rabbi: His Colourful Life, Campaigns and Controversies and Confessions of a Rabbi.
</p>
<p>Sonia Sodha
chief leader writer at the Observer and a Guardian/Observer columnist. She also makes documentaries on economic and social issues for Radio 4 and appears regularly on the BBC, Sky News and Channel 4 as a political commentator.</p>
<p>Professor Kevin Yuill
emeritus professor of history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization.</p>
<p>CHAIR
Claire Fox
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of an Academy of Ideas debate on Tuesday 26 November 2024 via Zoom.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>With Parliament about to vote on the issue for the first time since 2015, join us for a discussion on the rights and wrongs of legalisation.</p>
<p>The House of Commons will vote on Labour MP Kim Leadbeater’s Terminally Ill Adults (End of Life) Bill on 29 November. The Bill claims to ‘allow adults who are terminally ill, subject to safeguards and protections, to request and be provided with assistance to end their own life’, although there have been complaints publishing the full text of the Bill.</p>
<p>While assisted suicide is currently illegal in the UK, the proposed legislation would make an exception on request for patients with six months left to live, with permission from medical professionals. Leadbeater presents assisted suicide as a matter of free choice and dignity, and argues that those without the option will take the situation into their own hands, causing unnecessary distress for those around them.</p>
<p>However, there are doubts – including from the health secretary, Wes Streeting – that the bill will guard effectively against situations in which people are coerced to die, either by family members or by a state that is too often incapable of providing adequate palliative care. In the US state of Oregon, whose Death With Dignity Act bears resemblance to the UK’s Terminally Ill Adults Bill, a majority of people who choose to die cite fears about becoming a burden for their loved ones.</p>
<p>Is the current law a ‘cruel mess,’ to quote campaigner Dame Esther Rantzen – or is it necessary to prevent slippery slopes? Could the interests of our welfare state undermine the Bill’s protections? And how should we square a patient’s freedom of choice with existing frameworks of medical ethics?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>James Esses<br>
barrister; writer, commentator and advocate, specialising in the impact of ideology on society; co-founder, Thoughtful Therapists</p>
<p>Rabbi Dr Jonathan Romain MBE<br>
chair, Dignity in Dying, the UK’s leading campaign for a change in the law on assisted dying; head of the Rabbinic Court of Great Britain; author of several books with the central theme of reforming Judaism, including <em>The Naked Rabbi: His Colourful Life, Campaigns and Controversies</em> and <em>Confessions of a Rabbi.</em><br>
</p>
<p>Sonia Sodha<br>
chief leader writer at the <em>Observer</em> and a <em>Guardian/Observer</em> columnist. She also makes documentaries on economic and social issues for Radio 4 and appears regularly on the BBC, Sky News and Channel 4 as a political commentator.</p>
<p>Professor Kevin Yuill<br>
emeritus professor of history, University of Sunderland; author, <em>Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization.</em></p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Claire Fox<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, <em>I STILL Find That Offensive!</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xjhecxgxxd68fmi6/assisted_dying_debate_podcast7gn36.mp3" length="69437831" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of an Academy of Ideas debate on Tuesday 26 November 2024 via Zoom.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
With Parliament about to vote on the issue for the first time since 2015, join us for a discussion on the rights and wrongs of legalisation.
The House of Commons will vote on Labour MP Kim Leadbeater’s Terminally Ill Adults (End of Life) Bill on 29 November. The Bill claims to ‘allow adults who are terminally ill, subject to safeguards and protections, to request and be provided with assistance to end their own life’, although there have been complaints publishing the full text of the Bill.
While assisted suicide is currently illegal in the UK, the proposed legislation would make an exception on request for patients with six months left to live, with permission from medical professionals. Leadbeater presents assisted suicide as a matter of free choice and dignity, and argues that those without the option will take the situation into their own hands, causing unnecessary distress for those around them.
However, there are doubts – including from the health secretary, Wes Streeting – that the bill will guard effectively against situations in which people are coerced to die, either by family members or by a state that is too often incapable of providing adequate palliative care. In the US state of Oregon, whose Death With Dignity Act bears resemblance to the UK’s Terminally Ill Adults Bill, a majority of people who choose to die cite fears about becoming a burden for their loved ones.
Is the current law a ‘cruel mess,’ to quote campaigner Dame Esther Rantzen – or is it necessary to prevent slippery slopes? Could the interests of our welfare state undermine the Bill’s protections? And how should we square a patient’s freedom of choice with existing frameworks of medical ethics?
SPEAKERS
James Essesbarrister; writer, commentator and advocate, specialising in the impact of ideology on society; co-founder, Thoughtful Therapists
Rabbi Dr Jonathan Romain MBEchair, Dignity in Dying, the UK’s leading campaign for a change in the law on assisted dying; head of the Rabbinic Court of Great Britain; author of several books with the central theme of reforming Judaism, including The Naked Rabbi: His Colourful Life, Campaigns and Controversies and Confessions of a Rabbi.
Sonia Sodhachief leader writer at the Observer and a Guardian/Observer columnist. She also makes documentaries on economic and social issues for Radio 4 and appears regularly on the BBC, Sky News and Channel 4 as a political commentator.
Professor Kevin Yuillemeritus professor of history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization.
CHAIRClaire Foxdirector, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6613</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>293</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Allison Pearson's lawyer on free speech, hate crime and the law</title>
        <itunes:title>Allison Pearson's lawyer on free speech, hate crime and the law</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/allison-pearsons-lawyer-on-free-speech-hate-crime-and-the-law/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/allison-pearsons-lawyer-on-free-speech-hate-crime-and-the-law/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 22 Nov 2024 17:14:07 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a4ac7bf2-74ea-3017-8cd3-56e4475512e7</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Criminal solicitor Luke Gittos offers an insider's view on the Telegraph columnist's case and the worrying rise of censorship.</p>
<p>The case of Telegraph columnist Allison Pearson has drawn attention to the scale of policing (quite literally) of speech in the UK today. Pearson’s lawyer in the case is Luke Gittos - a partner at Murray Hughman solicitors in London and director of Freedom Law Clinic, as well as a regular Battle of Ideas festival speaker.  </p>
<p>In this exclusive video, Luke reflects on the Pearson case before discussing the role of hate crime, how non-crime hate incidents became so ubiquitous, his views on the policing of speech, and how public pressure is vital in pushing back against these iniquitous and censorious measures.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Criminal solicitor Luke Gittos offers an insider's view on the Telegraph columnist's case and the worrying rise of censorship.</p>
<p>The case of <em>Telegraph</em> columnist Allison Pearson has drawn attention to the scale of policing (quite literally) of speech in the UK today. Pearson’s lawyer in the case is Luke Gittos - a partner at Murray Hughman solicitors in London and director of Freedom Law Clinic, as well as a regular Battle of Ideas festival speaker.  </p>
<p>In this exclusive video, Luke reflects on the Pearson case before discussing the role of hate crime, how non-crime hate incidents became so ubiquitous, his views on the policing of speech, and how public pressure is vital in pushing back against these iniquitous and censorious measures.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rjkh93jhyp9k3wpi/podcast_of_ideas_-_luke_gittos6jeg3.mp3" length="17482723" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Criminal solicitor Luke Gittos offers an insider's view on the Telegraph columnist's case and the worrying rise of censorship.
The case of Telegraph columnist Allison Pearson has drawn attention to the scale of policing (quite literally) of speech in the UK today. Pearson’s lawyer in the case is Luke Gittos - a partner at Murray Hughman solicitors in London and director of Freedom Law Clinic, as well as a regular Battle of Ideas festival speaker.  
In this exclusive video, Luke reflects on the Pearson case before discussing the role of hate crime, how non-crime hate incidents became so ubiquitous, his views on the policing of speech, and how public pressure is vital in pushing back against these iniquitous and censorious measures.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1714</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>292</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Is it time to kick VAR out of football?</title>
        <itunes:title>Is it time to kick VAR out of football?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-it-time-to-kick-var-out-of-football/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-it-time-to-kick-var-out-of-football/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2024 16:03:51 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c7f0d6ef-b617-3f2f-bbc3-8c35766b036b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Sunday 20 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
In 2018, the Video Assistant Referee (VAR) was introduced at the World Cup in Russia – and the arguments about it haven’t stopped since, with complaints that decisions are still often wrong while lengthy reviews cause confusion and frustration.</p>
<p>Using technology to help referees get important decisions right seemed like such a good idea. For example, in 2010, England midfielder Frank Lampard famously had a goal against Germany in the World Cup disallowed, despite the ball clearly crossing the goal line. One result was the introduction of technology that can tell the referee instantly if the ball has crossed the goal-line. However, goal-line technology can only assist with one source of refereeing error. VAR enables a wider range of decisions to be reviewed.</p>
<p>One criticism is that VAR is still subject to human subjectivity and fallibility, as it depends on how referees view and apply the rules, with incorrect decisions still being made and with inconsistency between matches. The most high-profile VAR error occurred last autumn, when confused communication between the on-pitch referee and the VAR meant a goal by Liverpool against Tottenham Hotspur was erroneously disallowed – despite the VAR making the correct decision. Representatives of one Premier League club, Wolves, were so incensed by a string of bad decisions that they put forward a motion to scrap VAR altogether.</p>
<p>Secondly, VAR slows down the game as goals or penalty decisions are subject to laborious reviews, playing havoc with the emotions of players and spectators. One former England player, Paul Scholes, has complained that the ‘VAR experience is poor, the in-stadium experience for the supporter. It’s nowhere near good enough.’</p>
<p>However, the football authorities believe that VAR has made the game fairer by improving both decision accuracy and transparency as fans can see the video replays. Responding to the Wolves motion, the Premier League pointed out that VAR has substantially improved decision making overall, while acknowledging that decisions currently take too long.</p>
<p>Has VAR ruined football? Why has video technology been so controversial in football when it has been much more successful in other sports, like cricket and tennis? How can we remove human error, or is human error an inevitable part of the game? Can VAR be fixed, or should it be given the red card?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Duleep Allirajah
football writer; longterm spiked contributor; co-founder, Libero! network; season-ticket holder, Crystal Palace</p>
<p>Jonny Gould
TV and radio presenter; journalist; host, Jonny Gould's Jewish State</p>
<p>Omar Mohamed
student, Royal Holloway University</p>
<p>Sally Taplin
business consultant, Businessfourzero; visiting MBA lecturer, Bayes Business School; former board member, Lewes FC</p>
<p>CHAIR
Geoff Kidder
director, membership and events, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Book Club</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Sunday 20 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
In 2018, the Video Assistant Referee (VAR) was introduced at the World Cup in Russia – and the arguments about it haven’t stopped since, with complaints that decisions are still often wrong while lengthy reviews cause confusion and frustration.</p>
<p>Using technology to help referees get important decisions right seemed like such a good idea. For example, in 2010, England midfielder Frank Lampard famously had a goal against Germany in the World Cup disallowed, despite the ball clearly crossing the goal line. One result was the introduction of technology that can tell the referee instantly if the ball has crossed the goal-line. However, goal-line technology can only assist with one source of refereeing error. VAR enables a wider range of decisions to be reviewed.</p>
<p>One criticism is that VAR is still subject to human subjectivity and fallibility, as it depends on how referees view and apply the rules, with incorrect decisions still being made and with inconsistency between matches. The most high-profile VAR error occurred last autumn, when confused communication between the on-pitch referee and the VAR meant a goal by Liverpool against Tottenham Hotspur was erroneously disallowed – despite the VAR making the correct decision. Representatives of one Premier League club, Wolves, were so incensed by a string of bad decisions that they put forward a motion to scrap VAR altogether.</p>
<p>Secondly, VAR slows down the game as goals or penalty decisions are subject to laborious reviews, playing havoc with the emotions of players and spectators. One former England player, Paul Scholes, has complained that the ‘VAR experience is poor, the in-stadium experience for the supporter. It’s nowhere near good enough.’</p>
<p>However, the football authorities believe that VAR has made the game fairer by improving both decision accuracy and transparency as fans can see the video replays. Responding to the Wolves motion, the Premier League pointed out that VAR has substantially improved decision making overall, while acknowledging that decisions currently take too long.</p>
<p>Has VAR ruined football? Why has video technology been so controversial in football when it has been much more successful in other sports, like cricket and tennis? How can we remove human error, or is human error an inevitable part of the game? Can VAR be fixed, or should it be given the red card?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Duleep Allirajah<br>
football writer; longterm spiked contributor; co-founder, Libero! network; season-ticket holder, Crystal Palace</p>
<p>Jonny Gould<br>
TV and radio presenter; journalist; host, Jonny Gould's Jewish State</p>
<p>Omar Mohamed<br>
student, Royal Holloway University</p>
<p>Sally Taplin<br>
business consultant, Businessfourzero; visiting MBA lecturer, Bayes Business School; former board member, Lewes FC</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Geoff Kidder<br>
director, membership and events, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Book Club</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8q2v7e7e8ep8dip2/Is_it_time_to_kick_VAR_out_of_football_19bd8o.mp3" length="61414402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2024 on Sunday 20 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONIn 2018, the Video Assistant Referee (VAR) was introduced at the World Cup in Russia – and the arguments about it haven’t stopped since, with complaints that decisions are still often wrong while lengthy reviews cause confusion and frustration.
Using technology to help referees get important decisions right seemed like such a good idea. For example, in 2010, England midfielder Frank Lampard famously had a goal against Germany in the World Cup disallowed, despite the ball clearly crossing the goal line. One result was the introduction of technology that can tell the referee instantly if the ball has crossed the goal-line. However, goal-line technology can only assist with one source of refereeing error. VAR enables a wider range of decisions to be reviewed.
One criticism is that VAR is still subject to human subjectivity and fallibility, as it depends on how referees view and apply the rules, with incorrect decisions still being made and with inconsistency between matches. The most high-profile VAR error occurred last autumn, when confused communication between the on-pitch referee and the VAR meant a goal by Liverpool against Tottenham Hotspur was erroneously disallowed – despite the VAR making the correct decision. Representatives of one Premier League club, Wolves, were so incensed by a string of bad decisions that they put forward a motion to scrap VAR altogether.
Secondly, VAR slows down the game as goals or penalty decisions are subject to laborious reviews, playing havoc with the emotions of players and spectators. One former England player, Paul Scholes, has complained that the ‘VAR experience is poor, the in-stadium experience for the supporter. It’s nowhere near good enough.’
However, the football authorities believe that VAR has made the game fairer by improving both decision accuracy and transparency as fans can see the video replays. Responding to the Wolves motion, the Premier League pointed out that VAR has substantially improved decision making overall, while acknowledging that decisions currently take too long.
Has VAR ruined football? Why has video technology been so controversial in football when it has been much more successful in other sports, like cricket and tennis? How can we remove human error, or is human error an inevitable part of the game? Can VAR be fixed, or should it be given the red card?
SPEAKERSDuleep Allirajahfootball writer; longterm spiked contributor; co-founder, Libero! network; season-ticket holder, Crystal Palace
Jonny GouldTV and radio presenter; journalist; host, Jonny Gould's Jewish State
Omar Mohamedstudent, Royal Holloway University
Sally Taplinbusiness consultant, Businessfourzero; visiting MBA lecturer, Bayes Business School; former board member, Lewes FC
CHAIRGeoff Kidderdirector, membership and events, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Book Club]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4305</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>291</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Kamalamania, Trump and the vibes election</title>
        <itunes:title>Kamalamania, Trump and the vibes election</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/kamalamania-trump-and-the-vibes-election/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/kamalamania-trump-and-the-vibes-election/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2024 14:54:40 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/4835dd28-21a5-31d3-81b4-368722974862</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On the eve of the US presidential election, listen to our discussion from the Battle of Ideas festival 2024:</p>
<p>Within days of being announced as the Democratic nominee, Kamala Harris went from the most unpopular vice president in 50 years – a figure whose unpopularity reportedly led to the former president, Barack Obama, scrambling to find an alternative – to a viable presidential candidate. After slumping under Biden, polling now indicates that the Democrats have a real chance of retaining the White House.</p>
<p>Kamala has been rebranded – the ‘brat’ candidate memifying what had previously been seen as gaffs as the imperfections of millennial women. Kamala is posed as a cross between Obama and Bridget Jones. Kamala, it seems, has been embraced as a figure of fun.</p>
<p>Harris has made no unscripted appearances since taking up the candidacy. The Harris strategy seems to be is entirely based on Kamala the person – with the least amount of policy focus in her campaign material of any presidential candidate in history by far. It seems the Democrats hope Kamala can be entertaining enough to distract the American public for a hundred days, avoiding any real scrutiny.</p>

At the same time, the Trump campaign seems slightly at odds as to how to counter Kamala the meme. Trump has returned to X/Twitter, but doesn’t seem to have his usual talent for lampooning the opposition. Instead, he has been focused on appearing on a range of podcasts. Trump, too, seems light on policy and big ideas.

<p>Has the election then turned purely into a competition of ‘vibes’? Or are there still substantive differences between the main candidates? What does the memification of politics mean for democracy? Is Kamalamania a sincere phenomenon, an exercise in how people can change their mind out of convenience, or a complete fiction produced by the Democratic Party machine? Has Trump lost his populist touch? What does the election hold for America?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:</p>
<ul><li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/nick-dixon/'>Nick Dixon</a>, comedian; presenter, GB News; host, The Current Thing</p>
</li>
<li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/dr-cheryl-hudson/'>Dr Cheryl Hudson</a>, lecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity</p>
</li>
<li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/dr-richard-johnson/'>Dr Richard Johnson</a>, writer; senior lecturer in politics, Queen Mary, University of London; co-author, Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922</p>
</li>
<li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/stan-swim/'>Stan Swim</a>, chief program officer, Bill of Rights Institute</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Chair: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/jacob-reynolds-2/'>Jacob Reynolds</a>, head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
</li>
</ul>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On the eve of the US presidential election, listen to our discussion from the Battle of Ideas festival 2024:</p>
<p>Within days of being announced as the Democratic nominee, Kamala Harris went from the most unpopular vice president in 50 years – a figure whose unpopularity reportedly led to the former president, Barack Obama, scrambling to find an alternative – to a viable presidential candidate. After slumping under Biden, polling now indicates that the Democrats have a real chance of retaining the White House.</p>
<p>Kamala has been rebranded – the ‘brat’ candidate memifying what had previously been seen as gaffs as the imperfections of millennial women. Kamala is posed as a cross between Obama and Bridget Jones. Kamala, it seems, has been embraced as a figure of fun.</p>
<p>Harris has made no unscripted appearances since taking up the candidacy. The Harris strategy seems to be is entirely based on Kamala the person – with the least amount of policy focus in her campaign material of any presidential candidate in history by far. It seems the Democrats hope Kamala can be entertaining enough to distract the American public for a hundred days, avoiding any real scrutiny.</p>

At the same time, the Trump campaign seems slightly at odds as to how to counter Kamala the meme. Trump has returned to X/Twitter, but doesn’t seem to have his usual talent for lampooning the opposition. Instead, he has been focused on appearing on a range of podcasts. Trump, too, seems light on policy and big ideas.

<p>Has the election then turned purely into a competition of ‘vibes’? Or are there still substantive differences between the main candidates? What does the memification of politics mean for democracy? Is Kamalamania a sincere phenomenon, an exercise in how people can change their mind out of convenience, or a complete fiction produced by the Democratic Party machine? Has Trump lost his populist touch? What does the election hold for America?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:</p>
<ul><li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/nick-dixon/'>Nick Dixon</a>, comedian; presenter, GB News; host, <em>The Current Thing</em></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/dr-cheryl-hudson/'>Dr Cheryl Hudson</a>, lecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, <em>Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity</em></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/dr-richard-johnson/'>Dr Richard Johnson</a>, writer; senior lecturer in politics, Queen Mary, University of London; co-author, <em>Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922</em></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/stan-swim/'>Stan Swim</a>, chief program officer, Bill of Rights Institute</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Chair: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/speaker/jacob-reynolds-2/'>Jacob Reynolds</a>, head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wdcbaxh4ujnbqrmi/Kamalamania_Trump_and_the_vibes_election88vot.mp3" length="76713486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On the eve of the US presidential election, listen to our discussion from the Battle of Ideas festival 2024:
Within days of being announced as the Democratic nominee, Kamala Harris went from the most unpopular vice president in 50 years – a figure whose unpopularity reportedly led to the former president, Barack Obama, scrambling to find an alternative – to a viable presidential candidate. After slumping under Biden, polling now indicates that the Democrats have a real chance of retaining the White House.
Kamala has been rebranded – the ‘brat’ candidate memifying what had previously been seen as gaffs as the imperfections of millennial women. Kamala is posed as a cross between Obama and Bridget Jones. Kamala, it seems, has been embraced as a figure of fun.
Harris has made no unscripted appearances since taking up the candidacy. The Harris strategy seems to be is entirely based on Kamala the person – with the least amount of policy focus in her campaign material of any presidential candidate in history by far. It seems the Democrats hope Kamala can be entertaining enough to distract the American public for a hundred days, avoiding any real scrutiny.

At the same time, the Trump campaign seems slightly at odds as to how to counter Kamala the meme. Trump has returned to X/Twitter, but doesn’t seem to have his usual talent for lampooning the opposition. Instead, he has been focused on appearing on a range of podcasts. Trump, too, seems light on policy and big ideas.

Has the election then turned purely into a competition of ‘vibes’? Or are there still substantive differences between the main candidates? What does the memification of politics mean for democracy? Is Kamalamania a sincere phenomenon, an exercise in how people can change their mind out of convenience, or a complete fiction produced by the Democratic Party machine? Has Trump lost his populist touch? What does the election hold for America?
SPEAKERS:

Nick Dixon, comedian; presenter, GB News; host, The Current Thing


Dr Cheryl Hudson, lecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity


Dr Richard Johnson, writer; senior lecturer in politics, Queen Mary, University of London; co-author, Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922


Stan Swim, chief program officer, Bill of Rights Institute


Chair: Jacob Reynolds, head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas

]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4308</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>290</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BATTLE_LOGO_2024b3huk.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Online safety vs free speech</title>
        <itunes:title>Online safety vs free speech</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/online-safety-vs-free-speech/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/online-safety-vs-free-speech/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2024 14:03:11 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/71c78d75-2372-3793-910d-1e9c4c538aff</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 on Saturday 15 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The Online Safety Bill is causing huge concern for those who believe in free speech. But how can we protect free expression and still deal with the many problems that arise online?</p>
<p>The Bill has passed through the House of Commons and will now be debated in the House of Lords. There are hopes that Liz Truss’s government may amend the Bill to remove the most egregious problem with it: the attempt to force tech platforms and service providers – such as Twitter, Facebook, Google and many more – to remove content and ban users from expressing ideas or views that the government deems to be ‘legal but harmful’. However, the very idea that legislation was drafted to ban legal speech as it appears in the virtual public square – including references to sex and gender, race, eating disorders or the diverse category of ‘mental health challenges’ – says much about the current attitude among politicians and regulators.</p>
<p>Concerns remain at the wide scope of proposals in the legislation. It recommends new rules to control online services, including search engines and user-generated content. It will also affect privacy by constraining end-to-end encryption. The law will compel tech firms, who already regulate and remove content they have decided is ‘problematic’, to comply through fines and suspension, and requires they provide user tracking data on individuals who are considered to be breaking these laws. If and when the law is passed, it is now proposed that the lead time for compliance is reduced from 22 months to just two. Companies will have just over eight weeks from the royal assent of the law to make sure that they’re in full compliance to avoid penalties.</p>
<p>Despite these potentially draconian measures, there are undoubtedly new harms created by the online world. Are free-speech advocates being insensitive to what is novel about the internet as a threat? Trolling can go beyond unpleasant abuse to threats of violence. Children are far more likely to suffer at the hands of malicious bullying online than in the playground. Worse, such abuse can go viral. What do we do about child-safety concerns, viral sexting, online anonymous grooming, bad faith con-merchants and conspiracy-mongers passing off misinformation as fact? What of the potential psychological damage, particularly for those considered more socially and psychologically ‘at-risk’? Is it good enough to argue that these ‘crimes’ are already protected by existing laws?</p>
<p>In any event, safety issues and legislation may not even be the biggest free-speech issues online. In fact, perhaps it is Big Tech companies that have the real power. For example, Spotify has removed podcasts it deems politically unacceptable while PayPal has removed support for organisations critical of Covid policies and gender ideology.</p>
<p>Does the online world, warts and all, present free-speech supporters with insurmountable problems? Or is free speech a fundamental societal value that must be fought for, whatever the consequences or regardless of the challenges of any new technology?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Lord Charles Colville
Crossbench peer, House of Lords; former member, Communications and Digital Select Committee; freelance TV producer</p>
<p>Paddy Hannam
researcher, House of Commons; writer and commentator</p>
<p>Molly Kingsley
co-founder, UsForThem; co-author, The Children’s Inquiry</p>
<p>Graham Smith
tech and internet lawyer; of counsel, Bird &amp; Bird LLP; author, Internet Law and Regulation; blogger, Cyberleagle</p>
<p>Toby Young
general secretary, Free Speech Union; author, How to Lose Friends &amp; Alienate People; associate editor, Spectator</p>
<p>CHAIR
Dr Jan Macvarish
education and events director, Free Speech Union; author, Neuroparenting: the expert invasion of family life</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 on Saturday 15 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The Online Safety Bill is causing huge concern for those who believe in free speech. But how can we protect free expression and still deal with the many problems that arise online?</p>
<p>The Bill has passed through the House of Commons and will now be debated in the House of Lords. There are hopes that Liz Truss’s government may amend the Bill to remove the most egregious problem with it: the attempt to force tech platforms and service providers – such as Twitter, Facebook, Google and many more – to remove content and ban users from expressing ideas or views that the government deems to be ‘legal but harmful’. However, the very idea that legislation was drafted to ban legal speech as it appears in the virtual public square – including references to sex and gender, race, eating disorders or the diverse category of ‘mental health challenges’ – says much about the current attitude among politicians and regulators.</p>
<p>Concerns remain at the wide scope of proposals in the legislation. It recommends new rules to control online services, including search engines and user-generated content. It will also affect privacy by constraining end-to-end encryption. The law will compel tech firms, who already regulate and remove content they have decided is ‘problematic’, to comply through fines and suspension, and requires they provide user tracking data on individuals who are considered to be breaking these laws. If and when the law is passed, it is now proposed that the lead time for compliance is reduced from 22 months to just two. Companies will have just over eight weeks from the royal assent of the law to make sure that they’re in full compliance to avoid penalties.</p>
<p>Despite these potentially draconian measures, there are undoubtedly new harms created by the online world. Are free-speech advocates being insensitive to what is novel about the internet as a threat? Trolling can go beyond unpleasant abuse to threats of violence. Children are far more likely to suffer at the hands of malicious bullying online than in the playground. Worse, such abuse can go viral. What do we do about child-safety concerns, viral sexting, online anonymous grooming, bad faith con-merchants and conspiracy-mongers passing off misinformation as fact? What of the potential psychological damage, particularly for those considered more socially and psychologically ‘at-risk’? Is it good enough to argue that these ‘crimes’ are already protected by existing laws?</p>
<p>In any event, safety issues and legislation may not even be the biggest free-speech issues online. In fact, perhaps it is Big Tech companies that have the real power. For example, Spotify has removed podcasts it deems politically unacceptable while PayPal has removed support for organisations critical of Covid policies and gender ideology.</p>
<p>Does the online world, warts and all, present free-speech supporters with insurmountable problems? Or is free speech a fundamental societal value that must be fought for, whatever the consequences or regardless of the challenges of any new technology?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Lord Charles Colville<br>
Crossbench peer, House of Lords; former member, Communications and Digital Select Committee; freelance TV producer</p>
<p>Paddy Hannam<br>
researcher, House of Commons; writer and commentator</p>
<p>Molly Kingsley<br>
co-founder, UsForThem; co-author, The Children’s Inquiry</p>
<p>Graham Smith<br>
tech and internet lawyer; of counsel, Bird &amp; Bird LLP; author, Internet Law and Regulation; blogger, Cyberleagle</p>
<p>Toby Young<br>
general secretary, Free Speech Union; author, How to Lose Friends &amp; Alienate People; associate editor, Spectator</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Dr Jan Macvarish<br>
education and events director, Free Speech Union; author, Neuroparenting: the expert invasion of family life</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wrmwx7ha48wsmhn9/Online_safety_vs_free_speech9wq3d.mp3" length="96558261" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 on Saturday 15 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
The Online Safety Bill is causing huge concern for those who believe in free speech. But how can we protect free expression and still deal with the many problems that arise online?
The Bill has passed through the House of Commons and will now be debated in the House of Lords. There are hopes that Liz Truss’s government may amend the Bill to remove the most egregious problem with it: the attempt to force tech platforms and service providers – such as Twitter, Facebook, Google and many more – to remove content and ban users from expressing ideas or views that the government deems to be ‘legal but harmful’. However, the very idea that legislation was drafted to ban legal speech as it appears in the virtual public square – including references to sex and gender, race, eating disorders or the diverse category of ‘mental health challenges’ – says much about the current attitude among politicians and regulators.
Concerns remain at the wide scope of proposals in the legislation. It recommends new rules to control online services, including search engines and user-generated content. It will also affect privacy by constraining end-to-end encryption. The law will compel tech firms, who already regulate and remove content they have decided is ‘problematic’, to comply through fines and suspension, and requires they provide user tracking data on individuals who are considered to be breaking these laws. If and when the law is passed, it is now proposed that the lead time for compliance is reduced from 22 months to just two. Companies will have just over eight weeks from the royal assent of the law to make sure that they’re in full compliance to avoid penalties.
Despite these potentially draconian measures, there are undoubtedly new harms created by the online world. Are free-speech advocates being insensitive to what is novel about the internet as a threat? Trolling can go beyond unpleasant abuse to threats of violence. Children are far more likely to suffer at the hands of malicious bullying online than in the playground. Worse, such abuse can go viral. What do we do about child-safety concerns, viral sexting, online anonymous grooming, bad faith con-merchants and conspiracy-mongers passing off misinformation as fact? What of the potential psychological damage, particularly for those considered more socially and psychologically ‘at-risk’? Is it good enough to argue that these ‘crimes’ are already protected by existing laws?
In any event, safety issues and legislation may not even be the biggest free-speech issues online. In fact, perhaps it is Big Tech companies that have the real power. For example, Spotify has removed podcasts it deems politically unacceptable while PayPal has removed support for organisations critical of Covid policies and gender ideology.
Does the online world, warts and all, present free-speech supporters with insurmountable problems? Or is free speech a fundamental societal value that must be fought for, whatever the consequences or regardless of the challenges of any new technology?
SPEAKERS
Lord Charles ColvilleCrossbench peer, House of Lords; former member, Communications and Digital Select Committee; freelance TV producer
Paddy Hannamresearcher, House of Commons; writer and commentator
Molly Kingsleyco-founder, UsForThem; co-author, The Children’s Inquiry
Graham Smithtech and internet lawyer; of counsel, Bird &amp; Bird LLP; author, Internet Law and Regulation; blogger, Cyberleagle
Toby Younggeneral secretary, Free Speech Union; author, How to Lose Friends &amp; Alienate People; associate editor, Spectator
CHAIRDr Jan Macvarisheducation and events director, Free Speech Union; author, Neuroparenting: the expert invasion of family life]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5535</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>289</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast Of Ideas: It ain't over 'till the fat lady votes</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast Of Ideas: It ain't over 'till the fat lady votes</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-it-aint-over-till-the-fat-lady-votes/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-it-aint-over-till-the-fat-lady-votes/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2024 14:31:22 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7d16dca5-6176-3b75-b044-55b1425aefea</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Media scrutiny, political scandals and electoral upsets - the Academy of Ideas team get together on the eve of the General Election for one last pre-vote discussion.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Media scrutiny, political scandals and electoral upsets - the Academy of Ideas team get together on the eve of the General Election for one last pre-vote discussion.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rq6c4udngtd9tanq/PodcastofIdeas_Election_Eve8831t.mp3" length="26605836" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Media scrutiny, political scandals and electoral upsets - the Academy of Ideas team get together on the eve of the General Election for one last pre-vote discussion.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2228</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>288</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: manifestos, media snobbery and Macron</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: manifestos, media snobbery and Macron</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-manifestos-media-snobbery-and-macron/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-manifestos-media-snobbery-and-macron/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 16:42:40 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/8a063ec4-78df-315b-9739-8a8bd213990e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The manifestos are in! And, perhaps unsurprisingly, the two main parties have caused the least stir. Reform UK’s ‘contract’ has been denounced by commentators and think tanks alike as ‘uncosted’, while the SDP’s manifesto was praised for standing out as an unusually comprehensive list of ideas in a sea of general obfuscation.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer have been battling it out for who had the most hard-done-by childhood, with rows about Sky TV and toolmakers providing some comedic relief for the electorate in what has otherwise been a rather depressing three weeks of campaigning.</p>
<p>From Tory implosions to Labour infighting, Emmanuel Macron’s shock election announcement to the rumblings of a Reform challenge, we cover it all in this latest podcast.</p>
<p><a href='https://soundcloud.com/institute-of-ideas/podcast_of_ideas_manifestos_media_snobbery_and_macron'>Listen</a>, subscribe to our Substack and don’t forget to <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/battle-of-ideas-festival-tickets-2024/'>get your tickets</a> for this year’s Battle of Ideas festival…</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The manifestos are in! And, perhaps unsurprisingly, the two main parties have caused the least stir. Reform UK’s ‘contract’ has been denounced by commentators and think tanks alike as ‘uncosted’, while the SDP’s manifesto was praised for standing out as an unusually comprehensive list of ideas in a sea of general obfuscation.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer have been battling it out for who had the most hard-done-by childhood, with rows about Sky TV and toolmakers providing some comedic relief for the electorate in what has otherwise been a rather depressing three weeks of campaigning.</p>
<p>From Tory implosions to Labour infighting, Emmanuel Macron’s shock election announcement to the rumblings of a Reform challenge, we cover it all in this latest podcast.</p>
<p><a href='https://soundcloud.com/institute-of-ideas/podcast_of_ideas_manifestos_media_snobbery_and_macron'>Listen</a>, subscribe to our Substack and don’t forget to <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/battle-of-ideas-festival-tickets-2024/'>get your tickets</a> for this year’s Battle of Ideas festival…</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/i6q56f5wrqtnxhcy/POIElection3.mp3" length="36778248" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The manifestos are in! And, perhaps unsurprisingly, the two main parties have caused the least stir. Reform UK’s ‘contract’ has been denounced by commentators and think tanks alike as ‘uncosted’, while the SDP’s manifesto was praised for standing out as an unusually comprehensive list of ideas in a sea of general obfuscation.
Meanwhile, both Rishi Sunak and Keir Starmer have been battling it out for who had the most hard-done-by childhood, with rows about Sky TV and toolmakers providing some comedic relief for the electorate in what has otherwise been a rather depressing three weeks of campaigning.
From Tory implosions to Labour infighting, Emmanuel Macron’s shock election announcement to the rumblings of a Reform challenge, we cover it all in this latest podcast.
Listen, subscribe to our Substack and don’t forget to get your tickets for this year’s Battle of Ideas festival…]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3107</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>287</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas General Election special: D Day, selection madness and the return of Farage</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas General Election special: D Day, selection madness and the return of Farage</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-general-election-special-d-day-selection-madness-and-the-return-of-farage/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-general-election-special-d-day-selection-madness-and-the-return-of-farage/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 08 Jun 2024 14:35:16 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/61c056d8-bea0-3d90-abe7-15eea8261fb2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The Academy of Ideas team discuss the latest in the General Election campaign - plus a view from Europe.</p>
<p>Just when you think things couldn’t get any worse for the Conservative Party, its leader - Rishi Sunak - managed to mess up on an international scale. The prime minister’s decision to leave D-Day commemorations early - allegedly returning home for a TV interview - has upset many people, including his own colleagues. While Sunak immediately apologised for what he described as a scheduling issue, it doesn’t seem to have quelled disquiet within the party - or consternation among voters.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, both Labour and the Tories have been scrambling to select seats. The deselection of Labour’s Faiza Shaheen and the parachuting in of the Tories’ Richard Holden both caused problems among local party supporters. And who could forget Nigel Farage who, like a twist in an Agatha Christie novel, announced that he will stand in Clacton to the sound of Conservative sighs nationwide. But does this mean that Reform poses a serious threat to the Tories? And, while much of the European media is reporting a rightward shift in this week’s European elections, will that prophecy come true? Or will the trend of fickle voters prove yet again that trying to predict elections is a mug’s game?</p>
<p>Listen to all of this and more on our latest episode in our General Election Podcast of Ideas specials, and subscribe to our Substack: <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fclairefox.substack.com%2Fsubscribe&amp;token=e91bf2-1-1717853686121'>clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Academy of Ideas team discuss the latest in the General Election campaign - plus a view from Europe.</p>
<p>Just when you think things couldn’t get any worse for the Conservative Party, its leader - Rishi Sunak - managed to mess up on an international scale. The prime minister’s decision to leave D-Day commemorations early - allegedly returning home for a TV interview - has upset many people, including his own colleagues. While Sunak immediately apologised for what he described as a scheduling issue, it doesn’t seem to have quelled disquiet within the party - or consternation among voters.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, both Labour and the Tories have been scrambling to select seats. The deselection of Labour’s Faiza Shaheen and the parachuting in of the Tories’ Richard Holden both caused problems among local party supporters. And who could forget Nigel Farage who, like a twist in an Agatha Christie novel, announced that he will stand in Clacton to the sound of Conservative sighs nationwide. But does this mean that Reform poses a serious threat to the Tories? And, while much of the European media is reporting a rightward shift in this week’s European elections, will that prophecy come true? Or will the trend of fickle voters prove yet again that trying to predict elections is a mug’s game?</p>
<p>Listen to all of this and more on our latest episode in our General Election Podcast of Ideas specials, and subscribe to our Substack: <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fclairefox.substack.com%2Fsubscribe&amp;token=e91bf2-1-1717853686121'>clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pshtfrn7cqrg4brx/PodcastOfIdeastwo.mp3" length="32724000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The Academy of Ideas team discuss the latest in the General Election campaign - plus a view from Europe.
Just when you think things couldn’t get any worse for the Conservative Party, its leader - Rishi Sunak - managed to mess up on an international scale. The prime minister’s decision to leave D-Day commemorations early - allegedly returning home for a TV interview - has upset many people, including his own colleagues. While Sunak immediately apologised for what he described as a scheduling issue, it doesn’t seem to have quelled disquiet within the party - or consternation among voters.
Meanwhile, both Labour and the Tories have been scrambling to select seats. The deselection of Labour’s Faiza Shaheen and the parachuting in of the Tories’ Richard Holden both caused problems among local party supporters. And who could forget Nigel Farage who, like a twist in an Agatha Christie novel, announced that he will stand in Clacton to the sound of Conservative sighs nationwide. But does this mean that Reform poses a serious threat to the Tories? And, while much of the European media is reporting a rightward shift in this week’s European elections, will that prophecy come true? Or will the trend of fickle voters prove yet again that trying to predict elections is a mug’s game?
Listen to all of this and more on our latest episode in our General Election Podcast of Ideas specials, and subscribe to our Substack: clairefox.substack.com/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3052</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>286</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: General Election specials, episode 1</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: General Election specials, episode 1</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-general-election-specials-episode-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-general-election-specials-episode-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 29 May 2024 10:39:04 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/29263cf5-4b5a-392c-8cf4-51cd39cb1b1f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Listen to the first of our regular discussions with the Academy of Ideas team on the highs and lows of election campaigning.
<p><a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/'>Subscribe to our Substack</a> to keep up to date with our latest podcasts, events and comment.</p>
<p>Last week, Prime Minister Rishi Sunak took the nation - and many of his own MPs - by surprise by calling the next General Election. On Thursday 4 July, UK citizens will join the billions around the world going to the polls this year to pick their next political leaders. While Sunak might have been able to blame his wet start on the weather, the early stages of the campaign haven’t been bright and breezy. Faced with anger and confusion from his fellow party members - including threats of a no-confidence vote - Sunak’s charm offensive across the country is marred by the fact that most people believe this election has already been won.</p>
<p>And yet, the bookies’ favourites - the Labour Party - have their own problems. From a lacklustre speech to concerns about splitting voters over issues like women-only spaces or support for a ceasefire in Gaza, Labour leader Keir Starmer hasn’t yet made hay while the sun refuses to shine on his rivals.</p>
<p>The announcement of the General Election also took the outliers in the competition by surprise. Reform UK’s tough talk about taking on the Tories was somewhat marred by Nigel Farage finally admitting that he wouldn’t stand for election. And yet, Mr Brexit remains the most discussed man of this election campaign so far, thanks to his comments both about the higher status of the US and questioning whether young people - and Muslims - ‘loathed’ British culture beyond persuasion.</p>
<p>But it’s still early days for challengers, with new political hopefuls standing as independents and as members of parties like the SDP, Greens and the Lib Dems hoping to break the monopoly of the two big parties.</p>
<p>To discuss all of this - the big announcements of the first few days of campaigning, from National Service to votes for 16-year-olds - the Academy of Ideas team got together in the first of our regular Podcast of Ideas specials. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Listen to the first of our regular discussions with the Academy of Ideas team on the highs and lows of election campaigning.
<p><a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/'>Subscribe to our Substack</a> to keep up to date with our latest podcasts, events and comment.</p>
<p>Last week, Prime Minister Rishi Sunak took the nation - and many of his own MPs - by surprise by calling the next General Election. On Thursday 4 July, UK citizens will join the billions around the world going to the polls this year to pick their next political leaders. While Sunak might have been able to blame his wet start on the weather, the early stages of the campaign haven’t been bright and breezy. Faced with anger and confusion from his fellow party members - including threats of a no-confidence vote - Sunak’s charm offensive across the country is marred by the fact that most people believe this election has already been won.</p>
<p>And yet, the bookies’ favourites - the Labour Party - have their own problems. From a lacklustre speech to concerns about splitting voters over issues like women-only spaces or support for a ceasefire in Gaza, Labour leader Keir Starmer hasn’t yet made hay while the sun refuses to shine on his rivals.</p>
<p>The announcement of the General Election also took the outliers in the competition by surprise. Reform UK’s tough talk about taking on the Tories was somewhat marred by Nigel Farage finally admitting that he wouldn’t stand for election. And yet, Mr Brexit remains the most discussed man of this election campaign so far, thanks to his comments both about the higher status of the US and questioning whether young people - and Muslims - ‘loathed’ British culture beyond persuasion.</p>
<p>But it’s still early days for challengers, with new political hopefuls standing as independents and as members of parties like the SDP, Greens and the Lib Dems hoping to break the monopoly of the two big parties.</p>
<p>To discuss all of this - the big announcements of the first few days of campaigning, from National Service to votes for 16-year-olds - the Academy of Ideas team got together in the first of our regular Podcast of Ideas specials. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/edcdekgpjvztax7r/PodcastOfIdeas_-_GeneralElection2024_-_episode_1afjjz.mp3" length="29636218" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the first of our regular discussions with the Academy of Ideas team on the highs and lows of election campaigning.
Subscribe to our Substack to keep up to date with our latest podcasts, events and comment.
Last week, Prime Minister Rishi Sunak took the nation - and many of his own MPs - by surprise by calling the next General Election. On Thursday 4 July, UK citizens will join the billions around the world going to the polls this year to pick their next political leaders. While Sunak might have been able to blame his wet start on the weather, the early stages of the campaign haven’t been bright and breezy. Faced with anger and confusion from his fellow party members - including threats of a no-confidence vote - Sunak’s charm offensive across the country is marred by the fact that most people believe this election has already been won.
And yet, the bookies’ favourites - the Labour Party - have their own problems. From a lacklustre speech to concerns about splitting voters over issues like women-only spaces or support for a ceasefire in Gaza, Labour leader Keir Starmer hasn’t yet made hay while the sun refuses to shine on his rivals.
The announcement of the General Election also took the outliers in the competition by surprise. Reform UK’s tough talk about taking on the Tories was somewhat marred by Nigel Farage finally admitting that he wouldn’t stand for election. And yet, Mr Brexit remains the most discussed man of this election campaign so far, thanks to his comments both about the higher status of the US and questioning whether young people - and Muslims - ‘loathed’ British culture beyond persuasion.
But it’s still early days for challengers, with new political hopefuls standing as independents and as members of parties like the SDP, Greens and the Lib Dems hoping to break the monopoly of the two big parties.
To discuss all of this - the big announcements of the first few days of campaigning, from National Service to votes for 16-year-olds - the Academy of Ideas team got together in the first of our regular Podcast of Ideas specials. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2620</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>285</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Net Zero: can the economy and democracy survive?</title>
        <itunes:title>Net Zero: can the economy and democracy survive?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/net-zero-can-the-economy-and-democracy-survive/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/net-zero-can-the-economy-and-democracy-survive/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2024 13:56:12 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/68fa9e63-03e5-362f-aeb1-90e504b7e5c2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Climate change has become the great overarching mission of our times for politicians and business leaders. With the UN secretary general declaring that we are now in an era of ‘global boiling’, every leading politician talks about reducing greenhouse-gas emissions to ‘net zero’ – with the few emissions the economy does produce balanced by some method to soak them up, from planting trees to carbon capture and storage. As a result, a timetable has been created to eliminate emissions, step by step, between now and 2050.</p>
<p>Proponents of Net Zero argue that the process could be a creative one, leading to the development of new technologies and millions of well-paid ‘green’ jobs. Moreover, they point to opinion polls which suggest that the idea is popular with the public.</p>
<p>But the price to be paid for Net Zero is becoming ever clearer and is no longer a distant prospect. As soon as 2026, new oil-powered boilers will be banned and all new housing must have heat pumps installed. Gas boilers, petrol and diesel cars and cheap flights are all in the firing line.</p>
<p>But the impact of Net Zero goes way beyond these measures, with major impacts on jobs and livelihoods. For example, farmers in the Netherlands and Ireland have been angered by EU emissions targets that mean the number of animals that can be reared must be drastically reduced. Energy for industry is becoming more expensive, too, with many high energy users already looking at much lower costs in the US, where the exploitation of shale gas through fracking has kept prices low.</p>
<p>Opinion polls suggest that while Net Zero is popular in the abstract, the policies designed to make it happen are much less so. Moreover, with unanimity among the major parties in the UK that Net Zero is an inviolable policy, there is no electoral route to push back against such policies, except to vote for smaller parties with little hope of winning seats in the near future. Indeed, for some environmentalists, there can be no choice in the matter: if necessary, democracy must be sacrificed to the need to cut emissions.</p>
<p>That said, the Uxbridge by-election – which became something of a referendum on Sadiq Khan’s ULEZ policy – seems to have caused consternation among the major parties. Even though Net Zero itself wasn’t in question, a major environmental initiative seemed to be resoundingly rejected at the ballot box.</p>
<p>Is Net Zero an unpleasant necessity or, more positively, the start of a new industrial revolution? Or is it a policy that is being pursued without the technical means of achieving it in an affordable fashion? Will the backlash against Net Zero increase – and will it matter if governments are determined to pursue it, whether we like it or not?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Lord David Frost
member of the House of Lords</p>
<p>Rob Lyons
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum</p>
<p>Scarlett Maguire
director, J.L. Partners; former producer in media</p>
<p>John McTernan
political strategist, BCW; former director of political operations, Blair government; writer, Financial Times and UnHerd</p>
<p>CHAIR
Phil Mullan
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Climate change has become the great overarching mission of our times for politicians and business leaders. With the UN secretary general declaring that we are now in an era of ‘global boiling’, every leading politician talks about reducing greenhouse-gas emissions to ‘net zero’ – with the few emissions the economy does produce balanced by some method to soak them up, from planting trees to carbon capture and storage. As a result, a timetable has been created to eliminate emissions, step by step, between now and 2050.</p>
<p>Proponents of Net Zero argue that the process could be a creative one, leading to the development of new technologies and millions of well-paid ‘green’ jobs. Moreover, they point to opinion polls which suggest that the idea is popular with the public.</p>
<p>But the price to be paid for Net Zero is becoming ever clearer and is no longer a distant prospect. As soon as 2026, new oil-powered boilers will be banned and all new housing must have heat pumps installed. Gas boilers, petrol and diesel cars and cheap flights are all in the firing line.</p>
<p>But the impact of Net Zero goes way beyond these measures, with major impacts on jobs and livelihoods. For example, farmers in the Netherlands and Ireland have been angered by EU emissions targets that mean the number of animals that can be reared must be drastically reduced. Energy for industry is becoming more expensive, too, with many high energy users already looking at much lower costs in the US, where the exploitation of shale gas through fracking has kept prices low.</p>
<p>Opinion polls suggest that while Net Zero is popular in the abstract, the policies designed to make it happen are much less so. Moreover, with unanimity among the major parties in the UK that Net Zero is an inviolable policy, there is no electoral route to push back against such policies, except to vote for smaller parties with little hope of winning seats in the near future. Indeed, for some environmentalists, there can be no choice in the matter: if necessary, democracy must be sacrificed to the need to cut emissions.</p>
<p>That said, the Uxbridge by-election – which became something of a referendum on Sadiq Khan’s ULEZ policy – seems to have caused consternation among the major parties. Even though Net Zero itself wasn’t in question, a major environmental initiative seemed to be resoundingly rejected at the ballot box.</p>
<p>Is Net Zero an unpleasant necessity or, more positively, the start of a new industrial revolution? Or is it a policy that is being pursued without the technical means of achieving it in an affordable fashion? Will the backlash against Net Zero increase – and will it matter if governments are determined to pursue it, whether we like it or not?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Lord David Frost<br>
member of the House of Lords</p>
<p>Rob Lyons<br>
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum</p>
<p>Scarlett Maguire<br>
director, J.L. Partners; former producer in media</p>
<p>John McTernan<br>
political strategist, BCW; former director of political operations, Blair government; writer, Financial Times and UnHerd</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Phil Mullan<br>
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9jqwnyrnkv8k9n3n/Net_zero_can_the_economy_and_democracy_survive8epw6.mp3" length="76500872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
Climate change has become the great overarching mission of our times for politicians and business leaders. With the UN secretary general declaring that we are now in an era of ‘global boiling’, every leading politician talks about reducing greenhouse-gas emissions to ‘net zero’ – with the few emissions the economy does produce balanced by some method to soak them up, from planting trees to carbon capture and storage. As a result, a timetable has been created to eliminate emissions, step by step, between now and 2050.
Proponents of Net Zero argue that the process could be a creative one, leading to the development of new technologies and millions of well-paid ‘green’ jobs. Moreover, they point to opinion polls which suggest that the idea is popular with the public.
But the price to be paid for Net Zero is becoming ever clearer and is no longer a distant prospect. As soon as 2026, new oil-powered boilers will be banned and all new housing must have heat pumps installed. Gas boilers, petrol and diesel cars and cheap flights are all in the firing line.
But the impact of Net Zero goes way beyond these measures, with major impacts on jobs and livelihoods. For example, farmers in the Netherlands and Ireland have been angered by EU emissions targets that mean the number of animals that can be reared must be drastically reduced. Energy for industry is becoming more expensive, too, with many high energy users already looking at much lower costs in the US, where the exploitation of shale gas through fracking has kept prices low.
Opinion polls suggest that while Net Zero is popular in the abstract, the policies designed to make it happen are much less so. Moreover, with unanimity among the major parties in the UK that Net Zero is an inviolable policy, there is no electoral route to push back against such policies, except to vote for smaller parties with little hope of winning seats in the near future. Indeed, for some environmentalists, there can be no choice in the matter: if necessary, democracy must be sacrificed to the need to cut emissions.
That said, the Uxbridge by-election – which became something of a referendum on Sadiq Khan’s ULEZ policy – seems to have caused consternation among the major parties. Even though Net Zero itself wasn’t in question, a major environmental initiative seemed to be resoundingly rejected at the ballot box.
Is Net Zero an unpleasant necessity or, more positively, the start of a new industrial revolution? Or is it a policy that is being pursued without the technical means of achieving it in an affordable fashion? Will the backlash against Net Zero increase – and will it matter if governments are determined to pursue it, whether we like it or not?
SPEAKERSLord David Frostmember of the House of Lords
Rob Lyonsscience and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum
Scarlett Maguiredirector, J.L. Partners; former producer in media
John McTernanpolitical strategist, BCW; former director of political operations, Blair government; writer, Financial Times and UnHerd
CHAIRPhil Mullanwriter, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4409</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>284</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Understanding Modi's India</title>
        <itunes:title>Understanding Modi's India</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/understanding-modis-india/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/understanding-modis-india/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 12:52:24 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/4dcf1433-1d53-369e-ac6d-cf9a72a308a0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Battle of Ideas festival 2023, Sunday 29 October, Church House, London</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In August, India made world news by being the first nation to land near the Moon’s South Pole. Prime Minister Narendra Modi described it as a historic moment for humanity and ‘the dawn of the new India’. Meanwhile, India’s digital transformation of its financial system is reported by payments systems company ACI Worldwide to be operating on a larger scale than even in the US and China. Earlier this year, UN population estimates suggested India has overtaken China as the world’s most populous country, with over 1.4 billion people.</p>
<p>As America’s rivalry with China heats up, the western world has warmed to India. A month before the Moon landing, President Joe Biden had rolled out the red carpet for Modi’s state visit to America. The US wants a more meaningful, closer and stronger relationship with India. The German government is discussing a possible submarine deal. French President Emmanuel Macron invited Modi to celebrate Bastille Day, calling India a strategic partner and friend. But there have also been tensions over India’s neutral stance over the war in Ukraine. Are these signs of India’s arrival on the international top table? Can India rise to this challenge?</p>
<p>India has a huge population, but the vast majority are still poor – the country is ranked 139th in the world for nominal GDP per capita – and faces massive inequalities. While India receives much adulation from the Western elites, its undermining of the freedom of the press and its clampdown on the judiciary have been heavily criticised. The Economist Intelligence Unit‘s Democracy Index showed India falling from 27th position in 2014 to 46th in 2022. But the White House is calling India a ‘vibrant democracy’. Which is it: a faltering democracy or a vibrant one?</p>
<p>India is also facing much internal disquiet within its population. Most recently, ethnic tensions have flared up between the majority Hindus and the Muslim minority just 20 miles outside of New Delhi. Ethnic strife between Hindus and Christians also continues especially in the North-east state of Manipur.</p>
<p>With this backdrop of domestic instability, can Modi and his BJP party retain control in the 2024 elections? What will India’s future role be on the world stage – both politically and economically?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Lord Meghnad Desai
crossbench peer; chair, Gandhi Statue Memorial Trust; emeritus professor of Economics, LSE</p>
<p>Dr Zareer Masani
historian, author, journalist, broadcaster</p>
<p>Dr Alka Sehgal Cuthbert
director, Don’t Divide Us; author, What Should Schools Teach? Disciplines, subjects and the pursuit of truth</p>
<p>CHAIR
Para Mullan
former operations director, EY-Seren; fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Battle of Ideas festival 2023, Sunday 29 October, Church House, London</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>In August, India made world news by being the first nation to land near the Moon’s South Pole. Prime Minister Narendra Modi described it as a historic moment for humanity and ‘the dawn of the new India’. Meanwhile, India’s digital transformation of its financial system is reported by payments systems company ACI Worldwide to be operating on a larger scale than even in the US and China. Earlier this year, UN population estimates suggested India has overtaken China as the world’s most populous country, with over 1.4 billion people.</p>
<p>As America’s rivalry with China heats up, the western world has warmed to India. A month before the Moon landing, President Joe Biden had rolled out the red carpet for Modi’s state visit to America. The US wants a more meaningful, closer and stronger relationship with India. The German government is discussing a possible submarine deal. French President Emmanuel Macron invited Modi to celebrate Bastille Day, calling India a strategic partner and friend. But there have also been tensions over India’s neutral stance over the war in Ukraine. Are these signs of India’s arrival on the international top table? Can India rise to this challenge?</p>
<p>India has a huge population, but the vast majority are still poor – the country is ranked 139th in the world for nominal GDP per capita – and faces massive inequalities. While India receives much adulation from the Western elites, its undermining of the freedom of the press and its clampdown on the judiciary have been heavily criticised. The Economist Intelligence Unit‘s Democracy Index showed India falling from 27th position in 2014 to 46th in 2022. But the White House is calling India a ‘vibrant democracy’. Which is it: a faltering democracy or a vibrant one?</p>
<p>India is also facing much internal disquiet within its population. Most recently, ethnic tensions have flared up between the majority Hindus and the Muslim minority just 20 miles outside of New Delhi. Ethnic strife between Hindus and Christians also continues especially in the North-east state of Manipur.</p>
<p>With this backdrop of domestic instability, can Modi and his BJP party retain control in the 2024 elections? What will India’s future role be on the world stage – both politically and economically?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Lord Meghnad Desai<br>
crossbench peer; chair, Gandhi Statue Memorial Trust; emeritus professor of Economics, LSE</p>
<p>Dr Zareer Masani<br>
historian, author, journalist, broadcaster</p>
<p>Dr Alka Sehgal Cuthbert<br>
director, Don’t Divide Us; author, What Should Schools Teach? Disciplines, subjects and the pursuit of truth</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Para Mullan<br>
former operations director, EY-Seren; fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ngfykqidd5pcsu3i/Understanding_Modis_India8qdv7.mp3" length="36311851" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Battle of Ideas festival 2023, Sunday 29 October, Church House, London
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
In August, India made world news by being the first nation to land near the Moon’s South Pole. Prime Minister Narendra Modi described it as a historic moment for humanity and ‘the dawn of the new India’. Meanwhile, India’s digital transformation of its financial system is reported by payments systems company ACI Worldwide to be operating on a larger scale than even in the US and China. Earlier this year, UN population estimates suggested India has overtaken China as the world’s most populous country, with over 1.4 billion people.
As America’s rivalry with China heats up, the western world has warmed to India. A month before the Moon landing, President Joe Biden had rolled out the red carpet for Modi’s state visit to America. The US wants a more meaningful, closer and stronger relationship with India. The German government is discussing a possible submarine deal. French President Emmanuel Macron invited Modi to celebrate Bastille Day, calling India a strategic partner and friend. But there have also been tensions over India’s neutral stance over the war in Ukraine. Are these signs of India’s arrival on the international top table? Can India rise to this challenge?
India has a huge population, but the vast majority are still poor – the country is ranked 139th in the world for nominal GDP per capita – and faces massive inequalities. While India receives much adulation from the Western elites, its undermining of the freedom of the press and its clampdown on the judiciary have been heavily criticised. The Economist Intelligence Unit‘s Democracy Index showed India falling from 27th position in 2014 to 46th in 2022. But the White House is calling India a ‘vibrant democracy’. Which is it: a faltering democracy or a vibrant one?
India is also facing much internal disquiet within its population. Most recently, ethnic tensions have flared up between the majority Hindus and the Muslim minority just 20 miles outside of New Delhi. Ethnic strife between Hindus and Christians also continues especially in the North-east state of Manipur.
With this backdrop of domestic instability, can Modi and his BJP party retain control in the 2024 elections? What will India’s future role be on the world stage – both politically and economically?
SPEAKERSLord Meghnad Desaicrossbench peer; chair, Gandhi Statue Memorial Trust; emeritus professor of Economics, LSE
Dr Zareer Masanihistorian, author, journalist, broadcaster
Dr Alka Sehgal Cuthbertdirector, Don’t Divide Us; author, What Should Schools Teach? Disciplines, subjects and the pursuit of truth
CHAIRPara Mullanformer operations director, EY-Seren; fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2747</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>283</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Religion in schools: protecting or neglecting the faithful?</title>
        <itunes:title>Religion in schools: protecting or neglecting the faithful?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/religion-in-schools-protecting-or-neglecting-the-faithful/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/religion-in-schools-protecting-or-neglecting-the-faithful/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2024 18:54:24 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/ca1a8b83-736b-38cf-b80a-d6135cf59bec</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion on 25 April 2024 in central London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>A High Court judgement hangs over Michaela Community School for banning ritual prayer. A Wakefield school suspended pupils for damaging a copy of the Quran. Two recent studies claim that faith schools select against poor and SEN children. Two thirds of the liberal Alliance Party in Northern Ireland want Catholic schools banned. Three years after showing pupils images of the Prophet Muhammad, a teacher in the north of England remains in hiding.</p>
<p>It seems undeniable that schools are a new crucible for religious and social conflict. How do we navigate between tolerance and intolerance in these disputations?</p>
<p>How does the right of faith communities to exercise their beliefs reconcile with established wider freedoms? Should the right to pray be available to all –  even in non-religious schools? Should we defend a parent’s right to send their child to a faith school? Or is that tantamount to a defence of privilege? Have we lost sight of whether faith-based liberties impinge on secular freedoms or vice versa? Who are the liberals and illiberals here?</p>
<p>‘What kind of school environment could so easily be destroyed by one group of students publicly expressing their religion for a mere few minutes a day?’, asks author and teacher Nadeine Asbali. She describes the ban on Muslims praying in school as ‘a dystopian, sinister vision of multiculturalism’. Yet commentator Tim Black thinks, ‘we are witnessing not quiet displays of faith, but loud all-too-visible assertions of Muslim identitarianism … with little to do with Islam’.</p>
<p>Has tolerance become too abstract and impoverished to deal with concrete forms of cultural and religious difference?  What do you think: are our schools fighting an age-old battle between sacred and secular visions of society, or are they on the front line of a new culture war? </p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Khadija Khan
journalist and commentator</p>
<p>Adam Eljadi 
Media Studies teacher, NEU workplace representative and British Muslim. He speaks here in a personal capacity.</p>
<p>Gareth Sturdy
former teacher and religious affairs journalist</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Kevin Rooney
teacher and Education Forum convenor</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion on 25 April 2024 in central London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>A High Court judgement hangs over Michaela Community School for banning ritual prayer. A Wakefield school suspended pupils for damaging a copy of the Quran. Two recent studies claim that faith schools select against poor and SEN children. Two thirds of the liberal Alliance Party in Northern Ireland want Catholic schools banned. Three years after showing pupils images of the Prophet Muhammad, a teacher in the north of England remains in hiding.</p>
<p>It seems undeniable that schools are a new crucible for religious and social conflict. How do we navigate between tolerance and intolerance in these disputations?</p>
<p>How does the right of faith communities to exercise their beliefs reconcile with established wider freedoms? Should the right to pray be available to all –  even in non-religious schools? Should we defend a parent’s right to send their child to a faith school? Or is that tantamount to a defence of privilege? Have we lost sight of whether faith-based liberties impinge on secular freedoms or vice versa? Who are the liberals and illiberals here?</p>
<p>‘What kind of school environment could so easily be destroyed by one group of students publicly expressing their religion for a mere few minutes a day?’, asks author and teacher Nadeine Asbali. She describes the ban on Muslims praying in school as ‘a dystopian, sinister vision of multiculturalism’. Yet commentator Tim Black thinks, ‘we are witnessing not quiet displays of faith, but loud all-too-visible assertions of Muslim identitarianism … with little to do with Islam’.</p>
<p>Has tolerance become too abstract and impoverished to deal with concrete forms of cultural and religious difference?  What do you think: are our schools fighting an age-old battle between sacred and secular visions of society, or are they on the front line of a new culture war? </p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Khadija Khan<br>
journalist and commentator</p>
<p>Adam Eljadi <br>
Media Studies teacher, NEU workplace representative and British Muslim. He speaks here in a personal capacity.</p>
<p>Gareth Sturdy<br>
former teacher and religious affairs journalist</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Kevin Rooney<br>
teacher and Education Forum convenor</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/345j4r42yhkracxw/240425_religion_in_schoolsb9x1k.mp3" length="142348387" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion on 25 April 2024 in central London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
A High Court judgement hangs over Michaela Community School for banning ritual prayer. A Wakefield school suspended pupils for damaging a copy of the Quran. Two recent studies claim that faith schools select against poor and SEN children. Two thirds of the liberal Alliance Party in Northern Ireland want Catholic schools banned. Three years after showing pupils images of the Prophet Muhammad, a teacher in the north of England remains in hiding.
It seems undeniable that schools are a new crucible for religious and social conflict. How do we navigate between tolerance and intolerance in these disputations?
How does the right of faith communities to exercise their beliefs reconcile with established wider freedoms? Should the right to pray be available to all –  even in non-religious schools? Should we defend a parent’s right to send their child to a faith school? Or is that tantamount to a defence of privilege? Have we lost sight of whether faith-based liberties impinge on secular freedoms or vice versa? Who are the liberals and illiberals here?
‘What kind of school environment could so easily be destroyed by one group of students publicly expressing their religion for a mere few minutes a day?’, asks author and teacher Nadeine Asbali. She describes the ban on Muslims praying in school as ‘a dystopian, sinister vision of multiculturalism’. Yet commentator Tim Black thinks, ‘we are witnessing not quiet displays of faith, but loud all-too-visible assertions of Muslim identitarianism … with little to do with Islam’.
Has tolerance become too abstract and impoverished to deal with concrete forms of cultural and religious difference?  What do you think: are our schools fighting an age-old battle between sacred and secular visions of society, or are they on the front line of a new culture war? 
SPEAKERSKhadija Khanjournalist and commentator
Adam Eljadi Media Studies teacher, NEU workplace representative and British Muslim. He speaks here in a personal capacity.
Gareth Sturdyformer teacher and religious affairs journalist
CHAIR
Kevin Rooneyteacher and Education Forum convenor]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6226</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>282</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-LM0UoTR1x3kiXnZq-NWlc4w-t3000x3000-300x300.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Square-eyed screenagers: are phones corrupting our kids?</title>
        <itunes:title>Square-eyed screenagers: are phones corrupting our kids?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/square-eyed-screenagers-are-phones-corrupting-our-kids/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/square-eyed-screenagers-are-phones-corrupting-our-kids/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 08 May 2024 10:17:37 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/fa1f74fa-0b14-3357-b05d-85e8cf49e6fb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>SQUARE-EYED SCREENAGERS: ARE PHONES CORRUPTING OUR KIDS?
Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>Digital devices are so omnipresent that sociologists call today’s children ‘Generation Glass’. Our pre-teens have never known a world without tablets and apps. The ubiquity of technology during their formative years risks turning them into ‘screenagers’ with high digital literacy but low socialisation and focus.</p>
<p>In education, devices are routinely distributed to pupils and the gamification of learning is well-established. Yet pushback is mounting. The controversial Online Safety Bill proposes reams of radical measures drafted specifically to quell fears over children’s internet safety. Meanwhile increasing numbers of schools are adopting mobile-phone bans, claiming they improve concentration and mental health while reducing cheating and cyberbullying.</p>
<p>Parents’ lobby group UsForThem is even pressing for a total ban on phones for all under-16s and grim tobacco-style health warnings on devices. The campaign is endorsed by Katharine Birbalsingh, headteacher and former social mobility tsar, who has equated the threat to youth of mobile phones to that of heroin addiction.</p>
<p>But is this all merely a re-heat of the ‘square eyes’ moral panic which once beset television? The BBC thinks so: its high-profile Square-Eyed Boy campaign seeks to reassure parents that screens can be a force for good for children. After all, isn’t greater literacy, be it via screens or paper pages, something to be encouraged? Some teachers argue that phones can enhance schoolwork while others insist banning them is draconian, impractical and futile.</p>
<p>Should we take phones away from kids for their own good, or should the very idea be dismissed as screen-shaming?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Elliot Bewick
producer, TRIGGERnometry</p>
<p>Josephine Hussey
school teacher, AoI Education Forum</p>
<p>Molly Kingsley
co-founder, UsForThem; co-author, The Children’s Inquiry</p>
<p>Joe Nutt
international educational consultant; author, The Point of Poetry, An Introduction to Shakespeare’s Late Plays and A Guidebook to Paradise Lost</p>
<p>Professor Sir Simon Wessely
interim dean, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neurosciences; regius professor of psychiatry, King’s College London</p>
<p>CHAIR
Gareth Sturdy
physics adviser, Up Learn; education and science writer</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>SQUARE-EYED SCREENAGERS: ARE PHONES CORRUPTING OUR KIDS?<br>
Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>Digital devices are so omnipresent that sociologists call today’s children ‘Generation Glass’. Our pre-teens have never known a world without tablets and apps. The ubiquity of technology during their formative years risks turning them into ‘screenagers’ with high digital literacy but low socialisation and focus.</p>
<p>In education, devices are routinely distributed to pupils and the gamification of learning is well-established. Yet pushback is mounting. The controversial Online Safety Bill proposes reams of radical measures drafted specifically to quell fears over children’s internet safety. Meanwhile increasing numbers of schools are adopting mobile-phone bans, claiming they improve concentration and mental health while reducing cheating and cyberbullying.</p>
<p>Parents’ lobby group UsForThem is even pressing for a total ban on phones for all under-16s and grim tobacco-style health warnings on devices. The campaign is endorsed by Katharine Birbalsingh, headteacher and former social mobility tsar, who has equated the threat to youth of mobile phones to that of heroin addiction.</p>
<p>But is this all merely a re-heat of the ‘square eyes’ moral panic which once beset television? The BBC thinks so: its high-profile Square-Eyed Boy campaign seeks to reassure parents that screens can be a force for good for children. After all, isn’t greater literacy, be it via screens or paper pages, something to be encouraged? Some teachers argue that phones can enhance schoolwork while others insist banning them is draconian, impractical and futile.</p>
<p>Should we take phones away from kids for their own good, or should the very idea be dismissed as screen-shaming?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Elliot Bewick<br>
producer, TRIGGERnometry</p>
<p>Josephine Hussey<br>
school teacher, AoI Education Forum</p>
<p>Molly Kingsley<br>
co-founder, UsForThem; co-author, The Children’s Inquiry</p>
<p>Joe Nutt<br>
international educational consultant; author, The Point of Poetry, An Introduction to Shakespeare’s Late Plays and A Guidebook to Paradise Lost</p>
<p>Professor Sir Simon Wessely<br>
interim dean, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neurosciences; regius professor of psychiatry, King’s College London</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Gareth Sturdy<br>
physics adviser, Up Learn; education and science writer</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ymw72z7hcmmz9fii/Square_eyed_screensavers_Are_phones_corrupting_our_kids_1_bjnac.mp3" length="75190703" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe
SQUARE-EYED SCREENAGERS: ARE PHONES CORRUPTING OUR KIDS?Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.
Digital devices are so omnipresent that sociologists call today’s children ‘Generation Glass’. Our pre-teens have never known a world without tablets and apps. The ubiquity of technology during their formative years risks turning them into ‘screenagers’ with high digital literacy but low socialisation and focus.
In education, devices are routinely distributed to pupils and the gamification of learning is well-established. Yet pushback is mounting. The controversial Online Safety Bill proposes reams of radical measures drafted specifically to quell fears over children’s internet safety. Meanwhile increasing numbers of schools are adopting mobile-phone bans, claiming they improve concentration and mental health while reducing cheating and cyberbullying.
Parents’ lobby group UsForThem is even pressing for a total ban on phones for all under-16s and grim tobacco-style health warnings on devices. The campaign is endorsed by Katharine Birbalsingh, headteacher and former social mobility tsar, who has equated the threat to youth of mobile phones to that of heroin addiction.
But is this all merely a re-heat of the ‘square eyes’ moral panic which once beset television? The BBC thinks so: its high-profile Square-Eyed Boy campaign seeks to reassure parents that screens can be a force for good for children. After all, isn’t greater literacy, be it via screens or paper pages, something to be encouraged? Some teachers argue that phones can enhance schoolwork while others insist banning them is draconian, impractical and futile.
Should we take phones away from kids for their own good, or should the very idea be dismissed as screen-shaming?
SPEAKERSElliot Bewickproducer, TRIGGERnometry
Josephine Husseyschool teacher, AoI Education Forum
Molly Kingsleyco-founder, UsForThem; co-author, The Children’s Inquiry
Joe Nuttinternational educational consultant; author, The Point of Poetry, An Introduction to Shakespeare’s Late Plays and A Guidebook to Paradise Lost
Professor Sir Simon Wesselyinterim dean, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neurosciences; regius professor of psychiatry, King’s College London
CHAIRGareth Sturdyphysics adviser, Up Learn; education and science writer]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5502</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>281</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Disunited Kingdom: the rebirth of nations?</title>
        <itunes:title>Disunited Kingdom: the rebirth of nations?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/disunited-kingdom-the-rebirth-of-nations/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/disunited-kingdom-the-rebirth-of-nations/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 09:31:37 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d009529c-fd88-30a5-bad6-8bdd41d56d71</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2021 on Sunday 10 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>According to many political commentators, the break-up of the UK is becoming inevitable. When devolution was implemented in the 1990s, one of the aims of its supporters was to head off rising support for separation. But the opposite has happened, with support for Scottish independence and greater Welsh autonomy growing even stronger. In Scotland, for example, the pro-independence SNP has now won four elections on the trot and has renewed calls for another referendum. Some commentators now believe that a politicised sense of Englishness is on the rise, too.</p>
<p>One factor is the differential impact of the Brexit referendum. People in England and Wales voted to leave the EU while Scotland and Northern Ireland voted to remain. The situation is full of contradictions and complications. For example, people emphasising a British national identity were more likely to vote Leave in Scotland and Wales but Remain in England. Those supporting the cause of ‘independence’ in Scotland and Wales want to remain within the EU, proclaiming the importance of free movement, yet their borders were imposed during the Covid crisis. The devolved government in Scotland favours rejoining the EU, yet others wonder how that fits with the desire for self-government.</p>
<p>On all sides, there has been a problem of legitimacy. Those who favour keeping the Union have struggled to espouse a convincing sense of what it means to be British. The result has often been a crude attempt to manufacture a sense of Britishness. For example, the Westminster government recently announced plans are being drawn up to protect ‘distinctively British’ television programming and asked Ofcom to provide a definition of Britishness for public-service broadcasters.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, contrary to the tradition that the push for statehood means demanding more democracy and freedom, the devolved assemblies appear to have amplified the illiberal impulses of twenty-first-century politics. In Scotland, for example, the government has devoted much of its energy to devising new ways to monitor, control and restrict people’s day-to-day lives: criminalising football supporters, attempting to impose a ‘named person’ to monitor children’s upbringing and passing a Hate Crime Bill that opponents regard as an attack on free speech.</p>
<p>Forty years ago, writer Tom Nairn said that the break-up of Britain would come, not because of the strength of the independence cause in any particular part of Britain, but because of a more general fading of support for the Union. Has Nairn been proved correct? Is the real issue not a democratic surge to independence but gradual separation by attrition? That said, there are signs that perhaps the break-up of the Union is not a foregone conclusion. In recent months, for example, opinion polls have suggested that support for Scottish independence has weakened.</p>
<p>Perhaps the real nail in the coffin is if the English lose interest in the Union. In his book How Britain Ends, journalist Gavin Esler argues that the UK could survive Scottish and Welsh nationalism, but English nationalism is the force that will break up the Union. Is he right?</p>
<p>With Brexit divisions and the impact of Covid, are we witnessing the fragmentation of the Union and a new sovereignty by stealth? How substantial are the differences between the UK and devolved governments’ approaches? Do those arguing for independence or more devolution offer the genuine possibility of a democratic future? Or does this trajectory risk creating a Union based on anomalies and a patchwork of competencies, in the process undermining the viability of UK democracy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dr Richard Johnson
writer; lecturer in US politics, Queen Mary, University of London; author, The End of the Second Reconstruction: Obama, Trump, and the crisis of civil rights</p>
<p>Penny Lewis
lecturer, University of Dundee; author, Architecture and Collective Life</p>
<p>Alex Salmond
leader, ALBA Party; former leader, Scottish National Party; author, The Dream Shall Never Die</p>
<p>Christopher Snowdon
head of lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; editor, Nanny State Index; author, Selfishness, Greed and Capitalism</p>
<p>Max Wind-Cowie
co-author, A Place for Pride; former head, Progressive Conservatism Project, Demos; commentator</p>
<p>CHAIR
Alastair Donald
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2021 on Sunday 10 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>According to many political commentators, the break-up of the UK is becoming inevitable. When devolution was implemented in the 1990s, one of the aims of its supporters was to head off rising support for separation. But the opposite has happened, with support for Scottish independence and greater Welsh autonomy growing even stronger. In Scotland, for example, the pro-independence SNP has now won four elections on the trot and has renewed calls for another referendum. Some commentators now believe that a politicised sense of Englishness is on the rise, too.</p>
<p>One factor is the differential impact of the Brexit referendum. People in England and Wales voted to leave the EU while Scotland and Northern Ireland voted to remain. The situation is full of contradictions and complications. For example, people emphasising a British national identity were more likely to vote Leave in Scotland and Wales but Remain in England. Those supporting the cause of ‘independence’ in Scotland and Wales want to remain within the EU, proclaiming the importance of free movement, yet their borders were imposed during the Covid crisis. The devolved government in Scotland favours rejoining the EU, yet others wonder how that fits with the desire for self-government.</p>
<p>On all sides, there has been a problem of legitimacy. Those who favour keeping the Union have struggled to espouse a convincing sense of what it means to be British. The result has often been a crude attempt to manufacture a sense of Britishness. For example, the Westminster government recently announced plans are being drawn up to protect ‘distinctively British’ television programming and asked Ofcom to provide a definition of Britishness for public-service broadcasters.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, contrary to the tradition that the push for statehood means demanding more democracy and freedom, the devolved assemblies appear to have amplified the illiberal impulses of twenty-first-century politics. In Scotland, for example, the government has devoted much of its energy to devising new ways to monitor, control and restrict people’s day-to-day lives: criminalising football supporters, attempting to impose a ‘named person’ to monitor children’s upbringing and passing a Hate Crime Bill that opponents regard as an attack on free speech.</p>
<p>Forty years ago, writer Tom Nairn said that the break-up of Britain would come, not because of the strength of the independence cause in any particular part of Britain, but because of a more general fading of support for the Union. Has Nairn been proved correct? Is the real issue not a democratic surge to independence but gradual separation by attrition? That said, there are signs that perhaps the break-up of the Union is not a foregone conclusion. In recent months, for example, opinion polls have suggested that support for Scottish independence has weakened.</p>
<p>Perhaps the real nail in the coffin is if the English lose interest in the Union. In his book How Britain Ends, journalist Gavin Esler argues that the UK could survive Scottish and Welsh nationalism, but English nationalism is the force that will break up the Union. Is he right?</p>
<p>With Brexit divisions and the impact of Covid, are we witnessing the fragmentation of the Union and a new sovereignty by stealth? How substantial are the differences between the UK and devolved governments’ approaches? Do those arguing for independence or more devolution offer the genuine possibility of a democratic future? Or does this trajectory risk creating a Union based on anomalies and a patchwork of competencies, in the process undermining the viability of UK democracy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dr Richard Johnson<br>
writer; lecturer in US politics, Queen Mary, University of London; author, The End of the Second Reconstruction: Obama, Trump, and the crisis of civil rights</p>
<p>Penny Lewis<br>
lecturer, University of Dundee; author, Architecture and Collective Life</p>
<p>Alex Salmond<br>
leader, ALBA Party; former leader, Scottish National Party; author, The Dream Shall Never Die</p>
<p>Christopher Snowdon<br>
head of lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; editor, Nanny State Index; author, Selfishness, Greed and Capitalism</p>
<p>Max Wind-Cowie<br>
co-author, A Place for Pride; former head, Progressive Conservatism Project, Demos; commentator</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Alastair Donald<br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/s3k25yffkw763y38/Disunited_Kingdom_the_rebirth_of_nations7523r.mp3" length="104412721" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2021 on Sunday 10 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
According to many political commentators, the break-up of the UK is becoming inevitable. When devolution was implemented in the 1990s, one of the aims of its supporters was to head off rising support for separation. But the opposite has happened, with support for Scottish independence and greater Welsh autonomy growing even stronger. In Scotland, for example, the pro-independence SNP has now won four elections on the trot and has renewed calls for another referendum. Some commentators now believe that a politicised sense of Englishness is on the rise, too.
One factor is the differential impact of the Brexit referendum. People in England and Wales voted to leave the EU while Scotland and Northern Ireland voted to remain. The situation is full of contradictions and complications. For example, people emphasising a British national identity were more likely to vote Leave in Scotland and Wales but Remain in England. Those supporting the cause of ‘independence’ in Scotland and Wales want to remain within the EU, proclaiming the importance of free movement, yet their borders were imposed during the Covid crisis. The devolved government in Scotland favours rejoining the EU, yet others wonder how that fits with the desire for self-government.
On all sides, there has been a problem of legitimacy. Those who favour keeping the Union have struggled to espouse a convincing sense of what it means to be British. The result has often been a crude attempt to manufacture a sense of Britishness. For example, the Westminster government recently announced plans are being drawn up to protect ‘distinctively British’ television programming and asked Ofcom to provide a definition of Britishness for public-service broadcasters.
Meanwhile, contrary to the tradition that the push for statehood means demanding more democracy and freedom, the devolved assemblies appear to have amplified the illiberal impulses of twenty-first-century politics. In Scotland, for example, the government has devoted much of its energy to devising new ways to monitor, control and restrict people’s day-to-day lives: criminalising football supporters, attempting to impose a ‘named person’ to monitor children’s upbringing and passing a Hate Crime Bill that opponents regard as an attack on free speech.
Forty years ago, writer Tom Nairn said that the break-up of Britain would come, not because of the strength of the independence cause in any particular part of Britain, but because of a more general fading of support for the Union. Has Nairn been proved correct? Is the real issue not a democratic surge to independence but gradual separation by attrition? That said, there are signs that perhaps the break-up of the Union is not a foregone conclusion. In recent months, for example, opinion polls have suggested that support for Scottish independence has weakened.
Perhaps the real nail in the coffin is if the English lose interest in the Union. In his book How Britain Ends, journalist Gavin Esler argues that the UK could survive Scottish and Welsh nationalism, but English nationalism is the force that will break up the Union. Is he right?
With Brexit divisions and the impact of Covid, are we witnessing the fragmentation of the Union and a new sovereignty by stealth? How substantial are the differences between the UK and devolved governments’ approaches? Do those arguing for independence or more devolution offer the genuine possibility of a democratic future? Or does this trajectory risk creating a Union based on anomalies and a patchwork of competencies, in the process undermining the viability of UK democracy?
SPEAKERSDr Richard Johnsonwriter; lecturer in US politics, Queen Mary, University of London; author, The End of the Second Reconstruction: Obama, Trump, and the crisis of civil rights
Penny Lewislecturer, University of Dundee; author, Architecture and Collecti]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5552</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>280</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Is AI the end of art?</title>
        <itunes:title>Is AI the end of art?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-ai-the-end-of-art/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-ai-the-end-of-art/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Apr 2024 16:58:49 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f80976f0-7a6f-392f-879f-18e689d0afe9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The worlds of art and entertainment are wrestling with, and reeling from, the opportunities and challenges posed by ‘generative’ AI – tools that can generate seemingly unique, bespoke creations in response to ‘prompts’ submitted in plain language. Such technology is now having a dramatic impact on almost every profession or art form that involves static or moving images, written or spoken words, sound, music or programming code.</p>
<p>Everything from the fantastical to the photorealistic is affected. AI can generate convincing ‘photos’ of people who have never actually existed, and can create ‘deepfakes’ so good that public figures – whether living or long deceased – can now be ‘filmed’ saying and doing completely invented things. Indeed, a key concern behind this year’s high-profile Hollywood strikes is actors fearing that they will be imitated and replaced by AI creations – losing control of their likenesses not just during their lifetimes, but also after their deaths.</p>
<p>Otherworldly images are no less affected by AI. Polish illustrator Greg Rutkowski – who has made a career out of depicting dragons and fantastical battles – recently found himself demoted (or promoted, depending on one’s perspective) from popular artist to one of the world’s most popular AI prompts, beating Michelangelo and Picasso. The internet is now swamped with AI recreations of Rutkowski’s once distinctive style, while the artist’s own livelihood – and recognition for work that is genuinely his – are in jeopardy.</p>
<p>There are many such examples, spanning different forms of creativity. Some are trying to take a stand against these trends, but solidarity between professions is wanting. Major publishers, including Bloomsbury Books, have recently issued apologies, when it was discovered that they were using AI-generated art on their book covers. Some soundtrack composers – who were already complaining about being reduced to poorly paid, interchangeable and uncredited ‘ghost composers’ in the content-hungry age of streaming – now fear being replaced by machines altogether.</p>
<p>Some creators insist that their consent should have been sought before their work was included in the vast datasets on which AI has been trained. Some are seeking the removal of their work from such datasets even now, although the path from machine learning to AI creations is so intricate that this may be the practical equivalent of trying to unbake a cake. Others, by contrast, revel in the new creative possibilities arising from AI, and approach the technology as an enormous and exciting artistic toolkit.</p>
<p>Who will prevail? And what will be the consequences?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dr JJ Charlesworth
art critic; editor, ArtReview</p>
<p>Vivek Haria
composer, London Symphony Orchestra, Birmingham Contemporary Music Group and Piatti Quartet; writer on art, technology and culture</p>
<p>Rosie Kay
dancer; choreographer; CEO and artistic director, K2CO LTD; founder, Freedom in the Arts</p>
<p>Dr Hamish Todd
mathematician; videogame programmer; creator, Virus, the Beauty of the Beast</p>
<p>CHAIR
Sandy Starr
deputy director, Progress Educational Trust; author, AI: Separating Man from Machine</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The worlds of art and entertainment are wrestling with, and reeling from, the opportunities and challenges posed by ‘generative’ AI – tools that can generate seemingly unique, bespoke creations in response to ‘prompts’ submitted in plain language. Such technology is now having a dramatic impact on almost every profession or art form that involves static or moving images, written or spoken words, sound, music or programming code.</p>
<p>Everything from the fantastical to the photorealistic is affected. AI can generate convincing ‘photos’ of people who have never actually existed, and can create ‘deepfakes’ so good that public figures – whether living or long deceased – can now be ‘filmed’ saying and doing completely invented things. Indeed, a key concern behind this year’s high-profile Hollywood strikes is actors fearing that they will be imitated and replaced by AI creations – losing control of their likenesses not just during their lifetimes, but also after their deaths.</p>
<p>Otherworldly images are no less affected by AI. Polish illustrator Greg Rutkowski – who has made a career out of depicting dragons and fantastical battles – recently found himself demoted (or promoted, depending on one’s perspective) from popular artist to one of the world’s most popular AI prompts, beating Michelangelo and Picasso. The internet is now swamped with AI recreations of Rutkowski’s once distinctive style, while the artist’s own livelihood – and recognition for work that is genuinely his – are in jeopardy.</p>
<p>There are many such examples, spanning different forms of creativity. Some are trying to take a stand against these trends, but solidarity between professions is wanting. Major publishers, including Bloomsbury Books, have recently issued apologies, when it was discovered that they were using AI-generated art on their book covers. Some soundtrack composers – who were already complaining about being reduced to poorly paid, interchangeable and uncredited ‘ghost composers’ in the content-hungry age of streaming – now fear being replaced by machines altogether.</p>
<p>Some creators insist that their consent should have been sought before their work was included in the vast datasets on which AI has been trained. Some are seeking the removal of their work from such datasets even now, although the path from machine learning to AI creations is so intricate that this may be the practical equivalent of trying to unbake a cake. Others, by contrast, revel in the new creative possibilities arising from AI, and approach the technology as an enormous and exciting artistic toolkit.</p>
<p>Who will prevail? And what will be the consequences?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dr JJ Charlesworth<br>
art critic; editor, ArtReview</p>
<p>Vivek Haria<br>
composer, London Symphony Orchestra, Birmingham Contemporary Music Group and Piatti Quartet; writer on art, technology and culture</p>
<p>Rosie Kay<br>
dancer; choreographer; CEO and artistic director, K2CO LTD; founder, Freedom in the Arts</p>
<p>Dr Hamish Todd<br>
mathematician; videogame programmer; creator, Virus, the Beauty of the Beast</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Sandy Starr<br>
deputy director, Progress Educational Trust; author, AI: Separating Man from Machine</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jpbge5/Is_AI_the_end_of_art6i000.mp3" length="83972811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
The worlds of art and entertainment are wrestling with, and reeling from, the opportunities and challenges posed by ‘generative’ AI – tools that can generate seemingly unique, bespoke creations in response to ‘prompts’ submitted in plain language. Such technology is now having a dramatic impact on almost every profession or art form that involves static or moving images, written or spoken words, sound, music or programming code.
Everything from the fantastical to the photorealistic is affected. AI can generate convincing ‘photos’ of people who have never actually existed, and can create ‘deepfakes’ so good that public figures – whether living or long deceased – can now be ‘filmed’ saying and doing completely invented things. Indeed, a key concern behind this year’s high-profile Hollywood strikes is actors fearing that they will be imitated and replaced by AI creations – losing control of their likenesses not just during their lifetimes, but also after their deaths.
Otherworldly images are no less affected by AI. Polish illustrator Greg Rutkowski – who has made a career out of depicting dragons and fantastical battles – recently found himself demoted (or promoted, depending on one’s perspective) from popular artist to one of the world’s most popular AI prompts, beating Michelangelo and Picasso. The internet is now swamped with AI recreations of Rutkowski’s once distinctive style, while the artist’s own livelihood – and recognition for work that is genuinely his – are in jeopardy.
There are many such examples, spanning different forms of creativity. Some are trying to take a stand against these trends, but solidarity between professions is wanting. Major publishers, including Bloomsbury Books, have recently issued apologies, when it was discovered that they were using AI-generated art on their book covers. Some soundtrack composers – who were already complaining about being reduced to poorly paid, interchangeable and uncredited ‘ghost composers’ in the content-hungry age of streaming – now fear being replaced by machines altogether.
Some creators insist that their consent should have been sought before their work was included in the vast datasets on which AI has been trained. Some are seeking the removal of their work from such datasets even now, although the path from machine learning to AI creations is so intricate that this may be the practical equivalent of trying to unbake a cake. Others, by contrast, revel in the new creative possibilities arising from AI, and approach the technology as an enormous and exciting artistic toolkit.
Who will prevail? And what will be the consequences?
SPEAKERSDr JJ Charlesworthart critic; editor, ArtReview
Vivek Hariacomposer, London Symphony Orchestra, Birmingham Contemporary Music Group and Piatti Quartet; writer on art, technology and culture
Rosie Kaydancer; choreographer; CEO and artistic director, K2CO LTD; founder, Freedom in the Arts
Dr Hamish Toddmathematician; videogame programmer; creator, Virus, the Beauty of the Beast
CHAIRSandy Starrdeputy director, Progress Educational Trust; author, AI: Separating Man from Machine]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5909</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>279</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>The politics of hate: is everyone a bigot but me?</title>
        <itunes:title>The politics of hate: is everyone a bigot but me?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-politics-of-hate-is-everyone-a-bigot-but-me/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-politics-of-hate-is-everyone-a-bigot-but-me/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2024 10:29:17 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/67b005f0-270f-3556-9607-6f50509b659c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The self-image of Western societies as cosmopolitan, liberal and tolerant has collapsed of late, with a darker view taking hold of people as extreme, hate-filled and hurtful. For example, in the wake of the Hamas attacks on Israel, anti-Semitism – ‘the oldest hatred’ – has come forcefully into public view. Accordingly, controlling ‘hate speech’ has become a major focus for critics and campaigners, as well as legislators and regulators. They proceed in the belief that, as one Guardian commentator put it: ‘Words of hate create an ethos of hate, an atmosphere of hate, a political, social Petri dish of hate. Eventually, spoken words become deeds.’</p>
<p>Campaigners say escalating incidences of hate justify interventions. The most recent published date show 155,841 offences recorded in the year to March – up 26 per cent from the previous year – with hate crimes against transgender people seeing the biggest increase, jumping by 56 per cent since last year. Meanwhile, in the past five years, the number of recorded non-crime hate incidents (NCHI) has grown to 120,000.</p>
<p>Critics say the nebulous definition and subjective interpretation of hate, which is largely in the eye of the victim or reporter, is trivialising such ‘crimes’. But is there more to this issue than definitional disarray? Some say the problem is being inflated by ‘fishing’ exercises. The Citizen’s Advice Bureau, for example, says ‘it is always best’ to ‘act early’ and report incidents even if ‘unsure whether the incident is a criminal offence… or serious enough to be reported’. Meanwhile, Police Scotland has promised to set up a new unit to tackle ‘hate crimes’ such as misgendering and denying men access to ladies’ toilets.</p>
<p>Some say that what is labelled ‘hate speech’ is increasingly being weaponised to silence opponents and narrow viewpoint diversity. Groups such as Stop Funding Hate aim to persuade advertisers to pull support from broadcasters and publications on the grounds that views aired spread hate and division. More broadly, fuelled by identity politics, competing groups too often accuse other identities of hate and bigotry – demonising those we disagree with is a tactic used across the political spectrum. On one side, people are labeled hateful TERFs, gammon, alt-right or xenophobic, while the other side are hate-driven snowflakes, misogynists, Remoaners, pinko commies and cry-bullies.</p>
<p>What are the prospects of making political exchange less toxic and productive, if labelling those we disagree with as hate-mongers continues to escalate? How should defenders of freedom best make the case for free speech over hate speech? How should we understand what counts as hate speech, and how do we account for its rise to become central to how Western societies are organising their legal systems and public life?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Kate Harris
co-founder and trustee, LGB Alliance; formerly Brighton Women’s Centre and Brighton Women’s Aid</p>
<p>Eve Kay
executive producer unscripted; International Emmy winner; Realscreen and Critics Choice Award winner; Creative Arts Emmy winner</p>
<p>Winston Marshall
musician; writer; podcast host, Marshall Matters; founding member, Mumford &amp; Sons</p>
<p>Faisal Saeed Al Mutar
founder and president, Ideas Beyond Borders</p>
<p>Martin Wright
director, Positive News; formerly editor-in-chief, Green Futures; former director, Forum for the Future</p>
<p>CHAIR
Alastair Donald
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The self-image of Western societies as cosmopolitan, liberal and tolerant has collapsed of late, with a darker view taking hold of people as extreme, hate-filled and hurtful. For example, in the wake of the Hamas attacks on Israel, anti-Semitism – ‘the oldest hatred’ – has come forcefully into public view. Accordingly, controlling ‘hate speech’ has become a major focus for critics and campaigners, as well as legislators and regulators. They proceed in the belief that, as one Guardian commentator put it: ‘Words of hate create an ethos of hate, an atmosphere of hate, a political, social Petri dish of hate. Eventually, spoken words become deeds.’</p>
<p>Campaigners say escalating incidences of hate justify interventions. The most recent published date show 155,841 offences recorded in the year to March – up 26 per cent from the previous year – with hate crimes against transgender people seeing the biggest increase, jumping by 56 per cent since last year. Meanwhile, in the past five years, the number of recorded non-crime hate incidents (NCHI) has grown to 120,000.</p>
<p>Critics say the nebulous definition and subjective interpretation of hate, which is largely in the eye of the victim or reporter, is trivialising such ‘crimes’. But is there more to this issue than definitional disarray? Some say the problem is being inflated by ‘fishing’ exercises. The Citizen’s Advice Bureau, for example, says ‘it is always best’ to ‘act early’ and report incidents even if ‘unsure whether the incident is a criminal offence… or serious enough to be reported’. Meanwhile, Police Scotland has promised to set up a new unit to tackle ‘hate crimes’ such as misgendering and denying men access to ladies’ toilets.</p>
<p>Some say that what is labelled ‘hate speech’ is increasingly being weaponised to silence opponents and narrow viewpoint diversity. Groups such as Stop Funding Hate aim to persuade advertisers to pull support from broadcasters and publications on the grounds that views aired spread hate and division. More broadly, fuelled by identity politics, competing groups too often accuse other identities of hate and bigotry – demonising those we disagree with is a tactic used across the political spectrum. On one side, people are labeled hateful TERFs, gammon, alt-right or xenophobic, while the other side are hate-driven snowflakes, misogynists, Remoaners, pinko commies and cry-bullies.</p>
<p>What are the prospects of making political exchange less toxic and productive, if labelling those we disagree with as hate-mongers continues to escalate? How should defenders of freedom best make the case for free speech over hate speech? How should we understand what counts as hate speech, and how do we account for its rise to become central to how Western societies are organising their legal systems and public life?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Kate Harris<br>
co-founder and trustee, LGB Alliance; formerly Brighton Women’s Centre and Brighton Women’s Aid</p>
<p>Eve Kay<br>
executive producer unscripted; International Emmy winner; Realscreen and Critics Choice Award winner; Creative Arts Emmy winner</p>
<p>Winston Marshall<br>
musician; writer; podcast host, Marshall Matters; founding member, Mumford &amp; Sons</p>
<p>Faisal Saeed Al Mutar<br>
founder and president, Ideas Beyond Borders</p>
<p>Martin Wright<br>
director, Positive News; formerly editor-in-chief, Green Futures; former director, Forum for the Future</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Alastair Donald<br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mqgay4/The_politics_of_hate_Is_everyone_a_bigot_but_me7unmi.mp3" length="82760964" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
The self-image of Western societies as cosmopolitan, liberal and tolerant has collapsed of late, with a darker view taking hold of people as extreme, hate-filled and hurtful. For example, in the wake of the Hamas attacks on Israel, anti-Semitism – ‘the oldest hatred’ – has come forcefully into public view. Accordingly, controlling ‘hate speech’ has become a major focus for critics and campaigners, as well as legislators and regulators. They proceed in the belief that, as one Guardian commentator put it: ‘Words of hate create an ethos of hate, an atmosphere of hate, a political, social Petri dish of hate. Eventually, spoken words become deeds.’
Campaigners say escalating incidences of hate justify interventions. The most recent published date show 155,841 offences recorded in the year to March – up 26 per cent from the previous year – with hate crimes against transgender people seeing the biggest increase, jumping by 56 per cent since last year. Meanwhile, in the past five years, the number of recorded non-crime hate incidents (NCHI) has grown to 120,000.
Critics say the nebulous definition and subjective interpretation of hate, which is largely in the eye of the victim or reporter, is trivialising such ‘crimes’. But is there more to this issue than definitional disarray? Some say the problem is being inflated by ‘fishing’ exercises. The Citizen’s Advice Bureau, for example, says ‘it is always best’ to ‘act early’ and report incidents even if ‘unsure whether the incident is a criminal offence… or serious enough to be reported’. Meanwhile, Police Scotland has promised to set up a new unit to tackle ‘hate crimes’ such as misgendering and denying men access to ladies’ toilets.
Some say that what is labelled ‘hate speech’ is increasingly being weaponised to silence opponents and narrow viewpoint diversity. Groups such as Stop Funding Hate aim to persuade advertisers to pull support from broadcasters and publications on the grounds that views aired spread hate and division. More broadly, fuelled by identity politics, competing groups too often accuse other identities of hate and bigotry – demonising those we disagree with is a tactic used across the political spectrum. On one side, people are labeled hateful TERFs, gammon, alt-right or xenophobic, while the other side are hate-driven snowflakes, misogynists, Remoaners, pinko commies and cry-bullies.
What are the prospects of making political exchange less toxic and productive, if labelling those we disagree with as hate-mongers continues to escalate? How should defenders of freedom best make the case for free speech over hate speech? How should we understand what counts as hate speech, and how do we account for its rise to become central to how Western societies are organising their legal systems and public life?
SPEAKERSKate Harrisco-founder and trustee, LGB Alliance; formerly Brighton Women’s Centre and Brighton Women’s Aid
Eve Kayexecutive producer unscripted; International Emmy winner; Realscreen and Critics Choice Award winner; Creative Arts Emmy winner
Winston Marshallmusician; writer; podcast host, Marshall Matters; founding member, Mumford &amp; Sons
Faisal Saeed Al Mutarfounder and president, Ideas Beyond Borders
Martin Wrightdirector, Positive News; formerly editor-in-chief, Green Futures; former director, Forum for the Future
CHAIRAlastair Donaldco-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4877</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>278</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Should we leave the European Convention on Human Rights?</title>
        <itunes:title>Should we leave the European Convention on Human Rights?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-we-leave-the-european-convention-on-human-rights/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-we-leave-the-european-convention-on-human-rights/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 10:46:48 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/6dc3dc8e-5bb9-349e-99e5-f9d4b2b29dd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Most people acknowledge that there is an issue with Britain’s borders. The question is: who or what is to blame? For many, the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR), and its courts in Strasbourg, has become the focus – either as the bulwark against anti-refugee sentiment, or the block on democratic process. With deportations being halted on the grounds of ‘human rights’, one’s view on membership of the ECHR has become shorthand for where you stand on the issue of refugees, asylum seekers and illegal migrants.</p>
<p>Rows over the ECHR have been brewing for some time. In 2000, the Human Rights Act made the Convention an integral part of domestic law, that individuals could enforce in British courts. Since then, many, particularly on the Right, have questioned the wisdom of what they increasingly refer to as Labour’s Human Rights Act. In recent years, the Conservative Party has been committed to reforming human rights by replacing the HRA with a British Bill of Rights. But no such legislation is forthcoming – and many have pointed out that, as long as Britain remains signed-up to the ECHR, a British Bill of Rights would be superfluous. Much like the European Union, the ECHR seems to have split the Tories. Some MPs hope to cut ties completely – nearly 70 Tory MPs, many from Red Wall seats, backed quitting the ECHR in a vote on a Private Member’s Bill last year. Others – like Tom Tugendhat’s Tory Reform Group – remain concerned about what a Brexit-style exit might do to the UK’s international reputation.</p>
<p>In the aftermath of the Second World War the European Convention on Human Rights was seen as a protection against the tyranny and oppression that some European nations had recently endured. Nowadays, those who support it stress the importance of human rights as setting a minimum standard which democracies should guarantee. Is the problem therefore simply one of European judicial overreach, or is it essentially about the very notion of ‘human rights’ themselves? Are human rights and democratic, collective action doomed to forever be at loggerheads? With courts in Strasbourg and London ruling to impede government plans to stop small boats crossing the Channel, are human rights making popular government impossible? Or is the ECHR being scapegoated for inadequacies in our own backyard?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Steven Barrett
barrister, Radcliffe Chambers; writer on law, Spectator</p>
<p>Jamie Burton
founder and chair, Just Fair; barrister (KC), Doughty Street Chambers; author Three Times Failed: why we need enforceable socio-economic rights</p>
<p>Luke Gittos
criminal lawyer; author, Human Rights – Illusory Freedom; director, Freedom Law Clinic</p>
<p>John Oxley
writer, New Statesman, Spectator,and UnHerd; consultant; barrister</p>
<p>Angelica Walker-Werth
writer, editor and programmes manager, Objective Standard Institute</p>
<p>CHAIR
Jon Holbrook
barrister; writer, spiked, Critic, Conservative Woman</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Most people acknowledge that there is an issue with Britain’s borders. The question is: who or what is to blame? For many, the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR), and its courts in Strasbourg, has become the focus – either as the bulwark against anti-refugee sentiment, or the block on democratic process. With deportations being halted on the grounds of ‘human rights’, one’s view on membership of the ECHR has become shorthand for where you stand on the issue of refugees, asylum seekers and illegal migrants.</p>
<p>Rows over the ECHR have been brewing for some time. In 2000, the Human Rights Act made the Convention an integral part of domestic law, that individuals could enforce in British courts. Since then, many, particularly on the Right, have questioned the wisdom of what they increasingly refer to as Labour’s Human Rights Act. In recent years, the Conservative Party has been committed to reforming human rights by replacing the HRA with a British Bill of Rights. But no such legislation is forthcoming – and many have pointed out that, as long as Britain remains signed-up to the ECHR, a British Bill of Rights would be superfluous. Much like the European Union, the ECHR seems to have split the Tories. Some MPs hope to cut ties completely – nearly 70 Tory MPs, many from Red Wall seats, backed quitting the ECHR in a vote on a Private Member’s Bill last year. Others – like Tom Tugendhat’s Tory Reform Group – remain concerned about what a Brexit-style exit might do to the UK’s international reputation.</p>
<p>In the aftermath of the Second World War the European Convention on Human Rights was seen as a protection against the tyranny and oppression that some European nations had recently endured. Nowadays, those who support it stress the importance of human rights as setting a minimum standard which democracies should guarantee. Is the problem therefore simply one of European judicial overreach, or is it essentially about the very notion of ‘human rights’ themselves? Are human rights and democratic, collective action doomed to forever be at loggerheads? With courts in Strasbourg and London ruling to impede government plans to stop small boats crossing the Channel, are human rights making popular government impossible? Or is the ECHR being scapegoated for inadequacies in our own backyard?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Steven Barrett<br>
barrister, Radcliffe Chambers; writer on law, Spectator</p>
<p>Jamie Burton<br>
founder and chair, Just Fair; barrister (KC), Doughty Street Chambers; author Three Times Failed: why we need enforceable socio-economic rights</p>
<p>Luke Gittos<br>
criminal lawyer; author, Human Rights – Illusory Freedom; director, Freedom Law Clinic</p>
<p>John Oxley<br>
writer, New Statesman, Spectator,and UnHerd; consultant; barrister</p>
<p>Angelica Walker-Werth<br>
writer, editor and programmes manager, Objective Standard Institute</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Jon Holbrook<br>
barrister; writer, spiked, Critic, Conservative Woman</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/39qs9k/Should_we_leave_the_European_Convention_on_Human_Rights6mvx5.mp3" length="79413616" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
Most people acknowledge that there is an issue with Britain’s borders. The question is: who or what is to blame? For many, the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR), and its courts in Strasbourg, has become the focus – either as the bulwark against anti-refugee sentiment, or the block on democratic process. With deportations being halted on the grounds of ‘human rights’, one’s view on membership of the ECHR has become shorthand for where you stand on the issue of refugees, asylum seekers and illegal migrants.
Rows over the ECHR have been brewing for some time. In 2000, the Human Rights Act made the Convention an integral part of domestic law, that individuals could enforce in British courts. Since then, many, particularly on the Right, have questioned the wisdom of what they increasingly refer to as Labour’s Human Rights Act. In recent years, the Conservative Party has been committed to reforming human rights by replacing the HRA with a British Bill of Rights. But no such legislation is forthcoming – and many have pointed out that, as long as Britain remains signed-up to the ECHR, a British Bill of Rights would be superfluous. Much like the European Union, the ECHR seems to have split the Tories. Some MPs hope to cut ties completely – nearly 70 Tory MPs, many from Red Wall seats, backed quitting the ECHR in a vote on a Private Member’s Bill last year. Others – like Tom Tugendhat’s Tory Reform Group – remain concerned about what a Brexit-style exit might do to the UK’s international reputation.
In the aftermath of the Second World War the European Convention on Human Rights was seen as a protection against the tyranny and oppression that some European nations had recently endured. Nowadays, those who support it stress the importance of human rights as setting a minimum standard which democracies should guarantee. Is the problem therefore simply one of European judicial overreach, or is it essentially about the very notion of ‘human rights’ themselves? Are human rights and democratic, collective action doomed to forever be at loggerheads? With courts in Strasbourg and London ruling to impede government plans to stop small boats crossing the Channel, are human rights making popular government impossible? Or is the ECHR being scapegoated for inadequacies in our own backyard?
SPEAKERSSteven Barrettbarrister, Radcliffe Chambers; writer on law, Spectator
Jamie Burtonfounder and chair, Just Fair; barrister (KC), Doughty Street Chambers; author Three Times Failed: why we need enforceable socio-economic rights
Luke Gittoscriminal lawyer; author, Human Rights – Illusory Freedom; director, Freedom Law Clinic
John Oxleywriter, New Statesman, Spectator,and UnHerd; consultant; barrister
Angelica Walker-Werthwriter, editor and programmes manager, Objective Standard Institute
CHAIRJon Holbrookbarrister; writer, spiked, Critic, Conservative Woman]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5390</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>277</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Power play: who really rules today?</title>
        <itunes:title>Power play: who really rules today?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/power-play-who-really-rules-today/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/power-play-who-really-rules-today/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2024 11:39:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/43e7a783-eef6-36a8-bdbe-9f0ec0e0d06a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>‘Take back control’, the central demand from the Leave campaign’s case for Brexit, posed the question: who should rule? However, today, when frontpage headlines frequently ask why nothing works in ‘Broken Britain’ and politicians blame myriad forces for thwarting democratically decided policies, one increasingly debated issue is: who is really in charge of society?</p>
<p>In his recent book, Values, Voice and Virtue, British political scientist Matthew Goodwin argues that the ‘people who really run Britain’ are ‘a new dominant class’, that imposes its ‘radically progressive cultural values’ on the rest of the nation. The Spectator magazine recently devoted its cover to this ‘new elite’ and how ‘the woke aristocracy’ is on a ‘march through the institutions’. Former government equality tsar Trevor Phillips has written that ‘the political and media elite’ have achieved ‘institutional capture’ across swathes of the UK’s governing apparatus.</p>
<p>But is it as simple as a changing of the guard, a new elite grabbing the reins of power? One confusion is a disavowal of responsibility. Goodwin’s thesis has caused international controversy, with many labelled as the ‘new elite’ denying they have any power.</p>
<p>Once upon a time, it would have been easy to see who was in charge: from the Industrial Revolution onwards, barons of the old aristocracy were gradually replaced by ‘business barons’ owning big companies, aided and abetted by the clergy, among others. During the years of the postwar consensus, the ‘trade union barons’ played a major role, too. And, at its core, was a state apparatus presided over by an elite of politicians.</p>
<p>Yet today’s governing classes have increasingly dispersed and outsourced their authority to third parties – such as consultants, the judiciary, international bodies, public inquiries, stakeholder bodies, diversity specialists, scientific experts, NGOs, charities, political advisers and the ‘Whitehall Blob’. When things go wrong, the blame game sees fingers pointed in all directions.</p>
<p>In this context, some voters are increasingly disillusioned with democracy and conspiratorial thinking thrives. Who is pulling the ideological strings of this new generation of impotent, technocratic politicians? When the Labour leader, Keir Starmer, was asked whether he’d prefer to be in Davos or Westminster, he responded, without missing a beat: ‘Davos’. In other words, the likely next prime minister of the UK prefers the networking opportunities of the World Economy Forum to the mother of parliaments. Is it any wonder so many blame globalist forces for seemingly imposing unpopular policies on nation states with no democratic mandate, whether related to ‘net zero’ or gender identity?</p>
<p>So, who is directing society in 2023, and what binds them together? Why do our elected politicians lack authority today, or are they simply unwilling to exercise their authority? Are the ‘new elite’ as powerful as many would argue or are they simply the public face of the changing interests of the wealthy? Is the intellectual conformity at the helm of society proof of coherence or a lack of ideas and vision? Is it possible to reclaim power for The People?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Pamela Dow
chief operating officer, Civic Future</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi
sociologist and social commentator; executive director, MCC Brussels; author, 100 Years of Identity Crisis: culture war over socialisation</p>
<p>Matthew Goodwin
professor of politics, University of Kent; author, Values Voice and Virtue: The New British Politics , National Populism: the revolt against liberal democracy and Revolt on the Right</p>
<p>Harry Lambert
staff writer, New Statesman; editor, New Statesman Saturday Read</p>
<p>Professor Anand Menon
director, UK in a Changing Europe</p>
<p>CHAIR
Claire Fox
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>‘Take back control’, the central demand from the Leave campaign’s case for Brexit, posed the question: who should rule? However, today, when frontpage headlines frequently ask why nothing works in ‘Broken Britain’ and politicians blame myriad forces for thwarting democratically decided policies, one increasingly debated issue is: who is really in charge of society?</p>
<p>In his recent book, Values, Voice and Virtue, British political scientist Matthew Goodwin argues that the ‘people who really run Britain’ are ‘a new dominant class’, that imposes its ‘radically progressive cultural values’ on the rest of the nation. The Spectator magazine recently devoted its cover to this ‘new elite’ and how ‘the woke aristocracy’ is on a ‘march through the institutions’. Former government equality tsar Trevor Phillips has written that ‘the political and media elite’ have achieved ‘institutional capture’ across swathes of the UK’s governing apparatus.</p>
<p>But is it as simple as a changing of the guard, a new elite grabbing the reins of power? One confusion is a disavowal of responsibility. Goodwin’s thesis has caused international controversy, with many labelled as the ‘new elite’ denying they have any power.</p>
<p>Once upon a time, it would have been easy to see who was in charge: from the Industrial Revolution onwards, barons of the old aristocracy were gradually replaced by ‘business barons’ owning big companies, aided and abetted by the clergy, among others. During the years of the postwar consensus, the ‘trade union barons’ played a major role, too. And, at its core, was a state apparatus presided over by an elite of politicians.</p>
<p>Yet today’s governing classes have increasingly dispersed and outsourced their authority to third parties – such as consultants, the judiciary, international bodies, public inquiries, stakeholder bodies, diversity specialists, scientific experts, NGOs, charities, political advisers and the ‘Whitehall Blob’. When things go wrong, the blame game sees fingers pointed in all directions.</p>
<p>In this context, some voters are increasingly disillusioned with democracy and conspiratorial thinking thrives. Who is pulling the ideological strings of this new generation of impotent, technocratic politicians? When the Labour leader, Keir Starmer, was asked whether he’d prefer to be in Davos or Westminster, he responded, without missing a beat: ‘Davos’. In other words, the likely next prime minister of the UK prefers the networking opportunities of the World Economy Forum to the mother of parliaments. Is it any wonder so many blame globalist forces for seemingly imposing unpopular policies on nation states with no democratic mandate, whether related to ‘net zero’ or gender identity?</p>
<p>So, who is directing society in 2023, and what binds them together? Why do our elected politicians lack authority today, or are they simply unwilling to exercise their authority? Are the ‘new elite’ as powerful as many would argue or are they simply the public face of the changing interests of the wealthy? Is the intellectual conformity at the helm of society proof of coherence or a lack of ideas and vision? Is it possible to reclaim power for The People?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Pamela Dow<br>
chief operating officer, Civic Future</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi<br>
sociologist and social commentator; executive director, MCC Brussels; author, 100 Years of Identity Crisis: culture war over socialisation</p>
<p>Matthew Goodwin<br>
professor of politics, University of Kent; author, Values Voice and Virtue: The New British Politics , National Populism: the revolt against liberal democracy and Revolt on the Right</p>
<p>Harry Lambert<br>
staff writer, New Statesman; editor, New Statesman Saturday Read</p>
<p>Professor Anand Menon<br>
director, UK in a Changing Europe</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Claire Fox<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6danx9/Power_play_Who_really_rules_today6pztu.mp3" length="82164235" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
‘Take back control’, the central demand from the Leave campaign’s case for Brexit, posed the question: who should rule? However, today, when frontpage headlines frequently ask why nothing works in ‘Broken Britain’ and politicians blame myriad forces for thwarting democratically decided policies, one increasingly debated issue is: who is really in charge of society?
In his recent book, Values, Voice and Virtue, British political scientist Matthew Goodwin argues that the ‘people who really run Britain’ are ‘a new dominant class’, that imposes its ‘radically progressive cultural values’ on the rest of the nation. The Spectator magazine recently devoted its cover to this ‘new elite’ and how ‘the woke aristocracy’ is on a ‘march through the institutions’. Former government equality tsar Trevor Phillips has written that ‘the political and media elite’ have achieved ‘institutional capture’ across swathes of the UK’s governing apparatus.
But is it as simple as a changing of the guard, a new elite grabbing the reins of power? One confusion is a disavowal of responsibility. Goodwin’s thesis has caused international controversy, with many labelled as the ‘new elite’ denying they have any power.
Once upon a time, it would have been easy to see who was in charge: from the Industrial Revolution onwards, barons of the old aristocracy were gradually replaced by ‘business barons’ owning big companies, aided and abetted by the clergy, among others. During the years of the postwar consensus, the ‘trade union barons’ played a major role, too. And, at its core, was a state apparatus presided over by an elite of politicians.
Yet today’s governing classes have increasingly dispersed and outsourced their authority to third parties – such as consultants, the judiciary, international bodies, public inquiries, stakeholder bodies, diversity specialists, scientific experts, NGOs, charities, political advisers and the ‘Whitehall Blob’. When things go wrong, the blame game sees fingers pointed in all directions.
In this context, some voters are increasingly disillusioned with democracy and conspiratorial thinking thrives. Who is pulling the ideological strings of this new generation of impotent, technocratic politicians? When the Labour leader, Keir Starmer, was asked whether he’d prefer to be in Davos or Westminster, he responded, without missing a beat: ‘Davos’. In other words, the likely next prime minister of the UK prefers the networking opportunities of the World Economy Forum to the mother of parliaments. Is it any wonder so many blame globalist forces for seemingly imposing unpopular policies on nation states with no democratic mandate, whether related to ‘net zero’ or gender identity?
So, who is directing society in 2023, and what binds them together? Why do our elected politicians lack authority today, or are they simply unwilling to exercise their authority? Are the ‘new elite’ as powerful as many would argue or are they simply the public face of the changing interests of the wealthy? Is the intellectual conformity at the helm of society proof of coherence or a lack of ideas and vision? Is it possible to reclaim power for The People?
SPEAKERSPamela Dowchief operating officer, Civic Future
Professor Frank Furedisociologist and social commentator; executive director, MCC Brussels; author, 100 Years of Identity Crisis: culture war over socialisation
Matthew Goodwinprofessor of politics, University of Kent; author, Values Voice and Virtue: The New British Politics , National Populism: the revolt against liberal democracy and Revolt on the Right
Harry Lambertstaff writer, New Statesman; editor, New Statesman Saturday Read
Professor Anand Menondirector, UK in a Changing Europe
CHAIRClaire Foxdirector, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5712</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>276</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Why do comedians keep siding with the Establishment?</title>
        <itunes:title>Why do comedians keep siding with the Establishment?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/why-do-comedians-keep-siding-with-the-establishment/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/why-do-comedians-keep-siding-with-the-establishment/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 10:44:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/69902f42-727c-33ef-bbf5-f6234e81d1af</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October, at Church House, London.</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
At the 2023 Edinburgh Festival Fringe, Comedy Unleashed’s show, featuring Graham Linehan, was cancelled because the venue did not ‘support his views’ and his presence would ‘violate their space’. The edgy spirit that used to characterise the Edinburgh Festival Fringe specifically, and stand-up comedy more generally, seems to have evaporated. There was no outcry from comedians attending the festival and very few publicly expressed even the mildest of support for free expression in the arts.</p>
<p>Earlier that year, Nigel Farage was debanked by Coutts, for expressing views that go against the bank’s ‘values’. Despite the bankers themselves having admitted fault, comedian Omid Djalili publicly sided with the elite bank. When comedians see no problem with using the denial of banking services as a form of punishment for holding certain views, how can they claim that they are ‘punching up’?</p>
<p>Why do comedians increasingly side with the Establishment? How can comics say that they are ‘punching up’ when they support the people being ‘cancelled’ by corporations? As society becomes more authoritarian, where is the satirical response and creative backlash?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Miriam Elia
satirical conceptual artist; author, We See the Sights, We Go To The Gallery and We Do Lockdown; creator, A Series Of Psychotic Episodes</p>
<p>Dominic Frisby
writer; comedian; author, Bitcoin: the future of money?</p>
<p>Graham Linehan
creator and co-creator, Father Ted, Black Books and The IT Crowd; comedy writer, Count Arthur Strong, Brass Eye and The Fast Show; author, Tough Crowd: How I Made and Lost a Career in Comedy</p>
<p>Chair: Andy Shaw
co-founder, Comedy Unleashed</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October, at Church House, London.</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
At the 2023 Edinburgh Festival Fringe, Comedy Unleashed’s show, featuring Graham Linehan, was cancelled because the venue did not ‘support his views’ and his presence would ‘violate their space’. The edgy spirit that used to characterise the Edinburgh Festival Fringe specifically, and stand-up comedy more generally, seems to have evaporated. There was no outcry from comedians attending the festival and very few publicly expressed even the mildest of support for free expression in the arts.</p>
<p>Earlier that year, Nigel Farage was debanked by Coutts, for expressing views that go against the bank’s ‘values’. Despite the bankers themselves having admitted fault, comedian Omid Djalili publicly sided with the elite bank. When comedians see no problem with using the denial of banking services as a form of punishment for holding certain views, how can they claim that they are ‘punching up’?</p>
<p>Why do comedians increasingly side with the Establishment? How can comics say that they are ‘punching up’ when they support the people being ‘cancelled’ by corporations? As society becomes more authoritarian, where is the satirical response and creative backlash?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Miriam Elia<br>
satirical conceptual artist; author, We See the Sights, We Go To The Gallery and We Do Lockdown; creator, A Series Of Psychotic Episodes</p>
<p>Dominic Frisby<br>
writer; comedian; author, Bitcoin: the future of money?</p>
<p>Graham Linehan<br>
creator and co-creator, Father Ted, Black Books and The IT Crowd; comedy writer, Count Arthur Strong, Brass Eye and The Fast Show; author, Tough Crowd: How I Made and Lost a Career in Comedy</p>
<p>Chair: Andy Shaw<br>
co-founder, Comedy Unleashed</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/a549yp/Why_do_comedians_keep_siding_with_the_establishment9m7si.mp3" length="78998235" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October, at Church House, London.
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe
INTRODUCTIONAt the 2023 Edinburgh Festival Fringe, Comedy Unleashed’s show, featuring Graham Linehan, was cancelled because the venue did not ‘support his views’ and his presence would ‘violate their space’. The edgy spirit that used to characterise the Edinburgh Festival Fringe specifically, and stand-up comedy more generally, seems to have evaporated. There was no outcry from comedians attending the festival and very few publicly expressed even the mildest of support for free expression in the arts.
Earlier that year, Nigel Farage was debanked by Coutts, for expressing views that go against the bank’s ‘values’. Despite the bankers themselves having admitted fault, comedian Omid Djalili publicly sided with the elite bank. When comedians see no problem with using the denial of banking services as a form of punishment for holding certain views, how can they claim that they are ‘punching up’?
Why do comedians increasingly side with the Establishment? How can comics say that they are ‘punching up’ when they support the people being ‘cancelled’ by corporations? As society becomes more authoritarian, where is the satirical response and creative backlash?
SPEAKERS
Miriam Eliasatirical conceptual artist; author, We See the Sights, We Go To The Gallery and We Do Lockdown; creator, A Series Of Psychotic Episodes
Dominic Frisbywriter; comedian; author, Bitcoin: the future of money?
Graham Linehancreator and co-creator, Father Ted, Black Books and The IT Crowd; comedy writer, Count Arthur Strong, Brass Eye and The Fast Show; author, Tough Crowd: How I Made and Lost a Career in Comedy
Chair: Andy Shawco-founder, Comedy Unleashed]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5368</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>275</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: 24 February 2024</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: 24 February 2024</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-24-february-2024/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-24-february-2024/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 24 Feb 2024 15:41:24 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/bc64d513-4ba5-3f96-882b-a617d86a6f2b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In our latest Podcast of Ideas discussion, Ella Whelan is joined by regulars Claire Fox, Alastair Donald and Geoff Kidder, plus guest Mark Birkbeck from the campaign group <a href='https://ourfight.uk'>Our Fight.</a> They discuss events in the House of Commons this week as an SNP-led debate on the Israel-Hamas conflict descended into farce, leading for calls for the speaker of the house, Sir Lindsay Hoyle, to resign.</p>
<p>They also take a step back to look at the wider picture. What is to be done to counter the rise of anti-Semitism? What are the implications for democracy if parliamentary procedures are subverted in the name of protecting MPs? What might happen next in the war itself? Can Israel rely on support in the West for much longer?</p>
<p>To keep up with our podcasts, events, analysis and publications, subscribe to this Substack <a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe'>here</a>. Please consider becoming a paid subscriber. Not only will you be supporting our work but you will receive discounts on tickets for our events, including the Battle of Ideas festival on 19 &amp; 20 October in London.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In our latest Podcast of Ideas discussion, Ella Whelan is joined by regulars Claire Fox, Alastair Donald and Geoff Kidder, plus guest Mark Birkbeck from the campaign group <a href='https://ourfight.uk'>Our Fight.</a> They discuss events in the House of Commons this week as an SNP-led debate on the Israel-Hamas conflict descended into farce, leading for calls for the speaker of the house, Sir Lindsay Hoyle, to resign.</p>
<p>They also take a step back to look at the wider picture. What is to be done to counter the rise of anti-Semitism? What are the implications for democracy if parliamentary procedures are subverted in the name of protecting MPs? What might happen next in the war itself? Can Israel rely on support in the West for much longer?</p>
<p>To keep up with our podcasts, events, analysis and publications, subscribe to this Substack <a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe'>here</a>. Please consider becoming a paid subscriber. Not only will you be supporting our work but you will receive discounts on tickets for our events, including the Battle of Ideas festival on 19 &amp; 20 October in London.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/da9tvw/podcast_of_ideas_24_February_2024_v28ys7e.mp3" length="29734688" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In our latest Podcast of Ideas discussion, Ella Whelan is joined by regulars Claire Fox, Alastair Donald and Geoff Kidder, plus guest Mark Birkbeck from the campaign group Our Fight. They discuss events in the House of Commons this week as an SNP-led debate on the Israel-Hamas conflict descended into farce, leading for calls for the speaker of the house, Sir Lindsay Hoyle, to resign.
They also take a step back to look at the wider picture. What is to be done to counter the rise of anti-Semitism? What are the implications for democracy if parliamentary procedures are subverted in the name of protecting MPs? What might happen next in the war itself? Can Israel rely on support in the West for much longer?
To keep up with our podcasts, events, analysis and publications, subscribe to this Substack here. Please consider becoming a paid subscriber. Not only will you be supporting our work but you will receive discounts on tickets for our events, including the Battle of Ideas festival on 19 &amp; 20 October in London.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2405</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>274</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Reviving economies: Is the state a help or a hindrance?</title>
        <itunes:title>Reviving economies: Is the state a help or a hindrance?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/reviving-economies-is-the-state-a-help-or-a-hindrance/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/reviving-economies-is-the-state-a-help-or-a-hindrance/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Feb 2024 10:50:27 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a367ca60-af74-3913-81d7-d03fc4d9fed0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>With the UK officially in recession, what should governments be doing? This debate was recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>With the Conservatives doing badly in the polls and Labour riding high, the UK could have a new party in government in the next year or so. How will this change the relationship between the state and the private sector – and will it boost economic performance and living standards?</p>
<p>During the Corbyn years and even beyond, Labour has talked up the possibility of nationalising important parts of the UK economy – such as water and energy supplies and the railways. But more recently, Keir Starmer and Rachel Reeves appear to have rowed back on such pledges, with Starmer saying he would not be ‘ideological’ about state control.</p>
<p>Many commentators have pointed out that houses are not being built fast enough. While unemployment is relatively low, the quality of jobs is too often poor. Many argue that what it is needed is more state intervention, greater funding for healthcare, a return to state-provided housing and a proper industrial strategy to boost sectors that can be world-leading, especially in supporting the drive to Net Zero.</p>
<p>Others argue that for all the talk of free markets, we actually have too much state intervention and control. Businesses are bound up in regulation. Government expenditure is getting close to the equivalent of 50% of GDP. Planning rules make building anything almost impossible. Far from a free market, we have everyone from civil servants to central bankers determining how the economy develops, with little room for private initiative or democratic control.</p>
<p>But is the state vs market debate moot – because the ability of the state to change things is becoming exhausted? Increasing state spending even further would have relatively little impact, but government debt is already enormous in any event. ‘Cheap money’ policies of low interest rates and quantitative easing have had to be reversed to tackle inflation.</p>
<p>Whoever wins the next election, what is the best way forward for the UK economy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Paul Embery
firefighter; trade unionist; columnist; author, Despised: why the modern Left loathes the working class; broadcaster</p>
<p>Matthew Lesh
director of public policy and communications, Institute of Economic Affairs</p>
<p>Ali Miraj
broadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Hilary Salt FIA, FPMI, FRSA
actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Phil Mullan
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With the UK officially in recession, what should governments be doing? This debate was recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>With the Conservatives doing badly in the polls and Labour riding high, the UK could have a new party in government in the next year or so. How will this change the relationship between the state and the private sector – and will it boost economic performance and living standards?</p>
<p>During the Corbyn years and even beyond, Labour has talked up the possibility of nationalising important parts of the UK economy – such as water and energy supplies and the railways. But more recently, Keir Starmer and Rachel Reeves appear to have rowed back on such pledges, with Starmer saying he would not be ‘ideological’ about state control.</p>
<p>Many commentators have pointed out that houses are not being built fast enough. While unemployment is relatively low, the quality of jobs is too often poor. Many argue that what it is needed is more state intervention, greater funding for healthcare, a return to state-provided housing and a proper industrial strategy to boost sectors that can be world-leading, especially in supporting the drive to Net Zero.</p>
<p>Others argue that for all the talk of free markets, we actually have too much state intervention and control. Businesses are bound up in regulation. Government expenditure is getting close to the equivalent of 50% of GDP. Planning rules make building anything almost impossible. Far from a free market, we have everyone from civil servants to central bankers determining how the economy develops, with little room for private initiative or democratic control.</p>
<p>But is the state vs market debate moot – because the ability of the state to change things is becoming exhausted? Increasing state spending even further would have relatively little impact, but government debt is already enormous in any event. ‘Cheap money’ policies of low interest rates and quantitative easing have had to be reversed to tackle inflation.</p>
<p>Whoever wins the next election, what is the best way forward for the UK economy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Paul Embery<br>
firefighter; trade unionist; columnist; author, Despised: why the modern Left loathes the working class; broadcaster</p>
<p>Matthew Lesh<br>
director of public policy and communications, Institute of Economic Affairs</p>
<p>Ali Miraj<br>
broadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Hilary Salt FIA, FPMI, FRSA<br>
actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Phil Mullan<br>
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4qdbc3/Reviving_economies_is_the_state_a_help_or_a_hinderancebhbms.mp3" length="76998103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[With the UK officially in recession, what should governments be doing? This debate was recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
With the Conservatives doing badly in the polls and Labour riding high, the UK could have a new party in government in the next year or so. How will this change the relationship between the state and the private sector – and will it boost economic performance and living standards?
During the Corbyn years and even beyond, Labour has talked up the possibility of nationalising important parts of the UK economy – such as water and energy supplies and the railways. But more recently, Keir Starmer and Rachel Reeves appear to have rowed back on such pledges, with Starmer saying he would not be ‘ideological’ about state control.
Many commentators have pointed out that houses are not being built fast enough. While unemployment is relatively low, the quality of jobs is too often poor. Many argue that what it is needed is more state intervention, greater funding for healthcare, a return to state-provided housing and a proper industrial strategy to boost sectors that can be world-leading, especially in supporting the drive to Net Zero.
Others argue that for all the talk of free markets, we actually have too much state intervention and control. Businesses are bound up in regulation. Government expenditure is getting close to the equivalent of 50% of GDP. Planning rules make building anything almost impossible. Far from a free market, we have everyone from civil servants to central bankers determining how the economy develops, with little room for private initiative or democratic control.
But is the state vs market debate moot – because the ability of the state to change things is becoming exhausted? Increasing state spending even further would have relatively little impact, but government debt is already enormous in any event. ‘Cheap money’ policies of low interest rates and quantitative easing have had to be reversed to tackle inflation.
Whoever wins the next election, what is the best way forward for the UK economy?
SPEAKERSPaul Emberyfirefighter; trade unionist; columnist; author, Despised: why the modern Left loathes the working class; broadcaster
Matthew Leshdirector of public policy and communications, Institute of Economic Affairs
Ali Mirajbroadcaster; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ
Hilary Salt FIA, FPMI, FRSAactuary; founder, First Actuarial
CHAIR
Phil Mullanwriter, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5520</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>273</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Deifying diversity: a value for our times?</title>
        <itunes:title>Deifying diversity: a value for our times?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/deifying-diversity-a-value-for-our-times/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/deifying-diversity-a-value-for-our-times/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 12:12:46 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/10e6ec7e-d493-372a-886e-4f7252c0871f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
</p>
<p>Being ‘diverse’ is no longer simply about shaking things up. Today, diversity is considered a core value of any civilised society and its institutions. Diversity strategies are a must for businesses, small or big – diversity is good for the planet, good for politics, good for social mobility and good for our sense of self. Diversity is no longer a means to a better future, but an end in and of itself.</p>
<p>For many, this is a no brainer – having different people from different backgrounds in your work or social environment can only be a good thing. They argue that cultural melting pots provide border horizons on everything from what food we enjoy to our appreciation of different beliefs and world views. In contrast, homogeneity is a sign of a moribund system. The idea that similar groups of people might apply for the same job – from nursing to plumbing – is a sign of discrimination or closed mindedness, and must be challenged.</p>
<p>But not everyone is so keen on the prioritisation of diversity over all else. The home secretary, Suella Braverman, caused uproar with a speech in Washington in which she described multiculturalism as a failed ‘misguided dogma’, adding that ‘the consequences of that failure are evident on the streets of cities all over Europe’. Some say the scenes of celebrations in Western cities at Hamas’s actions in Israel seem to prove her point. Critics point to the way in which it has been institutionalised via policies in the workplace or education, with contentious political topics on everything from the climate to transgender ideology being repackaged as mandatory ‘diversity training’. They argue that a ‘fetishisation’ of diversity has led to its opposite – atomisation and tribalism. Many argue that the push for multiculturalism as a political policy objective has led to a confusion of social norms. Instead of a utopia of rich cultural fusion, neighbourhoods are often defined by national identities, with hostility between groups commonplace. If we don’t ask for shared values in some key areas of life, critics ask, how will we ever hope to get along?</p>
<p>For some, diversity is a necessary strategy to help break open closed areas of public life for groups previously discriminated against. For others, it is too focused on the things we can’t control – like race or sex – and too disregarding of diversity of thought and feeling. Has the d-word taken over as our new deity? Variety is certainly the spice of life, but is our love of diversity at risk of creating its opposite? And how do we talk about shared social values in a world where difference is king?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Simon Fanshawe OBE
consultant and writer; author The Power of Difference ; co-founder, Diversity by Design</p>
<p>Maya Forstater
executive director, Sex Matters</p>
<p>Mercy Muroki
policy fellow to minister for women and equalities and business and trade secretary</p>
<p>Tomiwa Owolade
writer and critic; contributing writer, New Statesman; author, This is Not America: Why Black Lives in Britain Matter</p>
<p>Dr Joanna Williams
founder and director, Cieo; author, How Woke Won and Women vs Feminism</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Alastair Donald
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
</p>
<p>Being ‘diverse’ is no longer simply about shaking things up. Today, diversity is considered a core value of any civilised society and its institutions. Diversity strategies are a must for businesses, small or big – diversity is good for the planet, good for politics, good for social mobility and good for our sense of self. Diversity is no longer a means to a better future, but an end in and of itself.</p>
<p>For many, this is a no brainer – having different people from different backgrounds in your work or social environment can only be a good thing. They argue that cultural melting pots provide border horizons on everything from what food we enjoy to our appreciation of different beliefs and world views. In contrast, homogeneity is a sign of a moribund system. The idea that similar groups of people might apply for the same job – from nursing to plumbing – is a sign of discrimination or closed mindedness, and must be challenged.</p>
<p>But not everyone is so keen on the prioritisation of diversity over all else. The home secretary, Suella Braverman, caused uproar with a speech in Washington in which she described multiculturalism as a failed ‘misguided dogma’, adding that ‘the consequences of that failure are evident on the streets of cities all over Europe’. Some say the scenes of celebrations in Western cities at Hamas’s actions in Israel seem to prove her point. Critics point to the way in which it has been institutionalised via policies in the workplace or education, with contentious political topics on everything from the climate to transgender ideology being repackaged as mandatory ‘diversity training’. They argue that a ‘fetishisation’ of diversity has led to its opposite – atomisation and tribalism. Many argue that the push for multiculturalism as a political policy objective has led to a confusion of social norms. Instead of a utopia of rich cultural fusion, neighbourhoods are often defined by national identities, with hostility between groups commonplace. If we don’t ask for shared values in some key areas of life, critics ask, how will we ever hope to get along?</p>
<p>For some, diversity is a necessary strategy to help break open closed areas of public life for groups previously discriminated against. For others, it is too focused on the things we can’t control – like race or sex – and too disregarding of diversity of thought and feeling. Has the d-word taken over as our new deity? Variety is certainly the spice of life, but is our love of diversity at risk of creating its opposite? And how do we talk about shared social values in a world where difference is king?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Simon Fanshawe OBE<br>
consultant and writer; author The Power of Difference ; co-founder, Diversity by Design</p>
<p>Maya Forstater<br>
executive director, Sex Matters</p>
<p>Mercy Muroki<br>
policy fellow to minister for women and equalities and business and trade secretary</p>
<p>Tomiwa Owolade<br>
writer and critic; contributing writer, New Statesman; author, This is Not America: Why Black Lives in Britain Matter</p>
<p>Dr Joanna Williams<br>
founder and director, Cieo; author, How Woke Won and Women vs Feminism</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Alastair Donald<br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jh66dt/Deifying_diversity_a_value_for_our_times8014s.mp3" length="77080002" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
Being ‘diverse’ is no longer simply about shaking things up. Today, diversity is considered a core value of any civilised society and its institutions. Diversity strategies are a must for businesses, small or big – diversity is good for the planet, good for politics, good for social mobility and good for our sense of self. Diversity is no longer a means to a better future, but an end in and of itself.
For many, this is a no brainer – having different people from different backgrounds in your work or social environment can only be a good thing. They argue that cultural melting pots provide border horizons on everything from what food we enjoy to our appreciation of different beliefs and world views. In contrast, homogeneity is a sign of a moribund system. The idea that similar groups of people might apply for the same job – from nursing to plumbing – is a sign of discrimination or closed mindedness, and must be challenged.
But not everyone is so keen on the prioritisation of diversity over all else. The home secretary, Suella Braverman, caused uproar with a speech in Washington in which she described multiculturalism as a failed ‘misguided dogma’, adding that ‘the consequences of that failure are evident on the streets of cities all over Europe’. Some say the scenes of celebrations in Western cities at Hamas’s actions in Israel seem to prove her point. Critics point to the way in which it has been institutionalised via policies in the workplace or education, with contentious political topics on everything from the climate to transgender ideology being repackaged as mandatory ‘diversity training’. They argue that a ‘fetishisation’ of diversity has led to its opposite – atomisation and tribalism. Many argue that the push for multiculturalism as a political policy objective has led to a confusion of social norms. Instead of a utopia of rich cultural fusion, neighbourhoods are often defined by national identities, with hostility between groups commonplace. If we don’t ask for shared values in some key areas of life, critics ask, how will we ever hope to get along?
For some, diversity is a necessary strategy to help break open closed areas of public life for groups previously discriminated against. For others, it is too focused on the things we can’t control – like race or sex – and too disregarding of diversity of thought and feeling. Has the d-word taken over as our new deity? Variety is certainly the spice of life, but is our love of diversity at risk of creating its opposite? And how do we talk about shared social values in a world where difference is king?
SPEAKERSSimon Fanshawe OBEconsultant and writer; author The Power of Difference ; co-founder, Diversity by Design
Maya Forstaterexecutive director, Sex Matters
Mercy Murokipolicy fellow to minister for women and equalities and business and trade secretary
Tomiwa Owoladewriter and critic; contributing writer, New Statesman; author, This is Not America: Why Black Lives in Britain Matter
Dr Joanna Williamsfounder and director, Cieo; author, How Woke Won and Women vs Feminism
CHAIR
Alastair Donaldco-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom; author, Letter on Liberty: The Scottish Question]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5482</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>272</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>What would a Labour government look like?</title>
        <itunes:title>What would a Labour government look like?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-would-a-labour-government-look-like/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-would-a-labour-government-look-like/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 10 Feb 2024 10:57:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/2ad84708-fc51-35df-ba4c-965517e34dee</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle of Ideas festival and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>WHAT WOULD A LABOUR GOVERNMENT LOOK LIKE?
Recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-would-a-labour-government-look-like/'>debate</a> at Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
After Labour’s catastrophic haemorrhaging of Red Wall voters in 2019, and widespread disillusion among working-class Brexit voters, Labour seems to be back in contention. For some time, Labour has been way ahead of the Conservatives in the opinion polls. But the gap between the parties became a chasm after the resignation of Boris Johnson and the debacle of Liz Truss’s short-lived premiership. Now, with Labour running roughly 20 points ahead in the polls, a substantial majority at the next election – which must happen no later than January 2025 – seems highly likely. But assuming Labour does win power, what would Keir Starmer actually do?</p>
<p>The answer is, perhaps: who knows? Yes, there has been some headline-grabbing radical proposals such as abolishing the House of Lords and replacing it with an elected chamber of regions and nations. When he won the leadership vote in April 2020, Starmer had stood on a platform of 10 pledges – from increasing income tax for the rich and abolishing universal credit to ‘support’ for ‘common ownership of rail, mail, energy and water’ and a ‘green new deal’.</p>
<p>Since then, Starmer and his shadow ministers have moved away from many of these pledges. For example, plans to abolish university tuition fees have been scrapped, and universal credit looks like it will be ‘reformed’ – but with the two-child limit for benefits left in place. Nationalisation plans have been replaced with the idea of greater regulation. Plans to introduce self-ID for transgender people have been shelved (despite having voted for the SNP’s infamous Gender Recognition Reform Bill, and with no apology forthcoming to its much maligned gender-critical MP Rosie Duffield) as has the idea of reintroducing free movement for EU nationals. Inevitably, the Corbynista wing of the party shout betrayal. With Blair and Mandelson back in the mix, some on the Left dread New Labour Mark 2, without the charisma or vision.</p>
<p>Despite its uber-technocratic pragmatism, many fear Labour has fundamentally changed – emptied of its working-class credentials, instead assuming the garb of identitarian social justice. It seems most comfortable arguing for laws against misogyny, condemning institutional racism or celebrating Pride than either full-throttled support for picket-line strikers or taking up the cause of free speech when under assault from progressive ideologues. It’s true that Labour’s centrepiece policy of a ‘green prosperity plan’ has been watered down from £28 billion per year to an aspiration to be achieved at some point in a Labour administration. But its championing of eco policies – such as heat-pump boilers, anti-driver measures such as ULEZ and LTNs or its financial entanglement with the funder of Just Stop Oil – means that many fear Labour is tin-eared when voters are sceptical of its right-on, illiberal and expensive zealous approach to net-zero targets.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dr Tim Black
books and essays editor, spiked</p>
<p>Dr Richard Johnson
writer; senior lecturer in US politics, Queen Mary, University of London; co-author, Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922 (forthcoming)</p>
<p>Mark Seddon
director, Centre for UN Studies, University of Buckingham; board member, Foreign Correspondents Association, New York; co-author, Jeremy Corbyn and the Strange Rebirth of Labour England</p>
<p>James Smith
host, The Popular Show podcast; writer; academic</p>
<p>Joan Smith
author &amp; columnist</p>
<p>CHAIR
Paddy Hannam
researcher, House of Commons; writer and commentator</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle of Ideas festival and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>WHAT WOULD A LABOUR GOVERNMENT LOOK LIKE?<br>
Recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-would-a-labour-government-look-like/'>debate</a> at Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
After Labour’s catastrophic haemorrhaging of Red Wall voters in 2019, and widespread disillusion among working-class Brexit voters, Labour seems to be back in contention. For some time, Labour has been way ahead of the Conservatives in the opinion polls. But the gap between the parties became a chasm after the resignation of Boris Johnson and the debacle of Liz Truss’s short-lived premiership. Now, with Labour running roughly 20 points ahead in the polls, a substantial majority at the next election – which must happen no later than January 2025 – seems highly likely. But assuming Labour does win power, what would Keir Starmer actually do?</p>
<p>The answer is, perhaps: who knows? Yes, there has been some headline-grabbing radical proposals such as abolishing the House of Lords and replacing it with an elected chamber of regions and nations. When he won the leadership vote in April 2020, Starmer had stood on a platform of 10 pledges – from increasing income tax for the rich and abolishing universal credit to ‘support’ for ‘common ownership of rail, mail, energy and water’ and a ‘green new deal’.</p>
<p>Since then, Starmer and his shadow ministers have moved away from many of these pledges. For example, plans to abolish university tuition fees have been scrapped, and universal credit looks like it will be ‘reformed’ – but with the two-child limit for benefits left in place. Nationalisation plans have been replaced with the idea of greater regulation. Plans to introduce self-ID for transgender people have been shelved (despite having voted for the SNP’s infamous Gender Recognition Reform Bill, and with no apology forthcoming to its much maligned gender-critical MP Rosie Duffield) as has the idea of reintroducing free movement for EU nationals. Inevitably, the Corbynista wing of the party shout betrayal. With Blair and Mandelson back in the mix, some on the Left dread New Labour Mark 2, without the charisma or vision.</p>
<p>Despite its uber-technocratic pragmatism, many fear Labour has fundamentally changed – emptied of its working-class credentials, instead assuming the garb of identitarian social justice. It seems most comfortable arguing for laws against misogyny, condemning institutional racism or celebrating Pride than either full-throttled support for picket-line strikers or taking up the cause of free speech when under assault from progressive ideologues. It’s true that Labour’s centrepiece policy of a ‘green prosperity plan’ has been watered down from £28 billion per year to an aspiration to be achieved at some point in a Labour administration. But its championing of eco policies – such as heat-pump boilers, anti-driver measures such as ULEZ and LTNs or its financial entanglement with the funder of Just Stop Oil – means that many fear Labour is tin-eared when voters are sceptical of its right-on, illiberal and expensive zealous approach to net-zero targets.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dr Tim Black<br>
books and essays editor, spiked</p>
<p>Dr Richard Johnson<br>
writer; senior lecturer in US politics, Queen Mary, University of London; co-author, Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922 (forthcoming)</p>
<p>Mark Seddon<br>
director, Centre for UN Studies, University of Buckingham; board member, Foreign Correspondents Association, New York; co-author, Jeremy Corbyn and the Strange Rebirth of Labour England</p>
<p>James Smith<br>
host, The Popular Show podcast; writer; academic</p>
<p>Joan Smith<br>
author &amp; columnist</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Paddy Hannam<br>
researcher, House of Commons; writer and commentator</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t62kvn/What_would_a_Labour_Government_look_like7depr.mp3" length="85131846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack for more information on the next Battle of Ideas festival and future events: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe
WHAT WOULD A LABOUR GOVERNMENT LOOK LIKE?Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONAfter Labour’s catastrophic haemorrhaging of Red Wall voters in 2019, and widespread disillusion among working-class Brexit voters, Labour seems to be back in contention. For some time, Labour has been way ahead of the Conservatives in the opinion polls. But the gap between the parties became a chasm after the resignation of Boris Johnson and the debacle of Liz Truss’s short-lived premiership. Now, with Labour running roughly 20 points ahead in the polls, a substantial majority at the next election – which must happen no later than January 2025 – seems highly likely. But assuming Labour does win power, what would Keir Starmer actually do?
The answer is, perhaps: who knows? Yes, there has been some headline-grabbing radical proposals such as abolishing the House of Lords and replacing it with an elected chamber of regions and nations. When he won the leadership vote in April 2020, Starmer had stood on a platform of 10 pledges – from increasing income tax for the rich and abolishing universal credit to ‘support’ for ‘common ownership of rail, mail, energy and water’ and a ‘green new deal’.
Since then, Starmer and his shadow ministers have moved away from many of these pledges. For example, plans to abolish university tuition fees have been scrapped, and universal credit looks like it will be ‘reformed’ – but with the two-child limit for benefits left in place. Nationalisation plans have been replaced with the idea of greater regulation. Plans to introduce self-ID for transgender people have been shelved (despite having voted for the SNP’s infamous Gender Recognition Reform Bill, and with no apology forthcoming to its much maligned gender-critical MP Rosie Duffield) as has the idea of reintroducing free movement for EU nationals. Inevitably, the Corbynista wing of the party shout betrayal. With Blair and Mandelson back in the mix, some on the Left dread New Labour Mark 2, without the charisma or vision.
Despite its uber-technocratic pragmatism, many fear Labour has fundamentally changed – emptied of its working-class credentials, instead assuming the garb of identitarian social justice. It seems most comfortable arguing for laws against misogyny, condemning institutional racism or celebrating Pride than either full-throttled support for picket-line strikers or taking up the cause of free speech when under assault from progressive ideologues. It’s true that Labour’s centrepiece policy of a ‘green prosperity plan’ has been watered down from £28 billion per year to an aspiration to be achieved at some point in a Labour administration. But its championing of eco policies – such as heat-pump boilers, anti-driver measures such as ULEZ and LTNs or its financial entanglement with the funder of Just Stop Oil – means that many fear Labour is tin-eared when voters are sceptical of its right-on, illiberal and expensive zealous approach to net-zero targets.
SPEAKERSDr Tim Blackbooks and essays editor, spiked
Dr Richard Johnsonwriter; senior lecturer in US politics, Queen Mary, University of London; co-author, Keeping the Red Flag Flying: The Labour Party in Opposition since 1922 (forthcoming)
Mark Seddondirector, Centre for UN Studies, University of Buckingham; board member, Foreign Correspondents Association, New York; co-author, Jeremy Corbyn and the Strange Rebirth of Labour England
James Smithhost, The Popular Show podcast; writer; academic
Joan Smithauthor &amp; columnist
CHAIRPaddy Hannamresearcher, House of Commons; writer and commentator]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5642</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>271</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Football fans, farmers and failed pledges - Podcast of Ideas</title>
        <itunes:title>Football fans, farmers and failed pledges - Podcast of Ideas</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/football-fans-farmers-and-failed-pledges-podcast-of-ideas/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/football-fans-farmers-and-failed-pledges-podcast-of-ideas/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 08 Feb 2024 13:49:35 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/b0c399cc-06f3-38b1-b207-0e4443790f48</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>From the furore over PMQs and jibes about gender ideology to surveillance of football fans, international farming protests and Labour's latest U-turn, tune in to the latest Podcast of Ideas.</p>
<p>Featuring the AOI team: Claire Fox, Rob Lyons, Geoff Kidder, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan.</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack here: <a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe'>https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From the furore over PMQs and jibes about gender ideology to surveillance of football fans, international farming protests and Labour's latest U-turn, tune in to the latest Podcast of Ideas.</p>
<p>Featuring the AOI team: Claire Fox, Rob Lyons, Geoff Kidder, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan.</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack here: <a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe'>https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rdttap/Podcast_of_Ideas_8_February_202499kob.mp3" length="28094881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[From the furore over PMQs and jibes about gender ideology to surveillance of football fans, international farming protests and Labour's latest U-turn, tune in to the latest Podcast of Ideas.
Featuring the AOI team: Claire Fox, Rob Lyons, Geoff Kidder, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan.
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas Substack here: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1802</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>270</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>WhatsAppened to privacy?</title>
        <itunes:title>WhatsAppened to privacy?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/whatsappened-to-privacy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/whatsappened-to-privacy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 02 Feb 2024 10:36:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/8e501ed9-cd7c-378f-b9f6-6127a0bb5fac</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>With Nicola Sturgeon the latest politician to be lambasted over WhatsApp messages - or the lack of them - listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House in London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
</p>
<p>From intimate selfies to leaking of personal messages, the digital age seems to relentlessly blur the boundaries between private and public. Not only are we encouraged to bare it all for social media, but the idea of private or secret communication is increasingly seen as a cover for all kinds of ‘online harms’. While the UK has backed off (for now) from enforcing Online Safety Bill provisions to remove end-to-end encryption, the widespread suspicion by government of encrypted services remains. What goes on in private group chats or messengers is said to be the site of danger, exploitation and threats to health and security.</p>
<p>But it is not just social media or new laws that seem to threaten privacy. Indeed, official bodies are subject to endless leaks, baring the details of this or that supposedly private meeting or conversation. But perhaps this is no bad thing: debate about crucial issues has been widely informed by the leak of previously private correspondence, such as the over 100,000 messages between former health secretary Matt Hancock and others at the height of the Covid-19 pandemic. The leak revealed important information about the decisions surrounding lockdowns.</p>
<p>But even if much valuable information was gleaned from the leak, should we be worried about the wider implications of removing the assumption of privacy? For example, many worry that recent charges against former police officers for sharing racist messages in a private WhatsApp group chat upend the principle that what we say ‘behind closed doors’ is a private matter. In a similar vein, the Scottish Government’s recent removal of a ‘dwelling defence’ to a landmark hate-crime bill explicitly invites the courts to police what is said in private. Likewise, many campaigners point to the fact that Britain is one of the most surveilled countries in the world, with the previous privacy of walking the street or meeting friends in a pub now subject to the glare of Big Brother.</p>
<p>But what is so valuable about privacy – and what is at risk if we lose too much of it? Should we welcome the tendency to make everything public, especially if it roots out backward attitudes or exposes those who misuse power? What’s the relationship between the public and private, and where does the balance lie?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Josie Appleton
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: Rise of the Busybody State; writer, Notes on Freedom</p>
<p>David Davis
member of parliament, Conservative Party</p>
<p>Dr Tiffany Jenkins
writer and broadcaster; author, Strangers and Intimates (forthcoming) and Keeping Their Marbles</p>
<p>Tim Stanley
columnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Ella Whelan
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With Nicola Sturgeon the latest politician to be lambasted over WhatsApp messages - or the lack of them - listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House in London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
</p>
<p>From intimate selfies to leaking of personal messages, the digital age seems to relentlessly blur the boundaries between private and public. Not only are we encouraged to bare it all for social media, but the idea of private or secret communication is increasingly seen as a cover for all kinds of ‘online harms’. While the UK has backed off (for now) from enforcing Online Safety Bill provisions to remove end-to-end encryption, the widespread suspicion by government of encrypted services remains. What goes on in private group chats or messengers is said to be the site of danger, exploitation and threats to health and security.</p>
<p>But it is not just social media or new laws that seem to threaten privacy. Indeed, official bodies are subject to endless leaks, baring the details of this or that supposedly private meeting or conversation. But perhaps this is no bad thing: debate about crucial issues has been widely informed by the leak of previously private correspondence, such as the over 100,000 messages between former health secretary Matt Hancock and others at the height of the Covid-19 pandemic. The leak revealed important information about the decisions surrounding lockdowns.</p>
<p>But even if much valuable information was gleaned from the leak, should we be worried about the wider implications of removing the assumption of privacy? For example, many worry that recent charges against former police officers for sharing racist messages in a private WhatsApp group chat upend the principle that what we say ‘behind closed doors’ is a private matter. In a similar vein, the Scottish Government’s recent removal of a ‘dwelling defence’ to a landmark hate-crime bill explicitly invites the courts to police what is said in private. Likewise, many campaigners point to the fact that Britain is one of the most surveilled countries in the world, with the previous privacy of walking the street or meeting friends in a pub now subject to the glare of Big Brother.</p>
<p>But what is so valuable about privacy – and what is at risk if we lose too much of it? Should we welcome the tendency to make everything public, especially if it roots out backward attitudes or exposes those who misuse power? What’s the relationship between the public and private, and where does the balance lie?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Josie Appleton<br>
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: Rise of the Busybody State; writer, Notes on Freedom</p>
<p>David Davis<br>
member of parliament, Conservative Party</p>
<p>Dr Tiffany Jenkins<br>
writer and broadcaster; author, Strangers and Intimates (forthcoming) and Keeping Their Marbles</p>
<p>Tim Stanley<br>
columnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Ella Whelan<br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ahyjxp/Whatsappened_to_privacy8bn4o.mp3" length="67482905" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[With Nicola Sturgeon the latest politician to be lambasted over WhatsApp messages - or the lack of them - listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Saturday 28 October at Church House in London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
From intimate selfies to leaking of personal messages, the digital age seems to relentlessly blur the boundaries between private and public. Not only are we encouraged to bare it all for social media, but the idea of private or secret communication is increasingly seen as a cover for all kinds of ‘online harms’. While the UK has backed off (for now) from enforcing Online Safety Bill provisions to remove end-to-end encryption, the widespread suspicion by government of encrypted services remains. What goes on in private group chats or messengers is said to be the site of danger, exploitation and threats to health and security.
But it is not just social media or new laws that seem to threaten privacy. Indeed, official bodies are subject to endless leaks, baring the details of this or that supposedly private meeting or conversation. But perhaps this is no bad thing: debate about crucial issues has been widely informed by the leak of previously private correspondence, such as the over 100,000 messages between former health secretary Matt Hancock and others at the height of the Covid-19 pandemic. The leak revealed important information about the decisions surrounding lockdowns.
But even if much valuable information was gleaned from the leak, should we be worried about the wider implications of removing the assumption of privacy? For example, many worry that recent charges against former police officers for sharing racist messages in a private WhatsApp group chat upend the principle that what we say ‘behind closed doors’ is a private matter. In a similar vein, the Scottish Government’s recent removal of a ‘dwelling defence’ to a landmark hate-crime bill explicitly invites the courts to police what is said in private. Likewise, many campaigners point to the fact that Britain is one of the most surveilled countries in the world, with the previous privacy of walking the street or meeting friends in a pub now subject to the glare of Big Brother.
But what is so valuable about privacy – and what is at risk if we lose too much of it? Should we welcome the tendency to make everything public, especially if it roots out backward attitudes or exposes those who misuse power? What’s the relationship between the public and private, and where does the balance lie?
SPEAKERS
Josie Appletondirector, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: Rise of the Busybody State; writer, Notes on Freedom
David Davismember of parliament, Conservative Party
Dr Tiffany Jenkinswriter and broadcaster; author, Strangers and Intimates (forthcoming) and Keeping Their Marbles
Tim Stanleycolumnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West
CHAIR
Ella Whelanco-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4882</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>269</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Let's talk about race</title>
        <itunes:title>Let's talk about race</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/lets-talk-about-race/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/lets-talk-about-race/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 10:42:44 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/93e484fd-8591-3185-b5ed-df7b6b17dd0e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
Too often, talking about race feels fraught with difficulty, leaving us walking on eggshells to avoid offence. However, this can mean that important questions and queries go unanswered, and grievances can fester. Luckily, more and more authors are taking up the challenge – and this session features three of them in conversation.</p>
<p>Rakib Ehsan’s Beyond Grievance: What the Left Gets Wrong About Ethnic Minorities argues that the left too often buys into toxic, imported ideologies around identity politics. Left-wingers are also complacent, he argues, assuming they can depend upon a traditional support base among ethnic minorities. As a result, they fail to engage with the small-c conservative values around family, faith and flag that many of these communities support. Yet these values could create a fairer multi-ethnic society based upon equal opportunity, social cohesion and a national sense of belonging.</p>
<p>Remi Adekoya’s book It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth notes that Western conversations on race and racism often revolve around the holy trinity of the race debate: colonialism, the trans-Atlantic slave trade and the ideology of white supremacism. However, Adekoya argues that it is socioeconomic realities which play the leading role in sustaining racial hierarchies in everyday life. He looks at the global big picture, regularly overlooked in the current debate.</p>
<p>Finally, in Against Decolonisation: Campus Culture Wars and the Decline of the West, Doug Stokes challenges the theories and arguments deployed by ‘decolonisers’ in a university system now characterised by garbled leadership and illiberal groupthink. More broadly, Stokes examines the threat posed by Critical Theory to wider society and critiques the desire to question the West’s sense of itself, deconstruct its narratives and overthrow its institutional order.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Remi Adekoya
lecturer of politics, University of York; author It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth and Biracial Britain</p>
<p>Dr Rakib Ehsan
author, Beyond Grievance: what the Left gets wrong about ethnic minorities</p>
<p>Professor Doug Stokes
professor in international security and director of the Strategy and Security Institute, University of Exeter; senior adviser, Legatum Institute; author, The Geopolitics of the Culture Wars</p>
<p>CHAIR
Dr Jim Butcher
lecturer; researcher; co-author, Volunteer Tourism: the lifestyle politics of international development</p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October at Church House, London.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
Too often, talking about race feels fraught with difficulty, leaving us walking on eggshells to avoid offence. However, this can mean that important questions and queries go unanswered, and grievances can fester. Luckily, more and more authors are taking up the challenge – and this session features three of them in conversation.</p>
<p>Rakib Ehsan’s <em>Beyond Grievance: What the Left Gets Wrong About Ethnic Minorities</em> argues that the left too often buys into toxic, imported ideologies around identity politics. Left-wingers are also complacent, he argues, assuming they can depend upon a traditional support base among ethnic minorities. As a result, they fail to engage with the small-c conservative values around family, faith and flag that many of these communities support. Yet these values could create a fairer multi-ethnic society based upon equal opportunity, social cohesion and a national sense of belonging.</p>
<p>Remi Adekoya’s book <em>It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth</em> notes that Western conversations on race and racism often revolve around the holy trinity of the race debate: colonialism, the trans-Atlantic slave trade and the ideology of white supremacism. However, Adekoya argues that it is socioeconomic realities which play the leading role in sustaining racial hierarchies in everyday life. He looks at the global big picture, regularly overlooked in the current debate.</p>
<p>Finally, in <em>Against Decolonisation: Campus Culture Wars and the Decline of the West</em>, Doug Stokes challenges the theories and arguments deployed by ‘decolonisers’ in a university system now characterised by garbled leadership and illiberal groupthink. More broadly, Stokes examines the threat posed by Critical Theory to wider society and critiques the desire to question the West’s sense of itself, deconstruct its narratives and overthrow its institutional order.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Remi Adekoya<br>
lecturer of politics, University of York; author It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth and Biracial Britain</p>
<p>Dr Rakib Ehsan<br>
author, Beyond Grievance: what the Left gets wrong about ethnic minorities</p>
<p>Professor Doug Stokes<br>
professor in international security and director of the Strategy and Security Institute, University of Exeter; senior adviser, Legatum Institute; author, The Geopolitics of the Culture Wars</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Dr Jim Butcher<br>
lecturer; researcher; co-author, Volunteer Tourism: the lifestyle politics of international development</p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/acsq9b/Lets_talk_about_race6rbty.mp3" length="82452606" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October at Church House, London.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONToo often, talking about race feels fraught with difficulty, leaving us walking on eggshells to avoid offence. However, this can mean that important questions and queries go unanswered, and grievances can fester. Luckily, more and more authors are taking up the challenge – and this session features three of them in conversation.
Rakib Ehsan’s Beyond Grievance: What the Left Gets Wrong About Ethnic Minorities argues that the left too often buys into toxic, imported ideologies around identity politics. Left-wingers are also complacent, he argues, assuming they can depend upon a traditional support base among ethnic minorities. As a result, they fail to engage with the small-c conservative values around family, faith and flag that many of these communities support. Yet these values could create a fairer multi-ethnic society based upon equal opportunity, social cohesion and a national sense of belonging.
Remi Adekoya’s book It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth notes that Western conversations on race and racism often revolve around the holy trinity of the race debate: colonialism, the trans-Atlantic slave trade and the ideology of white supremacism. However, Adekoya argues that it is socioeconomic realities which play the leading role in sustaining racial hierarchies in everyday life. He looks at the global big picture, regularly overlooked in the current debate.
Finally, in Against Decolonisation: Campus Culture Wars and the Decline of the West, Doug Stokes challenges the theories and arguments deployed by ‘decolonisers’ in a university system now characterised by garbled leadership and illiberal groupthink. More broadly, Stokes examines the threat posed by Critical Theory to wider society and critiques the desire to question the West’s sense of itself, deconstruct its narratives and overthrow its institutional order.
SPEAKERS
Dr Remi Adekoyalecturer of politics, University of York; author It’s Not About Whiteness, It’s About Wealth and Biracial Britain
Dr Rakib Ehsanauthor, Beyond Grievance: what the Left gets wrong about ethnic minorities
Professor Doug Stokesprofessor in international security and director of the Strategy and Security Institute, University of Exeter; senior adviser, Legatum Institute; author, The Geopolitics of the Culture Wars
CHAIRDr Jim Butcherlecturer; researcher; co-author, Volunteer Tourism: the lifestyle politics of international development
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5605</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>268</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Still in the race: understanding Trumpism</title>
        <itunes:title>Still in the race: understanding Trumpism</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/still-in-the-race-understanding-trumpism-1706283548/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/still-in-the-race-understanding-trumpism-1706283548/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jan 2024 15:39:08 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f80aa85a-198e-3a43-b7f3-eede761613af</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/explaining-trumpism/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
Trump is perhaps the most widely vilified political leader of modern times – yet he retains a huge measure of support. So seemingly assured of securing the Republican nomination that he can forgo the candidates’ televised debates, he also transformed his arrest for interfering with the 2020 election into a world-shaking media opportunity, with his mugshot reverberating across the globe. But what underpins his appeal?</p>
<p>For some, it is precisely the relentless demonisation of Trump that generates the appeal – whatever Trumpists think of some of his policies or personal conduct, they identify with his vilification by the same liberal, coastal elites who denounce them as ‘deplorables’. Others insist that Trump invents and exploits animosities against immigrants and evokes a ‘paranoid’ vein in American politics. Or perhaps Trump simply appeals to voters fed up the stale consensus that has dominated American politics – or maybe he just livens things up.</p>
<p>What explains Trumps’ enduring appeal, and how should liberals, conservatives and populists alike respond?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Mary Dejevsky
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster</p>
<p>Matthew Feeney
writer; head of technology and innovation, Centre for Policy Studies; former director, Cato Institute’s Project on Emerging Technologies</p>
<p>Michael Goldfarb
journalist and historian, creator, FRDH Podcast; documentary maker, Evangelical or Political Christianity?; author, The Martyrdom of Ahmad Shawkat</p>
<p>Dr Cheryl Hudson
lecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity</p>
<p>CHAIR
Jacob Reynolds
head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/explaining-trumpism/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
Trump is perhaps the most widely vilified political leader of modern times – yet he retains a huge measure of support. So seemingly assured of securing the Republican nomination that he can forgo the candidates’ televised debates, he also transformed his arrest for interfering with the 2020 election into a world-shaking media opportunity, with his mugshot reverberating across the globe. But what underpins his appeal?</p>
<p>For some, it is precisely the relentless demonisation of Trump that generates the appeal – whatever Trumpists think of some of his policies or personal conduct, they identify with his vilification by the same liberal, coastal elites who denounce them as ‘deplorables’. Others insist that Trump invents and exploits animosities against immigrants and evokes a ‘paranoid’ vein in American politics. Or perhaps Trump simply appeals to voters fed up the stale consensus that has dominated American politics – or maybe he just livens things up.</p>
<p>What explains Trumps’ enduring appeal, and how should liberals, conservatives and populists alike respond?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Mary Dejevsky<br>
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster</p>
<p>Matthew Feeney<br>
writer; head of technology and innovation, Centre for Policy Studies; former director, Cato Institute’s Project on Emerging Technologies</p>
<p>Michael Goldfarb<br>
journalist and historian, creator, FRDH Podcast; documentary maker, Evangelical or Political Christianity?; author, The Martyrdom of Ahmad Shawkat</p>
<p>Dr Cheryl Hudson<br>
lecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Jacob Reynolds<br>
head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xmvh2z/Still_in_the_race_understanding_Trumpism_1_7bo0e.mp3" length="79479479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2023 on Sunday 29 October.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONTrump is perhaps the most widely vilified political leader of modern times – yet he retains a huge measure of support. So seemingly assured of securing the Republican nomination that he can forgo the candidates’ televised debates, he also transformed his arrest for interfering with the 2020 election into a world-shaking media opportunity, with his mugshot reverberating across the globe. But what underpins his appeal?
For some, it is precisely the relentless demonisation of Trump that generates the appeal – whatever Trumpists think of some of his policies or personal conduct, they identify with his vilification by the same liberal, coastal elites who denounce them as ‘deplorables’. Others insist that Trump invents and exploits animosities against immigrants and evokes a ‘paranoid’ vein in American politics. Or perhaps Trump simply appeals to voters fed up the stale consensus that has dominated American politics – or maybe he just livens things up.
What explains Trumps’ enduring appeal, and how should liberals, conservatives and populists alike respond?
SPEAKERSMary Dejevskyformer foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster
Matthew Feeneywriter; head of technology and innovation, Centre for Policy Studies; former director, Cato Institute’s Project on Emerging Technologies
Michael Goldfarbjournalist and historian, creator, FRDH Podcast; documentary maker, Evangelical or Political Christianity?; author, The Martyrdom of Ahmad Shawkat
Dr Cheryl Hudsonlecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity
CHAIRJacob Reynoldshead of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5553</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>267</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Extreme weather: can we adapt to a changing climate?</title>
        <itunes:title>Extreme weather: can we adapt to a changing climate?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/extreme-weather-can-we-adapt-to-a-changing-climate/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/extreme-weather-can-we-adapt-to-a-changing-climate/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2024 15:36:47 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/76989b44-371c-3ee2-aa43-ebdd29b536c3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/extreme-weather-can-we-adapt-to-a-changing-climate/'>debate</a> at Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 29 October 2023.</p>
<p>The wildfire in Hawaii in August is just one example of extreme weather and natural disasters in recent months. Southern Europe has baked in record temperatures. Indeed, July was reportedly the hottest month globally since records began. Earlier this year, wildfires in Canada covered much of the north-eastern US with smoke. There have also been major floods and landslides this year in Sweden, Slovenia and the Czech Republic. Last year, devastating floods affected Pakistan, leaving over 1,700 people dead.</p>
<p>Environmental campaigners, experts and many politicians argue that climate change is already making such events more likely. Disasters aside, extreme weather events make life much more unpleasant and costly. Extreme weather will continue to become more common unless we phase out fossil fuels and cut emissions.</p>
<p>But others note that the data on extreme weather does not, in the main, support the idea that these events are becoming more common. Moreover, they argue that economic development allows societies to be better prepared and more resilient when disaster strikes. Diverting vast resources to reducing emissions could actually lead to more deaths in the future, particularly in poorer countries.</p>
<p>Should we spend trillions on reducing our greenhouse-gas emissions? Given that economic losses from such events can be enormous, even if lives are saved, isn’t prevention better than cure? Or would that money be better spent on making societies more resilient to extreme weather? Does the narrative of climate-change catastrophe get in the way of less dramatic measures that can protect people and property?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Timandra Harkness
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, Radio 4's FutureProofing and How to Disagree; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>Laurie Laybourn
researcher; writer; associate fellow, Institute for Public Policy Research; co-author, Planet on Fire: A manifesto for the age of environmental breakdown</p>
<p>Harry Wilkinson
head of policy, Global Warming Policy Foundation</p>
<p>Martin Wright
director, Positive News; formerly editor-in-chief, Green Futures; former director, Forum for the Future</p>
<p>CHAIR
Jacob Reynolds
head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/extreme-weather-can-we-adapt-to-a-changing-climate/'>debate</a> at Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 29 October 2023.</p>
<p>The wildfire in Hawaii in August is just one example of extreme weather and natural disasters in recent months. Southern Europe has baked in record temperatures. Indeed, July was reportedly the hottest month globally since records began. Earlier this year, wildfires in Canada covered much of the north-eastern US with smoke. There have also been major floods and landslides this year in Sweden, Slovenia and the Czech Republic. Last year, devastating floods affected Pakistan, leaving over 1,700 people dead.</p>
<p>Environmental campaigners, experts and many politicians argue that climate change is already making such events more likely. Disasters aside, extreme weather events make life much more unpleasant and costly. Extreme weather will continue to become more common unless we phase out fossil fuels and cut emissions.</p>
<p>But others note that the data on extreme weather does not, in the main, support the idea that these events are becoming more common. Moreover, they argue that economic development allows societies to be better prepared and more resilient when disaster strikes. Diverting vast resources to reducing emissions could actually lead to more deaths in the future, particularly in poorer countries.</p>
<p>Should we spend trillions on reducing our greenhouse-gas emissions? Given that economic losses from such events can be enormous, even if lives are saved, isn’t prevention better than cure? Or would that money be better spent on making societies more resilient to extreme weather? Does the narrative of climate-change catastrophe get in the way of less dramatic measures that can protect people and property?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Timandra Harkness<br>
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, Radio 4's FutureProofing and How to Disagree; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>Laurie Laybourn<br>
researcher; writer; associate fellow, Institute for Public Policy Research; co-author, Planet on Fire: A manifesto for the age of environmental breakdown</p>
<p>Harry Wilkinson<br>
head of policy, Global Warming Policy Foundation</p>
<p>Martin Wright<br>
director, Positive News; formerly editor-in-chief, Green Futures; former director, Forum for the Future</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Jacob Reynolds<br>
head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3aygec/Extreme_weather_can_we_adapt_to_a_changing_climate9r6j3.mp3" length="78174479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 29 October 2023.
The wildfire in Hawaii in August is just one example of extreme weather and natural disasters in recent months. Southern Europe has baked in record temperatures. Indeed, July was reportedly the hottest month globally since records began. Earlier this year, wildfires in Canada covered much of the north-eastern US with smoke. There have also been major floods and landslides this year in Sweden, Slovenia and the Czech Republic. Last year, devastating floods affected Pakistan, leaving over 1,700 people dead.
Environmental campaigners, experts and many politicians argue that climate change is already making such events more likely. Disasters aside, extreme weather events make life much more unpleasant and costly. Extreme weather will continue to become more common unless we phase out fossil fuels and cut emissions.
But others note that the data on extreme weather does not, in the main, support the idea that these events are becoming more common. Moreover, they argue that economic development allows societies to be better prepared and more resilient when disaster strikes. Diverting vast resources to reducing emissions could actually lead to more deaths in the future, particularly in poorer countries.
Should we spend trillions on reducing our greenhouse-gas emissions? Given that economic losses from such events can be enormous, even if lives are saved, isn’t prevention better than cure? Or would that money be better spent on making societies more resilient to extreme weather? Does the narrative of climate-change catastrophe get in the way of less dramatic measures that can protect people and property?
SPEAKERSTimandra Harknessjournalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, Radio 4's FutureProofing and How to Disagree; author, Big Data: does size matter?
Laurie Laybournresearcher; writer; associate fellow, Institute for Public Policy Research; co-author, Planet on Fire: A manifesto for the age of environmental breakdown
Harry Wilkinsonhead of policy, Global Warming Policy Foundation
Martin Wrightdirector, Positive News; formerly editor-in-chief, Green Futures; former director, Forum for the Future
CHAIRJacob Reynoldshead of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4601</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>266</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: Rwanda, Rochdale and the Middle East</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: Rwanda, Rochdale and the Middle East</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-rwanda-rochdale-and-the-middle-east/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-rwanda-rochdale-and-the-middle-east/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sun, 21 Jan 2024 10:32:06 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e1cb4d08-30a3-3b32-9b60-2b321f1e2952</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Was the UK government's Rwanda scheme for asylum seekers doomed to fail? Why has it taken 20 years for the young girls who were victims of Rochdale's grooming gangs to get justice? And why are they cheering the Houthis in New York?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Was the UK government's Rwanda scheme for asylum seekers doomed to fail? Why has it taken 20 years for the young girls who were victims of Rochdale's grooming gangs to get justice? And why are they cheering the Houthis in New York?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6vhhsj/PodcastOfIdeas21Jan2024.mp3" length="37254078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Was the UK government's Rwanda scheme for asylum seekers doomed to fail? Why has it taken 20 years for the young girls who were victims of Rochdale's grooming gangs to get justice? And why are they cheering the Houthis in New York?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2712</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>265</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv_uvjrji.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Still in the race: understanding Trumpism</title>
        <itunes:title>Still in the race: understanding Trumpism</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/still-in-the-race-understanding-trumpism/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/still-in-the-race-understanding-trumpism/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jan 2024 15:25:02 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/5350b785-32db-33a2-90f9-1fe185f76e6d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Former US president and Republican frontrunner Donald Trump has been in the news constantly in recent weeks. Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 29 October 2023 which examines his popularity and trends in US politics.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Trump is perhaps the most widely vilified political leader of modern times – yet he retains a huge measure of support. So seemingly assured of securing the Republican nomination that he can forgo the candidates’ televised debates, he also transformed his arrest for interfering with the 2020 election into a world-shaking media opportunity, with his mugshot reverberating across the globe. But what underpins his appeal?</p>
<p>For some, it is precisely the relentless demonisation of Trump that generates the appeal – whatever Trumpists think of some of his policies or personal conduct, they identify with his vilification by the same liberal, coastal elites who denounce them as ‘deplorables’. Others insist that Trump invents and exploits animosities against immigrants and evokes a ‘paranoid’ vein in American politics. Or perhaps Trump simply appeals to voters fed up the stale consensus that has dominated American politics – or maybe he just livens things up.</p>
<p>What explains Trumps’ enduring appeal, and how should liberals, conservatives and populists alike respond?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Mary Dejevsky
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster

Matthew Feeney
writer; head of technology and innovation, Centre for Policy Studies; former director, Cato Institute’s Project on Emerging Technologies</p>
<p>
Michael Goldfarb
journalist and historian, creator, FRDH Podcast; documentary maker, Evangelical or Political Christianity?; author, The Martyrdom of Ahmad Shawkat</p>
<p>
Dr Cheryl Hudson
lecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Jacob Reynolds
head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Former US president and Republican frontrunner Donald Trump has been in the news constantly in recent weeks. Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 29 October 2023 which examines his popularity and trends in US politics.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Trump is perhaps the most widely vilified political leader of modern times – yet he retains a huge measure of support. So seemingly assured of securing the Republican nomination that he can forgo the candidates’ televised debates, he also transformed his arrest for interfering with the 2020 election into a world-shaking media opportunity, with his mugshot reverberating across the globe. But what underpins his appeal?</p>
<p>For some, it is precisely the relentless demonisation of Trump that generates the appeal – whatever Trumpists think of some of his policies or personal conduct, they identify with his vilification by the same liberal, coastal elites who denounce them as ‘deplorables’. Others insist that Trump invents and exploits animosities against immigrants and evokes a ‘paranoid’ vein in American politics. Or perhaps Trump simply appeals to voters fed up the stale consensus that has dominated American politics – or maybe he just livens things up.</p>
<p>What explains Trumps’ enduring appeal, and how should liberals, conservatives and populists alike respond?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Mary Dejevsky<br>
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster<br>
<br>
Matthew Feeney<br>
writer; head of technology and innovation, Centre for Policy Studies; former director, Cato Institute’s Project on Emerging Technologies</p>
<p><br>
Michael Goldfarb<br>
journalist and historian, creator, FRDH Podcast; documentary maker, Evangelical or Political Christianity?; author, The Martyrdom of Ahmad Shawkat</p>
<p><br>
Dr Cheryl Hudson<br>
lecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Jacob Reynolds<br>
head of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/biwyw9/Still_in_the_race_understanding_Trumpismbmfrn.mp3" length="79479479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Former US president and Republican frontrunner Donald Trump has been in the news constantly in recent weeks. Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 29 October 2023 which examines his popularity and trends in US politics.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
Trump is perhaps the most widely vilified political leader of modern times – yet he retains a huge measure of support. So seemingly assured of securing the Republican nomination that he can forgo the candidates’ televised debates, he also transformed his arrest for interfering with the 2020 election into a world-shaking media opportunity, with his mugshot reverberating across the globe. But what underpins his appeal?
For some, it is precisely the relentless demonisation of Trump that generates the appeal – whatever Trumpists think of some of his policies or personal conduct, they identify with his vilification by the same liberal, coastal elites who denounce them as ‘deplorables’. Others insist that Trump invents and exploits animosities against immigrants and evokes a ‘paranoid’ vein in American politics. Or perhaps Trump simply appeals to voters fed up the stale consensus that has dominated American politics – or maybe he just livens things up.
What explains Trumps’ enduring appeal, and how should liberals, conservatives and populists alike respond?
SPEAKERS
Mary Dejevskyformer foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcasterMatthew Feeneywriter; head of technology and innovation, Centre for Policy Studies; former director, Cato Institute’s Project on Emerging Technologies
Michael Goldfarbjournalist and historian, creator, FRDH Podcast; documentary maker, Evangelical or Political Christianity?; author, The Martyrdom of Ahmad Shawkat
Dr Cheryl Hudsonlecturer in US political history, University of Liverpool; author, Citizenship in Chicago: race, culture and the remaking of American identity
CHAIR
Jacob Reynoldshead of policy, MCC Brussels; associate fellow, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5553</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>264</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Trust me, I’m your doctor: are GPs in crisis?</title>
        <itunes:title>Trust me, I’m your doctor: are GPs in crisis?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/trust-me-i-m-your-doctor-are-gps-in-crisis/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/trust-me-i-m-your-doctor-are-gps-in-crisis/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2023 14:27:12 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/07d437ec-e570-319d-a99f-3208bb3814f4</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On the 75th anniversary of the founding of the UK's National Health Service, listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival, recorded on Sunday 16 October 2022.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
In the wake of the pandemic, many people have expressed frustration about waiting times and the lack of face-to-face appointments with GPs. At the same time, doctors have threatened strike action over new contracts stipulating longer opening times to catch up with the backlog. In some areas of the country, there is just one GP for every 2,500 patients, yet in other places, doctors have demanded legal limits on the number of patients they see.</p>
<p>The suspicion in some quarters is that GPs are being lazy, or have lost their sense of vocation. Anecdotes about patients waiting hours to be fobbed off with a hurried telephone call from a GP are commonplace. But the Royal College of General Practitioners has pushed back, claiming that this suggestion is false and is undermining GP morale, which was already low. Several surveys indicate the NHS faces an exodus of experienced GPs, with many taking early retirement or reducing their hours due to workload pressure. Even increases in trainee doctors will not relieve the strain.</p>
<p>It seems that GPs are working harder than ever and yet people still can’t get the appointments they need. Is this predominantly due to the increased pressures caused by the pandemic, or are government critics right to suggest that the NHS has been underfunded for decades? Do we need to do more to incentivise more doctors to become GPs or is the GP as the first port of call for healthcare now outmoded? And is the solution to this perhaps bigger than intermittent injections of cash? Has the pandemic caused a crisis in GP provision or led to patient anxieties being exacerbated – or both? What is causing this crisis in trust for our once-beloved family doctors?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Professor Dame Clare Gerada
London-based GP; president, Royal College of General Practitioners</p>
<p>Sheila Lewis
retired management consultant; patient member, Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust</p>
<p>Allison Pearson
columnist and chief interviewer, Daily Telegraph; co-presenter, Planet Normal podcast</p>
<p>Jo Phillips
journalist; co-author, Why Vote? and Why Join a Trade Union?; former political advisor; fellow, Radix</p>
<p>Charlotte Pickles
director, Reform; former managing editor, UnHerd; member, Social Security Advisory Committee (SSAC) and the NHS Assembly</p>
<p>CHAIR
Tony Gilland
teacher of maths and economics; Associate Fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On the 75th anniversary of the founding of the UK's National Health Service, listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival, recorded on Sunday 16 October 2022.</p>
<p>ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION<br>
In the wake of the pandemic, many people have expressed frustration about waiting times and the lack of face-to-face appointments with GPs. At the same time, doctors have threatened strike action over new contracts stipulating longer opening times to catch up with the backlog. In some areas of the country, there is just one GP for every 2,500 patients, yet in other places, doctors have demanded legal limits on the number of patients they see.</p>
<p>The suspicion in some quarters is that GPs are being lazy, or have lost their sense of vocation. Anecdotes about patients waiting hours to be fobbed off with a hurried telephone call from a GP are commonplace. But the Royal College of General Practitioners has pushed back, claiming that this suggestion is false and is undermining GP morale, which was already low. Several surveys indicate the NHS faces an exodus of experienced GPs, with many taking early retirement or reducing their hours due to workload pressure. Even increases in trainee doctors will not relieve the strain.</p>
<p>It seems that GPs are working harder than ever and yet people still can’t get the appointments they need. Is this predominantly due to the increased pressures caused by the pandemic, or are government critics right to suggest that the NHS has been underfunded for decades? Do we need to do more to incentivise more doctors to become GPs or is the GP as the first port of call for healthcare now outmoded? And is the solution to this perhaps bigger than intermittent injections of cash? Has the pandemic caused a crisis in GP provision or led to patient anxieties being exacerbated – or both? What is causing this crisis in trust for our once-beloved family doctors?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Professor Dame Clare Gerada<br>
London-based GP; president, Royal College of General Practitioners</p>
<p>Sheila Lewis<br>
retired management consultant; patient member, Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust</p>
<p>Allison Pearson<br>
columnist and chief interviewer, Daily Telegraph; co-presenter, Planet Normal podcast</p>
<p>Jo Phillips<br>
journalist; co-author, Why Vote? and Why Join a Trade Union?; former political advisor; fellow, Radix</p>
<p>Charlotte Pickles<br>
director, Reform; former managing editor, UnHerd; member, Social Security Advisory Committee (SSAC) and the NHS Assembly</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Tony Gilland<br>
teacher of maths and economics; Associate Fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/g3qswm/Trust_me_Im_your_doctor_are_GPs_in_crisis7hunr.mp3" length="129783957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On the 75th anniversary of the founding of the UK's National Health Service, listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival, recorded on Sunday 16 October 2022.
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTIONIn the wake of the pandemic, many people have expressed frustration about waiting times and the lack of face-to-face appointments with GPs. At the same time, doctors have threatened strike action over new contracts stipulating longer opening times to catch up with the backlog. In some areas of the country, there is just one GP for every 2,500 patients, yet in other places, doctors have demanded legal limits on the number of patients they see.
The suspicion in some quarters is that GPs are being lazy, or have lost their sense of vocation. Anecdotes about patients waiting hours to be fobbed off with a hurried telephone call from a GP are commonplace. But the Royal College of General Practitioners has pushed back, claiming that this suggestion is false and is undermining GP morale, which was already low. Several surveys indicate the NHS faces an exodus of experienced GPs, with many taking early retirement or reducing their hours due to workload pressure. Even increases in trainee doctors will not relieve the strain.
It seems that GPs are working harder than ever and yet people still can’t get the appointments they need. Is this predominantly due to the increased pressures caused by the pandemic, or are government critics right to suggest that the NHS has been underfunded for decades? Do we need to do more to incentivise more doctors to become GPs or is the GP as the first port of call for healthcare now outmoded? And is the solution to this perhaps bigger than intermittent injections of cash? Has the pandemic caused a crisis in GP provision or led to patient anxieties being exacerbated – or both? What is causing this crisis in trust for our once-beloved family doctors?
SPEAKERSProfessor Dame Clare GeradaLondon-based GP; president, Royal College of General Practitioners
Sheila Lewisretired management consultant; patient member, Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust
Allison Pearsoncolumnist and chief interviewer, Daily Telegraph; co-presenter, Planet Normal podcast
Jo Phillipsjournalist; co-author, Why Vote? and Why Join a Trade Union?; former political advisor; fellow, Radix
Charlotte Picklesdirector, Reform; former managing editor, UnHerd; member, Social Security Advisory Committee (SSAC) and the NHS Assembly
CHAIRTony Gillandteacher of maths and economics; Associate Fellow, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5472</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>263</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Jack Hues in conversation: Reflections of a Rock Star</title>
        <itunes:title>Jack Hues in conversation: Reflections of a Rock Star</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/jack-hues-in-conversation-reflections-of-a-rock-star/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/jack-hues-in-conversation-reflections-of-a-rock-star/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 19 May 2023 16:50:07 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/2947b7ce-f1f6-33c4-8acb-ef8ca0dc7e2d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Academy of Ideas' <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/jack-hues-in-conversation-reflections-of-a-rock-star/'>Arts and Society Forum</a>, held on Wednesday 17 May 2023.</p>
<p>English singer-songwriter Jack Hues discusses his varied musical career, key influences, inspirations and motivations – and shares his insights on how music is faring in our fast changing world and the culture war.</p>
<p>Hues’ musical career and influences straddle popular and classical genres, from the Beatles and Jimi Hendrix to Stravinsky, Beethoven and beyond. Having studied music at Goldsmiths and the Royal Academy of Music, and then launching his career in the late 1970s, as frontman of New Wave band Wang Chung, Hues enjoyed chart success in Britain, Europe and especially the US. He has never stopped creating music.</p>
<p>After several years of touring Wang Chung during the 1980s, Hues moved onto creating solo pieces including a number of film scores in the 1990s. In the early 2000s, he co-founded the jazz-influenced The Quartet, which released two albums, both to critical acclaim.</p>
<p>Between 2020 – 2022, he released two solo albums, Primitif and Electro-Acoustic Works 20:20 and most recently a double live album with members of The Quartet, rock band Syd Artrhur and free jazz exponents Led Bib entitled “Epigonal Quark”, all receiving warm critical acclaim. He has also taught songwriting at Christ Church University in Canterbury.</p>
<p>Music fan and democracy campaigner, Niall Crowley, explores a wide range of issues with Jack Hues, including how the music industry is evolving under changing political and social pressures; innovation, radicalism and conservatism in music; whether now is a good or bad time for music and budding musicians; and what is happening to music education.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Academy of Ideas' <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/jack-hues-in-conversation-reflections-of-a-rock-star/'>Arts and Society Forum</a>, held on Wednesday 17 May 2023.</p>
<p>English singer-songwriter Jack Hues discusses his varied musical career, key influences, inspirations and motivations – and shares his insights on how music is faring in our fast changing world and the culture war.</p>
<p>Hues’ musical career and influences straddle popular and classical genres, from the Beatles and Jimi Hendrix to Stravinsky, Beethoven and beyond. Having studied music at Goldsmiths and the Royal Academy of Music, and then launching his career in the late 1970s, as frontman of New Wave band Wang Chung, Hues enjoyed chart success in Britain, Europe and especially the US. He has never stopped creating music.</p>
<p>After several years of touring Wang Chung during the 1980s, Hues moved onto creating solo pieces including a number of film scores in the 1990s. In the early 2000s, he co-founded the jazz-influenced The Quartet, which released two albums, both to critical acclaim.</p>
<p>Between 2020 – 2022, he released two solo albums, <em>Primitif</em> and <em>Electro-Acoustic Works 20:20</em> and most recently a double live album with members of The Quartet, rock band Syd Artrhur and free jazz exponents Led Bib entitled “Epigonal Quark”, all receiving warm critical acclaim. He has also taught songwriting at Christ Church University in Canterbury.</p>
<p>Music fan and democracy campaigner, Niall Crowley, explores a wide range of issues with Jack Hues, including how the music industry is evolving under changing political and social pressures; innovation, radicalism and conservatism in music; whether now is a good or bad time for music and budding musicians; and what is happening to music education.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u74zr7/A_SF_Jack_Huesbnwsy.mp3" length="87918640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording from the Academy of Ideas' Arts and Society Forum, held on Wednesday 17 May 2023.
English singer-songwriter Jack Hues discusses his varied musical career, key influences, inspirations and motivations – and shares his insights on how music is faring in our fast changing world and the culture war.
Hues’ musical career and influences straddle popular and classical genres, from the Beatles and Jimi Hendrix to Stravinsky, Beethoven and beyond. Having studied music at Goldsmiths and the Royal Academy of Music, and then launching his career in the late 1970s, as frontman of New Wave band Wang Chung, Hues enjoyed chart success in Britain, Europe and especially the US. He has never stopped creating music.
After several years of touring Wang Chung during the 1980s, Hues moved onto creating solo pieces including a number of film scores in the 1990s. In the early 2000s, he co-founded the jazz-influenced The Quartet, which released two albums, both to critical acclaim.
Between 2020 – 2022, he released two solo albums, Primitif and Electro-Acoustic Works 20:20 and most recently a double live album with members of The Quartet, rock band Syd Artrhur and free jazz exponents Led Bib entitled “Epigonal Quark”, all receiving warm critical acclaim. He has also taught songwriting at Christ Church University in Canterbury.
Music fan and democracy campaigner, Niall Crowley, explores a wide range of issues with Jack Hues, including how the music industry is evolving under changing political and social pressures; innovation, radicalism and conservatism in music; whether now is a good or bad time for music and budding musicians; and what is happening to music education.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5315</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>262</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpeg6aq6v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Cancel culture comes for Claire Fox</title>
        <itunes:title>Cancel culture comes for Claire Fox</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cancel-culture-at-royal-holloway/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cancel-culture-at-royal-holloway/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 10:14:20 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/35a02ec3-532e-3322-9771-e0cd91b617ba</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Jacob Reynolds talks to one of the students who was at the centre of the controversy surrounding Claire Fox's cancellation at Royal Holloway University, Omar Loubak. Omar was an organiser at the Debating Society, and has a unique insight into how these kinds of cancellations proceed on campus. Listen for an episode of Podcast of Ideas where he and Jacob discuss the case.</p>
<p>Read More: 
<a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/p/cancel-culture-comes-for-claire-fox#details'>https://clairefox.substack.com/p/cancel-culture-comes-for-claire-fox#details</a></p>
<p>
<a href='https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2023/03/22/chilling-truth-cancellation/'>https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2023/03/22/chilling-truth-cancellation/</a></p>
<p>
<a href='https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/claire-fox-trans-joke-ricky-gervais-royal-holloway-university-2023-knj5xwzh6'>https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/claire-fox-trans-joke-ricky-gervais-royal-holloway-university-2023-knj5xwzh6</a></p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Jacob Reynolds talks to one of the students who was at the centre of the controversy surrounding Claire Fox's cancellation at Royal Holloway University, Omar Loubak. Omar was an organiser at the Debating Society, and has a unique insight into how these kinds of cancellations proceed on campus. Listen for an episode of Podcast of Ideas where he and Jacob discuss the case.</p>
<p>Read More: <br>
<a href='https://clairefox.substack.com/p/cancel-culture-comes-for-claire-fox#details'>https://clairefox.substack.com/p/cancel-culture-comes-for-claire-fox#details</a></p>
<p><br>
<a href='https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2023/03/22/chilling-truth-cancellation/'>https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2023/03/22/chilling-truth-cancellation/</a></p>
<p><br>
<a href='https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/claire-fox-trans-joke-ricky-gervais-royal-holloway-university-2023-knj5xwzh6'>https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/claire-fox-trans-joke-ricky-gervais-royal-holloway-university-2023-knj5xwzh6</a></p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/aavtv2/Omar_Mohammed_Podcast_of_Ideas_23_March6en2d.mp3" length="29582880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Jacob Reynolds talks to one of the students who was at the centre of the controversy surrounding Claire Fox's cancellation at Royal Holloway University, Omar Loubak. Omar was an organiser at the Debating Society, and has a unique insight into how these kinds of cancellations proceed on campus. Listen for an episode of Podcast of Ideas where he and Jacob discuss the case.
Read More: https://clairefox.substack.com/p/cancel-culture-comes-for-claire-fox#details
https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2023/03/22/chilling-truth-cancellation/
https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/claire-fox-trans-joke-ricky-gervais-royal-holloway-university-2023-knj5xwzh6
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>911</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>261</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Satirical art and the Culture War, with Miriam Elia</title>
        <itunes:title>Satirical art and the Culture War, with Miriam Elia</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/satirical-art-and-the-culture-war-with-miriam-elia/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/satirical-art-and-the-culture-war-with-miriam-elia/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 22 Mar 2023 14:04:27 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/fd0e6b2b-ad3e-3ce1-9400-069a6279a1ad</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On 13 March 2023, the Arts & Society Forum invited Miriam Elia and Manick Govinda to discuss how Miriam develops her ideas as an artist and how she has managed to make a success of her art, in a competitive and sometimes hostile world. They covered broader issues, including what it means to challenge contemporary orthodoxies and ‘groupthink’, and how artists can survive the culture wars.</p>
<p>Miriam is a conceptual artist, whose diverse work includes short films, animations, illustrated books, prints, drawings and surreal radio writing. She is best known for her art books – including We Go To The Gallery, in which the classic Peter and Jane Ladybird book characters grapple with conceptual art, and We Do Lockdown, where children are forcibly adapted to the ‘new normal’, where a joyless existence is heroically embraced to save humanity.</p>
<p>Manick Govinda is co-curator of Culture Tensions debates at Ujazdowski Castle Centre for Contemporary Art in Warsaw, Poland. In a long and successful career as an arts consultant, mentor and curator, he has been an outspoken defender of freedom of expression and critic in the culture war. Manick is curating Miriam’s solo exhibition at Ujazdowski Castle, launching on 24 March.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On 13 March 2023, the Arts & Society Forum invited Miriam Elia and Manick Govinda to discuss how Miriam develops her ideas as an artist and how she has managed to make a success of her art, in a competitive and sometimes hostile world. They covered broader issues, including what it means to challenge contemporary orthodoxies and ‘groupthink’, and how artists can survive the culture wars.</p>
<p>Miriam is a conceptual artist, whose diverse work includes short films, animations, illustrated books, prints, drawings and surreal radio writing. She is best known for her art books – including We Go To The Gallery, in which the classic Peter and Jane Ladybird book characters grapple with conceptual art, and We Do Lockdown, where children are forcibly adapted to the ‘new normal’, where a joyless existence is heroically embraced to save humanity.</p>
<p>Manick Govinda is co-curator of Culture Tensions debates at Ujazdowski Castle Centre for Contemporary Art in Warsaw, Poland. In a long and successful career as an arts consultant, mentor and curator, he has been an outspoken defender of freedom of expression and critic in the culture war. Manick is curating Miriam’s solo exhibition at Ujazdowski Castle, launching on 24 March.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zdu49f/ArtsAndSocietyForum_MiriamElia.mp3" length="85195400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On 13 March 2023, the Arts & Society Forum invited Miriam Elia and Manick Govinda to discuss how Miriam develops her ideas as an artist and how she has managed to make a success of her art, in a competitive and sometimes hostile world. They covered broader issues, including what it means to challenge contemporary orthodoxies and ‘groupthink’, and how artists can survive the culture wars.
Miriam is a conceptual artist, whose diverse work includes short films, animations, illustrated books, prints, drawings and surreal radio writing. She is best known for her art books – including We Go To The Gallery, in which the classic Peter and Jane Ladybird book characters grapple with conceptual art, and We Do Lockdown, where children are forcibly adapted to the ‘new normal’, where a joyless existence is heroically embraced to save humanity.
Manick Govinda is co-curator of Culture Tensions debates at Ujazdowski Castle Centre for Contemporary Art in Warsaw, Poland. In a long and successful career as an arts consultant, mentor and curator, he has been an outspoken defender of freedom of expression and critic in the culture war. Manick is curating Miriam’s solo exhibition at Ujazdowski Castle, launching on 24 March.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6041</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>260</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpeg812g9.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Gary Lineker: free speech, political debate and impartiality</title>
        <itunes:title>Gary Lineker: free speech, political debate and impartiality</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/gary-lineker-free-speech-political-debate-and-impartiality/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/gary-lineker-free-speech-political-debate-and-impartiality/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2023 17:18:05 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/82beafd5-7496-3764-bc83-364a617405e9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BBC Match of the Day presenter Gary Lineker sparked an enormous row last week after a tweet comparing the government’s language around illegal immigration to 1930s Germany. After he was taken off air, many of his colleagues downed tools in support.</p>
<p>While Lineker may have made up with BBC management for now, the affair has thrown up lots of questions. Should we take Lineker’s comparison seriously? What does the affair say about the current state of free speech in the UK? Are his defenders being opportunistic in defending his right to express his opinions? Is calling for someone you disagree to be ‘cancelled’ ever a legitimate tactic? Is impartiality something worth striving for – and is it even possible? And what have we learned about the way political debate is conducted today?</p>
<p>Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Ella Whelan and Rob Lyons kick some ideas around.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BBC <em>Match of the Day </em>presenter Gary Lineker sparked an enormous row last week after a tweet comparing the government’s language around illegal immigration to 1930s Germany. After he was taken off air, many of his colleagues downed tools in support.</p>
<p>While Lineker may have made up with BBC management for now, the affair has thrown up lots of questions. Should we take Lineker’s comparison seriously? What does the affair say about the current state of free speech in the UK? Are his defenders being opportunistic in defending his right to express his opinions? Is calling for someone you disagree to be ‘cancelled’ ever a legitimate tactic? Is impartiality something worth striving for – and is it even possible? And what have we learned about the way political debate is conducted today?</p>
<p>Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Ella Whelan and Rob Lyons kick some ideas around.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ty84pr/Podcast_of_Ideas_Gary_Lineker7wwkf.mp3" length="32380416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BBC Match of the Day presenter Gary Lineker sparked an enormous row last week after a tweet comparing the government’s language around illegal immigration to 1930s Germany. After he was taken off air, many of his colleagues downed tools in support.
While Lineker may have made up with BBC management for now, the affair has thrown up lots of questions. Should we take Lineker’s comparison seriously? What does the affair say about the current state of free speech in the UK? Are his defenders being opportunistic in defending his right to express his opinions? Is calling for someone you disagree to be ‘cancelled’ ever a legitimate tactic? Is impartiality something worth striving for – and is it even possible? And what have we learned about the way political debate is conducted today?
Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Ella Whelan and Rob Lyons kick some ideas around.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2564</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>259</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>No, Minister! Crisis in the Civil Service</title>
        <itunes:title>No, Minister! Crisis in the Civil Service</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/no-minister-crisis-in-the-civil-service/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/no-minister-crisis-in-the-civil-service/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 08 Mar 2023 16:20:29 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/89e3635c-8c12-3302-8524-30138738152a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>With Sue Gray and Simon Case in the news amid long-running complaints about the effectiveness and impartiality of the government machine, this Battle of Ideas festival 2022 debate seems very topical.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Nick Busvine OBE
consultant; founding partner, Herminius Holdings Ltd; advisory board member, Briefings for Britain; Town Councillor, Sevenoaks; former diplomat, Foreign and Commonwealth Office</p>
<p>Caroline Ffiske
co-founder and spokesperson, Conservatives for Women</p>
<p>Eric Kaufmann
professor of politics, Birkbeck College, University of London; Advisory Council member, Free Speech Union; author, The Political Culture of Young Britain and The Politics of the Culture Wars in Contemporary Britain</p>
<p>Max Wind-Cowie
co-author, A Place for Pride; former head, Progressive Conservatism Project, Demos; commentator</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With Sue Gray and Simon Case in the news amid long-running complaints about the effectiveness and impartiality of the government machine, this Battle of Ideas festival 2022 debate seems very topical.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Nick Busvine OBE<br>
consultant; founding partner, Herminius Holdings Ltd; advisory board member, Briefings for Britain; Town Councillor, Sevenoaks; former diplomat, Foreign and Commonwealth Office</p>
<p>Caroline Ffiske<br>
co-founder and spokesperson, Conservatives for Women</p>
<p>Eric Kaufmann<br>
professor of politics, Birkbeck College, University of London; Advisory Council member, Free Speech Union; author, The Political Culture of Young Britain and The Politics of the Culture Wars in Contemporary Britain</p>
<p>Max Wind-Cowie<br>
co-author, A Place for Pride; former head, Progressive Conservatism Project, Demos; commentator</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7ukvde/No_Minister_Crisis_in_the_Civil_Service_FINALalr21.mp3" length="127746753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[With Sue Gray and Simon Case in the news amid long-running complaints about the effectiveness and impartiality of the government machine, this Battle of Ideas festival 2022 debate seems very topical.
SPEAKERS
Nick Busvine OBEconsultant; founding partner, Herminius Holdings Ltd; advisory board member, Briefings for Britain; Town Councillor, Sevenoaks; former diplomat, Foreign and Commonwealth Office
Caroline Ffiskeco-founder and spokesperson, Conservatives for Women
Eric Kaufmannprofessor of politics, Birkbeck College, University of London; Advisory Council member, Free Speech Union; author, The Political Culture of Young Britain and The Politics of the Culture Wars in Contemporary Britain
Max Wind-Cowieco-author, A Place for Pride; former head, Progressive Conservatism Project, Demos; commentator]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5344</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>258</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Should teachers strike during an education crisis?</title>
        <itunes:title>Should teachers strike during an education crisis?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-teachers-strike-during-an-education-crisis/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-teachers-strike-during-an-education-crisis/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 06 Mar 2023 14:46:12 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f4a84227-307d-38d7-b24f-5b58c62bb456</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion at Accent Study Centre, London on 28 February 2023</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
Following the recent announcement of industrial action by teachers, a Spectator column asked ‘Should teachers really go on strike?’. It argued that teachers are not nearly as enthusiastic about strike action as union leaders claim. While 53% of NEU members in England voted in the ballot, less than 50% of NASUWT members did, meaning the NASUWT ballot failed to meet the legal threshold to strike.</p>
<p>So how widespread is support for the strikes among educators and public, and does public support matter? Some who have traditionally supported the right to strike argue that now is not the time, and that closing schools so soon after the Covid lockdowns, which disrupted education for months and continue to have knock-on effects, is irresponsible.</p>
<p>How do we balance the idea of vocation and public service with the right of teachers to a decent wage and conditions? Would striking during GCSE and A-Level exams, for example, be unacceptable disruption or is causing disruption necessary if workers want to stand up for their rights?</p>
<p>Is a 12% pay claim “fantastical” as government claim or, in a context of more than a decade of longer hours, high inflation and real terms pay cuts, utterly deserved and necessary? With the government’s anti-strike bill moving closer to law, are restrictions on the right of teachers to withdraw their labour justified by the circumstances or do they represent an opportunistic attack on civil liberties?</p>
<p>Join us for this roundtable discussion as we bring together teachers for and against the strike and those undecided, as we explore what it means to be a teacher today.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Conor McCrory
secondary school science teacher, union rep and examiner</p>
<p>Gareth Sturdy
former teacher and union organiser, including a stint as branch president, now writing on the intersection of schools and politics</p>
<p>Gregor Claude
art teacher and former lecturer in cultural theory</p>
<p>CHAIR
Kevin Rooney
teacher and convenor of Academy of Ideas Education Forum</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion at Accent Study Centre, London on 28 February 2023</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
Following the recent announcement of industrial action by teachers, a Spectator column asked ‘Should teachers really go on strike?’. It argued that teachers are not nearly as enthusiastic about strike action as union leaders claim. While 53% of NEU members in England voted in the ballot, less than 50% of NASUWT members did, meaning the NASUWT ballot failed to meet the legal threshold to strike.</p>
<p>So how widespread is support for the strikes among educators and public, and does public support matter? Some who have traditionally supported the right to strike argue that now is not the time, and that closing schools so soon after the Covid lockdowns, which disrupted education for months and continue to have knock-on effects, is irresponsible.</p>
<p>How do we balance the idea of vocation and public service with the right of teachers to a decent wage and conditions? Would striking during GCSE and A-Level exams, for example, be unacceptable disruption or is causing disruption necessary if workers want to stand up for their rights?</p>
<p>Is a 12% pay claim “fantastical” as government claim or, in a context of more than a decade of longer hours, high inflation and real terms pay cuts, utterly deserved and necessary? With the government’s anti-strike bill moving closer to law, are restrictions on the right of teachers to withdraw their labour justified by the circumstances or do they represent an opportunistic attack on civil liberties?</p>
<p>Join us for this roundtable discussion as we bring together teachers for and against the strike and those undecided, as we explore what it means to be a teacher today.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Conor McCrory<br>
secondary school science teacher, union rep and examiner</p>
<p>Gareth Sturdy<br>
former teacher and union organiser, including a stint as branch president, now writing on the intersection of schools and politics</p>
<p>Gregor Claude<br>
art teacher and former lecturer in cultural theory</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Kevin Rooney<br>
teacher and convenor of Academy of Ideas Education Forum</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/tnc26t/Should_Teachers_Strike_During_An_Education_Crisis_-_AOI_Education_Forum_-_28th_Feb_2023_with_music6gtmm.mp3" length="74366312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion at Accent Study Centre, London on 28 February 2023
INTRODUCTIONFollowing the recent announcement of industrial action by teachers, a Spectator column asked ‘Should teachers really go on strike?’. It argued that teachers are not nearly as enthusiastic about strike action as union leaders claim. While 53% of NEU members in England voted in the ballot, less than 50% of NASUWT members did, meaning the NASUWT ballot failed to meet the legal threshold to strike.
So how widespread is support for the strikes among educators and public, and does public support matter? Some who have traditionally supported the right to strike argue that now is not the time, and that closing schools so soon after the Covid lockdowns, which disrupted education for months and continue to have knock-on effects, is irresponsible.
How do we balance the idea of vocation and public service with the right of teachers to a decent wage and conditions? Would striking during GCSE and A-Level exams, for example, be unacceptable disruption or is causing disruption necessary if workers want to stand up for their rights?
Is a 12% pay claim “fantastical” as government claim or, in a context of more than a decade of longer hours, high inflation and real terms pay cuts, utterly deserved and necessary? With the government’s anti-strike bill moving closer to law, are restrictions on the right of teachers to withdraw their labour justified by the circumstances or do they represent an opportunistic attack on civil liberties?
Join us for this roundtable discussion as we bring together teachers for and against the strike and those undecided, as we explore what it means to be a teacher today.
SPEAKERSConor McCrorysecondary school science teacher, union rep and examiner
Gareth Sturdyformer teacher and union organiser, including a stint as branch president, now writing on the intersection of schools and politics
Gregor Claudeart teacher and former lecturer in cultural theory
CHAIRKevin Rooneyteacher and convenor of Academy of Ideas Education Forum]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4539</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>257</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-LM0UoTR1x3kiXnZq-NWlc4w-t3000x3000-300x300.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: demystifying the deal</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: demystifying the deal</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-demystifying-the-deal/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-demystifying-the-deal/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Mar 2023 16:17:33 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/bf3f50fb-f918-3f08-a861-ac41aa466ae4</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by barrister Steven Barrett, Baroness Hoey and Lord Moylan to unpick the Windsor Framework.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by barrister Steven Barrett, Baroness Hoey and Lord Moylan to unpick the Windsor Framework.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pss5yp/The_Windsor_Framework7o2fe.mp3" length="48129804" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by barrister Steven Barrett, Baroness Hoey and Lord Moylan to unpick the Windsor Framework.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3739</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>256</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Have Brits fallen out of love with work?</title>
        <itunes:title>Have Brits fallen out of love with work?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/have-brits-fallen-out-of-love-with-work/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/have-brits-fallen-out-of-love-with-work/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 15:47:40 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/89a188b7-5573-377c-9917-8b755de9274d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion on Tuesday 21 February 2023. Please note that this event was recorded via Zoom and there are occasional, short-lived issues with the audio.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
The Covid pandemic created huge disruption to the UK labour market. Millions of people were forced to stop working, with most receiving furlough payments. Millions more had to work from home. With lockdowns and pandemic-related business closures in the past, what has been the lasting impact of this disruption?</p>
<p>Statistics for employment and earnings published by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) for September to November 2022 show that unemployment remains low (3.7 per cent) while the proportion of people aged 16 to 64 in employment continues to hover around 75 per cent. But the number of people defined as ‘economically inactive’ – not working or seeking work – in this age group grew markedly over the course of the Covid pandemic and in its aftermath. Meanwhile, job vacancies for October to December 2022 remained well over one million, although the vacancy rate has started to decline.</p>
<p>As the Spectator noted in November 2022, ‘more than 20 per cent of working-age Brits are economically inactive, meaning they are neither in work nor looking for it. More than five million are claiming out-of-work benefits.’ Yet this exists alongside widespread staff shortages.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, unprecedented numbers of doctors, nurses and teachers are threatening to leave their jobs due to burnout. Although the unions lay the blame for this on low pay and poor working conditions, it co-exists with an oft-remarked decline in the quality of public service.</p>
<p>Is this a temporary phenomenon that will subside as the impact of the pandemic fades or an acceleration of existing trends? Have many people used the lockdowns as a moment to reflect about their attitude to work – and decided that if they can afford not to work, they won’t? What impact will rising living costs have on these trends? What is the impact on the UK economy of having so many working-age people not working?</p>
<p>SPEAKER
Linda Murdoch is a researcher on well-being and the work ethic. She is also former director of careers at the University of Glasgow.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion on Tuesday 21 February 2023. Please note that this event was recorded via Zoom and there are occasional, short-lived issues with the audio.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
The Covid pandemic created huge disruption to the UK labour market. Millions of people were forced to stop working, with most receiving furlough payments. Millions more had to work from home. With lockdowns and pandemic-related business closures in the past, what has been the lasting impact of this disruption?</p>
<p>Statistics for employment and earnings published by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) for September to November 2022 show that unemployment remains low (3.7 per cent) while the proportion of people aged 16 to 64 in employment continues to hover around 75 per cent. But the number of people defined as ‘economically inactive’ – not working or seeking work – in this age group grew markedly over the course of the Covid pandemic and in its aftermath. Meanwhile, job vacancies for October to December 2022 remained well over one million, although the vacancy rate has started to decline.</p>
<p>As the Spectator noted in November 2022, ‘more than 20 per cent of working-age Brits are economically inactive, meaning they are neither in work nor looking for it. More than five million are claiming out-of-work benefits.’ Yet this exists alongside widespread staff shortages.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, unprecedented numbers of doctors, nurses and teachers are threatening to leave their jobs due to burnout. Although the unions lay the blame for this on low pay and poor working conditions, it co-exists with an oft-remarked decline in the quality of public service.</p>
<p>Is this a temporary phenomenon that will subside as the impact of the pandemic fades or an acceleration of existing trends? Have many people used the lockdowns as a moment to reflect about their attitude to work – and decided that if they can afford not to work, they won’t? What impact will rising living costs have on these trends? What is the impact on the UK economy of having so many working-age people not working?</p>
<p>SPEAKER<br>
Linda Murdoch is a researcher on well-being and the work ethic. She is also former director of careers at the University of Glasgow.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xp4qex/have-brits-fallen-out-of-love-with-work.mp3" length="114105749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion on Tuesday 21 February 2023. Please note that this event was recorded via Zoom and there are occasional, short-lived issues with the audio.
INTRODUCTIONThe Covid pandemic created huge disruption to the UK labour market. Millions of people were forced to stop working, with most receiving furlough payments. Millions more had to work from home. With lockdowns and pandemic-related business closures in the past, what has been the lasting impact of this disruption?
Statistics for employment and earnings published by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) for September to November 2022 show that unemployment remains low (3.7 per cent) while the proportion of people aged 16 to 64 in employment continues to hover around 75 per cent. But the number of people defined as ‘economically inactive’ – not working or seeking work – in this age group grew markedly over the course of the Covid pandemic and in its aftermath. Meanwhile, job vacancies for October to December 2022 remained well over one million, although the vacancy rate has started to decline.
As the Spectator noted in November 2022, ‘more than 20 per cent of working-age Brits are economically inactive, meaning they are neither in work nor looking for it. More than five million are claiming out-of-work benefits.’ Yet this exists alongside widespread staff shortages.
Meanwhile, unprecedented numbers of doctors, nurses and teachers are threatening to leave their jobs due to burnout. Although the unions lay the blame for this on low pay and poor working conditions, it co-exists with an oft-remarked decline in the quality of public service.
Is this a temporary phenomenon that will subside as the impact of the pandemic fades or an acceleration of existing trends? Have many people used the lockdowns as a moment to reflect about their attitude to work – and decided that if they can afford not to work, they won’t? What impact will rising living costs have on these trends? What is the impact on the UK economy of having so many working-age people not working?
SPEAKERLinda Murdoch is a researcher on well-being and the work ethic. She is also former director of careers at the University of Glasgow.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4997</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>255</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas: Frank Furedi on the Ukraine War first anniversary</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas: Frank Furedi on the Ukraine War first anniversary</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-frank-furedi-on-the-ukraine-war-first-anniversary/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-frank-furedi-on-the-ukraine-war-first-anniversary/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Feb 2023 08:59:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/1b4fb2b3-bdc0-38de-b972-9e405426d6bd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>One year on from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, Professor Frank Furedi talks to Rob Lyons about where things stand today, the causes of the conflict and the potential for peace.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One year on from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, Professor Frank Furedi talks to Rob Lyons about where things stand today, the causes of the conflict and the potential for peace.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8w2uu9/frank-furedi-ukraine-war-anniversary-final-amplified.mp3" length="12834822" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[One year on from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, Professor Frank Furedi talks to Rob Lyons about where things stand today, the causes of the conflict and the potential for peace.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>857</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>254</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/podcast_of_ideas_rough.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>What does 2023 hold for the arts?</title>
        <itunes:title>What does 2023 hold for the arts?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-does-2023-hold-for-the-arts/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-does-2023-hold-for-the-arts/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 15 Feb 2023 12:58:48 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/042027df-d7b9-3118-afd7-b13d82869562</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording of a public discussion hosted by the <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/what-does-2023-hold-for-the-arts/'>Academy of Ideas Arts & Society Forum</a> on 24 January 2023.</p>
<p>Arts institutions shape themselves and their policies around promoting social good, and have accepted a political agenda around climate change and identity politics. They want to be seen to be on the ‘right side’ of progress, but have they become overly instrumentalist and constraining in their approach? What harm are they doing to the development of the arts and artists?</p>
<p>Now it appears that the arts are responding not just to the equity, diversity and inclusion (EDI) agenda, but also to the government’s levelling up policy. Under pressure to take funding outside London, controversial recent Arts Council plans threaten English National Opera with closure unless it relocates to the north.</p>
<p>Yet it seems that progressive arts polices have largely failed. Recent research shows that while a few women and BAME people are now more likely to achieve higher status professional roles than in the past, there are fewer people from working class backgrounds involved in the arts than in the 1970s.</p>
<p>How can we argue for a renewed discussion about artistic merit? What remains of the idea of art as a source and expression of beauty? Contemporary arts now often seem to be judged primarily on the basis of who they represent and their political message, on what ‘good’ they might do in society. In theatre, music and visual arts, artists and artistic projects run the risk of crossing a line if they are not politically and socially ‘on message’. And is instrumentalism (political and social) now embedded in the way most people, perhaps particularly younger generations, think about the arts? What kind of arts institutions do we need?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Alexander Adams
artist, critic and author. His publications include Abolish the Arts Council (co-authored with David Lee) and Culture War (Alexander’s latest publications will be avilable to buy at the event)</p>
<p>Dr Mo Lovatt
national coordinator of Debating Matters; programme coordinator, Academy of Ideas</p>
<p>Jack Hues
singer, Wang Chung; composer; musician; songwriter</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording of a public discussion hosted by the <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/what-does-2023-hold-for-the-arts/'>Academy of Ideas Arts & Society Forum</a> on 24 January 2023.</p>
<p>Arts institutions shape themselves and their policies around promoting social good, and have accepted a political agenda around climate change and identity politics. They want to be seen to be on the ‘right side’ of progress, but have they become overly instrumentalist and constraining in their approach? What harm are they doing to the development of the arts and artists?</p>
<p>Now it appears that the arts are responding not just to the equity, diversity and inclusion (EDI) agenda, but also to the government’s levelling up policy. Under pressure to take funding outside London, controversial recent Arts Council plans threaten English National Opera with closure unless it relocates to the north.</p>
<p>Yet it seems that progressive arts polices have largely failed. Recent research shows that while a few women and BAME people are now more likely to achieve higher status professional roles than in the past, there are fewer people from working class backgrounds involved in the arts than in the 1970s.</p>
<p>How can we argue for a renewed discussion about artistic merit? What remains of the idea of art as a source and expression of beauty? Contemporary arts now often seem to be judged primarily on the basis of who they represent and their political message, on what ‘good’ they might do in society. In theatre, music and visual arts, artists and artistic projects run the risk of crossing a line if they are not politically and socially ‘on message’. And is instrumentalism (political and social) now embedded in the way most people, perhaps particularly younger generations, think about the arts? What kind of arts institutions do we need?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Alexander Adams<br>
artist, critic and author. His publications include Abolish the Arts Council (co-authored with David Lee) and Culture War (Alexander’s latest publications will be avilable to buy at the event)</p>
<p>Dr Mo Lovatt<br>
national coordinator of Debating Matters; programme coordinator, Academy of Ideas</p>
<p>Jack Hues<br>
singer, Wang Chung; composer; musician; songwriter</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/terzuy/What_does_2023_hold_for_the_artsbrx0v.mp3" length="79089486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording of a public discussion hosted by the Academy of Ideas Arts & Society Forum on 24 January 2023.
Arts institutions shape themselves and their policies around promoting social good, and have accepted a political agenda around climate change and identity politics. They want to be seen to be on the ‘right side’ of progress, but have they become overly instrumentalist and constraining in their approach? What harm are they doing to the development of the arts and artists?
Now it appears that the arts are responding not just to the equity, diversity and inclusion (EDI) agenda, but also to the government’s levelling up policy. Under pressure to take funding outside London, controversial recent Arts Council plans threaten English National Opera with closure unless it relocates to the north.
Yet it seems that progressive arts polices have largely failed. Recent research shows that while a few women and BAME people are now more likely to achieve higher status professional roles than in the past, there are fewer people from working class backgrounds involved in the arts than in the 1970s.
How can we argue for a renewed discussion about artistic merit? What remains of the idea of art as a source and expression of beauty? Contemporary arts now often seem to be judged primarily on the basis of who they represent and their political message, on what ‘good’ they might do in society. In theatre, music and visual arts, artists and artistic projects run the risk of crossing a line if they are not politically and socially ‘on message’. And is instrumentalism (political and social) now embedded in the way most people, perhaps particularly younger generations, think about the arts? What kind of arts institutions do we need?
SPEAKERSAlexander Adamsartist, critic and author. His publications include Abolish the Arts Council (co-authored with David Lee) and Culture War (Alexander’s latest publications will be avilable to buy at the event)
Dr Mo Lovattnational coordinator of Debating Matters; programme coordinator, Academy of Ideas
Jack Huessinger, Wang Chung; composer; musician; songwriter]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5545</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>253</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpeg6aq6v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Is the Government right to veto Sturgeon’s self-id bill?</title>
        <itunes:title>Is the Government right to veto Sturgeon’s self-id bill?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-the-government-right-to-veto-sturgeon-s-self-id-bill/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-the-government-right-to-veto-sturgeon-s-self-id-bill/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 21 Jan 2023 12:48:10 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c414b55a-563b-38cc-a2c3-7eeada2f64b3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The UK Government’s decision to veto a bill passed by the Scottish Government, which would make it easier for children older than 16 to legally change their gender, has set off something of a political storm (<a href='https://substack.com/redirect/65f1c576-972e-4ba8-a394-efeeff951bfc?j=eyJ1IjoicnQza2YifQ.jB2you3eL-Vy_iXIL0dGg5h7B_441PPLlKAKbPTejes'>a great summary can be found over at Spectator by Iain MacWhirter</a>).</p>
<p>Whilst this certainly has ramifications for UK-Scotland political relations, it also has set off a series of debates about gender identity, the rights of women, and even what the bill actually would mean in practice.</p>
<p>Without a doubt, these debates are some of the most difficult to navigate in contemporary politics - and also some of the most heated. So we sat down to try and make sense of it all.</p>
<p>On this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Alastair Donald speaks to Susan Smith of <a href='https://substack.com/redirect/7094d7ad-c2a8-4c2c-8c33-6d6e3341daad?j=eyJ1IjoicnQza2YifQ.jB2you3eL-Vy_iXIL0dGg5h7B_441PPLlKAKbPTejes'>For Women Scotland</a> - the heroic campaigning organisation who have been defending the rights of women which are often undercut by legislation aiming to protect trans people. Claire Fox, Ella Whelan and Rob Lyons then join Alastair to mull over some of the implications in a bit more detail.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The UK Government’s decision to veto a bill passed by the Scottish Government, which would make it easier for children older than 16 to legally change their gender, has set off something of a political storm (<a href='https://substack.com/redirect/65f1c576-972e-4ba8-a394-efeeff951bfc?j=eyJ1IjoicnQza2YifQ.jB2you3eL-Vy_iXIL0dGg5h7B_441PPLlKAKbPTejes'>a great summary can be found over at Spectator by Iain MacWhirter</a>).</p>
<p>Whilst this certainly has ramifications for UK-Scotland political relations, it also has set off a series of debates about gender identity, the rights of women, and even what the bill actually would mean in practice.</p>
<p>Without a doubt, these debates are some of the most difficult to navigate in contemporary politics - and also some of the most heated. So we sat down to try and make sense of it all.</p>
<p>On this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Alastair Donald speaks to Susan Smith of <a href='https://substack.com/redirect/7094d7ad-c2a8-4c2c-8c33-6d6e3341daad?j=eyJ1IjoicnQza2YifQ.jB2you3eL-Vy_iXIL0dGg5h7B_441PPLlKAKbPTejes'>For Women Scotland</a> - the heroic campaigning organisation who have been defending the rights of women which are often undercut by legislation aiming to protect trans people. Claire Fox, Ella Whelan and Rob Lyons then join Alastair to mull over some of the implications in a bit more detail.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dcbgnt/Podcast_of_Ideas_-_Gender_Wars6kanx.mp3" length="40932550" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The UK Government’s decision to veto a bill passed by the Scottish Government, which would make it easier for children older than 16 to legally change their gender, has set off something of a political storm (a great summary can be found over at Spectator by Iain MacWhirter).
Whilst this certainly has ramifications for UK-Scotland political relations, it also has set off a series of debates about gender identity, the rights of women, and even what the bill actually would mean in practice.
Without a doubt, these debates are some of the most difficult to navigate in contemporary politics - and also some of the most heated. So we sat down to try and make sense of it all.
On this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Alastair Donald speaks to Susan Smith of For Women Scotland - the heroic campaigning organisation who have been defending the rights of women which are often undercut by legislation aiming to protect trans people. Claire Fox, Ella Whelan and Rob Lyons then join Alastair to mull over some of the implications in a bit more detail.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3351</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>252</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Debating Matters Beyond Bars: Jon Floyd and Heather Phillips</title>
        <itunes:title>Debating Matters Beyond Bars: Jon Floyd and Heather Phillips</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/debating-matters-beyond-bars-jon-floyd-and-heather-phillips/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/debating-matters-beyond-bars-jon-floyd-and-heather-phillips/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 21 Dec 2022 12:42:40 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c6952f34-f8aa-3f3c-bd5f-52a2a3127e97</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is guest podcast from our colleagues at Debating Matters.</p>
<p>Initiated in 2015, Debating Matters Beyond Bars is a project which takes DM's schools-debating format inside prisons. Using our acclaimed substance-over-style format, teams of prisoners engage in debate with one another on a whole range of contemporary social, political and cultural topics. The programme aims to inspire them to think about issues beyond their current situation and to look forward to their life ahead – in other words, beyond bars!</p>
<p>In this podcast, Mo Lovatt - DM's national coordinator - and Geoff Kidder sat down with former Beyond Bars competitor Jon Floyd to discuss the impact the programme had on him when he took part in 2015 while he was serving his sentence. We were also joined by Heather Phillips, the chief executive of Beating Time, which runs, amongst other things, Inside Job – an employment programme she set up with Jon in 2020. </p>
<p>For Jon, taking part in Beyond Bars was the catalyst for starting that programme with Heather as well as a whole range of initiatives he’s been involved with since 2015. As he says in the podcast, Beyond Bars gave him a purposeful activity, helped him change direction and kickstarted his journey of rehabilitation.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>This is guest podcast from our colleagues at Debating Matters.</em></p>
<p>Initiated in 2015, Debating Matters Beyond Bars is a project which takes DM's schools-debating format inside prisons. Using our acclaimed substance-over-style format, teams of prisoners engage in debate with one another on a whole range of contemporary social, political and cultural topics. The programme aims to inspire them to think about issues beyond their current situation and to look forward to their life ahead – in other words, beyond bars!</p>
<p>In this podcast, Mo Lovatt - DM's national coordinator - and Geoff Kidder sat down with former Beyond Bars competitor Jon Floyd to discuss the impact the programme had on him when he took part in 2015 while he was serving his sentence. We were also joined by Heather Phillips, the chief executive of Beating Time, which runs, amongst other things, Inside Job – an employment programme she set up with Jon in 2020. </p>
<p>For Jon, taking part in Beyond Bars was the catalyst for starting that programme with Heather as well as a whole range of initiatives he’s been involved with since 2015. As he says in the podcast, Beyond Bars gave him a purposeful activity, helped him change direction and kickstarted his journey of rehabilitation.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/z54hgn/DMBB_Interview.mp3" length="18603489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is guest podcast from our colleagues at Debating Matters.
Initiated in 2015, Debating Matters Beyond Bars is a project which takes DM's schools-debating format inside prisons. Using our acclaimed substance-over-style format, teams of prisoners engage in debate with one another on a whole range of contemporary social, political and cultural topics. The programme aims to inspire them to think about issues beyond their current situation and to look forward to their life ahead – in other words, beyond bars!
In this podcast, Mo Lovatt - DM's national coordinator - and Geoff Kidder sat down with former Beyond Bars competitor Jon Floyd to discuss the impact the programme had on him when he took part in 2015 while he was serving his sentence. We were also joined by Heather Phillips, the chief executive of Beating Time, which runs, amongst other things, Inside Job – an employment programme she set up with Jon in 2020. 
For Jon, taking part in Beyond Bars was the catalyst for starting that programme with Heather as well as a whole range of initiatives he’s been involved with since 2015. As he says in the podcast, Beyond Bars gave him a purposeful activity, helped him change direction and kickstarted his journey of rehabilitation.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1518</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>251</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BB_logo_2023_for_soundcloud_x8vy6j.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastofIdeas: World Cup - the final</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastofIdeas: World Cup - the final</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-world-cup-the-final/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-world-cup-the-final/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Dec 2022 15:39:22 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/88efe27a-efcb-31e7-ae8c-c8193d2c5833</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Tom Collyer round up their World Cup highlights ahead of the final.</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Tom Collyer round up their World Cup highlights ahead of the final.</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kfqukb/SportscastofIdeas_WCFinalbmdnu.mp3" length="14204304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Tom Collyer round up their World Cup highlights ahead of the final.
Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: clairefox.substack.com/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1253</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>250</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup 2022 Upsets and Underdogs</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup 2022 Upsets and Underdogs</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-world-cup-2022-upsets-and-underdogs/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-world-cup-2022-upsets-and-underdogs/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 02 Dec 2022 10:47:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/3aa9bfc4-70dd-3643-a380-2c778aeb8c3e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons are joined by Tom Collyer, Denis Russell and Simon McKeon to discuss the kick off of the World Cup 2022.</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons are joined by Tom Collyer, Denis Russell and Simon McKeon to discuss the kick off of the World Cup 2022.</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t4scx6/SportscastOfIdeas_Episode28q0of.mp3" length="17675136" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons are joined by Tom Collyer, Denis Russell and Simon McKeon to discuss the kick off of the World Cup 2022.
Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: clairefox.substack.com/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1527</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>247</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup 2022 begins</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup 2022 begins</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-world-cup-2022-begins/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-world-cup-2022-begins/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 25 Nov 2022 10:49:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/dbe27a6a-bfee-35a7-8f4c-76e0c7e574ec</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons are joined by Tom Collyer, Hilary Salt and Simon McKeon to discuss the kick off of the World Cup 2022.</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons are joined by Tom Collyer, Hilary Salt and Simon McKeon to discuss the kick off of the World Cup 2022.</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2zjzu7/WorldCup2022_Episode1.mp3" length="20410200" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Regular Sportscast of Ideas guests Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons are joined by Tom Collyer, Hilary Salt and Simon McKeon to discuss the kick off of the World Cup 2022.
Subscribe to our Substack to keep up-to-date with all of our work at the Academy of Ideas: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1848</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>248</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Call To Courage: Winning The Battle Of Ideas</title>
        <itunes:title>Call To Courage: Winning The Battle Of Ideas</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/call-to-courage-winning-the-battle-of-ideas/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/call-to-courage-winning-the-battle-of-ideas/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 17 Nov 2022 10:59:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/dd251114-046d-34c3-b7c3-20f56394ca35</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 at Church House, Westminster: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/call-to-courage-winning-the-battle-of-ideas/</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to get podcasts, updates and more: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>Today – at a time of enormous upheavals and significant political challenges – do we need to bring courage back into politics? There are certainly encouraging signs – do recent successes of gender-critical activists, the push back against diversity policies, or support for those threatened with being cancelled indicate new forms of solidarity? Can fighting back against the cost-of-living crisis, under the banner of Enough is Enough, forge a new movement? And as millions of UK citizens courageously refused to back down – and succeeded in forcing the establishment to ensure their democratic vote was not overturned – is the democratic Brexit spirit of taking back control ready to be rekindled?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:
Julie Bindel
 journalist; author, Feminism for Women: the real route to liberation</p>
<p>Professor Sunetra Gupta
professor of theoretical epidemiology, Department of Zoology, University of Oxford; award-winning novelist</p>
<p>Ali Miraj
columnist, TheArticle; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Tim Stanley
columnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West</p>
<p>Bruno Waterfield
Brussels correspondent, The Times</p>
<p>CHAIR: Claire Fox
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 at Church House, Westminster: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/call-to-courage-winning-the-battle-of-ideas/</p>
<p>Subscribe to our Substack to get podcasts, updates and more: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe</p>
<p>Today – at a time of enormous upheavals and significant political challenges – do we need to bring courage back into politics? There are certainly encouraging signs – do recent successes of gender-critical activists, the push back against diversity policies, or support for those threatened with being cancelled indicate new forms of solidarity? Can fighting back against the cost-of-living crisis, under the banner of Enough is Enough, forge a new movement? And as millions of UK citizens courageously refused to back down – and succeeded in forcing the establishment to ensure their democratic vote was not overturned – is the democratic Brexit spirit of taking back control ready to be rekindled?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:<br>
Julie Bindel<br>
 journalist; author, Feminism for Women: the real route to liberation</p>
<p>Professor Sunetra Gupta<br>
professor of theoretical epidemiology, Department of Zoology, University of Oxford; award-winning novelist</p>
<p>Ali Miraj<br>
columnist, TheArticle; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ</p>
<p>Tim Stanley<br>
columnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West</p>
<p>Bruno Waterfield<br>
Brussels correspondent, The Times</p>
<p>CHAIR: Claire Fox<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/x4yqn9/Call_to_courage_winning_the_battle_of_ideasavcsm.mp3" length="82770552" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 at Church House, Westminster: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/call-to-courage-winning-the-battle-of-ideas/
Subscribe to our Substack to get podcasts, updates and more: https://clairefox.substack.com/subscribe
Today – at a time of enormous upheavals and significant political challenges – do we need to bring courage back into politics? There are certainly encouraging signs – do recent successes of gender-critical activists, the push back against diversity policies, or support for those threatened with being cancelled indicate new forms of solidarity? Can fighting back against the cost-of-living crisis, under the banner of Enough is Enough, forge a new movement? And as millions of UK citizens courageously refused to back down – and succeeded in forcing the establishment to ensure their democratic vote was not overturned – is the democratic Brexit spirit of taking back control ready to be rekindled?
SPEAKERS:Julie Bindel journalist; author, Feminism for Women: the real route to liberation
Professor Sunetra Guptaprofessor of theoretical epidemiology, Department of Zoology, University of Oxford; award-winning novelist
Ali Mirajcolumnist, TheArticle; founder, the Contrarian Prize; infrastructure financier; DJ
Tim Stanleycolumnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West
Bruno WaterfieldBrussels correspondent, The Times
CHAIR: Claire Foxdirector, Academy of Ideas; independent peer, House of Lords; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5005</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>249</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Podcast of Ideas - Claire Fox: ’Liz Truss is gone, but this isn’t over’</title>
        <itunes:title>Podcast of Ideas - Claire Fox: ’Liz Truss is gone, but this isn’t over’</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-claire-fox-liz-truss-is-gone-but-this-isn-t-over/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-claire-fox-liz-truss-is-gone-but-this-isn-t-over/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 21 Oct 2022 09:36:53 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7b69e98e-4abb-363a-ae1d-696ad81db0ee</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Liz Truss has gone, and we’ll be on to another Prime Minister (or maybe even Boris). At the moment, things seem utterly out of our hands. That is why it’s so important we understand what is going on, what historical trends are shaping it, and, even now, what opportunities exist.</p>
<p>Claire sat down with Academy of Ideas colleague Jacob Reynolds to do just that. At this moment, the key thing is to listen, read, think and argue. Please share our conversation with everyone you know who is angry, confused and demanding something better.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Liz Truss has gone, and we’ll be on to another Prime Minister (or maybe even Boris). At the moment, things seem utterly out of our hands. That is why it’s so important we understand what is going on, what historical trends are shaping it, and, even now, what opportunities exist.</p>
<p>Claire sat down with Academy of Ideas colleague Jacob Reynolds to do just that. At this moment, the key thing is to listen, read, think and argue. Please share our conversation with everyone you know who is angry, confused and demanding something better.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ny3ynr/claire-fox-political-chaos-2022-10-21.mp3" length="81478492" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Liz Truss has gone, and we’ll be on to another Prime Minister (or maybe even Boris). At the moment, things seem utterly out of our hands. That is why it’s so important we understand what is going on, what historical trends are shaping it, and, even now, what opportunities exist.
Claire sat down with Academy of Ideas colleague Jacob Reynolds to do just that. At this moment, the key thing is to listen, read, think and argue. Please share our conversation with everyone you know who is angry, confused and demanding something better.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2514</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>246</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Is the UK heading for economic meltdown?</title>
        <itunes:title>Is the UK heading for economic meltdown?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-the-uk-heading-for-economic-meltdown/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-the-uk-heading-for-economic-meltdown/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2022 16:52:56 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/09d2a1ee-1d13-3dad-94f0-4dd4f4fff400</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Ahead of the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 in London on 15 & 16 October, Jacob Reynolds talks to Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons about the turmoil in the financial markets this week and the longer-term problems for the UK economy.</p>
<p>For more about the festival, visit the <a href='https://battleofideas.org.uk'>Battle of Ideas festival website</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ahead of the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 in London on 15 & 16 October, Jacob Reynolds talks to Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons about the turmoil in the financial markets this week and the longer-term problems for the UK economy.</p>
<p>For more about the festival, visit the <a href='https://battleofideas.org.uk'>Battle of Ideas festival website</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/gm2jp8/PodcastOfIdeas_BattleFest_Economy_Special89czi.mp3" length="35499936" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Ahead of the Battle of Ideas festival 2022 in London on 15 & 16 October, Jacob Reynolds talks to Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons about the turmoil in the financial markets this week and the longer-term problems for the UK economy.
For more about the festival, visit the Battle of Ideas festival website.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2073</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>245</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>How can we end the cost-of-living crisis?</title>
        <itunes:title>How can we end the cost-of-living crisis?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-end-the-cost-of-living-crisis/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-end-the-cost-of-living-crisis/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2022 13:10:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f8645ea4-5062-3c45-9d0a-0bfdfd29ef94</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of an Academy of Ideas debate on Tuesday 28 June 2022.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
Around the world, prices of a wide range of goods and commodities have been rising sharply for the past few months. In particular, the wholesale cost of energy has been rising fast as the world economy recovered from the pandemic restrictions. Petrol prices have risen by almost a third in the past 12 months. The UK domestic energy ‘price cap’, which hit a low of £1,042 in 2020, is expected to rise to £2,800 in October. Consumer price inflation has hit 9% and is likely to reach 10% by the end of the year. For those on lower incomes, who spend more of their income on food and energy, the impact is even greater.</p>
<p>There are multiple explanations for the rises: the post-pandemic recovery and problems with shipping have been widely cited. The war in Ukraine and sanctions against Russia are hitting energy and food prices. Many economists also point to the rise in the money supply – thanks to ultra-low interest rates, quantitative easing and huge government spending programmes. Rises in production have not kept pace with rising demand, so prices have risen.</p>
<p>But the other side of the story is that wages are not keeping up with rising prices. As a result, most people are seeing real-terms cuts in their living standards. Governments and central bankers seem desperate to keep a lid on wage rises, desperate to avoid a ‘wage-price spiral’, but the effect is to make most people significantly poorer. Those on fixed incomes may be hardest hit of all.</p>
<p>What are the main reasons for the rise in living costs? What can be done to help reduce the impact? Should we be looking beyond short-term and temporary factors? Is this a crisis that has been coming for some time?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Robert Fig 
principal, Metals Risk Team, a commodity risk-management consultancy; previously worked at ArcelorMittal and London Metals Exchange</p>
<p>Phil Mullan
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
<p>Hilary Salt
actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of an Academy of Ideas debate on Tuesday 28 June 2022.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
Around the world, prices of a wide range of goods and commodities have been rising sharply for the past few months. In particular, the wholesale cost of energy has been rising fast as the world economy recovered from the pandemic restrictions. Petrol prices have risen by almost a third in the past 12 months. The UK domestic energy ‘price cap’, which hit a low of £1,042 in 2020, is expected to rise to £2,800 in October. Consumer price inflation has hit 9% and is likely to reach 10% by the end of the year. For those on lower incomes, who spend more of their income on food and energy, the impact is even greater.</p>
<p>There are multiple explanations for the rises: the post-pandemic recovery and problems with shipping have been widely cited. The war in Ukraine and sanctions against Russia are hitting energy and food prices. Many economists also point to the rise in the money supply – thanks to ultra-low interest rates, quantitative easing and huge government spending programmes. Rises in production have not kept pace with rising demand, so prices have risen.</p>
<p>But the other side of the story is that wages are not keeping up with rising prices. As a result, most people are seeing real-terms cuts in their living standards. Governments and central bankers seem desperate to keep a lid on wage rises, desperate to avoid a ‘wage-price spiral’, but the effect is to make most people significantly poorer. Those on fixed incomes may be hardest hit of all.</p>
<p>What are the main reasons for the rise in living costs? What can be done to help reduce the impact? Should we be looking beyond short-term and temporary factors? Is this a crisis that has been coming for some time?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Robert Fig <br>
principal, Metals Risk Team, a commodity risk-management consultancy; previously worked at ArcelorMittal and London Metals Exchange</p>
<p>Phil Mullan<br>
writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
<p>Hilary Salt<br>
actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/h2zktf/cost-of-living-june-2022.mp3" length="134625143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of an Academy of Ideas debate on Tuesday 28 June 2022.
INTRODUCTIONAround the world, prices of a wide range of goods and commodities have been rising sharply for the past few months. In particular, the wholesale cost of energy has been rising fast as the world economy recovered from the pandemic restrictions. Petrol prices have risen by almost a third in the past 12 months. The UK domestic energy ‘price cap’, which hit a low of £1,042 in 2020, is expected to rise to £2,800 in October. Consumer price inflation has hit 9% and is likely to reach 10% by the end of the year. For those on lower incomes, who spend more of their income on food and energy, the impact is even greater.
There are multiple explanations for the rises: the post-pandemic recovery and problems with shipping have been widely cited. The war in Ukraine and sanctions against Russia are hitting energy and food prices. Many economists also point to the rise in the money supply – thanks to ultra-low interest rates, quantitative easing and huge government spending programmes. Rises in production have not kept pace with rising demand, so prices have risen.
But the other side of the story is that wages are not keeping up with rising prices. As a result, most people are seeing real-terms cuts in their living standards. Governments and central bankers seem desperate to keep a lid on wage rises, desperate to avoid a ‘wage-price spiral’, but the effect is to make most people significantly poorer. Those on fixed incomes may be hardest hit of all.
What are the main reasons for the rise in living costs? What can be done to help reduce the impact? Should we be looking beyond short-term and temporary factors? Is this a crisis that has been coming for some time?
SPEAKERSRobert Fig principal, Metals Risk Team, a commodity risk-management consultancy; previously worked at ArcelorMittal and London Metals Exchange
Phil Mullanwriter, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents
Hilary Saltactuary; founder, First Actuarial]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5988</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>244</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>United we stand? Ukraine and the future of the West</title>
        <itunes:title>United we stand? Ukraine and the future of the West</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/united-we-stand-ukraine-and-the-future-of-the-west/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/united-we-stand-ukraine-and-the-future-of-the-west/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 25 Apr 2022 14:36:47 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/29af7b84-62d1-3d9c-80fe-8cf526d31bf6</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording of United we stand? Ukraine and the future of the West, which took place on 20 April 2022: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/united-we-stand-ukraine-and-the-future-of-the-west/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/united-we-stand-ukraine-and-the-future-of-the-west/</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>At first glance, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine seems to have led to an unexpected moment of unity among Western nations. After years of disagreements and talk of decline, Western countries responded to the invasion with tough sanctions and a unified front. Germany has announced a dramatic increase in military spending, Finland and Sweden are seriously exploring NATO membership, and even the Brexit tensions between the EU and UK have faded into the background.  In the words of Andrew Neil: ‘Now Britain stands tall, America is a reliable ally once more, the EU has found new purpose, NATO is more united than ever, and Germany has rediscovered its backbone.’ Commentators everywhere seem eager to christen this a triumph of ‘Western values’ – such as democracy or freedom – over backward, authoritarian values said to define Russia or China.</p>
<p>But beneath the surface, many note tensions and contradictions. Germany resists the toughest sanctions and many disagree on the possibility of an oil and gas embargo on Russia. Emmanuel Macron seems eager to maintain diplomatic ties with Putin. Poland and Hungary, despite welcoming millions of refugees, have been hit with tough EU penalties related to rule of law disputes. Spats have broken out in NATO, too, with the US scuppering Polish plans to send fighter jets to Ukraine. The US and EU remain split on how to deal with China. What’s more, the ‘united front’ seems dangerously unstable, with key leaders like Joe Biden making remarks such as ‘that man must go’ only to row back shortly after. On top of this, many question whether there is even such a thing as ‘Western values’, what they are, and who shares them.</p>
<p>Has Russia’s invasion led to a new moment of Western unity? Will it last? Are deeper geopolitical tensions likely to return, or are they perhaps already shaping the West’s response to Russia’s invasion? Does the West have the leadership, capability and agreement to tackle a serious escalation in the current war? What would a revived Western unity mean for the world, and does it herald the return of aspirations to be ‘the world’s policeman’? Has the invasion demonstrated that reports of the decline of the West were exaggerated, or will declinists be proved right in the end?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:</p>
<p>Nick Busvine OBE
partner, Herminius Holdings Ltd; advisory board member and writer, Briefings for Britain; Sevenoaks town councillor; former diplomat, Foreign and Commonwealth Office</p>
<p>Professor Bill Durodié
chair of risk and security in international relations, University of Bath</p>
<p>Claire Fox
director, Academy of Ideas; member of the House of Lords</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi
sociologist and social commentator; author, First World War: Still No End in Sight</p>
<p>Humphrey Hawksley
journalist; former foreign correspondent, BBC; author, Man on Ice, Asian Waters and The Third World War; Asia specialist</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording of United we stand? Ukraine and the future of the West, which took place on 20 April 2022: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/united-we-stand-ukraine-and-the-future-of-the-west/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/united-we-stand-ukraine-and-the-future-of-the-west/</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>At first glance, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine seems to have led to an unexpected moment of unity among Western nations. After years of disagreements and talk of decline, Western countries responded to the invasion with tough sanctions and a unified front. Germany has announced a dramatic increase in military spending, Finland and Sweden are seriously exploring NATO membership, and even the Brexit tensions between the EU and UK have faded into the background.  In the words of Andrew Neil: ‘Now Britain stands tall, America is a reliable ally once more, the EU has found new purpose, NATO is more united than ever, and Germany has rediscovered its backbone.’ Commentators everywhere seem eager to christen this a triumph of ‘Western values’ – such as democracy or freedom – over backward, authoritarian values said to define Russia or China.</p>
<p>But beneath the surface, many note tensions and contradictions. Germany resists the toughest sanctions and many disagree on the possibility of an oil and gas embargo on Russia. Emmanuel Macron seems eager to maintain diplomatic ties with Putin. Poland and Hungary, despite welcoming millions of refugees, have been hit with tough EU penalties related to rule of law disputes. Spats have broken out in NATO, too, with the US scuppering Polish plans to send fighter jets to Ukraine. The US and EU remain split on how to deal with China. What’s more, the ‘united front’ seems dangerously unstable, with key leaders like Joe Biden making remarks such as ‘that man must go’ only to row back shortly after. On top of this, many question whether there is even such a thing as ‘Western values’, what they are, and who shares them.</p>
<p>Has Russia’s invasion led to a new moment of Western unity? Will it last? Are deeper geopolitical tensions likely to return, or are they perhaps already shaping the West’s response to Russia’s invasion? Does the West have the leadership, capability and agreement to tackle a serious escalation in the current war? What would a revived Western unity mean for the world, and does it herald the return of aspirations to be ‘the world’s policeman’? Has the invasion demonstrated that reports of the decline of the West were exaggerated, or will declinists be proved right in the end?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:</p>
<p>Nick Busvine OBE<br>
partner, Herminius Holdings Ltd; advisory board member and writer, Briefings for Britain; Sevenoaks town councillor; former diplomat, Foreign and Commonwealth Office</p>
<p>Professor Bill Durodié<br>
chair of risk and security in international relations, University of Bath</p>
<p>Claire Fox<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; member of the House of Lords</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, First World War: Still No End in Sight</p>
<p>Humphrey Hawksley<br>
journalist; former foreign correspondent, BBC; author, Man on Ice, Asian Waters and The Third World War; Asia specialist</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5mf4un/United_We_Stand6d8qg.mp3" length="189831024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording of United we stand? Ukraine and the future of the West, which took place on 20 April 2022: academyofideas.org.uk/event/united-we-stand-ukraine-and-the-future-of-the-west/
 
At first glance, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine seems to have led to an unexpected moment of unity among Western nations. After years of disagreements and talk of decline, Western countries responded to the invasion with tough sanctions and a unified front. Germany has announced a dramatic increase in military spending, Finland and Sweden are seriously exploring NATO membership, and even the Brexit tensions between the EU and UK have faded into the background.  In the words of Andrew Neil: ‘Now Britain stands tall, America is a reliable ally once more, the EU has found new purpose, NATO is more united than ever, and Germany has rediscovered its backbone.’ Commentators everywhere seem eager to christen this a triumph of ‘Western values’ – such as democracy or freedom – over backward, authoritarian values said to define Russia or China.
But beneath the surface, many note tensions and contradictions. Germany resists the toughest sanctions and many disagree on the possibility of an oil and gas embargo on Russia. Emmanuel Macron seems eager to maintain diplomatic ties with Putin. Poland and Hungary, despite welcoming millions of refugees, have been hit with tough EU penalties related to rule of law disputes. Spats have broken out in NATO, too, with the US scuppering Polish plans to send fighter jets to Ukraine. The US and EU remain split on how to deal with China. What’s more, the ‘united front’ seems dangerously unstable, with key leaders like Joe Biden making remarks such as ‘that man must go’ only to row back shortly after. On top of this, many question whether there is even such a thing as ‘Western values’, what they are, and who shares them.
Has Russia’s invasion led to a new moment of Western unity? Will it last? Are deeper geopolitical tensions likely to return, or are they perhaps already shaping the West’s response to Russia’s invasion? Does the West have the leadership, capability and agreement to tackle a serious escalation in the current war? What would a revived Western unity mean for the world, and does it herald the return of aspirations to be ‘the world’s policeman’? Has the invasion demonstrated that reports of the decline of the West were exaggerated, or will declinists be proved right in the end?
SPEAKERS:
Nick Busvine OBEpartner, Herminius Holdings Ltd; advisory board member and writer, Briefings for Britain; Sevenoaks town councillor; former diplomat, Foreign and Commonwealth Office
Professor Bill Durodiéchair of risk and security in international relations, University of Bath
Claire Foxdirector, Academy of Ideas; member of the House of Lords
Professor Frank Furedisociologist and social commentator; author, First World War: Still No End in Sight
Humphrey Hawksleyjournalist; former foreign correspondent, BBC; author, Man on Ice, Asian Waters and The Third World War; Asia specialist]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7806</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>243</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>#ScotlandSalon: Solidarity with Ukraine - freedom, democracy and sovereignty</title>
        <itunes:title>#ScotlandSalon: Solidarity with Ukraine - freedom, democracy and sovereignty</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/scotlandsalon-solidarity-with-ukraine-freedom-democracy-and-sovereignty/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/scotlandsalon-solidarity-with-ukraine-freedom-democracy-and-sovereignty/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 13:30:48 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/459e92dc-8ad4-31a3-9300-f1b8160d7f1a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Scotland Salon - a panel discussion on the roots of the war in Ukraine and whether it offers any lessons for Scotland - held on Wednesday 13 April 2022: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/solidarity-with-ukraine/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/solidarity-with-ukraine/</a></p>
<p>Scotland’s public debate on the war in Ukraine has been very low key. We have set up charity hubs for refugees, but we haven’t really engaged in a public discussion about the causes of the war or the right to national self-determination.</p>
<p>The possibility of nuclear war, Putin’s recklessness and the energy crisis have tended to dominate the way we discuss the issue. There has been very little time and space to discuss the national rights of the Ukrainians. This is surprising given that many Scots are interested in the question of national self-government and would vote – perhaps even fight – for Scottish independence. Scottish politicians have been chastised for making crass connections between the war and Scottish independence. While it’s clear that the two situations are not directly comparable, this seems like a very good time to discuss what we mean by freedom and democracy.</p>
<p>Whether you are for or against independence, surely it’s time we started to have serious discussions about the emerging world order. It has suddenly become painfully clear that the end of the Cold War did not mark the beginning of an era of permanent peace after all.</p>
<p>Scotland’s first minister, Nicola Sturgeon, says the war demonstrates the need to end Scotland’s dependency on fossil fuels and it shows the importance of supranational institutions such as the EU and NATO. Is she right? How did we get here? In all the confusion, the ‘Vladimir Putin is a mad dictator’ explanation really isn’t a good enough answer.</p>
<p>This Scotland Salon event will provide an opportunity to discuss the causes of the war and solidarity. One thing is clear: international solidarity is not a devolved issue and we should develop a better understanding of the history that led to this war and the global tensions that are being fuelled by Russian expansion.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Eddie Barnes
campaign director. Our Scottish Future think-tank; former political editor, Scotsman; former political adviser to Ruth Davidson</p>
<p>James Heartfield
writer and lecturer on British history and politics; author of several books, including The Equal Opportunities Revolution and The British and Foreign Anti-Slavery Society</p>
<p>Jacob Reynolds
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; convenor, The Academy 2022: Old Roots of the New Disorder; writer, Spiked</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Scotland Salon - a panel discussion on the roots of the war in Ukraine and whether it offers any lessons for Scotland - held on Wednesday 13 April 2022: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/solidarity-with-ukraine/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/solidarity-with-ukraine/</a></p>
<p>Scotland’s public debate on the war in Ukraine has been very low key. We have set up charity hubs for refugees, but we haven’t really engaged in a public discussion about the causes of the war or the right to national self-determination.</p>
<p>The possibility of nuclear war, Putin’s recklessness and the energy crisis have tended to dominate the way we discuss the issue. There has been very little time and space to discuss the national rights of the Ukrainians. This is surprising given that many Scots are interested in the question of national self-government and would vote – perhaps even fight – for Scottish independence. Scottish politicians have been chastised for making crass connections between the war and Scottish independence. While it’s clear that the two situations are not directly comparable, this seems like a very good time to discuss what we mean by freedom and democracy.</p>
<p>Whether you are for or against independence, surely it’s time we started to have serious discussions about the emerging world order. It has suddenly become painfully clear that the end of the Cold War did not mark the beginning of an era of permanent peace after all.</p>
<p>Scotland’s first minister, Nicola Sturgeon, says the war demonstrates the need to end Scotland’s dependency on fossil fuels and it shows the importance of supranational institutions such as the EU and NATO. Is she right? How did we get here? In all the confusion, the ‘Vladimir Putin is a mad dictator’ explanation really isn’t a good enough answer.</p>
<p>This Scotland Salon event will provide an opportunity to discuss the causes of the war and solidarity. One thing is clear: international solidarity is not a devolved issue and we should develop a better understanding of the history that led to this war and the global tensions that are being fuelled by Russian expansion.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Eddie Barnes<br>
campaign director. Our Scottish Future think-tank; former political editor, Scotsman; former political adviser to Ruth Davidson</p>
<p>James Heartfield<br>
writer and lecturer on British history and politics; author of several books, including The Equal Opportunities Revolution and The British and Foreign Anti-Slavery Society</p>
<p>Jacob Reynolds<br>
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; convenor, The Academy 2022: Old Roots of the New Disorder; writer, Spiked</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3fmqit/Scotland_Ukraine9aq14.mp3" length="77723496" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording from the Scotland Salon - a panel discussion on the roots of the war in Ukraine and whether it offers any lessons for Scotland - held on Wednesday 13 April 2022: academyofideas.org.uk/event/solidarity-with-ukraine/
Scotland’s public debate on the war in Ukraine has been very low key. We have set up charity hubs for refugees, but we haven’t really engaged in a public discussion about the causes of the war or the right to national self-determination.
The possibility of nuclear war, Putin’s recklessness and the energy crisis have tended to dominate the way we discuss the issue. There has been very little time and space to discuss the national rights of the Ukrainians. This is surprising given that many Scots are interested in the question of national self-government and would vote – perhaps even fight – for Scottish independence. Scottish politicians have been chastised for making crass connections between the war and Scottish independence. While it’s clear that the two situations are not directly comparable, this seems like a very good time to discuss what we mean by freedom and democracy.
Whether you are for or against independence, surely it’s time we started to have serious discussions about the emerging world order. It has suddenly become painfully clear that the end of the Cold War did not mark the beginning of an era of permanent peace after all.
Scotland’s first minister, Nicola Sturgeon, says the war demonstrates the need to end Scotland’s dependency on fossil fuels and it shows the importance of supranational institutions such as the EU and NATO. Is she right? How did we get here? In all the confusion, the ‘Vladimir Putin is a mad dictator’ explanation really isn’t a good enough answer.
This Scotland Salon event will provide an opportunity to discuss the causes of the war and solidarity. One thing is clear: international solidarity is not a devolved issue and we should develop a better understanding of the history that led to this war and the global tensions that are being fuelled by Russian expansion.
SPEAKERS
Eddie Barnescampaign director. Our Scottish Future think-tank; former political editor, Scotsman; former political adviser to Ruth Davidson
James Heartfieldwriter and lecturer on British history and politics; author of several books, including The Equal Opportunities Revolution and The British and Foreign Anti-Slavery Society
Jacob Reynoldspartnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; convenor, The Academy 2022: Old Roots of the New Disorder; writer, Spiked]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6540</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>242</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Scot_Sal_Ed_slide6lsja.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Globalisation in retreat? AoI Economy Forum</title>
        <itunes:title>Globalisation in retreat? AoI Economy Forum</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/globalisation-in-retreat-aoi-economy-forum/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/globalisation-in-retreat-aoi-economy-forum/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 15:00:27 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/69d63026-c283-3da8-836e-4706f4584c9a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion on Monday 4 April 2022.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
There have been many obituaries to globalisation since the big financial crisis of 2008. The dislocations caused by the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the tough sanctions imposed upon Moscow have spawned another batch of them. Beneath this formulaic contemplation of “globalisation” versus “deglobalisation”, what sort of developments might unfold on the international economic front as a result of this conflict?</p>
<p>For the immediate future, it seems clear that the economic damage from the military and economic warfare will go way beyond Ukraine and Russia. The repercussions are already aggravating the existing prospects for a sluggish 2020s in many advanced economies. But what about the possible longer-term economic consequences for the world? What might it mean for international economic relations?</p>
<p>Could the war be a wake-up call for the Western nations to shake themselves from their economic torpor? If it ensues, would a new cold war rekindle the previous Western unity and cooperation that was so absent during the pandemic? Or have we entered a new age of autarky? Might we see further fragmentation into rival economic blocs? What could be the ramifications for the dollar-based financial system?</p>
<p>SPEAKER
Phil Mullan writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion on Monday 4 April 2022.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
There have been many obituaries to globalisation since the big financial crisis of 2008. The dislocations caused by the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the tough sanctions imposed upon Moscow have spawned another batch of them. Beneath this formulaic contemplation of “globalisation” versus “deglobalisation”, what sort of developments might unfold on the international economic front as a result of this conflict?</p>
<p>For the immediate future, it seems clear that the economic damage from the military and economic warfare will go way beyond Ukraine and Russia. The repercussions are already aggravating the existing prospects for a sluggish 2020s in many advanced economies. But what about the possible longer-term economic consequences for the world? What might it mean for international economic relations?</p>
<p>Could the war be a wake-up call for the Western nations to shake themselves from their economic torpor? If it ensues, would a new cold war rekindle the previous Western unity and cooperation that was so absent during the pandemic? Or have we entered a new age of autarky? Might we see further fragmentation into rival economic blocs? What could be the ramifications for the dollar-based financial system?</p>
<p>SPEAKER<br>
Phil Mullan writer, lecturer and business manager; author, <em>Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4tbajt/AoI-EconForum-globalisation-Mar2022.mp3" length="91252599" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion on Monday 4 April 2022.
INTRODUCTIONThere have been many obituaries to globalisation since the big financial crisis of 2008. The dislocations caused by the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the tough sanctions imposed upon Moscow have spawned another batch of them. Beneath this formulaic contemplation of “globalisation” versus “deglobalisation”, what sort of developments might unfold on the international economic front as a result of this conflict?
For the immediate future, it seems clear that the economic damage from the military and economic warfare will go way beyond Ukraine and Russia. The repercussions are already aggravating the existing prospects for a sluggish 2020s in many advanced economies. But what about the possible longer-term economic consequences for the world? What might it mean for international economic relations?
Could the war be a wake-up call for the Western nations to shake themselves from their economic torpor? If it ensues, would a new cold war rekindle the previous Western unity and cooperation that was so absent during the pandemic? Or have we entered a new age of autarky? Might we see further fragmentation into rival economic blocs? What could be the ramifications for the dollar-based financial system?
SPEAKERPhil Mullan writer, lecturer and business manager; author, Beyond Confrontation: globalists, nationalists and their discontents]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5716</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>241</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BelfastBattleFest: Misinformation - Ukraine, Big Tech and Online Censorship</title>
        <itunes:title>#BelfastBattleFest: Misinformation - Ukraine, Big Tech and Online Censorship</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/belfastbattlefest-misinformation-ukraine-big-tech-and-online-censorship/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/belfastbattlefest-misinformation-ukraine-big-tech-and-online-censorship/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 18:14:16 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/6d12e322-c178-3146-a90f-f003feaf7551</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[



<p>This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.</p>
<p>Misinformation: Ukraine, Big Tech and online censorship</p>
<p>As war rages in Ukraine, the limits of what we can say about such a major, epoch-defining event appear to be determined by a handful of Californian social-media giants. Facebook’s parent company, Meta has already announced the banning of Russian outlets Russia Today (RT) and Sputnik from its platforms. Twitter has declared it will ‘label all posts containing links to Russian state-affiliated media outlets’. It’s not just Silicon Valley getting in on the act. Telegram, a Dubai-based messaging app created by two brothers who left Russia under pressure from President Putin, has threatened ‘to shut down channels related to the war because of rampant misinformation’.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, the UK government has promised a ‘crackdown’ on university lecturers accused of spreading pro-Putin propaganda on social media. More broadly, press freedom has taken a bashing recently: during the pandemic, YouTube and other sites censored TalkRadio for alleged Covid ‘misinformation’, while a recent BBC Stephen Nolan podcast revealed the extent to which Ofcom, the official broadcast regulator, was willing to silence gender-critical views labelled ‘hate speech’.</p>
<p>With the government’s new Online Safety Bill empowering Ofcom to further regulate online companies such as Facebook and Instagram, how worried should we be about new restrictions on free speech? In the face of fears over the online world as a space of anonymity, falsehoods, harms and excess, is it time to accept that some controls are necessary? Or should we defend the web as a space for the free flow of information and views as it was once envisaged?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:
- James Harkin, Director, Centre for Investigative Journalism; former Director, Institute for Contemporary Arts (ICA); author, Cyburbia
- Jenny Holland, Irish-American freelance writer; formerly at New York Times and Conde Nast; substack newsletter, Saving Culture (from itself)
- Ryan Christopher, Director, Alliance Defending Freedom; co-founder, Humanum Institute</p>
<p>CHAIR: Alastair Donald, co-convenor Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom school</p>



]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[



<p>This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.</p>
<p>Misinformation: Ukraine, Big Tech and online censorship</p>
<p>As war rages in Ukraine, the limits of what we can say about such a major, epoch-defining event appear to be determined by a handful of Californian social-media giants. Facebook’s parent company, Meta has already announced the banning of Russian outlets Russia Today (RT) and Sputnik from its platforms. Twitter has declared it will ‘label all posts containing links to Russian state-affiliated media outlets’. It’s not just Silicon Valley getting in on the act. Telegram, a Dubai-based messaging app created by two brothers who left Russia under pressure from President Putin, has threatened ‘to shut down channels related to the war because of rampant misinformation’.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, the UK government has promised a ‘crackdown’ on university lecturers accused of spreading pro-Putin propaganda on social media. More broadly, press freedom has taken a bashing recently: during the pandemic, YouTube and other sites censored TalkRadio for alleged Covid ‘misinformation’, while a recent BBC Stephen Nolan podcast revealed the extent to which Ofcom, the official broadcast regulator, was willing to silence gender-critical views labelled ‘hate speech’.</p>
<p>With the government’s new Online Safety Bill empowering Ofcom to further regulate online companies such as Facebook and Instagram, how worried should we be about new restrictions on free speech? In the face of fears over the online world as a space of anonymity, falsehoods, harms and excess, is it time to accept that some controls are necessary? Or should we defend the web as a space for the free flow of information and views as it was once envisaged?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:<br>
- James Harkin, Director, Centre for Investigative Journalism; former Director, Institute for Contemporary Arts (ICA); author, Cyburbia<br>
- Jenny Holland, Irish-American freelance writer; formerly at New York Times and Conde Nast; substack newsletter, Saving Culture (from itself)<br>
- Ryan Christopher, Director, Alliance Defending Freedom; co-founder, Humanum Institute</p>
<p>CHAIR: Alastair Donald, co-convenor Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom school</p>



]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yf8tgb/MisinformationUkraineBigTechAndOnlineCensorship.mp3" length="94603248" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[



This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.
Misinformation: Ukraine, Big Tech and online censorship
As war rages in Ukraine, the limits of what we can say about such a major, epoch-defining event appear to be determined by a handful of Californian social-media giants. Facebook’s parent company, Meta has already announced the banning of Russian outlets Russia Today (RT) and Sputnik from its platforms. Twitter has declared it will ‘label all posts containing links to Russian state-affiliated media outlets’. It’s not just Silicon Valley getting in on the act. Telegram, a Dubai-based messaging app created by two brothers who left Russia under pressure from President Putin, has threatened ‘to shut down channels related to the war because of rampant misinformation’.
Meanwhile, the UK government has promised a ‘crackdown’ on university lecturers accused of spreading pro-Putin propaganda on social media. More broadly, press freedom has taken a bashing recently: during the pandemic, YouTube and other sites censored TalkRadio for alleged Covid ‘misinformation’, while a recent BBC Stephen Nolan podcast revealed the extent to which Ofcom, the official broadcast regulator, was willing to silence gender-critical views labelled ‘hate speech’.
With the government’s new Online Safety Bill empowering Ofcom to further regulate online companies such as Facebook and Instagram, how worried should we be about new restrictions on free speech? In the face of fears over the online world as a space of anonymity, falsehoods, harms and excess, is it time to accept that some controls are necessary? Or should we defend the web as a space for the free flow of information and views as it was once envisaged?
SPEAKERS:- James Harkin, Director, Centre for Investigative Journalism; former Director, Institute for Contemporary Arts (ICA); author, Cyburbia- Jenny Holland, Irish-American freelance writer; formerly at New York Times and Conde Nast; substack newsletter, Saving Culture (from itself)- Ryan Christopher, Director, Alliance Defending Freedom; co-founder, Humanum Institute
CHAIR: Alastair Donald, co-convenor Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom school



]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3903</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>240</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_copy80ig5.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BelfastBattleFest: Snowflakes Or Revolutionaries? Free Speech On Campus</title>
        <itunes:title>#BelfastBattleFest: Snowflakes Or Revolutionaries? Free Speech On Campus</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/belfastbattlefest-snowflakes-or-revolutionaries-free-speech-on-campus/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/belfastbattlefest-snowflakes-or-revolutionaries-free-speech-on-campus/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 18:14:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f2107472-2666-39a8-8312-cb3ab49651ad</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.</p>
<p>Snowflakes Or Revolutionaries? Free Speech On Campus</p>
<p>From decolonising the curriculum to gender-identity codes of conduct, free-speech controversies are a frequent feature of campus life. But while students are often lampooned as ‘over-sensitive’ or ‘snowflakes’, many believe that these students should be viewed as a radical generation of changemakers, whether championing LGBT rights or promoting racial equality. With the UK government’s new Higher Education (Freedom of Speech) Bill aiming to ensure that universities are ‘bastions of free thought and intellectual debate’, some say student concerns are being ignored and their social-justice priorities undermined. How should students view free speech? Is there a risk of creating an ‘anything goes’ campus culture that prolongs the toxic culture wars? Do such state diktats on free speech offend against the very spirit of freedom they seek to protect? How can students and universities create an atmosphere of open, critical enquiry that benefits all?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:
- Suzanne Whitten, lecturer, Queen’s University Belfast; author, A Republican Theory of Free Speech: Critical Civility
- Ryan Hoey, politics graduate; former events officer, The Literific, Queen’s University Belfast
- Inaya Folarin Iman, GB News journalist; founder, The Equiano Project</p>
<p>CHAIR: Ella Whelan, co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.</p>
<p>Snowflakes Or Revolutionaries? Free Speech On Campus</p>
<p>From decolonising the curriculum to gender-identity codes of conduct, free-speech controversies are a frequent feature of campus life. But while students are often lampooned as ‘over-sensitive’ or ‘snowflakes’, many believe that these students should be viewed as a radical generation of changemakers, whether championing LGBT rights or promoting racial equality. With the UK government’s new Higher Education (Freedom of Speech) Bill aiming to ensure that universities are ‘bastions of free thought and intellectual debate’, some say student concerns are being ignored and their social-justice priorities undermined. How should students view free speech? Is there a risk of creating an ‘anything goes’ campus culture that prolongs the toxic culture wars? Do such state diktats on free speech offend against the very spirit of freedom they seek to protect? How can students and universities create an atmosphere of open, critical enquiry that benefits all?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:<br>
- Suzanne Whitten, lecturer, Queen’s University Belfast; author, A Republican Theory of Free Speech: Critical Civility<br>
- Ryan Hoey, politics graduate; former events officer, The Literific, Queen’s University Belfast<br>
- Inaya Folarin Iman, GB News journalist; founder, The Equiano Project</p>
<p>CHAIR: Ella Whelan, co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yrkzpp/SnowflakesOrRevolutionariesFreeSpeechOnCampus.mp3" length="91387728" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.
Snowflakes Or Revolutionaries? Free Speech On Campus
From decolonising the curriculum to gender-identity codes of conduct, free-speech controversies are a frequent feature of campus life. But while students are often lampooned as ‘over-sensitive’ or ‘snowflakes’, many believe that these students should be viewed as a radical generation of changemakers, whether championing LGBT rights or promoting racial equality. With the UK government’s new Higher Education (Freedom of Speech) Bill aiming to ensure that universities are ‘bastions of free thought and intellectual debate’, some say student concerns are being ignored and their social-justice priorities undermined. How should students view free speech? Is there a risk of creating an ‘anything goes’ campus culture that prolongs the toxic culture wars? Do such state diktats on free speech offend against the very spirit of freedom they seek to protect? How can students and universities create an atmosphere of open, critical enquiry that benefits all?
SPEAKERS:- Suzanne Whitten, lecturer, Queen’s University Belfast; author, A Republican Theory of Free Speech: Critical Civility- Ryan Hoey, politics graduate; former events officer, The Literific, Queen’s University Belfast- Inaya Folarin Iman, GB News journalist; founder, The Equiano Project
CHAIR: Ella Whelan, co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3521</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>240</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_copy655tz.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BelfastBattleFest: Can Culture Survive The Culture Wars?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BelfastBattleFest: Can Culture Survive The Culture Wars?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/belfastbattlefest-can-culture-survive-the-culture-wars/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/belfastbattlefest-can-culture-survive-the-culture-wars/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 18:14:11 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/9c02c53f-f668-33c4-92c6-fcb317696189</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.</p>
<p>Can Culture Survive The Culture Wars?</p>
<p>Culture-wars divisions increasingly frame how we judge artistic works. Statues of slave traders have been ripped from pedestals, accusations of ‘transphobia’ result in the work of artists such as Jess de Wahls being removed from galleries, while books by controversial figures such as Norman Mailer and Woody Allen are pulled from the schedules by the new cultural arbiters in publishing. Musician Nick Cave has spoken for many when he said that cancel culture has an ‘asphyxiating effect on the creative soul of a society’. But others ask what is wrong with assessing works in line with contemporary moral or cultural mores. Given art seeks subjective emotional responses as well as objective judgement, should we really have to contend with abusers such as R Kelly or Marilyn Manson on our airwaves, Jimmy Carr’s Holocaust joke on streaming platforms or statues of colonial supremacists in our cities – especially when, for many, they are an emotionally harmful reminder of past oppression? Are culture-war rebels right to believe that banishing controversial works will help put us on the right side of history? Or, in the name of artistic freedom, should we resist the policing of art and artists?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:
- Rosemary Jenkinson, short story writer, playwright and ACNI Major Artist
- Phil Harrison, writer; author, The First Day; filmmaker, Even Gods
- Olivia Hartley, publisher, The Critic</p>
<p>CHAIR: Ella Whelan, co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.</p>
<p>Can Culture Survive The Culture Wars?</p>
<p>Culture-wars divisions increasingly frame how we judge artistic works. Statues of slave traders have been ripped from pedestals, accusations of ‘transphobia’ result in the work of artists such as Jess de Wahls being removed from galleries, while books by controversial figures such as Norman Mailer and Woody Allen are pulled from the schedules by the new cultural arbiters in publishing. Musician Nick Cave has spoken for many when he said that cancel culture has an ‘asphyxiating effect on the creative soul of a society’. But others ask what is wrong with assessing works in line with contemporary moral or cultural mores. Given art seeks subjective emotional responses as well as objective judgement, should we really have to contend with abusers such as R Kelly or Marilyn Manson on our airwaves, Jimmy Carr’s Holocaust joke on streaming platforms or statues of colonial supremacists in our cities – especially when, for many, they are an emotionally harmful reminder of past oppression? Are culture-war rebels right to believe that banishing controversial works will help put us on the right side of history? Or, in the name of artistic freedom, should we resist the policing of art and artists?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:<br>
- Rosemary Jenkinson, short story writer, playwright and ACNI Major Artist<br>
- Phil Harrison, writer; author, The First Day; filmmaker, Even Gods<br>
- Olivia Hartley, publisher, The Critic</p>
<p>CHAIR: Ella Whelan, co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/giyuff/CanCultureSurviveTheCultureWars.mp3" length="86017464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording from the Belfast Battle of Ideas, an event that took place in the Crescent Arts Centre in Belfast on the 26 March 2022 in partnership with Imagine! Belfast Festival and the Academy of Ideas.
Can Culture Survive The Culture Wars?
Culture-wars divisions increasingly frame how we judge artistic works. Statues of slave traders have been ripped from pedestals, accusations of ‘transphobia’ result in the work of artists such as Jess de Wahls being removed from galleries, while books by controversial figures such as Norman Mailer and Woody Allen are pulled from the schedules by the new cultural arbiters in publishing. Musician Nick Cave has spoken for many when he said that cancel culture has an ‘asphyxiating effect on the creative soul of a society’. But others ask what is wrong with assessing works in line with contemporary moral or cultural mores. Given art seeks subjective emotional responses as well as objective judgement, should we really have to contend with abusers such as R Kelly or Marilyn Manson on our airwaves, Jimmy Carr’s Holocaust joke on streaming platforms or statues of colonial supremacists in our cities – especially when, for many, they are an emotionally harmful reminder of past oppression? Are culture-war rebels right to believe that banishing controversial works will help put us on the right side of history? Or, in the name of artistic freedom, should we resist the policing of art and artists?
SPEAKERS:- Rosemary Jenkinson, short story writer, playwright and ACNI Major Artist- Phil Harrison, writer; author, The First Day; filmmaker, Even Gods- Olivia Hartley, publisher, The Critic
CHAIR: Ella Whelan, co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist; author, What Women Want]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3657</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>240</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_copy7zo51.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookLaunch: Free Speech - A Global History from Socrates to Social Media</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookLaunch: Free Speech - A Global History from Socrates to Social Media</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/booklaunch-free-speech-a-global-history-from-socrates-to-social-media/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/booklaunch-free-speech-a-global-history-from-socrates-to-social-media/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 23 Mar 2022 15:27:56 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/4da33178-d7ce-3f3f-807c-bfff4e4419de</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This event was held on 17 March 2022 hosted by the Academy of Ideas and the Free Speech Union: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/free-speech-a-global-history-from-socrates-to-social-media/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/free-speech-a-global-history-from-socrates-to-social-media/ </a></p>
<p>Free speech is often hailed as the ‘first freedom’ and the bedrock of democracy. Free exchange of ideas underlies all intellectual achievement and has enabled the advancement of both freedom and equality worldwide. But free speech is also a challenging and even contentious principle that today is often considered to be under threat.</p>
<p>In his new book, Free Speech: A Global History from Socrates to Social Media, Jacob Mchangama traces the fluctuating history of this idea, arguing that it is not enough to have free speech legally enshrined – it has to be culturally accepted too. While the desire to restrict speech has been a constant, what are the threats from free-speech sceptics that we should worry about most today and how have they come to be? At a time when ideas, language and even history itself are the target of contentious interventions to restrict the free exchange of ideas, what can a wide-ranging historical perspective on free speech offer us in the contemporary battle to speak freely and challenge orthodoxies?</p>
<p>LECTURER: Jacob Mchangama
lawyer, human rights advocate and former external lecturer in human rights at the University of Copenhagen. He is the founder and director of Justitia, a Copenhagen-based think tank focusing on human rights, freedom of speech, and the rule of law. His writings have appeared in a wide range of international outlets including The Economist, The Washington Post, Foreign Policy, Foreign Affairs, Politico, The Wall Street Journal Europe, El Pais, France24, Deutsche Welle, and Al Jazeera. This book builds on his podcast ‘Clear and Present Danger: A History of Free Speech’, which has reached an audience of over 220,000 unique listeners in more than 120 countries across the world.</p>
<p>PANELISTS:</p>
<p>Dr Joanna Williams
director of Cieo; author, Academic Freedom in an Age of Conformity</p>
<p>Toby Young
general secretary, Free Speech Union</p>
<p>CHAIR: Claire Fox
director, Academy of Ideas. The discussion will be followed by a wine reception, hosted by Basic Books.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This event was held on 17 March 2022 hosted by the Academy of Ideas and the Free Speech Union: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/free-speech-a-global-history-from-socrates-to-social-media/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/free-speech-a-global-history-from-socrates-to-social-media/ </a></p>
<p>Free speech is often hailed as the ‘first freedom’ and the bedrock of democracy. Free exchange of ideas underlies all intellectual achievement and has enabled the advancement of both freedom and equality worldwide. But free speech is also a challenging and even contentious principle that today is often considered to be under threat.</p>
<p>In his new book, Free Speech: A Global History from Socrates to Social Media, Jacob Mchangama traces the fluctuating history of this idea, arguing that it is not enough to have free speech legally enshrined – it has to be culturally accepted too. While the desire to restrict speech has been a constant, what are the threats from free-speech sceptics that we should worry about most today and how have they come to be? At a time when ideas, language and even history itself are the target of contentious interventions to restrict the free exchange of ideas, what can a wide-ranging historical perspective on free speech offer us in the contemporary battle to speak freely and challenge orthodoxies?</p>
<p>LECTURER: Jacob Mchangama<br>
lawyer, human rights advocate and former external lecturer in human rights at the University of Copenhagen. He is the founder and director of Justitia, a Copenhagen-based think tank focusing on human rights, freedom of speech, and the rule of law. His writings have appeared in a wide range of international outlets including The Economist, The Washington Post, Foreign Policy, Foreign Affairs, Politico, The Wall Street Journal Europe, El Pais, France24, Deutsche Welle, and Al Jazeera. This book builds on his podcast ‘Clear and Present Danger: A History of Free Speech’, which has reached an audience of over 220,000 unique listeners in more than 120 countries across the world.</p>
<p>PANELISTS:</p>
<p>Dr Joanna Williams<br>
director of Cieo; author, Academic Freedom in an Age of Conformity</p>
<p>Toby Young<br>
general secretary, Free Speech Union</p>
<p>CHAIR: Claire Fox<br>
director, Academy of Ideas. The discussion will be followed by a wine reception, hosted by Basic Books.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pxzr79/JacobMc_BookLaunchAOI.mp3" length="95293128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This event was held on 17 March 2022 hosted by the Academy of Ideas and the Free Speech Union: academyofideas.org.uk/event/free-speech-a-global-history-from-socrates-to-social-media/ 
Free speech is often hailed as the ‘first freedom’ and the bedrock of democracy. Free exchange of ideas underlies all intellectual achievement and has enabled the advancement of both freedom and equality worldwide. But free speech is also a challenging and even contentious principle that today is often considered to be under threat.
In his new book, Free Speech: A Global History from Socrates to Social Media, Jacob Mchangama traces the fluctuating history of this idea, arguing that it is not enough to have free speech legally enshrined – it has to be culturally accepted too. While the desire to restrict speech has been a constant, what are the threats from free-speech sceptics that we should worry about most today and how have they come to be? At a time when ideas, language and even history itself are the target of contentious interventions to restrict the free exchange of ideas, what can a wide-ranging historical perspective on free speech offer us in the contemporary battle to speak freely and challenge orthodoxies?
LECTURER: Jacob Mchangamalawyer, human rights advocate and former external lecturer in human rights at the University of Copenhagen. He is the founder and director of Justitia, a Copenhagen-based think tank focusing on human rights, freedom of speech, and the rule of law. His writings have appeared in a wide range of international outlets including The Economist, The Washington Post, Foreign Policy, Foreign Affairs, Politico, The Wall Street Journal Europe, El Pais, France24, Deutsche Welle, and Al Jazeera. This book builds on his podcast ‘Clear and Present Danger: A History of Free Speech’, which has reached an audience of over 220,000 unique listeners in more than 120 countries across the world.
PANELISTS:
Dr Joanna Williamsdirector of Cieo; author, Academic Freedom in an Age of Conformity
Toby Younggeneral secretary, Free Speech Union
CHAIR: Claire Foxdirector, Academy of Ideas. The discussion will be followed by a wine reception, hosted by Basic Books.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5765</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>239</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Live debate: Ukraine in the crosshairs of history</title>
        <itunes:title>Live debate: Ukraine in the crosshairs of history</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/live-debate-ukraine-in-the-crosshairs-of-history/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/live-debate-ukraine-in-the-crosshairs-of-history/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 15:00:35 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/025f233e-fbd3-3934-b579-f910198fb761</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This meeting was held live at the Royal National Hotel on the 14 March 2022: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/ukraine-in-the-crosshairs-of-history/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/ukraine-in-the-crosshairs-of-history</a></p>
<p>A famous old Russian once said: ‘There are decades where nothing happens; and there are weeks where decades happen.’ The past week feels exactly like that since Russia’s appalling decision to invade Ukraine. Not only will there be enormous bloodshed, but a nation’s independence and sovereignty is under threat. It feels like an earthquake has taken place in international relations, with old certainties undermined and gathering trends suddenly coming to fruition. We need to ask how we got to this point, what we need to do now and what the wider ramifications are.</p>
<p>How did we get here? In all the confusion, the ‘Vladimir Putin is a mad dictator’ explanation really isn’t a good enough answer. We need a much better historical perspective than we’ve been getting so far, at the very least on events since the fall of the Soviet Union, but also how the current world order is, in many respects, an anomaly from the far longer experience of great-power politics. And we need to examine the chain of events in an open and honest way; it’s not ‘treason’, as some have claimed, to question NATO or the West’s approach to Russia in recent decades. Such questions, and a commitment to open inquiry, should not be demonised. Solidarity with Ukraine should not imply that we must suspend critical thinking.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS INCLUDE:</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi, sociologist and social commentator; author, First World War: Still No End in Sight</p>
<p>Joan Hoey, regional director for Europe, Economist Intelligence Unit (sister organisation of The Economist newspaper)</p>
<p>Tim Stanley, columnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West</p>
<p>CHAIR: Claire Fox, director, Academy of Ideas; member, House of Lords</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This meeting was held live at the Royal National Hotel on the 14 March 2022: <a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/ukraine-in-the-crosshairs-of-history/'>academyofideas.org.uk/event/ukraine-in-the-crosshairs-of-history</a></p>
<p>A famous old Russian once said: ‘There are decades where nothing happens; and there are weeks where decades happen.’ The past week feels exactly like that since Russia’s appalling decision to invade Ukraine. Not only will there be enormous bloodshed, but a nation’s independence and sovereignty is under threat. It feels like an earthquake has taken place in international relations, with old certainties undermined and gathering trends suddenly coming to fruition. We need to ask how we got to this point, what we need to do now and what the wider ramifications are.</p>
<p>How did we get here? In all the confusion, the ‘Vladimir Putin is a mad dictator’ explanation really isn’t a good enough answer. We need a much better historical perspective than we’ve been getting so far, at the very least on events since the fall of the Soviet Union, but also how the current world order is, in many respects, an anomaly from the far longer experience of great-power politics. And we need to examine the chain of events in an open and honest way; it’s not ‘treason’, as some have claimed, to question NATO or the West’s approach to Russia in recent decades. Such questions, and a commitment to open inquiry, should not be demonised. Solidarity with Ukraine should not imply that we must suspend critical thinking.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS INCLUDE:</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi, sociologist and social commentator; author, <em>First World War: Still No End in Sight</em></p>
<p>Joan Hoey, regional director for Europe, Economist Intelligence Unit (sister organisation of <em>The Economist</em> newspaper)</p>
<p>Tim Stanley, columnist and leader writer, <em>Daily Telegraph</em>; author, <em>Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West</em></p>
<p>CHAIR: Claire Fox, director, Academy of Ideas; member, House of Lords</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/trae22/UkraineInTheCrosshairsOfHistory.mp3" length="117404225" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This meeting was held live at the Royal National Hotel on the 14 March 2022: academyofideas.org.uk/event/ukraine-in-the-crosshairs-of-history
A famous old Russian once said: ‘There are decades where nothing happens; and there are weeks where decades happen.’ The past week feels exactly like that since Russia’s appalling decision to invade Ukraine. Not only will there be enormous bloodshed, but a nation’s independence and sovereignty is under threat. It feels like an earthquake has taken place in international relations, with old certainties undermined and gathering trends suddenly coming to fruition. We need to ask how we got to this point, what we need to do now and what the wider ramifications are.
How did we get here? In all the confusion, the ‘Vladimir Putin is a mad dictator’ explanation really isn’t a good enough answer. We need a much better historical perspective than we’ve been getting so far, at the very least on events since the fall of the Soviet Union, but also how the current world order is, in many respects, an anomaly from the far longer experience of great-power politics. And we need to examine the chain of events in an open and honest way; it’s not ‘treason’, as some have claimed, to question NATO or the West’s approach to Russia in recent decades. Such questions, and a commitment to open inquiry, should not be demonised. Solidarity with Ukraine should not imply that we must suspend critical thinking.
SPEAKERS INCLUDE:
Professor Frank Furedi, sociologist and social commentator; author, First World War: Still No End in Sight
Joan Hoey, regional director for Europe, Economist Intelligence Unit (sister organisation of The Economist newspaper)
Tim Stanley, columnist and leader writer, Daily Telegraph; author, Whatever Happened to Tradition? History, Belonging and the Future of the West
CHAIR: Claire Fox, director, Academy of Ideas; member, House of Lords]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7924</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>238</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: War in Ukraine</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: War in Ukraine</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcastofideas-war-in-ukraine/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcastofideas-war-in-ukraine/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 25 Feb 2022 14:42:19 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/ea4371a1-e484-385a-8ef4-30781daeb938</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>As war breaks out in Ukraine, the Academy of Ideas team is joined by Professor Frank Furedi and international affairs correspondent Mary Dejevsky to discuss Vladimir Putin's invasion and the fallout among Western nations.</p>
<p>Articles discussed in the podcast: Patrick Cockburn in the <a href='http://inews.co.uk/news/world/russopho%E2%80%A6e-dangerous-1478850'>Independent</a> / Tom McTague in the <a href='http://www.theatlantic.com/international/a%E2%80%A6st-test/622889/'>Atlantic</a> / Brendan O'Neill in <a href='http://www.spiked-online.com/2022/02/22/han%E2%80%A6s-off-ukraine/'>spiked</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As war breaks out in Ukraine, the Academy of Ideas team is joined by Professor Frank Furedi and international affairs correspondent Mary Dejevsky to discuss Vladimir Putin's invasion and the fallout among Western nations.</p>
<p>Articles discussed in the podcast: Patrick Cockburn in the <a href='http://inews.co.uk/news/world/russopho%E2%80%A6e-dangerous-1478850'><em>Independent</em></a> / Tom McTague in the <em><a href='http://www.theatlantic.com/international/a%E2%80%A6st-test/622889/'>Atlantic</a> / </em>Brendan O'Neill in <em><a href='http://www.spiked-online.com/2022/02/22/han%E2%80%A6s-off-ukraine/'>spiked</a></em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bsus2x/Ukraine_Podcast_FINAL689io.mp3" length="111560714" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[As war breaks out in Ukraine, the Academy of Ideas team is joined by Professor Frank Furedi and international affairs correspondent Mary Dejevsky to discuss Vladimir Putin's invasion and the fallout among Western nations.
Articles discussed in the podcast: Patrick Cockburn in the Independent / Tom McTague in the Atlantic / Brendan O'Neill in spiked]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2788</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>237</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Education Forum: Has Ofsted become too political?</title>
        <itunes:title>Education Forum: Has Ofsted become too political?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/education-forum-has-ofsted-become-too-political/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/education-forum-has-ofsted-become-too-political/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 15:30:25 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e6c83f28-9736-3183-af81-137fad5e75cb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Panel discussion organised by the Academy of Ideas Education Forum on 21 February 2022.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
As the Office for Standards in Education (Ofsted) approaches its 30th birthday, many are increasingly concerned that Ofsted is becoming overly political and moralistic and insufficiently educational in its approach. The anniversary of Ofsted’s creation seems a good moment to take stock.</p>
<p>Ofsted employs more than a thousand people and has an annual budget of close to £130 million. For this, it takes responsibility for regularly inspecting all publicly funded schools and colleges in England. In addition to setting the agenda of her inspection teams, Ofsted’s head, Amanda Spielman, writes a widely read annual report on the state of state education. Spielman herself has strong educational, political and moral opinions, and intervenes regularly in public debates. Last year, for example, she rejected calls to decolonise the school curriculum.</p>
<p>Ofsted was established in 1992 in the final phase of the Thatcherite reform of English state education. The creation of a national inspectorate that reported in public followed the introduction of the National Curriculum in 1989, as well as a new national examination system that included the General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE). Results from these national exams were from this point onwards reported in national league tables, in which the performance of all state schools was ranked.</p>
<p>At the time, many teachers opposed this power grab from central government, and these criticisms have continued to be voiced. For many, Ofsted represents an unwarranted extension of central state control over education, as well as a mechanism by which the autonomy and the professionalism of teachers has been undermined. It is certainly true that teachers in England experience extraordinary levels of central state control and that Ofsted is one of the mechanisms by which this control is exercised. However, sociologist Stephen Ball perhaps overstates the case when he describes the accountability pressures experienced by English state-school teachers as giving rise to the ‘terror of performativity’.</p>
<p>It was under the government of John Major that Ofsted was first introduced. As we might expect, his account of its purpose differs from that of its critics. Writing in his autobiography, he observes that when he came into office, producers – rather than consumers – controlled public services and that health and education in particular was ‘run carelessly, wastefully, arrogantly … more for the convenience of the providers than the users, whether they were parents, pupils or patients’.</p>
<p>More recently, however, Ofsted has faced criticism from conservatives. They argue that Ofsted has been captured by progressivist educators, who are using the inspection system to impose woke values on education. Ofsted, the conservatives allege, has become a cuckoo institution, a mechanism by which a progressivist elite lodged within the state are imposing their values on young people. This charge could not be more serious, as Ofsted ought to remain impartial on matters that divide the nation morally and politically. It is, after all, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate.</p>
<p>Is Ofsted now exceeding its official remit? Do we even need a national inspectorate when we have a national examination system? Can state-employed teachers be trusted to do the job for which they are paid and trained? Is it time that we inspected the inspectors?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Neil Davenport
writer and teacher</p>
<p>Rowenna Davis
teacher; former journalist and Labour Party parliamentary candidate; new mum and community organiser</p>
<p>Alex Kenny
secondary school teacher and NEU Executive member</p>
<p>Joseph Robertson
director, Orthodox Conservatives think tank; education research fellow, The Bow Group</p>
<p>CHAIR
Toby Marshall
teacher and member of the AoI Education Forum</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Panel discussion organised by the Academy of Ideas Education Forum on 21 February 2022.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
As the Office for Standards in Education (Ofsted) approaches its 30th birthday, many are increasingly concerned that Ofsted is becoming overly political and moralistic and insufficiently educational in its approach. The anniversary of Ofsted’s creation seems a good moment to take stock.</p>
<p>Ofsted employs more than a thousand people and has an annual budget of close to £130 million. For this, it takes responsibility for regularly inspecting all publicly funded schools and colleges in England. In addition to setting the agenda of her inspection teams, Ofsted’s head, Amanda Spielman, writes a widely read annual report on the state of state education. Spielman herself has strong educational, political and moral opinions, and intervenes regularly in public debates. Last year, for example, she rejected calls to decolonise the school curriculum.</p>
<p>Ofsted was established in 1992 in the final phase of the Thatcherite reform of English state education. The creation of a national inspectorate that reported in public followed the introduction of the National Curriculum in 1989, as well as a new national examination system that included the General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE). Results from these national exams were from this point onwards reported in national league tables, in which the performance of all state schools was ranked.</p>
<p>At the time, many teachers opposed this power grab from central government, and these criticisms have continued to be voiced. For many, Ofsted represents an unwarranted extension of central state control over education, as well as a mechanism by which the autonomy and the professionalism of teachers has been undermined. It is certainly true that teachers in England experience extraordinary levels of central state control and that Ofsted is one of the mechanisms by which this control is exercised. However, sociologist Stephen Ball perhaps overstates the case when he describes the accountability pressures experienced by English state-school teachers as giving rise to the ‘terror of performativity’.</p>
<p>It was under the government of John Major that Ofsted was first introduced. As we might expect, his account of its purpose differs from that of its critics. Writing in his autobiography, he observes that when he came into office, producers – rather than consumers – controlled public services and that health and education in particular was ‘run carelessly, wastefully, arrogantly … more for the convenience of the providers than the users, whether they were parents, pupils or patients’.</p>
<p>More recently, however, Ofsted has faced criticism from conservatives. They argue that Ofsted has been captured by progressivist educators, who are using the inspection system to impose woke values on education. Ofsted, the conservatives allege, has become a cuckoo institution, a mechanism by which a progressivist elite lodged within the state are imposing their values on young people. This charge could not be more serious, as Ofsted ought to remain impartial on matters that divide the nation morally and politically. It is, after all, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate.</p>
<p>Is Ofsted now exceeding its official remit? Do we even need a national inspectorate when we have a national examination system? Can state-employed teachers be trusted to do the job for which they are paid and trained? Is it time that we inspected the inspectors?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Neil Davenport<br>
writer and teacher</p>
<p>Rowenna Davis<br>
teacher; former journalist and Labour Party parliamentary candidate; new mum and community organiser</p>
<p>Alex Kenny<br>
secondary school teacher and NEU Executive member</p>
<p>Joseph Robertson<br>
director, Orthodox Conservatives think tank; education research fellow, The Bow Group</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Toby Marshall<br>
teacher and member of the AoI Education Forum</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/a7w6yt/220221_Has_Ofsted_become_too_politicalb2x2x.mp3" length="81456769" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Panel discussion organised by the Academy of Ideas Education Forum on 21 February 2022.
INTRODUCTIONAs the Office for Standards in Education (Ofsted) approaches its 30th birthday, many are increasingly concerned that Ofsted is becoming overly political and moralistic and insufficiently educational in its approach. The anniversary of Ofsted’s creation seems a good moment to take stock.
Ofsted employs more than a thousand people and has an annual budget of close to £130 million. For this, it takes responsibility for regularly inspecting all publicly funded schools and colleges in England. In addition to setting the agenda of her inspection teams, Ofsted’s head, Amanda Spielman, writes a widely read annual report on the state of state education. Spielman herself has strong educational, political and moral opinions, and intervenes regularly in public debates. Last year, for example, she rejected calls to decolonise the school curriculum.
Ofsted was established in 1992 in the final phase of the Thatcherite reform of English state education. The creation of a national inspectorate that reported in public followed the introduction of the National Curriculum in 1989, as well as a new national examination system that included the General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE). Results from these national exams were from this point onwards reported in national league tables, in which the performance of all state schools was ranked.
At the time, many teachers opposed this power grab from central government, and these criticisms have continued to be voiced. For many, Ofsted represents an unwarranted extension of central state control over education, as well as a mechanism by which the autonomy and the professionalism of teachers has been undermined. It is certainly true that teachers in England experience extraordinary levels of central state control and that Ofsted is one of the mechanisms by which this control is exercised. However, sociologist Stephen Ball perhaps overstates the case when he describes the accountability pressures experienced by English state-school teachers as giving rise to the ‘terror of performativity’.
It was under the government of John Major that Ofsted was first introduced. As we might expect, his account of its purpose differs from that of its critics. Writing in his autobiography, he observes that when he came into office, producers – rather than consumers – controlled public services and that health and education in particular was ‘run carelessly, wastefully, arrogantly … more for the convenience of the providers than the users, whether they were parents, pupils or patients’.
More recently, however, Ofsted has faced criticism from conservatives. They argue that Ofsted has been captured by progressivist educators, who are using the inspection system to impose woke values on education. Ofsted, the conservatives allege, has become a cuckoo institution, a mechanism by which a progressivist elite lodged within the state are imposing their values on young people. This charge could not be more serious, as Ofsted ought to remain impartial on matters that divide the nation morally and politically. It is, after all, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate.
Is Ofsted now exceeding its official remit? Do we even need a national inspectorate when we have a national examination system? Can state-employed teachers be trusted to do the job for which they are paid and trained? Is it time that we inspected the inspectors?
SPEAKERSNeil Davenportwriter and teacher
Rowenna Davisteacher; former journalist and Labour Party parliamentary candidate; new mum and community organiser
Alex Kennysecondary school teacher and NEU Executive member
Joseph Robertsondirector, Orthodox Conservatives think tank; education research fellow, The Bow Group
CHAIRToby Marshallteacher and member of the AoI Education Forum]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5818</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>236</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-LM0UoTR1x3kiXnZq-NWlc4w-t3000x3000-300x300.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#InternationalSalon: Boiling point - Russia and the West</title>
        <itunes:title>#InternationalSalon: Boiling point - Russia and the West</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/internationalsalon-boiling-point-russia-and-the-west/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/internationalsalon-boiling-point-russia-and-the-west/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 04 Feb 2022 11:52:44 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/5f631184-e430-3fb9-9cd1-2fa798cbe373</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas International Salon panel discussion on 3 February 2022.</p>
<p><a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/boiling-point-russia-and-the-west/'> https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/boiling-point-russia-and-the-west/</a></p>
<p>INTRODUCTION:</p>
<p>Russian troops on the border of Ukraine, riots in Kazakhstan, brutal suppression of recent protests in Belarus, talk of a new Cold War, threats of catastrophic sanctions from America, and demands from Russia for new security guarantees. As negotiations begin between Russia and the West, how do we make sense of the confusing – and highly charged – state of East-West relations?</p>
<p>Why have tensions continued to rachet up in the first place? Is there some validity to Russian security concerns amidst the enlargement of NATO and the EU, or is Russia to blame for seeking to expand its sphere of influence? Is this a genuine opportunity for Biden and Putin to lower tensions, or even negotiate a new settlement for relations between the West and Russia, after the chaotic collapse of the Soviet Union? Or is this just a prelude to further hostilities? Why does the whole area of the former Soviet Union seem such a hotbed of geopolitical tensions today?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:</p>
<p>Mary Dejevsky</p>
<p>international affairs correspondent, Independent</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi</p>
<p>sociologist and commentator; author, 100 Years of Identity Crisis: culture war over socialisation</p>
<p>CHAIR: Jacob Reynolds</p>
<p>partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas International Salon panel discussion on 3 February 2022.</p>
<p><a href='https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/boiling-point-russia-and-the-west/'> https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/boiling-point-russia-and-the-west/</a></p>
<p>INTRODUCTION:</p>
<p>Russian troops on the border of Ukraine, riots in Kazakhstan, brutal suppression of recent protests in Belarus, talk of a new Cold War, threats of catastrophic sanctions from America, and demands from Russia for new security guarantees. As negotiations begin between Russia and the West, how do we make sense of the confusing – and highly charged – state of East-West relations?</p>
<p>Why have tensions continued to rachet up in the first place? Is there some validity to Russian security concerns amidst the enlargement of NATO and the EU, or is Russia to blame for seeking to expand its sphere of influence? Is this a genuine opportunity for Biden and Putin to lower tensions, or even negotiate a new settlement for relations between the West and Russia, after the chaotic collapse of the Soviet Union? Or is this just a prelude to further hostilities? Why does the whole area of the former Soviet Union seem such a hotbed of geopolitical tensions today?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS:</p>
<p>Mary Dejevsky</p>
<p>international affairs correspondent, Independent</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi</p>
<p>sociologist and commentator; author, 100 Years of Identity Crisis: culture war over socialisation</p>
<p>CHAIR: Jacob Reynolds</p>
<p>partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6jjpfb/IntSalon_UKraine.mp3" length="239832000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Academy of Ideas International Salon panel discussion on 3 February 2022.
 https://academyofideas.org.uk/event/boiling-point-russia-and-the-west/
INTRODUCTION:
Russian troops on the border of Ukraine, riots in Kazakhstan, brutal suppression of recent protests in Belarus, talk of a new Cold War, threats of catastrophic sanctions from America, and demands from Russia for new security guarantees. As negotiations begin between Russia and the West, how do we make sense of the confusing – and highly charged – state of East-West relations?
Why have tensions continued to rachet up in the first place? Is there some validity to Russian security concerns amidst the enlargement of NATO and the EU, or is Russia to blame for seeking to expand its sphere of influence? Is this a genuine opportunity for Biden and Putin to lower tensions, or even negotiate a new settlement for relations between the West and Russia, after the chaotic collapse of the Soviet Union? Or is this just a prelude to further hostilities? Why does the whole area of the former Soviet Union seem such a hotbed of geopolitical tensions today?
SPEAKERS:
Mary Dejevsky
international affairs correspondent, Independent
Professor Frank Furedi
sociologist and commentator; author, 100 Years of Identity Crisis: culture war over socialisation
CHAIR: Jacob Reynolds
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5995</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>235</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/International_Salon7say1.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: What’s in store for the arts in 2022?</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: What’s in store for the arts in 2022?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/artssocietyforum-what-s-in-store-for-the-arts-in-2022/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/artssocietyforum-what-s-in-store-for-the-arts-in-2022/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2022 14:33:46 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/3fd6ba51-dd5b-3aa5-89b7-ae65b1359e30</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Arts & Society Forum event - What’s in store for the arts in 2022? - that took place on 10 January 2022: <a href='https://fb.me/e/7cT8pWcle'>https://fb.me/e/7cT8pWcle</a></p>
<p>What can we expect of the arts in 2022? On the one hand, the measures taken to protect us against COVID19 have imposed onerous restrictions on the arts, closing down theatres, museums, galleries and most other venues. But the arts seem to be returning to life with renewed (if somewhat cautious) energy.</p>
<p>On the other hand, controversy continues to dog the arts, whether it’s what to put on the fourth plinth in Trafalgar Square, sponsors and patrons with unsavoury histories, artists who fall foul of new moral codes, or increasing calls for censorship and cancellation. These controversies might help to keep the arts in the public eye, but what impact do they have on artistic development and production? What can we expect in terms of new work of artistic merit?</p>
<p>As 2022 gets started, after two years of hiatus and disruption, can we expect things to get better or worse? Are there any potential events or developments that we can anticipate with excitement or dread? How will the arts respond to the challenges likely to face us in 2022? How will each of the arts fare in the coming year?</p>
<p>Listen to Niall Crowley, Jonathan Grant, Rachel Jordon, Michael Nath, Vicky Richardson and Wendy Earle discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Arts & Society Forum event - What’s in store for the arts in 2022? - that took place on 10 January 2022: <a href='https://fb.me/e/7cT8pWcle'>https://fb.me/e/7cT8pWcle</a></p>
<p>What can we expect of the arts in 2022? On the one hand, the measures taken to protect us against COVID19 have imposed onerous restrictions on the arts, closing down theatres, museums, galleries and most other venues. But the arts seem to be returning to life with renewed (if somewhat cautious) energy.</p>
<p>On the other hand, controversy continues to dog the arts, whether it’s what to put on the fourth plinth in Trafalgar Square, sponsors and patrons with unsavoury histories, artists who fall foul of new moral codes, or increasing calls for censorship and cancellation. These controversies might help to keep the arts in the public eye, but what impact do they have on artistic development and production? What can we expect in terms of new work of artistic merit?</p>
<p>As 2022 gets started, after two years of hiatus and disruption, can we expect things to get better or worse? Are there any potential events or developments that we can anticipate with excitement or dread? How will the arts respond to the challenges likely to face us in 2022? How will each of the arts fare in the coming year?</p>
<p><em>Listen to Niall Crowley, Jonathan Grant, Rachel Jordon, Michael Nath, Vicky Richardson and Wendy Earle discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5egmdn/wendy.mp3" length="125481600" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording from the Arts & Society Forum event - What’s in store for the arts in 2022? - that took place on 10 January 2022: https://fb.me/e/7cT8pWcle
What can we expect of the arts in 2022? On the one hand, the measures taken to protect us against COVID19 have imposed onerous restrictions on the arts, closing down theatres, museums, galleries and most other venues. But the arts seem to be returning to life with renewed (if somewhat cautious) energy.
On the other hand, controversy continues to dog the arts, whether it’s what to put on the fourth plinth in Trafalgar Square, sponsors and patrons with unsavoury histories, artists who fall foul of new moral codes, or increasing calls for censorship and cancellation. These controversies might help to keep the arts in the public eye, but what impact do they have on artistic development and production? What can we expect in terms of new work of artistic merit?
As 2022 gets started, after two years of hiatus and disruption, can we expect things to get better or worse? Are there any potential events or developments that we can anticipate with excitement or dread? How will the arts respond to the challenges likely to face us in 2022? How will each of the arts fare in the coming year?
Listen to Niall Crowley, Jonathan Grant, Rachel Jordon, Michael Nath, Vicky Richardson and Wendy Earle discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6274</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>234</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpeg6aq6v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Controversy down under - from Djokovic to The Ashes</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Controversy down under - from Djokovic to The Ashes</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-controversy-down-under-from-djokovic-to-the-ashes/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscastofideas-controversy-down-under-from-djokovic-to-the-ashes/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 15:40:34 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/0d4b633b-b38f-3e97-9925-23b3acad301a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>For our first Sportscast of Ideas of 2022, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, with special guest and Aussie, Charlie Pearson.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For our first Sportscast of Ideas of 2022, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, with special guest and Aussie, Charlie Pearson.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3cja87/Sportscastofideas_Djokovich99iql.mp3" length="93951360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[For our first Sportscast of Ideas of 2022, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, with special guest and Aussie, Charlie Pearson.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2348</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>233</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: What are Western values - and should we defend them?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: What are Western values - and should we defend them?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest2021-what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest2021-what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jan 2022 17:30:10 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/77095891-64d3-34ad-a11c-5d7c2e4ce6d1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/'>WHAT ARE WESTERN VALUES - AND SHOULD WE DEFEND THEM?</a></p>
<p>
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:  <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>The recent abandonment of Afghanistan by the UK and the US is widely seen as a humiliating defeat for the West. Coinciding with the 20th anniversary of 9/11, the hurried exit and its consequences have led to a soul-searching discussion about what the West really means today. Are we prepared to fight for Western values, and do we even agree on what Western values are?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/'>WHAT ARE WESTERN VALUES - AND SHOULD WE DEFEND THEM?</a></p>
<p><br>
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:  <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p>The recent abandonment of Afghanistan by the UK and the US is widely seen as a humiliating defeat for the West. Coinciding with the 20th anniversary of 9/11, the hurried exit and its consequences have led to a soul-searching discussion about what the West really means today. Are we prepared to fight for Western values, and do we even agree on what Western values are?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2qp632/WHAT_ARE_WESTERN_VALUES_8iaah.mp3" length="230811688" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
WHAT ARE WESTERN VALUES - AND SHOULD WE DEFEND THEM?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:  https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-are-western-values-and-should-we-defend-them/
 
The recent abandonment of Afghanistan by the UK and the US is widely seen as a humiliating defeat for the West. Coinciding with the 20th anniversary of 9/11, the hurried exit and its consequences have led to a soul-searching discussion about what the West really means today. Are we prepared to fight for Western values, and do we even agree on what Western values are?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5770</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>232</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: The post-pandemic recovery: how is it going?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: The post-pandemic recovery: how is it going?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 17:36:39 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/81e23663-1c91-3507-a75c-730265558274</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/'>THE POST-PANDEMIC RECOVERY: HOW IS IT GOING?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:
<a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/</a>
</p>
<p>Will the post-pandemic recovery continue? Why has the UK economy experienced such a long period of relative stagnation, with productivity barely growing for years? What, if anything, can be done to change this dynamic? How can living standards be boosted in more deprived areas? The Covid-related economic crisis is itself unlikely to ‘change everything’, but to what extent could it be the catalyst for accelerating economic changes already underway?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/'>THE POST-PANDEMIC RECOVERY: HOW IS IT GOING?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:<br>
<a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/</a><br>
</p>
<p>Will the post-pandemic recovery continue? Why has the UK economy experienced such a long period of relative stagnation, with productivity barely growing for years? What, if anything, can be done to change this dynamic? How can living standards be boosted in more deprived areas? The Covid-related economic crisis is itself unlikely to ‘change everything’, but to what extent could it be the catalyst for accelerating economic changes already underway?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zwtneb/THE_POST_PANDEMIC_RECOVERYb1f91.mp3" length="221995884" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
THE POST-PANDEMIC RECOVERY: HOW IS IT GOING?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-post-pandemic-recovery-how-is-it-going/
Will the post-pandemic recovery continue? Why has the UK economy experienced such a long period of relative stagnation, with productivity barely growing for years? What, if anything, can be done to change this dynamic? How can living standards be boosted in more deprived areas? The Covid-related economic crisis is itself unlikely to ‘change everything’, but to what extent could it be the catalyst for accelerating economic changes already underway?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5549</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>231</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Can sport survive the culture wars?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Can sport survive the culture wars?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 16:04:39 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/bbb5ab00-5963-3483-8681-bc764ae0bc58</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/'>CAN SPORT SURVIVE THE CULTURE WARS?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/</a></p>
<p class="p1">Is sport in danger of being consumed by these wider cultural issues or is it part of a healthy cleansing process? Is the praise heaped upon Biles and Osaka a sign that sport needs to change to put athletes wellbeing first?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/'>CAN SPORT SURVIVE THE CULTURE WARS?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/</a></p>
<p class="p1">Is sport in danger of being consumed by these wider cultural issues or is it part of a healthy cleansing process? Is the praise heaped upon Biles and Osaka a sign that sport needs to change to put athletes wellbeing first?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/q5dbyk/CAN_SPORT_SURVIVE_THE_CULTURE_WARS85tbf.mp3" length="185416097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
CAN SPORT SURVIVE THE CULTURE WARS?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-sport-survive-the-culture-wars/
Is sport in danger of being consumed by these wider cultural issues or is it part of a healthy cleansing process? Is the praise heaped upon Biles and Osaka a sign that sport needs to change to put athletes wellbeing first?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4635</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Care for the elderly: the forgotten minority?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Care for the elderly: the forgotten minority?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 16:04:36 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/be84db58-85fc-3633-a9ec-c9225ae0db87</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/'>CARE FOR THE ELDERLY: THE FORGOTTEN MINORITY?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:
<a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/</a></p>
<p>Negative attitudes to the elderly go far beyond financial support. Long before COVID, social policy has been ambivalent about increased longevity. Far from being treated as unalloyed good news, the trend has often been problematised as a demographic time bomb, a financial burden to be paid for by the young and a drain on the NHS. Are these problems solely down to governments? If politicians have out-sourced elderly care, have some families themselves done the same, with Covid only highlighting the underlying weaknesses in intergenerational family bonds? How should we view care of the elderly in the future? What lessons have we learnt from the pandemic?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/'>CARE FOR THE ELDERLY: THE FORGOTTEN MINORITY?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:<br>
<a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/</a></p>
<p>Negative attitudes to the elderly go far beyond financial support. Long before COVID, social policy has been ambivalent about increased longevity. Far from being treated as unalloyed good news, the trend has often been problematised as a demographic time bomb, a financial burden to be paid for by the young and a drain on the NHS. Are these problems solely down to governments? If politicians have out-sourced elderly care, have some families themselves done the same, with Covid only highlighting the underlying weaknesses in intergenerational family bonds? How should we view care of the elderly in the future? What lessons have we learnt from the pandemic?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/axj4dt/CARE_FOR_THE_ELDERLY9da7r.mp3" length="207447770" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
CARE FOR THE ELDERLY: THE FORGOTTEN MINORITY?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/care-for-the-elderly-the-forgotten-minority/
Negative attitudes to the elderly go far beyond financial support. Long before COVID, social policy has been ambivalent about increased longevity. Far from being treated as unalloyed good news, the trend has often been problematised as a demographic time bomb, a financial burden to be paid for by the young and a drain on the NHS. Are these problems solely down to governments? If politicians have out-sourced elderly care, have some families themselves done the same, with Covid only highlighting the underlying weaknesses in intergenerational family bonds? How should we view care of the elderly in the future? What lessons have we learnt from the pandemic?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5186</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: From GB News to Ben &amp; Jerry’s - boycotts or censorship?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: From GB News to Ben &amp; Jerry’s - boycotts or censorship?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerry-s-boycotts-or-censorship/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerry-s-boycotts-or-censorship/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 16:04:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7124cc5b-6d40-3417-8ee6-919e2594aaee</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerrys-boycotts-or-censorship/'>FROM GB NEWS TO BEN & JERRY’S: BOYCOTTS OR CENSORSHIP?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerrys-boycotts-or-censorship/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerrys-boycotts-or-censorship/</a></p>
<p class="p1">If boycotts are simply legitimate expressions of preference or political opinion, can we complain about them? Or, if they stray into the territory of suppressing political debate, do they then become more of a threat? Are boycotts an attack on free expression or a weapon for those fighting for accountability? How has the use of boycotts changed over the years, and why have they become so contentious?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerrys-boycotts-or-censorship/'>FROM GB NEWS TO BEN & JERRY’S: BOYCOTTS OR CENSORSHIP?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerrys-boycotts-or-censorship/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerrys-boycotts-or-censorship/</a></p>
<p class="p1">If boycotts are simply legitimate expressions of preference or political opinion, can we complain about them? Or, if they stray into the territory of suppressing political debate, do they then become more of a threat? Are boycotts an attack on free expression or a weapon for those fighting for accountability? How has the use of boycotts changed over the years, and why have they become so contentious?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/frvjwb/FROM_GBNEWS_TO_BEN_AND_JERRYSaw54u.mp3" length="168413517" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
FROM GB NEWS TO BEN & JERRY’S: BOYCOTTS OR CENSORSHIP?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-gb-news-to-ben-jerrys-boycotts-or-censorship/
If boycotts are simply legitimate expressions of preference or political opinion, can we complain about them? Or, if they stray into the territory of suppressing political debate, do they then become more of a threat? Are boycotts an attack on free expression or a weapon for those fighting for accountability? How has the use of boycotts changed over the years, and why have they become so contentious?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4210</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: How to fight cancel culture and win</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: How to fight cancel culture and win</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 16:04:26 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/8b5df2a8-dbf9-38d2-9841-c6857990b6df</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-fsu-files-how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/'>THE FSU FILES: HOW TO FIGHT CANCEL CULTURE AND WIN</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-fsu-files-how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-fsu-files-how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/</a></p>
<p class="p1">What is it like to be publicly shamed for your views or beliefs, to have your words scrutinised by an employment tribunal or even by the police? More importantly, what inspires some to stand their ground and make their struggle public? Are new communities and movements beginning to flourish around freedom of speech? And how can we successfully defend individual speech rights, campaign for greater legislative protection and try to turn the tide on the wave of intolerance sweeping through our institutions?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-fsu-files-how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/'>THE FSU FILES: HOW TO FIGHT CANCEL CULTURE AND WIN</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-fsu-files-how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-fsu-files-how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/</a></p>
<p class="p1">What is it like to be publicly shamed for your views or beliefs, to have your words scrutinised by an employment tribunal or even by the police? More importantly, what inspires some to stand their ground and make their struggle public? Are new communities and movements beginning to flourish around freedom of speech? And how can we successfully defend individual speech rights, campaign for greater legislative protection and try to turn the tide on the wave of intolerance sweeping through our institutions?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/h9rpm2/FSU_FILESapgyt.mp3" length="206676635" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
THE FSU FILES: HOW TO FIGHT CANCEL CULTURE AND WIN
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-fsu-files-how-to-fight-cancel-culture-and-win/
What is it like to be publicly shamed for your views or beliefs, to have your words scrutinised by an employment tribunal or even by the police? More importantly, what inspires some to stand their ground and make their struggle public? Are new communities and movements beginning to flourish around freedom of speech? And how can we successfully defend individual speech rights, campaign for greater legislative protection and try to turn the tide on the wave of intolerance sweeping through our institutions?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5166</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Girl, boy, other: how do we talk to kids about gender?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Girl, boy, other: how do we talk to kids about gender?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 16:03:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/41214b3b-9f2e-3b46-b2a6-80bcfeacf16d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/'>GIRL, BOY, OTHER: HOW DO WE TALK TO KIDS ABOUT GENDER?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/</a>
</p>
<p class="p3">How should we talk to kids about gender – if at all? Is it small-minded to feel uncomfortable about a more open discussion of sex and identity, particularly with younger children at school? Or are we allowing political trends in the adult world interfere with what’s best for kids? Is it a sign of a problem or an expression of greater freedom that, in recent years, there has been a notable increase in young people feeling alienated from their given gender identity? Should children’s gender identity be given the space to be playful, and does the toxic debate in the adult world risk putting limitations on that space for childish exploration?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/'>GIRL, BOY, OTHER: HOW DO WE TALK TO KIDS ABOUT GENDER?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/</a><br>
</p>
<p class="p3">How should we talk to kids about gender – if at all? Is it small-minded to feel uncomfortable about a more open discussion of sex and identity, particularly with younger children at school? Or are we allowing political trends in the adult world interfere with what’s best for kids? Is it a sign of a problem or an expression of greater freedom that, in recent years, there has been a notable increase in young people feeling alienated from their given gender identity? Should children’s gender identity be given the space to be playful, and does the toxic debate in the adult world risk putting limitations on that space for childish exploration?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/v9hscs/GIRL_BOY_OTHERa378a.mp3" length="217519542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
GIRL, BOY, OTHER: HOW DO WE TALK TO KIDS ABOUT GENDER?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/girl-boy-other-how-do-we-talk-to-kids-about-gender/
How should we talk to kids about gender – if at all? Is it small-minded to feel uncomfortable about a more open discussion of sex and identity, particularly with younger children at school? Or are we allowing political trends in the adult world interfere with what’s best for kids? Is it a sign of a problem or an expression of greater freedom that, in recent years, there has been a notable increase in young people feeling alienated from their given gender identity? Should children’s gender identity be given the space to be playful, and does the toxic debate in the adult world risk putting limitations on that space for childish exploration?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5437</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Is it time to rethink the precautionary principle?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Is it time to rethink the precautionary principle?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 16:03:51 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/807d1ecf-82ff-3a4d-8931-9f6d1221f9cd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/'>IS IT TIME TO RETHINK THE PRECAUTIONARY PRINCIPLE?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/</a></p>
<p>Can we treat decisions about something like a pandemic in the same way as those to do with the environment and new technologies, like artificial intelligence? Or has this pandemic shown us that we need to consider each new threat in a more holistic way, considering the economy, well-being and people’s freedoms as much as the direct threat to health? Is it time to finally depoliticise precaution and treat each case as unique? Or with political alignments becoming as important as the dispassionate assessment of risk, will the precautionary principle remain another victim of the all-encompassing ‘culture wars’?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/'>IS IT TIME TO RETHINK THE PRECAUTIONARY PRINCIPLE?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/</a></p>
<p>Can we treat decisions about something like a pandemic in the same way as those to do with the environment and new technologies, like artificial intelligence? Or has this pandemic shown us that we need to consider each new threat in a more holistic way, considering the economy, well-being and people’s freedoms as much as the direct threat to health? Is it time to finally depoliticise precaution and treat each case as unique? Or with political alignments becoming as important as the dispassionate assessment of risk, will the precautionary principle remain another victim of the all-encompassing ‘culture wars’?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mngb9q/PRECAUTIONARY_PRINCIPLEbugw2.mp3" length="203591052" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
IS IT TIME TO RETHINK THE PRECAUTIONARY PRINCIPLE?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-it-time-to-rethink-the-precautionary-principle/
Can we treat decisions about something like a pandemic in the same way as those to do with the environment and new technologies, like artificial intelligence? Or has this pandemic shown us that we need to consider each new threat in a more holistic way, considering the economy, well-being and people’s freedoms as much as the direct threat to health? Is it time to finally depoliticise precaution and treat each case as unique? Or with political alignments becoming as important as the dispassionate assessment of risk, will the precautionary principle remain another victim of the all-encompassing ‘culture wars’?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5089</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Is levelling up really levelling down? The great inequality debate</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Is levelling up really levelling down? The great inequality debate</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/92bdef08-c85e-3310-9d75-9369713089bc</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/'>IS LEVELLING UP REALLY LEVELLING DOWN? THE GREAT INEQUALITY DEBATE</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/</a></p>
<p class="p3">This debate was run in partnership with the Ayn Rand Centre UK.</p>
<p class="p1">So equality of opportunity – or perhaps more radically, allowing everyone (more or less) to have the same income – is a no brainer. If the economic consequences of the pandemic are that the poor seem to have got poorer while the wealthy have done even better, tackling this disparity should be a priority for policy. But is equality really all it is cracked up to be? While everyone would agree that poverty is a bad thing, that doesn’t necessarily mean that everyone should get the same. Even those on minimum wage in the UK are much better off than people in poorer but more equal countries. People vary in how talented, skilful and hard-working they are, but would people take risks or slog to get qualifications if there were no material benefit to themselves?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/'>IS LEVELLING UP REALLY LEVELLING DOWN? THE GREAT INEQUALITY DEBATE</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/</a></p>
<p class="p3"><em>This debate was run in partnership with the Ayn Rand Centre UK.</em></p>
<p class="p1">So equality of opportunity – or perhaps more radically, allowing everyone (more or less) to have the same income – is a no brainer. If the economic consequences of the pandemic are that the poor seem to have got poorer while the wealthy have done even better, tackling this disparity should be a priority for policy. But is equality really all it is cracked up to be? While everyone would agree that poverty is a bad thing, that doesn’t necessarily mean that everyone should get the same. Even those on minimum wage in the UK are much better off than people in poorer but more equal countries. People vary in how talented, skilful and hard-working they are, but would people take risks or slog to get qualifications if there were no material benefit to themselves?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hn6t2j/LEVELLING_UP_REALLY_LEVELLING_DOWNa8kpq.mp3" length="101464815" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
IS LEVELLING UP REALLY LEVELLING DOWN? THE GREAT INEQUALITY DEBATE
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-levelling-up-really-levelling-down-the-great-inequality-debate/
This debate was run in partnership with the Ayn Rand Centre UK.
So equality of opportunity – or perhaps more radically, allowing everyone (more or less) to have the same income – is a no brainer. If the economic consequences of the pandemic are that the poor seem to have got poorer while the wealthy have done even better, tackling this disparity should be a priority for policy. But is equality really all it is cracked up to be? While everyone would agree that poverty is a bad thing, that doesn’t necessarily mean that everyone should get the same. Even those on minimum wage in the UK are much better off than people in poorer but more equal countries. People vary in how talented, skilful and hard-working they are, but would people take risks or slog to get qualifications if there were no material benefit to themselves?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2536</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Racism and how to fight it</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Racism and how to fight it</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/racism-and-how-to-fight-it/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/racism-and-how-to-fight-it/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:16:49 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/9e43925f-9bc3-39dd-9ef7-96c12540b544</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1">RACISM AND HOW TO FIGHT IT</p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/racism-and-how-to-fight-it/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/racism-and-how-to-fight-it/</a></p>
<p>What does racism in the UK look like today, and how can we fight it? Is the contemporary anti-racist route of exposing white privilege the right way to challenge discrimination? Or does accentuating racial difference risk defeating any prospect of solidarity? Is it right to claim that society remains structurally racist, or should we be more specific about the differences between individual racist prejudices and institutional racism? Is contemporary anti-racism helping or hindering freedom and equality for people of colour, and who should have a say in how to fight for their rights?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1">RACISM AND HOW TO FIGHT IT</p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/racism-and-how-to-fight-it/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/racism-and-how-to-fight-it/</a></p>
<p>What does racism in the UK look like today, and how can we fight it? Is the contemporary anti-racist route of exposing white privilege the right way to challenge discrimination? Or does accentuating racial difference risk defeating any prospect of solidarity? Is it right to claim that society remains structurally racist, or should we be more specific about the differences between individual racist prejudices and institutional racism? Is contemporary anti-racism helping or hindering freedom and equality for people of colour, and who should have a say in how to fight for their rights?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cvvzhj/RACISM_AND_HOW_TO_FIGHT_IT8yran.mp3" length="216752586" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
RACISM AND HOW TO FIGHT IT
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/racism-and-how-to-fight-it/
What does racism in the UK look like today, and how can we fight it? Is the contemporary anti-racist route of exposing white privilege the right way to challenge discrimination? Or does accentuating racial difference risk defeating any prospect of solidarity? Is it right to claim that society remains structurally racist, or should we be more specific about the differences between individual racist prejudices and institutional racism? Is contemporary anti-racism helping or hindering freedom and equality for people of colour, and who should have a say in how to fight for their rights?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5418</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: The status of science after the pandemic</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: The status of science after the pandemic</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:15:53 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d03d1852-4ed2-3ac1-a624-80bbd09ae38b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/'>THE STATUS OF SCIENCE AFTER THE PANDEMIC</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/</a></p>
<p>As we emerge from the impacts of Covid, what should we conclude about scientific authority and accountability? How should science and politics relate to one another? In what circumstances, and in what capacity, should scientists feel free to speak their mind publicly? Conversely, when is it reasonable for lay people to direct criticism at scientists? How should scientists use, and relate to, traditional media and social media? And how have the everyday challenges of a jobbing scientist – obtaining funding, pressure to publish, demonstrating impact, negotiating tensions with one’s seniors and colleagues – affected, and been affected by, the politics of the pandemic?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/'>THE STATUS OF SCIENCE AFTER THE PANDEMIC</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/</a></p>
<p>As we emerge from the impacts of Covid, what should we conclude about scientific authority and accountability? How should science and politics relate to one another? In what circumstances, and in what capacity, should scientists feel free to speak their mind publicly? Conversely, when is it reasonable for lay people to direct criticism at scientists? How should scientists use, and relate to, traditional media and social media? And how have the everyday challenges of a jobbing scientist – obtaining funding, pressure to publish, demonstrating impact, negotiating tensions with one’s seniors and colleagues – affected, and been affected by, the politics of the pandemic?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nizmgh/STATUS_OF_SCIENCE_POST_PANDEMIC9a26j.mp3" length="217706578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
THE STATUS OF SCIENCE AFTER THE PANDEMIC
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-status-of-science-after-the-pandemic/
As we emerge from the impacts of Covid, what should we conclude about scientific authority and accountability? How should science and politics relate to one another? In what circumstances, and in what capacity, should scientists feel free to speak their mind publicly? Conversely, when is it reasonable for lay people to direct criticism at scientists? How should scientists use, and relate to, traditional media and social media? And how have the everyday challenges of a jobbing scientist – obtaining funding, pressure to publish, demonstrating impact, negotiating tensions with one’s seniors and colleagues – affected, and been affected by, the politics of the pandemic?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5442</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: The Irish border question</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: The Irish border question</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-irish-border-question/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-irish-border-question/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:14:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/141b2847-e182-3da4-9720-13673e84a579</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-irish-border-question-can-the-union-survive/'>THE IRISH BORDER QUESTION: CAN THE UNION SURVIVE?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:</p>
<p class="p3"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-irish-border-question-can-the-union-survive/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-irish-border-question-can-the-union-survive/</a></p>
<p class="p1"> Is it time for Unionists to accept a border poll as a democratic resolution and prepare their best arguments to save the Union? How should British citizens view the threat to the Union? If Lord Frost eventually tears up the Protocol, will that save the Union and resolve the border tensions? Or has the unravelling of the border become a fait accompli, based on the instability inherent in partition?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-irish-border-question-can-the-union-survive/'>THE IRISH BORDER QUESTION: CAN THE UNION SURVIVE?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:</p>
<p class="p3"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-irish-border-question-can-the-union-survive/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-irish-border-question-can-the-union-survive/</a></p>
<p class="p1"> Is it time for Unionists to accept a border poll as a democratic resolution and prepare their best arguments to save the Union? How should British citizens view the threat to the Union? If Lord Frost eventually tears up the Protocol, will that save the Union and resolve the border tensions? Or has the unravelling of the border become a fait accompli, based on the instability inherent in partition?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vi86f6/THE_IRISH_BORDER_QUESTION9202k.mp3" length="158149484" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
THE IRISH BORDER QUESTION: CAN THE UNION SURVIVE?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:
https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-irish-border-question-can-the-union-survive/
 Is it time for Unionists to accept a border poll as a democratic resolution and prepare their best arguments to save the Union? How should British citizens view the threat to the Union? If Lord Frost eventually tears up the Protocol, will that save the Union and resolve the border tensions? Or has the unravelling of the border become a fait accompli, based on the instability inherent in partition?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3953</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Will green jobs save us?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Will green jobs save us?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/will-green-jobs-save-us/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/will-green-jobs-save-us/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:13:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a7ea52d3-5f6d-308f-9d19-86a8a9274584</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/will-green-jobs-save-us/'>WILL GREEN JOBS SAVE US?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/will-green-jobs-save-us/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/will-green-jobs-save-us/</a></p>
<p>Will a shift to a green economy revive the UK economy? Is the ‘green economy’ just the latest Big Idea to boost growth that will ultimately prove illusory? Is encouraging economic growth simply bad for the planet and should we accept that environmental problems mean we should strive for a zero-growth society?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/will-green-jobs-save-us/'>WILL GREEN JOBS SAVE US?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/will-green-jobs-save-us/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/will-green-jobs-save-us/</a></p>
<p>Will a shift to a green economy revive the UK economy? Is the ‘green economy’ just the latest Big Idea to boost growth that will ultimately prove illusory? Is encouraging economic growth simply bad for the planet and should we accept that environmental problems mean we should strive for a zero-growth society?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7vxrui/WILL_GREEN_JOBS_SAVE_USa702m.mp3" length="185239509" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
WILL GREEN JOBS SAVE US?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/will-green-jobs-save-us/
Will a shift to a green economy revive the UK economy? Is the ‘green economy’ just the latest Big Idea to boost growth that will ultimately prove illusory? Is encouraging economic growth simply bad for the planet and should we accept that environmental problems mean we should strive for a zero-growth society?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4630</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Can our data be used for good? The ethics of research</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Can our data be used for good? The ethics of research</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-our-data-be-used-for-good-the-ethics-of-research/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-our-data-be-used-for-good-the-ethics-of-research/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:12:44 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/1bc9d2ea-fe9e-3658-84bb-de56f3db2a27</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1">CAN OUR DATA BE USED FOR GOOD? THE ETHICS OF RESEARCH</p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-our-data-be-used-for-good-the-ethics-of-research/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-our-data-be-used-for-good-the-ethics-of-research/</a>
</p>
<p class="p3">This debate was run in partnership with ADRUK.</p>
<p>When there is such extensive scope to improve lives by making better use of data, what guiding ethical principles and data protections should be in place? Can governments be trusted to use this data for good, or do they deserve scrutiny? Are there useful differences between public bodies and companies, or between researchers and governments? Is ‘anonymous’ data ever truly safe from being re-identified, and if not, how can we balance risk with the benefits afforded by the digital revolution?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1">CAN OUR DATA BE USED FOR GOOD? THE ETHICS OF RESEARCH</p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-our-data-be-used-for-good-the-ethics-of-research/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-our-data-be-used-for-good-the-ethics-of-research/</a><br>
</p>
<p class="p3"><em>This debate was run in partnership with ADRUK.</em></p>
<p>When there is such extensive scope to improve lives by making better use of data, what guiding ethical principles and data protections should be in place? Can governments be trusted to use this data for good, or do they deserve scrutiny? Are there useful differences between public bodies and companies, or between researchers and governments? Is ‘anonymous’ data ever truly safe from being re-identified, and if not, how can we balance risk with the benefits afforded by the digital revolution?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/a5trgc/CAN_OUR_DATA_BE_USED_FOR_GOOD75fck.mp3" length="200065566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
CAN OUR DATA BE USED FOR GOOD? THE ETHICS OF RESEARCH
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-our-data-be-used-for-good-the-ethics-of-research/
This debate was run in partnership with ADRUK.
When there is such extensive scope to improve lives by making better use of data, what guiding ethical principles and data protections should be in place? Can governments be trusted to use this data for good, or do they deserve scrutiny? Are there useful differences between public bodies and companies, or between researchers and governments? Is ‘anonymous’ data ever truly safe from being re-identified, and if not, how can we balance risk with the benefits afforded by the digital revolution?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5001</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Protection for me but not for thee? The equality conundrum</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Protection for me but not for thee? The equality conundrum</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:11:13 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/30019627-14a2-304e-a8ac-7888b7066571</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/'>PROTECTION FOR ME BUT NOT FOR THEE? THE EQUALITY CONUNDRUM</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/</a></p>
<p>Do we need to be recognised in law to feel secure about ourselves? Is there a difference in the role of the law to protect against discrimination and protect certain beliefs? Has the fight for equality and liberation been replaced by the demand for affirmation? Do concerns about equality end up tongue-tying workers who should be free to debate political and moral issues, or are there some things that should be off limits? Is equality worth fighting for any longer, or does it now mean something very different?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/'>PROTECTION FOR ME BUT NOT FOR THEE? THE EQUALITY CONUNDRUM</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/</a></p>
<p>Do we need to be recognised in law to feel secure about ourselves? Is there a difference in the role of the law to protect against discrimination and protect certain beliefs? Has the fight for equality and liberation been replaced by the demand for affirmation? Do concerns about equality end up tongue-tying workers who should be free to debate political and moral issues, or are there some things that should be off limits? Is equality worth fighting for any longer, or does it now mean something very different?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fwwnn2/PROTECTION_FOR_ME_BUT_NOT_FOR_THEEacpew.mp3" length="223451427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
PROTECTION FOR ME BUT NOT FOR THEE? THE EQUALITY CONUNDRUM
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/protection-for-me-but-not-for-thee-the-equality-conundrum/
Do we need to be recognised in law to feel secure about ourselves? Is there a difference in the role of the law to protect against discrimination and protect certain beliefs? Has the fight for equality and liberation been replaced by the demand for affirmation? Do concerns about equality end up tongue-tying workers who should be free to debate political and moral issues, or are there some things that should be off limits? Is equality worth fighting for any longer, or does it now mean something very different?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5586</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Hate, heresy and the fight for free speech</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Hate, heresy and the fight for free speech</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 15:09:37 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/23de2eb9-4283-3e8c-92ab-59ecdb7164e9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/'>HATE, HERESY AND THE FIGHT FOR FREE SPEECH</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/</a></p>
<p>Would a public square that embraced free expression be a dangerous thing? Can words be as dangerous as physical violence? Are we in danger of creating a new form of heresy when so-called social-justice warriors complain about hate speech on Twitter and governments simultaneously ban protests? Or should we embrace moves to get tough on hate? Could an increasingly volatile debate about free speech mean that more people are likely to self-censor for fear of being called a bigot? And if we decide that we do value free speech as a fundamental tenet of a liberal society, how can we mount a modern case for it in the twenty-first century?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/'>HATE, HERESY AND THE FIGHT FOR FREE SPEECH</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/</a></p>
<p>Would a public square that embraced free expression be a dangerous thing? Can words be as dangerous as physical violence? Are we in danger of creating a new form of heresy when so-called social-justice warriors complain about hate speech on Twitter and governments simultaneously ban protests? Or should we embrace moves to get tough on hate? Could an increasingly volatile debate about free speech mean that more people are likely to self-censor for fear of being called a bigot? And if we decide that we do value free speech as a fundamental tenet of a liberal society, how can we mount a modern case for it in the twenty-first century?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/te894j/HATE_HERESY_AND_THE_FIGHT_FOR_FREE_SPEECHbt0nt.mp3" length="217986611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
HATE, HERESY AND THE FIGHT FOR FREE SPEECH
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/hate-heresy-and-the-fight-for-free-speech/
Would a public square that embraced free expression be a dangerous thing? Can words be as dangerous as physical violence? Are we in danger of creating a new form of heresy when so-called social-justice warriors complain about hate speech on Twitter and governments simultaneously ban protests? Or should we embrace moves to get tough on hate? Could an increasingly volatile debate about free speech mean that more people are likely to self-censor for fear of being called a bigot? And if we decide that we do value free speech as a fundamental tenet of a liberal society, how can we mount a modern case for it in the twenty-first century?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5449</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Feminism’s civil war</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Feminism’s civil war</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/feminism-s-civil-war/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/feminism-s-civil-war/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 14:19:22 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/cc2d0094-8c2e-343b-acfe-0e20c2005d3b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/feminisms-civil-war/'>FEMINISM'S CIVIL WAR</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/feminisms-civil-war/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/feminisms-civil-war/</a></p>
<p class="p3">Does feminism know what it stands for anymore? Are the current divides reflective of a sea-change for feminism, or does the current infighting stem from its roots in identity politics? Can feminism survive its current civil war, or is it time for a new women’s liberation movement?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/feminisms-civil-war/'>FEMINISM'S CIVIL WAR</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/feminisms-civil-war/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/feminisms-civil-war/</a></p>
<p class="p3">Does feminism know what it stands for anymore? Are the current divides reflective of a sea-change for feminism, or does the current infighting stem from its roots in identity politics? Can feminism survive its current civil war, or is it time for a new women’s liberation movement?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fpi5fm/FEMINISMS_CIVIL_WAR7jinh.mp3" length="217874807" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
FEMINISM'S CIVIL WAR
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/feminisms-civil-war/
Does feminism know what it stands for anymore? Are the current divides reflective of a sea-change for feminism, or does the current infighting stem from its roots in identity politics? Can feminism survive its current civil war, or is it time for a new women’s liberation movement?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5446</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: From profits to prophets - why has big business gone woke?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: From profits to prophets - why has big business gone woke?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 14:18:13 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d1773fc1-139e-3ae7-addf-5472ebe17e0e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/'>FROM PROFITS TO PROPHETS: WHY HAS BIG BUSINESS GONE WOKE?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/</a></p>
<p class="p3">This debate was run in partnership with the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum.</p>
<p class="p1">Is it a positive sign that big corporations are starting to care about something more than profits? Are woke campaigns and branding a distraction from the need to provide good products and services that consumers want? Is there any truth in the critical joke ‘Get woke, go broke’? What does it mean for democracy if corporations play an increasingly activist role in pursuing a liberal agenda?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/'>FROM PROFITS TO PROPHETS: WHY HAS BIG BUSINESS GONE WOKE?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/</a></p>
<p class="p3"><em>This debate was run in partnership with the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum.</em></p>
<p class="p1">Is it a positive sign that big corporations are starting to care about something more than profits? Are woke campaigns and branding a distraction from the need to provide good products and services that consumers want? Is there any truth in the critical joke ‘Get woke, go broke’? What does it mean for democracy if corporations play an increasingly activist role in pursuing a liberal agenda?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/r6m8n4/FROM_PROFITS_TO_PROPHETS8if4m.mp3" length="207801991" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
FROM PROFITS TO PROPHETS: WHY HAS BIG BUSINESS GONE WOKE?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-profits-to-prophets-why-has-big-business-gone-woke/
This debate was run in partnership with the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum.
Is it a positive sign that big corporations are starting to care about something more than profits? Are woke campaigns and branding a distraction from the need to provide good products and services that consumers want? Is there any truth in the critical joke ‘Get woke, go broke’? What does it mean for democracy if corporations play an increasingly activist role in pursuing a liberal agenda?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5195</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Is there a case for fossil fuels?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Is there a case for fossil fuels?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 14:14:52 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/114dd6af-1b6a-30ed-8dc4-7ad066581b92</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/'>IS THERE A CASE FOR FOSSIL FUELS?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/</a></p>
<p class="p3">This debate was held in partnership with the Ayn Rand Centre UK</p>
<p class="p1">Governments have been striving to phase out fossil fuels in favour of renewables, particularly in the past decade, to reduce greenhouse-gas emissions. But renewables are intermittent and unreliable. So how can we get secure supplies of energy that are reliable and affordable? Have we been too hasty in phasing out fossil fuels? Is there still a place for them until a new technology, like nuclear fusion, can easily supply all the energy we need? Or is climate change such an immediate danger that we need to learn to live without coal, oil and gas?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/'>IS THERE A CASE FOR FOSSIL FUELS?</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/</a></p>
<p class="p3"><em>This debate was held in partnership with the Ayn Rand Centre UK</em></p>
<p class="p1">Governments have been striving to phase out fossil fuels in favour of renewables, particularly in the past decade, to reduce greenhouse-gas emissions. But renewables are intermittent and unreliable. So how can we get secure supplies of energy that are reliable and affordable? Have we been too hasty in phasing out fossil fuels? Is there still a place for them until a new technology, like nuclear fusion, can easily supply all the energy we need? Or is climate change such an immediate danger that we need to learn to live without coal, oil and gas?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bg8chn/FOSSIL_FUELSah1nj.mp3" length="108044537" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
IS THERE A CASE FOR FOSSIL FUELS?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-there-a-case-for-fossil-fuels/
This debate was held in partnership with the Ayn Rand Centre UK
Governments have been striving to phase out fossil fuels in favour of renewables, particularly in the past decade, to reduce greenhouse-gas emissions. But renewables are intermittent and unreliable. So how can we get secure supplies of energy that are reliable and affordable? Have we been too hasty in phasing out fossil fuels? Is there still a place for them until a new technology, like nuclear fusion, can easily supply all the energy we need? Or is climate change such an immediate danger that we need to learn to live without coal, oil and gas?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2701</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: A ’nudge’ too far? The rise of behavioural science and technocratic rule</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: A ’nudge’ too far? The rise of behavioural science and technocratic rule</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-science-and-technocratic-rule/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-science-and-technocratic-rule/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jan 2022 13:59:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/464349d5-4b64-331c-ac2d-e3e5b9d7b54c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-psychology-and-technocracy/'>A ‘NUDGE’ TOO FAR? THE RISE OF BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOCRATIC RULE</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-psychology-and-technocracy/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-psychology-and-technocracy/</a></p>
<p>All societies need expert advice, but what is the line between legitimate advice and sinister attempts to shift behaviour? Why has psychology especially become so prominent in how the government relates to the public? Does the rise of experts and ‘evidence-based policy’ capture a real shift in how people are seen, no longer as agents of their own destiny but as data-points to be managed to generate better policy outcomes? What is the line between a gentle nudge in the direction of better choices and an authoritarian shove? Who even decides what is the better choice? What happened to the traditional model of the self-directing citizen, or was it always a mirage?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1"><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-psychology-and-technocracy/'>A ‘NUDGE’ TOO FAR? THE RISE OF BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOCRATIC RULE</a></p>
<p class="p3">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-psychology-and-technocracy/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-psychology-and-technocracy/</a></p>
<p>All societies need expert advice, but what is the line between legitimate advice and sinister attempts to shift behaviour? Why has psychology especially become so prominent in how the government relates to the public? Does the rise of experts and ‘evidence-based policy’ capture a real shift in how people are seen, no longer as agents of their own destiny but as data-points to be managed to generate better policy outcomes? What is the line between a gentle nudge in the direction of better choices and an authoritarian shove? Who even decides what is the better choice? What happened to the traditional model of the self-directing citizen, or was it always a mirage?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jr3bbv/A_NUDGE_TOO_FAR72ot5.mp3" length="210720391" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
A ‘NUDGE’ TOO FAR? THE RISE OF BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOCRATIC RULE
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-nudge-too-far-the-rise-of-behavioural-psychology-and-technocracy/
All societies need expert advice, but what is the line between legitimate advice and sinister attempts to shift behaviour? Why has psychology especially become so prominent in how the government relates to the public? Does the rise of experts and ‘evidence-based policy’ capture a real shift in how people are seen, no longer as agents of their own destiny but as data-points to be managed to generate better policy outcomes? What is the line between a gentle nudge in the direction of better choices and an authoritarian shove? Who even decides what is the better choice? What happened to the traditional model of the self-directing citizen, or was it always a mirage?
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5267</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: 20 years in Afghanistan - what happened?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: 20 years in Afghanistan - what happened?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/20-years-in-afghanistan-what-happened/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/20-years-in-afghanistan-what-happened/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sun, 02 Jan 2022 12:40:29 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c703cead-5f41-32e5-aeac-e1fa12714850</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1">20 YEARS IN AFGHANISTAN: WHAT HAPPENED?</p>
<p class="p2">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/20-years-in-afghanistan-what-happened/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/20-years-in-afghanistan-what-happened/</a></p>
<p class="p1">With the withdrawal of Western forces now complete, will 20 years of Western-led occupation and the promotion of liberal-democratic values have an impact on the future of Afghanistan, or will conservative, religious values predominate? Has military intervention and nation-building had a small, but positive impact or was attempting to impose democracy from above simply a doomed act of Western hubris?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p class="p1">20 YEARS IN AFGHANISTAN: WHAT HAPPENED?</p>
<p class="p2">A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/20-years-in-afghanistan-what-happened/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/20-years-in-afghanistan-what-happened/</a></p>
<p class="p1">With the withdrawal of Western forces now complete, will 20 years of Western-led occupation and the promotion of liberal-democratic values have an impact on the future of Afghanistan, or will conservative, religious values predominate? Has military intervention and nation-building had a small, but positive impact or was attempting to impose democracy from above simply a doomed act of Western hubris?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2f6ird/20_YEARS_IN_AFGHANISTAN6gcy1.mp3" length="201962056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
20 YEARS IN AFGHANISTAN: WHAT HAPPENED?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/20-years-in-afghanistan-what-happened/
With the withdrawal of Western forces now complete, will 20 years of Western-led occupation and the promotion of liberal-democratic values have an impact on the future of Afghanistan, or will conservative, religious values predominate? Has military intervention and nation-building had a small, but positive impact or was attempting to impose democracy from above simply a doomed act of Western hubris?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5049</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>226</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Who are we? Identity in crisis</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Who are we? Identity in crisis</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 06 Dec 2021 12:59:33 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/87f5e7ea-84f3-3d5f-8453-febfbe8db6b1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/'>WHO ARE WE? IDENTITY IN CRISIS</a></p>
<p>A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/</a></p>
<p>Do we know who we are anymore? And does embracing our sense of identity hinder or help our ability to engage in collective ambitions, like figuring out what society stands for? How has the atomisation of modern life changed our identities – particularly when the online world offers opportunities to curate and manicure our own view of ourselves? Is identity important, or should we be telling young people that it’s what they do in the world, rather than who they are, that matters? And can today’s culture wars be seen as part of this identity crisis – or should we accept that all aspects of life are now up for grabs on the political stage?</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p><a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/'>WHO ARE WE? IDENTITY IN CRISIS</a></p>
<p>A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/</a></p>
<p>Do we know who we are anymore? And does embracing our sense of identity hinder or help our ability to engage in collective ambitions, like figuring out what society stands for? How has the atomisation of modern life changed our identities – particularly when the online world offers opportunities to curate and manicure our own view of ourselves? Is identity important, or should we be telling young people that it’s what they do in the world, rather than who they are, that matters? And can today’s culture wars be seen as part of this identity crisis – or should we accept that all aspects of life are now up for grabs on the political stage?</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/frcsyn/Identity_in_crisis8buz9.mp3" length="156401370" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
WHO ARE WE? IDENTITY IN CRISIS
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/who-are-we-identity-in-crisis/
Do we know who we are anymore? And does embracing our sense of identity hinder or help our ability to engage in collective ambitions, like figuring out what society stands for? How has the atomisation of modern life changed our identities – particularly when the online world offers opportunities to curate and manicure our own view of ourselves? Is identity important, or should we be telling young people that it’s what they do in the world, rather than who they are, that matters? And can today’s culture wars be seen as part of this identity crisis – or should we accept that all aspects of life are now up for grabs on the political stage?
Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3910</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>225</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EducationForum: Teaching white privilege: making schools less racist or more divided?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EducationForum: Teaching white privilege: making schools less racist or more divided?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/teaching-white-privilege-making-schools-less-racist-or-more-divided/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/teaching-white-privilege-making-schools-less-racist-or-more-divided/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 02 Dec 2021 09:28:18 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e396630b-0f75-3a64-832f-d0e81dfb60bd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion on Monday 29 November 2021.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
How should we view the teaching of ‘white privilege’? Is it a helpful tool in combating racial inequality or a divisive idea that sows mistrust?</p>
<p>The concept originated in American academia in the 1980s, but entered British schools last year in the wake of the Black Lives Matter protests following the death of George Floyd.</p>
<p>White privilege asserts that white people are automatically advantaged by their skin colour, because they do not have to endure lives beset by racialised systemic discrimination. The fact that black people are more likely to be paid less, sectioned under mental-health rules, or stopped and searched by police is cited as evidence of white privilege at work by advocates of the theory.</p>
<p>Yet opponents of the concept say this reading of the data fans the flames of an unnecessary culture war. They counter-claim that those least likely to go to university, for example, are poor white teenagers in former industrial and coastal towns. White working-class children also trail their Indian, Chinese, Bangladeshi and Black African peers In GCSE attainment, they argue.</p>
<p>To what extent, then, does white privilege help or hinder us in understanding how pupils might make the best progress in education?</p>
<p>Teaching white privilege as an uncontested fact in schools is indoctrination and illegal under the 1996 Education Act, according to the women and equalities minister, Kemi Badenoch. Her pronouncement has prompted the Black Educators Alliance and the Coalition of Anti Racist Educators to accuse the government of censorship and chilling free speech in the classroom.</p>
<p>On the other side of the debate, the campaign group Don’t Divide Us claims it is inundated with concerns from teachers and parents. It says the former fear being publicly accused of racism if they speak out against teaching white privilege, while the latter describe having to list their privileges and unconscious bias in their children’s homework.</p>
<p>In the United States, opposition to the teaching of white privilege was seen as an important factor in Republican Glenn Youngkin taking the key governorship of Virginia from the Democrats recently. The result has been widely interpreted as a bellwether of wider public rejection of the kind of educational social-justice programme proposed by the Democrats, which favours schools adopting the principles of ‘critical race theory’, such as countering the effects of white privilege.</p>
<p>So how should we judge the focus on white privilege and unconscious racial bias in lessons, reading lists and school staff training? Will it make schools more anti-racist – or divided?</p>
<p>The Education Forum explores this important issue in a friendly, open and respectful panel discussion. Are the majority of parents and teachers unaware of the term ‘white privilege’ and not likely to give it a second thought? Or is white privilege in the curriculum about to become the next big issue in education?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Alka Sehgal Cuthbert
Education Forum member; co-ordinator, Don’t Divide Us (DDU); educational advisor and writer. Alka is critical of the term ‘white privilege’ and thinks it does more harm than good.</p>
<p>Andre Ediagbonya-Davies
Andre went to school in Tottenham and is a second-year historian at Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. He supports expanded discussion on race within education. He believes white privilege is a reality and talking about it is a useful way of helping combat racism.</p>
<p>Julie Dupont
Julie is a North London parent of three school-age children. She is a committed anti-racist, but is concerned at the way white privilege is communicated in some of her children’s lessons and homework, and in school communications to parents. She thinks it is divisive and does more harm than good.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion on Monday 29 November 2021.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
How should we view the teaching of ‘white privilege’? Is it a helpful tool in combating racial inequality or a divisive idea that sows mistrust?</p>
<p>The concept originated in American academia in the 1980s, but entered British schools last year in the wake of the Black Lives Matter protests following the death of George Floyd.</p>
<p>White privilege asserts that white people are automatically advantaged by their skin colour, because they do not have to endure lives beset by racialised systemic discrimination. The fact that black people are more likely to be paid less, sectioned under mental-health rules, or stopped and searched by police is cited as evidence of white privilege at work by advocates of the theory.</p>
<p>Yet opponents of the concept say this reading of the data fans the flames of an unnecessary culture war. They counter-claim that those least likely to go to university, for example, are poor white teenagers in former industrial and coastal towns. White working-class children also trail their Indian, Chinese, Bangladeshi and Black African peers In GCSE attainment, they argue.</p>
<p>To what extent, then, does white privilege help or hinder us in understanding how pupils might make the best progress in education?</p>
<p>Teaching white privilege as an uncontested fact in schools is indoctrination and illegal under the 1996 Education Act, according to the women and equalities minister, Kemi Badenoch. Her pronouncement has prompted the Black Educators Alliance and the Coalition of Anti Racist Educators to accuse the government of censorship and chilling free speech in the classroom.</p>
<p>On the other side of the debate, the campaign group Don’t Divide Us claims it is inundated with concerns from teachers and parents. It says the former fear being publicly accused of racism if they speak out against teaching white privilege, while the latter describe having to list their privileges and unconscious bias in their children’s homework.</p>
<p>In the United States, opposition to the teaching of white privilege was seen as an important factor in Republican Glenn Youngkin taking the key governorship of Virginia from the Democrats recently. The result has been widely interpreted as a bellwether of wider public rejection of the kind of educational social-justice programme proposed by the Democrats, which favours schools adopting the principles of ‘critical race theory’, such as countering the effects of white privilege.</p>
<p>So how should we judge the focus on white privilege and unconscious racial bias in lessons, reading lists and school staff training? Will it make schools more anti-racist – or divided?</p>
<p>The Education Forum explores this important issue in a friendly, open and respectful panel discussion. Are the majority of parents and teachers unaware of the term ‘white privilege’ and not likely to give it a second thought? Or is white privilege in the curriculum about to become the next big issue in education?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Alka Sehgal Cuthbert<br>
Education Forum member; co-ordinator, Don’t Divide Us (DDU); educational advisor and writer. Alka is critical of the term ‘white privilege’ and thinks it does more harm than good.</p>
<p>Andre Ediagbonya-Davies<br>
Andre went to school in Tottenham and is a second-year historian at Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. He supports expanded discussion on race within education. He believes white privilege is a reality and talking about it is a useful way of helping combat racism.</p>
<p>Julie Dupont<br>
Julie is a North London parent of three school-age children. She is a committed anti-racist, but is concerned at the way white privilege is communicated in some of her children’s lessons and homework, and in school communications to parents. She thinks it is divisive and does more harm than good.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/v5fuw5/aoi-education-forum-white-privilege.mp3" length="89558048" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum discussion on Monday 29 November 2021.
INTRODUCTIONHow should we view the teaching of ‘white privilege’? Is it a helpful tool in combating racial inequality or a divisive idea that sows mistrust?
The concept originated in American academia in the 1980s, but entered British schools last year in the wake of the Black Lives Matter protests following the death of George Floyd.
White privilege asserts that white people are automatically advantaged by their skin colour, because they do not have to endure lives beset by racialised systemic discrimination. The fact that black people are more likely to be paid less, sectioned under mental-health rules, or stopped and searched by police is cited as evidence of white privilege at work by advocates of the theory.
Yet opponents of the concept say this reading of the data fans the flames of an unnecessary culture war. They counter-claim that those least likely to go to university, for example, are poor white teenagers in former industrial and coastal towns. White working-class children also trail their Indian, Chinese, Bangladeshi and Black African peers In GCSE attainment, they argue.
To what extent, then, does white privilege help or hinder us in understanding how pupils might make the best progress in education?
Teaching white privilege as an uncontested fact in schools is indoctrination and illegal under the 1996 Education Act, according to the women and equalities minister, Kemi Badenoch. Her pronouncement has prompted the Black Educators Alliance and the Coalition of Anti Racist Educators to accuse the government of censorship and chilling free speech in the classroom.
On the other side of the debate, the campaign group Don’t Divide Us claims it is inundated with concerns from teachers and parents. It says the former fear being publicly accused of racism if they speak out against teaching white privilege, while the latter describe having to list their privileges and unconscious bias in their children’s homework.
In the United States, opposition to the teaching of white privilege was seen as an important factor in Republican Glenn Youngkin taking the key governorship of Virginia from the Democrats recently. The result has been widely interpreted as a bellwether of wider public rejection of the kind of educational social-justice programme proposed by the Democrats, which favours schools adopting the principles of ‘critical race theory’, such as countering the effects of white privilege.
So how should we judge the focus on white privilege and unconscious racial bias in lessons, reading lists and school staff training? Will it make schools more anti-racist – or divided?
The Education Forum explores this important issue in a friendly, open and respectful panel discussion. Are the majority of parents and teachers unaware of the term ‘white privilege’ and not likely to give it a second thought? Or is white privilege in the curriculum about to become the next big issue in education?
SPEAKERSAlka Sehgal CuthbertEducation Forum member; co-ordinator, Don’t Divide Us (DDU); educational advisor and writer. Alka is critical of the term ‘white privilege’ and thinks it does more harm than good.
Andre Ediagbonya-DaviesAndre went to school in Tottenham and is a second-year historian at Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. He supports expanded discussion on race within education. He believes white privilege is a reality and talking about it is a useful way of helping combat racism.
Julie DupontJulie is a North London parent of three school-age children. She is a committed anti-racist, but is concerned at the way white privilege is communicated in some of her children’s lessons and homework, and in school communications to parents. She thinks it is divisive and does more harm than good.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6396</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-000363023409-aqu2u8-t500x500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;Society: Truth and politics in the theatre - in conversation with David Ireland</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;Society: Truth and politics in the theatre - in conversation with David Ireland</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/truth-and-politics-in-the-theatre-in-conversation-with-david-ireland/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/truth-and-politics-in-the-theatre-in-conversation-with-david-ireland/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 16:28:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/33a1eb4a-fa6d-3231-8437-fa4a6f26894b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Playwright and actor David Ireland does not hold back from dealing with controversial and difficult topics. Born in Northern Ireland, his experiences of living in that troubled country inevitably informs his work. His plays create a stir, with no holds barred, often shockingly hilarious, dialogue. As black comedies they expose the raw nerves of identity politics, sexual and family relationships, and contemporary political tensions and polarisations which can drive people to violence and push them to do mad things.</p>
<p>Among his most recent work is the award-winning Cyprus Avenue, performed at the Royal Court in 2016, with Stephen Rea in the lead role, focused on a unionist convinced his new born grandchild is Gerry Adams and has to be killed. Ulster American, performed at the Edinburgh Festival in 2018, focuses on the challenges of writing a play about Irish identity and had audiences laughing in horror. Sadie, due to be premiered in Belfast in early 2020 but cancelled due to lockdown, was recently screened on BBC4, is a disturbing dissection of a middle-aged working-class woman’s frustration and anger.</p>
<p>In this special Arts&Society Forum for the <a href='https://battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a>, Wendy Earle talks to David Ireland about truth and politics in theatre, artistic survival in a climate of intolerance and cancel culture, and the comedic possibilities of not holding back – and how he gets away with it!</p>
<p>David Ireland is a Northern Irish-born playwright and actor most known for his award-winning plays Cyprus Avenue and Ulster American. He won the Stewart Parker Award and the Meyer-Whitworth Award in 2012 and was shortlisted for the Evening Standard Award for Most Promising Playwright 2016. More recently, Sadie was screened on BBC4 and his play <a href='https://finboroughtheatre.co.uk/production/yes-so-i-said-yes/'>YES SO I SAID YES</a> is due to be performed at the Finborough Theatre, Earl’s Court from 23 November to 18 December.</p>
<p>Wendy Earle is the convenor of the Academy of Ideas Arts&Society Forum, and writes on culture and the arts.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Playwright and actor David Ireland does not hold back from dealing with controversial and difficult topics. Born in Northern Ireland, his experiences of living in that troubled country inevitably informs his work. His plays create a stir, with no holds barred, often shockingly hilarious, dialogue. As black comedies they expose the raw nerves of identity politics, sexual and family relationships, and contemporary political tensions and polarisations which can drive people to violence and push them to do mad things.</p>
<p>Among his most recent work is the award-winning <em>Cyprus Avenue</em>, performed at the Royal Court in 2016, with Stephen Rea in the lead role, focused on a unionist convinced his new born grandchild is Gerry Adams and has to be killed. <em>Ulster American</em>, performed at the Edinburgh Festival in 2018, focuses on the challenges of writing a play about Irish identity and had audiences laughing in horror. <em>Sadie</em>, due to be premiered in Belfast in early 2020 but cancelled due to lockdown, was recently screened on BBC4, is a disturbing dissection of a middle-aged working-class woman’s frustration and anger.</p>
<p>In this special Arts&Society Forum for the <a href='https://battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a>, Wendy Earle talks to David Ireland about truth and politics in theatre, artistic survival in a climate of intolerance and cancel culture, and the comedic possibilities of not holding back – and how he gets away with it!</p>
<p>David Ireland is a Northern Irish-born playwright and actor most known for his award-winning plays <em>Cyprus Avenue</em> and <em>Ulster American</em>. He won the Stewart Parker Award and the Meyer-Whitworth Award in 2012 and was shortlisted for the Evening Standard Award for Most Promising Playwright 2016. More recently, <em>Sadie</em> was screened on BBC4 and his play <a href='https://finboroughtheatre.co.uk/production/yes-so-i-said-yes/'>YES SO I SAID YES</a> is due to be performed at the Finborough Theatre, Earl’s Court from 23 November to 18 December.</p>
<p>Wendy Earle is the convenor of the Academy of Ideas Arts&Society Forum, and writes on culture and the arts.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/af6txc/David_Ireland7zjmw.mp3" length="206016480" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Playwright and actor David Ireland does not hold back from dealing with controversial and difficult topics. Born in Northern Ireland, his experiences of living in that troubled country inevitably informs his work. His plays create a stir, with no holds barred, often shockingly hilarious, dialogue. As black comedies they expose the raw nerves of identity politics, sexual and family relationships, and contemporary political tensions and polarisations which can drive people to violence and push them to do mad things.
Among his most recent work is the award-winning Cyprus Avenue, performed at the Royal Court in 2016, with Stephen Rea in the lead role, focused on a unionist convinced his new born grandchild is Gerry Adams and has to be killed. Ulster American, performed at the Edinburgh Festival in 2018, focuses on the challenges of writing a play about Irish identity and had audiences laughing in horror. Sadie, due to be premiered in Belfast in early 2020 but cancelled due to lockdown, was recently screened on BBC4, is a disturbing dissection of a middle-aged working-class woman’s frustration and anger.
In this special Arts&Society Forum for the Battle of Ideas festival, Wendy Earle talks to David Ireland about truth and politics in theatre, artistic survival in a climate of intolerance and cancel culture, and the comedic possibilities of not holding back – and how he gets away with it!
David Ireland is a Northern Irish-born playwright and actor most known for his award-winning plays Cyprus Avenue and Ulster American. He won the Stewart Parker Award and the Meyer-Whitworth Award in 2012 and was shortlisted for the Evening Standard Award for Most Promising Playwright 2016. More recently, Sadie was screened on BBC4 and his play YES SO I SAID YES is due to be performed at the Finborough Theatre, Earl’s Court from 23 November to 18 December.
Wendy Earle is the convenor of the Academy of Ideas Arts&Society Forum, and writes on culture and the arts.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5150</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>223</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpeg6aq6v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#InternationalSalon: From Covid to climate change: challenging the culture of fear?</title>
        <itunes:title>#InternationalSalon: From Covid to climate change: challenging the culture of fear?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-covid-to-climate-change-challenging-the-culture-of-fear/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-covid-to-climate-change-challenging-the-culture-of-fear/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 25 Nov 2021 10:38:55 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/793a5f03-7274-303d-bf69-aa667b9c295f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas International Salon panel discussion on 23 November 2021.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
From the pandemic to the environment, housing to food supply, politicians and experts often tell us that our choices are limited. When Covid-19 took the world by surprise, governments around the world understandably took a blinkered view – opting to shut down society for fear of the worst. But even before the chaos of the last 19 months, the discussion about how to deal with challenges both political and viral have taken on a fatalistic tone.</p>
<p>The slogan There Is No Alternative might have been coined by Margaret Thatcher to defend the market economy, but a broader reliance on the TINA outlook has come to inform many aspects of modern politics. Politicians and commentators applauded climate activist Greta Thunberg when she accused them of robbing children of their futures. According to climate activists Extinction Rebellion: ‘We are facing an unprecedented global emergency. Life on Earth is in crisis: scientists agree we have entered a period of abrupt climate breakdown, and we are in the midst of a mass extinction of our own making.’ There are some climate activists who shun the idea of any progress at all – believing that it is too late to do anything to stop the damage humans have inflicted on the planet.</p>
<p>This defeatist feeling can be found elsewhere – the Brexit debate descended into banks, industries and politicians telling voters that a rejection of the EU would end in disaster (even world war). Campaigners for fighting racism or sexism argue that life for minorities has gotten worse, despite years of legal and social change. Cynicism among voting populations is common, with scepticism about how much governments do to change politics expressed at every election. Even debate about the end of the pandemic, and how to get back to normal life, has been routinely qualified with assertions that ‘normal’ can never really return. Some people express concerns about this but feel powerless to challenge it in what has become a fatalistic acceptance of the dominant narrative</p>
<p>But despite our penchant for doommongering, some point out that there is proof of what human beings can do when faced with adversity. While global temperatures are rising, this has occurred at a time of rising world population because people are living longer and incomes in most of the world are still expected to rise considerably in coming years. Some commentators point out that, far from a picture of gloom and despair, those of us alive today are the luckiest people in history when it comes to health, wealth, education, culture and more. The success of the vaccine rollout – or the ability for the government to get homeless people off the streets during the pandemic – shows that change can happen when a little bit of pressure is applied.</p>
<p>What happens to politics when we take a fatalistic outlook? Some argue that there is a difference between being doom-laden and telling it like it is – climate activists argue that those who won’t face how bad things have got are simply denying the problem. Where does agency fit into all of this – is action impossible with a modern TINA outlook? Is it right to believe that they are an existential threat to human beings or even life on Earth in general? If not, what explains the popularity of apocalyptic thinking today?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Josie Appleton
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: Rise of the Busybody State; blogger, notesonfreedom.com</p>
<p>Alex Cameron
graphic designer; design and cultural critic</p>
<p>Dr Roslyn Fuller
managing director, Solonian Democracy Institute; author, In Defence of Democracy</p>
<p>Matthew Kruger
advocate, Johannesburg Bar</p>
<p>CHAIR
Jacob Reynolds
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Academy of Ideas International Salon panel discussion on 23 November 2021.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION<br>
From the pandemic to the environment, housing to food supply, politicians and experts often tell us that our choices are limited. When Covid-19 took the world by surprise, governments around the world understandably took a blinkered view – opting to shut down society for fear of the worst. But even before the chaos of the last 19 months, the discussion about how to deal with challenges both political and viral have taken on a fatalistic tone.</p>
<p>The slogan There Is No Alternative might have been coined by Margaret Thatcher to defend the market economy, but a broader reliance on the TINA outlook has come to inform many aspects of modern politics. Politicians and commentators applauded climate activist Greta Thunberg when she accused them of robbing children of their futures. According to climate activists Extinction Rebellion: ‘We are facing an unprecedented global emergency. Life on Earth is in crisis: scientists agree we have entered a period of abrupt climate breakdown, and we are in the midst of a mass extinction of our own making.’ There are some climate activists who shun the idea of any progress at all – believing that it is too late to do anything to stop the damage humans have inflicted on the planet.</p>
<p>This defeatist feeling can be found elsewhere – the Brexit debate descended into banks, industries and politicians telling voters that a rejection of the EU would end in disaster (even world war). Campaigners for fighting racism or sexism argue that life for minorities has gotten worse, despite years of legal and social change. Cynicism among voting populations is common, with scepticism about how much governments do to change politics expressed at every election. Even debate about the end of the pandemic, and how to get back to normal life, has been routinely qualified with assertions that ‘normal’ can never really return. Some people express concerns about this but feel powerless to challenge it in what has become a fatalistic acceptance of the dominant narrative</p>
<p>But despite our penchant for doommongering, some point out that there is proof of what human beings can do when faced with adversity. While global temperatures are rising, this has occurred at a time of rising world population because people are living longer and incomes in most of the world are still expected to rise considerably in coming years. Some commentators point out that, far from a picture of gloom and despair, those of us alive today are the luckiest people in history when it comes to health, wealth, education, culture and more. The success of the vaccine rollout – or the ability for the government to get homeless people off the streets during the pandemic – shows that change can happen when a little bit of pressure is applied.</p>
<p>What happens to politics when we take a fatalistic outlook? Some argue that there is a difference between being doom-laden and telling it like it is – climate activists argue that those who won’t face how bad things have got are simply denying the problem. Where does agency fit into all of this – is action impossible with a modern TINA outlook? Is it right to believe that they are an existential threat to human beings or even life on Earth in general? If not, what explains the popularity of apocalyptic thinking today?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Josie Appleton<br>
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: Rise of the Busybody State; blogger, notesonfreedom.com</p>
<p>Alex Cameron<br>
graphic designer; design and cultural critic</p>
<p>Dr Roslyn Fuller<br>
managing director, Solonian Democracy Institute; author, In Defence of Democracy</p>
<p>Matthew Kruger<br>
advocate, Johannesburg Bar</p>
<p>CHAIR<br>
Jacob Reynolds<br>
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fxjwhq/from_covid_to_climate_change_challenging_the_culture_of_fear7xitq.mp3" length="93537951" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Academy of Ideas International Salon panel discussion on 23 November 2021.
INTRODUCTIONFrom the pandemic to the environment, housing to food supply, politicians and experts often tell us that our choices are limited. When Covid-19 took the world by surprise, governments around the world understandably took a blinkered view – opting to shut down society for fear of the worst. But even before the chaos of the last 19 months, the discussion about how to deal with challenges both political and viral have taken on a fatalistic tone.
The slogan There Is No Alternative might have been coined by Margaret Thatcher to defend the market economy, but a broader reliance on the TINA outlook has come to inform many aspects of modern politics. Politicians and commentators applauded climate activist Greta Thunberg when she accused them of robbing children of their futures. According to climate activists Extinction Rebellion: ‘We are facing an unprecedented global emergency. Life on Earth is in crisis: scientists agree we have entered a period of abrupt climate breakdown, and we are in the midst of a mass extinction of our own making.’ There are some climate activists who shun the idea of any progress at all – believing that it is too late to do anything to stop the damage humans have inflicted on the planet.
This defeatist feeling can be found elsewhere – the Brexit debate descended into banks, industries and politicians telling voters that a rejection of the EU would end in disaster (even world war). Campaigners for fighting racism or sexism argue that life for minorities has gotten worse, despite years of legal and social change. Cynicism among voting populations is common, with scepticism about how much governments do to change politics expressed at every election. Even debate about the end of the pandemic, and how to get back to normal life, has been routinely qualified with assertions that ‘normal’ can never really return. Some people express concerns about this but feel powerless to challenge it in what has become a fatalistic acceptance of the dominant narrative
But despite our penchant for doommongering, some point out that there is proof of what human beings can do when faced with adversity. While global temperatures are rising, this has occurred at a time of rising world population because people are living longer and incomes in most of the world are still expected to rise considerably in coming years. Some commentators point out that, far from a picture of gloom and despair, those of us alive today are the luckiest people in history when it comes to health, wealth, education, culture and more. The success of the vaccine rollout – or the ability for the government to get homeless people off the streets during the pandemic – shows that change can happen when a little bit of pressure is applied.
What happens to politics when we take a fatalistic outlook? Some argue that there is a difference between being doom-laden and telling it like it is – climate activists argue that those who won’t face how bad things have got are simply denying the problem. Where does agency fit into all of this – is action impossible with a modern TINA outlook? Is it right to believe that they are an existential threat to human beings or even life on Earth in general? If not, what explains the popularity of apocalyptic thinking today?
SPEAKERSJosie Appletondirector, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: Rise of the Busybody State; blogger, notesonfreedom.com
Alex Camerongraphic designer; design and cultural critic
Dr Roslyn Fullermanaging director, Solonian Democracy Institute; author, In Defence of Democracy
Matthew Krugeradvocate, Johannesburg Bar
CHAIRJacob Reynoldspartnerships manager, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6218</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>222</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/International_Salon7say1.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Is the NHS fit for purpose?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Is the NHS fit for purpose?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-the-nhs-fit-for-purpose/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-the-nhs-fit-for-purpose/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 19 Nov 2021 15:21:37 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/5609ca8c-f8ca-3736-ac4a-74f4e717f406</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p>IS THE NHS FIT FOR PURPOSE?</p>
<p>A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-the-nhs-fit-for-purpose/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-the-nhs-fit-for-purpose/</a></p>
<p>How can we solve the problems of the NHS? Is it simply a matter of providing extra resources, or is the way those resources are used a problem, too? Do we expect too much from the NHS? And with some observers likening the NHS to a national religion, are politicians brave enough to have a proper debate about reform?</p>
<p>Listen to Parth Patel, Professor Karol Sikora, Christopher Snowdon, Dolly Theis and Dave Clements discuss.</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p>IS THE NHS FIT FOR PURPOSE?</p>
<p>A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-the-nhs-fit-for-purpose/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-the-nhs-fit-for-purpose/</a></p>
<p>How can we solve the problems of the NHS? Is it simply a matter of providing extra resources, or is the way those resources are used a problem, too? Do we expect too much from the NHS? And with some observers likening the NHS to a national religion, are politicians brave enough to have a proper debate about reform?</p>
<p>Listen to Parth Patel, Professor Karol Sikora, Christopher Snowdon, Dolly Theis and Dave Clements discuss.</p>
<p><em>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yq3qcj/Is_the_NHS_fit_for_purposeaklaz.mp3" length="192327052" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
IS THE NHS FIT FOR PURPOSE?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/is-the-nhs-fit-for-purpose/
How can we solve the problems of the NHS? Is it simply a matter of providing extra resources, or is the way those resources are used a problem, too? Do we expect too much from the NHS? And with some observers likening the NHS to a national religion, are politicians brave enough to have a proper debate about reform?
Listen to Parth Patel, Professor Karol Sikora, Christopher Snowdon, Dolly Theis and Dave Clements discuss.
Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4808</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>221</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Disinformation and Conspiracy - Tackling the Crisis of Trust</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Disinformation and Conspiracy - Tackling the Crisis of Trust</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest-disinformation-and-conspiracy-tackling-the-crisis-of-trust/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest-disinformation-and-conspiracy-tackling-the-crisis-of-trust/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2021 13:49:30 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/31131e1c-2dac-3b90-a355-ee98c039efc1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p>DISINFORMATION AND CONSPIRACY: TACKLING THE CRISIS OF TRUST</p>
<p>A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:</p>
<p><a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.battleofideas.org.uk%2Fsession%2Fdisinformation-and-conspiracy-tackling-the-crisis-of-trust%2F&token=75e199-1-1636379214179'>www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/disi…is-of-trust/</a></p>
<p>Why have disinformation and conspiracy theories become such mainstream preoccupations? What is a healthy distrust of officialdom, and when does it start to move away from reality? Have we become afraid of ourselves and our own ability to make judgements, and do we need a new series of official authorities to determine what’s real and what’s not? Or is the collapse in trust – and in each other – a matter for us all to take up?</p>
<p>Listen to Alastair Donald, Dr Sean Lang, Dr Tim Black, Konstantin Kisin and William Clouston discuss.</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p>DISINFORMATION AND CONSPIRACY: TACKLING THE CRISIS OF TRUST</p>
<p>A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:</p>
<p><a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.battleofideas.org.uk%2Fsession%2Fdisinformation-and-conspiracy-tackling-the-crisis-of-trust%2F&token=75e199-1-1636379214179'>www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/disi…is-of-trust/</a></p>
<p>Why have disinformation and conspiracy theories become such mainstream preoccupations? What is a healthy distrust of officialdom, and when does it start to move away from reality? Have we become afraid of ourselves and our own ability to make judgements, and do we need a new series of official authorities to determine what’s real and what’s not? Or is the collapse in trust – and in each other – a matter for us all to take up?</p>
<p>Listen to Alastair Donald, Dr Sean Lang, Dr Tim Black, Konstantin Kisin and William Clouston discuss.</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5ft474/DISINFORMATION_AND_CONSPIRACYamhhh.mp3" length="220785893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
DISINFORMATION AND CONSPIRACY: TACKLING THE CRISIS OF TRUST
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:
www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/disi…is-of-trust/
Why have disinformation and conspiracy theories become such mainstream preoccupations? What is a healthy distrust of officialdom, and when does it start to move away from reality? Have we become afraid of ourselves and our own ability to make judgements, and do we need a new series of official authorities to determine what’s real and what’s not? Or is the collapse in trust – and in each other – a matter for us all to take up?
Listen to Alastair Donald, Dr Sean Lang, Dr Tim Black, Konstantin Kisin and William Clouston discuss.
Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5519</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>220</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Going Green - Eco Dogma or Salvation?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Going Green - Eco Dogma or Salvation?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest-going-green-eco-dogma-or-salvation/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest-going-green-eco-dogma-or-salvation/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2021 13:46:27 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a02e0645-428a-3053-972a-8d71c8d8bdb5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p>GOING GREEN: ECO-DOGMA OR SALVATION?</p>
<p>A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:
<a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.battleofideas.org.uk%2Fsession%2Fgoing-green-eco-dogma-or-salvation%2F&token=548d3e-1-1636379146430'>www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/goin…r-salvation/</a></p>
<p>In partnership with the Freiblickinstitut.</p>
<p>How can we solve a problem like climate change? Should it be treated as an emergency that should subsume all other priorities? Do green policies even work or do they make matters worse? Is the problem that political and corporate rhetoric about taking action is just superficial ‘greenwash’, being seen to be green rather than making fundamental changes? Has the political consensus around climate change robbed voters of a chance to have our say?</p>
<p>Listen to Dr Shahrar Ali, Sabine Beppler-Spahl, Heydon Prowse, Austin Williams and Alastair Donald discuss.</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.</p>
<p>GOING GREEN: ECO-DOGMA OR SALVATION?</p>
<p>A new <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:<br>
<a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.battleofideas.org.uk%2Fsession%2Fgoing-green-eco-dogma-or-salvation%2F&token=548d3e-1-1636379146430'>www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/goin…r-salvation/</a></p>
<p>In partnership with the Freiblickinstitut.</p>
<p>How can we solve a problem like climate change? Should it be treated as an emergency that should subsume all other priorities? Do green policies even work or do they make matters worse? Is the problem that political and corporate rhetoric about taking action is just superficial ‘greenwash’, being seen to be green rather than making fundamental changes? Has the political consensus around climate change robbed voters of a chance to have our say?</p>
<p>Listen to Dr Shahrar Ali, Sabine Beppler-Spahl, Heydon Prowse, Austin Williams and Alastair Donald discuss.</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/k9wsai/Going_green_eco_dogma_or_salvation95cgf.mp3" length="217442219" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review. Check back next week for more recordings from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021.
GOING GREEN: ECO-DOGMA OR SALVATION?
A new #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/goin…r-salvation/
In partnership with the Freiblickinstitut.
How can we solve a problem like climate change? Should it be treated as an emergency that should subsume all other priorities? Do green policies even work or do they make matters worse? Is the problem that political and corporate rhetoric about taking action is just superficial ‘greenwash’, being seen to be green rather than making fundamental changes? Has the political consensus around climate change robbed voters of a chance to have our say?
Listen to Dr Shahrar Ali, Sabine Beppler-Spahl, Heydon Prowse, Austin Williams and Alastair Donald discuss.
Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5436</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>219</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2021: Assisted Dying - Has its Time Come?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2021: Assisted Dying - Has its Time Come?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest-assisted-dying-has-its-time-come/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battlefest-assisted-dying-has-its-time-come/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 22 Oct 2021 15:38:06 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f594f6e9-fd9b-3d52-95f7-ec6ed50a42bb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>----more----ASSISTED DYING: HAS ITS TIME COME?</p>
<p>A new, live, <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:
<a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.battleofideas.org.uk%2Fsession%2Fassisted-dying-has-its-time-come%2F&token=476ce2-1-1634913310253'>www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/assi…s-time-come/</a></p>
<p>After previous efforts failed, will this year be the year the UK grants a ‘right to die’? What are the moral issues at stake? What, politically, does a right to die mean in a society seemingly obsessed with good health? Should people be given the choice, and assistance, to end their lives, or is it a threshold which must not be crossed?</p>
<p>Listen to Joel Cohen, David Pearce, Dr Richard Scheffer, Professor Katherine Sleeman and Dr Kevin Yuill discuss.</p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>----more----ASSISTED DYING: HAS ITS TIME COME?</p>
<p>A new, live, <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/BattleFest'>#BattleFest</a> recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:<br>
<a href='https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.battleofideas.org.uk%2Fsession%2Fassisted-dying-has-its-time-come%2F&token=476ce2-1-1634913310253'>www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/assi…s-time-come/</a></p>
<p>After previous efforts failed, will this year be the year the UK grants a ‘right to die’? What are the moral issues at stake? What, politically, does a right to die mean in a society seemingly obsessed with good health? Should people be given the choice, and assistance, to end their lives, or is it a threshold which must not be crossed?</p>
<p><em>Listen to Joel Cohen, David Pearce, Dr Richard Scheffer, Professor Katherine Sleeman and Dr Kevin Yuill discuss.</em></p>
<p>Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vr8trc/Assisted_Dying_has_its_time_come87diu.mp3" length="182165419" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[----more----ASSISTED DYING: HAS ITS TIME COME?
A new, live, #BattleFest recording from the Battle of Ideas festival 2021:www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/assi…s-time-come/
After previous efforts failed, will this year be the year the UK grants a ‘right to die’? What are the moral issues at stake? What, politically, does a right to die mean in a society seemingly obsessed with good health? Should people be given the choice, and assistance, to end their lives, or is it a threshold which must not be crossed?
Listen to Joel Cohen, David Pearce, Dr Richard Scheffer, Professor Katherine Sleeman and Dr Kevin Yuill discuss.
Thanks for listening to the BattleFest podcast - you can support us by subscribing, sharing and leaving us a review.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4554</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battlefest_podcast_logo_wbav6g.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: High jumps and low points - the Olympics returns at last</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: High jumps and low points - the Olympics returns at last</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/high-jumps-and-low-lights-the-olympics-returns-at-last/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/high-jumps-and-low-lights-the-olympics-returns-at-last/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2021 15:53:30 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d48301ef-8ea4-3c0c-af89-8a9d1cfe60c8</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons with special guests David Bowden and Austin Williams to discuss everything happening in Tokyo.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons with special guests David Bowden and Austin Williams to discuss everything happening in Tokyo.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2s8y9d/Sportscast_-_Olympics6el92.mp3" length="106725600" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons with special guests David Bowden and Austin Williams to discuss everything happening in Tokyo.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2668</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>217</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Defeat, division and the love of Slabhead - the Euros final</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Defeat, division and the love of Slabhead - the Euros final</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/defeat-division-and-the-love-of-slabhead-the-euros-final/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/defeat-division-and-the-love-of-slabhead-the-euros-final/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jul 2021 18:17:53 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/ca85c534-dacf-32b0-8013-4ee0ad545261</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Mo Lovatt to dissect *that* match - and the fallout from Italy's victory.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Mo Lovatt to dissect *that* match - and the fallout from Italy's victory.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jpdxyd/Sportscast_of_Ideas_14_July9iu9s.mp3" length="102879360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Mo Lovatt to dissect *that* match - and the fallout from Italy's victory.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2571</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>216</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Speed, surprise and suspense - could it really be coming home?</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Speed, surprise and suspense - could it really be coming home?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/speed-surprise-and-suspense-could-it-really-be-coming-home/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/speed-surprise-and-suspense-could-it-really-be-coming-home/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 20:49:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/30ab9449-fb58-34e2-ba37-2db3d1802647</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[




<p>For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, with special guest Dominic Standish zooming in from Italy.</p>

 


 



 



<p> </p>





 


]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[




<p>For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, with special guest Dominic Standish zooming in from Italy.</p>

 


 



 



<p> </p>





 


]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6yuzep/Sportscast_of_Ideas_8_July8kffd.mp3" length="81992160" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[




For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, with special guest Dominic Standish zooming in from Italy.

 


 



 



 





 


]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2049</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>215</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Penalties, Pogba and Patriotism - Euros 202</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Penalties, Pogba and Patriotism - Euros 202</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/penalties-pogba-and-patriotism-euros-2020/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/penalties-pogba-and-patriotism-euros-2020/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 02 Jul 2021 12:38:48 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f6b28a6d-9a1e-3515-b07a-affd3906e2ac</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds, with special guest and Manchester United fan, Hilary Salt.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds, with special guest and Manchester United fan, Hilary Salt.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sqsp2d/Sportscast_of_Ideas_2_July8v504.mp3" length="25891812" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds, with special guest and Manchester United fan, Hilary Salt.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2135</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: Work after the pandemic - what can office workers expect?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: Work after the pandemic - what can office workers expect?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/work-after-the-pandemic-what-can-office-workers-expect/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/work-after-the-pandemic-what-can-office-workers-expect/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 17:23:05 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/68efc1a5-137f-3b57-b489-d5c04c50e2a0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Para Mullan and Hilary Salt introduce a discussion at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on what the post-pandemic office means for employers, employees and the wider economy.</p>
<p>Apart from a brief and ill-starred campaign early last autumn to get staff back to the office, for over a year workers have been told that they should work at home if they can. Yet with Covid cases, hospitalisations and deaths now back down to the level we saw at the end of last summer, it seems workers are not exactly rushing to get back to the office.</p>
<p>For some, there may still be the fear of commute or the fear of catching the virus whilst working in the office. For others, there may still be difficulties in getting childcare. But it is also becoming obvious that for some, the comforts of home working are much more attractive than office life. What does this say about the quality of work to date – perhaps just that it is not as great as it is made out to be and that many jobs are not ‘real’ jobs?</p>
<p>Employers like JPMorgan Chase and Goldman Sachs have summoned all US staff back to the office. Others, like HSBC, have adopted a hybrid form of working. Yet other big firms, like Twitter, are allowing their staff to work from home forever if they so wish. For employers, there are multiple different factors at play in encouraging staff to carry on working on the kitchen table or in the spare room: the risk of lawsuits if employees catch the virus; the potential savings on office rents; extracting longer working hours from those who no longer have to commute.</p>
<p>On the other hand, all that extra distance between workers may undermine the idea of pursuing collective goals, workers bouncing ideas off each other or simply picking up on office conservations – finding out things they didn’t know they needed to know. It may also be harder for managers to manage staff at a distance.</p>
<p>For employees, working at home may have its comforts and conveniences, but there is much to be said for a properly thought-out office environment. If the reluctance to get back to the office is driven by disenchantment with the kind of work on offer – something that seems particularly clear with the slow return of those on furlough – will employers use this as an opportunity to reassess the kind of jobs they offer?</p>
<p>Yet for many employees, working from home isn’t working. For all the new buzz about ‘hybrid working’ and a ‘flexible approach’, a survey conducted by the CIPD found that 47 per cent of respondents cited mental well-being as the main challenge of working from home.</p>
<p>In this digital era, can employers ensure that employees do not feel burnt out by work? Is it appropriate to expect employers to adopt a paternalistic approach towards their employees, taking more responsibility for people’s health and well-being? What do these new ways of working mean for the dividing line between work and home?</p>
<p>More broadly, does the focus on returning to work miss the real challenges for UK businesses evident before the pandemic, particularly when it comes to low productivity: a failure to automate processes or make the most of AI, the prevalence of ‘bullshit jobs’ and a stifling aversion to taking risk?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Para Mullan fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel Development</p>
<p>Hilary Salt actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Para Mullan and Hilary Salt introduce a discussion at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on what the post-pandemic office means for employers, employees and the wider economy.</p>
<p>Apart from a brief and ill-starred campaign early last autumn to get staff back to the office, for over a year workers have been told that they should work at home if they can. Yet with Covid cases, hospitalisations and deaths now back down to the level we saw at the end of last summer, it seems workers are not exactly rushing to get back to the office.</p>
<p>For some, there may still be the fear of commute or the fear of catching the virus whilst working in the office. For others, there may still be difficulties in getting childcare. But it is also becoming obvious that for some, the comforts of home working are much more attractive than office life. What does this say about the quality of work to date – perhaps just that it is not as great as it is made out to be and that many jobs are not ‘real’ jobs?</p>
<p>Employers like JPMorgan Chase and Goldman Sachs have summoned all US staff back to the office. Others, like HSBC, have adopted a hybrid form of working. Yet other big firms, like Twitter, are allowing their staff to work from home forever if they so wish. For employers, there are multiple different factors at play in encouraging staff to carry on working on the kitchen table or in the spare room: the risk of lawsuits if employees catch the virus; the potential savings on office rents; extracting longer working hours from those who no longer have to commute.</p>
<p>On the other hand, all that extra distance between workers may undermine the idea of pursuing collective goals, workers bouncing ideas off each other or simply picking up on office conservations – finding out things they didn’t know they needed to know. It may also be harder for managers to manage staff at a distance.</p>
<p>For employees, working at home may have its comforts and conveniences, but there is much to be said for a properly thought-out office environment. If the reluctance to get back to the office is driven by disenchantment with the kind of work on offer – something that seems particularly clear with the slow return of those on furlough – will employers use this as an opportunity to reassess the kind of jobs they offer?</p>
<p>Yet for many employees, working from home isn’t working. For all the new buzz about ‘hybrid working’ and a ‘flexible approach’, a survey conducted by the CIPD found that 47 per cent of respondents cited mental well-being as the main challenge of working from home.</p>
<p>In this digital era, can employers ensure that employees do not feel burnt out by work? Is it appropriate to expect employers to adopt a paternalistic approach towards their employees, taking more responsibility for people’s health and well-being? What do these new ways of working mean for the dividing line between work and home?</p>
<p>More broadly, does the focus on returning to work miss the real challenges for UK businesses evident before the pandemic, particularly when it comes to low productivity: a failure to automate processes or make the most of AI, the prevalence of ‘bullshit jobs’ and a stifling aversion to taking risk?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Para Mullan fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel Development</p>
<p>Hilary Salt actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2hhnd6/aoi-economy-forum-work-after-the-pandemic.mp3" length="90059562" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Para Mullan and Hilary Salt introduce a discussion at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on what the post-pandemic office means for employers, employees and the wider economy.
Apart from a brief and ill-starred campaign early last autumn to get staff back to the office, for over a year workers have been told that they should work at home if they can. Yet with Covid cases, hospitalisations and deaths now back down to the level we saw at the end of last summer, it seems workers are not exactly rushing to get back to the office.
For some, there may still be the fear of commute or the fear of catching the virus whilst working in the office. For others, there may still be difficulties in getting childcare. But it is also becoming obvious that for some, the comforts of home working are much more attractive than office life. What does this say about the quality of work to date – perhaps just that it is not as great as it is made out to be and that many jobs are not ‘real’ jobs?
Employers like JPMorgan Chase and Goldman Sachs have summoned all US staff back to the office. Others, like HSBC, have adopted a hybrid form of working. Yet other big firms, like Twitter, are allowing their staff to work from home forever if they so wish. For employers, there are multiple different factors at play in encouraging staff to carry on working on the kitchen table or in the spare room: the risk of lawsuits if employees catch the virus; the potential savings on office rents; extracting longer working hours from those who no longer have to commute.
On the other hand, all that extra distance between workers may undermine the idea of pursuing collective goals, workers bouncing ideas off each other or simply picking up on office conservations – finding out things they didn’t know they needed to know. It may also be harder for managers to manage staff at a distance.
For employees, working at home may have its comforts and conveniences, but there is much to be said for a properly thought-out office environment. If the reluctance to get back to the office is driven by disenchantment with the kind of work on offer – something that seems particularly clear with the slow return of those on furlough – will employers use this as an opportunity to reassess the kind of jobs they offer?
Yet for many employees, working from home isn’t working. For all the new buzz about ‘hybrid working’ and a ‘flexible approach’, a survey conducted by the CIPD found that 47 per cent of respondents cited mental well-being as the main challenge of working from home.
In this digital era, can employers ensure that employees do not feel burnt out by work? Is it appropriate to expect employers to adopt a paternalistic approach towards their employees, taking more responsibility for people’s health and well-being? What do these new ways of working mean for the dividing line between work and home?
More broadly, does the focus on returning to work miss the real challenges for UK businesses evident before the pandemic, particularly when it comes to low productivity: a failure to automate processes or make the most of AI, the prevalence of ‘bullshit jobs’ and a stifling aversion to taking risk?
SPEAKERS
Para Mullan fellow, Chartered Institute of Personnel Development
Hilary Salt actuary; founder, First Actuarial]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5641</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>213</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Ronaldo and Coke, quarantine-dodging dignitaries and rainbow stadiums</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Ronaldo and Coke, quarantine-dodging dignitaries and rainbow stadiums</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/ronaldo-and-coke-quarantine-dodging-dignitaries-and-rainbow-stadiums/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/ronaldo-and-coke-quarantine-dodging-dignitaries-and-rainbow-stadiums/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jun 2021 18:09:55 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a480e0a8-a1ba-3a19-a6eb-1239780bba5b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, and special guest Adam Rawcliffe.</p>
<p>They chew the fat on Scotland's departure and wonder if England will ever play exciting football. They also look at UEFA's ban on lighting up the Allianz Arena for Pride, the row over Ronaldo and Pogba moving drinks bottles and the hypocrisy of allowing 2,500 UEFA hangers-on into the UK while we all struggle to travel abroad at all.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, and special guest Adam Rawcliffe.</p>
<p>They chew the fat on Scotland's departure and wonder if England will ever play exciting football. They also look at UEFA's ban on lighting up the Allianz Arena for Pride, the row over Ronaldo and Pogba moving drinks bottles and the hypocrisy of allowing 2,500 UEFA hangers-on into the UK while we all struggle to travel abroad at all.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pjir2f/Sports_Podcast_-_June_22_editedawojh.mp3" length="21626205" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[For our latest Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons, and special guest Adam Rawcliffe.
They chew the fat on Scotland's departure and wonder if England will ever play exciting football. They also look at UEFA's ban on lighting up the Allianz Arena for Pride, the row over Ronaldo and Pogba moving drinks bottles and the hypocrisy of allowing 2,500 UEFA hangers-on into the UK while we all struggle to travel abroad at all.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1683</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>212</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Booing, kilts and small nations</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Booing, kilts and small nations</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/booing-kilts-and-small-nations/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/booing-kilts-and-small-nations/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jun 2021 09:46:06 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/808b7470-5c30-3bc3-99f0-d7f6e29bb9f7</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[





<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: On this second 2021 Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by sociologist, author and Tottenham fan Frank Furedi to discuss all that's new in the world of sports, politics and upcoming tournaments.</p>




 



 



<p> </p>





 


]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[





<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: On this second 2021 Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by sociologist, author and Tottenham fan Frank Furedi to discuss all that's new in the world of sports, politics and upcoming tournaments.</p>




 



 



<p> </p>





 


]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/x73ce5/sportspod2.mp3" length="18368856" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[





SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: On this second 2021 Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by sociologist, author and Tottenham fan Frank Furedi to discuss all that's new in the world of sports, politics and upcoming tournaments.




 



 



 





 


]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1585</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>211</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Kneeling, bagpipe bans and Euro 2020</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Kneeling, bagpipe bans and Euro 2020</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/kneeling-bagpipe-bans-and-the-euros-2020/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/kneeling-bagpipe-bans-and-the-euros-2020/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 14:12:07 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/8e42157f-7c73-3de3-956e-9b17fc9b9cb0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On this Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by author and Norwich City fan George Harrison to discuss all that's new in the world of sports, politics and upcoming tournaments.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by author and Norwich City fan George Harrison to discuss all that's new in the world of sports, politics and upcoming tournaments.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/f2d2c6/Sportscast_of_Ideas_-_Euros2020bgh2p.mp3" length="25365996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On this Sportscast of Ideas, Geoff Kidder, Alastair Donald and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by author and Norwich City fan George Harrison to discuss all that's new in the world of sports, politics and upcoming tournaments.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2200</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Who needs human rights?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Who needs human rights?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/who-needs-human-rights/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/who-needs-human-rights/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 11 May 2021 11:55:42 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7f3f1571-11b2-3161-821f-cfe09ae1db22</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Given the extension of state power during lockdowns, have worldwide lockdowns revealed the need for stronger, more hard-wired human rights legislation, like the Bill of Rights in the United States? Or has the whole framework of human rights been revealed as little more than symbolic? Putting the progressive case against human rights, Gittos asks whether it is time to do away with human rights in favour of a new way of thinking about our personal and political freedoms. Join Luke Gittos and Academy of Ideas’ director Claire Fox to discuss whether it’s time to call time on human rights.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Given the extension of state power during lockdowns, have worldwide lockdowns revealed the need for stronger, more hard-wired human rights legislation, like the Bill of Rights in the United States? Or has the whole framework of human rights been revealed as little more than symbolic? Putting the progressive case against human rights, Gittos asks whether it is time to do away with human rights in favour of a new way of thinking about our personal and political freedoms. <em>Join Luke Gittos and Academy of Ideas’ director Claire Fox to discuss whether it’s time to call time on human rights.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5bpusp/Who_needs_human_rights_6vf56.mp3" length="64292568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Given the extension of state power during lockdowns, have worldwide lockdowns revealed the need for stronger, more hard-wired human rights legislation, like the Bill of Rights in the United States? Or has the whole framework of human rights been revealed as little more than symbolic? Putting the progressive case against human rights, Gittos asks whether it is time to do away with human rights in favour of a new way of thinking about our personal and political freedoms. Join Luke Gittos and Academy of Ideas’ director Claire Fox to discuss whether it’s time to call time on human rights.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5672</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>209</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: Special relationships: the UK, the US and the EU</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: Special relationships: the UK, the US and the EU</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/special-relationships-the-uk-the-us-and-the-eu/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/special-relationships-the-uk-the-us-and-the-eu/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 05 May 2021 18:06:29 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/db1d4c2b-6014-3550-a232-fa6a82c388d5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Discussion at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on Tuesday 4 May 2021.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION
Love it or loathe it, the UK’s Special Relationship with the USA has been around since Churchill coined the phrase in 1946. And as the first nation to leave the European Union, the UK’s ongoing relationship with the EU is, at the very least, ‘special’ by definition.</p>
<p>In his presentation, Jonathan Grant will offer a perspective on these two unquestionably special relationships: one with the EU that has only recently been formed, and that with the USA, particularly how that might change under the new Biden-Harris administration.</p>
<p>SPEAKER
Jonathan Grant is a London-based chartered accountant specialising in serving global clients with operations in the UK. He deals extensively with people and businesses across both the USA and the EU; away from the office, he is an independent arts critic.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Discussion at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on Tuesday 4 May 2021.</p>
<p><em>INTRODUCTION</em><br>
Love it or loathe it, the UK’s Special Relationship with the USA has been around since Churchill coined the phrase in 1946. And as the first nation to leave the European Union, the UK’s ongoing relationship with the EU is, at the very least, ‘special’ by definition.</p>
<p>In his presentation, Jonathan Grant will offer a perspective on these two unquestionably special relationships: one with the EU that has only recently been formed, and that with the USA, particularly how that might change under the new Biden-Harris administration.</p>
<p><em>SPEAKER</em><br>
Jonathan Grant is a London-based chartered accountant specialising in serving global clients with operations in the UK. He deals extensively with people and businesses across both the USA and the EU; away from the office, he is an independent arts critic.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/72xab6/economy-forum-special-relationships.mp3" length="77371920" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Discussion at the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on Tuesday 4 May 2021.
INTRODUCTIONLove it or loathe it, the UK’s Special Relationship with the USA has been around since Churchill coined the phrase in 1946. And as the first nation to leave the European Union, the UK’s ongoing relationship with the EU is, at the very least, ‘special’ by definition.
In his presentation, Jonathan Grant will offer a perspective on these two unquestionably special relationships: one with the EU that has only recently been formed, and that with the USA, particularly how that might change under the new Biden-Harris administration.
SPEAKERJonathan Grant is a London-based chartered accountant specialising in serving global clients with operations in the UK. He deals extensively with people and businesses across both the USA and the EU; away from the office, he is an independent arts critic.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4846</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>207</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookClub: The human heart in Kazuo Ishiguro’s Klara And The Sun</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookClub: The human heart in Kazuo Ishiguro’s Klara And The Sun</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-human-heart-in-kazuo-ishiguros-klara-and-the-sun/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-human-heart-in-kazuo-ishiguros-klara-and-the-sun/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 01 May 2021 06:40:09 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/90961cda-03a0-36ac-b770-88f9b9fd1b25</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: Klara and the Sun is a thrilling book that offers a look at our changing world through the eyes of an unforgettable narrator, and one that explores the fundamental question: what does it mean to love? Ella Whelan, journalist and author of What Women Want, gives the introduction.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: Klara and the Sun is a thrilling book that offers a look at our changing world through the eyes of an unforgettable narrator, and one that explores the fundamental question: what does it mean to love? <em>Ella Whelan, journalist and author of What Women Want, gives the introduction.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cfk8ef/Klara_And_The_Sun7ntic.mp3" length="57142838" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK CLUB: Klara and the Sun is a thrilling book that offers a look at our changing world through the eyes of an unforgettable narrator, and one that explores the fundamental question: what does it mean to love? Ella Whelan, journalist and author of What Women Want, gives the introduction.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5081</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOOK_CLUB_2018-260w.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: the rise and fall of the European Super League</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: the rise and fall of the European Super League</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-sports-special-the-rise-and-fall-of-the-european-super-league/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-sports-special-the-rise-and-fall-of-the-european-super-league/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Apr 2021 10:43:34 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/5ffd2a2a-f300-3ff1-9d08-99b6a860592f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to this special sports edition of Podcast of Ideas. Alastair Donald is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons, along with Hilary Salt and Simon McKeon, two regular speakers and session producers at the annual Battle of Ideas festival.
 
Over the past week, football has hogged the headlines on the front as well as the back pages as the plan for a new European Super League emerged and then collapsed, almost in the blink of an eye.</p>
<p>The headlines claimed this has been the 'biggest fiasco in football history', the 'defeat of greed' and that elites sports has suffered its 'most astounding humiliation.</p>
<p>• Why did the European Super League has suddenly emerge now? 
• What were the main problems with this initiative?
• Why did pushing through the ESL run up against the buffers? 
• Can we read anything deeper into this, culturally or even politically?
• What are the ramifications of the ESL's collapse and what about the future – for fans, football, football governance and politics?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to this special sports edition of Podcast of Ideas. Alastair Donald is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons, along with Hilary Salt and Simon McKeon, two regular speakers and session producers at the annual Battle of Ideas festival.<br>
 <br>
Over the past week, football has hogged the headlines on the front as well as the back pages as the plan for a new European Super League emerged and then collapsed, almost in the blink of an eye.</p>
<p>The headlines claimed this has been the 'biggest fiasco in football history', the 'defeat of greed' and that elites sports has suffered its 'most astounding humiliation.</p>
<p>• Why did the European Super League has suddenly emerge now? <br>
• What were the main problems with this initiative?<br>
• Why did pushing through the ESL run up against the buffers? <br>
• Can we read anything deeper into this, culturally or even politically?<br>
• What are the ramifications of the ESL's collapse and what about the future – for fans, football, football governance and politics?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jhjr4m/EuroLeagueAOIpod.mp3" length="81653893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Welcome to this special sports edition of Podcast of Ideas. Alastair Donald is joined by Academy of Ideas colleagues, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons, along with Hilary Salt and Simon McKeon, two regular speakers and session producers at the annual Battle of Ideas festival. Over the past week, football has hogged the headlines on the front as well as the back pages as the plan for a new European Super League emerged and then collapsed, almost in the blink of an eye.
The headlines claimed this has been the 'biggest fiasco in football history', the 'defeat of greed' and that elites sports has suffered its 'most astounding humiliation.
• Why did the European Super League has suddenly emerge now? • What were the main problems with this initiative?• Why did pushing through the ESL run up against the buffers? • Can we read anything deeper into this, culturally or even politically?• What are the ramifications of the ESL's collapse and what about the future – for fans, football, football governance and politics?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2041</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>205</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: What is Bidenomics?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: What is Bidenomics?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-bidenomics/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-bidenomics/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 14:32:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/0db9e862-b5f8-346a-8041-d0c29cddc635</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion, 13 April 2021.</p>
<p>Joe Biden became the 46th president of the United States on 20 January 2021. But what does Biden stand for and what will his administration aim to achieve?</p>
<p>Most notably, his first major move was the American Rescue Plan Act, a package of stimulus, welfare and other measures that will cost $1.9 trillion. The act provides for a round of $1,400 stimulus checks for individuals making less than $75,000 a year and for married couples earning under $150,000, plus the extension of federal supplements to state unemployment benefits. There is extra provision for coronavirus measures, including vaccination programmes, improving ventilation in schools and more. There is also a boost to federal subsidies for health insurance.</p>
<p>But what does Biden stand for beyond this? What measures will be taken to move the economy out of its long-term lethargy, particularly in the face of competition from China?</p>
<p>SPEAKER</p>
<p>James Matthews
New York-based management consultant; commentator on the US economy and business; former economic forecaster</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion, 13 April 2021.</p>
<p>Joe Biden became the 46th president of the United States on 20 January 2021. But what does Biden stand for and what will his administration aim to achieve?</p>
<p>Most notably, his first major move was the American Rescue Plan Act, a package of stimulus, welfare and other measures that will cost $1.9 trillion. The act provides for a round of $1,400 stimulus checks for individuals making less than $75,000 a year and for married couples earning under $150,000, plus the extension of federal supplements to state unemployment benefits. There is extra provision for coronavirus measures, including vaccination programmes, improving ventilation in schools and more. There is also a boost to federal subsidies for health insurance.</p>
<p>But what does Biden stand for beyond this? What measures will be taken to move the economy out of its long-term lethargy, particularly in the face of competition from China?</p>
<p>SPEAKER</p>
<p>James Matthews<br>
New York-based management consultant; commentator on the US economy and business; former economic forecaster</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nemgc2/what-is-bidenomics-economy-forum.mp3" length="84724881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Academy of Ideas Economy Forum discussion, 13 April 2021.
Joe Biden became the 46th president of the United States on 20 January 2021. But what does Biden stand for and what will his administration aim to achieve?
Most notably, his first major move was the American Rescue Plan Act, a package of stimulus, welfare and other measures that will cost $1.9 trillion. The act provides for a round of $1,400 stimulus checks for individuals making less than $75,000 a year and for married couples earning under $150,000, plus the extension of federal supplements to state unemployment benefits. There is extra provision for coronavirus measures, including vaccination programmes, improving ventilation in schools and more. There is also a boost to federal subsidies for health insurance.
But what does Biden stand for beyond this? What measures will be taken to move the economy out of its long-term lethargy, particularly in the face of competition from China?
SPEAKER
James MatthewsNew York-based management consultant; commentator on the US economy and business; former economic forecaster]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5307</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>208</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: From cycle lanes to low-traffic neighbourhoods - who owns our streets?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: From cycle lanes to low-traffic neighbourhoods - who owns our streets?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-cycle-lanes-to-low-traffic-neighbourhoods-who-owns-our-streets/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-cycle-lanes-to-low-traffic-neighbourhoods-who-owns-our-streets/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 13:43:06 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/2cadca9c-1def-3540-b9e5-3a0e89e1e09b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Whether you’re a cyclist, driver, pedestrian or all three, the real question is: why, at a time when little political scrutiny is available in a pandemic, have councils and the government felt comfortable instituting such drastic changes? Have some underestimated the drastic effect of restricting car access on people’s lives and routines? Should we take advantage of the benefits of lower activity in cities and learn a lesson about what life could be like without cars? Are groups like Extinction Rebellion right that drastic action is necessary, even if it means making sacrifices? Or is this another example of green activism side-stepping democracy by putting the planet before people? Who should decide what happens in our neighbourhoods – in short, who owns our streets Rita Krishna, Daniel Moylan, Rebekah Kelly, Emma Richman, Niall Crowley and Ella Whelan discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Whether you’re a cyclist, driver, pedestrian or all three, the real question is: why, at a time when little political scrutiny is available in a pandemic, have councils and the government felt comfortable instituting such drastic changes? Have some underestimated the drastic effect of restricting car access on people’s lives and routines? Should we take advantage of the benefits of lower activity in cities and learn a lesson about what life could be like without cars? Are groups like Extinction Rebellion right that drastic action is necessary, even if it means making sacrifices? Or is this another example of green activism side-stepping democracy by putting the planet before people? Who should decide what happens in our neighbourhoods – in short, who owns our streets <em style="font-family:'-apple-system', BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;">Rita Krishna, Daniel Moylan, Rebekah Kelly, Emma Richman, Niall Crowley and Ella Whelan discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/y5w3gs/WHO_OWNS_OUR_STREETS_7n8qi.mp3" length="75199032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Whether you’re a cyclist, driver, pedestrian or all three, the real question is: why, at a time when little political scrutiny is available in a pandemic, have councils and the government felt comfortable instituting such drastic changes? Have some underestimated the drastic effect of restricting car access on people’s lives and routines? Should we take advantage of the benefits of lower activity in cities and learn a lesson about what life could be like without cars? Are groups like Extinction Rebellion right that drastic action is necessary, even if it means making sacrifices? Or is this another example of green activism side-stepping democracy by putting the planet before people? Who should decide what happens in our neighbourhoods – in short, who owns our streets Rita Krishna, Daniel Moylan, Rebekah Kelly, Emma Richman, Niall Crowley and Ella Whelan discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6666</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#ScotlandSalon: What next for Scottish independence?</title>
        <itunes:title>#ScotlandSalon: What next for Scottish independence?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-next-for-scottish-independence/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-next-for-scottish-independence/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 13:32:59 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7ed85367-0599-3439-b129-e10f35afee83</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SCOTLAND SALON: What do the revelations of the past few weeks mean for the independence campaign and for the devolved Scottish Government? Have we seen nothing more than political opportunism on behalf of opposition MSPs, or have the hopes for IndyRef2 been dashed? Is faith in Scottish independence inextricably linked to faith in the SNP? And, more broadly, is there something rotten in the democratic settlement for the people of Scotland? What next for Scottish independence? Jim Sillars, Iain Macwhirter, Alastair Donald and Michelle Ballantyne MSP discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SCOTLAND SALON: What do the revelations of the past few weeks mean for the independence campaign and for the devolved Scottish Government? Have we seen nothing more than political opportunism on behalf of opposition MSPs, or have the hopes for IndyRef2 been dashed? Is faith in Scottish independence inextricably linked to faith in the SNP? And, more broadly, is there something rotten in the democratic settlement for the people of Scotland? What next for Scottish independence? <em>Jim Sillars, Iain Macwhirter, Alastair Donald and Michelle Ballantyne MSP discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5apd69/Scottish_Salon9jnq1.mp3" length="76942872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SCOTLAND SALON: What do the revelations of the past few weeks mean for the independence campaign and for the devolved Scottish Government? Have we seen nothing more than political opportunism on behalf of opposition MSPs, or have the hopes for IndyRef2 been dashed? Is faith in Scottish independence inextricably linked to faith in the SNP? And, more broadly, is there something rotten in the democratic settlement for the people of Scotland? What next for Scottish independence? Jim Sillars, Iain Macwhirter, Alastair Donald and Michelle Ballantyne MSP discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6852</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Scot_Sal_Ed_slide6lsja.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: Free Speech and Why It Matters, with Andrew Doyle</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: Free Speech and Why It Matters, with Andrew Doyle</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/free-speech-and-why-it-matters-with-andrew-doyle/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/free-speech-and-why-it-matters-with-andrew-doyle/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 15:04:04 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/712771dd-c1cc-3a07-9300-6778e11d0917</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH In his latest book, Free Speech and Why It Matters, Writer and comedian Andrew Doyle looks at the most common concerns of free-speech sceptics and offers a robust defence of this most foundational of principles. Andrew spoke to Academy of Ideas associate director Alastair Donald for this book launch of Free Speech and Why It Matters.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH In his latest book, Free Speech and Why It Matters, Writer and comedian Andrew Doyle looks at the most common concerns of free-speech sceptics and offers a robust defence of this most foundational of principles. <em>Andrew spoke to Academy of Ideas associate director Alastair Donald for this book launch of Free Speech and Why It Matters.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/g87fu6/Andrew_Doyle_Academy_of_Ideas9ztfz.mp3" length="73453332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK LAUNCH In his latest book, Free Speech and Why It Matters, Writer and comedian Andrew Doyle looks at the most common concerns of free-speech sceptics and offers a robust defence of this most foundational of principles. Andrew spoke to Academy of Ideas associate director Alastair Donald for this book launch of Free Speech and Why It Matters.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6559</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>202</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;Society: Le Corbusier: universal artist or technocrat?</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;Society: Le Corbusier: universal artist or technocrat?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/le-corbusier-universal-artist-or-technocrat/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/le-corbusier-universal-artist-or-technocrat/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 14:49:46 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/dba2b601-08e5-3064-858e-fe77667f903b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: The Swiss-French architect Le Corbusier (1887 –1965) is strongly associated with post-war mass housing projects; his name is often used as shorthand for their failings. He was arguably the most talented architect of the twentieth century and but he is popularly known for his association with the technocrat aspects of modern planning. Architecture lecturer, Penny Lewis 'visits' two of Le Corbusier’s most influential buildings the Villa Roche in Paris (1923) and the Unité d’habitation in Marseille (1952) to compare his innovative pre-war and expressive post-war work. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: The Swiss-French architect Le Corbusier (1887 –1965) is strongly associated with post-war mass housing projects; his name is often used as shorthand for their failings. He was arguably the most talented architect of the twentieth century and but he is popularly known for his association with the technocrat aspects of modern planning. Architecture lecturer, <em>Penny Lewis 'visits' two of Le Corbusier’s most influential buildings the Villa Roche in Paris (1923) and the Unité d’habitation in Marseille (1952) to compare his innovative pre-war and expressive post-war work. </em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/gpgb9v/LE_CORBUSIER6tnfw.mp3" length="58791192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: The Swiss-French architect Le Corbusier (1887 –1965) is strongly associated with post-war mass housing projects; his name is often used as shorthand for their failings. He was arguably the most talented architect of the twentieth century and but he is popularly known for his association with the technocrat aspects of modern planning. Architecture lecturer, Penny Lewis 'visits' two of Le Corbusier’s most influential buildings the Villa Roche in Paris (1923) and the Unité d’habitation in Marseille (1952) to compare his innovative pre-war and expressive post-war work. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5333</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>201</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpeg6aq6v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EducationForum: Is lockdown damaging children’s mental health?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EducationForum: Is lockdown damaging children’s mental health?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-lockdown-damaging-childrens-mental-health/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-lockdown-damaging-childrens-mental-health/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Mar 2021 15:44:23 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/bd908586-8057-37f3-bd38-c3970ae09e42</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Debate hosted by the Academy of Ideas Education Forum on 4 March 2021.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>A large survey undertaken by the NHS in July 2020 found that a staggering one in six children now have a ‘probable mental health disorder’. Since that report we have had another school lockdown. Anne Longfield, the outgoing Children’s Commissioner for England, argued that ‘damage to children’s mental health caused by the Covid crisis could last for years without a large-scale increase for children’s mental health services’.</p>
<p>It is widely accepted that lockdown and school closures have had a detrimental effect on young people, but what does that really mean? Some argue that a year of severe disruption to schooling has limited children’s educational, social and intellectual development, with the likelihood of knock-on effects on the future university and career prospects of GCSE and A Level students.</p>
<p>But are the NHS, Children’s Commissioner and others unnecessarily catastrophising the state of children’s mental health? Have the kids really been messed up by lockdown? Or might they be more resilient than may adults give them credit for?</p>
<p>At what point does missing your school friends transform from disappointment, sadness and frustration to mental illness? Is there now a danger that we stretch the definition of mental health so far that it encompasses many of the normal travails and anxieties of normal teenage life and growing up?</p>
<p>On the other hand, kids missing out on seeing their peers and grown-up role models such as grandparents and teachers is no trivial matter. Is it not bound to limit their emotional and social cognition and lead to serious problems? As schools get set to reopen, this latest online Education Forum debate will explore the impact of lockdown on the mental health of young people.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Molly Kingsley co-founder, UsForThem</p>
<p>Dr Ken McLaughlin senior lecturer in Social Care and Social Work, Manchester Metropolitan University</p>
<p>Sarah Standish school counsellor at a Harrow school</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Debate hosted by the Academy of Ideas Education Forum on 4 March 2021.</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>A large survey undertaken by the NHS in July 2020 found that a staggering one in six children now have a ‘probable mental health disorder’. Since that report we have had another school lockdown. Anne Longfield, the outgoing Children’s Commissioner for England, argued that ‘damage to children’s mental health caused by the Covid crisis could last for years without a large-scale increase for children’s mental health services’.</p>
<p>It is widely accepted that lockdown and school closures have had a detrimental effect on young people, but what does that really mean? Some argue that a year of severe disruption to schooling has limited children’s educational, social and intellectual development, with the likelihood of knock-on effects on the future university and career prospects of GCSE and A Level students.</p>
<p>But are the NHS, Children’s Commissioner and others unnecessarily catastrophising the state of children’s mental health? Have the kids really been messed up by lockdown? Or might they be more resilient than may adults give them credit for?</p>
<p>At what point does missing your school friends transform from disappointment, sadness and frustration to mental illness? Is there now a danger that we stretch the definition of mental health so far that it encompasses many of the normal travails and anxieties of normal teenage life and growing up?</p>
<p>On the other hand, kids missing out on seeing their peers and grown-up role models such as grandparents and teachers is no trivial matter. Is it not bound to limit their emotional and social cognition and lead to serious problems? As schools get set to reopen, this latest online Education Forum debate will explore the impact of lockdown on the mental health of young people.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Molly Kingsley co-founder, UsForThem</p>
<p>Dr Ken McLaughlin senior lecturer in Social Care and Social Work, Manchester Metropolitan University</p>
<p>Sarah Standish school counsellor at a Harrow school</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cm9668/210304_Is_lockdown_damaging_kids_mental_healthaprvn.mp3" length="81323368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Debate hosted by the Academy of Ideas Education Forum on 4 March 2021.
INTRODUCTION
A large survey undertaken by the NHS in July 2020 found that a staggering one in six children now have a ‘probable mental health disorder’. Since that report we have had another school lockdown. Anne Longfield, the outgoing Children’s Commissioner for England, argued that ‘damage to children’s mental health caused by the Covid crisis could last for years without a large-scale increase for children’s mental health services’.
It is widely accepted that lockdown and school closures have had a detrimental effect on young people, but what does that really mean? Some argue that a year of severe disruption to schooling has limited children’s educational, social and intellectual development, with the likelihood of knock-on effects on the future university and career prospects of GCSE and A Level students.
But are the NHS, Children’s Commissioner and others unnecessarily catastrophising the state of children’s mental health? Have the kids really been messed up by lockdown? Or might they be more resilient than may adults give them credit for?
At what point does missing your school friends transform from disappointment, sadness and frustration to mental illness? Is there now a danger that we stretch the definition of mental health so far that it encompasses many of the normal travails and anxieties of normal teenage life and growing up?
On the other hand, kids missing out on seeing their peers and grown-up role models such as grandparents and teachers is no trivial matter. Is it not bound to limit their emotional and social cognition and lead to serious problems? As schools get set to reopen, this latest online Education Forum debate will explore the impact of lockdown on the mental health of young people.
SPEAKERS
Molly Kingsley co-founder, UsForThem
Dr Ken McLaughlin senior lecturer in Social Care and Social Work, Manchester Metropolitan University
Sarah Standish school counsellor at a Harrow school]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5808</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>200</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-LM0UoTR1x3kiXnZq-NWlc4w-t3000x3000-300x300.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Love under lockdown - are we finished with intimacy?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Love under lockdown - are we finished with intimacy?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/love-under-lockdown-are-we-finished-with-intimacy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/love-under-lockdown-are-we-finished-with-intimacy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 13:56:55 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7872f733-053d-3fb8-938c-255e155478a5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What is it like to fall in love in today, when there seems to be so many more factors involved in intimacy than the feelings of two people? Is the isolation and atomisation of love (or lack of it) in lockdown new, or merely an extreme catalysing of a familiar trend in modern dating? How do we balance the desire to right the wrongs of the past, with an understanding that the intimate encounters we often cherish the most are the ones that took us by surprise? As John Fowles wrote in The French Lieutenant’s Woman, while it’s often futile to be nostalgic, was love and intimacy more hopeful when we were less concerned with controlling the outcome, when ‘strangers were strange, and sometimes with an exciting, beautiful strangeness’? Or are we stuck in an arcane view of how love works – should we be open to a new definition which ditches a reliance on uncontrollable feelings like butterflies in your stomach or sweat on your brow? How risky is it to fall in love today – and what does love and intimacy mean in an increasingly risk-averse society? Claire Fox, Samantha Davies, Ralph Leonard, Emily Hill and Ella Whelan discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What is it like to fall in love in today, when there seems to be so many more factors involved in intimacy than the feelings of two people? Is the isolation and atomisation of love (or lack of it) in lockdown new, or merely an extreme catalysing of a familiar trend in modern dating? How do we balance the desire to right the wrongs of the past, with an understanding that the intimate encounters we often cherish the most are the ones that took us by surprise? As John Fowles wrote in The French Lieutenant’s Woman, while it’s often futile to be nostalgic, was love and intimacy more hopeful when we were less concerned with controlling the outcome, when ‘strangers were strange, and sometimes with an exciting, beautiful strangeness’? Or are we stuck in an arcane view of how love works – should we be open to a new definition which ditches a reliance on uncontrollable feelings like butterflies in your stomach or sweat on your brow? How risky is it to fall in love today – and what does love and intimacy mean in an increasingly risk-averse society? <em>Claire Fox, Samantha Davies, Ralph Leonard, Emily Hill and Ella Whelan discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pk8jwk/Love_Under_Lockdownaawye.mp3" length="70301904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What is it like to fall in love in today, when there seems to be so many more factors involved in intimacy than the feelings of two people? Is the isolation and atomisation of love (or lack of it) in lockdown new, or merely an extreme catalysing of a familiar trend in modern dating? How do we balance the desire to right the wrongs of the past, with an understanding that the intimate encounters we often cherish the most are the ones that took us by surprise? As John Fowles wrote in The French Lieutenant’s Woman, while it’s often futile to be nostalgic, was love and intimacy more hopeful when we were less concerned with controlling the outcome, when ‘strangers were strange, and sometimes with an exciting, beautiful strangeness’? Or are we stuck in an arcane view of how love works – should we be open to a new definition which ditches a reliance on uncontrollable feelings like butterflies in your stomach or sweat on your brow? How risky is it to fall in love today – and what does love and intimacy mean in an increasingly risk-averse society? Claire Fox, Samantha Davies, Ralph Leonard, Emily Hill and Ella Whelan discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6272</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>199</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/loveheart.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;Society: What is the future of classical music in the UK?</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;Society: What is the future of classical music in the UK?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-the-future-of-classical-music-in-the-uk/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-the-future-of-classical-music-in-the-uk/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2021 11:07:27 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/bb3fa3af-95a2-3f31-8425-ed90f9ef167d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: At one time, classical music was rigorously defended – both by the sector and within wider society – because of its unique stature as the epitome of the European music tradition and its alignment with Enlightenment ideals. But who defends classical music today? Should it be defended? Is it time to shake up the genre, make it more accessible, and embrace the sentiment of John Gilhooly, director of Wigmore Hall who says, “In many ways all this is a purification, a chance to start again.” Or is there something intrinsic to the genre that we should seek to preserve? Do we still believe in the transcendental qualities of high art and the concept of art for arts’ sake? Should we defend our traditions or embrace the new normal and move with the times? Gabriella Swallow,  Stephen Johnson, Ivan Hewett and Dolan Cummings discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: At one time, classical music was rigorously defended – both by the sector and within wider society – because of its unique stature as the epitome of the European music tradition and its alignment with Enlightenment ideals. But who defends classical music today? Should it be defended? Is it time to shake up the genre, make it more accessible, and embrace the sentiment of John Gilhooly, director of Wigmore Hall who says, “In many ways all this is a purification, a chance to start again.” Or is there something intrinsic to the genre that we should seek to preserve? Do we still believe in the transcendental qualities of high art and the concept of art for arts’ sake? Should we defend our traditions or embrace the new normal and move with the times? <em>Gabriella Swallow,  Stephen Johnson, Ivan Hewett and Dolan Cummings</em> discuss.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/x2khbe/Classical_music6edtt.mp3" length="73475376" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: At one time, classical music was rigorously defended – both by the sector and within wider society – because of its unique stature as the epitome of the European music tradition and its alignment with Enlightenment ideals. But who defends classical music today? Should it be defended? Is it time to shake up the genre, make it more accessible, and embrace the sentiment of John Gilhooly, director of Wigmore Hall who says, “In many ways all this is a purification, a chance to start again.” Or is there something intrinsic to the genre that we should seek to preserve? Do we still believe in the transcendental qualities of high art and the concept of art for arts’ sake? Should we defend our traditions or embrace the new normal and move with the times? Gabriella Swallow,  Stephen Johnson, Ivan Hewett and Dolan Cummings discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6489</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>198</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: The Corona Generation, with Jennie Bristow</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: The Corona Generation, with Jennie Bristow</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/book-launch-the-corona-generation/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/book-launch-the-corona-generation/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 17:21:06 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c80fdeb2-07f4-3ea4-abfe-8a1294b7befd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH: In their latest book, The Corona Generation, author Jennie Bristow and her daughter Emma Gilland consider the effects of lockdown on the generation currently coming of age: the demographic currently known as ‘Generation Z’. In this online book launch hosted by the Academy of Ideas, the Parents Forum and the Centre for Parenting Culture Studies, Jennie and Emma talk to Ella Whelan.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH: In their latest book, <em>The Corona Generation</em>, author Jennie Bristow and her daughter Emma Gilland consider the effects of lockdown on the generation currently coming of age: the demographic currently known as ‘Generation Z’. In this online book launch hosted by the Academy of Ideas, the Parents Forum and the Centre for Parenting Culture Studies, <em>Jennie and Emma talk to Ella Whelan.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/th8jhk/The_Corona_Generation_Launch81e6p.mp3" length="71787336" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK LAUNCH: In their latest book, The Corona Generation, author Jennie Bristow and her daughter Emma Gilland consider the effects of lockdown on the generation currently coming of age: the demographic currently known as ‘Generation Z’. In this online book launch hosted by the Academy of Ideas, the Parents Forum and the Centre for Parenting Culture Studies, Jennie and Emma talk to Ella Whelan.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6295</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>197</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Big Tech - platform, publisher or poison?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Big Tech - platform, publisher or poison?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/big-tech-platform-publisher-or-poison/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/big-tech-platform-publisher-or-poison/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2021 10:32:51 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f66438d8-7472-3100-840f-b734b8558d4b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What should be the role of social media today? If the public square – universities, schools, workplaces, pubs, parks and polling booths – are under some form of lockdown or restriction, is the internet the only viable place to quickly and freely share ideas? And, if so, should we begin to understand Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube or Reddit as publishers, platforms or (virtual) public spaces? What kind of regulation – if any – do we need to ensure healthy debate, and what are the legal implications for such changes? In short, in a world when everyone (even David Attenborough) seems to have an online presence, what role does Big Tech play today – and what should it be in the ‘new normal’ of the post-pandemic world? Discussed by Rob Lyons, Andrew Orlowski, Timandra Harkness and Nico Macdonald.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What should be the role of social media today? If the public square – universities, schools, workplaces, pubs, parks and polling booths – are under some form of lockdown or restriction, is the internet the only viable place to quickly and freely share ideas? And, if so, should we begin to understand Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube or Reddit as publishers, platforms or (virtual) public spaces? What kind of regulation – if any – do we need to ensure healthy debate, and what are the legal implications for such changes? In short, in a world when everyone (even David Attenborough) seems to have an online presence, what role does Big Tech play today – and what should it be in the ‘new normal’ of the post-pandemic world?<em> Discussed by Rob Lyons, Andrew Orlowski, Timandra Harkness and Nico Macdonald.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ufixzu/Big_Tech_platform_publisher_or_poison93o17.mp3" length="62194752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What should be the role of social media today? If the public square – universities, schools, workplaces, pubs, parks and polling booths – are under some form of lockdown or restriction, is the internet the only viable place to quickly and freely share ideas? And, if so, should we begin to understand Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube or Reddit as publishers, platforms or (virtual) public spaces? What kind of regulation – if any – do we need to ensure healthy debate, and what are the legal implications for such changes? In short, in a world when everyone (even David Attenborough) seems to have an online presence, what role does Big Tech play today – and what should it be in the ‘new normal’ of the post-pandemic world? Discussed by Rob Lyons, Andrew Orlowski, Timandra Harkness and Nico Macdonald.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5454</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>196</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: new year, new normal?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: new year, new normal?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-new-year-new-normal/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-new-year-new-normal/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 15:48:13 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/2b0e6e36-dbf3-3819-9fe6-40a336ff03fd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Two weeks into the new year and one week into a new lockdown, the Academy of Ideas team come together (via zoom) to look at the key questions posed by the pandemic. How balanced has the discussion been around lockdown - has free speech suffered? What changing role have the media or the police played? What are the long-term effects of lockdown, from the economy to public will? And what is our route out of this - vaccine, resilience or a reinvigoration of freedom?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Two weeks into the new year and one week into a new lockdown, the Academy of Ideas team come together (via zoom) to look at the key questions posed by the pandemic. How balanced has the discussion been around lockdown - has free speech suffered? What changing role have the media or the police played? What are the long-term effects of lockdown, from the economy to public will? And what is our route out of this - vaccine, resilience or a reinvigoration of freedom?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mk59wu/AOI_Podcastayc0e.mp3" length="40854000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Two weeks into the new year and one week into a new lockdown, the Academy of Ideas team come together (via zoom) to look at the key questions posed by the pandemic. How balanced has the discussion been around lockdown - has free speech suffered? What changing role have the media or the police played? What are the long-term effects of lockdown, from the economy to public will? And what is our route out of this - vaccine, resilience or a reinvigoration of freedom?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3619</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EducationForum: Exploring Head, Hand, Heart by David Goodhart</title>
        <itunes:title>#EducationForum: Exploring Head, Hand, Heart by David Goodhart</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/exploring-head-hand-heart-by-david-goodhart/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/exploring-head-hand-heart-by-david-goodhart/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jan 2021 11:15:11 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/de1b5b19-702e-38b4-a4af-e12efa397f20</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Smart people have become too powerful. That’s the claim made by social commentator David Goodhart in his latest book Head, Hand, Heart: The Struggle for Dignity and Status in the 21st Century. </p>
<p>The talent to pass exams and handle information efficiently, he argues, has become the gold standard of human esteem. Those with a generous helping of such aptitude have formed a new class – a ‘mass elite’ – which now shapes society in its own interests. For those employed in manual work or the caring professions it’s another matter.</p>
<p>“It is becoming harder to feel satisfaction and self-respect living an ordinary, decent life, especially in the bottom part of the income spectrum”, writes Goodhart.</p>
<p>Brexit and Trump have frequently been criticised because of the low intelligence or poor education of their working-class voters. Yet the recent wave of Covid-related school closures and exam cancellations suggests that academic values aren’t all-conquering either.</p>
<p>The pandemic has seen a re-evaluation of the importance of blue-collar workers and the caring professions, such as in the weekly ‘Clap for Carers’ during the height of the crisis. However, it has also seen those protesting against masks and lockdowns labelled as low-information ‘Covidiots’.</p>
<p>So to what extent is Goodhart’s distinction between Head, Hand and Heart helpful in understanding the contemporary tensions in education? Is he correct to claim that we have reached an era of ‘peak Head’ in which a meritocracy based on educational achievement is counter-productive? Or can one believe in high intellectual standards and the importance of exams without excluding those who have little aptitude for them?</p>
<p>Is a school system which embraces both the academic and non-academic possible – or are these distinctions meaningless anyway?</p>
<p>To consider these and other questions, this Academy of Ideas Education Forum event took the form of a book group on Head, Hand, Heart. Gareth Sturdy gives a short introduction to the book before opening up the meeting to round-table discussion.</p>
<p>How does one argue effectively for a schooling system which accords dignity and status to the non-academic, while upholding academic standards?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Smart people have become too powerful. That’s the claim made by social commentator David Goodhart in his latest book <em>Head, Hand, Heart: The Struggle for Dignity and Status in the 21st Century. </em></p>
<p>The talent to pass exams and handle information efficiently, he argues, has become the gold standard of human esteem. Those with a generous helping of such aptitude have formed a new class – a ‘mass elite’ – which now shapes society in its own interests. For those employed in manual work or the caring professions it’s another matter.</p>
<p>“It is becoming harder to feel satisfaction and self-respect living an ordinary, decent life, especially in the bottom part of the income spectrum”, writes Goodhart.</p>
<p>Brexit and Trump have frequently been criticised because of the low intelligence or poor education of their working-class voters. Yet the recent wave of Covid-related school closures and exam cancellations suggests that academic values aren’t all-conquering either.</p>
<p>The pandemic has seen a re-evaluation of the importance of blue-collar workers and the caring professions, such as in the weekly ‘Clap for Carers’ during the height of the crisis. However, it has also seen those protesting against masks and lockdowns labelled as low-information ‘Covidiots’.</p>
<p>So to what extent is Goodhart’s distinction between Head, Hand and Heart helpful in understanding the contemporary tensions in education? Is he correct to claim that we have reached an era of ‘peak Head’ in which a meritocracy based on educational achievement is counter-productive? Or can one believe in high intellectual standards and the importance of exams without excluding those who have little aptitude for them?</p>
<p>Is a school system which embraces both the academic and non-academic possible – or are these distinctions meaningless anyway?</p>
<p>To consider these and other questions, this Academy of Ideas Education Forum event took the form of a book group on <em>Head, Hand, Heart</em>. Gareth Sturdy gives a short introduction to the book before opening up the meeting to round-table discussion.</p>
<p>How does one argue effectively for a schooling system which accords dignity and status to the non-academic, while upholding academic standards?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nyfeqx/201217_Head_Hand_Heart6zkuu.mp3" length="86974606" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Smart people have become too powerful. That’s the claim made by social commentator David Goodhart in his latest book Head, Hand, Heart: The Struggle for Dignity and Status in the 21st Century. 
The talent to pass exams and handle information efficiently, he argues, has become the gold standard of human esteem. Those with a generous helping of such aptitude have formed a new class – a ‘mass elite’ – which now shapes society in its own interests. For those employed in manual work or the caring professions it’s another matter.
“It is becoming harder to feel satisfaction and self-respect living an ordinary, decent life, especially in the bottom part of the income spectrum”, writes Goodhart.
Brexit and Trump have frequently been criticised because of the low intelligence or poor education of their working-class voters. Yet the recent wave of Covid-related school closures and exam cancellations suggests that academic values aren’t all-conquering either.
The pandemic has seen a re-evaluation of the importance of blue-collar workers and the caring professions, such as in the weekly ‘Clap for Carers’ during the height of the crisis. However, it has also seen those protesting against masks and lockdowns labelled as low-information ‘Covidiots’.
So to what extent is Goodhart’s distinction between Head, Hand and Heart helpful in understanding the contemporary tensions in education? Is he correct to claim that we have reached an era of ‘peak Head’ in which a meritocracy based on educational achievement is counter-productive? Or can one believe in high intellectual standards and the importance of exams without excluding those who have little aptitude for them?
Is a school system which embraces both the academic and non-academic possible – or are these distinctions meaningless anyway?
To consider these and other questions, this Academy of Ideas Education Forum event took the form of a book group on Head, Hand, Heart. Gareth Sturdy gives a short introduction to the book before opening up the meeting to round-table discussion.
How does one argue effectively for a schooling system which accords dignity and status to the non-academic, while upholding academic standards?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6212</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>194</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-000363023409-aqu2u8-t500x500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Conquering Covid - is there a better way?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Conquering Covid - is there a better way?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/conquering-covid-is-there-a-better-way/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/conquering-covid-is-there-a-better-way/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2020 16:21:08 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/1d5c00ff-3ba3-3df8-b28e-6a5b72315bf4</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATES: During the summer, the lockdown measures imposed in March were dismantled piece by piece. We were even encouraged in August to ‘eat out to help out’. But in the past few weeks, more and more restrictions have been imposed across countries and regions, including the return of lockdown in Wales and Ireland. Can we continue to live with lockdowns and restrictions, or should we find different ways to manage the risk? Indeed, how do we decide? Should we adopt a ‘consequentialist’ approach, adding up the ‘best guess’ costs and benefits of each policy and choosing the one that causes the least harm? Do we choose to emphasise rights and freedoms and live with the consequences as best we can? How should we move forward? Emily Barley, Rob Lyons and Alan Miller discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATES: During the summer, the lockdown measures imposed in March were dismantled piece by piece. We were even encouraged in August to ‘eat out to help out’. But in the past few weeks, more and more restrictions have been imposed across countries and regions, including the return of lockdown in Wales and Ireland. Can we continue to live with lockdowns and restrictions, or should we find different ways to manage the risk? Indeed, how do we decide? Should we adopt a ‘consequentialist’ approach, adding up the ‘best guess’ costs and benefits of each policy and choosing the one that causes the least harm? Do we choose to emphasise rights and freedoms and live with the consequences as best we can? How should we move forward? <em>Emily Barley, Rob Lyons and Alan Miller discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cm6hch/Conquering_Covid_Podcastb521l.mp3" length="89297204" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATES: During the summer, the lockdown measures imposed in March were dismantled piece by piece. We were even encouraged in August to ‘eat out to help out’. But in the past few weeks, more and more restrictions have been imposed across countries and regions, including the return of lockdown in Wales and Ireland. Can we continue to live with lockdowns and restrictions, or should we find different ways to manage the risk? Indeed, how do we decide? Should we adopt a ‘consequentialist’ approach, adding up the ‘best guess’ costs and benefits of each policy and choosing the one that causes the least harm? Do we choose to emphasise rights and freedoms and live with the consequences as best we can? How should we move forward? Emily Barley, Rob Lyons and Alan Miller discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>8000</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>193</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: Tilting at windmills - are there downsides to a ‘green recovery’?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: Tilting at windmills - are there downsides to a ‘green recovery’?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/tilting-at-windmills-are-there-downsides-to-a-green-recovery/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/tilting-at-windmills-are-there-downsides-to-a-green-recovery/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2020 07:03:25 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/ced39808-d051-3d2a-aa0c-ae7c10690280</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: The idea of a green recovery from the current slump almost seems like a self-evident good. Who would not want the economy to reach and then exceed the levels of output achieved before the Covid-19 pandemic? And who would not support a cleaner environment or the creation of large numbers of jobs? But dig a little deeper and it becomes clear that things are not as straightforward as they seem. What, for example, are advocates of a green new deal arguing for when they call for a ‘reset’ of the economy? Is the new economy they envisage as positive as it first sounds? Why do they put so much emphasis on tackling inequality? Daniel Ben-Ami and Rob Lyons discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: The idea of a green recovery from the current slump almost seems like a self-evident good. Who would not want the economy to reach and then exceed the levels of output achieved before the Covid-19 pandemic? And who would not support a cleaner environment or the creation of large numbers of jobs? But dig a little deeper and it becomes clear that things are not as straightforward as they seem. What, for example, are advocates of a green new deal arguing for when they call for a ‘reset’ of the economy? Is the new economy they envisage as positive as it first sounds? Why do they put so much emphasis on tackling inequality? <em>Daniel Ben-Ami and Rob Lyons discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wypjam/TILTING_AT_WINDMILLS7ahy0.mp3" length="64006646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: The idea of a green recovery from the current slump almost seems like a self-evident good. Who would not want the economy to reach and then exceed the levels of output achieved before the Covid-19 pandemic? And who would not support a cleaner environment or the creation of large numbers of jobs? But dig a little deeper and it becomes clear that things are not as straightforward as they seem. What, for example, are advocates of a green new deal arguing for when they call for a ‘reset’ of the economy? Is the new economy they envisage as positive as it first sounds? Why do they put so much emphasis on tackling inequality? Daniel Ben-Ami and Rob Lyons discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5876</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>192</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: Democracy Under Siege - Don’t Let Them Lock It Down!, with Frank Furedi</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: Democracy Under Siege - Don’t Let Them Lock It Down!, with Frank Furedi</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/democracy-under-siege-dont-let-them-lock-it-down/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/democracy-under-siege-dont-let-them-lock-it-down/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 14:33:06 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/91f39f89-8d0a-361f-8ef9-0987c23b0308</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH: In his new book, Democracy Under Siege: don’t let them know it down!, Professor Frank Furedi argues that fear of democracy has almost always been a feature of Western society. He argues that, today, the moral authority of democracy is being openly questioned in the most explicit way since the 1930s. From Ancient Athens to present-day Brussels, Furedi reveals how democracy has never fully been realised, as elites throughout the centuries sought to temper and limit the influence that the masses had in political life. He concludes that even under the shadow of the pandemic, democracy must not be put on hold. Rather than fearing populist sentiments, an aspiration for solidarity should be cultivated in order to foster a tradition of political participation and debate. Frank Furedi and Ella Whelan discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH: In his new book, Democracy Under Siege: don’t let them know it down!, Professor Frank Furedi argues that fear of democracy has almost always been a feature of Western society. He argues that, today, the moral authority of democracy is being openly questioned in the most explicit way since the 1930s. From Ancient Athens to present-day Brussels, Furedi reveals how democracy has never fully been realised, as elites throughout the centuries sought to temper and limit the influence that the masses had in political life. He concludes that even under the shadow of the pandemic, democracy must not be put on hold. Rather than fearing populist sentiments, an aspiration for solidarity should be cultivated in order to foster a tradition of political participation and debate. <em>Frank Furedi and Ella Whelan discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/isd4gf/Book_Launch_Democracy_Under_Siege6yr5m.mp3" length="63530267" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK LAUNCH: In his new book, Democracy Under Siege: don’t let them know it down!, Professor Frank Furedi argues that fear of democracy has almost always been a feature of Western society. He argues that, today, the moral authority of democracy is being openly questioned in the most explicit way since the 1930s. From Ancient Athens to present-day Brussels, Furedi reveals how democracy has never fully been realised, as elites throughout the centuries sought to temper and limit the influence that the masses had in political life. He concludes that even under the shadow of the pandemic, democracy must not be put on hold. Rather than fearing populist sentiments, an aspiration for solidarity should be cultivated in order to foster a tradition of political participation and debate. Frank Furedi and Ella Whelan discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5792</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: The Problem With Parenting, with Nancy McDermott</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: The Problem With Parenting, with Nancy McDermott</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-problem-with-parenting/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-problem-with-parenting/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 14:28:39 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/90e93cb0-f84f-3d52-a436-e600401d75f0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH: Family life seems to be increasingly under attack. Some argue that a lack of authority in both the classroom and the home has resulted in rising numbers of children reporting concerns about their mental health. Others argue that parents pose a threat to children’s development, stifling their ability to become their true selves. Families being locked up together during the pandemic has sparked concerns among commentators that a rise in child abuse and neglect is inevitable. So serious is parenting for some that even White House terrier Kellyanne Conway quit her role citing concerns about parenting during the pandemic. For now, she said, it’ll be ‘less drama, more mama’. Nancy McDermott and Dr Jan Macvarish discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK LAUNCH: Family life seems to be increasingly under attack. Some argue that a lack of authority in both the classroom and the home has resulted in rising numbers of children reporting concerns about their mental health. Others argue that parents pose a threat to children’s development, stifling their ability to become their true selves. Families being locked up together during the pandemic has sparked concerns among commentators that a rise in child abuse and neglect is inevitable. So serious is parenting for some that even White House terrier Kellyanne Conway quit her role citing concerns about parenting during the pandemic. For now, she said, it’ll be ‘less drama, more mama’. <em>Nancy McDermot</em><em>t</em> and Dr Jan Macvarish discuss.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mutd7v/Book_Launch_The_Problem_With_Parentinga1sb7.mp3" length="64508799" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK LAUNCH: Family life seems to be increasingly under attack. Some argue that a lack of authority in both the classroom and the home has resulted in rising numbers of children reporting concerns about their mental health. Others argue that parents pose a threat to children’s development, stifling their ability to become their true selves. Families being locked up together during the pandemic has sparked concerns among commentators that a rise in child abuse and neglect is inevitable. So serious is parenting for some that even White House terrier Kellyanne Conway quit her role citing concerns about parenting during the pandemic. For now, she said, it’ll be ‘less drama, more mama’. Nancy McDermott and Dr Jan Macvarish discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5811</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>190</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: Time to scrap GCSEs?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: Time to scrap GCSEs?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/time-to-scrap-gcses/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/time-to-scrap-gcses/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2020 15:36:02 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/65525a95-ad0d-3dce-adae-8a9a779e6a69</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Is our school system too obsessed with exams to the detriment of our young people’s intellectual development? Or, for all their potential flaws, are exams the most egalitarian and meritocratic form of student assessment? David Perks, principal of East London Science School and Alex Standish, Geography teacher trainer and author, discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Is our school system too obsessed with exams to the detriment of our young people’s intellectual development? Or, for all their potential flaws, are exams the most egalitarian and meritocratic form of student assessment? <em>David Perks, principal of East London Science School and Alex Standish, Geography teacher trainer and author, discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u4vp48/time-to-scrap-gcses.mp3" length="83200329" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[EDUCATION FORUM: Is our school system too obsessed with exams to the detriment of our young people’s intellectual development? Or, for all their potential flaws, are exams the most egalitarian and meritocratic form of student assessment? David Perks, principal of East London Science School and Alex Standish, Geography teacher trainer and author, discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5211</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>189</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-000363023409-aqu2u8-t500x500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookClub: Dorothy West’s ’The Wedding’</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookClub: Dorothy West’s ’The Wedding’</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/dorothy-wests-the-wedding/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/dorothy-wests-the-wedding/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2020 13:48:32 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/2de41573-f665-32a4-8c30-aafdf343eb8e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: Not just the story of one wedding, but of many, this compelling story offers insights into issues of race, prejudice and identity while maintaining its firm belief in the compensatory power of love. Through a delicate interweaving of past and present, North and South, black and white, The Wedding unfolds outward from a single isolated time and place until it embraces five generations of an extraordinary American family. It is an audacious accomplishment, a monumental history of the rise of a black middle class, written by a writer who lived it. Wise, heartfelt, and shattering, it is Dorothy West’s crowning achievement. Helen Searls introduces this book club. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: Not just the story of one wedding, but of many, this compelling story offers insights into issues of race, prejudice and identity while maintaining its firm belief in the compensatory power of love. Through a delicate interweaving of past and present, North and South, black and white, The Wedding unfolds outward from a single isolated time and place until it embraces five generations of an extraordinary American family. It is an audacious accomplishment, a monumental history of the rise of a black middle class, written by a writer who lived it. Wise, heartfelt, and shattering, it is Dorothy West’s crowning achievement. <em>Helen Searls introduces this book club. </em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/j5qxb9/The_Wedding_Doroth_West8efv3.mp3" length="62858653" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK CLUB: Not just the story of one wedding, but of many, this compelling story offers insights into issues of race, prejudice and identity while maintaining its firm belief in the compensatory power of love. Through a delicate interweaving of past and present, North and South, black and white, The Wedding unfolds outward from a single isolated time and place until it embraces five generations of an extraordinary American family. It is an audacious accomplishment, a monumental history of the rise of a black middle class, written by a writer who lived it. Wise, heartfelt, and shattering, it is Dorothy West’s crowning achievement. Helen Searls introduces this book club. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5605</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>188</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOOK_CLUB_2018-260w.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Civil liberties in times of corona</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Civil liberties in times of corona</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/civil-liberties-in-times-of-corona/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/civil-liberties-in-times-of-corona/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 18:02:41 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c1615fb6-c8d4-37c8-b3d1-7f6c0d822fd5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: In the past six months, citizens have had their right to protest quashed, their free speech attacked (with restrictions on social media about alternative public-health messages) and their ability to ‘mingle’ made illegal. In any other situation, this would be unthinkable. Does living under a virus mean having to sacrifice our civil liberties? Is it right to push back on the idea that anyone who questions new restrictions is a ‘covidiot’ or even unsympathetic to the seriousness of the virus? Should we be worried about the effects of asking citizens to ‘snitch’ on each other in an already atomised and isolated public sphere? And does the government’s rush to implement ever-tighter rules on social interaction set a dangerous precedent - especially if dealing with pandemics becomes part of the ‘new normal’? Silkie Carlo, Luke Gittos, Patrick O’Flynn, Ruth Smeeth and Claire Fox discuss.</p>
<p>All Academy of Ideas online events are free - if you are in a position to be able to donate, we’d greatly appreciate your support: http://www.academyofideas.org.uk/donate</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: In the past six months, citizens have had their right to protest quashed, their free speech attacked (with restrictions on social media about alternative public-health messages) and their ability to ‘mingle’ made illegal. In any other situation, this would be unthinkable. Does living under a virus mean having to sacrifice our civil liberties? Is it right to push back on the idea that anyone who questions new restrictions is a ‘covidiot’ or even unsympathetic to the seriousness of the virus? Should we be worried about the effects of asking citizens to ‘snitch’ on each other in an already atomised and isolated public sphere? And does the government’s rush to implement ever-tighter rules on social interaction set a dangerous precedent - especially if dealing with pandemics becomes part of the ‘new normal’? <em>Silkie Carlo, Luke Gittos, Patrick O’Flynn, Ruth Smeeth and Claire Fox discuss.</em></p>
<p>All Academy of Ideas online events are free - if you are in a position to be able to donate, we’d greatly appreciate your support: http://www.academyofideas.org.uk/donate</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/iz8ytn/civil-liberties-in-times-of-corona.mp3" length="162159160" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: In the past six months, citizens have had their right to protest quashed, their free speech attacked (with restrictions on social media about alternative public-health messages) and their ability to ‘mingle’ made illegal. In any other situation, this would be unthinkable. Does living under a virus mean having to sacrifice our civil liberties? Is it right to push back on the idea that anyone who questions new restrictions is a ‘covidiot’ or even unsympathetic to the seriousness of the virus? Should we be worried about the effects of asking citizens to ‘snitch’ on each other in an already atomised and isolated public sphere? And does the government’s rush to implement ever-tighter rules on social interaction set a dangerous precedent - especially if dealing with pandemics becomes part of the ‘new normal’? Silkie Carlo, Luke Gittos, Patrick O’Flynn, Ruth Smeeth and Claire Fox discuss.
All Academy of Ideas online events are free - if you are in a position to be able to donate, we’d greatly appreciate your support: http://www.academyofideas.org.uk/donate]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7358</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>187</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SocialPolicyForum: Is working from home, working?</title>
        <itunes:title>#SocialPolicyForum: Is working from home, working?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-working-from-home-working/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-working-from-home-working/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 09:49:07 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/65386655-3a51-35c2-808b-308cee1546a5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SOCIAL POLICY FORUM: Beyond Covid, there are a number of arguments put forward in favour of WFH, from improving wellbeing to cutting down CO2 emissions. It certainly looks hip – as well as a bit Silicon Valley – to write off physical proximity as old-fashioned, and to greet a new regime that is mostly WFH as ‘inevitable’. But what of the wider consequences? Might not your job be shifted elsewhere, where work comes cheaper? What of the impact on high streets and the wider economy? Which of these changes are a consequence of the virus and which were coming anyway? Will they be a temporary arrangement to be abandoned with the passing of the pandemic or will they become a permanent fixture of the New Normal? Adam Garrie, Para Mullan, James Woudhuysen, Dave Clements and Mo Lovatt discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SOCIAL POLICY FORUM: Beyond Covid, there are a number of arguments put forward in favour of WFH, from improving wellbeing to cutting down CO2 emissions. It certainly looks hip – as well as a bit Silicon Valley – to write off physical proximity as old-fashioned, and to greet a new regime that is mostly WFH as ‘inevitable’. But what of the wider consequences? Might not your job be shifted elsewhere, where work comes cheaper? What of the impact on high streets and the wider economy? Which of these changes are a consequence of the virus and which were coming anyway? Will they be a temporary arrangement to be abandoned with the passing of the pandemic or will they become a permanent fixture of the New Normal? <em>Adam Garrie, Para Mullan, James Woudhuysen, Dave Clements and Mo Lovatt discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ukgcqy/Social_Policy_Forum_WFHazwvx.mp3" length="63273216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SOCIAL POLICY FORUM: Beyond Covid, there are a number of arguments put forward in favour of WFH, from improving wellbeing to cutting down CO2 emissions. It certainly looks hip – as well as a bit Silicon Valley – to write off physical proximity as old-fashioned, and to greet a new regime that is mostly WFH as ‘inevitable’. But what of the wider consequences? Might not your job be shifted elsewhere, where work comes cheaper? What of the impact on high streets and the wider economy? Which of these changes are a consequence of the virus and which were coming anyway? Will they be a temporary arrangement to be abandoned with the passing of the pandemic or will they become a permanent fixture of the New Normal? Adam Garrie, Para Mullan, James Woudhuysen, Dave Clements and Mo Lovatt discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5572</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>186</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/socil_policy_forum9cl4i.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#ScotlandSalon: Should we support the Scottish Hate Crime Bill?</title>
        <itunes:title>#ScotlandSalon: Should we support the Scottish Hate Crime Bill?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-we-support-the-scottish-hate-crime-bill/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-we-support-the-scottish-hate-crime-bill/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 15:15:42 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/106b4242-2dfa-30ae-b324-58c1c730bc2f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SCOTLAND SALON: Is the Hate Crime Bill an important new protection for vulnerable groups? Does it go too far in attempting to do so? Could the bill’s critics be reassured by more precise language? Conversely, should the Scottish government be legislating at all to restrict free speech, even when it is offensive and designed to stir up hatred? Can we distinguish between words and actions? Should the very notion of a ‘hate crime’ be challenged? Jim Sillars, Dr Carlton Brick and Laurence Fox discuss. (With guest appearance from John Cleese.)</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SCOTLAND SALON: Is the Hate Crime Bill an important new protection for vulnerable groups? Does it go too far in attempting to do so? Could the bill’s critics be reassured by more precise language? Conversely, should the Scottish government be legislating at all to restrict free speech, even when it is offensive and designed to stir up hatred? Can we distinguish between words and actions? Should the very notion of a ‘hate crime’ be challenged? Jim Sillars, Dr Carlton Brick and Laurence Fox discuss. (With guest appearance from John Cleese.)</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8b7n7g/ScotlandSalon_HateCrime.mp3" length="74904432" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SCOTLAND SALON: Is the Hate Crime Bill an important new protection for vulnerable groups? Does it go too far in attempting to do so? Could the bill’s critics be reassured by more precise language? Conversely, should the Scottish government be legislating at all to restrict free speech, even when it is offensive and designed to stir up hatred? Can we distinguish between words and actions? Should the very notion of a ‘hate crime’ be challenged? Jim Sillars, Dr Carlton Brick and Laurence Fox discuss. (With guest appearance from John Cleese.)]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6720</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>185</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Scot_Sal_Ed_slide6lsja.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: Globalists, nationalists and their discontents</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: Globalists, nationalists and their discontents</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/beyond-confrontation-globalists-nationalists-and-their-discontents/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/beyond-confrontation-globalists-nationalists-and-their-discontents/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 17:21:04 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/40b1845d-b9e1-3799-9bdf-0424fed3d662</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM BOOK LAUNCH: Reactions to the coronavirus pandemic have escalated the pre-existing tensions between the US and China and among different Western nations. Confrontations between political globalists and mercantilist nationalists - between supporters of the rules-based international order and proponents of overt protectionism - are fuelling ever-stronger international resentments. Coupling argumentative rigour with a pragmatic, plainspoken approach, Phil Mullan charts a novel, democratic way past dangerous and self-defeating confrontations towards a future of open international collaboration based on popular participation within nation states. With its clear-eyed assessment of the opportunities and challenges of a more interconnected world - an assessment in which the economic internationalisation underpinning globalisation theories is neither romanticised nor vilified - Beyond Confrontation sets a judicious tone for the big geopolitical themes of our times. Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM BOOK LAUNCH: Reactions to the coronavirus pandemic have escalated the pre-existing tensions between the US and China and among different Western nations. Confrontations between political globalists and mercantilist nationalists - between supporters of the rules-based international order and proponents of overt protectionism - are fuelling ever-stronger international resentments. Coupling argumentative rigour with a pragmatic, plainspoken approach, <em>Phil Mullan </em>charts a novel, democratic way past dangerous and self-defeating confrontations towards a future of open international collaboration based on popular participation within nation states. With its clear-eyed assessment of the opportunities and challenges of a more interconnected world - an assessment in which the economic internationalisation underpinning globalisation theories is neither romanticised nor vilified - Beyond Confrontation sets a judicious tone for the big geopolitical themes of our times. <em>Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u25aes/Beyond_Confrontationb8q1f.mp3" length="60081216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM BOOK LAUNCH: Reactions to the coronavirus pandemic have escalated the pre-existing tensions between the US and China and among different Western nations. Confrontations between political globalists and mercantilist nationalists - between supporters of the rules-based international order and proponents of overt protectionism - are fuelling ever-stronger international resentments. Coupling argumentative rigour with a pragmatic, plainspoken approach, Phil Mullan charts a novel, democratic way past dangerous and self-defeating confrontations towards a future of open international collaboration based on popular participation within nation states. With its clear-eyed assessment of the opportunities and challenges of a more interconnected world - an assessment in which the economic internationalisation underpinning globalisation theories is neither romanticised nor vilified - Beyond Confrontation sets a judicious tone for the big geopolitical themes of our times. Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5245</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#ScotlandSalon: Will Covid-19 change education?</title>
        <itunes:title>#ScotlandSalon: Will Covid-19 change education?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/scotland-salon-education-after-covid-19/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/scotland-salon-education-after-covid-19/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2020 16:28:29 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/f6fe90a3-f715-3fe2-b823-9c40a2147a43</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SCOTLAND SALON: Some commentators, politicians and business leaders seem to see the main role of schools and universities as preparing young people for work. Others see schools as a means to mould students to make them better citizens. Many educators have focused on the damage to children and young people’s mental health caused by the pandemic and subsequent lockdown and believe we should focus on a more therapeutic approach within the learning environment. Have we given up on knowledge for knowledge’s sake? Professor Lindsay Paterson and Dr Penny Lewis discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SCOTLAND SALON: Some commentators, politicians and business leaders seem to see the main role of schools and universities as preparing young people for work. Others see schools as a means to mould students to make them better citizens. Many educators have focused on the damage to children and young people’s mental health caused by the pandemic and subsequent lockdown and believe we should focus on a more therapeutic approach within the learning environment. Have we given up on knowledge for knowledge’s sake? <em>Professor Lindsay Paterson and Dr Penny Lewis discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fuymge/EDITED_Scotland_Salon_Education8c9r6.mp3" length="78155592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SCOTLAND SALON: Some commentators, politicians and business leaders seem to see the main role of schools and universities as preparing young people for work. Others see schools as a means to mould students to make them better citizens. Many educators have focused on the damage to children and young people’s mental health caused by the pandemic and subsequent lockdown and believe we should focus on a more therapeutic approach within the learning environment. Have we given up on knowledge for knowledge’s sake? Professor Lindsay Paterson and Dr Penny Lewis discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6914</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>183</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Scot_Sal_Ed_slide6lsja.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: What future for the arts in the post-lockdown world?</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: What future for the arts in the post-lockdown world?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-future-for-the-arts-in-the-post-lockdown-world/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-future-for-the-arts-in-the-post-lockdown-world/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 10:50:29 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/1defa06b-719b-3f28-8d26-03d649008bb2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: What future do the arts have after the economic disruption wrought by the lockdown and post-lockdown precautionary measures? Theatres, concert venues, cinemas and festivals may be the worst hit, having lost months’ worth of box-office revenues. What should the role of government be in aiding the recovery of the arts? Should the government increase subsidies? Is this an opportunity for completely rethinking the arts, as some people are suggesting, clearing out the dross to allow the pearls to shine through? How do we create an environment in which the arts can thrive again? Jonathan Baz, Manick Govinda, Mo Lovatt, Joel Mills and Alison Small discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: What future do the arts have after the economic disruption wrought by the lockdown and post-lockdown precautionary measures? Theatres, concert venues, cinemas and festivals may be the worst hit, having lost months’ worth of box-office revenues. What should the role of government be in aiding the recovery of the arts? Should the government increase subsidies? Is this an opportunity for completely rethinking the arts, as some people are suggesting, clearing out the dross to allow the pearls to shine through? How do we create an environment in which the arts can thrive again? <em>Jonathan Baz, Manick Govinda, Mo Lovatt, Joel Mills and Alison Small discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bxc2yd/the-future-of-the-arts-after-covid.mp3" length="83042899" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: What future do the arts have after the economic disruption wrought by the lockdown and post-lockdown precautionary measures? Theatres, concert venues, cinemas and festivals may be the worst hit, having lost months’ worth of box-office revenues. What should the role of government be in aiding the recovery of the arts? Should the government increase subsidies? Is this an opportunity for completely rethinking the arts, as some people are suggesting, clearing out the dross to allow the pearls to shine through? How do we create an environment in which the arts can thrive again? Jonathan Baz, Manick Govinda, Mo Lovatt, Joel Mills and Alison Small discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7068</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>182</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: The divided state of America?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: The divided state of America?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-divided-state-of-america/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-divided-state-of-america/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 10:41:44 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/23d185db-0052-39ea-b92b-411d33c27d7a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Have voters really given up on politicians and the political system more widely? Is there any possibility of the country rallying around the president or is politics simply hopelessly divided? Is America’s position as the leading global power under threat and what impact will this have on the elections? What is needed to inject political direction into the 2020 elections? Sohrab Ahmari, Dr Richard Johnson, Wendy Kaminer, Helen Searls and Michael Tracey discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Have voters really given up on politicians and the political system more widely? Is there any possibility of the country rallying around the president or is politics simply hopelessly divided? Is America’s position as the leading global power under threat and what impact will this have on the elections? What is needed to inject political direction into the 2020 elections? <em>Sohrab Ahmari, Dr Richard Johnson, Wendy Kaminer, Helen Searls and Michael Tracey discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/qx5mqx/USA_Politics_Debate6999m.m4a" length="81881056" type="audio/x-m4a"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Have voters really given up on politicians and the political system more widely? Is there any possibility of the country rallying around the president or is politics simply hopelessly divided? Is America’s position as the leading global power under threat and what impact will this have on the elections? What is needed to inject political direction into the 2020 elections? Sohrab Ahmari, Dr Richard Johnson, Wendy Kaminer, Helen Searls and Michael Tracey discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6691</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Can we cancel ’cancel culture’?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Can we cancel ’cancel culture’?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-we-cancel-cancel-culture/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-we-cancel-cancel-culture/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 10:38:37 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/371d87e9-8026-3318-9659-3503aad33c26</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Some suggest that marginalising unpleasant and offensive people – not doing business with them, not giving them a platform, not employing them in your business – is an entirely reasonable, personal decision. When do such actions become a systematic marginalisation of certain views – and what’s wrong with marginalising repulsive views anyway? Many seem eager to ‘fight fire with fire’ – calling out the double standards of their opponents in a tit-for-tat round of cancellations – but how can we expect that to lead to a greater range of opinion and debate? Perhaps we need to ask a fundamental question: what does it mean to live in a genuinely tolerant democracy? Nick Buckley MBE, Alex Deane, Claire Fox, Helen Pluckrose and Calvin Robinson discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Some suggest that marginalising unpleasant and offensive people – not doing business with them, not giving them a platform, not employing them in your business – is an entirely reasonable, personal decision. When do such actions become a systematic marginalisation of certain views – and what’s wrong with marginalising repulsive views anyway? Many seem eager to ‘fight fire with fire’ – calling out the double standards of their opponents in a tit-for-tat round of cancellations – but how can we expect that to lead to a greater range of opinion and debate? Perhaps we need to ask a fundamental question: what does it mean to live in a genuinely tolerant democracy? <em>Nick Buckley MBE, Alex Deane, Claire Fox, Helen Pluckrose and Calvin Robinson discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8gjtiw/Can_we_cancel_cancel_culture7vwbl.mp3" length="153412976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Some suggest that marginalising unpleasant and offensive people – not doing business with them, not giving them a platform, not employing them in your business – is an entirely reasonable, personal decision. When do such actions become a systematic marginalisation of certain views – and what’s wrong with marginalising repulsive views anyway? Many seem eager to ‘fight fire with fire’ – calling out the double standards of their opponents in a tit-for-tat round of cancellations – but how can we expect that to lead to a greater range of opinion and debate? Perhaps we need to ask a fundamental question: what does it mean to live in a genuinely tolerant democracy? Nick Buckley MBE, Alex Deane, Claire Fox, Helen Pluckrose and Calvin Robinson discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6391</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>180</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: Gabriella Swallow on JS Bach and Helmut Lachenmann</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: Gabriella Swallow on JS Bach and Helmut Lachenmann</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/classical-inspirations-js-bach-and-helmut-lachenmann/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/classical-inspirations-js-bach-and-helmut-lachenmann/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 16:36:28 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/550cbd2a-34d3-3693-9f79-b2c96dcbc704</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Gabriella Swallow, one of the most versatile and exciting cellists of her generation, gives a lecture on her twin inspirations: German composers JS Bach and Helmut Lachenmann. These two musicians - 200 years apart - tackled the same instrument. Both were experimental and strove for the same kind of experience, but in completely different ways.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Gabriella Swallow, one of the most versatile and exciting cellists of her generation, gives a lecture on her twin inspirations: German composers JS Bach and Helmut Lachenmann. These two musicians - 200 years apart - tackled the same instrument. Both were experimental and strove for the same kind of experience, but in completely different ways.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yaxxu4/aoi_arts_society_forum-_gabriella_swallow_on_her_classical_inspirations8rjoe.m4a" length="122909536" type="audio/x-m4a"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Gabriella Swallow, one of the most versatile and exciting cellists of her generation, gives a lecture on her twin inspirations: German composers JS Bach and Helmut Lachenmann. These two musicians - 200 years apart - tackled the same instrument. Both were experimental and strove for the same kind of experience, but in completely different ways.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7598</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>179</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SocialPolicyForum: Behind the NHS frontline</title>
        <itunes:title>#SocialPolicyForum: Behind the NHS frontline</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/behind-the-frontline/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/behind-the-frontline/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 16:31:55 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/ffe9fe4d-841e-37c9-9acf-f7bd672d2d84</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SOCIAL POLICY FORUM: While the nation has been getting behind the NHS and care workers, stepping onto doorsteps to ‘clap for carers’ battling with Covid-19; there has been a growing sentiment that we don’t appreciate enough the vital – and sometimes dangerous – work they do. But is the wartime rhetoric and applauding of ‘heroes’ overdone, and the list of key workers overlong? Will everything return to normal after the crisis is over, or will public support and gratitude lead to better pay and services, and a new appreciation of public service? Jon Bryan and Dr Frankie Anderson discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SOCIAL POLICY FORUM: While the nation has been getting behind the NHS and care workers, stepping onto doorsteps to ‘clap for carers’ battling with Covid-19; there has been a growing sentiment that we don’t appreciate enough the vital – and sometimes dangerous – work they do. But is the wartime rhetoric and applauding of ‘heroes’ overdone, and the list of key workers overlong? Will everything return to normal after the crisis is over, or will public support and gratitude lead to better pay and services, and a new appreciation of public service? <em>Jon Bryan and Dr Frankie Anderson discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/82vk8c/aoi_social_policy_forum_behind_the_frontline8qqz5.m4a" length="71573810" type="audio/x-m4a"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SOCIAL POLICY FORUM: While the nation has been getting behind the NHS and care workers, stepping onto doorsteps to ‘clap for carers’ battling with Covid-19; there has been a growing sentiment that we don’t appreciate enough the vital – and sometimes dangerous – work they do. But is the wartime rhetoric and applauding of ‘heroes’ overdone, and the list of key workers overlong? Will everything return to normal after the crisis is over, or will public support and gratitude lead to better pay and services, and a new appreciation of public service? Jon Bryan and Dr Frankie Anderson discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5878</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>178</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/socil_policy_forum9cl4i.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: The Covid-19 global economy - from Italy to South Africa</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: The Covid-19 global economy - from Italy to South Africa</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-19-and-the-global-economy-italy-south-africa/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-19-and-the-global-economy-italy-south-africa/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 16:27:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d22c9c1d-a87f-35ea-a266-305455277c87</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: In their different ways, Italy and South Africa are very important economically. Italy is the eighth largest in the world by nominal GDP and the third largest in the EU. South Africa is the second largest economy in Africa and the only African country in the G20. Moreover, both countries have been badly hit by the crisis. Dominic Standish and Russell Grinker discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: In their different ways, Italy and South Africa are very important economically. Italy is the eighth largest in the world by nominal GDP and the third largest in the EU. South Africa is the second largest economy in Africa and the only African country in the G20. Moreover, both countries have been badly hit by the crisis. <em>Dominic Standish and </em><em>Russell Grinker discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6pqa9v/covid-19_and_the_economy_part_4-_italy_-_south_africa7pqx5.m4a" length="110923372" type="audio/x-m4a"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: In their different ways, Italy and South Africa are very important economically. Italy is the eighth largest in the world by nominal GDP and the third largest in the EU. South Africa is the second largest economy in Africa and the only African country in the G20. Moreover, both countries have been badly hit by the crisis. Dominic Standish and Russell Grinker discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6857</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>177</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: Why borders matter, with Professor Frank Furedi</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: Why borders matter, with Professor Frank Furedi</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/book-launch-why-borders-matter-with-professor-frank-furedi/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/book-launch-why-borders-matter-with-professor-frank-furedi/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 16:18:12 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a452ff6e-9827-3513-afab-43ed55bd8c99</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ACADEMY OF IDEAS BOOK LAUNCH: Limits, boundaries and borders are increasingly unfashionable. Whether its support for the ‘no borders’ approach of Europhiles or the rejection of binaries by gender-theory enthusiasts, arguing for borders is difficult these days. In his new book, Why Borders Matter: why humanity must relearn the art of drawing boundaries, Professor Frank Furedi argues that the key driver of the confusion surrounding borders and boundaries is the difficulty that society has in endowing experience with meaning. Timandra Harkness and Professor Frank Furedi discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ACADEMY OF IDEAS BOOK LAUNCH: Limits, boundaries and borders are increasingly unfashionable. Whether its support for the ‘no borders’ approach of Europhiles or the rejection of binaries by gender-theory enthusiasts, arguing for borders is difficult these days. In his new book, Why Borders Matter: why humanity must relearn the art of drawing boundaries, Professor Frank Furedi argues that the key driver of the confusion surrounding borders and boundaries is the difficulty that society has in endowing experience with meaning. <em>Timandra Harkness and Professor Frank Furedi discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/m22dk7/book_launch-_why_borders_matter_with_frank_furedi_and_timandra_harknessarg5k.m4a" length="83395702" type="audio/x-m4a"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ACADEMY OF IDEAS BOOK LAUNCH: Limits, boundaries and borders are increasingly unfashionable. Whether its support for the ‘no borders’ approach of Europhiles or the rejection of binaries by gender-theory enthusiasts, arguing for borders is difficult these days. In his new book, Why Borders Matter: why humanity must relearn the art of drawing boundaries, Professor Frank Furedi argues that the key driver of the confusion surrounding borders and boundaries is the difficulty that society has in endowing experience with meaning. Timandra Harkness and Professor Frank Furedi discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6848</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>176</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: Gericault, Picasso and the art of composition</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: Gericault, Picasso and the art of composition</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/theodore-gericault-s-the-raft-of-the-medusa-and-the-art-of-composition/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/theodore-gericault-s-the-raft-of-the-medusa-and-the-art-of-composition/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 16:11:45 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/0aa2cdc1-717d-344e-a957-f3b611213ad5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Theodore Gericault’s ‘The Raft of the Medusa’ is not only an enormous painting of high drama and tragedy on a cinematic scale, but it is also an assertion of the power of underlying geometry, shape and colour to carry a narrative. It is a constant inspiration to me for the creation of meaning in art through composition, a balance of both form, shape and subject. Picasso’s ‘Three Dancers’ is equally assertive through its brightly coloured, flat geometric shapes, and like Gericault’s ‘Raft’ it also has a complex human narrative. Dido Powell is a painter who rejects the separation of the painting categories ‘abstract ‘ and ‘figurative’. For years, she has been interested in including abstract shapes in my paintings that she has observed from her surroundings, such as reflections and shadows. Painter Dido Powell explains how these paintings, separated by a century, convey their meanings and deal with poignant human struggles.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Theodore Gericault’s ‘The Raft of the Medusa’ is not only an enormous painting of high drama and tragedy on a cinematic scale, but it is also an assertion of the power of underlying geometry, shape and colour to carry a narrative. It is a constant inspiration to me for the creation of meaning in art through composition, a balance of both form, shape and subject. Picasso’s ‘Three Dancers’ is equally assertive through its brightly coloured, flat geometric shapes, and like Gericault’s ‘Raft’ it also has a complex human narrative. Dido Powell is a painter who rejects the separation of the painting categories ‘abstract ‘ and ‘figurative’. For years, she has been interested in including abstract shapes in my paintings that she has observed from her surroundings, such as reflections and shadows. Painter Dido Powell explains how these paintings, separated by a century, convey their meanings and deal with poignant human struggles.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hrujdf/art-of-composition-edit.mp3" length="86006739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Theodore Gericault’s ‘The Raft of the Medusa’ is not only an enormous painting of high drama and tragedy on a cinematic scale, but it is also an assertion of the power of underlying geometry, shape and colour to carry a narrative. It is a constant inspiration to me for the creation of meaning in art through composition, a balance of both form, shape and subject. Picasso’s ‘Three Dancers’ is equally assertive through its brightly coloured, flat geometric shapes, and like Gericault’s ‘Raft’ it also has a complex human narrative. Dido Powell is a painter who rejects the separation of the painting categories ‘abstract ‘ and ‘figurative’. For years, she has been interested in including abstract shapes in my paintings that she has observed from her surroundings, such as reflections and shadows. Painter Dido Powell explains how these paintings, separated by a century, convey their meanings and deal with poignant human struggles.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5387</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>175</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: Morality and hell - the power of Dante’s Inferno</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: Morality and hell - the power of Dante’s Inferno</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/morality-and-hell-the-power-of-dante-s-inferno/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/morality-and-hell-the-power-of-dante-s-inferno/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 16:00:30 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/3a72af32-c42a-3438-9ff0-3ba032bb21cd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Dante’s Divine Comedy, composed 700 years ago, is one of the foundational texts of Western literature. It was written in Dante’s own Florentine dialect, and according to those able to read the original, no translation has ever adequately conveyed both its poetic force and imaginative power. Even in translation though - and there are hundreds in English alone - the poetry, narrative and imagery of Dante’s work have made a lasting impression on generations of readers, as they have followed the author on his own tour of Hell, Purgatory and Paradise. And of the three parts of the poem, it is Hell that is most loved. Why, asks writer and author Dolan Cummings.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Dante’s Divine Comedy, composed 700 years ago, is one of the foundational texts of Western literature. It was written in Dante’s own Florentine dialect, and according to those able to read the original, no translation has ever adequately conveyed both its poetic force and imaginative power. Even in translation though - and there are hundreds in English alone - the poetry, narrative and imagery of Dante’s work have made a lasting impression on generations of readers, as they have followed the author on his own tour of Hell, Purgatory and Paradise. And of the three parts of the poem, it is Hell that is most loved. Why, asks writer and author <em>Dolan Cummings.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/s6wexj/morality_and_hell_-_the_power_of_dantes_infernoabank.mp3" length="54838815" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Dante’s Divine Comedy, composed 700 years ago, is one of the foundational texts of Western literature. It was written in Dante’s own Florentine dialect, and according to those able to read the original, no translation has ever adequately conveyed both its poetic force and imaginative power. Even in translation though - and there are hundreds in English alone - the poetry, narrative and imagery of Dante’s work have made a lasting impression on generations of readers, as they have followed the author on his own tour of Hell, Purgatory and Paradise. And of the three parts of the poem, it is Hell that is most loved. Why, asks writer and author Dolan Cummings.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4607</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EducationForum: After toppling statues, is it time to rewrite the curriculum?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EducationForum: After toppling statues, is it time to rewrite the curriculum?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/after-toppling-statues-is-it-time-to-rewrite-the-curriculum/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/after-toppling-statues-is-it-time-to-rewrite-the-curriculum/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 15:58:35 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/99bd755b-1c47-3651-b59c-42eca70dc198</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Should we welcome the de-colonisation of the curriculum as a way of correcting white Anglocentric bias and institutional racism? Or, however well-intentioned, will it encourage tokenistic box-ticking lessons? Might more diversity in the curriculum allow our BAME students to better see their identities affirmed or is this superficial gesture politics? The answers to these questions may depend on how we see schools. Are they microcosms of society and community, where diversity and identity are explicitly celebrated? Or are knowledge transfer and the curriculum a specific domain which should be immune from the external preoccupations of the world of politics and pressure groups? What should be the aim of a good education: to affirm a young person’s identity or take them beyond it? Tarjinder Gill, Dr Alka Sehgal Cuthbert, Gemma Rees and Andre Ediagbonya-Davies discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Should we welcome the de-colonisation of the curriculum as a way of correcting white Anglocentric bias and institutional racism? Or, however well-intentioned, will it encourage tokenistic box-ticking lessons? Might more diversity in the curriculum allow our BAME students to better see their identities affirmed or is this superficial gesture politics? The answers to these questions may depend on how we see schools. Are they microcosms of society and community, where diversity and identity are explicitly celebrated? Or are knowledge transfer and the curriculum a specific domain which should be immune from the external preoccupations of the world of politics and pressure groups? What should be the aim of a good education: to affirm a young person’s identity or take them beyond it? <em>Tarjinder Gill, </em><em style="font-family:'-apple-system', BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;">Dr Alka Sehgal Cuthbert, </em><em style="font-family:'-apple-system', BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;">Gemma Rees and </em><em>Andre Ediagbonya-Davies discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/n4r2fu/200706_toppling_statues_decolonising_curriculumb544e.mp3" length="91734422" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[EDUCATION FORUM: Should we welcome the de-colonisation of the curriculum as a way of correcting white Anglocentric bias and institutional racism? Or, however well-intentioned, will it encourage tokenistic box-ticking lessons? Might more diversity in the curriculum allow our BAME students to better see their identities affirmed or is this superficial gesture politics? The answers to these questions may depend on how we see schools. Are they microcosms of society and community, where diversity and identity are explicitly celebrated? Or are knowledge transfer and the curriculum a specific domain which should be immune from the external preoccupations of the world of politics and pressure groups? What should be the aim of a good education: to affirm a young person’s identity or take them beyond it? Tarjinder Gill, Dr Alka Sehgal Cuthbert, Gemma Rees and Andre Ediagbonya-Davies discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6552</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>173</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-000363023409-aqu2u8-t500x500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: From furlough to mask-wearing: can we ever return to normal?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: From furlough to mask-wearing: can we ever return to normal?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-furlough-to-mask-wearing-can-we-ever-return-to-normal/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-furlough-to-mask-wearing-can-we-ever-return-to-normal/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 15:07:52 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/93491113-4dba-31e0-831f-48565416ca53</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: How best can work and life return to normal post-Covid? Will normality ever return? Many argue we will have to learn to live with the ‘new normal’, accepting facemasks, elbow-bumps, and under-filled pubs. Some even celebrate it, arguing that office life is dreary compared with the extra time to spend with family and friends that working from home allows. Do we need to make a more full-throated case for a return to normal life, or is this too risky when the virus still causes deaths across the world? Should we celebrate the chance to re-evaluate social norms and working practices, or do we risk leading narrower, more parochial lives? What exactly has been missing during the lockdown – and why should we care? Dr Clare Gerada, Ben Habib, Norman Lewis, Rebecca Lowe and Anne-Elisabeth Moutet discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: How best can work and life return to normal post-Covid? Will normality ever return? Many argue we will have to learn to live with the ‘new normal’, accepting facemasks, elbow-bumps, and under-filled pubs. Some even celebrate it, arguing that office life is dreary compared with the extra time to spend with family and friends that working from home allows. Do we need to make a more full-throated case for a return to normal life, or is this too risky when the virus still causes deaths across the world? Should we celebrate the chance to re-evaluate social norms and working practices, or do we risk leading narrower, more parochial lives? What exactly has been missing during the lockdown – and why should we care? <em>Dr Clare Gerada, Ben Habib, Norman Lewis, Rebecca Lowe and Anne-Elisabeth Moutet discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ttrdih/from-furlough-to-mask-wearing.mp3" length="120358779" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: How best can work and life return to normal post-Covid? Will normality ever return? Many argue we will have to learn to live with the ‘new normal’, accepting facemasks, elbow-bumps, and under-filled pubs. Some even celebrate it, arguing that office life is dreary compared with the extra time to spend with family and friends that working from home allows. Do we need to make a more full-throated case for a return to normal life, or is this too risky when the virus still causes deaths across the world? Should we celebrate the chance to re-evaluate social norms and working practices, or do we risk leading narrower, more parochial lives? What exactly has been missing during the lockdown – and why should we care? Dr Clare Gerada, Ben Habib, Norman Lewis, Rebecca Lowe and Anne-Elisabeth Moutet discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7159</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookClub: Burning books and Ray Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookClub: Burning books and Ray Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoi-book-club-fahrenheit-451-by-ray-bradbury/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoi-book-club-fahrenheit-451-by-ray-bradbury/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 14:42:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d98b09ed-60e9-3818-9863-ee3fde999440</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: During a summer of pulling down statues and renaming buildings and streets, could the next step be the symbolic burning of books? Ray Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451 is a book about the burning of books in a future society that no longer reads them. Professor Dennis Hayes explores the construction and vision of the book as well as what it may or may not contribute to our understanding of the present.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: During a summer of pulling down statues and renaming buildings and streets, could the next step be the symbolic burning of books? Ray Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451 is a book about the burning of books in a future society that no longer reads them. <em>Professor Dennis Hayes</em> explores the construction and vision of the book as well as what it may or may not contribute to our understanding of the present.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ktsag9/aoi-book-club-fahrenheit-451-30-july-2020.mp3" length="61330474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK CLUB: During a summer of pulling down statues and renaming buildings and streets, could the next step be the symbolic burning of books? Ray Bradbury’s Fahrenheit 451 is a book about the burning of books in a future society that no longer reads them. Professor Dennis Hayes explores the construction and vision of the book as well as what it may or may not contribute to our understanding of the present.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5332</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>171</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOOK_CLUB_2018-260w.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: How innovation works, with Matt Ridley</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: How innovation works, with Matt Ridley</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-innovation-works-with-matt-ridley-1594397611/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-innovation-works-with-matt-ridley-1594397611/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2020 17:13:31 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/96bfb6d1-4a1e-5d4c-97c4-6df73b93f074</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Matt Ridley discusses his new book in conversation with Rob Lyons. Innovation is key to economic growth and the improvement of human welfare. In his new book, How Innovation Works, Matt Ridley examines how new technologies, products and medical advances come about. He notes that innovation is more than mere invention - the aim is not simply to create an interesting new device, for example, but to produce something that is genuinely useful and widely available. What drives innovation? Is he right to conclude that we cannot speed up innovation through central direction? What are the barriers to greater innovation now and in the future? Matt Ridley and Rob Lyons discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Matt Ridley discusses his new book in conversation with Rob Lyons. Innovation is key to economic growth and the improvement of human welfare. In his new book, How Innovation Works, Matt Ridley examines how new technologies, products and medical advances come about. He notes that innovation is more than mere invention - the aim is not simply to create an interesting new device, for example, but to produce something that is genuinely useful and widely available. What drives innovation? Is he right to conclude that we cannot speed up innovation through central direction? What are the barriers to greater innovation now and in the future? <em>Matt Ridley and Rob Lyons discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/mywefd/How_innovation_works_with_Matt_Ridley_95gl0.mp3" length="86651686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: Matt Ridley discusses his new book in conversation with Rob Lyons. Innovation is key to economic growth and the improvement of human welfare. In his new book, How Innovation Works, Matt Ridley examines how new technologies, products and medical advances come about. He notes that innovation is more than mere invention - the aim is not simply to create an interesting new device, for example, but to produce something that is genuinely useful and widely available. What drives innovation? Is he right to conclude that we cannot speed up innovation through central direction? What are the barriers to greater innovation now and in the future? Matt Ridley and Rob Lyons discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5491</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>170</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Sporting life beyond lockdown</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Sporting life beyond lockdown</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscast-of-ideas-sporting-life-beyond-lockdown/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscast-of-ideas-sporting-life-beyond-lockdown/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2020 10:03:56 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/27e6758e-5fa1-555a-b2f8-f458576ece7f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: For months the lockdown has starved us of sport. But in the past couple of weeks it has made something of a return. And not only are the back pages and sports channels sparking into life but football, rugby, tennis, cricket have all made the front pages too as they become entangled with the big issues of our times, whether the coronavirus pandemic or Black Lives Matter protests. Hilary Salt, Duleep Allirajah, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Alastair Donald discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: For months the lockdown has starved us of sport. But in the past couple of weeks it has made something of a return. And not only are the back pages and sports channels sparking into life but football, rugby, tennis, cricket have all made the front pages too as they become entangled with the big issues of our times, whether the coronavirus pandemic or Black Lives Matter protests. <em>Hilary Salt, Duleep Allirajah, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Alastair Donald discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/gqgqsu/SportsPod_June29.mp3" length="28948608" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: For months the lockdown has starved us of sport. But in the past couple of weeks it has made something of a return. And not only are the back pages and sports channels sparking into life but football, rugby, tennis, cricket have all made the front pages too as they become entangled with the big issues of our times, whether the coronavirus pandemic or Black Lives Matter protests. Hilary Salt, Duleep Allirajah, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Alastair Donald discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2764</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>169</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Has the NHS had a good crisis?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Has the NHS had a good crisis?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/coronavirus-has-the-nhs-had-a-good-crisis/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/coronavirus-has-the-nhs-had-a-good-crisis/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2020 10:41:46 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/0787b230-dcd2-5cac-b1fe-ff64971b5c63</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: The Covid-19 pandemic has put an unusual strain on health systems around the world. What can we learn from how the NHS is dealing with the crisis? Should we continue with a model of healthcare that is both publicly funded and (mostly) publicly provided? Could we learn from other countries’ systems that have coped better? Are the problems the NHS has faced a result of politicians not backing up supportive words with adequate funding? Or has the NHS’s place as our ‘national religion’ prevented an honest debate about its future Kate Andrews, Dr Lee Jones, Henrik Overgaard-Nielsen and Patrick Vernon discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: The Covid-19 pandemic has put an unusual strain on health systems around the world. What can we learn from how the NHS is dealing with the crisis? Should we continue with a model of healthcare that is both publicly funded and (mostly) publicly provided? Could we learn from other countries’ systems that have coped better? Are the problems the NHS has faced a result of politicians not backing up supportive words with adequate funding? Or has the NHS’s place as our ‘national religion’ prevented an honest debate about its future <em>Kate Andrews, Dr Lee Jones, Henrik Overgaard-Nielsen and Patrick Vernon discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/48ay2c/coronavirus-has-NHS-had-good-crisis.mp3" length="94047783" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: The Covid-19 pandemic has put an unusual strain on health systems around the world. What can we learn from how the NHS is dealing with the crisis? Should we continue with a model of healthcare that is both publicly funded and (mostly) publicly provided? Could we learn from other countries’ systems that have coped better? Are the problems the NHS has faced a result of politicians not backing up supportive words with adequate funding? Or has the NHS’s place as our ‘national religion’ prevented an honest debate about its future Kate Andrews, Dr Lee Jones, Henrik Overgaard-Nielsen and Patrick Vernon discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6221</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>168</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: The shock of the old in Steven Berkoff’s ‘Greek’</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: The shock of the old in Steven Berkoff’s ‘Greek’</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-shock-of-the-old-in-steven-berkoff-s-greek/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-shock-of-the-old-in-steven-berkoff-s-greek/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2020 12:36:16 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a57f5e24-fa92-5cff-8e89-3bd768efd79b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: When Patrick Marmion first saw Stephen Berkoff’s Greek as a student back in the Eighties at the Edinburgh Festival it blew his head off. A notoriously difficult man himself who has been accused of all sorts of sexual transgression, there are aspects of his writing which are gloriously uncomfortable for today’s audiences. And yet with all the repressive puritanism that’s accompanied the counter revolution against the liberalism of the Sixties and Seventies, too many writers have lost touch with their creative libidos and we have grown accustomed to a theatre that is led by bloodless, neutered moralists. Patrick Marmion and Wendy Earle discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: When Patrick Marmion first saw Stephen Berkoff’s Greek as a student back in the Eighties at the Edinburgh Festival it blew his head off. A notoriously difficult man himself who has been accused of all sorts of sexual transgression, there are aspects of his writing which are gloriously uncomfortable for today’s audiences. And yet with all the repressive puritanism that’s accompanied the counter revolution against the liberalism of the Sixties and Seventies, too many writers have lost touch with their creative libidos and we have grown accustomed to a theatre that is led by bloodless, neutered moralists. <em>Patrick Marmion and Wendy Earle discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9wvtuq/Arts_and_Society_3_Marmion_7mw8y.mp3" length="61624638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: When Patrick Marmion first saw Stephen Berkoff’s Greek as a student back in the Eighties at the Edinburgh Festival it blew his head off. A notoriously difficult man himself who has been accused of all sorts of sexual transgression, there are aspects of his writing which are gloriously uncomfortable for today’s audiences. And yet with all the repressive puritanism that’s accompanied the counter revolution against the liberalism of the Sixties and Seventies, too many writers have lost touch with their creative libidos and we have grown accustomed to a theatre that is led by bloodless, neutered moralists. Patrick Marmion and Wendy Earle discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5001</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>167</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookClub: Sally Rooney’s Normal People and the triumph of intimacy</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookClub: Sally Rooney’s Normal People and the triumph of intimacy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-triumph-of-intimacy-in-sally-rooneys-normal-people/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-triumph-of-intimacy-in-sally-rooneys-normal-people/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2020 13:50:36 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d81a509a-7e90-5335-b74f-846f8a728cbb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[


<p>BOOK CLUB: Author Ella Whelan looks at how a modern interest in the politics of consent comes face to face with old-school romance in Sally Rooney's Normal People.</p>


]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[


<p>BOOK CLUB: Author <em>Ella Whelan</em> looks at how a modern interest in the politics of consent comes face to face with old-school romance in Sally Rooney's Normal People.</p>


]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/e22y3w/AOIBookClub_NormalPeople.mp3" length="86151428" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[


BOOK CLUB: Author Ella Whelan looks at how a modern interest in the politics of consent comes face to face with old-school romance in Sally Rooney's Normal People.


]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6730</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>166</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOOK_CLUB_2018-260w.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: The oil industry in times of Corona</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: The oil industry in times of Corona</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/economy-forum-covid-19-and-the-oil-industry/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/economy-forum-covid-19-and-the-oil-industry/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2020 18:54:35 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/92f2a076-c594-5e39-b49c-34b0d18af653</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: Anyone who drives regularly will have noticed the sharp drop in petrol prices since the spate of lockdowns around the world and the fall in economic output. What’s going on? Robert Fig, a seasoned commodity risk practitioner, looks at what this all means for the future of world trade. Will negative pricing become a regular phenomenon? What does the future hold for commodity, bond and currency pricing in general?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: Anyone who drives regularly will have noticed the sharp drop in petrol prices since the spate of lockdowns around the world and the fall in economic output. What’s going on? <em>Robert Fig</em>, a seasoned commodity risk practitioner, looks at what this all means for the future of world trade. Will negative pricing become a regular phenomenon? What does the future hold for commodity, bond and currency pricing in general?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zbkofr/ECONOMY_FORUM_OIL_8bdwy.mp3" length="74735598" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: Anyone who drives regularly will have noticed the sharp drop in petrol prices since the spate of lockdowns around the world and the fall in economic output. What’s going on? Robert Fig, a seasoned commodity risk practitioner, looks at what this all means for the future of world trade. Will negative pricing become a regular phenomenon? What does the future hold for commodity, bond and currency pricing in general?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5431</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>165</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EducationForum: Can we go back to school?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EducationForum: Can we go back to school?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/back-to-school-safety-versus-public-service/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/back-to-school-safety-versus-public-service/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2020 16:58:04 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/6add7253-011d-520d-8325-cf3ec3ebb134</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[


<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Passion and anger have greeted the Westminster government’s proposals for a phased return of school pupils. The largest teaching union, the National Education Union (NEU), says that 92% of its members feel unsafe at what it condemns as a “reckless” plan that is “too fast, too confusing and too risky”. It is advising members not to co-operate. Amid uncertainty around the degree of risk and public disagreement among scientists over the impact and necessity of the lockdown, what are teachers to do: focus on the worst-case scenario or rely on “good solid British common sense”, as exhorted by Boris Johnson? Claire Fox and Conor McCrory discuss.</p>


]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[


<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Passion and anger have greeted the Westminster government’s proposals for a phased return of school pupils. The largest teaching union, the National Education Union (NEU), says that 92% of its members feel unsafe at what it condemns as a “reckless” plan that is “too fast, too confusing and too risky”. It is advising members not to co-operate. Amid uncertainty around the degree of risk and public disagreement among scientists over the impact and necessity of the lockdown, what are teachers to do: focus on the worst-case scenario or rely on “good solid British common sense”, as exhorted by Boris Johnson? <em>Claire Fox and Conor McCrory discuss.</em></p>


]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vmf632/BACK_TO_SCHOOL_927eg.mp3" length="85741974" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[


EDUCATION FORUM: Passion and anger have greeted the Westminster government’s proposals for a phased return of school pupils. The largest teaching union, the National Education Union (NEU), says that 92% of its members feel unsafe at what it condemns as a “reckless” plan that is “too fast, too confusing and too risky”. It is advising members not to co-operate. Amid uncertainty around the degree of risk and public disagreement among scientists over the impact and necessity of the lockdown, what are teachers to do: focus on the worst-case scenario or rely on “good solid British common sense”, as exhorted by Boris Johnson? Claire Fox and Conor McCrory discuss.


]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6124</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>164</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-000363023409-aqu2u8-t500x500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookClub: When art imitates life - Albert Camus’ The Plague in lockdown</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookClub: When art imitates life - Albert Camus’ The Plague in lockdown</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/when-art-imitates-life-reading-the-plague-in-lockdown/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/when-art-imitates-life-reading-the-plague-in-lockdown/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2020 16:50:28 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/87330094-10a7-5959-97e4-19273bf77cec</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: The townspeople of Oran are in the grip of a deadly plague, which condemns its victims to a swift and horrifying death. Fear, isolation and claustrophobia follow as they are forced into quarantine. Each person responds in their own way to the lethal disease: some resign themselves to fate, some seek blame, and a few, like Dr Rieux, resist the terror. Sound familiar? David Bowden re-reads Albert Camus' classic. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: The townspeople of Oran are in the grip of a deadly plague, which condemns its victims to a swift and horrifying death. Fear, isolation and claustrophobia follow as they are forced into quarantine. Each person responds in their own way to the lethal disease: some resign themselves to fate, some seek blame, and a few, like Dr Rieux, resist the terror. Sound familiar? <em>David Bowden</em> re-reads Albert Camus' classic. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5ah7yw/THE_PLAGUE_BOOK_CLUB_6chzj.mp3" length="68388061" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK CLUB: The townspeople of Oran are in the grip of a deadly plague, which condemns its victims to a swift and horrifying death. Fear, isolation and claustrophobia follow as they are forced into quarantine. Each person responds in their own way to the lethal disease: some resign themselves to fate, some seek blame, and a few, like Dr Rieux, resist the terror. Sound familiar? David Bowden re-reads Albert Camus' classic. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4603</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>163</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOOK_CLUB_2018-260w.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: What does George Floyd’s killing mean for British society?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: What does George Floyd’s killing mean for British society?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-what-does-george-floyds-killing-mean-for-british-society/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-what-does-george-floyds-killing-mean-for-british-society/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2020 15:31:19 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/b83d8daf-aeb5-5eda-9e03-b7be22cb52c3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: As we now all know, on 25 May, a 46-year-old black man named George Floyd was arrested on suspicion of paying for cigarettes with a fake $20 bill. Within 20 minutes he was dead - police officer Derek Chauvin had knelt on Floyd’s neck for nine minutes. Almost immediately, protests, often violent, spread across the US. American cities seem to be burning in righteous rage at the injustice. Since then, largely under the slogan of Black Lives Matter, spontaneous, mass demonstrations have taken place in solidarity with Floyd across the world. What does this all mean for those of us living outside the US? In the UK, protests have taken place in Hyde Park, Parliament Square and other areas with large numbers of mostly young people understandably appalled at racist violence wherever it happens. But are the parallels between the UK and America so obvious? As groups of white people publicly take the knee, is it significant that these discussions about race in 2020 are framed in terms of white privilege and identity, instead of a collective fight against racism? Patrick Vernon OBE, Inaya Folarin Iman, Dr Shahrar Ali, Kunle Olulode and Dr Cheryl Hudson discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: As we now all know, on 25 May, a 46-year-old black man named George Floyd was arrested on suspicion of paying for cigarettes with a fake $20 bill. Within 20 minutes he was dead - police officer Derek Chauvin had knelt on Floyd’s neck for nine minutes. Almost immediately, protests, often violent, spread across the US. American cities seem to be burning in righteous rage at the injustice. Since then, largely under the slogan of Black Lives Matter, spontaneous, mass demonstrations have taken place in solidarity with Floyd across the world. What does this all mean for those of us living outside the US? In the UK, protests have taken place in Hyde Park, Parliament Square and other areas with large numbers of mostly young people understandably appalled at racist violence wherever it happens. But are the parallels between the UK and America so obvious? As groups of white people publicly take the knee, is it significant that these discussions about race in 2020 are framed in terms of white privilege and identity, instead of a collective fight against racism? <em>Patrick Vernon OBE, Inaya Folarin Iman, Dr Shahrar Ali, Kunle Olulode and Dr Cheryl Hudson discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/empd68/AOIDebate_GeorgeFloyd.mp3" length="98689296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: As we now all know, on 25 May, a 46-year-old black man named George Floyd was arrested on suspicion of paying for cigarettes with a fake $20 bill. Within 20 minutes he was dead - police officer Derek Chauvin had knelt on Floyd’s neck for nine minutes. Almost immediately, protests, often violent, spread across the US. American cities seem to be burning in righteous rage at the injustice. Since then, largely under the slogan of Black Lives Matter, spontaneous, mass demonstrations have taken place in solidarity with Floyd across the world. What does this all mean for those of us living outside the US? In the UK, protests have taken place in Hyde Park, Parliament Square and other areas with large numbers of mostly young people understandably appalled at racist violence wherever it happens. But are the parallels between the UK and America so obvious? As groups of white people publicly take the knee, is it significant that these discussions about race in 2020 are framed in terms of white privilege and identity, instead of a collective fight against racism? Patrick Vernon OBE, Inaya Folarin Iman, Dr Shahrar Ali, Kunle Olulode and Dr Cheryl Hudson discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7908</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>162</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Morality during a pandemic, with Susan Neiman and Frank Furedi</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Morality during a pandemic, with Susan Neiman and Frank Furedi</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-moral-responses-to-the-pandemic-with-susan-neiman-and-frank-furedi/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-moral-responses-to-the-pandemic-with-susan-neiman-and-frank-furedi/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2020 14:59:07 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/6c2eba57-b150-59b1-b849-f835571f23ae</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: The worldwide response to the pandemic has challenged many long-cherished values. Democracy was put on hold, with elections postponed and parliaments in recess. Freedoms were curtailed, with extensive powers granted to police forces. Traditional markers of compassion, like funerals, were cancelled. And many say that essential workers, from nurses to shop-assistants, were put in harm’s way. Amidst such widespread moral challenges, how are we to decide what’s right? Whilst a rich tradition of philosophy reflects on how to be moral, can it be useful in such ‘unprecedented’ times? Is there anything we can learn from history? When we are urged to ‘follow the science’ and obey government guidance, is there any room for individual judgement and moral autonomy? Susan Neiman and Frank Furedi discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: The worldwide response to the pandemic has challenged many long-cherished values. Democracy was put on hold, with elections postponed and parliaments in recess. Freedoms were curtailed, with extensive powers granted to police forces. Traditional markers of compassion, like funerals, were cancelled. And many say that essential workers, from nurses to shop-assistants, were put in harm’s way. Amidst such widespread moral challenges, how are we to decide what’s right? Whilst a rich tradition of philosophy reflects on how to be moral, can it be useful in such ‘unprecedented’ times? Is there anything we can learn from history? When we are urged to ‘follow the science’ and obey government guidance, is there any room for individual judgement and moral autonomy? <em>Susan Neiman and Frank Furedi discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hmo588/AOIDebate_Moral_Responses_9py2r.mp3" length="94742159" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: The worldwide response to the pandemic has challenged many long-cherished values. Democracy was put on hold, with elections postponed and parliaments in recess. Freedoms were curtailed, with extensive powers granted to police forces. Traditional markers of compassion, like funerals, were cancelled. And many say that essential workers, from nurses to shop-assistants, were put in harm’s way. Amidst such widespread moral challenges, how are we to decide what’s right? Whilst a rich tradition of philosophy reflects on how to be moral, can it be useful in such ‘unprecedented’ times? Is there anything we can learn from history? When we are urged to ‘follow the science’ and obey government guidance, is there any room for individual judgement and moral autonomy? Susan Neiman and Frank Furedi discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6871</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Has Covid-19 killed globalism?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Has Covid-19 killed globalism?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-has-covid-19-killed-globalism/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-has-covid-19-killed-globalism/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2020 14:50:59 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e099cfa6-0853-5376-9391-7bf0d0725da5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What lessons should we draw from the pandemic response? Is China turning from a ‘status quo’ power to one that will become more disruptive and active in pursuit of global influence? To what extent will the international order and its institutions continue to fray? Are we seeing the return of the nation state, or will realpolitik in the face of the pandemic likely encourage renewal of cooperation and new institutions? What is the likely impact of the inevitable economic restructuring? In short, where next for geopolitics - and is the future one of international disorder? Dr Philip Cunliffe, Mary Dejevsky, Lord Maurice Glasman and Joan Hoey discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What lessons should we draw from the pandemic response? Is China turning from a ‘status quo’ power to one that will become more disruptive and active in pursuit of global influence? To what extent will the international order and its institutions continue to fray? Are we seeing the return of the nation state, or will realpolitik in the face of the pandemic likely encourage renewal of cooperation and new institutions? What is the likely impact of the inevitable economic restructuring? In short, where next for geopolitics - and is the future one of international disorder? <em>Dr Philip Cunliffe, Mary Dejevsky, Lord Maurice Glasman and Joan Hoey discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9coqkd/AOIDebates_InternationalDisorder.mp3" length="95541443" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What lessons should we draw from the pandemic response? Is China turning from a ‘status quo’ power to one that will become more disruptive and active in pursuit of global influence? To what extent will the international order and its institutions continue to fray? Are we seeing the return of the nation state, or will realpolitik in the face of the pandemic likely encourage renewal of cooperation and new institutions? What is the likely impact of the inevitable economic restructuring? In short, where next for geopolitics - and is the future one of international disorder? Dr Philip Cunliffe, Mary Dejevsky, Lord Maurice Glasman and Joan Hoey discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7431</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>160</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: Covid-19 and the US economy</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: Covid-19 and the US economy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-and-the-us-economy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-and-the-us-economy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 22:57:47 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/c996111d-bd57-5581-91f6-9731a1a8fae8</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: When members of the US Federal Reserve met in late January, they expressed confidence in the country’s ability to stretch a record run of economic growth and job gains well into 2020. Indeed, 2019 had seen strong performance in certain indicators, including rising real incomes among lower-earners. Two months later, the US was in a coronavirus lockdown, and the economy was in freefall. Some 34million jobs have been lost, and GDP is expected to decline by 35% or more in the second quarter. What are the prospects for the US economy to recover? Pre-Covid, was the economy as robust as commentators claimed? Does the crisis provide an opportunity for the US to address its weaknesses? Will government spending have a positive effect, or will a debt overhang be an obstacle to recovery? Will the Fed’s easy money policy work? And, what will the US’s economic problems mean for the world economy? James Matthews introduces.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: When members of the US Federal Reserve met in late January, they expressed confidence in the country’s ability to stretch a record run of economic growth and job gains well into 2020. Indeed, 2019 had seen strong performance in certain indicators, including rising real incomes among lower-earners. Two months later, the US was in a coronavirus lockdown, and the economy was in freefall. Some 34million jobs have been lost, and GDP is expected to decline by 35% or more in the second quarter. What are the prospects for the US economy to recover? Pre-Covid, was the economy as robust as commentators claimed? Does the crisis provide an opportunity for the US to address its weaknesses? Will government spending have a positive effect, or will a debt overhang be an obstacle to recovery? Will the Fed’s easy money policy work? And, what will the US’s economic problems mean for the world economy? <em>James Matthews introduces.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/88nv73/EconomyForum_USA.mp3" length="80623432" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: When members of the US Federal Reserve met in late January, they expressed confidence in the country’s ability to stretch a record run of economic growth and job gains well into 2020. Indeed, 2019 had seen strong performance in certain indicators, including rising real incomes among lower-earners. Two months later, the US was in a coronavirus lockdown, and the economy was in freefall. Some 34million jobs have been lost, and GDP is expected to decline by 35% or more in the second quarter. What are the prospects for the US economy to recover? Pre-Covid, was the economy as robust as commentators claimed? Does the crisis provide an opportunity for the US to address its weaknesses? Will government spending have a positive effect, or will a debt overhang be an obstacle to recovery? Will the Fed’s easy money policy work? And, what will the US’s economic problems mean for the world economy? James Matthews introduces.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5811</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>159</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: Is ‘gotcha’ journalism the new normal?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: Is ‘gotcha’ journalism the new normal?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-is-gotcha-journalism-the-new-normal/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-is-gotcha-journalism-the-new-normal/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 22:44:16 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/805d5351-6d9b-59d5-a4dd-73e86ac1ea66</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What is behind this seeming media crisis and what are the implications? With the press already having taken a beating in some quarters for their failures over reporting Brexit, how worried should we be over the collapse of press standards, and the way the ‘media class’ seems to stand apart from the rest of society? Are we shooting the messenger for the failings of others, such as government mismanagement, even misinformation? What is the news and commentary we need during this period, and how do we go about ensuring the survival and prospering of a free, critical press? Claire Fox, Jodie Ginsberg, Daisy McAndrew and Freddie Sayers discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What is behind this seeming media crisis and what are the implications? With the press already having taken a beating in some quarters for their failures over reporting Brexit, how worried should we be over the collapse of press standards, and the way the ‘media class’ seems to stand apart from the rest of society? Are we shooting the messenger for the failings of others, such as government mismanagement, even misinformation? What is the news and commentary we need during this period, and how do we go about ensuring the survival and prospering of a free, critical press? <em>Claire Fox, Jodie Ginsberg, Daisy McAndrew and Freddie Sayers discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pflz4p/Is_gotcha_journalism_the_new_normal_72xod.mp3" length="97450996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: What is behind this seeming media crisis and what are the implications? With the press already having taken a beating in some quarters for their failures over reporting Brexit, how worried should we be over the collapse of press standards, and the way the ‘media class’ seems to stand apart from the rest of society? Are we shooting the messenger for the failings of others, such as government mismanagement, even misinformation? What is the news and commentary we need during this period, and how do we go about ensuring the survival and prospering of a free, critical press? Claire Fox, Jodie Ginsberg, Daisy McAndrew and Freddie Sayers discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7163</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>158</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: China, Covid-19 and the West</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: China, Covid-19 and the West</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-19-and-the-economy-in-china/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-19-and-the-economy-in-china/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 21:15:27 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/23b32dba-2060-53ec-a22e-08e7f205f4c5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: Earlier this year, as what would become known as Covid-19 struck Wuhan, there was some discussion about how China’s GDP might temporarily fall and what impact that fall might have on the world economy. There was little sense that the disease might become a pandemic and affect the whole world. Now, with most Western countries facing unprecedented falls in economic output, China appears to have ridden the storm remarkably well. Like it or not, the UK, EU and US are remarkably dependent upon on China – and not just for PPE. Beyond the tempers on all sides, what real cleavages – China vs the West, China vs its neighbours, and among Western allies over tactics toward Beijing – can we expect to develop in 2020-21? Austin Williams and James Woudhuysen discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: Earlier this year, as what would become known as Covid-19 struck Wuhan, there was some discussion about how China’s GDP might temporarily fall and what impact that fall might have on the world economy. There was little sense that the disease might become a pandemic and affect the whole world. Now, with most Western countries facing unprecedented falls in economic output, China appears to have ridden the storm remarkably well. Like it or not, the UK, EU and US are remarkably dependent upon on China – and not just for PPE. Beyond the tempers on all sides, what real cleavages – China vs the West, China vs its neighbours, and among Western allies over tactics toward Beijing – can we expect to develop in 2020-21? <em>Austin Williams and James Woudhuysen discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t9mdhj/Economy_Forum_China_bl4zc.mp3" length="90348588" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: Earlier this year, as what would become known as Covid-19 struck Wuhan, there was some discussion about how China’s GDP might temporarily fall and what impact that fall might have on the world economy. There was little sense that the disease might become a pandemic and affect the whole world. Now, with most Western countries facing unprecedented falls in economic output, China appears to have ridden the storm remarkably well. Like it or not, the UK, EU and US are remarkably dependent upon on China – and not just for PPE. Beyond the tempers on all sides, what real cleavages – China vs the West, China vs its neighbours, and among Western allies over tactics toward Beijing – can we expect to develop in 2020-21? Austin Williams and James Woudhuysen discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6108</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>157</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookClub: The moral dilemma of Ian McEwen’s Machines Like Me</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookClub: The moral dilemma of Ian McEwen’s Machines Like Me</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-moral-dilemma-of-ian-mcewens-machines-like-me/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-moral-dilemma-of-ian-mcewens-machines-like-me/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 21:08:32 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/278b59e8-2120-50ed-9cd4-e6aaf448a797</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[



<p>BOOK CLUB: Machines Like Me occurs in an alternative 1980s London. Charlie, drifting through life and dodging full-time employment, is in love with Miranda, a bright student who lives with a terrible secret. When Charlie comes into money, he buys Adam, one of the first batch of synthetic humans. With Miranda’s assistance, he co-designs Adam’s personality. This near-perfect human is beautiful, strong and clever - a love triangle soon forms. These three beings will confront a profound moral dilemma. Ian McEwan’s subversive and entertaining new novel poses fundamental questions: what makes us human? Our outward deeds or our inner lives? Could a machine understand the human heart? This provocative and thrilling tale warns of the power to invent things beyond our control. Max Sanderson introduces.</p>



]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[



<p>BOOK CLUB: Machines Like Me occurs in an alternative 1980s London. Charlie, drifting through life and dodging full-time employment, is in love with Miranda, a bright student who lives with a terrible secret. When Charlie comes into money, he buys Adam, one of the first batch of synthetic humans. With Miranda’s assistance, he co-designs Adam’s personality. This near-perfect human is beautiful, strong and clever - a love triangle soon forms. These three beings will confront a profound moral dilemma. Ian McEwan’s subversive and entertaining new novel poses fundamental questions: what makes us human? Our outward deeds or our inner lives? Could a machine understand the human heart? This provocative and thrilling tale warns of the power to invent things beyond our control. <em>Max Sanderson introduces.</em></p>



]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kub44v/BookClub_McEwen.mp3" length="76412772" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[



BOOK CLUB: Machines Like Me occurs in an alternative 1980s London. Charlie, drifting through life and dodging full-time employment, is in love with Miranda, a bright student who lives with a terrible secret. When Charlie comes into money, he buys Adam, one of the first batch of synthetic humans. With Miranda’s assistance, he co-designs Adam’s personality. This near-perfect human is beautiful, strong and clever - a love triangle soon forms. These three beings will confront a profound moral dilemma. Ian McEwan’s subversive and entertaining new novel poses fundamental questions: what makes us human? Our outward deeds or our inner lives? Could a machine understand the human heart? This provocative and thrilling tale warns of the power to invent things beyond our control. Max Sanderson introduces.



]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4999</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>156</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOOK_CLUB_2018-260w.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: How Salman Rushdie changed everything</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: How Salman Rushdie changed everything</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/ask-the-artist-the-novel-lives/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/ask-the-artist-the-novel-lives/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 20:55:47 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/13294525-01d3-5656-8ebd-94015ed0edd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Kate Abley’s first novel, Changing the Subject, is an entertaining narrative about ordinary people in an extraordinary situation. She says ‘You don’t have to have read any Salman Rushdie to engage with this talk: I will make it my job to inspire you to try him. Under the feeble cover of having written a novel myself, I would like to make the experimental assertion that it is possible to describe novels in English as Pre-Rushdie and Post-Rushdie. Of course, there were rumblings of change before 1981 and the publication of Midnight’s Children. But it was that book which delivered the fatal blow to literarty-farties grumbling since the 1930s that the “The novel is dead”.’ Kate Abley and Wendy Earle discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Kate Abley’s first novel, Changing the Subject, is an entertaining narrative about ordinary people in an extraordinary situation. She says ‘You don’t have to have read any Salman Rushdie to engage with this talk: I will make it my job to inspire you to try him. Under the feeble cover of having written a novel myself, I would like to make the experimental assertion that it is possible to describe novels in English as Pre-Rushdie and Post-Rushdie. Of course, there were rumblings of change before 1981 and the publication of Midnight’s Children. But it was that book which delivered the fatal blow to literarty-farties grumbling since the 1930s that the “The novel is dead”.’ <em>Kate Abley and Wendy Earle discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/275exg/ArtsandSociety_Novel.mp3" length="57018492" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: Kate Abley’s first novel, Changing the Subject, is an entertaining narrative about ordinary people in an extraordinary situation. She says ‘You don’t have to have read any Salman Rushdie to engage with this talk: I will make it my job to inspire you to try him. Under the feeble cover of having written a novel myself, I would like to make the experimental assertion that it is possible to describe novels in English as Pre-Rushdie and Post-Rushdie. Of course, there were rumblings of change before 1981 and the publication of Midnight’s Children. But it was that book which delivered the fatal blow to literarty-farties grumbling since the 1930s that the “The novel is dead”.’ Kate Abley and Wendy Earle discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3841</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>155</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LockdownDebates: How much should we listen to experts?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LockdownDebates: How much should we listen to experts?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-how-much-should-we-listen-to-experts/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/aoidebates-how-much-should-we-listen-to-experts/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 20:43:06 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a22f2e87-ecc2-59c1-8b64-0cc8d02d2a86</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: In the past few years, the idea that we should do what the experts tell us has lost some of its power. Some experts admit that there was, perhaps, a belief that the science was more definitive than it actually is. Even on the core advisory group, SAGE, there are significant differences of view amongst scientists, from the core understanding of the biology of the new coronavirus to estimates of how far it has spread, and over the rules informing social distancing and the efficacy of facemasks. But to what extent is or should our response to this threat be regarded as a scientific question, or as moral or political choices? What is the place of expertise in politics? How will the relationship between politics, expertise and democracy change in the future? Dr Clare Gerada, Timandra Harkness, Jill Rutter and Karol Sikora discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LOCKDOWN DEBATE: In the past few years, the idea that we should do what the experts tell us has lost some of its power. Some experts admit that there was, perhaps, a belief that the science was more definitive than it actually is. Even on the core advisory group, SAGE, there are significant differences of view amongst scientists, from the core understanding of the biology of the new coronavirus to estimates of how far it has spread, and over the rules informing social distancing and the efficacy of facemasks. But to what extent is or should our response to this threat be regarded as a scientific question, or as moral or political choices? What is the place of expertise in politics? How will the relationship between politics, expertise and democracy change in the future? <em>Dr Clare Gerada, Timandra Harkness, Jill Rutter and Karol Sikora discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/le6j0v/AOIDebates_Experts.mp3" length="75420240" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[LOCKDOWN DEBATE: In the past few years, the idea that we should do what the experts tell us has lost some of its power. Some experts admit that there was, perhaps, a belief that the science was more definitive than it actually is. Even on the core advisory group, SAGE, there are significant differences of view amongst scientists, from the core understanding of the biology of the new coronavirus to estimates of how far it has spread, and over the rules informing social distancing and the efficacy of facemasks. But to what extent is or should our response to this threat be regarded as a scientific question, or as moral or political choices? What is the place of expertise in politics? How will the relationship between politics, expertise and democracy change in the future? Dr Clare Gerada, Timandra Harkness, Jill Rutter and Karol Sikora discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6003</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>154</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/AOIDebates.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EducationForum: Is it time to reopen our schools?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EducationForum: Is it time to reopen our schools?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-it-time-to-reopen-our-schools/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-it-time-to-reopen-our-schools/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 10:33:34 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/a4a2b308-a439-50ec-a1b7-9b040605bd43</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>EDUCATION FORUM: When should schools reopen and what does this debate tell us about what we value most about schools? Is it their role as engines of social mobility, as safeguarders of vulnerable children, as an unofficial child-minding service, exams or something else? Is it really a big deal if children miss a few months at school? David Perks and Joanna Williams discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EDUCATION FORUM: When should schools reopen and what does this debate tell us about what we value most about schools? Is it their role as engines of social mobility, as safeguarders of vulnerable children, as an unofficial child-minding service, exams or something else? Is it really a big deal if children miss a few months at school? <em>David Perks and Joanna Williams discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wve2hy/AoI_Education_Forum_-_Is_it_time_to_reopen_our_schools.mp3" length="70283809" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[EDUCATION FORUM: When should schools reopen and what does this debate tell us about what we value most about schools? Is it their role as engines of social mobility, as safeguarders of vulnerable children, as an unofficial child-minding service, exams or something else? Is it really a big deal if children miss a few months at school? David Perks and Joanna Williams discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6105</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-000363023409-aqu2u8-t500x500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: Covid-19, from Germany to the developing world</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: Covid-19, from Germany to the developing world</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-19-and-the-economy-in-germany-and-the-developing-world/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/covid-19-and-the-economy-in-germany-and-the-developing-world/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 10:31:28 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/6aec3a08-c339-547f-9d85-6ca53d873209</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: In Germany, as in the UK, the economy is predicted to contract sharply as a result of the lockdown. But has this crisis become a convenient distraction from the deeper, structural problems of the German economy? And as the economic pain becomes clear, who will bear the brunt? Developing economies could suffer the greatest effects from the Covid-19 pandemic even though they have been little discussed in the West. They constitute a diverse range of countries, but it is possible to identify some key themes that, to a greater or lesser extent, threaten them. There are the direct effects on already hugely overstretched healthcare systems, the economic consequences of lockdowns, the impact of the slump in demand from the developed economies, and tougher financial conditions such as capital outflows and higher debt servicing costs. Daniel Ben-Ami and Sabine Beppler-Spahl discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: In Germany, as in the UK, the economy is predicted to contract sharply as a result of the lockdown. But has this crisis become a convenient distraction from the deeper, structural problems of the German economy? And as the economic pain becomes clear, who will bear the brunt? Developing economies could suffer the greatest effects from the Covid-19 pandemic even though they have been little discussed in the West. They constitute a diverse range of countries, but it is possible to identify some key themes that, to a greater or lesser extent, threaten them. There are the direct effects on already hugely overstretched healthcare systems, the economic consequences of lockdowns, the impact of the slump in demand from the developed economies, and tougher financial conditions such as capital outflows and higher debt servicing costs. <em>Daniel Ben-Ami and Sabine Beppler-Spahl discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/l5z4iy/Economy_Forum_29_April.mp3" length="83160252" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: In Germany, as in the UK, the economy is predicted to contract sharply as a result of the lockdown. But has this crisis become a convenient distraction from the deeper, structural problems of the German economy? And as the economic pain becomes clear, who will bear the brunt? Developing economies could suffer the greatest effects from the Covid-19 pandemic even though they have been little discussed in the West. They constitute a diverse range of countries, but it is possible to identify some key themes that, to a greater or lesser extent, threaten them. There are the direct effects on already hugely overstretched healthcare systems, the economic consequences of lockdowns, the impact of the slump in demand from the developed economies, and tougher financial conditions such as capital outflows and higher debt servicing costs. Daniel Ben-Ami and Sabine Beppler-Spahl discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5602</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: The Burial at Thebes and the tragic imagination in poetry</title>
        <itunes:title>#Arts&amp;SocietyForum: The Burial at Thebes and the tragic imagination in poetry</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-burial-at-thebes-and-the-tragic-imagination-in-poetry/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-burial-at-thebes-and-the-tragic-imagination-in-poetry/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 10:28:29 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/940708c5-61b5-54ca-b98f-5c37f7d8c5fd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: 'News poet’ Dr Andrew Calcutt, principal lecturer at the University of East London, introduces Antigone by the Ancient Greek tragedian Sophocles, translated as The Burial at Thebes by Seamus Heaney. Focusing on the messenger’s speech (a recurring feature in Greek tragedy), Andrew explains how this directed him towards a new way of news reporting.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: 'News poet’ <em>Dr Andrew Calcutt</em>, principal lecturer at the University of East London, introduces Antigone by the Ancient Greek tragedian Sophocles, translated as The Burial at Thebes by Seamus Heaney. Focusing on the messenger’s speech (a recurring feature in Greek tragedy), Andrew explains how this directed him towards a new way of news reporting.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nnghxy/AskTheArtist_Tragedy.mp3" length="30217284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ARTS & SOCIETY FORUM: 'News poet’ Dr Andrew Calcutt, principal lecturer at the University of East London, introduces Antigone by the Ancient Greek tragedian Sophocles, translated as The Burial at Thebes by Seamus Heaney. Focusing on the messenger’s speech (a recurring feature in Greek tragedy), Andrew explains how this directed him towards a new way of news reporting.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2050</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>151</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Arts_and_Societyjpegbfz9v.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: How can we escape a coronavirus depression?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: How can we escape a coronavirus depression?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-escape-a-coronavirus-depression/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-escape-a-coronavirus-depression/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 10:25:03 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/584878f9-b8a7-5824-8e23-d19037c8f4e9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: How can we avoid the worst of a coronavirus depression? Are these lockdowns doing more harm than good? What will be the long-term economic impacts of the pandemic and the reaction to it? Joan Hoey, Phil Mullan and Jake Pugh discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: How can we avoid the worst of a coronavirus depression? Are these lockdowns doing more harm than good? What will be the long-term economic impacts of the pandemic and the reaction to it? <em>Joan Hoey, Phil Mullan and Jake Pugh discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/1xis29/Economy_Forum_23_April.mp3" length="86703732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: How can we avoid the worst of a coronavirus depression? Are these lockdowns doing more harm than good? What will be the long-term economic impacts of the pandemic and the reaction to it? Joan Hoey, Phil Mullan and Jake Pugh discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5802</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>150</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EducationForum: Pedagogy and the ’Corona Classroom’</title>
        <itunes:title>#EducationForum: Pedagogy and the ’Corona Classroom’</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/pedagogy-and-the-corona-classroom/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/pedagogy-and-the-corona-classroom/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 10:23:25 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/59f500a9-4504-5d0c-a7a2-66447742b017</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[


<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Since the 1980s, much has been said of the educational potential of digital technologies, both within the classroom and beyond. With the coronavirus crisis, however, much of this discussion has been sidelined, as for the first time in school history nearly all England’s schools and colleges are by necessity scrambling to move their entire pedagogic operation online. What can we learn from the crisis about the role of digital technology in education? The first ever online meeting of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum will explore this and many other questions. Donald Clark and Toby Marshall discuss.</p>


]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[


<p>EDUCATION FORUM: Since the 1980s, much has been said of the educational potential of digital technologies, both within the classroom and beyond. With the coronavirus crisis, however, much of this discussion has been sidelined, as for the first time in school history nearly all England’s schools and colleges are by necessity scrambling to move their entire pedagogic operation online. What can we learn from the crisis about the role of digital technology in education? The first ever online meeting of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum will explore this and many other questions. <em>Donald Clark and Toby Marshall discuss.</em></p>


]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8gwoqi/Pedagogy_and_the_corona_classroom.mp3" length="24265972" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[


EDUCATION FORUM: Since the 1980s, much has been said of the educational potential of digital technologies, both within the classroom and beyond. With the coronavirus crisis, however, much of this discussion has been sidelined, as for the first time in school history nearly all England’s schools and colleges are by necessity scrambling to move their entire pedagogic operation online. What can we learn from the crisis about the role of digital technology in education? The first ever online meeting of the Academy of Ideas Education Forum will explore this and many other questions. Donald Clark and Toby Marshall discuss.


]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1733</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>149</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/artworks-000363023409-aqu2u8-t500x500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: How will coronavirus affect Johnsonomics?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: How will coronavirus affect Johnsonomics?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-will-coronavirus-affect-johnsonomics/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-will-coronavirus-affect-johnsonomics/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 10:19:57 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/7f671b90-443d-5658-9bb1-f887989d559c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: One of the biggest policy benefits from leaving the EU is the end of the ‘Brussels excuse’. No longer can British ministers blame the European Commission – often illegitimately – for tying its hands in dealing with Britain’s economic challenges. Now the buck clearly stops with a Boris Johnson-led government, which is also has the benefit of a large parliamentary majority. What do its early actions tell us about the new government’s approach to national economic policy? Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ECONOMY FORUM: One of the biggest policy benefits from leaving the EU is the end of the ‘Brussels excuse’. No longer can British ministers blame the European Commission – often illegitimately – for tying its hands in dealing with Britain’s economic challenges. Now the buck clearly stops with a Boris Johnson-led government, which is also has the benefit of a large parliamentary majority. What do its early actions tell us about the new government’s approach to national economic policy? <em>Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wm9o2w/EconomyForumApril2020.mp3" length="71179617" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[ECONOMY FORUM: One of the biggest policy benefits from leaving the EU is the end of the ‘Brussels excuse’. No longer can British ministers blame the European Commission – often illegitimately – for tying its hands in dealing with Britain’s economic challenges. Now the buck clearly stops with a Boris Johnson-led government, which is also has the benefit of a large parliamentary majority. What do its early actions tell us about the new government’s approach to national economic policy? Phil Mullan and Rob Lyons discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5455</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>148</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Is the lockdown lifting in Europe?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Is the lockdown lifting in Europe?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-lockdown-lifts-in-europe/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-lockdown-lifts-in-europe/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2020 11:02:34 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/de24e723-876f-5d1b-aa46-ab223eeb7491</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: Alastair Donald, co-ordinator of our international Battle satellites, talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. From Italy: Dominic Standish is a lecturer in media and a commentator on Italian affairs as well as the author of Venice in Environmental Peril? Myth and reality. From Germany: Sabine Beppler-Spahl is the chair of Freiblickinstitut e.V, CEO of Sprachkunst36, author of Brexit-Demokratischer Aufbruch in Großbritannien and the Germany correspondent for spiked. And from Brussels: James Holland is a freelance writer on European politics.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: Alastair Donald, co-ordinator of our international Battle satellites, talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. From Italy: Dominic Standish is a lecturer in media and a commentator on Italian affairs as well as the author of <em>Venice in Environmental Peril? Myth and reality</em>. From Germany: Sabine Beppler-Spahl is the chair of Freiblickinstitut e.V, CEO of Sprachkunst36, author of <em>Brexit-Demokratischer Aufbruch in Großbritannien</em> and the Germany correspondent for <em>spiked</em>. And from Brussels: James Holland is a freelance writer on European politics.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zbt5aj/International_POI_30April.mp3" length="42140988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[PODCAST OF IDEAS: Alastair Donald, co-ordinator of our international Battle satellites, talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. From Italy: Dominic Standish is a lecturer in media and a commentator on Italian affairs as well as the author of Venice in Environmental Peril? Myth and reality. From Germany: Sabine Beppler-Spahl is the chair of Freiblickinstitut e.V, CEO of Sprachkunst36, author of Brexit-Demokratischer Aufbruch in Großbritannien and the Germany correspondent for spiked. And from Brussels: James Holland is a freelance writer on European politics.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2753</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Has Coronavirus put an end to the generation wars?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Has Coronavirus put an end to the generation wars?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/has-coronavirus-put-an-end-to-the-generation-wars/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/has-coronavirus-put-an-end-to-the-generation-wars/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2020 21:54:47 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/43260ee4-d91f-5a7e-812b-3910f7568844</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: The current coronavirus pandemic has revealed, or heightened, many underlying political issues - from the lingering effect of the culture wars to the consequences of fearmongering in political discourse. But one issue that seems to have bucked the trend is the generation debate. Going by much of the discussion of the last 10 years, young and old people are supposed to be at odds with each other. And yet, this virus has proven that the tensions between the generations might not be so pronounced - teenagers are volunteering for their elderly relatives and the nation has come together to protect our Grans and Grandads. But is there a generational element to the government lockdown - what does this mean for kids out of school and away from public life? And how might we move on in a positive direction, away from the generation wars? Jennie Bristow and Ella Whelan discuss.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: The current coronavirus pandemic has revealed, or heightened, many underlying political issues - from the lingering effect of the culture wars to the consequences of fearmongering in political discourse. But one issue that seems to have bucked the trend is the generation debate. Going by much of the discussion of the last 10 years, young and old people are supposed to be at odds with each other. And yet, this virus has proven that the tensions between the generations might not be so pronounced - teenagers are volunteering for their elderly relatives and the nation has come together to protect our Grans and Grandads. But is there a generational element to the government lockdown - what does this mean for kids out of school and away from public life? And how might we move on in a positive direction, away from the generation wars? <em>Jennie Bristow and Ella Whelan discuss.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/r4b7b6/POI_JennieBristow.mp3" length="16833072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[PODCAST OF IDEAS: The current coronavirus pandemic has revealed, or heightened, many underlying political issues - from the lingering effect of the culture wars to the consequences of fearmongering in political discourse. But one issue that seems to have bucked the trend is the generation debate. Going by much of the discussion of the last 10 years, young and old people are supposed to be at odds with each other. And yet, this virus has proven that the tensions between the generations might not be so pronounced - teenagers are volunteering for their elderly relatives and the nation has come together to protect our Grans and Grandads. But is there a generational element to the government lockdown - what does this mean for kids out of school and away from public life? And how might we move on in a positive direction, away from the generation wars? Jennie Bristow and Ella Whelan discuss.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1319</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>146</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/podcast_of_ideas_rough.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BookClub: Power, democracy and coronavirus in George Orwell’s Animal Farm</title>
        <itunes:title>#BookClub: Power, democracy and coronavirus in George Orwell’s Animal Farm</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/power-democracy-and-coronavirus-in-george-orwells-animal-farm/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/power-democracy-and-coronavirus-in-george-orwells-animal-farm/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2020 17:23:47 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/8c426af9-7c70-5468-a61e-ef578ff1eb0e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: ‘It is the history of a revolution that went wrong - and of the excellent excuses that were forthcoming at every step for the perversion of the original doctrine,’ wrote Orwell for the first edition of Animal Farm in 1945. Orwell wrote the novel at the end of 1943, but it almost remained unpublished; its savage attack on Stalin, at that time Britain’s ally, led to the book being refused by publisher after publisher. Orwell’s simple, tragic fable has since become a world-famous classic. On the 75th anniversary of Orwell's allegorical novella, the<a href='http://academyofideas.org.uk/forums/book_club'> Academy of Ideas Book Club</a> met online to discuss Animal Farm on the 16th April 2020, led by Neil Davenport.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BOOK CLUB: ‘It is the history of a revolution that went wrong - and of the excellent excuses that were forthcoming at every step for the perversion of the original doctrine,’ wrote Orwell for the first edition of Animal Farm in 1945. Orwell wrote the novel at the end of 1943, but it almost remained unpublished; its savage attack on Stalin, at that time Britain’s ally, led to the book being refused by publisher after publisher. Orwell’s simple, tragic fable has since become a world-famous classic. On the 75th anniversary of Orwell's allegorical novella, the<a href='http://academyofideas.org.uk/forums/book_club'> Academy of Ideas Book Club</a> met online to discuss Animal Farm on the 16th April 2020, led by <em>Neil Davenport.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xvaus8/BookClub_AnimalFarm.mp3" length="61313292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[BOOK CLUB: ‘It is the history of a revolution that went wrong - and of the excellent excuses that were forthcoming at every step for the perversion of the original doctrine,’ wrote Orwell for the first edition of Animal Farm in 1945. Orwell wrote the novel at the end of 1943, but it almost remained unpublished; its savage attack on Stalin, at that time Britain’s ally, led to the book being refused by publisher after publisher. Orwell’s simple, tragic fable has since become a world-famous classic. On the 75th anniversary of Orwell's allegorical novella, the Academy of Ideas Book Club met online to discuss Animal Farm on the 16th April 2020, led by Neil Davenport.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4143</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOOK_CLUB_2018-260w.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Missing the beautiful game</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: Missing the beautiful game</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscast-of-ideas-missing-the-beautiful-game/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/sportscast-of-ideas-missing-the-beautiful-game/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2020 14:13:43 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/0424154d-cce1-5581-a29d-bddafb0b3d71</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Sport, like everything else, is on lockdown. But that doesn't mean talk about sport has died down - from controversies over furloughing to accusations of virus spreading at games. But how do we move forward, are football matches and other big public sporting events on the horizon? And is our absence from sport making the heart grow fonder, or will online matches replace the beautiful game?</p>
<p>Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by athlete, footballer and Battle of Ideas speaker Georgina Newcombe in this special SPORTScast of Ideas.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Sport, like everything else, is on lockdown. But that doesn't mean talk about sport has died down - from controversies over furloughing to accusations of virus spreading at games. But how do we move forward, are football matches and other big public sporting events on the horizon? And is our absence from sport making the heart grow fonder, or will online matches replace the beautiful game?</p>
<p>Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by athlete, footballer and Battle of Ideas speaker Georgina Newcombe in this special SPORTScast of Ideas.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/q6sez5/SportPodcastOfIdeas.mp3" length="24603387" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[SPORTSCAST OF IDEAS: Sport, like everything else, is on lockdown. But that doesn't mean talk about sport has died down - from controversies over furloughing to accusations of virus spreading at games. But how do we move forward, are football matches and other big public sporting events on the horizon? And is our absence from sport making the heart grow fonder, or will online matches replace the beautiful game?
Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons from the Academy of Ideas are joined by athlete, footballer and Battle of Ideas speaker Georgina Newcombe in this special SPORTScast of Ideas.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1662</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>144</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Facing the lockdown from Singapore to Johannesburg</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Facing the lockdown from Singapore to Johannesburg</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/facing-the-lockdown-from-singapore-to-johannesburg/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/facing-the-lockdown-from-singapore-to-johannesburg/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2020 11:18:12 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/dfe72ee8-2906-5103-9697-5efc77fd089f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">PODCAST OF IDEAS: Europe might be the epicentre of the coronavirus pandemic at the moment, but this is a global problem. Alastair Donald, co-ordinator of our international Battle satellites, talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. From Singapore: Stuart Derbyshire is the associate professor in psychology at the National University of Singapore and the Clinical Imaging Research Centre. From upstate New York: Nancy McDermott is an independent researcher with a special interest in the family, parenting, science and the public-private spheres. From Sweden: Johan Wirfält is the artistic director of talks, debates and film at the Kulturhuset Stadsteatern. And from Johannesburg: Matthew Kruger is a law consultant specialising in corporate, constitutional and human-rights litigation.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">PODCAST OF IDEAS: Europe might be the epicentre of the coronavirus pandemic at the moment, but this is a global problem. Alastair Donald, co-ordinator of our international Battle satellites, talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. From Singapore: Stuart Derbyshire is the associate professor in psychology at the National University of Singapore and the Clinical Imaging Research Centre. From upstate New York: Nancy McDermott is an independent researcher with a special interest in the family, parenting, science and the public-private spheres. From Sweden: Johan Wirfält is the artistic director of talks, debates and film at the Kulturhuset Stadsteatern. And from Johannesburg: Matthew Kruger is a law consultant specialising in corporate, constitutional and human-rights litigation.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rjrw92/AOI_International_Podcast_2.mp3" length="45567132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[PODCAST OF IDEAS: Europe might be the epicentre of the coronavirus pandemic at the moment, but this is a global problem. Alastair Donald, co-ordinator of our international Battle satellites, talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. From Singapore: Stuart Derbyshire is the associate professor in psychology at the National University of Singapore and the Clinical Imaging Research Centre. From upstate New York: Nancy McDermott is an independent researcher with a special interest in the family, parenting, science and the public-private spheres. From Sweden: Johan Wirfält is the artistic director of talks, debates and film at the Kulturhuset Stadsteatern. And from Johannesburg: Matthew Kruger is a law consultant specialising in corporate, constitutional and human-rights litigation.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2981</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>143</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: The European response to Covid-19</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: The European response to Covid-19</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-european-response-to-corona-virus/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-european-response-to-corona-virus/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2020 13:19:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/db7ae3fe-66e2-561e-a816-d5596b103507</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: We're closing in on week two of lockdown in the UK, with life on pause for many of us cooped up at home. But thinking outside of our own four walls, it has often been hard to get a sense of what's happening across Europe, where cases of the virus seem to be skyrocketing. Some countries, like Italy, have forced their citizens into weeks of house arrest. Others have taken a more liberal approach - and have often been criticised for it.</p>
<p>This week, in the latest of a new series of the Podcast of Ideas, Alastair Donald talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. You'll hear Fraser Myers, spiked's staff writer in London; Anne-Élisabeth Moutet, Telegraph journalist in Paris; Sean O'Halloran, freelance journalist in Fabriano in Eastern Italy and Lamprini Thoma, writer and podcaster in Thessaloniki.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: We're closing in on week two of lockdown in the UK, with life on pause for many of us cooped up at home. But thinking outside of our own four walls, it has often been hard to get a sense of what's happening across Europe, where cases of the virus seem to be skyrocketing. Some countries, like Italy, have forced their citizens into weeks of house arrest. Others have taken a more liberal approach - and have often been criticised for it.</p>
<p>This week, in the latest of a new series of the Podcast of Ideas, Alastair Donald talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. You'll hear Fraser Myers, spiked's staff writer in London; Anne-Élisabeth Moutet, Telegraph journalist in Paris; Sean O'Halloran, freelance journalist in Fabriano in Eastern Italy and Lamprini Thoma, writer and podcaster in Thessaloniki.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/99ppd5/AOI_Podcast_International.mp3" length="105869097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[PODCAST OF IDEAS: We're closing in on week two of lockdown in the UK, with life on pause for many of us cooped up at home. But thinking outside of our own four walls, it has often been hard to get a sense of what's happening across Europe, where cases of the virus seem to be skyrocketing. Some countries, like Italy, have forced their citizens into weeks of house arrest. Others have taken a more liberal approach - and have often been criticised for it.
This week, in the latest of a new series of the Podcast of Ideas, Alastair Donald talks to friends and speakers from our annual festival: the Battle of Ideas. You'll hear Fraser Myers, spiked's staff writer in London; Anne-Élisabeth Moutet, Telegraph journalist in Paris; Sean O'Halloran, freelance journalist in Fabriano in Eastern Italy and Lamprini Thoma, writer and podcaster in Thessaloniki.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2646</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>142</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Life in times of Corona</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Life in times of Corona</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-life-in-times-of-corona/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-life-in-times-of-corona/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2020 15:58:40 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/8e98c0ce-da47-58dd-a14c-89c6d31dcbe5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: The coronavirus might have changed life for many of us, but at the Academy of Ideas we’e adamant that it won’t stop our ability to challenge and interrogate the cultural, political and scientific big questions of our time.</p>
<p>With this in mind, Claire Fox, Geoff Kidder, Jacob Reynolds, Rob Lyons, Mo Lovatt, Alastair Donald and Ella Whelan discuss everything from the government's new social-distancing measures to what this all means for the economy and social interaction.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>PODCAST OF IDEAS: The coronavirus might have changed life for many of us, but at the Academy of Ideas we’e adamant that it won’t stop our ability to challenge and interrogate the cultural, political and scientific big questions of our time.</p>
<p>With this in mind, Claire Fox, Geoff Kidder, Jacob Reynolds, Rob Lyons, Mo Lovatt, Alastair Donald and Ella Whelan discuss everything from the government's new social-distancing measures to what this all means for the economy and social interaction.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/d6ttru/Podcast_Of_Ideas_March_2020.mp3" length="144560640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[PODCAST OF IDEAS: The coronavirus might have changed life for many of us, but at the Academy of Ideas we’e adamant that it won’t stop our ability to challenge and interrogate the cultural, political and scientific big questions of our time.
With this in mind, Claire Fox, Geoff Kidder, Jacob Reynolds, Rob Lyons, Mo Lovatt, Alastair Donald and Ella Whelan discuss everything from the government's new social-distancing measures to what this all means for the economy and social interaction.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3613</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Resisting wokeness with Andrew Doyle and Douglas Murray</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Resisting wokeness with Andrew Doyle and Douglas Murray</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/resisting-wokeness-andrew-doyle-and-douglas-murray-in-conversation/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/resisting-wokeness-andrew-doyle-and-douglas-murray-in-conversation/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2020 15:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/034dc643-707b-5a2a-9799-dff4499640de</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a discussion at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019 (https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/resisting-wokeness-andrew-doyle-and-douglas-murray-in-conversation/)</p>
<p>As the old saying goes, ‘the road to hell is paved with good intentions’. While social-justice activists are generally decent people, many commentators argue they exhibit all the tendencies of a cult: unshakeable certainty, a desire to convert the fallen while rejecting the idea of redemption, and capable of horrendous acts even though they see themselves as ‘the good guys’. The authors of two recent books on the ‘woke’ phenomenon, Douglas Murray and Andrew Doyle, consider their different approaches to critiquing woke activism. Given that the social justice movement is seemingly impervious to reason, will either of these strategies have any impact?</p>
<p>HOSTED BY:
ANDREW DOYLE
writer and comedian; author, Titania McGrath’s Woke: a guide to social justice</p>
<p>GUEST:
DOUGLAS MURRAY
author, The Madness of Crowds: gender, race and identity; journalist; columnist; associate editor, Spectator</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a discussion at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019 (https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/resisting-wokeness-andrew-doyle-and-douglas-murray-in-conversation/)</p>
<p>As the old saying goes, ‘the road to hell is paved with good intentions’. While social-justice activists are generally decent people, many commentators argue they exhibit all the tendencies of a cult: unshakeable certainty, a desire to convert the fallen while rejecting the idea of redemption, and capable of horrendous acts even though they see themselves as ‘the good guys’. The authors of two recent books on the ‘woke’ phenomenon, Douglas Murray and Andrew Doyle, consider their different approaches to critiquing woke activism. Given that the social justice movement is seemingly impervious to reason, will either of these strategies have any impact?</p>
<p>HOSTED BY:<br>
ANDREW DOYLE<br>
writer and comedian; author, Titania McGrath’s Woke: a guide to social justice</p>
<p>GUEST:<br>
DOUGLAS MURRAY<br>
author, The Madness of Crowds: gender, race and identity; journalist; columnist; associate editor, Spectator</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ty2hk2/resisting-wokeness-andrew-doyle-douglas-murray.mp3" length="76158171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a discussion at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019 (https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/resisting-wokeness-andrew-doyle-and-douglas-murray-in-conversation/)
As the old saying goes, ‘the road to hell is paved with good intentions’. While social-justice activists are generally decent people, many commentators argue they exhibit all the tendencies of a cult: unshakeable certainty, a desire to convert the fallen while rejecting the idea of redemption, and capable of horrendous acts even though they see themselves as ‘the good guys’. The authors of two recent books on the ‘woke’ phenomenon, Douglas Murray and Andrew Doyle, consider their different approaches to critiquing woke activism. Given that the social justice movement is seemingly impervious to reason, will either of these strategies have any impact?
HOSTED BY:ANDREW DOYLEwriter and comedian; author, Titania McGrath’s Woke: a guide to social justice
GUEST:DOUGLAS MURRAYauthor, The Madness of Crowds: gender, race and identity; journalist; columnist; associate editor, Spectator]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3622</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Health and genomics - what’s the score with polygenic scores?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Health and genomics - what’s the score with polygenic scores?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/health-and-genomics-whats-the-score-with-polygenic-scores/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/health-and-genomics-whats-the-score-with-polygenic-scores/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2020 09:15:08 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/def75452-39c7-54b3-b217-8aaf0011f771</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/health-and-genomics-whats-the-score-with-polygenic-scores/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a> on Sunday 3 November 2019.</p>
<p>Debate is growing about the use of a genetic/genomic approach called ‘polygenic scores’ to understand health and assess health risks. These scores are different from traditional genetic tests and can be used in relation to a vastly greater number of diseases and conditions. Advocates claim this new approach could revolutionise healthcare and – in the UK context – help redefine the NHS. Critics retort that polygenic scores are of limited use, and are perilously easy to misconstrue. Do polygenic scores offer vital information for patients and clinicians or could they lead to unnecessary anxiety and pointless medical intervention?</p>
<p>DR TOBY ANDREW
lecturer in human genetics, principal investigator in genetics, and programme organiser MSc in Human Molecular Genetics, Imperial College London</p>
<p>SIR PETER DONNELLY
CEO and founder, Genomics plc; professor of statistical science, Wellcome Centre for Human Genetics, University of Oxford</p>
<p>NICKY DRURY
principal genetic counsellor, Nottingham Regional Clinical Genetics Service; former member, United Kingdom Human Genetics Commission</p>
<p>CHAIR: SANDY STARR
deputy director, Progress Educational Trust</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/health-and-genomics-whats-the-score-with-polygenic-scores/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a> on Sunday 3 November 2019.</p>
<p>Debate is growing about the use of a genetic/genomic approach called ‘polygenic scores’ to understand health and assess health risks. These scores are different from traditional genetic tests and can be used in relation to a vastly greater number of diseases and conditions. Advocates claim this new approach could revolutionise healthcare and – in the UK context – help redefine the NHS. Critics retort that polygenic scores are of limited use, and are perilously easy to misconstrue. Do polygenic scores offer vital information for patients and clinicians or could they lead to unnecessary anxiety and pointless medical intervention?</p>
<p>DR TOBY ANDREW<br>
lecturer in human genetics, principal investigator in genetics, and programme organiser MSc in Human Molecular Genetics, Imperial College London</p>
<p>SIR PETER DONNELLY<br>
CEO and founder, Genomics plc; professor of statistical science, Wellcome Centre for Human Genetics, University of Oxford</p>
<p>NICKY DRURY<br>
principal genetic counsellor, Nottingham Regional Clinical Genetics Service; former member, United Kingdom Human Genetics Commission</p>
<p>CHAIR: SANDY STARR<br>
deputy director, Progress Educational Trust</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/erw6br/health_and_genomics_-_whats_the_score_with_polygenic_scores.mp3" length="61729643" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019.
Debate is growing about the use of a genetic/genomic approach called ‘polygenic scores’ to understand health and assess health risks. These scores are different from traditional genetic tests and can be used in relation to a vastly greater number of diseases and conditions. Advocates claim this new approach could revolutionise healthcare and – in the UK context – help redefine the NHS. Critics retort that polygenic scores are of limited use, and are perilously easy to misconstrue. Do polygenic scores offer vital information for patients and clinicians or could they lead to unnecessary anxiety and pointless medical intervention?
DR TOBY ANDREWlecturer in human genetics, principal investigator in genetics, and programme organiser MSc in Human Molecular Genetics, Imperial College London
SIR PETER DONNELLYCEO and founder, Genomics plc; professor of statistical science, Wellcome Centre for Human Genetics, University of Oxford
NICKY DRURYprincipal genetic counsellor, Nottingham Regional Clinical Genetics Service; former member, United Kingdom Human Genetics Commission
CHAIR: SANDY STARRdeputy director, Progress Educational Trust]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3706</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>139</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: How can we create a new industrial revolution?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: How can we create a new industrial revolution?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-create-a-new-industrial-revolution/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-create-a-new-industrial-revolution/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2020 11:25:24 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/4f6a9d76-17b7-5611-8981-40f306a67e26</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/how-can-we-create-a-new-industrial-revolution/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a> on Sunday 3 November 2019, in partnership with City of London Corporation.</p>
<p>Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum, is one of the thinkers associated with the concept of the Fourth Industrial Revolution, ‘blurring the lines between the physical, digital and biological spheres’. Do we need a new industrial revolution – and what are the barriers to creating one? Many commentators have noted a longstanding lack of investment and sluggish growth in productivity. Will new technologies really transform our society or is the hype around them a distraction from more fundamental issues? Given the moribund state of developed economies in recent decades, are we still capable of becoming a risk-taking, innovative society? Is talk of a new industrial revolution an unnecessary throwback to an older age of manufacturing?</p>
<p>LORD ANDREW ADONIS
Labour peer; founding chairman, National Infrastructure Commission;
author, Saving Britain: how we must change to prosper in Europe</p>
<p>GERARD GRECH
chief executive, Tech Nation; board member, Barbican</p>
<p>KEVIN MCCULLAGH
founder, Plan; innovation strategist and writer</p>
<p>HILARY SALT
actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
<p>CHAIR: ROB KILLICK
CEO, Clerkswell; author, The UK After The Recession</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/how-can-we-create-a-new-industrial-revolution/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a> on Sunday 3 November 2019, in partnership with City of London Corporation.</p>
<p>Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum, is one of the thinkers associated with the concept of the Fourth Industrial Revolution, ‘blurring the lines between the physical, digital and biological spheres’. Do we need a new industrial revolution – and what are the barriers to creating one? Many commentators have noted a longstanding lack of investment and sluggish growth in productivity. Will new technologies really transform our society or is the hype around them a distraction from more fundamental issues? Given the moribund state of developed economies in recent decades, are we still capable of becoming a risk-taking, innovative society? Is talk of a new industrial revolution an unnecessary throwback to an older age of manufacturing?</p>
<p>LORD ANDREW ADONIS<br>
Labour peer; founding chairman, National Infrastructure Commission;<br>
author, Saving Britain: how we must change to prosper in Europe</p>
<p>GERARD GRECH<br>
chief executive, Tech Nation; board member, Barbican</p>
<p>KEVIN MCCULLAGH<br>
founder, Plan; innovation strategist and writer</p>
<p>HILARY SALT<br>
actuary; founder, First Actuarial</p>
<p>CHAIR: ROB KILLICK<br>
CEO, Clerkswell; author, The UK After The Recession</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7mzxuh/how_can_we_create_a_new_industrial_revolution.mp3" length="79895948" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019, in partnership with City of London Corporation.
Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum, is one of the thinkers associated with the concept of the Fourth Industrial Revolution, ‘blurring the lines between the physical, digital and biological spheres’. Do we need a new industrial revolution – and what are the barriers to creating one? Many commentators have noted a longstanding lack of investment and sluggish growth in productivity. Will new technologies really transform our society or is the hype around them a distraction from more fundamental issues? Given the moribund state of developed economies in recent decades, are we still capable of becoming a risk-taking, innovative society? Is talk of a new industrial revolution an unnecessary throwback to an older age of manufacturing?
LORD ANDREW ADONISLabour peer; founding chairman, National Infrastructure Commission;author, Saving Britain: how we must change to prosper in Europe
GERARD GRECHchief executive, Tech Nation; board member, Barbican
KEVIN MCCULLAGHfounder, Plan; innovation strategist and writer
HILARY SALTactuary; founder, First Actuarial
CHAIR: ROB KILLICKCEO, Clerkswell; author, The UK After The Recession]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5223</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Do we need a Green New Deal?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Do we need a Green New Deal?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-we-need-a-green-new-deal/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-we-need-a-green-new-deal/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2020 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/09d0707d-431d-5247-bab9-82cd58ac32a9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/do-we-need-a-green-new-deal/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019, in partnership with City of London Corporation.</p>
<p>On both sides of the Atlantic, the idea of a Green New Deal has become a major policy focus. In the US, the idea has been put forward by left-leaning elements of the Democratic Party, while a cross-party group of MPs has called for a UK version. Proponents suggest that if the kind of money spent on wars, or on bailing out the financial system, were diverted to greening the economy, it would mitigate climate change while raising living standards and providing jobs. For critics, a Green New Deal would be a waste of resources.
With the private sector reluctant to invest in such a long-term and high-risk enterprise, is it up to governments to step in and do what is necessary?</p>
<p>DANIEL BEN-AMI
journalist; author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress</p>
<p>ANGELA FRANCIS
chief adviser of economics and economic development, WWF; former chief economist, Green Alliance</p>
<p>SIR ROGER GIFFORD
senior banker, SEB; vice-chairman, Association of Foreign Banks; chairman, Green Finance Institute; former Lord Mayor of London</p>
<p>PROFESSOR VICKY PRYCE
chief economic adviser and board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; author, Women vs Capitalism</p>
<p>CHAIR: PHIL MULLAN
economist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: how to start an economic renaissance</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/do-we-need-a-green-new-deal/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019, in partnership with City of London Corporation.</p>
<p>On both sides of the Atlantic, the idea of a Green New Deal has become a major policy focus. In the US, the idea has been put forward by left-leaning elements of the Democratic Party, while a cross-party group of MPs has called for a UK version. Proponents suggest that if the kind of money spent on wars, or on bailing out the financial system, were diverted to greening the economy, it would mitigate climate change while raising living standards and providing jobs. For critics, a Green New Deal would be a waste of resources.<br>
With the private sector reluctant to invest in such a long-term and high-risk enterprise, is it up to governments to step in and do what is necessary?</p>
<p>DANIEL BEN-AMI<br>
journalist; author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress</p>
<p>ANGELA FRANCIS<br>
chief adviser of economics and economic development, WWF; former chief economist, Green Alliance</p>
<p>SIR ROGER GIFFORD<br>
senior banker, SEB; vice-chairman, Association of Foreign Banks; chairman, Green Finance Institute; former Lord Mayor of London</p>
<p>PROFESSOR VICKY PRYCE<br>
chief economic adviser and board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; author, Women vs Capitalism</p>
<p>CHAIR: PHIL MULLAN<br>
economist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: how to start an economic renaissance</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zmifjx/Do_we_need_a_Green_New_Deal.mp3" length="80592656" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019, in partnership with City of London Corporation.
On both sides of the Atlantic, the idea of a Green New Deal has become a major policy focus. In the US, the idea has been put forward by left-leaning elements of the Democratic Party, while a cross-party group of MPs has called for a UK version. Proponents suggest that if the kind of money spent on wars, or on bailing out the financial system, were diverted to greening the economy, it would mitigate climate change while raising living standards and providing jobs. For critics, a Green New Deal would be a waste of resources.With the private sector reluctant to invest in such a long-term and high-risk enterprise, is it up to governments to step in and do what is necessary?
DANIEL BEN-AMIjournalist; author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress
ANGELA FRANCISchief adviser of economics and economic development, WWF; former chief economist, Green Alliance
SIR ROGER GIFFORDsenior banker, SEB; vice-chairman, Association of Foreign Banks; chairman, Green Finance Institute; former Lord Mayor of London
PROFESSOR VICKY PRYCEchief economic adviser and board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; author, Women vs Capitalism
CHAIR: PHIL MULLANeconomist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: how to start an economic renaissance]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5406</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: From zero hours to apprenticeships - young people at work</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: From zero hours to apprenticeships - young people at work</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-zero-hours-to-apprenticeships-young-people-at-work/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-zero-hours-to-apprenticeships-young-people-at-work/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2020 15:40:11 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e6f02e4d-7d40-5486-b603-2aded35e87eb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-zero-hours-to-apprenticeships-young-people-at-work/'>Battle of Ideas festival 2019</a>. Special thanks to the Federation of Awarding Bodies who partnered with the Academy of Ideas to produce this session.</p>
<p>The UK has relatively low rates of youth unemployment. But as critics point out, this statistic hides a multitude of issues. Starting salaries for graduates are amongst the lowest in the EU. Despite many initiatives to promote apprenticeships, many young people end up in low-paid, ‘gig economy’ or zero-hour jobs with few career prospects. For many years, the response has been the same: more ‘transferable’ or employment-related skills in education and encouraging young people to take up apprenticeships. But are employers and the government doing enough to train employees for the jobs of the future? Are apprenticeships the solution or an unimaginative return to old ideas?</p>
<p>Speakers include:</p>
<p>TOM BEWICK
chief executive, Federation of Awarding Bodies; founder, Transatlantic Apprenticeship Exchange Forum</p>
<p>HARRIET BISHOP
astrophysics student, University of Glasgow</p>
<p>DR RUTH MIESCHBUEHLER
senior lecturer in education studies, Institute of Education, University of Derby; author, The Minoritisation of Higher Education Students</p>
<p>ROB NITSCH
chief operating officer, Institute for Apprenticeships and Technical Education; former professional engineer, British Army; fellow, CIPD and IMechE</p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX
director, Academy of Ideas; Brexit Party MEP; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-zero-hours-to-apprenticeships-young-people-at-work/'>Battle of Ideas festival 2019</a>. Special thanks to the Federation of Awarding Bodies who partnered with the Academy of Ideas to produce this session.</p>
<p>The UK has relatively low rates of youth unemployment. But as critics point out, this statistic hides a multitude of issues. Starting salaries for graduates are amongst the lowest in the EU. Despite many initiatives to promote apprenticeships, many young people end up in low-paid, ‘gig economy’ or zero-hour jobs with few career prospects. For many years, the response has been the same: more ‘transferable’ or employment-related skills in education and encouraging young people to take up apprenticeships. But are employers and the government doing enough to train employees for the jobs of the future? Are apprenticeships the solution or an unimaginative return to old ideas?</p>
<p><em>Speakers include:</em></p>
<p>TOM BEWICK<br>
chief executive, Federation of Awarding Bodies; founder, Transatlantic Apprenticeship Exchange Forum</p>
<p>HARRIET BISHOP<br>
astrophysics student, University of Glasgow</p>
<p>DR RUTH MIESCHBUEHLER<br>
senior lecturer in education studies, Institute of Education, University of Derby; author, The Minoritisation of Higher Education Students</p>
<p>ROB NITSCH<br>
chief operating officer, Institute for Apprenticeships and Technical Education; former professional engineer, British Army; fellow, CIPD and IMechE</p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; Brexit Party MEP; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jdurqh/Zero_hours_FAB_Final.mp3" length="50994096" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019. Special thanks to the Federation of Awarding Bodies who partnered with the Academy of Ideas to produce this session.
The UK has relatively low rates of youth unemployment. But as critics point out, this statistic hides a multitude of issues. Starting salaries for graduates are amongst the lowest in the EU. Despite many initiatives to promote apprenticeships, many young people end up in low-paid, ‘gig economy’ or zero-hour jobs with few career prospects. For many years, the response has been the same: more ‘transferable’ or employment-related skills in education and encouraging young people to take up apprenticeships. But are employers and the government doing enough to train employees for the jobs of the future? Are apprenticeships the solution or an unimaginative return to old ideas?
Speakers include:
TOM BEWICKchief executive, Federation of Awarding Bodies; founder, Transatlantic Apprenticeship Exchange Forum
HARRIET BISHOPastrophysics student, University of Glasgow
DR RUTH MIESCHBUEHLERsenior lecturer in education studies, Institute of Education, University of Derby; author, The Minoritisation of Higher Education Students
ROB NITSCHchief operating officer, Institute for Apprenticeships and Technical Education; former professional engineer, British Army; fellow, CIPD and IMechE
CHAIR: CLAIRE FOXdirector, Academy of Ideas; Brexit Party MEP; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4472</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: What’s the point of going to university?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: What’s the point of going to university?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/whats-the-point-of-going-to-university/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/whats-the-point-of-going-to-university/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2020 15:35:41 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/be44606c-16ed-5ef1-9b71-7258bfd5ef55</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019:</p>
<p>More people now attend university in the UK than ever, but there is much less clarity about what university is for. For many, it is simply a step on the career ladder between school and work. For others, higher learning is about pursuing knowledge for its own sake. Do universities even do a good job at preparing people for jobs, or should we make more use of on-the-job training for that purpose? Do vocational qualifications merit the same prestige as academic degrees? Does everyone deserve the opportunity to spend three years at university – or is it an evasion of the ‘real world’?</p>
<p>Speakers include: </p>
<p>
KIRSTIE DONNELLY MBE
group managing director, City & Guilds Group; commissioner, Labour Party Lifelong Learning Commission</p>
<p>DENNIS HAYES
professor of education, University of Derby; founder and director, Academics For Academic Freedom (AFAF); co-author, The Dangerous Rise of Therapeutic Education</p>
<p>JHANELLE WHITE
student, King’s College London; founder and chair, Political Sweep</p>
<p>PROFESSOR ALISON WOLF
author, The XX Factor: how the rise of working women has created a far less equal world; cross-bench peer</p>
<p>CHAIR: DAVID BOWDEN associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019:</p>
<p>More people now attend university in the UK than ever, but there is much less clarity about what university is for. For many, it is simply a step on the career ladder between school and work. For others, higher learning is about pursuing knowledge for its own sake. Do universities even do a good job at preparing people for jobs, or should we make more use of on-the-job training for that purpose? Do vocational qualifications merit the same prestige as academic degrees? Does everyone deserve the opportunity to spend three years at university – or is it an evasion of the ‘real world’?</p>
<p><em>Speakers include: </em></p>
<p><br>
KIRSTIE DONNELLY MBE<br>
group managing director, City & Guilds Group; commissioner, Labour Party Lifelong Learning Commission</p>
<p>DENNIS HAYES<br>
professor of education, University of Derby; founder and director, Academics For Academic Freedom (AFAF); co-author, The Dangerous Rise of Therapeutic Education</p>
<p>JHANELLE WHITE<br>
student, King’s College London; founder and chair, Political Sweep</p>
<p>PROFESSOR ALISON WOLF<br>
author, The XX Factor: how the rise of working women has created a far less equal world; cross-bench peer</p>
<p>CHAIR: DAVID BOWDEN associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/b63987/What_s_the_point_of_uni_FAB_final.mp3" length="49665689" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019:
More people now attend university in the UK than ever, but there is much less clarity about what university is for. For many, it is simply a step on the career ladder between school and work. For others, higher learning is about pursuing knowledge for its own sake. Do universities even do a good job at preparing people for jobs, or should we make more use of on-the-job training for that purpose? Do vocational qualifications merit the same prestige as academic degrees? Does everyone deserve the opportunity to spend three years at university – or is it an evasion of the ‘real world’?
Speakers include: 
KIRSTIE DONNELLY MBEgroup managing director, City & Guilds Group; commissioner, Labour Party Lifelong Learning Commission
DENNIS HAYESprofessor of education, University of Derby; founder and director, Academics For Academic Freedom (AFAF); co-author, The Dangerous Rise of Therapeutic Education
JHANELLE WHITEstudent, King’s College London; founder and chair, Political Sweep
PROFESSOR ALISON WOLFauthor, The XX Factor: how the rise of working women has created a far less equal world; cross-bench peer
CHAIR: DAVID BOWDEN associate fellow, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4400</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>135</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: How can we create a construction revolution?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: How can we create a construction revolution?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-create-a-construction-revolution/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-create-a-construction-revolution/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 15:28:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/d7903425-385b-569f-931b-37065cb1819c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/how-can-we-create-a-construction-revolution/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.</p>
<p>From the housing crisis to infrastructure projects, construction is more important than ever. Everyone seems to agree that innovation is crucial to the resurgence of the construction sector. And yet, for all the fine words and government initiatives, the construction industry continues to languish in the doldrums with very little innovation. While the UK has been slow to adopt the latest technologies, other countries have embraced new methods, such as modular construction. So why aren’t robots manufacturing housing in giant factories to be transported to site? Why is there so little investment in 3D printed construction? Where are the new materials and processes, and what needs to be done in order to create them?</p>
<p>DR THEO DOUNAS
senior lecturer, Scott Sutherland School of Architecture and the Built Environment, Robert Gordon University, Aberdeen</p>
<p>LISA FINLAY
group leader and partner, Heatherwick Studio; founder, 7N architecture practice</p>
<p>SIMON RAWLINSON
head of strategic research and insight, Arcadis; member, Construction Leadership Council; member, UK Government BIM
Task Group</p>
<p>NEIL THOMPSON
director, digital construction, SNC Lavalin Atkins; associate professor, University College London</p>
<p>CHAIR: AUSTIN WILLIAMS
senior lecturer, Dept of Architecture, Kingston University, London; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/how-can-we-create-a-construction-revolution/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.</p>
<p>From the housing crisis to infrastructure projects, construction is more important than ever. Everyone seems to agree that innovation is crucial to the resurgence of the construction sector. And yet, for all the fine words and government initiatives, the construction industry continues to languish in the doldrums with very little innovation. While the UK has been slow to adopt the latest technologies, other countries have embraced new methods, such as modular construction. So why aren’t robots manufacturing housing in giant factories to be transported to site? Why is there so little investment in 3D printed construction? Where are the new materials and processes, and what needs to be done in order to create them?</p>
<p>DR THEO DOUNAS<br>
senior lecturer, Scott Sutherland School of Architecture and the Built Environment, Robert Gordon University, Aberdeen</p>
<p>LISA FINLAY<br>
group leader and partner, Heatherwick Studio; founder, 7N architecture practice</p>
<p>SIMON RAWLINSON<br>
head of strategic research and insight, Arcadis; member, Construction Leadership Council; member, UK Government BIM<br>
Task Group</p>
<p>NEIL THOMPSON<br>
director, digital construction, SNC Lavalin Atkins; associate professor, University College London</p>
<p>CHAIR: AUSTIN WILLIAMS<br>
senior lecturer, Dept of Architecture, Kingston University, London; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xqqfvw/how-can-we-create-a-construction-revolution.mp3" length="69351264" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.
From the housing crisis to infrastructure projects, construction is more important than ever. Everyone seems to agree that innovation is crucial to the resurgence of the construction sector. And yet, for all the fine words and government initiatives, the construction industry continues to languish in the doldrums with very little innovation. While the UK has been slow to adopt the latest technologies, other countries have embraced new methods, such as modular construction. So why aren’t robots manufacturing housing in giant factories to be transported to site? Why is there so little investment in 3D printed construction? Where are the new materials and processes, and what needs to be done in order to create them?
DR THEO DOUNASsenior lecturer, Scott Sutherland School of Architecture and the Built Environment, Robert Gordon University, Aberdeen
LISA FINLAYgroup leader and partner, Heatherwick Studio; founder, 7N architecture practice
SIMON RAWLINSONhead of strategic research and insight, Arcadis; member, Construction Leadership Council; member, UK Government BIMTask Group
NEIL THOMPSONdirector, digital construction, SNC Lavalin Atkins; associate professor, University College London
CHAIR: AUSTIN WILLIAMSsenior lecturer, Dept of Architecture, Kingston University, London; honorary research fellow, XJTLU, Suzhou, China; author, China’s Urban Revolution]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4693</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>134</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Artificial intelligence in schools - where’s the humanity?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Artificial intelligence in schools - where’s the humanity?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/artificial-intelligence-in-schools-wheres-the-humanity/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/artificial-intelligence-in-schools-wheres-the-humanity/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jan 2020 17:28:13 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/2929a8f2-5cb5-5f31-943d-cf7147860a8c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.</p>
<p>Could artificial intelligence (AI) transform education? Schools are already tentatively exploring ‘adaptive learning’ applications, which identify gaps in a student’s knowledge and build personalised quizzes. Sir Anthony Seldon, author of The Fourth Education Revolution, argues that by taking care of the mechanical aspects of education, AI can free up teachers to focus on creativity and problem-solving. What might this mean in practice and what do teachers make of the idea that our schools are churning out ‘robot-like’ workers? What, if anything, is uniquely human about being a teacher and how important are the relationships between teacher, pupil and subject?</p>
<p>Speakers include:</p>
<p>CARLA AERTS
director, Tmrw Institute; former director of futures, Institute of Education, UCL; global digital director, Cambridge University Press Education</p>
<p>DONALD CLARK
EdTech entrepreneur; CEO, WildFire; board member, Cogbooks and LearningPool</p>
<p>JEN PERSSON
director, defenddigitalme; campaigner for safe, fair and transparent use of children's data in the classroom</p>
<p>GARETH STURDY
functional skills teacher, LHAA; education and science writer; former project coordinator, Physics Factory</p>
<p>CHAIR: HARLEY RICHARDSON
organising committee, AoI Education Forum</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.</p>
<p>Could artificial intelligence (AI) transform education? Schools are already tentatively exploring ‘adaptive learning’ applications, which identify gaps in a student’s knowledge and build personalised quizzes. Sir Anthony Seldon, author of The Fourth Education Revolution, argues that by taking care of the mechanical aspects of education, AI can free up teachers to focus on creativity and problem-solving. What might this mean in practice and what do teachers make of the idea that our schools are churning out ‘robot-like’ workers? What, if anything, is uniquely human about being a teacher and how important are the relationships between teacher, pupil and subject?</p>
<p>Speakers include:</p>
<p>CARLA AERTS<br>
director, Tmrw Institute; former director of futures, Institute of Education, UCL; global digital director, Cambridge University Press Education</p>
<p>DONALD CLARK<br>
EdTech entrepreneur; CEO, WildFire; board member, Cogbooks and LearningPool</p>
<p>JEN PERSSON<br>
director, defenddigitalme; campaigner for safe, fair and transparent use of children's data in the classroom</p>
<p>GARETH STURDY<br>
functional skills teacher, LHAA; education and science writer; former project coordinator, Physics Factory</p>
<p>CHAIR: HARLEY RICHARDSON<br>
organising committee, AoI Education Forum</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jghyyk/AI_and_the_classroom_FINAL.mp3" length="59379370" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to this debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.
Could artificial intelligence (AI) transform education? Schools are already tentatively exploring ‘adaptive learning’ applications, which identify gaps in a student’s knowledge and build personalised quizzes. Sir Anthony Seldon, author of The Fourth Education Revolution, argues that by taking care of the mechanical aspects of education, AI can free up teachers to focus on creativity and problem-solving. What might this mean in practice and what do teachers make of the idea that our schools are churning out ‘robot-like’ workers? What, if anything, is uniquely human about being a teacher and how important are the relationships between teacher, pupil and subject?
Speakers include:
CARLA AERTSdirector, Tmrw Institute; former director of futures, Institute of Education, UCL; global digital director, Cambridge University Press Education
DONALD CLARKEdTech entrepreneur; CEO, WildFire; board member, Cogbooks and LearningPool
JEN PERSSONdirector, defenddigitalme; campaigner for safe, fair and transparent use of children's data in the classroom
GARETH STURDYfunctional skills teacher, LHAA; education and science writer; former project coordinator, Physics Factory
CHAIR: HARLEY RICHARDSONorganising committee, AoI Education Forum]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5358</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>133</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Does the world need a government?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Does the world need a government?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/does-the-world-need-a-government/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/does-the-world-need-a-government/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jan 2020 17:21:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/3e5de1fe-a512-5a0b-aa72-beaa17e7d1b5</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p class="p1">From climate change to tax evasion, humanity’s biggest challenges are increasingly global. Many of those frustrated by our lack of progress on these issues argue for some form of world government. If the United Nations, or some similar body, had real power over national governments, global agreements could be made and enforced. But others argue that it would be difficult, if not impossible, for seven billion people to hold a world government to account. Indeed, many find the idea of a world government sinister. Nevertheless, can we really solve our global problems without global political institutions? </p>
<p class="p1">Speakers include:</p>
<p class="p1">ANDREAS BUMMEL </p>
<p class="p1">executive director, Democracy without Borders; co-author,
 A World Parliament: governance and democracy in the 21ST century </p>
<p class="p1">IAN CRAWFORD </p>
<p class="p1">professor of planetary science and astrobiology, Birkbeck College, University of London </p>
<p class="p1">MARY KALDOR </p>
<p class="p1">emeritus professor of global governance, LSE; director, Conflict and Civil Society Research Unit, LSE; author, Global Security Cultures, Global Civil Society </p>
<p class="p1">DR TARA MCCORMACK </p>
<p class="p1">lecturer, international politics, University of Leicester </p>
<p class="p1">CHAIR: ROB LYONS
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum </p>
<p class="p1">Produced by Ian Crawford and Rob Lyons </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p class="p1">From climate change to tax evasion, humanity’s biggest challenges are increasingly global. Many of those frustrated by our lack of progress on these issues argue for some form of world government. If the United Nations, or some similar body, had real power over national governments, global agreements could be made and enforced. But others argue that it would be difficult, if not impossible, for seven billion people to hold a world government to account. Indeed, many find the idea of a world government sinister. Nevertheless, can we really solve our global problems without global political institutions? </p>
<p class="p1">Speakers include:</p>
<p class="p1">ANDREAS BUMMEL </p>
<p class="p1">executive director, Democracy without Borders; co-author,<br>
 A World Parliament: governance and democracy in the 21ST century </p>
<p class="p1">IAN CRAWFORD </p>
<p class="p1">professor of planetary science and astrobiology, Birkbeck College, University of London </p>
<p class="p1">MARY KALDOR </p>
<p class="p1">emeritus professor of global governance, LSE; director, Conflict and Civil Society Research Unit, LSE; author, <em>Global Security Cultures, Global Civil Society </em></p>
<p class="p1">DR TARA MCCORMACK </p>
<p class="p1">lecturer, international politics, University of Leicester </p>
<p class="p1">CHAIR: ROB LYONS<br>
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum </p>
<p class="p1"><em>Produced by Ian Crawford and Rob Lyons </em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ys4wsr/Does_the_world_need_a_government_FINAL.mp3" length="49998360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
From climate change to tax evasion, humanity’s biggest challenges are increasingly global. Many of those frustrated by our lack of progress on these issues argue for some form of world government. If the United Nations, or some similar body, had real power over national governments, global agreements could be made and enforced. But others argue that it would be difficult, if not impossible, for seven billion people to hold a world government to account. Indeed, many find the idea of a world government sinister. Nevertheless, can we really solve our global problems without global political institutions? 
Speakers include:
ANDREAS BUMMEL 
executive director, Democracy without Borders; co-author, A World Parliament: governance and democracy in the 21ST century 
IAN CRAWFORD 
professor of planetary science and astrobiology, Birkbeck College, University of London 
MARY KALDOR 
emeritus professor of global governance, LSE; director, Conflict and Civil Society Research Unit, LSE; author, Global Security Cultures, Global Civil Society 
DR TARA MCCORMACK 
lecturer, international politics, University of Leicester 
CHAIR: ROB LYONSscience and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum 
Produced by Ian Crawford and Rob Lyons ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4396</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: A waste of a good crisis? A decade after the crash, with Larry Elliott</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: A waste of a good crisis? A decade after the crash, with Larry Elliott</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/a-waste-of-a-good-crisis-a-decade-after-the-crash-with-larry-elliott/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/a-waste-of-a-good-crisis-a-decade-after-the-crash-with-larry-elliott/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 11:13:03 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/5358dc61-dc54-5c1a-8d4b-f26987cb64ee</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Debate recorded at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-waste-of-a-good-crisis-a-decade-after-the-crash-with-larry-elliott/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a> on Saturday 2 November 2019.</p>
<p>Critics argue that relatively little has been done since the financial crisis to fix the underlying problems that precipitated it. Have we failed to take the old advice to ‘never waste a good crisis’? Extraordinary monetary measures are still mostly in place, but there are heated debates about whether the major developed economies are healthier or weaker than in 2008. Acclaimed Guardian economics editor Larry Elliott explores what can be done to pull the west out of its economic malaise. How can we challenge the ‘new normal’ of low growth, poor productivity and stagnating living standards?</p>
<p>PHIL MULLAN
economist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: how to start an economic renaissance</p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH:</p>
<p>LARRY ELLIOTT
economics editor, Guardian; co-author, Europe Isn’t Working and The Gods That Failed: how the financial elite have gambled away our futures</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Debate recorded at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/a-waste-of-a-good-crisis-a-decade-after-the-crash-with-larry-elliott/'>Battle of Ideas festival</a> on Saturday 2 November 2019.</p>
<p>Critics argue that relatively little has been done since the financial crisis to fix the underlying problems that precipitated it. Have we failed to take the old advice to ‘never waste a good crisis’? Extraordinary monetary measures are still mostly in place, but there are heated debates about whether the major developed economies are healthier or weaker than in 2008. Acclaimed Guardian economics editor Larry Elliott explores what can be done to pull the west out of its economic malaise. How can we challenge the ‘new normal’ of low growth, poor productivity and stagnating living standards?</p>
<p>PHIL MULLAN<br>
economist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: how to start an economic renaissance</p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH:</p>
<p>LARRY ELLIOTT<br>
economics editor, Guardian; co-author, Europe Isn’t Working and The Gods That Failed: how the financial elite have gambled away our futures</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8n7y79/a-waste-of-a-good-crisis-a-decade-after-the-crash.mp3" length="62343673" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Debate recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival on Saturday 2 November 2019.
Critics argue that relatively little has been done since the financial crisis to fix the underlying problems that precipitated it. Have we failed to take the old advice to ‘never waste a good crisis’? Extraordinary monetary measures are still mostly in place, but there are heated debates about whether the major developed economies are healthier or weaker than in 2008. Acclaimed Guardian economics editor Larry Elliott explores what can be done to pull the west out of its economic malaise. How can we challenge the ‘new normal’ of low growth, poor productivity and stagnating living standards?
PHIL MULLANeconomist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: how to start an economic renaissance
IN CONVERSATION WITH:
LARRY ELLIOTTeconomics editor, Guardian; co-author, Europe Isn’t Working and The Gods That Failed: how the financial elite have gambled away our futures]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3795</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: What is the future of the Union?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: What is the future of the Union?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-the-future-of-the-union/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-the-future-of-the-union/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Dec 2019 12:51:13 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/what-is-the-future-of-the-union-8f8046206aa14c6a6901d490ab4199d7</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>The result of the Scottish independence referendum in 2014 seemed to put paid for the foreseeable future to the most significant threat to the Union, but the result of the EU referendum in 2016 has put the cat amongst the pigeons once more. The future of Northern Ireland has also been a constant bone of contention since the Brexit vote. In September, a shock opinion poll suggested that a quarter of Welsh voters would vote for independence. Is the Union really in imminent danger? Is there a positive case for the UK today, whether economic, political or even emotional?</p>
<p>**SPEAKERS**
MEV BROWN
spokesperson, SDP Scotland; former spokesperson, Business for Britain in Scotland; campaigner, Better Together</p>
<p>DR RUTH DUDLEY EDWARDS
journalist, historian and broadcaster; award-winning author, The Seven and Patrick Pearse: the triumph of failure</p>
<p>LINDA MURDOCH
campaigner for rights and democracy in Scotland; director of careers, University of Glasgow</p>
<p>AKASH PAUN
senior fellow, Institute for Government; associate fellow, Centre on Constitutional Change, Edinburgh University</p>
<p>DR GLYNNE WILLIAMS
associate professor, School of Business, University of Leicester</p>
<p>CHAIR: JUSTINE BRIAN director, Civitas Schools</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbattleofideas.org.uk%2Fsubscribe&token=8005cf-1-1576846255652'>battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>The result of the Scottish independence referendum in 2014 seemed to put paid for the foreseeable future to the most significant threat to the Union, but the result of the EU referendum in 2016 has put the cat amongst the pigeons once more. The future of Northern Ireland has also been a constant bone of contention since the Brexit vote. In September, a shock opinion poll suggested that a quarter of Welsh voters would vote for independence. Is the Union really in imminent danger? Is there a positive case for the UK today, whether economic, political or even emotional?</p>
<p>**SPEAKERS**<br>
MEV BROWN<br>
spokesperson, SDP Scotland; former spokesperson, Business for Britain in Scotland; campaigner, Better Together</p>
<p>DR RUTH DUDLEY EDWARDS<br>
journalist, historian and broadcaster; award-winning author, The Seven and Patrick Pearse: the triumph of failure</p>
<p>LINDA MURDOCH<br>
campaigner for rights and democracy in Scotland; director of careers, University of Glasgow</p>
<p>AKASH PAUN<br>
senior fellow, Institute for Government; associate fellow, Centre on Constitutional Change, Edinburgh University</p>
<p>DR GLYNNE WILLIAMS<br>
associate professor, School of Business, University of Leicester</p>
<p>CHAIR: JUSTINE BRIAN director, Civitas Schools</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbattleofideas.org.uk%2Fsubscribe&token=8005cf-1-1576846255652'>battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2vumqw/Future_of_the_union_FINALEDIT.mp3" length="63082392" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
The result of the Scottish independence referendum in 2014 seemed to put paid for the foreseeable future to the most significant threat to the Union, but the result of the EU referendum in 2016 has put the cat amongst the pigeons once more. The future of Northern Ireland has also been a constant bone of contention since the Brexit vote. In September, a shock opinion poll suggested that a quarter of Welsh voters would vote for independence. Is the Union really in imminent danger? Is there a positive case for the UK today, whether economic, political or even emotional?
**SPEAKERS**MEV BROWNspokesperson, SDP Scotland; former spokesperson, Business for Britain in Scotland; campaigner, Better Together
DR RUTH DUDLEY EDWARDSjournalist, historian and broadcaster; award-winning author, The Seven and Patrick Pearse: the triumph of failure
LINDA MURDOCHcampaigner for rights and democracy in Scotland; director of careers, University of Glasgow
AKASH PAUNsenior fellow, Institute for Government; associate fellow, Centre on Constitutional Change, Edinburgh University
DR GLYNNE WILLIAMSassociate professor, School of Business, University of Leicester
CHAIR: JUSTINE BRIAN director, Civitas Schools
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5428</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>130</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Caster Semenya running into controversy - genes, gender and sport</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Caster Semenya running into controversy - genes, gender and sport</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/caster-semenya-running-into-controversy-genes-gender-and-sport/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/caster-semenya-running-into-controversy-genes-gender-and-sport/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Dec 2019 14:11:30 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/caster-semenya-running-into-controversy-genes-gender-and-sport-3559243690427a4fc48c2ec452fac147</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>The Court of Arbitration for Sport has ruled women with naturally higher levels of testosterone cannot compete in women’s sport events unless they reduce their testosterone with medication. CAS was hearing an appeal by a South African runner, Caster Semenya, against a ruling by the governing body of athletics, the IAAF, that she cannot compete in certain events having been born with a condition leading to unusually high testosterone levels. What does this mean for elite sport? And can we separate sports from other areas of society in which discrimination against people with different sexual developments is taboo?</p>
<p>DR CARLTON BRICK 
lecturer in sociology, School of Media, Culture and Society, University of the West of Scotland</p>
<p>DR SILVIA CAMPORESI
director of bioethics and society postgraduate programme, King’s College London; co-author, Bioethics, Genetics and Sport</p>
<p>GEORGINA NEWCOMBE 
student, Durham University; athlete and footballer; Living Freedom alumnus</p>
<p>DR JOEL NATHAN ROSEN 
associate professor of sociology and anthropology, Moravian College; author, The Erosion of the American Sporting Ethos</p>
<p>DR EMILY RYALL 
reader in applied philosophy, University of Gloucestershire; author, Philosophy of Sport: key questions</p>
<p>CHAIR: GEOFF KIDDER 
director, membership and events, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Book Club</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>The Court of Arbitration for Sport has ruled women with naturally higher levels of testosterone cannot compete in women’s sport events unless they reduce their testosterone with medication. CAS was hearing an appeal by a South African runner, Caster Semenya, against a ruling by the governing body of athletics, the IAAF, that she cannot compete in certain events having been born with a condition leading to unusually high testosterone levels. What does this mean for elite sport? And can we separate sports from other areas of society in which discrimination against people with different sexual developments is taboo?</p>
<p>DR CARLTON BRICK <br>
lecturer in sociology, School of Media, Culture and Society, University of the West of Scotland</p>
<p>DR SILVIA CAMPORESI<br>
director of bioethics and society postgraduate programme, King’s College London; co-author, Bioethics, Genetics and Sport</p>
<p>GEORGINA NEWCOMBE <br>
student, Durham University; athlete and footballer; Living Freedom alumnus</p>
<p>DR JOEL NATHAN ROSEN <br>
associate professor of sociology and anthropology, Moravian College; author, The Erosion of the American Sporting Ethos</p>
<p>DR EMILY RYALL <br>
reader in applied philosophy, University of Gloucestershire; author, Philosophy of Sport: key questions</p>
<p>CHAIR: GEOFF KIDDER <br>
director, membership and events, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Book Club</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/f4nyy6/Caster_Semenya_FINAL_EDIT.mp3" length="49141646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
The Court of Arbitration for Sport has ruled women with naturally higher levels of testosterone cannot compete in women’s sport events unless they reduce their testosterone with medication. CAS was hearing an appeal by a South African runner, Caster Semenya, against a ruling by the governing body of athletics, the IAAF, that she cannot compete in certain events having been born with a condition leading to unusually high testosterone levels. What does this mean for elite sport? And can we separate sports from other areas of society in which discrimination against people with different sexual developments is taboo?
DR CARLTON BRICK lecturer in sociology, School of Media, Culture and Society, University of the West of Scotland
DR SILVIA CAMPORESIdirector of bioethics and society postgraduate programme, King’s College London; co-author, Bioethics, Genetics and Sport
GEORGINA NEWCOMBE student, Durham University; athlete and footballer; Living Freedom alumnus
DR JOEL NATHAN ROSEN associate professor of sociology and anthropology, Moravian College; author, The Erosion of the American Sporting Ethos
DR EMILY RYALL reader in applied philosophy, University of Gloucestershire; author, Philosophy of Sport: key questions
CHAIR: GEOFF KIDDER director, membership and events, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Book Club
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4421</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: first thoughts on General Election 2019</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: first thoughts on General Election 2019</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-first-thoughts-on-general-election-2019/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-first-thoughts-on-general-election-2019/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 13 Dec 2019 16:29:35 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-first-thoughts-on-general-election-2019-38d7b2f3edbe0cda117aabd38ca30c4b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The results of yesterday's UK General Election throw up many different issues. Why did the Conservatives end up winning comfortably? Why did the Labour vote collapse, with seats that had voted Labour for decades switching to the Tories? Does the success of the SNP in Scotland mean there will be another independence referendum? What does it all mean for Brexit?</p>
<p>Discussing these issues and more are Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The results of yesterday's UK General Election throw up many different issues. Why did the Conservatives end up winning comfortably? Why did the Labour vote collapse, with seats that had voted Labour for decades switching to the Tories? Does the success of the SNP in Scotland mean there will be another independence referendum? What does it all mean for Brexit?</p>
<p>Discussing these issues and more are Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ugwkze/AcademyofIdeasGEPodcast.mp3" length="28368192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The results of yesterday's UK General Election throw up many different issues. Why did the Conservatives end up winning comfortably? Why did the Labour vote collapse, with seats that had voted Labour for decades switching to the Tories? Does the success of the SNP in Scotland mean there will be another independence referendum? What does it all mean for Brexit?
Discussing these issues and more are Alastair Donald, Claire Fox, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2287</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>128</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Assisted dying - a doctor’s poisoned chalice?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Assisted dying - a doctor’s poisoned chalice?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/assisted-dying-a-doctors-poisoned-chalice/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/assisted-dying-a-doctors-poisoned-chalice/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 13 Dec 2019 13:20:41 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/assisted-dying-a-doctors-poisoned-chalice-0a4699e950ecdceb60c7766d06c1305a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>Thanks to Living and Dying Well for their partnership on this debate.</p>
<p>The question of whether assisted suicide (often known as assisted dying) is morally defensible, or should be legally permitted, is a familiar issue of medical ethics. Polls suggest that most people in Britain support a change in the law to allow it. By contrast, the British medical establishment has a longstanding record of opposition to legalisation – though there are suggestions that this may be changing. Should the law look leniently on relatives who help a patient to die? What if the patient would suffer more harm by staying alive? Indeed, should the idea of ‘harm’ be redefined and, if so, how? What would be the role of doctors, and ‘conscientious objection’, were the law to change?</p>
<p>Dr Jacky Davis
consultant radiologist, Whittington Hospital; member, BMA Council, chair, Healthcare Professionals for Assisted Dying; board member, Dignity in Dying</p>
<p>Dr Carol Davis
palliative medicine consultant and clinical lead for end of life care, University Hospital Southampton NHS Foundation Trust; board member, Living and Dying Well</p>
<p>John Harris
professor emeritus, University of Manchester; author, How to be Good; former member, United Kingdom Human Genetics Commission</p>
<p>Dr Kevin Yuill
associate professor of history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization and The Second Amendment and Gun Control: freedom, fear, and the American constitution</p>
<p>Chair: Dr Piers Benn
visiting lecturer and adjunct professor; author, Freedom of Speech and the Flight from Reason</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbattleofideas.org.uk%2Fsubscribe&token=d28656-1-1576243039325'>battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>Thanks to Living and Dying Well for their partnership on this debate.</p>
<p>The question of whether assisted suicide (often known as assisted dying) is morally defensible, or should be legally permitted, is a familiar issue of medical ethics. Polls suggest that most people in Britain support a change in the law to allow it. By contrast, the British medical establishment has a longstanding record of opposition to legalisation – though there are suggestions that this may be changing. Should the law look leniently on relatives who help a patient to die? What if the patient would suffer more harm by staying alive? Indeed, should the idea of ‘harm’ be redefined and, if so, how? What would be the role of doctors, and ‘conscientious objection’, were the law to change?</p>
<p>Dr Jacky Davis<br>
consultant radiologist, Whittington Hospital; member, BMA Council, chair, Healthcare Professionals for Assisted Dying; board member, Dignity in Dying</p>
<p>Dr Carol Davis<br>
palliative medicine consultant and clinical lead for end of life care, University Hospital Southampton NHS Foundation Trust; board member, Living and Dying Well</p>
<p>John Harris<br>
professor emeritus, University of Manchester; author, How to be Good; former member, United Kingdom Human Genetics Commission</p>
<p>Dr Kevin Yuill<br>
associate professor of history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization and The Second Amendment and Gun Control: freedom, fear, and the American constitution</p>
<p>Chair: Dr Piers Benn<br>
visiting lecturer and adjunct professor; author, Freedom of Speech and the Flight from Reason</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbattleofideas.org.uk%2Fsubscribe&token=d28656-1-1576243039325'>battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/qkmxz4/Assisted_Dying_Final_Edit.mp3" length="53128296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
Thanks to Living and Dying Well for their partnership on this debate.
The question of whether assisted suicide (often known as assisted dying) is morally defensible, or should be legally permitted, is a familiar issue of medical ethics. Polls suggest that most people in Britain support a change in the law to allow it. By contrast, the British medical establishment has a longstanding record of opposition to legalisation – though there are suggestions that this may be changing. Should the law look leniently on relatives who help a patient to die? What if the patient would suffer more harm by staying alive? Indeed, should the idea of ‘harm’ be redefined and, if so, how? What would be the role of doctors, and ‘conscientious objection’, were the law to change?
Dr Jacky Davisconsultant radiologist, Whittington Hospital; member, BMA Council, chair, Healthcare Professionals for Assisted Dying; board member, Dignity in Dying
Dr Carol Davispalliative medicine consultant and clinical lead for end of life care, University Hospital Southampton NHS Foundation Trust; board member, Living and Dying Well
John Harrisprofessor emeritus, University of Manchester; author, How to be Good; former member, United Kingdom Human Genetics Commission
Dr Kevin Yuillassociate professor of history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization and The Second Amendment and Gun Control: freedom, fear, and the American constitution
Chair: Dr Piers Bennvisiting lecturer and adjunct professor; author, Freedom of Speech and the Flight from Reason
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4631</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: The rise of toxic politics - can we be civil?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: The rise of toxic politics - can we be civil?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-rise-of-toxic-politics-can-we-be-civil/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-rise-of-toxic-politics-can-we-be-civil/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2019 14:17:57 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/the-rise-of-toxic-politics-can-we-be-civil-23b150e3d1c700d01bc1d42e5a7a51d2</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-rise-of-toxic-politics-can-we-be-civil/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019.</p>
<p>The angry exchanges in parliament after the Supreme Court ruled against prorogation were typical of the ill-tempered discourse around Brexit. This year it was also deemed acceptable to ‘milkshake’ those you disagree with. Looking at a world seemingly filled with slurs, angry social-media comments, inflammatory remarks about migrants and nasty jibes about ‘gammons’ and ‘TERFs’, many commentators have called this an age of ‘toxic politics’. Should we lament a lost civility, or is the emergence of more forthright and angry disagreements in fact a good thing? What is the line between passionate disagreement and toxic bile? How can we fi nd ways to disagree with other people constructively?</p>
<p>DOLAN CUMMINGS 
associate fellow, Academy of Ideas; co- founder, Manifesto Club; author, That Existential Leap: a crime story</p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS 
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, Radio 4’s FutureProofi ng and How to Disagree: a beginner’s guide to having better arguments</p>
<p>DR DEBORAH E LIPSTADT 
professor of Holocaust Studies, Emory University, Atlanta; author, Antisemitism: here and now</p>
<p>JACOB MCHANGAMA 
executive director, Justitia, a Copenhagen based human-rights think tank; host and narrator, Clear and Present Danger: a history of free speech podcast</p>
<p>JAMES TOOLEY 
professor of educational entrepreneurship and policy, University of Buckingham; author, The Beautiful Tree

CHAIR: ALASTAIR DONALD 
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-rise-of-toxic-politics-can-we-be-civil/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019.</p>
<p>The angry exchanges in parliament after the Supreme Court ruled against prorogation were typical of the ill-tempered discourse around Brexit. This year it was also deemed acceptable to ‘milkshake’ those you disagree with. Looking at a world seemingly filled with slurs, angry social-media comments, inflammatory remarks about migrants and nasty jibes about ‘gammons’ and ‘TERFs’, many commentators have called this an age of ‘toxic politics’. Should we lament a lost civility, or is the emergence of more forthright and angry disagreements in fact a good thing? What is the line between passionate disagreement and toxic bile? How can we fi nd ways to disagree with other people constructively?</p>
<p>DOLAN CUMMINGS <br>
associate fellow, Academy of Ideas; co- founder, Manifesto Club; author, That Existential Leap: a crime story</p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS <br>
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, Radio 4’s FutureProofi ng and How to Disagree: a beginner’s guide to having better arguments</p>
<p>DR DEBORAH E LIPSTADT <br>
professor of Holocaust Studies, Emory University, Atlanta; author, Antisemitism: here and now</p>
<p>JACOB MCHANGAMA <br>
executive director, Justitia, a Copenhagen based human-rights think tank; host and narrator, Clear and Present Danger: a history of free speech podcast</p>
<p>JAMES TOOLEY <br>
professor of educational entrepreneurship and policy, University of Buckingham; author, The Beautiful Tree<br>
<br>
CHAIR: ALASTAIR DONALD <br>
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/49i9xd/toxic_politics_-_can_we_be_civil.mp3" length="81561155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival on Sunday 3 November 2019.
The angry exchanges in parliament after the Supreme Court ruled against prorogation were typical of the ill-tempered discourse around Brexit. This year it was also deemed acceptable to ‘milkshake’ those you disagree with. Looking at a world seemingly filled with slurs, angry social-media comments, inflammatory remarks about migrants and nasty jibes about ‘gammons’ and ‘TERFs’, many commentators have called this an age of ‘toxic politics’. Should we lament a lost civility, or is the emergence of more forthright and angry disagreements in fact a good thing? What is the line between passionate disagreement and toxic bile? How can we fi nd ways to disagree with other people constructively?
DOLAN CUMMINGS associate fellow, Academy of Ideas; co- founder, Manifesto Club; author, That Existential Leap: a crime story
TIMANDRA HARKNESS journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, Radio 4’s FutureProofi ng and How to Disagree: a beginner’s guide to having better arguments
DR DEBORAH E LIPSTADT professor of Holocaust Studies, Emory University, Atlanta; author, Antisemitism: here and now
JACOB MCHANGAMA executive director, Justitia, a Copenhagen based human-rights think tank; host and narrator, Clear and Present Danger: a history of free speech podcast
JAMES TOOLEY professor of educational entrepreneurship and policy, University of Buckingham; author, The Beautiful TreeCHAIR: ALASTAIR DONALD co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; convenor, Living Freedom]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5492</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>126</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Woke corporations - responsible capitalism or virtue signalling?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Woke corporations - responsible capitalism or virtue signalling?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/woke-corporations-responsible-capitalism-or-virtue-signalling/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/woke-corporations-responsible-capitalism-or-virtue-signalling/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 09 Dec 2019 16:31:13 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/woke-corporations-responsible-capitalism-or-virtue-signalling-0799703915e9051b65907012c41261dd</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>Earlier this year, Gillette produced an advert aimed at challenging ‘toxic masculinity’. Although somewhat frivolous, the example illustrates a growing trend among the world’s biggest companies to weigh in on social issues. In perhaps the most infamous example of all, in 2017, Pepsi released an advert with Kylie Jenner healing divisions at a protest march. The advert was widely condemned for appropriating the legacy of the civil-rights movement. But many companies seem to genuinely care about social causes. Unilever, one of the world’s biggest companies, has made ambitious environmental commitments that are priorities at all levels of the company. For some observers, this is evidence of a genuine shift in how businesses think about their role, often underpinned by new generations of employees demanding change. But critics have condemned what’s been called ‘woke capitalism’ or even ‘wokewashing’. Are 'woke' corporations a cynical attempt to curry favour with the lucrative millennial market, or should we celebrate demonstrations of corporate conscience? What does the rise of woke capitalism tell us about the prospects and possibilities for more radical change today?</p>
<p>Asad Dhunna
founder, The Unmistakables; commentator; former director of communications, Pride in London</p>
<p>Dr Eliane Glaser
writer; radio producer; reader, Bath Spa University; author, Anti-Politics: on the demonisation of ideology, authority, and the state</p>
<p>Dr Norman Lewis
director, Futures-Diagnosis Ltd; co-author, Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation</p>
<p>Dan Mobley
global corporate relations director, Diageo</p>
<p>Toby Young
co-founder, West London Free School; author, How to Lose Friends & Alienate People; associate editor, Spectator and Quillette</p>
<p>CHAIR: Patrick Hayes
director, British Educational Suppliers Association (BESA); director, EdTech Exchange</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbattleofideas.org.uk%2Fsubscribe&token=28365c-1-1575909007915'>battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</a></p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>Earlier this year, Gillette produced an advert aimed at challenging ‘toxic masculinity’. Although somewhat frivolous, the example illustrates a growing trend among the world’s biggest companies to weigh in on social issues. In perhaps the most infamous example of all, in 2017, Pepsi released an advert with Kylie Jenner healing divisions at a protest march. The advert was widely condemned for appropriating the legacy of the civil-rights movement. But many companies seem to genuinely care about social causes. Unilever, one of the world’s biggest companies, has made ambitious environmental commitments that are priorities at all levels of the company. For some observers, this is evidence of a genuine shift in how businesses think about their role, often underpinned by new generations of employees demanding change. But critics have condemned what’s been called ‘woke capitalism’ or even ‘wokewashing’. Are 'woke' corporations a cynical attempt to curry favour with the lucrative millennial market, or should we celebrate demonstrations of corporate conscience? What does the rise of woke capitalism tell us about the prospects and possibilities for more radical change today?</p>
<p>Asad Dhunna<br>
founder, The Unmistakables; commentator; former director of communications, Pride in London</p>
<p>Dr Eliane Glaser<br>
writer; radio producer; reader, Bath Spa University; author, Anti-Politics: on the demonisation of ideology, authority, and the state</p>
<p>Dr Norman Lewis<br>
director, Futures-Diagnosis Ltd; co-author, Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation</p>
<p>Dan Mobley<br>
global corporate relations director, Diageo</p>
<p>Toby Young<br>
co-founder, West London Free School; author, How to Lose Friends & Alienate People; associate editor, Spectator and Quillette</p>
<p>CHAIR: Patrick Hayes<br>
director, British Educational Suppliers Association (BESA); director, EdTech Exchange</p>
<p>Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at <a href='https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbattleofideas.org.uk%2Fsubscribe&token=28365c-1-1575909007915'>battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/z72eka/Woke_corporations_FINAL_EDIT.mp3" length="64522704" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
Earlier this year, Gillette produced an advert aimed at challenging ‘toxic masculinity’. Although somewhat frivolous, the example illustrates a growing trend among the world’s biggest companies to weigh in on social issues. In perhaps the most infamous example of all, in 2017, Pepsi released an advert with Kylie Jenner healing divisions at a protest march. The advert was widely condemned for appropriating the legacy of the civil-rights movement. But many companies seem to genuinely care about social causes. Unilever, one of the world’s biggest companies, has made ambitious environmental commitments that are priorities at all levels of the company. For some observers, this is evidence of a genuine shift in how businesses think about their role, often underpinned by new generations of employees demanding change. But critics have condemned what’s been called ‘woke capitalism’ or even ‘wokewashing’. Are 'woke' corporations a cynical attempt to curry favour with the lucrative millennial market, or should we celebrate demonstrations of corporate conscience? What does the rise of woke capitalism tell us about the prospects and possibilities for more radical change today?
Asad Dhunnafounder, The Unmistakables; commentator; former director of communications, Pride in London
Dr Eliane Glaserwriter; radio producer; reader, Bath Spa University; author, Anti-Politics: on the demonisation of ideology, authority, and the state
Dr Norman Lewisdirector, Futures-Diagnosis Ltd; co-author, Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation
Dan Mobleyglobal corporate relations director, Diageo
Toby Youngco-founder, West London Free School; author, How to Lose Friends & Alienate People; associate editor, Spectator and Quillette
CHAIR: Patrick Hayesdirector, British Educational Suppliers Association (BESA); director, EdTech Exchange
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5677</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>125</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: What does it mean to be normal?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: What does it mean to be normal?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-does-it-mean-to-be-normal/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-does-it-mean-to-be-normal/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2019 09:14:57 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/what-does-it-mean-to-be-normal-354b1ee1bb7f174fe58cfccb6610afc3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
 
There is something of an obsession with ‘normality’ today. Sally Rooney’s novel, Normal People, was widely acclaimed for its sensitive portrayal of everyday contemporary relationships. The TV smash hit Fleabag was likewise praised for its unflinching portrayal of ‘normal’ British middle-class sexual mores. But attitudes towards ‘normality’ seem difficult to get a handle on today. On the one hand, campaigns to raise awareness for a variety of social or psychological ills seek to show it is not ‘abnormal’, for example, to experience depression and that such people ‘are not alone’. But on the other hand, the proliferation of identity characteristics encourage people to be celebrate difference, uniqueness and not being ‘normal’. What are we to make of this shifting understanding of what it is to be normal? Should we just accept that everything is unstable, that we can’t expect a single category of ‘normal’ to be helpful? Does society need a concept of normality, if only to define common sets of beliefs and values or does it enforce conformity? Should we celebrate being normal?
 
DR FRANKIE ANDERSON
psychiatry trainee; co-founder, Sheffield Salon</p>
<p>DR ASHLEY FRAWLEY
senior lecturer in sociology and social policy, Swansea University; author, Significant Emotions and Semiotics of Happiness</p>
<p>DR BETH GUILDING
academic, Goldsmiths, University of London; co-editor, Narrating the Passions: new perspectives from modern and contemporary literature; columnist, Times Higher Education</p>
<p>VANITY VON GLOW
internationally ignored superstar; cabaret performer; host, The Vanity Project</p>
<p>CHAIR: JANE SANDEMAN
chief operating officer, The Passage; convenor, AoI Parents Forum; contributor, Standing up to Supernanny</p>
<p class="p1">Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.<br>
 <br>
There is something of an obsession with ‘normality’ today. Sally Rooney’s novel, Normal People, was widely acclaimed for its sensitive portrayal of everyday contemporary relationships. The TV smash hit Fleabag was likewise praised for its unflinching portrayal of ‘normal’ British middle-class sexual mores. But attitudes towards ‘normality’ seem difficult to get a handle on today. On the one hand, campaigns to raise awareness for a variety of social or psychological ills seek to show it is not ‘abnormal’, for example, to experience depression and that such people ‘are not alone’. But on the other hand, the proliferation of identity characteristics encourage people to be celebrate difference, uniqueness and not being ‘normal’. What are we to make of this shifting understanding of what it is to be normal? Should we just accept that everything is unstable, that we can’t expect a single category of ‘normal’ to be helpful? Does society need a concept of normality, if only to define common sets of beliefs and values or does it enforce conformity? Should we celebrate being normal?<br>
 <br>
DR FRANKIE ANDERSON<br>
psychiatry trainee; co-founder, Sheffield Salon</p>
<p>DR ASHLEY FRAWLEY<br>
senior lecturer in sociology and social policy, Swansea University; author, Significant Emotions and Semiotics of Happiness</p>
<p>DR BETH GUILDING<br>
academic, Goldsmiths, University of London; co-editor, Narrating the Passions: new perspectives from modern and contemporary literature; columnist, Times Higher Education</p>
<p>VANITY VON GLOW<br>
internationally ignored superstar; cabaret performer; host, The Vanity Project</p>
<p>CHAIR: JANE SANDEMAN<br>
chief operating officer, The Passage; convenor, AoI Parents Forum; contributor, Standing up to Supernanny</p>
<p class="p1">Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dqdi7x/What_Is_Normal_FINAL_EDIT.mp3" length="54526664" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019. There is something of an obsession with ‘normality’ today. Sally Rooney’s novel, Normal People, was widely acclaimed for its sensitive portrayal of everyday contemporary relationships. The TV smash hit Fleabag was likewise praised for its unflinching portrayal of ‘normal’ British middle-class sexual mores. But attitudes towards ‘normality’ seem difficult to get a handle on today. On the one hand, campaigns to raise awareness for a variety of social or psychological ills seek to show it is not ‘abnormal’, for example, to experience depression and that such people ‘are not alone’. But on the other hand, the proliferation of identity characteristics encourage people to be celebrate difference, uniqueness and not being ‘normal’. What are we to make of this shifting understanding of what it is to be normal? Should we just accept that everything is unstable, that we can’t expect a single category of ‘normal’ to be helpful? Does society need a concept of normality, if only to define common sets of beliefs and values or does it enforce conformity? Should we celebrate being normal? DR FRANKIE ANDERSONpsychiatry trainee; co-founder, Sheffield Salon
DR ASHLEY FRAWLEYsenior lecturer in sociology and social policy, Swansea University; author, Significant Emotions and Semiotics of Happiness
DR BETH GUILDINGacademic, Goldsmiths, University of London; co-editor, Narrating the Passions: new perspectives from modern and contemporary literature; columnist, Times Higher Education
VANITY VON GLOWinternationally ignored superstar; cabaret performer; host, The Vanity Project
CHAIR: JANE SANDEMANchief operating officer, The Passage; convenor, AoI Parents Forum; contributor, Standing up to Supernanny
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4325</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Extinction or progress? Visions of the future</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Extinction or progress? Visions of the future</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/extinction-or-progress-visions-of-the-future/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/extinction-or-progress-visions-of-the-future/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 06 Dec 2019 14:41:48 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/extinction-or-progress-visions-of-the-future-a8a371e0749f338f4cf4b453ab4ce1e0</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/extinction-or-progress-visions-of-the-future/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.</p>
<p>Today’s political culture seems obsessed with dark, apocalyptic visions. From young people staging ‘die-ins’ to protest about the environment to talk of an ‘insect apocalypse’, fears and threats loom large. Extinction Rebellion argues that the threat of catastrophe means we must reject growth and material progress in favour of a new eco-austerity. Even proponents of new technology often see it as a means of avoiding environmental catastrophe rather than transforming the world for the better. What can we learn about the present from our attitude to the future? Do we need to recover our faith in the future – and by extension, ourselves?</p>
<p>DR SHAHRAR ALI
home affairs spokesperson and former deputy leader, Green Party; author, Why Vote Green 2015</p>
<p>GREGORY CLAEYS
professor of history, Royal Holloway, University of London; author, Searching for Utopia: the history of an idea; fellow, RSA</p>
<p>DR ASHLEY FRAWLEY
senior lecturer in sociology and social policy, Swansea University; author, Semiotics of Happiness and Significant Emotions (forthcoming)</p>
<p>BRENDAN O’NEILL
editor, spiked; host, The Brendan O’Neill Show; writer, the Sun and the Spectator; author, A Duty to Offend</p>
<p>CHAIR: JACOB REYNOLDS
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom and The Academy, boi charity</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/extinction-or-progress-visions-of-the-future/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.</p>
<p>Today’s political culture seems obsessed with dark, apocalyptic visions. From young people staging ‘die-ins’ to protest about the environment to talk of an ‘insect apocalypse’, fears and threats loom large. Extinction Rebellion argues that the threat of catastrophe means we must reject growth and material progress in favour of a new eco-austerity. Even proponents of new technology often see it as a means of avoiding environmental catastrophe rather than transforming the world for the better. What can we learn about the present from our attitude to the future? Do we need to recover our faith in the future – and by extension, ourselves?</p>
<p>DR SHAHRAR ALI<br>
home affairs spokesperson and former deputy leader, Green Party; author, Why Vote Green 2015</p>
<p>GREGORY CLAEYS<br>
professor of history, Royal Holloway, University of London; author, Searching for Utopia: the history of an idea; fellow, RSA</p>
<p>DR ASHLEY FRAWLEY<br>
senior lecturer in sociology and social policy, Swansea University; author, Semiotics of Happiness and Significant Emotions (forthcoming)</p>
<p>BRENDAN O’NEILL<br>
editor, spiked; host, The Brendan O’Neill Show; writer, the Sun and the Spectator; author, A Duty to Offend</p>
<p>CHAIR: JACOB REYNOLDS<br>
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom and The Academy, boi charity</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ht7yug/extinction_or_progress_-_visions_of_the_future.mp3" length="73295146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.
Today’s political culture seems obsessed with dark, apocalyptic visions. From young people staging ‘die-ins’ to protest about the environment to talk of an ‘insect apocalypse’, fears and threats loom large. Extinction Rebellion argues that the threat of catastrophe means we must reject growth and material progress in favour of a new eco-austerity. Even proponents of new technology often see it as a means of avoiding environmental catastrophe rather than transforming the world for the better. What can we learn about the present from our attitude to the future? Do we need to recover our faith in the future – and by extension, ourselves?
DR SHAHRAR ALIhome affairs spokesperson and former deputy leader, Green Party; author, Why Vote Green 2015
GREGORY CLAEYSprofessor of history, Royal Holloway, University of London; author, Searching for Utopia: the history of an idea; fellow, RSA
DR ASHLEY FRAWLEYsenior lecturer in sociology and social policy, Swansea University; author, Semiotics of Happiness and Significant Emotions (forthcoming)
BRENDAN O’NEILLeditor, spiked; host, The Brendan O’Neill Show; writer, the Sun and the Spectator; author, A Duty to Offend
CHAIR: JACOB REYNOLDSpartnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom and The Academy, boi charity]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4443</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: The Life of Brian at 40 - are we more easily offended today?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: The Life of Brian at 40 - are we more easily offended today?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-life-of-brian-at-40-are-we-more-easily-offended-today/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-life-of-brian-at-40-are-we-more-easily-offended-today/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2019 12:50:46 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/the-life-of-brian-at-40-are-we-more-easily-offended-today-d02d97853d48b85f142ae336c3080d8f</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p>Monty Python’s Life of Brian was released in the UK on 8 November 1979. The film had problems from the start, with its funding withdrawn by EMI films at the last minute, but it was rescued by former Beatle George Harrison putting up the money for it to be made. Forty years later, it would be nice to say that we’re more relaxed about religion and comedy. But in truth, while Christianity is considered fair game (notwithstanding the later controversy over Jerry Springer: The Opera), satirising Islam remains deeply controversial, as illustrated by the Charlie Hebdo massacre and the mealy-mouthed reaction to the killings by many supposedly liberal commentators and artists. Could Brian be made today? Why does it still work today? Have we lost the ability to ridicule the dominant ideas of our society? And have comedians, writers and producers lost their edge for fear of causing offence?</p>
<p>SIMON EVANS
comedian; regular panellist, BBC Radio 4's The News Quiz</p>
<p>RIA LINA
award winning standup comedian; former forensic IT investigator, Serious Fraud Office; former research scientist, Herpesvirus bioinformatics</p>
<p>ANN MCELHINNEY
director and producer, FrackNation; co-author and co-producer, Gosnell; producer, FBI Lovebirds: UnderCovers; co-host, The Ann and Phelim Scoop</p>
<p>DR JOEL NATHAN ROSENJ
associate professor of sociology and anthropology, Moravian College, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania; author, The Erosion of the American Sporting Ethos: shifting attitudes toward competition</p>
<p>ANDY SHAW
co-founder, Comedy Unleashed</p>
<p>CHAIR: ROB LYONS
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum</p>
<p class="p1">Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p><em>Monty Python’s Life of Brian</em> was released in the UK on 8 November 1979. The film had problems from the start, with its funding withdrawn by EMI films at the last minute, but it was rescued by former Beatle George Harrison putting up the money for it to be made. Forty years later, it would be nice to say that we’re more relaxed about religion and comedy. But in truth, while Christianity is considered fair game (notwithstanding the later controversy over Jerry Springer: <em>The Opera</em>), satirising Islam remains deeply controversial, as illustrated by the <em>Charlie Hebdo</em> massacre and the mealy-mouthed reaction to the killings by many supposedly liberal commentators and artists. Could <em>Brian</em> be made today? Why does it still work today? Have we lost the ability to ridicule the dominant ideas of our society? And have comedians, writers and producers lost their edge for fear of causing offence?</p>
<p>SIMON EVANS<br>
comedian; regular panellist, BBC Radio 4's The News Quiz</p>
<p>RIA LINA<br>
award winning standup comedian; former forensic IT investigator, Serious Fraud Office; former research scientist, Herpesvirus bioinformatics</p>
<p>ANN MCELHINNEY<br>
director and producer, FrackNation; co-author and co-producer, Gosnell; producer, FBI Lovebirds: UnderCovers; co-host, The Ann and Phelim Scoop</p>
<p>DR JOEL NATHAN ROSENJ<br>
associate professor of sociology and anthropology, Moravian College, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania; author, The Erosion of the American Sporting Ethos: shifting attitudes toward competition</p>
<p>ANDY SHAW<br>
co-founder, Comedy Unleashed</p>
<p>CHAIR: ROB LYONS<br>
science and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum</p>
<p class="p1">Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kw7g2m/Life_of_Brian.mp3" length="42060474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
Monty Python’s Life of Brian was released in the UK on 8 November 1979. The film had problems from the start, with its funding withdrawn by EMI films at the last minute, but it was rescued by former Beatle George Harrison putting up the money for it to be made. Forty years later, it would be nice to say that we’re more relaxed about religion and comedy. But in truth, while Christianity is considered fair game (notwithstanding the later controversy over Jerry Springer: The Opera), satirising Islam remains deeply controversial, as illustrated by the Charlie Hebdo massacre and the mealy-mouthed reaction to the killings by many supposedly liberal commentators and artists. Could Brian be made today? Why does it still work today? Have we lost the ability to ridicule the dominant ideas of our society? And have comedians, writers and producers lost their edge for fear of causing offence?
SIMON EVANScomedian; regular panellist, BBC Radio 4's The News Quiz
RIA LINAaward winning standup comedian; former forensic IT investigator, Serious Fraud Office; former research scientist, Herpesvirus bioinformatics
ANN MCELHINNEYdirector and producer, FrackNation; co-author and co-producer, Gosnell; producer, FBI Lovebirds: UnderCovers; co-host, The Ann and Phelim Scoop
DR JOEL NATHAN ROSENJassociate professor of sociology and anthropology, Moravian College, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania; author, The Erosion of the American Sporting Ethos: shifting attitudes toward competition
ANDY SHAWco-founder, Comedy Unleashed
CHAIR: ROB LYONSscience and technology director, Academy of Ideas; convenor, AoI Economy Forum
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5331</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Titania McGrath - satire in the age of social justice</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Titania McGrath - satire in the age of social justice</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/titania-mcgrath-satire-in-the-age-of-social-justice/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/titania-mcgrath-satire-in-the-age-of-social-justice/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2019 12:22:57 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/titania-mcgrath-satire-in-the-age-of-social-justice-efa3a7e78bcd9fd5857b1ab3ff901713</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p class="p1">‘Humour is a weapon of the patriarchy.’ So says Titania McGrath, the Twitter superstar who describes herself as an activist, healer and radical intersectionalist poet. Titania has become famous for her ‘woke’ words of wisdom, such as ‘heterosexuality is a hoax’. Of course, those of us who have been following Titania’s rise to fame will know that she is, in fact, fictional – a satirical character dreamt up by the author and comedian Andrew Doyle. Boasting a Twitter following in the hundreds of thousands, Doyle’s parody of a ‘typical Guardian reader’ has managed to fool some so-called ‘social-justice warriors’ into believing Titania’s cries of oppression, as well as revealing uncomfortable truths about the degraded state of identity politics. But not everyone is a fan of Titania. Doyle has been accused of ‘punching down’ with his satire of contemporary ‘leftie’ politics. Is poking fun at social-justice campaigns merely a right-wing ploy – even though Doyle himself is a self-declared leftie? And what has it been like for Doyle, to be a comic writer in a world that sometimes seems unable to laugh at itself? Now that Titania’s real identity is out, where does she go from here?</p>
<p class="p1">ANDREW DOYLE</p>
<p class="p1">writer and comedian; author, Titania McGrath's Woke: A Guide to Social Justice</p>
<p class="p1"> </p>
<p class="p1">CHAIR: ELLA WHELAN</p>
<p class="p1">co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist and frequent commentator on TV and radio; author, What Women Want</p>
<p class="p1"> </p>
<p class="p1">Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</p>
<p class="p1">‘Humour is a weapon of the patriarchy.’ So says Titania McGrath, the Twitter superstar who describes herself as an activist, healer and radical intersectionalist poet. Titania has become famous for her ‘woke’ words of wisdom, such as ‘heterosexuality is a hoax’. Of course, those of us who have been following Titania’s rise to fame will know that she is, in fact, fictional – a satirical character dreamt up by the author and comedian Andrew Doyle. Boasting a Twitter following in the hundreds of thousands, Doyle’s parody of a ‘typical <em>Guardian</em> reader’ has managed to fool some so-called ‘social-justice warriors’ into believing Titania’s cries of oppression, as well as revealing uncomfortable truths about the degraded state of identity politics. But not everyone is a fan of Titania. Doyle has been accused of ‘punching down’ with his satire of contemporary ‘leftie’ politics. Is poking fun at social-justice campaigns merely a right-wing ploy – even though Doyle himself is a self-declared leftie? And what has it been like for Doyle, to be a comic writer in a world that sometimes seems unable to laugh at itself? Now that Titania’s real identity is out, where does she go from here?</p>
<p class="p1">ANDREW DOYLE</p>
<p class="p1">writer and comedian; author, Titania McGrath's <em>Woke: A Guide to Social Justice</em></p>
<p class="p1"> </p>
<p class="p1">CHAIR: ELLA WHELAN</p>
<p class="p1">co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist and frequent commentator on TV and radio; author, <em>What Women Want</em></p>
<p class="p1"> </p>
<p class="p1">Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/tf2byu/Titania_McGrath_FINAL_EDIT.mp3" length="52386312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
‘Humour is a weapon of the patriarchy.’ So says Titania McGrath, the Twitter superstar who describes herself as an activist, healer and radical intersectionalist poet. Titania has become famous for her ‘woke’ words of wisdom, such as ‘heterosexuality is a hoax’. Of course, those of us who have been following Titania’s rise to fame will know that she is, in fact, fictional – a satirical character dreamt up by the author and comedian Andrew Doyle. Boasting a Twitter following in the hundreds of thousands, Doyle’s parody of a ‘typical Guardian reader’ has managed to fool some so-called ‘social-justice warriors’ into believing Titania’s cries of oppression, as well as revealing uncomfortable truths about the degraded state of identity politics. But not everyone is a fan of Titania. Doyle has been accused of ‘punching down’ with his satire of contemporary ‘leftie’ politics. Is poking fun at social-justice campaigns merely a right-wing ploy – even though Doyle himself is a self-declared leftie? And what has it been like for Doyle, to be a comic writer in a world that sometimes seems unable to laugh at itself? Now that Titania’s real identity is out, where does she go from here?
ANDREW DOYLE
writer and comedian; author, Titania McGrath's Woke: A Guide to Social Justice
 
CHAIR: ELLA WHELAN
co-convenor, Battle of Ideas festival; journalist and frequent commentator on TV and radio; author, What Women Want
 
Subscribe to the Academy of Ideas newsletter at battleofideas.org.uk/subscribe]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4634</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>121</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Interrogating anti-Semitism with Deborah Lipstadt and Frank Furedi</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Interrogating anti-Semitism with Deborah Lipstadt and Frank Furedi</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/interrogating-anti-semitism-with-deborah-lipstadt-and-frank-furedi/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/interrogating-anti-semitism-with-deborah-lipstadt-and-frank-furedi/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 17:12:50 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/interrogating-anti-semitism-with-deborah-lipstadt-and-frank-furedi-83019a33af2a24deb3b60cffb639a889</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[



<p>Listen to the debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/interrogating-anti-semitism-with-deborah-lipstadt-and-frank-furedi/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</a></p>
<p>A recent EU report found 89 per cent of Jews living in member countries feel anti-Semitism has increased over the past decade, while 85 per cent believe it to be a serious problem. Anti-Semitism has traditionally been associated with the political right and with national chauvinism, but today it is often radical Islamists or even leftists, rather than nationalists, who are accused of prejudice against Jews. But can alleged anti-Semitism in the British Labour party really be compared to the fascist Oswald Mosley? Is anti-Zionism a distinct and legitimate position? How best can we define anti-Semitism? As Israel descends into political and, some would say, moral crisis, is it possible to criticise Israel without being anti-Semitic? And most importantly, if anti-Semitism is on the rise, how can we best combat it?</p>
<p>PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDI
sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars</p>
<p>DR DEBORAH E LIPSTADT
professor of Holocaust Studies, Emory University, Atlanta; author, Antisemitism: Here and Now; defendant, Irving v Penguin UK and Lipstadt (2000)
CHAIR</p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX
director, Academy of Ideas; Brexit Party MEP; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>



]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[



<p>Listen to the debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/interrogating-anti-semitism-with-deborah-lipstadt-and-frank-furedi/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.</a></p>
<p>A recent EU report found 89 per cent of Jews living in member countries feel anti-Semitism has increased over the past decade, while 85 per cent believe it to be a serious problem. Anti-Semitism has traditionally been associated with the political right and with national chauvinism, but today it is often radical Islamists or even leftists, rather than nationalists, who are accused of prejudice against Jews. But can alleged anti-Semitism in the British Labour party really be compared to the fascist Oswald Mosley? Is anti-Zionism a distinct and legitimate position? How best can we define anti-Semitism? As Israel descends into political and, some would say, moral crisis, is it possible to criticise Israel without being anti-Semitic? And most importantly, if anti-Semitism is on the rise, how can we best combat it?</p>
<p>PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDI<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars</p>
<p>DR DEBORAH E LIPSTADT<br>
professor of Holocaust Studies, Emory University, Atlanta; author, Antisemitism: Here and Now; defendant, Irving v Penguin UK and Lipstadt (2000)<br>
CHAIR</p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; Brexit Party MEP; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>



]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/h7mh9w/AntiSemitism_FINAL_EDIT.mp3" length="48340425" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[



Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2019.
A recent EU report found 89 per cent of Jews living in member countries feel anti-Semitism has increased over the past decade, while 85 per cent believe it to be a serious problem. Anti-Semitism has traditionally been associated with the political right and with national chauvinism, but today it is often radical Islamists or even leftists, rather than nationalists, who are accused of prejudice against Jews. But can alleged anti-Semitism in the British Labour party really be compared to the fascist Oswald Mosley? Is anti-Zionism a distinct and legitimate position? How best can we define anti-Semitism? As Israel descends into political and, some would say, moral crisis, is it possible to criticise Israel without being anti-Semitic? And most importantly, if anti-Semitism is on the rise, how can we best combat it?
PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDIsociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars
DR DEBORAH E LIPSTADTprofessor of Holocaust Studies, Emory University, Atlanta; author, Antisemitism: Here and Now; defendant, Irving v Penguin UK and Lipstadt (2000)CHAIR
CHAIR: CLAIRE FOXdirector, Academy of Ideas; Brexit Party MEP; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!



]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4219</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Are the old political parties dying?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Are the old political parties dying?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-the-old-political-parties-dying/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-the-old-political-parties-dying/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 12:43:29 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/are-the-old-political-parties-dying-449f6530b255ff51e8c306e57c010e8c</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/are-the-old-political-parties-dying/'>Battle of Ideas festival 2019</a>.</p>
<p>Many commentators have observed that Britain enjoys, by European standards at least, a uniquely stable party-political system. In many other European countries, collapsing empires, social uprisings or world wars fuelled new parties and shifting popular allegiances. Britain, on the other hand, is notable for the longevity – and adaptability – of its established parties. But amid rising volatility, fragmentation and polarisation in the early twenty-first century, are we reaching a historic moment of change? Are new-style political ‘movements’ such as the Brexit Party or independent, local initiatives a promising way forward? Could we be on the brink of a new political landscape and, if so, how should we seek to shape it?</p>
<p>JONNY BALL
special projects writer, New Statesman</p>
<p>MIRANDA GREEN
journalist and commentator; deputy editor of opinion pages, Financial Times; former Liberal Democrat advisor</p>
<p>SHERELLE JACOBS
columnist and commissioning editor of comments, Daily Telegraph</p>
<p>JOHN MILLS
economist and entrepreneur; author, Left Behind: why voters deserted social democracy – and how to win them back</p>
<p>TOM SLATER
deputy editor, spiked; regular commentator on TV and radio; editor, Unsafe Space: the crisis of free speech on campus</p>
<p>CHAIR: JOEL COHEN
associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/are-the-old-political-parties-dying/'>Battle of Ideas festival 2019</a>.</p>
<p>Many commentators have observed that Britain enjoys, by European standards at least, a uniquely stable party-political system. In many other European countries, collapsing empires, social uprisings or world wars fuelled new parties and shifting popular allegiances. Britain, on the other hand, is notable for the longevity – and adaptability – of its established parties. But amid rising volatility, fragmentation and polarisation in the early twenty-first century, are we reaching a historic moment of change? Are new-style political ‘movements’ such as the Brexit Party or independent, local initiatives a promising way forward? Could we be on the brink of a new political landscape and, if so, how should we seek to shape it?</p>
<p>JONNY BALL<br>
special projects writer, New Statesman</p>
<p>MIRANDA GREEN<br>
journalist and commentator; deputy editor of opinion pages, Financial Times; former Liberal Democrat advisor</p>
<p>SHERELLE JACOBS<br>
columnist and commissioning editor of comments, Daily Telegraph</p>
<p>JOHN MILLS<br>
economist and entrepreneur; author, Left Behind: why voters deserted social democracy – and how to win them back</p>
<p>TOM SLATER<br>
deputy editor, spiked; regular commentator on TV and radio; editor, Unsafe Space: the crisis of free speech on campus</p>
<p>CHAIR: JOEL COHEN<br>
associate fellow, Academy of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2t8q8y/Are_the_old_political_parties_dying_-_battle_of_ideas_2019.mp3" length="40679642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas festival 2019.
Many commentators have observed that Britain enjoys, by European standards at least, a uniquely stable party-political system. In many other European countries, collapsing empires, social uprisings or world wars fuelled new parties and shifting popular allegiances. Britain, on the other hand, is notable for the longevity – and adaptability – of its established parties. But amid rising volatility, fragmentation and polarisation in the early twenty-first century, are we reaching a historic moment of change? Are new-style political ‘movements’ such as the Brexit Party or independent, local initiatives a promising way forward? Could we be on the brink of a new political landscape and, if so, how should we seek to shape it?
JONNY BALLspecial projects writer, New Statesman
MIRANDA GREENjournalist and commentator; deputy editor of opinion pages, Financial Times; former Liberal Democrat advisor
SHERELLE JACOBScolumnist and commissioning editor of comments, Daily Telegraph
JOHN MILLSeconomist and entrepreneur; author, Left Behind: why voters deserted social democracy – and how to win them back
TOM SLATERdeputy editor, spiked; regular commentator on TV and radio; editor, Unsafe Space: the crisis of free speech on campus
CHAIR: JOEL COHENassociate fellow, Academy of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3545</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2019: Education culture wars - what should be the role of schools today?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2019: Education culture wars - what should be the role of schools today?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-education-culture-wars-what-should-be-the-role-of-schools-today/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-education-culture-wars-what-should-be-the-role-of-schools-today/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2019 12:48:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/the-education-culture-wars-what-should-be-the-role-of-schools-today-3d5cd6282e463918a215592aa63fde92</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the opening remarks from a Battle of Ideas festival satellite event on Monday 18 November 2019.</p>
<p>Schools are unique institutions. Their most obvious role is in relation to education and the generational transfer of knowledge. However, they also mediate between the state and parents in shaping the next generation. Schools enforce behavioural expectations and instil particular values while preparing children for the responsibilities of adulthood.</p>
<p>Schools have always played this role. However, over recent years the values and expectations championed by schools have become more explicitly political and more contested. From lessons on climate change and recycling to cultural awareness days, it can appear as if schools, through children, aim at broader social change.</p>
<p>In this respect we seem to now be witnessing the emergence of the ‘Culture Wars’ in Education. One consequence is that tensions between schools and parents spill out in conflicts over contentious issues such as teaching of sex and relationships education. However, from the contents of lunchboxes to disputes over ‘gender neutral’ school uniform policies, few area of school life now seem beyond controversy.</p>
<p>In this special lecture and discussion, Joanna Williams, author of Consuming Higher Education: why learning can’t be bought, explores how these conflicts might be resolved. Should it be the state or parents who decide which values and behaviours to inculcate in children? And how should schools mediate between the two?</p>
<p>SPEAKER
Dr Joanna Williams
author, Women vs Feminism and Consuming Higher Education: why learning can’t be bought; associate editor, spiked</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the opening remarks from a Battle of Ideas festival satellite event on Monday 18 November 2019.</p>
<p>Schools are unique institutions. Their most obvious role is in relation to education and the generational transfer of knowledge. However, they also mediate between the state and parents in shaping the next generation. Schools enforce behavioural expectations and instil particular values while preparing children for the responsibilities of adulthood.</p>
<p>Schools have always played this role. However, over recent years the values and expectations championed by schools have become more explicitly political and more contested. From lessons on climate change and recycling to cultural awareness days, it can appear as if schools, through children, aim at broader social change.</p>
<p>In this respect we seem to now be witnessing the emergence of the ‘Culture Wars’ in Education. One consequence is that tensions between schools and parents spill out in conflicts over contentious issues such as teaching of sex and relationships education. However, from the contents of lunchboxes to disputes over ‘gender neutral’ school uniform policies, few area of school life now seem beyond controversy.</p>
<p>In this special lecture and discussion, Joanna Williams, author of Consuming Higher Education: why learning can’t be bought, explores how these conflicts might be resolved. Should it be the state or parents who decide which values and behaviours to inculcate in children? And how should schools mediate between the two?</p>
<p>SPEAKER<br>
Dr Joanna Williams<br>
author, Women vs Feminism and Consuming Higher Education: why learning can’t be bought; associate editor, spiked</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/iqnmt4/education-culture-wars.mp3" length="44408835" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the opening remarks from a Battle of Ideas festival satellite event on Monday 18 November 2019.
Schools are unique institutions. Their most obvious role is in relation to education and the generational transfer of knowledge. However, they also mediate between the state and parents in shaping the next generation. Schools enforce behavioural expectations and instil particular values while preparing children for the responsibilities of adulthood.
Schools have always played this role. However, over recent years the values and expectations championed by schools have become more explicitly political and more contested. From lessons on climate change and recycling to cultural awareness days, it can appear as if schools, through children, aim at broader social change.
In this respect we seem to now be witnessing the emergence of the ‘Culture Wars’ in Education. One consequence is that tensions between schools and parents spill out in conflicts over contentious issues such as teaching of sex and relationships education. However, from the contents of lunchboxes to disputes over ‘gender neutral’ school uniform policies, few area of school life now seem beyond controversy.
In this special lecture and discussion, Joanna Williams, author of Consuming Higher Education: why learning can’t be bought, explores how these conflicts might be resolved. Should it be the state or parents who decide which values and behaviours to inculcate in children? And how should schools mediate between the two?
SPEAKERDr Joanna Williamsauthor, Women vs Feminism and Consuming Higher Education: why learning can’t be bought; associate editor, spiked]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1925</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boif-for-newsletter.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Tearing up the rule book - the end of the new world order?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Tearing up the rule book - the end of the new world order?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/tearing-up-the-rule-book-the-end-of-the-new-world-order/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/tearing-up-the-rule-book-the-end-of-the-new-world-order/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jun 2019 16:41:54 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/tearing-up-the-rule-book-the-end-of-the-new-world-order-f4b54efb44c5c0bc17fc1e5cfb76aa38</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/tearing-up-the-rule-book-the-end-of-the-new-world-order/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>Since the fall of communism, the dominant narrative around international politics and economics has been that of a stable order defined by liberal, free-market values and agreements. In recent years, faith in the liberal international vision seems to have been shattered. In response to the rise of China and resurgence of Russia, populists across the world, most famously President Trump, have denounced free-trade agreements and collective security arrangements. Are we really moving into a more protectionist world, or will free-trade ideology make a comeback? How will the rise of China and the ‘global south’, alongside the apparent slow decline of the US, change things?</p>
<p>CAMERON ABADI
deputy editor, Foreign Policy</p>
<p>REMI ADEKOYA
PhD researcher on identity politics, Sheffield University; columnist; member, Editorial Working Group, Review of African Political Economy</p>
<p>PROFESSOR BILL DURODIE
chair of international relations, University of Bath</p>
<p>DR TARA MCCORMACK
lecturer, international politics, University of Leicester</p>
<p>CHAIR: JACOB REYNOLDS 
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom; organiser, Debating Matters</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/tearing-up-the-rule-book-the-end-of-the-new-world-order/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>Since the fall of communism, the dominant narrative around international politics and economics has been that of a stable order defined by liberal, free-market values and agreements. In recent years, faith in the liberal international vision seems to have been shattered. In response to the rise of China and resurgence of Russia, populists across the world, most famously President Trump, have denounced free-trade agreements and collective security arrangements. Are we really moving into a more protectionist world, or will free-trade ideology make a comeback? How will the rise of China and the ‘global south’, alongside the apparent slow decline of the US, change things?</p>
<p>CAMERON ABADI<br>
deputy editor, Foreign Policy</p>
<p>REMI ADEKOYA<br>
PhD researcher on identity politics, Sheffield University; columnist; member, Editorial Working Group, Review of African Political Economy</p>
<p>PROFESSOR BILL DURODIE<br>
chair of international relations, University of Bath</p>
<p>DR TARA MCCORMACK<br>
lecturer, international politics, University of Leicester</p>
<p>CHAIR: JACOB REYNOLDS <br>
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom; organiser, Debating Matters</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/96sztp/Tearing_up_the_rule_book_the_end_of_the_new_world_order.mp3" length="72645475" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
Since the fall of communism, the dominant narrative around international politics and economics has been that of a stable order defined by liberal, free-market values and agreements. In recent years, faith in the liberal international vision seems to have been shattered. In response to the rise of China and resurgence of Russia, populists across the world, most famously President Trump, have denounced free-trade agreements and collective security arrangements. Are we really moving into a more protectionist world, or will free-trade ideology make a comeback? How will the rise of China and the ‘global south’, alongside the apparent slow decline of the US, change things?
CAMERON ABADIdeputy editor, Foreign Policy
REMI ADEKOYAPhD researcher on identity politics, Sheffield University; columnist; member, Editorial Working Group, Review of African Political Economy
PROFESSOR BILL DURODIEchair of international relations, University of Bath
DR TARA MCCORMACKlecturer, international politics, University of Leicester
CHAIR: JACOB REYNOLDS partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom; organiser, Debating Matters]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4498</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>117</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: The moral case for abortion</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: The moral case for abortion</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-moral-case-for-abortion/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-moral-case-for-abortion/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2019 13:51:42 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/the-moral-case-for-abortion-5e26f030e7ba431492400e2e87eaae57</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In 2019, over than a dozen US states have either passed or attempted to pass stricter abortion legislation. Georgia's new law bans abortion after six weeks of pregnancy. Alabama's new law would more or less ban abortion entirely. How should those who are pro-choice respond? This Battle of Ideas debate from 2016 remains very relevant.</p>
<p>Original introduction</p>
<p>In her new book, Ann Furedi, chief executive of the British Pregnancy Advisory Service and a veteran campaigner for abortion rights, sets out the ethical arguments for a woman’s right to choose, drawing on the traditions of sociological thinking and moral philosophy. This discussion will consider the moral and philosophical foundations on which Furedi builds her case. We will also explore the relevance of this approach to the pro-choice cause, particularly the current campaign to decriminalise abortion altogether. Is it moral for women to choose abortion? Should campaigners for abortion focus on issues of health and mental well-being or argue for an absolute right to abortion?</p>
<p>Speaker</p>
<p>ANN FUREDI
chief executive, British Pregnancy Advisory Service; author, The Moral Case for Abortion</p>
<p>Respondents</p>
<p>MARY KENNY
journalist and author</p>
<p>DR ELLIE LEE
reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies</p>
<p>CHAIR: JON O’BRIEN
president, Catholics for Choice</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 2019, over than a dozen US states have either passed or attempted to pass stricter abortion legislation. Georgia's new law bans abortion after six weeks of pregnancy. Alabama's new law would more or less ban abortion entirely. How should those who are pro-choice respond? This Battle of Ideas debate from 2016 remains very relevant.</p>
<p>Original introduction</p>
<p>In her new book, Ann Furedi, chief executive of the British Pregnancy Advisory Service and a veteran campaigner for abortion rights, sets out the ethical arguments for a woman’s right to choose, drawing on the traditions of sociological thinking and moral philosophy. This discussion will consider the moral and philosophical foundations on which Furedi builds her case. We will also explore the relevance of this approach to the pro-choice cause, particularly the current campaign to decriminalise abortion altogether. Is it moral for women to choose abortion? Should campaigners for abortion focus on issues of health and mental well-being or argue for an absolute right to abortion?</p>
<p>Speaker</p>
<p>ANN FUREDI<br>
chief executive, British Pregnancy Advisory Service; author, The Moral Case for Abortion</p>
<p>Respondents</p>
<p>MARY KENNY<br>
journalist and author</p>
<p>DR ELLIE LEE<br>
reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies</p>
<p>CHAIR: JON O’BRIEN<br>
president, Catholics for Choice</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/igsdhc/The_moral_case_for_abortion.mp3" length="81817214" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In 2019, over than a dozen US states have either passed or attempted to pass stricter abortion legislation. Georgia's new law bans abortion after six weeks of pregnancy. Alabama's new law would more or less ban abortion entirely. How should those who are pro-choice respond? This Battle of Ideas debate from 2016 remains very relevant.
Original introduction
In her new book, Ann Furedi, chief executive of the British Pregnancy Advisory Service and a veteran campaigner for abortion rights, sets out the ethical arguments for a woman’s right to choose, drawing on the traditions of sociological thinking and moral philosophy. This discussion will consider the moral and philosophical foundations on which Furedi builds her case. We will also explore the relevance of this approach to the pro-choice cause, particularly the current campaign to decriminalise abortion altogether. Is it moral for women to choose abortion? Should campaigners for abortion focus on issues of health and mental well-being or argue for an absolute right to abortion?
Speaker
ANN FUREDIchief executive, British Pregnancy Advisory Service; author, The Moral Case for Abortion
Respondents
MARY KENNYjournalist and author
DR ELLIE LEEreader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies
CHAIR: JON O’BRIENpresident, Catholics for Choice]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5134</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>116</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boi_logo_334_for_facebook.gif" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: The crisis of diplomacy in the era of Trump</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: The crisis of diplomacy in the era of Trump</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-crisis-of-diplomacy-in-the-era-of-trump/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-crisis-of-diplomacy-in-the-era-of-trump/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2019 17:40:09 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/the-crisis-of-diplomacy-in-the-era-of-trump-442dd39b62f7522c6db7d4b9c33c9987</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-crisis-of-diplomacy-in-the-era-of-trump/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>Visiting Europe in the summer, President Trump lambasted Germany’s relationship with Russia, took a dig at Theresa May’s Brexit strategy and seemingly sided with Vladimir Putin against America’s own intelligence agencies. The UK’s former foreign secretary, Boris Johnson, also famously made numerous diplomatic gaffes. Once diplomacy was regarded as a careful art, furthering national interests through back-channels and coded language, and pursued by highly educated diplomats. But in recent years, politicians have seemed keener to make loud public statements at the expense of cool negotiation. Why do politicians seem to respond to events on the hoof rather than pursuing a long-term strategy? Are they playing with fire?</p>
<p>MARY DEJEVSKY
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster</p>
<p>PROFESSOR BILL DURODIÉ
chair of international relations, University of Bath</p>
<p>DR SEAN LANG
senior lecturer in History, Anglia Ruskin University; author, First World War for Dummies</p>
<p>CARNE ROSS
author, The Leaderless Revolution; executive director, Independent Diplomat</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-crisis-of-diplomacy-in-the-era-of-trump/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>Visiting Europe in the summer, President Trump lambasted Germany’s relationship with Russia, took a dig at Theresa May’s Brexit strategy and seemingly sided with Vladimir Putin against America’s own intelligence agencies. The UK’s former foreign secretary, Boris Johnson, also famously made numerous diplomatic gaffes. Once diplomacy was regarded as a careful art, furthering national interests through back-channels and coded language, and pursued by highly educated diplomats. But in recent years, politicians have seemed keener to make loud public statements at the expense of cool negotiation. Why do politicians seem to respond to events on the hoof rather than pursuing a long-term strategy? Are they playing with fire?</p>
<p>MARY DEJEVSKY<br>
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster</p>
<p>PROFESSOR BILL DURODIÉ<br>
chair of international relations, University of Bath</p>
<p>DR SEAN LANG<br>
senior lecturer in History, Anglia Ruskin University; author, First World War for Dummies</p>
<p>CARNE ROSS<br>
author, The Leaderless Revolution; executive director, Independent Diplomat</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/uz69di/The_crisis_of_diplomacy_in_the_era_of_Trump.mp3" length="77883230" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
Visiting Europe in the summer, President Trump lambasted Germany’s relationship with Russia, took a dig at Theresa May’s Brexit strategy and seemingly sided with Vladimir Putin against America’s own intelligence agencies. The UK’s former foreign secretary, Boris Johnson, also famously made numerous diplomatic gaffes. Once diplomacy was regarded as a careful art, furthering national interests through back-channels and coded language, and pursued by highly educated diplomats. But in recent years, politicians have seemed keener to make loud public statements at the expense of cool negotiation. Why do politicians seem to respond to events on the hoof rather than pursuing a long-term strategy? Are they playing with fire?
MARY DEJEVSKYformer foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster
PROFESSOR BILL DURODIÉchair of international relations, University of Bath
DR SEAN LANGsenior lecturer in History, Anglia Ruskin University; author, First World War for Dummies
CARNE ROSSauthor, The Leaderless Revolution; executive director, Independent Diplomat]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4774</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Feminism - in conversation with Camille Paglia</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Feminism - in conversation with Camille Paglia</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/feminism-in-conversation-with-camille-paglia/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/feminism-in-conversation-with-camille-paglia/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 03 May 2019 16:32:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/feminism-in-conversation-with-camille-paglia-2b778077ec7a045f1e39c35e09e5d5d9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>After three decades teaching at the University of the Arts in Philadelphia, there have recently been calls from campus activists for Camille Paglia to be sacked from her post for having 'dangerous' views. Listen to this discussion at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2016, with Paglia in conversation with Claire Fox, and decide for yourself.</p>
<p>Original session introduction</p>
<p>Internationally renowned American social critic Camille Paglia has been called ‘the anti-feminist feminist’. A staunch defender of individual freedom, she has argued against laws prohibiting pornography, drugs and abortion. Describing contemporary feminism as a ‘reactionary reversion’ and ‘a gross betrayal of the radical principles of 1960s counterculture’, she stands firmly on the side of free speech and against political correctness. She has argued that though today’s feminists strike progressive poses, their ideas emanate from an entitled, upper-middle-class point of view. This has led Paglia to become one of the US’s foremost critics of contemporary feminist orthodoxies such as the idea of ‘rape culture’, which she believes stifles women’s autonomy.</p>
<p>Instead, Paglia is keen to stimulate reasoned discussion about some of the most controversial and inflammatory issues dominating campus politics and debates about threats to young women. She is calling such fashionable concepts such as ‘rape culture…a ridiculous term…not helpful in the quest for women’s liberation’. She is associated with a brand of feminism which encourages women to embrace the dangers of being in the world and has argued that the current enthusiasm for things such as compulsory sexual consent classes in colleges illustrates how sex is being policed by ‘drearily puritanical and hopelessly totalitarian regulatory regimes and codes’.</p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After three decades teaching at the University of the Arts in Philadelphia, there have recently been calls from campus activists for Camille Paglia to be sacked from her post for having 'dangerous' views. Listen to this discussion at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2016, with Paglia in conversation with Claire Fox, and decide for yourself.</p>
<p>Original session introduction</p>
<p>Internationally renowned American social critic Camille Paglia has been called ‘the anti-feminist feminist’. A staunch defender of individual freedom, she has argued against laws prohibiting pornography, drugs and abortion. Describing contemporary feminism as a ‘reactionary reversion’ and ‘a gross betrayal of the radical principles of 1960s counterculture’, she stands firmly on the side of free speech and against political correctness. She has argued that though today’s feminists strike progressive poses, their ideas emanate from an entitled, upper-middle-class point of view. This has led Paglia to become one of the US’s foremost critics of contemporary feminist orthodoxies such as the idea of ‘rape culture’, which she believes stifles women’s autonomy.</p>
<p>Instead, Paglia is keen to stimulate reasoned discussion about some of the most controversial and inflammatory issues dominating campus politics and debates about threats to young women. She is calling such fashionable concepts such as ‘rape culture…a ridiculous term…not helpful in the quest for women’s liberation’. She is associated with a brand of feminism which encourages women to embrace the dangers of being in the world and has argued that the current enthusiasm for things such as compulsory sexual consent classes in colleges illustrates how sex is being policed by ‘drearily puritanical and hopelessly totalitarian regulatory regimes and codes’.</p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/d88ue8/Podcast_Feminism_in_conversation_with_Camille_Paglia.mp3" length="51626503" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[After three decades teaching at the University of the Arts in Philadelphia, there have recently been calls from campus activists for Camille Paglia to be sacked from her post for having 'dangerous' views. Listen to this discussion at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2016, with Paglia in conversation with Claire Fox, and decide for yourself.
Original session introduction
Internationally renowned American social critic Camille Paglia has been called ‘the anti-feminist feminist’. A staunch defender of individual freedom, she has argued against laws prohibiting pornography, drugs and abortion. Describing contemporary feminism as a ‘reactionary reversion’ and ‘a gross betrayal of the radical principles of 1960s counterculture’, she stands firmly on the side of free speech and against political correctness. She has argued that though today’s feminists strike progressive poses, their ideas emanate from an entitled, upper-middle-class point of view. This has led Paglia to become one of the US’s foremost critics of contemporary feminist orthodoxies such as the idea of ‘rape culture’, which she believes stifles women’s autonomy.
Instead, Paglia is keen to stimulate reasoned discussion about some of the most controversial and inflammatory issues dominating campus politics and debates about threats to young women. She is calling such fashionable concepts such as ‘rape culture…a ridiculous term…not helpful in the quest for women’s liberation’. She is associated with a brand of feminism which encourages women to embrace the dangers of being in the world and has argued that the current enthusiasm for things such as compulsory sexual consent classes in colleges illustrates how sex is being policed by ‘drearily puritanical and hopelessly totalitarian regulatory regimes and codes’.
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4892</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Can we revive Britain’s ’Rust Belt’?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Can we revive Britain’s ’Rust Belt’?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-we-revive-britains-rust-belt/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-we-revive-britains-rust-belt/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2019 15:20:22 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/can-we-revive-britains-rust-belt-683ae81b1dac11da6edc8c8896367bfa</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-we-revive-britains-rust-belt/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>In Brexit Britain, much focus has fallen on the divides that cut across generational, educational and class lines. But increasingly there is a new geographical divide that is taking shape – one where voguish metropolitan regions, prosperous urban centres and university towns contrast starkly with vast swathes of territory now labelled ‘left-behind Britain’. Is it still possible to rejuvenate former ports, market towns, coastal resorts and county towns? Should the focus be economic investment or a social and cultural transformation? Do we need a new urban paradigm, or should we create incentives to save, rebuild and inject new life into these urban areas?</p>
<p>DR RUTH DUDLEY EDWARDS
journalist and writer; award-winning author</p>
<p>CAROLINE FLINT MP
member of parliament, Don Valley; co-chair, Northern Powerhouse All Party Parliamentary Group</p>
<p>DAVID GOODHART
head of demography, Policy Exchange; author, The Road to Somewhere</p>
<p>MO LOVATT
writer and researcher specialising in arts and culture policy; co-chair, The Great Debate</p>
<p>CHAIR: ALASTAIR DONALD
associate director, Academy of Ideas; codirector, Future Cities Project</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/can-we-revive-britains-rust-belt/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>In Brexit Britain, much focus has fallen on the divides that cut across generational, educational and class lines. But increasingly there is a new geographical divide that is taking shape – one where voguish metropolitan regions, prosperous urban centres and university towns contrast starkly with vast swathes of territory now labelled ‘left-behind Britain’. Is it still possible to rejuvenate former ports, market towns, coastal resorts and county towns? Should the focus be economic investment or a social and cultural transformation? Do we need a new urban paradigm, or should we create incentives to save, rebuild and inject new life into these urban areas?</p>
<p>DR RUTH DUDLEY EDWARDS<br>
journalist and writer; award-winning author</p>
<p>CAROLINE FLINT MP<br>
member of parliament, Don Valley; co-chair, Northern Powerhouse All Party Parliamentary Group</p>
<p>DAVID GOODHART<br>
head of demography, Policy Exchange; author, The Road to Somewhere</p>
<p>MO LOVATT<br>
writer and researcher specialising in arts and culture policy; co-chair, The Great Debate</p>
<p>CHAIR: ALASTAIR DONALD<br>
associate director, Academy of Ideas; codirector, Future Cities Project</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dd2j2u/Britains_rust_belt.mp3" length="92676832" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
In Brexit Britain, much focus has fallen on the divides that cut across generational, educational and class lines. But increasingly there is a new geographical divide that is taking shape – one where voguish metropolitan regions, prosperous urban centres and university towns contrast starkly with vast swathes of territory now labelled ‘left-behind Britain’. Is it still possible to rejuvenate former ports, market towns, coastal resorts and county towns? Should the focus be economic investment or a social and cultural transformation? Do we need a new urban paradigm, or should we create incentives to save, rebuild and inject new life into these urban areas?
DR RUTH DUDLEY EDWARDSjournalist and writer; award-winning author
CAROLINE FLINT MPmember of parliament, Don Valley; co-chair, Northern Powerhouse All Party Parliamentary Group
DAVID GOODHARThead of demography, Policy Exchange; author, The Road to Somewhere
MO LOVATTwriter and researcher specialising in arts and culture policy; co-chair, The Great Debate
CHAIR: ALASTAIR DONALDassociate director, Academy of Ideas; codirector, Future Cities Project]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5509</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: How can we revive UK economic growth?</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: How can we revive UK economic growth?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-revive-uk-economic-growth/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-can-we-revive-uk-economic-growth/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Apr 2019 19:11:17 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/how-can-we-revive-uk-economic-growth-82cb6fb2fedd4d233cbc010eb7589453</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on Monday 8 April 2019. The session title was ‘How can we revive UK economic growth?’ (<a href='https://exit.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Facademyofideas.org.uk%2Fevents%2Farchive%2Fhow_can_we_revive_uk_economic_growth'>academyofideas.org.uk/events/archive…conomic_growth</a>)</p>
<p>The speaker is John Mills, an entrepreneur, economist and author, noted for his writing on Brexit, the Labour Party and the exchange rate. In the political world, he formerly served as chair of Labour Leave, Labour Future, The Pound Campaign and LESC, and co-chair of Business for Britain and Vote Leave. In the business world, he is founder and chairman of consumer goods company John Mills Limited (JML), which exports to over 70 countries around the world.</p>
<p>The topic is based on a recent pamphlet by John Mills which can be downloaded at <a href='https://exit.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Facademyofideas.org.uk%2Fjohnmills'>academyofideas.org.uk/johnmills</a></p>
<p>Please note, as this is a recording of live public meeting, the audio is at times less than perfect.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a recording from the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on Monday 8 April 2019. The session title was ‘How can we revive UK economic growth?’ (<a href='https://exit.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Facademyofideas.org.uk%2Fevents%2Farchive%2Fhow_can_we_revive_uk_economic_growth'>academyofideas.org.uk/events/archive…conomic_growth</a>)</p>
<p>The speaker is John Mills, an entrepreneur, economist and author, noted for his writing on Brexit, the Labour Party and the exchange rate. In the political world, he formerly served as chair of Labour Leave, Labour Future, The Pound Campaign and LESC, and co-chair of Business for Britain and Vote Leave. In the business world, he is founder and chairman of consumer goods company John Mills Limited (JML), which exports to over 70 countries around the world.</p>
<p>The topic is based on a recent pamphlet by John Mills which can be downloaded at <a href='https://exit.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Facademyofideas.org.uk%2Fjohnmills'>academyofideas.org.uk/johnmills</a></p>
<p>Please note, as this is a recording of live public meeting, the audio is at times less than perfect.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/w4nyry/john_mills_economy_forum_april_2019.mp3" length="118316967" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This is a recording from the Academy of Ideas Economy Forum on Monday 8 April 2019. The session title was ‘How can we revive UK economic growth?’ (academyofideas.org.uk/events/archive…conomic_growth)
The speaker is John Mills, an entrepreneur, economist and author, noted for his writing on Brexit, the Labour Party and the exchange rate. In the political world, he formerly served as chair of Labour Leave, Labour Future, The Pound Campaign and LESC, and co-chair of Business for Britain and Vote Leave. In the business world, he is founder and chairman of consumer goods company John Mills Limited (JML), which exports to over 70 countries around the world.
The topic is based on a recent pamphlet by John Mills which can be downloaded at academyofideas.org.uk/johnmills
Please note, as this is a recording of live public meeting, the audio is at times less than perfect.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4924</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Culture - who pays?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Culture - who pays?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/culture-who-pays/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/culture-who-pays/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Apr 2019 11:43:24 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/culture-who-pays-12aab1c13e7e5d4ab96e26701467a3f1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/culture-who-pays/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018 at The Barbican, London.</p>
<p>Should funding for cultural projects be scaled back in a time of fiscal crisis? As we approach the National Lottery’s 25th anniversary, many are asking questions about where funding for culture should come from. Some anti-austerity campaigners say that new projects like the V&A museum in Dundee, at a cost of £80million, put unnecessary pressure on already stretched budgets. Others argue that a vibrant cultural scene is key to building confidence in communities and creating social cohesion, threatened by visible inequalities in wealth, housing, health and education. What about private funding? Could that compromise artistic freedom? And should we view culture as a luxury or a necessity in a modern-day society?</p>
<p>ALEXANDER ADAMS
artist, writer and art critic; author, Culture War: art, identity politics and cultural entryism (forthcoming)</p>
<p>DR TIFFANY JENKINS
writer and broadcaster; author, Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there</p>
<p>BARB JUNGR
award-winning singer, songwriter, composer and writer</p>
<p>SEAN GREGORY
director of learning & engagement, Barbican Centre and Guildhall School of Music & Drama</p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX
director, Academy of Ideas;</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/culture-who-pays/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018 at The Barbican, London.</p>
<p>Should funding for cultural projects be scaled back in a time of fiscal crisis? As we approach the National Lottery’s 25th anniversary, many are asking questions about where funding for culture should come from. Some anti-austerity campaigners say that new projects like the V&A museum in Dundee, at a cost of £80million, put unnecessary pressure on already stretched budgets. Others argue that a vibrant cultural scene is key to building confidence in communities and creating social cohesion, threatened by visible inequalities in wealth, housing, health and education. What about private funding? Could that compromise artistic freedom? And should we view culture as a luxury or a necessity in a modern-day society?</p>
<p>ALEXANDER ADAMS<br>
artist, writer and art critic; author, Culture War: art, identity politics and cultural entryism (forthcoming)</p>
<p>DR TIFFANY JENKINS<br>
writer and broadcaster; author, Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there</p>
<p>BARB JUNGR<br>
award-winning singer, songwriter, composer and writer</p>
<p>SEAN GREGORY<br>
director of learning & engagement, Barbican Centre and Guildhall School of Music & Drama</p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX<br>
director, Academy of Ideas;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yqhpjc/culture_-_who_pays.mp3" length="72319724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018 at The Barbican, London.
Should funding for cultural projects be scaled back in a time of fiscal crisis? As we approach the National Lottery’s 25th anniversary, many are asking questions about where funding for culture should come from. Some anti-austerity campaigners say that new projects like the V&A museum in Dundee, at a cost of £80million, put unnecessary pressure on already stretched budgets. Others argue that a vibrant cultural scene is key to building confidence in communities and creating social cohesion, threatened by visible inequalities in wealth, housing, health and education. What about private funding? Could that compromise artistic freedom? And should we view culture as a luxury or a necessity in a modern-day society?
ALEXANDER ADAMSartist, writer and art critic; author, Culture War: art, identity politics and cultural entryism (forthcoming)
DR TIFFANY JENKINSwriter and broadcaster; author, Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there
BARB JUNGRaward-winning singer, songwriter, composer and writer
SEAN GREGORYdirector of learning & engagement, Barbican Centre and Guildhall School of Music & Drama
CHAIR: CLAIRE FOXdirector, Academy of Ideas;]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4276</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: From robots to UBI - is capitalism digging its own grave?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: From robots to UBI - is capitalism digging its own grave?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-robots-to-ubi-is-capitalism-digging-its-own-grave/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-robots-to-ubi-is-capitalism-digging-its-own-grave/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 22 Mar 2019 16:51:38 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/from-robots-to-ubi-is-capitalism-digging-its-own-grave-5a495ff4cb0de7a39af8b1f183931fe3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-robots-to-ubi-is-capitalism-digging-its-own-grave/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.</p>
<p>After the fall of the Soviet Union, a broad political consensus emerged that ‘there is no alternative’ to capitalism, which even the 2008 financial crash did little to disturb. But now things appear to be changing, with support for politicians like Jeremy Corbyn and Bernie Sanders who call for a new way of organising the economy. A slew of recent books, epitomised by Paul Mason’s Post-Capitalism, argue that technological innovations have opened up ways to transcend capitalism from within. Are we now seeing the arrival of capitalism’s ‘undertaker’ in the shape of artificial intelligence (AI) and automation? Could it be true - is capitalism’s time nearly up?</p>
<p>AARON BASTANI
co-founder, Novara Media; author, Fully Automated Luxury Communism: a manifesto</p>
<p>ROBERT HARRIES
membership coordinator, education trade association</p>
<p>WENDY LIU 
software developer; editor, economics section, New Socialist</p>
<p>NIKOS SOTIRAKOPOULOS 
lecturer in sociology, York St John University; author, The Rise of Lifestyle Activism: from new left to Occupy</p>
<p>PROFESSOR GUY STANDING 
professorial research associate, SOAS, University of London; author, Basic Income: and how we can make it happen</p>
<p>CHAIR: ROB LYONS 
convenor, Academy of Ideas Economy Forum</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-robots-to-ubi-is-capitalism-digging-its-own-grave/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.</p>
<p>After the fall of the Soviet Union, a broad political consensus emerged that ‘there is no alternative’ to capitalism, which even the 2008 financial crash did little to disturb. But now things appear to be changing, with support for politicians like Jeremy Corbyn and Bernie Sanders who call for a new way of organising the economy. A slew of recent books, epitomised by Paul Mason’s Post-Capitalism, argue that technological innovations have opened up ways to transcend capitalism from within. Are we now seeing the arrival of capitalism’s ‘undertaker’ in the shape of artificial intelligence (AI) and automation? Could it be true - is capitalism’s time nearly up?</p>
<p>AARON BASTANI<br>
co-founder, Novara Media; author, Fully Automated Luxury Communism: a manifesto</p>
<p>ROBERT HARRIES<br>
membership coordinator, education trade association</p>
<p>WENDY LIU <br>
software developer; editor, economics section, New Socialist</p>
<p>NIKOS SOTIRAKOPOULOS <br>
lecturer in sociology, York St John University; author, The Rise of Lifestyle Activism: from new left to Occupy</p>
<p>PROFESSOR GUY STANDING <br>
professorial research associate, SOAS, University of London; author, Basic Income: and how we can make it happen</p>
<p>CHAIR: ROB LYONS <br>
convenor, Academy of Ideas Economy Forum</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sry7ev/From_robots_to_UBI.mp3" length="72131477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
After the fall of the Soviet Union, a broad political consensus emerged that ‘there is no alternative’ to capitalism, which even the 2008 financial crash did little to disturb. But now things appear to be changing, with support for politicians like Jeremy Corbyn and Bernie Sanders who call for a new way of organising the economy. A slew of recent books, epitomised by Paul Mason’s Post-Capitalism, argue that technological innovations have opened up ways to transcend capitalism from within. Are we now seeing the arrival of capitalism’s ‘undertaker’ in the shape of artificial intelligence (AI) and automation? Could it be true - is capitalism’s time nearly up?
AARON BASTANIco-founder, Novara Media; author, Fully Automated Luxury Communism: a manifesto
ROBERT HARRIESmembership coordinator, education trade association
WENDY LIU software developer; editor, economics section, New Socialist
NIKOS SOTIRAKOPOULOS lecturer in sociology, York St John University; author, The Rise of Lifestyle Activism: from new left to Occupy
PROFESSOR GUY STANDING professorial research associate, SOAS, University of London; author, Basic Income: and how we can make it happen
CHAIR: ROB LYONS convenor, Academy of Ideas Economy Forum]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4333</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Do the right thing? The moral responsibility of the artist</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Do the right thing? The moral responsibility of the artist</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-the-right-thing-the-moral-responsibility-of-the-artist/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-the-right-thing-the-moral-responsibility-of-the-artist/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 15 Mar 2019 13:46:36 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/do-the-right-thing-the-moral-responsibility-of-the-artist-87d8b4b4a973684e26abb96fb552ed9a</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/do-the-right-thing-the-moral-responsibility-of-the-artist/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>‘There is no such thing as a moral or an immoral book. Books are well written, or badly written. That is all.’ Oscar Wilde’s view of art as essentially an aesthetic pursuit, one concerned with transcendent beauty and the human condition, has arguably now been superseded. But artists are routinely being ‘called out’ if their work represents minority groups in a light that is perceived as negative. The Globe’s new director, Michelle Terry, has been applauded for using blind casting to combat alleged inequality in the arts. Should art be judged on whether or not it is sending the right message? What are the implications for artists themselves?</p>
<p>JON BRITTAIN
staff writer, Netflix’s The Crown; playwright, Rotterdam; comedy writer; director, Sight Gags for Perverts, Shtick and Don’t Bother, They’re Here</p>
<p>JAMES DREYFUS
award winning television, film and theatre actor</p>
<p>MO LOVATT
writer and researcher specialising in arts and culture policy; co-chair, The Great Debate</p>
<p>KIMBERLY MCINTOSH
policy offcer, The Runnymede Trust and Race on the Agenda; writer, Guardian, gal-dem</p>
<p>CHAIR: ANDREW DOYLE
writer and comedian; co-author, Jonathan Pie: Off The Record</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/do-the-right-thing-the-moral-responsibility-of-the-artist/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>‘There is no such thing as a moral or an immoral book. Books are well written, or badly written. That is all.’ Oscar Wilde’s view of art as essentially an aesthetic pursuit, one concerned with transcendent beauty and the human condition, has arguably now been superseded. But artists are routinely being ‘called out’ if their work represents minority groups in a light that is perceived as negative. The Globe’s new director, Michelle Terry, has been applauded for using blind casting to combat alleged inequality in the arts. Should art be judged on whether or not it is sending the right message? What are the implications for artists themselves?</p>
<p>JON BRITTAIN<br>
staff writer, Netflix’s The Crown; playwright, Rotterdam; comedy writer; director, Sight Gags for Perverts, Shtick and Don’t Bother, They’re Here</p>
<p>JAMES DREYFUS<br>
award winning television, film and theatre actor</p>
<p>MO LOVATT<br>
writer and researcher specialising in arts and culture policy; co-chair, The Great Debate</p>
<p>KIMBERLY MCINTOSH<br>
policy offcer, The Runnymede Trust and Race on the Agenda; writer, Guardian, gal-dem</p>
<p>CHAIR: ANDREW DOYLE<br>
writer and comedian; co-author, Jonathan Pie: Off The Record</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/r2jds7/do_the_right_thing_moral_responsibility_of_the_artist.mp3" length="69224724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
‘There is no such thing as a moral or an immoral book. Books are well written, or badly written. That is all.’ Oscar Wilde’s view of art as essentially an aesthetic pursuit, one concerned with transcendent beauty and the human condition, has arguably now been superseded. But artists are routinely being ‘called out’ if their work represents minority groups in a light that is perceived as negative. The Globe’s new director, Michelle Terry, has been applauded for using blind casting to combat alleged inequality in the arts. Should art be judged on whether or not it is sending the right message? What are the implications for artists themselves?
JON BRITTAINstaff writer, Netflix’s The Crown; playwright, Rotterdam; comedy writer; director, Sight Gags for Perverts, Shtick and Don’t Bother, They’re Here
JAMES DREYFUSaward winning television, film and theatre actor
MO LOVATTwriter and researcher specialising in arts and culture policy; co-chair, The Great Debate
KIMBERLY MCINTOSHpolicy offcer, The Runnymede Trust and Race on the Agenda; writer, Guardian, gal-dem
CHAIR: ANDREW DOYLEwriter and comedian; co-author, Jonathan Pie: Off The Record]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5461</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: From anti-vaxers to Alfie’s army - have we lost faith in medical science?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: From anti-vaxers to Alfie’s army - have we lost faith in medical science?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-anti-vaxers-to-alfies-army-have-we-lost-faith-in-medical-science/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-anti-vaxers-to-alfies-army-have-we-lost-faith-in-medical-science/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 Mar 2019 13:06:30 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/from-anti-vaxers-to-alfies-army-have-we-lost-faith-in-medical-science-7a7587d8d6c83892e6947e604b2a50ad</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-anti-vaxers-to-alfies-army-where-has-the-trust-gone/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.</p>
<p>According to the 2017 Ipsos MORI Veracity Index, nurses and doctors are the most-trusted people in the UK. But in certain contexts, this trust seems to evaporate. Take the ever-present anti-vaccination (or ‘anti-vax’) movement, the popular reaction when medical professionals decide it is no longer right to try to keep very sick children alive or instances of apparent malpractice have also raised serious public concerns. In these cases, doctors are regarded with suspicion rather than trust. What role does something like ‘fake news’ play in polarising these debates? Given the overwhelming scientific consensus about the merits of vaccines, is the ‘anti-vax’ movement simply anti-science, or even anti-intellectual? Or is it healthy to have more sceptical intellectual currents to hold the scientific establishment to account? And when it comes to controversial end-of-life decisions, are they simply about emotion versus reason, or are there important points of principle that need to be considered and debated between doctor, patient, and family?</p>
<p>RICHARD CLARKE
PhD candidate, health psychology, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine</p>
<p>DR MICHAEL FITZPATRICK
General practitioner; writer on medicine and politics; author, MMR and Autism: what parents need to know and The Tyranny of Health</p>
<p>DR CLARE GERADA
Medical director, NHS Practitioner Health Programme; former chair, Royal College of General Practitioners</p>
<p>DR KEVIN YUILL
Senior lecturer in American history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization and The Second Amendment and Gun Control: freedom, fear, and the American constitution</p>
<p>CHAIR: MAX SANDERSON
Audio producer, Guardian</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-anti-vaxers-to-alfies-army-where-has-the-trust-gone/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.</p>
<p>According to the 2017 Ipsos MORI Veracity Index, nurses and doctors are the most-trusted people in the UK. But in certain contexts, this trust seems to evaporate. Take the ever-present anti-vaccination (or ‘anti-vax’) movement, the popular reaction when medical professionals decide it is no longer right to try to keep very sick children alive or instances of apparent malpractice have also raised serious public concerns. In these cases, doctors are regarded with suspicion rather than trust. What role does something like ‘fake news’ play in polarising these debates? Given the overwhelming scientific consensus about the merits of vaccines, is the ‘anti-vax’ movement simply anti-science, or even anti-intellectual? Or is it healthy to have more sceptical intellectual currents to hold the scientific establishment to account? And when it comes to controversial end-of-life decisions, are they simply about emotion versus reason, or are there important points of principle that need to be considered and debated between doctor, patient, and family?</p>
<p>RICHARD CLARKE<br>
PhD candidate, health psychology, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine</p>
<p>DR MICHAEL FITZPATRICK<br>
General practitioner; writer on medicine and politics; author, MMR and Autism: what parents need to know and The Tyranny of Health</p>
<p>DR CLARE GERADA<br>
Medical director, NHS Practitioner Health Programme; former chair, Royal College of General Practitioners</p>
<p>DR KEVIN YUILL<br>
Senior lecturer in American history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization and The Second Amendment and Gun Control: freedom, fear, and the American constitution</p>
<p>CHAIR: MAX SANDERSON<br>
Audio producer, Guardian</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vazscm/FROM_ANTI-VAXERS_TO_ALFIE_S_ARMY.mp3" length="55226976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
According to the 2017 Ipsos MORI Veracity Index, nurses and doctors are the most-trusted people in the UK. But in certain contexts, this trust seems to evaporate. Take the ever-present anti-vaccination (or ‘anti-vax’) movement, the popular reaction when medical professionals decide it is no longer right to try to keep very sick children alive or instances of apparent malpractice have also raised serious public concerns. In these cases, doctors are regarded with suspicion rather than trust. What role does something like ‘fake news’ play in polarising these debates? Given the overwhelming scientific consensus about the merits of vaccines, is the ‘anti-vax’ movement simply anti-science, or even anti-intellectual? Or is it healthy to have more sceptical intellectual currents to hold the scientific establishment to account? And when it comes to controversial end-of-life decisions, are they simply about emotion versus reason, or are there important points of principle that need to be considered and debated between doctor, patient, and family?
RICHARD CLARKEPhD candidate, health psychology, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine
DR MICHAEL FITZPATRICKGeneral practitioner; writer on medicine and politics; author, MMR and Autism: what parents need to know and The Tyranny of Health
DR CLARE GERADAMedical director, NHS Practitioner Health Programme; former chair, Royal College of General Practitioners
DR KEVIN YUILLSenior lecturer in American history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization and The Second Amendment and Gun Control: freedom, fear, and the American constitution
CHAIR: MAX SANDERSONAudio producer, Guardian]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4757</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Understanding anti-Semitism today</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Understanding anti-Semitism today</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/understanding-anti-semitism-today/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/understanding-anti-semitism-today/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 22 Feb 2019 14:31:32 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/understanding-anti-semitism-today-3f5968ac3e7191d82c09f9e7682ee928</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/understanding-anti-semitism-today/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>From racist attacks to ominous  propaganda, anti-Semitism appears to be  making a comeback in Europe. In the UK,  the Labour Party has been very publicly  split over how it deals with the issue.  In one respect, it looks like the simple  return of what has been called ‘the longest  hatred’. But while anti-Semitism has long  been seen as a right-wing phenomenon,  particularly since the Nazis, today’s anti-Semites are more likely to rail against Jews  in the name of the Palestinians, a favourite  cause of the left. Is hatred of Jews really on  the rise? Is it re-emerging in new forms? </p>
<p>RICHARD ANGELL  
director, Progress; elected member,  TUC’s LGBT committee; formerly worked  for All Party Parliamentary Group on  Combatting Antisemitism </p>
<p>DR STEPHEN LAW
philosopher; author, The War For Children’s  Minds  </p>
<p>BRENDAN O’NEILL  
editor, spiked; columnist, Penthouse; writer  the Sun and the Spectator; author, A Duty  to Offend  </p>
<p>JULIAN PETLEY  
professor of journalism, Brunel University;  editorial board member, British Journalism  Review; principal editor, Journal of British  Cinema and Television  </p>
<p>MELANIE PHILLIPS 
columnist, The Times; regular panellist,  BBC Radio 4’s Moral Maze; author, The  Legacy and best-selling book, Londonistan  </p>
<p>CHAIR: JACOB FUREDI 
junior commissioning editor, Daily Mail </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate from the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/understanding-anti-semitism-today/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>From racist attacks to ominous  propaganda, anti-Semitism appears to be  making a comeback in Europe. In the UK,  the Labour Party has been very publicly  split over how it deals with the issue.  In one respect, it looks like the simple  return of what has been called ‘the longest  hatred’. But while anti-Semitism has long  been seen as a right-wing phenomenon,  particularly since the Nazis, today’s anti-Semites are more likely to rail against Jews  in the name of the Palestinians, a favourite  cause of the left. Is hatred of Jews really on  the rise? Is it re-emerging in new forms? </p>
<p>RICHARD ANGELL  <br>
director, Progress; elected member,  TUC’s LGBT committee; formerly worked  for All Party Parliamentary Group on  Combatting Antisemitism </p>
<p>DR STEPHEN LAW<br>
philosopher; author, <em>The War For Children’s  Minds  </em></p>
<p>BRENDAN O’NEILL  <br>
editor, <em>spiked</em>; columnist, <em>Penthouse</em>; writer  <em>the Sun </em>and <em>the Spectator</em>; author, <em>A Duty  to Offend  </em></p>
<p>JULIAN PETLEY  <br>
professor of journalism, Brunel University;  editorial board member, <em>British Journalism  Review</em>; principal editor, <em>Journal of British  Cinema and Television  </em></p>
<p>MELANIE PHILLIPS <br>
columnist, <em>The Times</em>; regular panellist,  BBC Radio 4’s <em>Moral Maze</em>; author, <em>The  Legacy </em>and best-selling book, <em>Londonistan  </em></p>
<p>CHAIR: JACOB FUREDI <br>
junior commissioning editor, <em>Daily Mail</em> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9djg5b/anti-semitism_-_edited.mp3" length="96204295" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate from the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
From racist attacks to ominous  propaganda, anti-Semitism appears to be  making a comeback in Europe. In the UK,  the Labour Party has been very publicly  split over how it deals with the issue.  In one respect, it looks like the simple  return of what has been called ‘the longest  hatred’. But while anti-Semitism has long  been seen as a right-wing phenomenon,  particularly since the Nazis, today’s anti-Semites are more likely to rail against Jews  in the name of the Palestinians, a favourite  cause of the left. Is hatred of Jews really on  the rise? Is it re-emerging in new forms? 
RICHARD ANGELL  director, Progress; elected member,  TUC’s LGBT committee; formerly worked  for All Party Parliamentary Group on  Combatting Antisemitism 
DR STEPHEN LAWphilosopher; author, The War For Children’s  Minds  
BRENDAN O’NEILL  editor, spiked; columnist, Penthouse; writer  the Sun and the Spectator; author, A Duty  to Offend  
JULIAN PETLEY  professor of journalism, Brunel University;  editorial board member, British Journalism  Review; principal editor, Journal of British  Cinema and Television  
MELANIE PHILLIPS columnist, The Times; regular panellist,  BBC Radio 4’s Moral Maze; author, The  Legacy and best-selling book, Londonistan  
CHAIR: JACOB FUREDI junior commissioning editor, Daily Mail ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5781</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: How fear works</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: How fear works</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-fear-works/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-fear-works/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Feb 2019 14:44:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/how-fear-works-29a5b4787344db3b11b31b7b709ccbeb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a discussion at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/how-fear-works/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>Published in 1997, Frank Furedi’s book Culture of Fear was widely acclaimed as perceptive and prophetic. In his new book, How Fear Works, Furedi seeks to explore two interrelated themes: why fear has acquired such a morally commanding status in society today and how the way we fear has changed from the way it was experienced in the past.</p>
<p>How has fear become detached from its material and physical source, so that it is now experienced as a secular version of a transcendental force? What is the role of the media in promoting fear and does anyone benefit from this culture of fear?</p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author,
Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH:</p>
<p>PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDI
sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a discussion at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/how-fear-works/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a>.</p>
<p>Published in 1997, Frank Furedi’s book Culture of Fear was widely acclaimed as perceptive and prophetic. In his new book, How Fear Works, Furedi seeks to explore two interrelated themes: why fear has acquired such a morally commanding status in society today and how the way we fear has changed from the way it was experienced in the past.</p>
<p>How has fear become detached from its material and physical source, so that it is now experienced as a secular version of a transcendental force? What is the role of the media in promoting fear and does anyone benefit from this culture of fear?</p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS<br>
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author,<br>
Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH:</p>
<p>PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDI<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/64shs4/how_fear_works.mp3" length="62870694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of a discussion at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
Published in 1997, Frank Furedi’s book Culture of Fear was widely acclaimed as perceptive and prophetic. In his new book, How Fear Works, Furedi seeks to explore two interrelated themes: why fear has acquired such a morally commanding status in society today and how the way we fear has changed from the way it was experienced in the past.
How has fear become detached from its material and physical source, so that it is now experienced as a secular version of a transcendental force? What is the role of the media in promoting fear and does anyone benefit from this culture of fear?
TIMANDRA HARKNESSjournalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author,Big Data: does size matter?
IN CONVERSATION WITH:
PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDIsociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3643</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Automatic lovers - should we be worried about sex robots?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Automatic lovers - should we be worried about sex robots?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/automatic-lovers-should-we-be-worried-about-sex-robots/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/automatic-lovers-should-we-be-worried-about-sex-robots/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 08 Feb 2019 14:37:59 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/automatic-lovers-should-we-be-worried-about-sex-robots-25daa9bdecde8d90e25df3f123520393</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/automatic-lovers-should-we-be-worried-about-sex-robots/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.</p>
<p>Science fiction has long explored the use of robots for sex, but the application of new technologies has been pushing the boundaries of sexuality towards the mechanical in real life. Interaction with fully functioning robotic sexual partners could soon be a practical alternative to actual sex. Advocates claim many people could benefit, from men who struggle with intimacy to women trafficked into sex work. Critics claim sex robots are a ‘pornified’ ideal of female sexuality and they are concerned about how these robotic partners will represent women. So are sex robots an innovation to be embraced or a step towards sexual dystopia?</p>
<p>Please note that, given the subject matter, this podcast contains adult themes and language.</p>
<p>DR PIERS BENN
adjunct professor at Fordham University London Centre</p>
<p>DR KATE DEVLIN
senior lecturer in social and cultural AI, King’s College London; author, Turned On: the science of the sex robot</p>
<p>SIMON EVANS
comedian; regular panellist, BBC Radio 4’s The News Quiz</p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/automatic-lovers-should-we-be-worried-about-sex-robots/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.</p>
<p>Science fiction has long explored the use of robots for sex, but the application of new technologies has been pushing the boundaries of sexuality towards the mechanical in real life. Interaction with fully functioning robotic sexual partners could soon be a practical alternative to actual sex. Advocates claim many people could benefit, from men who struggle with intimacy to women trafficked into sex work. Critics claim sex robots are a ‘pornified’ ideal of female sexuality and they are concerned about how these robotic partners will represent women. So are sex robots an innovation to be embraced or a step towards sexual dystopia?</p>
<p>Please note that, given the subject matter, this podcast contains adult themes and language.</p>
<p>DR PIERS BENN<br>
adjunct professor at Fordham University London Centre</p>
<p>DR KATE DEVLIN<br>
senior lecturer in social and cultural AI, King’s College London; author, <em>Turned On: the science of the sex robot</em></p>
<p>SIMON EVANS<br>
comedian; regular panellist, BBC Radio 4’s <em>The News Quiz</em></p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS<br>
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, <em>Big Data: does size matter?</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ahdri7/sex_robots_edited.mp3" length="123994490" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018.
Science fiction has long explored the use of robots for sex, but the application of new technologies has been pushing the boundaries of sexuality towards the mechanical in real life. Interaction with fully functioning robotic sexual partners could soon be a practical alternative to actual sex. Advocates claim many people could benefit, from men who struggle with intimacy to women trafficked into sex work. Critics claim sex robots are a ‘pornified’ ideal of female sexuality and they are concerned about how these robotic partners will represent women. So are sex robots an innovation to be embraced or a step towards sexual dystopia?
Please note that, given the subject matter, this podcast contains adult themes and language.
DR PIERS BENNadjunct professor at Fordham University London Centre
DR KATE DEVLINsenior lecturer in social and cultural AI, King’s College London; author, Turned On: the science of the sex robot
SIMON EVANScomedian; regular panellist, BBC Radio 4’s The News Quiz
TIMANDRA HARKNESSjournalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4757</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Does our DNA define us?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Does our DNA define us?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/does-our-dna-define-us/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/does-our-dna-define-us/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 31 Jan 2019 14:28:37 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/does-our-dna-define-us-0c52d4ddab4f51545a5af6c1c526ef14</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/does-our-dna-define-us/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a> at The Barbican, London on Sunday 14 October. </p>
<p>In Blueprint: how DNA makes us who we are, the world’s leading behavioural geneticist, Robert Plomin, argues that our inherited DNA differences make us who we are as individuals. This conclusion is at odds with the importance ascribed to our education and the environment in which we grow up in shaping the person we become. But are there scientific or other good reasons to doubt Plomin’s conclusions? If we start making predictions about people’s lives and potential on the basis of their DNA, does this risk reducing their autonomy? How much can our DNA tell us about who we are?</p>
<p>DR PHILIP BALL
science writer; broadcaster; author; presenter, BBC Radio 4, Science Stories</p>
<p>ROBERT PLOMIN
professor of behavioural genetics, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience; author, Blueprint: how DNA makes us who we are</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a debate at the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/does-our-dna-define-us/'>Battle of Ideas Festival 2018</a> at The Barbican, London on Sunday 14 October. </p>
<p>In <em>Blueprint: how DNA makes us who we are</em>, the world’s leading behavioural geneticist, Robert Plomin, argues that our inherited DNA differences make us who we are as individuals. This conclusion is at odds with the importance ascribed to our education and the environment in which we grow up in shaping the person we become. But are there scientific or other good reasons to doubt Plomin’s conclusions? If we start making predictions about people’s lives and potential on the basis of their DNA, does this risk reducing their autonomy? How much can our DNA tell us about who we are?</p>
<p>DR PHILIP BALL<br>
science writer; broadcaster; author; presenter, BBC Radio 4, <em>Science Stories</em></p>
<p>ROBERT PLOMIN<br>
professor of behavioural genetics, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience; author, <em>Blueprint: how DNA makes us who we are</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jzb98n/Plomin_DNA_session.mp3" length="58794593" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas Festival 2018 at The Barbican, London on Sunday 14 October. 
In Blueprint: how DNA makes us who we are, the world’s leading behavioural geneticist, Robert Plomin, argues that our inherited DNA differences make us who we are as individuals. This conclusion is at odds with the importance ascribed to our education and the environment in which we grow up in shaping the person we become. But are there scientific or other good reasons to doubt Plomin’s conclusions? If we start making predictions about people’s lives and potential on the basis of their DNA, does this risk reducing their autonomy? How much can our DNA tell us about who we are?
DR PHILIP BALLscience writer; broadcaster; author; presenter, BBC Radio 4, Science Stories
ROBERT PLOMINprofessor of behavioural genetics, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience; author, Blueprint: how DNA makes us who we are]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3554</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Democracy under siege?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Democracy under siege?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/democracy-under-siege-1548241310/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/democracy-under-siege-1548241310/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jan 2019 11:01:50 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/democracy-under-siege-1548241310-d420ce6290c792ff39d27f77e5ed1136</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on 14 October 2018.</p>
<p>Over the past year, debates about democracy and its woes have been ubiquitous. There are fears tech giants and algorithms are undermining elections. Liberal democratic values such as free speech and universalism are questioned, even by liberals. Populism is variously claimed to be a threat to democracy or its very embodiment. Some claim undereducated voters were conned into voting for Brexit or Donald Trump and argue citizens should have to earn the right to vote by passing a test. Elected governments in Poland and Hungary have been censured by the EU. But managerial style of rule suggests anti-democratic tendencies have been developing for decades, excluding and ultimately angering voters. Many government powers are now exercised by unelected experts and quangos. Is it time to give more power to The People? What is democracy and what threatens it today? Can liberalism renew itself sufficiently to save democracy?</p>
<p>ZANNY MINTON BEDDOES
editor-in-chief, The Economist</p>
<p>DANIEL MOYLAN
former deputy chairman, Transport for London; co-chairman, Urban Design London</p>
<p>STEVE RICHARDS
broadcaster; political commentator; presenter, BBC Radio 4’s Week in Westminster; author, The Rise of the Outsiders</p>
<p>BRUNO WATERFIELD
Brussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on 14 October 2018.</p>
<p>Over the past year, debates about democracy and its woes have been ubiquitous. There are fears tech giants and algorithms are undermining elections. Liberal democratic values such as free speech and universalism are questioned, even by liberals. Populism is variously claimed to be a threat to democracy or its very embodiment. Some claim undereducated voters were conned into voting for Brexit or Donald Trump and argue citizens should have to earn the right to vote by passing a test. Elected governments in Poland and Hungary have been censured by the EU. But managerial style of rule suggests anti-democratic tendencies have been developing for decades, excluding and ultimately angering voters. Many government powers are now exercised by unelected experts and quangos. Is it time to give more power to The People? What is democracy and what threatens it today? Can liberalism renew itself sufficiently to save democracy?</p>
<p>ZANNY MINTON BEDDOES<br>
editor-in-chief, The Economist</p>
<p>DANIEL MOYLAN<br>
former deputy chairman, Transport for London; co-chairman, Urban Design London</p>
<p>STEVE RICHARDS<br>
broadcaster; political commentator; presenter, BBC Radio 4’s Week in Westminster; author, The Rise of the Outsiders</p>
<p>BRUNO WATERFIELD<br>
Brussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sditsa/democracy_under_siege_edited.mp3" length="68133332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on 14 October 2018.
Over the past year, debates about democracy and its woes have been ubiquitous. There are fears tech giants and algorithms are undermining elections. Liberal democratic values such as free speech and universalism are questioned, even by liberals. Populism is variously claimed to be a threat to democracy or its very embodiment. Some claim undereducated voters were conned into voting for Brexit or Donald Trump and argue citizens should have to earn the right to vote by passing a test. Elected governments in Poland and Hungary have been censured by the EU. But managerial style of rule suggests anti-democratic tendencies have been developing for decades, excluding and ultimately angering voters. Many government powers are now exercised by unelected experts and quangos. Is it time to give more power to The People? What is democracy and what threatens it today? Can liberalism renew itself sufficiently to save democracy?
ZANNY MINTON BEDDOESeditor-in-chief, The Economist
DANIEL MOYLANformer deputy chairman, Transport for London; co-chairman, Urban Design London
STEVE RICHARDSbroadcaster; political commentator; presenter, BBC Radio 4’s Week in Westminster; author, The Rise of the Outsiders
BRUNO WATERFIELDBrussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5402</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: What is a woman anyway?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: What is a woman anyway?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-a-woman-anyway/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-is-a-woman-anyway/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jan 2019 11:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/what-is-a-woman-anyway-91d77933f4482499a0caa46dc6071681</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-is-a-woman-anyway/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2018 in London on Saturday 13 October.</p>
<p>What does it mean to be a woman? For some it’s about motherhood, others femininity, and some reject the whole idea of ‘womanhood’ outright. The Conservative Party’s proposed changes to the law around gender recognition have caused a fair amount of controversy around the question of what gender means and what it takes to be a woman. Is it about experience? Is it simply an identity which can be picked up by anyone? And, beyond the trans debate, is there anything worth defending in the idea of ‘womanhood’? Do women share a collective identity? What is a woman anyway?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>HEATHER BRUNSKELL-EVANS
academic and writer; co-editor, Transgender Children and Young People</p>
<p>CHRISSIE DAZ
schoolteacher; cabaret performer; writer on transgender and gender variant identity</p>
<p>KATHY GYNGELL
co-editor, The Conservative Woman</p>
<p>JOANNA WILLIAMS
head of education and culture, Policy Exchange; author, Women vs Feminism; associate editor, spiked</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/what-is-a-woman-anyway/'>debate</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival 2018 in London on Saturday 13 October.</p>
<p>What does it mean to be a woman? For some it’s about motherhood, others femininity, and some reject the whole idea of ‘womanhood’ outright. The Conservative Party’s proposed changes to the law around gender recognition have caused a fair amount of controversy around the question of what gender means and what it takes to be a woman. Is it about experience? Is it simply an identity which can be picked up by anyone? And, beyond the trans debate, is there anything worth defending in the idea of ‘womanhood’? Do women share a collective identity? What is a woman anyway?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>HEATHER BRUNSKELL-EVANS<br>
academic and writer; co-editor, <em>Transgender Children and Young People</em></p>
<p>CHRISSIE DAZ<br>
schoolteacher; cabaret performer; writer on transgender and gender variant identity</p>
<p>KATHY GYNGELL<br>
co-editor, <em>The Conservative Woman</em></p>
<p>JOANNA WILLIAMS<br>
head of education and culture, Policy Exchange; author, <em>Women vs Feminism</em>; associate editor, <em>spiked</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kqdski/What_is_a_woman_anyway_-_edited.mp3" length="65505909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival 2018 in London on Saturday 13 October.
What does it mean to be a woman? For some it’s about motherhood, others femininity, and some reject the whole idea of ‘womanhood’ outright. The Conservative Party’s proposed changes to the law around gender recognition have caused a fair amount of controversy around the question of what gender means and what it takes to be a woman. Is it about experience? Is it simply an identity which can be picked up by anyone? And, beyond the trans debate, is there anything worth defending in the idea of ‘womanhood’? Do women share a collective identity? What is a woman anyway?
SPEAKERS
HEATHER BRUNSKELL-EVANSacademic and writer; co-editor, Transgender Children and Young People
CHRISSIE DAZschoolteacher; cabaret performer; writer on transgender and gender variant identity
KATHY GYNGELLco-editor, The Conservative Woman
JOANNA WILLIAMShead of education and culture, Policy Exchange; author, Women vs Feminism; associate editor, spiked]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4891</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the 2018 culture wars</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the 2018 culture wars</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-2018-culture-wars/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-2018-culture-wars/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 21 Dec 2018 04:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-the-2018-culture-wars-ce9407a85c189a3620d2eb59c71c78fb</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the third of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Claire Fox, Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan - discuss everything non-Brexit in 2018. Is there a populist revolt spreading across Europe? What has happened in the gender wars of 2018? And is free speech still under threat?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the third of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Claire Fox, Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan - discuss everything non-Brexit in 2018. Is there a populist revolt spreading across Europe? What has happened in the gender wars of 2018? And is free speech still under threat?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3z3igx/nonBrexit_podcast.mp3" length="23516520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the third of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Claire Fox, Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan - discuss everything non-Brexit in 2018. Is there a populist revolt spreading across Europe? What has happened in the gender wars of 2018? And is free speech still under threat?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2106</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Brexit special</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Brexit special</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-special/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-special/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 21 Dec 2018 02:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-special-e5a51f772a159d2584578acbba7b0cf3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the second of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Claire Fox, Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan - discuss a year of Brexit battles, the prospect of a second referendum and what the future holds for British democracy.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the second of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Claire Fox, Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan - discuss a year of Brexit battles, the prospect of a second referendum and what the future holds for British democracy.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zrkmii/AOI_Brexit_podcast.mp3" length="24493634" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the second of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Claire Fox, Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Ella Whelan - discuss a year of Brexit battles, the prospect of a second referendum and what the future holds for British democracy.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2163</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the World Cup, Luka Modric and Lewis Hamilton</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the World Cup, Luka Modric and Lewis Hamilton</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-sports-review-2018/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-sports-review-2018/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 12 Dec 2018 12:05:19 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-sports-review-2018-592e5059a9b6aa5cc961decdd16700c7</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the first of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Declan Rooney - discuss England's World Cup run, whether Luka Modric is the best footballer in the world, where Lewis Hamilton sits among the all-time great English sportsmen and what make's a 'people's champion'.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the first of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Declan Rooney - discuss England's World Cup run, whether Luka Modric is the best footballer in the world, where Lewis Hamilton sits among the all-time great English sportsmen and what make's a 'people's champion'.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wyz8gt/sportcast_of_ideas_2018_edited.mp3" length="51804354" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the first of our end-of-year round-ups for 2018, the Academy of Ideas team - Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Declan Rooney - discuss England's World Cup run, whether Luka Modric is the best footballer in the world, where Lewis Hamilton sits among the all-time great English sportsmen and what make's a 'people's champion'.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2121</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/podcast_of_ideas_rough.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: All change - navigating the new political disruption</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: All change - navigating the new political disruption</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/all-change-navigating-the-new-political-disruption/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/all-change-navigating-the-new-political-disruption/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 07 Dec 2018 14:30:34 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/all-change-navigating-the-new-political-disruption-5b2f5de7c17b896e6c8ceffd9c1f735d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/all-change-navigating-the-new-political-disruption/'>debate</a> from the Battle of Ideas 2018.</p>
<p>Whatever way we read today’s political disruptions, change is in the air. Mainstream political parties internationally, from Italy to Sweden, are being thrown into disarray by new challengers. Democratic votes, from Brexit to Trump, are seemingly giving two fingers to establishment norms. This turbulent atmosphere is undoubtedly unsettling. It is understandable that we can be tempted to resist change because of the risks associated with it. But can we transform today’s turbulence as an opportunity to shape the future, grasp the moment with hope, be inspired by a period that is resonant with possibilities? Can we create a climate in which people will embrace new experiences and exhibit a willingness to take risks?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Professor Frank Furedi 
sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars</p>
<p>Dr Eliane Glaser 
writer; radio producer; senior lecturer, Bath Spa University; author, Anti-Politics: on the demonization of ideology, authority, and the state</p>
<p>Matthew Goodwin 
professor of political science, University of Kent; senior fellow, Chatham House; author, National Populism: the revolt against liberal democracy and Revolt on the Right</p>
<p>Stephen Kinnock MP 
Labour MP for Aberavon; member, Exiting the EU Select Committee and EU Scrutiny Committee; co-editor Spirit of Britain, Purpose of Labour: building a whole nation politics to reunite our divided country</p>
<p>CHAIR 
Claire Fox 
director, Academy of Ideas; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/all-change-navigating-the-new-political-disruption/'>debate</a> from the Battle of Ideas 2018.</p>
<p>Whatever way we read today’s political disruptions, change is in the air. Mainstream political parties internationally, from Italy to Sweden, are being thrown into disarray by new challengers. Democratic votes, from Brexit to Trump, are seemingly giving two fingers to establishment norms. This turbulent atmosphere is undoubtedly unsettling. It is understandable that we can be tempted to resist change because of the risks associated with it. But can we transform today’s turbulence as an opportunity to shape the future, grasp the moment with hope, be inspired by a period that is resonant with possibilities? Can we create a climate in which people will embrace new experiences and exhibit a willingness to take risks?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Professor Frank Furedi <br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, <em>How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century</em> and <em>Populism and the European Culture Wars</em></p>
<p>Dr Eliane Glaser <br>
writer; radio producer; senior lecturer, Bath Spa University; author, <em>Anti-Politics: on the demonization of ideology, authority, and the state</em></p>
<p>Matthew Goodwin <br>
professor of political science, University of Kent; senior fellow, Chatham House; author, <em>National Populism: the revolt against liberal democracy</em> and <em>Revolt on the Right</em></p>
<p>Stephen Kinnock MP <br>
Labour MP for Aberavon; member, Exiting the EU Select Committee and EU Scrutiny Committee; co-editor <em>Spirit of Britain, Purpose of Labour: building a whole nation politics to reunite our divided country</em></p>
<p>CHAIR <br>
Claire Fox <br>
director, Academy of Ideas; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xgpe7c/All_Change.mp3" length="59817767" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2018.
Whatever way we read today’s political disruptions, change is in the air. Mainstream political parties internationally, from Italy to Sweden, are being thrown into disarray by new challengers. Democratic votes, from Brexit to Trump, are seemingly giving two fingers to establishment norms. This turbulent atmosphere is undoubtedly unsettling. It is understandable that we can be tempted to resist change because of the risks associated with it. But can we transform today’s turbulence as an opportunity to shape the future, grasp the moment with hope, be inspired by a period that is resonant with possibilities? Can we create a climate in which people will embrace new experiences and exhibit a willingness to take risks?
SPEAKERSProfessor Frank Furedi sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars
Dr Eliane Glaser writer; radio producer; senior lecturer, Bath Spa University; author, Anti-Politics: on the demonization of ideology, authority, and the state
Matthew Goodwin professor of political science, University of Kent; senior fellow, Chatham House; author, National Populism: the revolt against liberal democracy and Revolt on the Right
Stephen Kinnock MP Labour MP for Aberavon; member, Exiting the EU Select Committee and EU Scrutiny Committee; co-editor Spirit of Britain, Purpose of Labour: building a whole nation politics to reunite our divided country
CHAIR Claire Fox director, Academy of Ideas; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5268</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Rule Book Britain -are we in love with legislation?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Rule Book Britain -are we in love with legislation?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/rule-book-britain-are-we-in-love-with-legislation/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/rule-book-britain-are-we-in-love-with-legislation/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Nov 2018 11:54:35 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/rule-book-britain-are-we-in-love-with-legislation-3023f75ef68ac349dd01cc09ef71bf88</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival at the Barbican on Sunday 14 October, produced in partnership with Diageo (full details <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/rule-book-britain-are-we-in-love-with-legislation/https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/rule-book-britain-are-we-in-love-with-legislation/'>here</a>).</p>
<p>Almost every aspect of life in the UK is heavily regulated, from housing and transport to food and energy. Public health authorities have extended the reach of government intervention into our personal consumption of cigarettes, alcohol, salt, sugar and fat. While many critics of the EU look forward to Brexit as a means of cutting regulation, most of the ‘red tape’ and ‘nanny state’ rules we face are homegrown. Why has Britain become such an intensively regulated society? Is state intrusion the price we must pay to keep big business in check – or does it simply mean higher costs and more limits on choice?</p>
<p>ROB KILLICK
CEO, Clerkswell; author, The UK After The Recession</p>
<p>MARK LITTLEWOOD
Director General, Institute of Economic Affairs</p>
<p>DAN MOBLEY
global corporate relations director, Diageo</p>
<p>JO-ANNE NADLER
commentator; author, Too Nice to be a Tory</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival at the Barbican on Sunday 14 October, produced in partnership with Diageo (full details <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/rule-book-britain-are-we-in-love-with-legislation/https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/rule-book-britain-are-we-in-love-with-legislation/'>here</a>).</p>
<p>Almost every aspect of life in the UK is heavily regulated, from housing and transport to food and energy. Public health authorities have extended the reach of government intervention into our personal consumption of cigarettes, alcohol, salt, sugar and fat. While many critics of the EU look forward to Brexit as a means of cutting regulation, most of the ‘red tape’ and ‘nanny state’ rules we face are homegrown. Why has Britain become such an intensively regulated society? Is state intrusion the price we must pay to keep big business in check – or does it simply mean higher costs and more limits on choice?</p>
<p>ROB KILLICK<br>
CEO, Clerkswell; author, The UK After The Recession</p>
<p>MARK LITTLEWOOD<br>
Director General, Institute of Economic Affairs</p>
<p>DAN MOBLEY<br>
global corporate relations director, Diageo</p>
<p>JO-ANNE NADLER<br>
commentator; author, Too Nice to be a Tory</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2b3cxs/Rule_Book_Britain.mp3" length="44255376" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival at the Barbican on Sunday 14 October, produced in partnership with Diageo (full details here).
Almost every aspect of life in the UK is heavily regulated, from housing and transport to food and energy. Public health authorities have extended the reach of government intervention into our personal consumption of cigarettes, alcohol, salt, sugar and fat. While many critics of the EU look forward to Brexit as a means of cutting regulation, most of the ‘red tape’ and ‘nanny state’ rules we face are homegrown. Why has Britain become such an intensively regulated society? Is state intrusion the price we must pay to keep big business in check – or does it simply mean higher costs and more limits on choice?
ROB KILLICKCEO, Clerkswell; author, The UK After The Recession
MARK LITTLEWOODDirector General, Institute of Economic Affairs
DAN MOBLEYglobal corporate relations director, Diageo
JO-ANNE NADLERcommentator; author, Too Nice to be a Tory]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3358</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Advertising: all-powerful or over-rated?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Advertising: all-powerful or over-rated?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/advertising-all-powerful-or-over-rated/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/advertising-all-powerful-or-over-rated/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Nov 2018 14:07:09 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/advertising-all-powerful-or-over-rated-7137faf4f92916f59a5dbb8c4254a926</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On Friday 23 November, the mayor of London, Sadiq Khan, announced a ban on adverts for junk food on London's transport network. Posters for food and drink high in fat, salt and sugar will disappear from the Underground, Overground, buses and bus shelters. But just how effective is advertising? That was the topic of this debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival, produced in partnership with Diageo. (More details <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/advertising-all-powerful-or-over-rated/'>here</a>.)</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Advertising has become a familiar target of hostile campaigners. Public health campaigners and quangos want bans or restrictions on adverts for foods and drinks that are high in sugar, salt or fat. Campaigns around alcohol, gambling and ‘payday’ loans demand bans on the promotion of these activities. Others seek to suppress adverts featuring models who are excessively thin – or, indeed, models who are overweight. Why are all these campaigners so convinced by the manipulative power of advertising? What is the evidence that advertising can control behaviour? Can it really do any more than influence consumers to choose one brand over another?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR SHIRLEY DENT
communications specialist and PR lecturer; co-author, Radical Blake</p>
<p>CARL MILLER
research director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, The Death of the Gods: the new global power grab</p>
<p>CHRISTOPHER SNOWDON
head of lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; editor, Nanny State Index; author, Selfishness, Greed and Capitalism</p>
<p>STEVE SODEN
director, Best Interests Ltd</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On Friday 23 November, the mayor of London, Sadiq Khan, announced a ban on adverts for junk food on London's transport network. Posters for food and drink high in fat, salt and sugar will disappear from the Underground, Overground, buses and bus shelters. But just how effective is advertising? That was the topic of this debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival, produced in partnership with Diageo. (More details <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/advertising-all-powerful-or-over-rated/'>here</a>.)</p>
<p>INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>Advertising has become a familiar target of hostile campaigners. Public health campaigners and quangos want bans or restrictions on adverts for foods and drinks that are high in sugar, salt or fat. Campaigns around alcohol, gambling and ‘payday’ loans demand bans on the promotion of these activities. Others seek to suppress adverts featuring models who are excessively thin – or, indeed, models who are overweight. Why are all these campaigners so convinced by the manipulative power of advertising? What is the evidence that advertising can control behaviour? Can it really do any more than influence consumers to choose one brand over another?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR SHIRLEY DENT<br>
communications specialist and PR lecturer; co-author, Radical Blake</p>
<p>CARL MILLER<br>
research director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, The Death of the Gods: the new global power grab</p>
<p>CHRISTOPHER SNOWDON<br>
head of lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; editor, Nanny State Index; author, Selfishness, Greed and Capitalism</p>
<p>STEVE SODEN<br>
director, Best Interests Ltd</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/qu5rgg/advertising_all_powerful_or_overrated.mp3" length="61913241" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On Friday 23 November, the mayor of London, Sadiq Khan, announced a ban on adverts for junk food on London's transport network. Posters for food and drink high in fat, salt and sugar will disappear from the Underground, Overground, buses and bus shelters. But just how effective is advertising? That was the topic of this debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival, produced in partnership with Diageo. (More details here.)
INTRODUCTION
Advertising has become a familiar target of hostile campaigners. Public health campaigners and quangos want bans or restrictions on adverts for foods and drinks that are high in sugar, salt or fat. Campaigns around alcohol, gambling and ‘payday’ loans demand bans on the promotion of these activities. Others seek to suppress adverts featuring models who are excessively thin – or, indeed, models who are overweight. Why are all these campaigners so convinced by the manipulative power of advertising? What is the evidence that advertising can control behaviour? Can it really do any more than influence consumers to choose one brand over another?
SPEAKERS
DR SHIRLEY DENTcommunications specialist and PR lecturer; co-author, Radical Blake
CARL MILLERresearch director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, The Death of the Gods: the new global power grab
CHRISTOPHER SNOWDONhead of lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; editor, Nanny State Index; author, Selfishness, Greed and Capitalism
STEVE SODENdirector, Best Interests Ltd]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4737</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: From SJW to gammon: weaponising political language</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: From SJW to gammon: weaponising political language</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-sjw-to-gammon-weaponising-political-language/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-sjw-to-gammon-weaponising-political-language/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Nov 2018 09:08:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/from-sjw-to-gammon-weaponising-political-language-d23debffa0a99d44d6e775488b922ccc</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival on Saturday 13 October at the Barbican in London.</p>
<p>Language has always been a source of political controversy as much as a medium for discussing politics. Terms like ‘terrorist’ and ‘freedom fighter’ reveal the politics of the speaker as much as the nature of those described. But recent years have seen the proliferation of completely new terms: white Brexit voters are ‘gammons’, women critical of feminism have ‘internalised misogyny’, students are ‘snowflakes’. It can be hard to keep up. But is the way we talk about politics simply changing, or becoming impoverished? What’s the line between the natural evolution of political language, and its degeneration into trendy slurs?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi
sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars</p>
<p>Sophia Gaston
director, Centre for Social and Political Risk, Henry Jackson Society; visiting research fellow, London School of Economics</p>
<p>Professor Dr Robert Pfaller
philosopher, University of Art and Industrial Design, Linz, Austria; author, (in German)</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival on Saturday 13 October at the Barbican in London.</p>
<p>Language has always been a source of political controversy as much as a medium for discussing politics. Terms like ‘terrorist’ and ‘freedom fighter’ reveal the politics of the speaker as much as the nature of those described. But recent years have seen the proliferation of completely new terms: white Brexit voters are ‘gammons’, women critical of feminism have ‘internalised misogyny’, students are ‘snowflakes’. It can be hard to keep up. But is the way we talk about politics simply changing, or becoming impoverished? What’s the line between the natural evolution of political language, and its degeneration into trendy slurs?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars</p>
<p>Sophia Gaston<br>
director, Centre for Social and Political Risk, Henry Jackson Society; visiting research fellow, London School of Economics</p>
<p>Professor Dr Robert Pfaller<br>
philosopher, University of Art and Industrial Design, Linz, Austria; author, (in German)</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3cagcy/from_sjw_to_gammon.mp3" length="92486105" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival on Saturday 13 October at the Barbican in London.
Language has always been a source of political controversy as much as a medium for discussing politics. Terms like ‘terrorist’ and ‘freedom fighter’ reveal the politics of the speaker as much as the nature of those described. But recent years have seen the proliferation of completely new terms: white Brexit voters are ‘gammons’, women critical of feminism have ‘internalised misogyny’, students are ‘snowflakes’. It can be hard to keep up. But is the way we talk about politics simply changing, or becoming impoverished? What’s the line between the natural evolution of political language, and its degeneration into trendy slurs?
SPEAKERS
Professor Frank Furedisociologist and social commentator; author, How Fear Works: culture of fear in the 21st century and Populism and the European Culture Wars
Sophia Gastondirector, Centre for Social and Political Risk, Henry Jackson Society; visiting research fellow, London School of Economics
Professor Dr Robert Pfallerphilosopher, University of Art and Industrial Design, Linz, Austria; author, (in German)]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5607</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Is free speech a fiction? In conversation with Lionel Shriver</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Is free speech a fiction? In conversation with Lionel Shriver</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-free-speech-a-fiction-in-conversation-with-lionel-shriver/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-free-speech-a-fiction-in-conversation-with-lionel-shriver/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 08 Nov 2018 11:04:27 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/is-free-speech-a-fiction-in-conversation-with-lionel-shriver-1372107c4738b66357adcfa540bd4ff1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 14 October (www.battleofideas.org.uk).</p>
<p>Novelist Lionel Shriver isn’t afraid of speaking her mind. At the 2016 Brisbane Writers Festival, she caused a furore by calling into question the contemporary focus on identity politics, saying ‘I hope the concept of cultural appropriation is a passing fad’. More recently, she was accused of racism when arguing that diversity quotas in publishing mean literary excellence becomes secondary to ticking boxes. As well as a staunch defender of intellectual freedom, Shriver is perhaps better known as a multiple award-winning author. How difficult is it to criticise identity politics in today’s climate? Is diversity in the arts something to aspire to or should we focus on the content of what’s being published, rather than the writer?</p>
<p>CLAIRE FOX
director, Academy of Ideas; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!</p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH</p>
<p>LIONEL SHRIVER
award-winning novelist; novels include, We Need to Talk About Kevin (2005 Orange prize winner), The Mandibles: a family, 2029 – 2047 and The Post-Birthday World; her first short story collection, Property, was published this year</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 14 October (www.battleofideas.org.uk).</p>
<p>Novelist Lionel Shriver isn’t afraid of speaking her mind. At the 2016 Brisbane Writers Festival, she caused a furore by calling into question the contemporary focus on identity politics, saying ‘I hope the concept of cultural appropriation is a passing fad’. More recently, she was accused of racism when arguing that diversity quotas in publishing mean literary excellence becomes secondary to ticking boxes. As well as a staunch defender of intellectual freedom, Shriver is perhaps better known as a multiple award-winning author. How difficult is it to criticise identity politics in today’s climate? Is diversity in the arts something to aspire to or should we focus on the content of what’s being published, rather than the writer?</p>
<p>CLAIRE FOX<br>
director, Academy of Ideas; author, <em>I STILL Find That Offensive!</em></p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH</p>
<p>LIONEL SHRIVER<br>
award-winning novelist; novels include, <em>We Need to Talk About Kevin</em> (2005 Orange prize winner), <em>The Mandibles: a family, 2029 – 2047</em> and <em>The Post-Birthday World</em>; her first short story collection, <em>Property</em>, was published this year</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/z3is5k/Lionel_Shriver_audio.mp3" length="53138568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2018 festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 14 October (www.battleofideas.org.uk).
Novelist Lionel Shriver isn’t afraid of speaking her mind. At the 2016 Brisbane Writers Festival, she caused a furore by calling into question the contemporary focus on identity politics, saying ‘I hope the concept of cultural appropriation is a passing fad’. More recently, she was accused of racism when arguing that diversity quotas in publishing mean literary excellence becomes secondary to ticking boxes. As well as a staunch defender of intellectual freedom, Shriver is perhaps better known as a multiple award-winning author. How difficult is it to criticise identity politics in today’s climate? Is diversity in the arts something to aspire to or should we focus on the content of what’s being published, rather than the writer?
CLAIRE FOXdirector, Academy of Ideas; author, I STILL Find That Offensive!
IN CONVERSATION WITH
LIONEL SHRIVERaward-winning novelist; novels include, We Need to Talk About Kevin (2005 Orange prize winner), The Mandibles: a family, 2029 – 2047 and The Post-Birthday World; her first short story collection, Property, was published this year]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4667</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Drones - will they ever take off?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Drones - will they ever take off?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/drones-will-they-ever-take-off/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/drones-will-they-ever-take-off/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 02 Nov 2018 17:55:44 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/drones-will-they-ever-take-off-0369ddd5e93a5aac7b72cb03fb8e80a9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2018.</p>
<p>In the past few years, remotely piloted air systems and unmanned air systems – commonly called ‘drones’ or ‘multicopters’ – have become widely popular. A relative lack of regulation until recently has meant that drones are still a controversial if exciting new technology, and society is undecided how best to deal with the challenges they pose. But will the danger of excessive regulation and the attention given to a new technology when problems arise mean we never get those benefits? How do we deal with concerns about safety and ethics, while ensuring we create an environment that allows the exciting promise of this technology to be implemented? Will a wider mood of risk-aversion keep drones firmly on the ground?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Owen McAree
senior research officer with responsibility for drone-related research, Liverpool John Moores University; member, UK Governments Drone Industry Action Group</p>
<p>Dr Sophie Robinson
flight physicist; lead engineer, Kopter Group AG</p>
<p>Alastair Muir
safety director, NATS; chair, UN International Civil Aviation Organisation</p>
<p>Donald Clark
EdTech entrepreneur; CEO, WildFire</p>
<p>CHAIR: Timandra Harkness
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>Our partners for this session were <a href='https://www.nats.aero/'>NATS</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2018.</p>
<p>In the past few years, remotely piloted air systems and unmanned air systems – commonly called ‘drones’ or ‘multicopters’ – have become widely popular. A relative lack of regulation until recently has meant that drones are still a controversial if exciting new technology, and society is undecided how best to deal with the challenges they pose. But will the danger of excessive regulation and the attention given to a new technology when problems arise mean we never get those benefits? How do we deal with concerns about safety and ethics, while ensuring we create an environment that allows the exciting promise of this technology to be implemented? Will a wider mood of risk-aversion keep drones firmly on the ground?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Owen McAree<br>
senior research officer with responsibility for drone-related research, Liverpool John Moores University; member, UK Governments Drone Industry Action Group</p>
<p>Dr Sophie Robinson<br>
flight physicist; lead engineer, Kopter Group AG</p>
<p>Alastair Muir<br>
safety director, NATS; chair, UN International Civil Aviation Organisation</p>
<p>Donald Clark<br>
EdTech entrepreneur; CEO, WildFire</p>
<p>CHAIR: Timandra Harkness<br>
journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>Our partners for this session were <a href='https://www.nats.aero/'>NATS</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/g5x5zx/Drones_will_they_ever_take_off.mp3" length="45671569" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2018.
In the past few years, remotely piloted air systems and unmanned air systems – commonly called ‘drones’ or ‘multicopters’ – have become widely popular. A relative lack of regulation until recently has meant that drones are still a controversial if exciting new technology, and society is undecided how best to deal with the challenges they pose. But will the danger of excessive regulation and the attention given to a new technology when problems arise mean we never get those benefits? How do we deal with concerns about safety and ethics, while ensuring we create an environment that allows the exciting promise of this technology to be implemented? Will a wider mood of risk-aversion keep drones firmly on the ground?
SPEAKERS
Dr Owen McAreesenior research officer with responsibility for drone-related research, Liverpool John Moores University; member, UK Governments Drone Industry Action Group
Dr Sophie Robinsonflight physicist; lead engineer, Kopter Group AG
Alastair Muirsafety director, NATS; chair, UN International Civil Aviation Organisation
Donald ClarkEdTech entrepreneur; CEO, WildFire
CHAIR: Timandra Harknessjournalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?
Our partners for this session were NATS.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3735</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2018: Me, Me, Me! Narcissism and the new politics of identity</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2018: Me, Me, Me! Narcissism and the new politics of identity</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/me-me-me-narcissism-and-the-new-politics-of-identity/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/me-me-me-narcissism-and-the-new-politics-of-identity/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 29 Oct 2018 10:53:51 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/me-me-me-narcissism-and-the-new-politics-of-identity-93279b4c8442f095500625ea54b62e1b</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 on Sunday 14 October at the Barbican, London.</p>
<p>Today, everything seems to be an expression of contemporary ‘narcissism’, from dismissing millennials as Generation Me to describing Donald Trump as the ‘narcissist in chief’. It seems your boss or co-workers, everyone on Tinder, celebrities, even your parents are all ‘narcissists’. But has it become a lazy cliché? Or is it an accurate diagnosis of today’s identity-driven politics, which puts the self and self-esteem centre stage? Why do we reach so quickly for therapeutic categories to understand politics? Why has the idea of narcissism become so pervasive?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR GRAEME ARCHER
writer; professional statistician; winner, 2011 Orwell Prize for blogging</p>
<p>DR BETH GUILDING
academic, Goldsmiths, University of London; co-editor, Narrating the Passions: new perspectives from modern and contemporary literature</p>
<p>CAROLINE MACFARLAND
director, Common Vision (CoVi)</p>
<p>JACOB REYNOLDS
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom; organiser, Debating Matters</p>
<p>CHAIR: DR TIFFANY JENKINS
writer and broadcaster; author, Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 on Sunday 14 October at the Barbican, London.</p>
<p>Today, everything seems to be an expression of contemporary ‘narcissism’, from dismissing millennials as Generation Me to describing Donald Trump as the ‘narcissist in chief’. It seems your boss or co-workers, everyone on Tinder, celebrities, even your parents are all ‘narcissists’. But has it become a lazy cliché? Or is it an accurate diagnosis of today’s identity-driven politics, which puts the self and self-esteem centre stage? Why do we reach so quickly for therapeutic categories to understand politics? Why has the idea of narcissism become so pervasive?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR GRAEME ARCHER<br>
writer; professional statistician; winner, 2011 Orwell Prize for blogging</p>
<p>DR BETH GUILDING<br>
academic, Goldsmiths, University of London; co-editor, Narrating the Passions: new perspectives from modern and contemporary literature</p>
<p>CAROLINE MACFARLAND<br>
director, Common Vision (CoVi)</p>
<p>JACOB REYNOLDS<br>
partnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom; organiser, Debating Matters</p>
<p>CHAIR: DR TIFFANY JENKINS<br>
writer and broadcaster; author, <em>Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6fia2r/PodcastOfIdeas_MeMeMeNarcissimAndIdentity_final.mp3" length="70937315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2018 on Sunday 14 October at the Barbican, London.
Today, everything seems to be an expression of contemporary ‘narcissism’, from dismissing millennials as Generation Me to describing Donald Trump as the ‘narcissist in chief’. It seems your boss or co-workers, everyone on Tinder, celebrities, even your parents are all ‘narcissists’. But has it become a lazy cliché? Or is it an accurate diagnosis of today’s identity-driven politics, which puts the self and self-esteem centre stage? Why do we reach so quickly for therapeutic categories to understand politics? Why has the idea of narcissism become so pervasive?
SPEAKERS
DR GRAEME ARCHERwriter; professional statistician; winner, 2011 Orwell Prize for blogging
DR BETH GUILDINGacademic, Goldsmiths, University of London; co-editor, Narrating the Passions: new perspectives from modern and contemporary literature
CAROLINE MACFARLANDdirector, Common Vision (CoVi)
JACOB REYNOLDSpartnerships manager, Academy of Ideas; co-convenor, Living Freedom; organiser, Debating Matters
CHAIR: DR TIFFANY JENKINSwriter and broadcaster; author, Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4286</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2018_square_with_date.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup special, episode 6</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup special, episode 6</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-6/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-6/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jul 2018 16:52:44 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-6-c501c83b3e44aad89ab9866deb5537d9</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds to reflect on the final matches of World Cup 2018 and the tournament as a whole.</p>
<p>Were France worthy winners? What do the team think about the controversial penalty awarded in the final - and the VAR system that enabled the decision? Who was the player of the tournament? Why did England fail to reach the final and how should we assess the team's performance? Was the tournament a success?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds to reflect on the final matches of World Cup 2018 and the tournament as a whole.</p>
<p>Were France worthy winners? What do the team think about the controversial penalty awarded in the final - and the VAR system that enabled the decision? Who was the player of the tournament? Why did England fail to reach the final and how should we assess the team's performance? Was the tournament a success?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fc25qu/Podcast_of_Ideas_-_final_World_Cup_special.mp3" length="44599812" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds to reflect on the final matches of World Cup 2018 and the tournament as a whole.
Were France worthy winners? What do the team think about the controversial penalty awarded in the final - and the VAR system that enabled the decision? Who was the player of the tournament? Why did England fail to reach the final and how should we assess the team's performance? Was the tournament a success?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2331</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup Special, episode 5</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup Special, episode 5</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-5/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-5/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jul 2018 13:21:48 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-5-e2d37d2ac8c805bd49a522d335ceefb1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Jacob Reynolds and Hilary Salt to discuss France's semi-final victory over Belgium, England's prospects in their semi-final against Croatia, and the use of football to make political points, from the importance of diversity to rediscovering national pride amid the Brexit negotiations.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Jacob Reynolds and Hilary Salt to discuss France's semi-final victory over Belgium, England's prospects in their semi-final against Croatia, and the use of football to make political points, from the importance of diversity to rediscovering national pride amid the Brexit negotiations.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ckcaf6/World_Cup_special_5_-_edited.mp3" length="44676287" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Jacob Reynolds and Hilary Salt to discuss France's semi-final victory over Belgium, England's prospects in their semi-final against Croatia, and the use of football to make political points, from the importance of diversity to rediscovering national pride amid the Brexit negotiations.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2198</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup Special, episode 4</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup Special, episode 4</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-4/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-4/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jul 2018 15:42:57 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-4-95bfb9946d976590f04bba36ecb65eb3</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds to discuss England's prospects in the quarter-final against Sweden, the pick of the last-16 games, who might progress to the semi-finals and the reaction to England's win over Colombia.</p>
<p>[Apologies for the sound of birds tweeting in the background - it's keep-the-windows-open weather!]</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds to discuss England's prospects in the quarter-final against Sweden, the pick of the last-16 games, who might progress to the semi-finals and the reaction to England's win over Colombia.</p>
<p>[Apologies for the sound of birds tweeting in the background - it's keep-the-windows-open weather!]</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/r65xsy/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-2018-episode-4.mp3" length="29172184" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder, Rob Lyons and Jacob Reynolds to discuss England's prospects in the quarter-final against Sweden, the pick of the last-16 games, who might progress to the semi-finals and the reaction to England's win over Colombia.
[Apologies for the sound of birds tweeting in the background - it's keep-the-windows-open weather!]]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1586</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup special, episode 3</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup special, episode 3</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-3/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-3/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jun 2018 12:06:50 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-3-284b2b4fa1df2e7e227fdb98da42a58d</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons to discuss the latest from Russia 2018.</p>
<p>What do the team think about England's dull defeat to Belgium? Have England landed themselves an easier path to the final? Is it right to celebrate Germany's exit? Which are the standout games in the round of 16? And were FIFA right to criticise both players and supporters for 'political' gestures and chants?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons to discuss the latest from Russia 2018.</p>
<p>What do the team think about England's dull defeat to Belgium? Have England landed themselves an easier path to the final? Is it right to celebrate Germany's exit? Which are the standout games in the round of 16? And were FIFA right to criticise both players and supporters for 'political' gestures and chants?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rnkba8/world_cup_poddy_3.mp3" length="35749929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons to discuss the latest from Russia 2018.
What do the team think about England's dull defeat to Belgium? Have England landed themselves an easier path to the final? Is it right to celebrate Germany's exit? Which are the standout games in the round of 16? And were FIFA right to criticise both players and supporters for 'political' gestures and chants?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1722</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup special, episode 2</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup special, episode 2</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jun 2018 11:57:48 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-2-fab6b86d158a9d87996baf5af8020864</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by David Bowden and Geoff Kidder to look back on the first week of World Cup 2018. Has it been a success so far? Which teams have made a good impression - and which of the big teams need to be worried? How have England done so far and what has been the mood in the country as we enjoy wall-to-wall football?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by David Bowden and Geoff Kidder to look back on the first week of World Cup 2018. Has it been a success so far? Which teams have made a good impression - and which of the big teams need to be worried? How have England done so far and what has been the mood in the country as we enjoy wall-to-wall football?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u9jtdq/WorldCup2018-podcast2.mp3" length="31808846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by David Bowden and Geoff Kidder to look back on the first week of World Cup 2018. Has it been a success so far? Which teams have made a good impression - and which of the big teams need to be worried? How have England done so far and what has been the mood in the country as we enjoy wall-to-wall football?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1578</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup Special, episode 1</title>
        <itunes:title>#SportscastOfIdeas: World Cup Special, episode 1</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jun 2018 10:43:49 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-special-episode-1-a771a06567de06d8ed2cd7d0e97e848e</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons to discuss the fallout from the sacking of Spain's manager, their picks for who might win the tournament, the arguments over Russia hosting the World Cup and whether England can defy expectations and do well.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons to discuss the fallout from the sacking of Spain's manager, their picks for who might win the tournament, the arguments over Russia hosting the World Cup and whether England can defy expectations and do well.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6jqw3c/podcast-of-ideas-world-cup-2018-episode-1.mp3" length="23585524" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons to discuss the fallout from the sacking of Spain's manager, their picks for who might win the tournament, the arguments over Russia hosting the World Cup and whether England can defy expectations and do well.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1298</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/SPORTSCASTOFIDEAS_LOGO.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: How fear works - Professor Frank Furedi in conversation with Claire Fox</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: How fear works - Professor Frank Furedi in conversation with Claire Fox</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-fear-works-professor-frank-furedi-in-conversation-with-claire-fox/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-fear-works-professor-frank-furedi-in-conversation-with-claire-fox/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jun 2018 15:34:35 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/how-fear-works-professor-frank-furedi-in-conversation-with-claire-fox-cb0aac9a203ce84b62c5c1789dfe05ae</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>To mark the publication of his new book, 'How Fear Works: Culture of Fear for the 21st Century', we present this interview, conducted in May 2018 for Claire Fox's Love Sport Radio show, Fox News Friday.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>To mark the publication of his new book, 'How Fear Works: Culture of Fear for the 21st Century', we present this interview, conducted in May 2018 for Claire Fox's Love Sport Radio show, <em>Fox News Friday</em>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vvjmfp/PodcastOfIdeas-FoxNewsFriday_18-05-18-FrankFuredi_HowFearWorks.mp3" length="54300192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[To mark the publication of his new book, 'How Fear Works: Culture of Fear for the 21st Century', we present this interview, conducted in May 2018 for Claire Fox's Love Sport Radio show, Fox News Friday.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2655</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: The international abortion wars</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: The international abortion wars</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-international-abortion-wars/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-international-abortion-wars/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 25 May 2018 15:40:06 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/the-international-abortion-wars-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>On the fiftieth anniversary of the 1967 Abortion Act, a panel of pro-choice campaigners from around the world discussed what is at stake in the battle for abortion rights. In many countries, the trend towards extending abortion rights seems to have been reversed. What does it mean to argue for a woman’s right to choose today? Is it right to think of abortion as ‘just like any other medical procedure’, or do wider moral issues arise? Is opposition to abortion rights the same the world over? Is such opposition essentially religious or based on a more universal moral intuition?</p>
<p>
SPEAKERS</p>
<p>ANN FUREDI 
chief executive, British Pregnancy Advisory Service; author, "The Moral Case for Abortion"</p>
<p>KINGA JELINSKA 
executive director, Women Help Women</p>
<p>JON O’BRIEN 
president, Catholics for Choice</p>
<p>AILBHE SMYTH 
chair, Coalition to Repeal the Eighth Amendment, Ireland</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On the fiftieth anniversary of the 1967 Abortion Act, a panel of pro-choice campaigners from around the world discussed what is at stake in the battle for abortion rights. In many countries, the trend towards extending abortion rights seems to have been reversed. What does it mean to argue for a woman’s right to choose today? Is it right to think of abortion as ‘just like any other medical procedure’, or do wider moral issues arise? Is opposition to abortion rights the same the world over? Is such opposition essentially religious or based on a more universal moral intuition?</p>
<p><br>
SPEAKERS</p>
<p>ANN FUREDI <br>
chief executive, British Pregnancy Advisory Service; author, "The Moral Case for Abortion"</p>
<p>KINGA JELINSKA <br>
executive director, Women Help Women</p>
<p>JON O’BRIEN <br>
president, Catholics for Choice</p>
<p>AILBHE SMYTH <br>
chair, Coalition to Repeal the Eighth Amendment, Ireland</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5dxeqd/international_abortion_wars.mp3" length="67711808" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[On the fiftieth anniversary of the 1967 Abortion Act, a panel of pro-choice campaigners from around the world discussed what is at stake in the battle for abortion rights. In many countries, the trend towards extending abortion rights seems to have been reversed. What does it mean to argue for a woman’s right to choose today? Is it right to think of abortion as ‘just like any other medical procedure’, or do wider moral issues arise? Is opposition to abortion rights the same the world over? Is such opposition essentially religious or based on a more universal moral intuition?
SPEAKERS
ANN FUREDI chief executive, British Pregnancy Advisory Service; author, "The Moral Case for Abortion"
KINGA JELINSKA executive director, Women Help Women
JON O’BRIEN president, Catholics for Choice
AILBHE SMYTH chair, Coalition to Repeal the Eighth Amendment, Ireland]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4231</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Are science and medicine threatened by borders?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Are science and medicine threatened by borders?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-science-and-medicine-threatened-by-borders/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-science-and-medicine-threatened-by-borders/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 18 May 2018 16:15:18 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/are-science-and-medicine-threatened-by-borders-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Scientists and doctors have emerged as among the most vociferous critics of Brexit and Trump. The March for Science expressed the concerns of many researchers and clinicians on both sides of the Atlantic about the future of funding and about the movement of researchers and students across national borders. Many were also alarmed at the apparent lack of respect for expertise and evidence in public policy. But whose responsibility should it be to fund scientific research? How can science and medicine best be defended and pursued, in an uncertain world of shifting borders?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR ELIOT FORSTER 
CEO, Immunocore; chairman, MedCity</p>
<p>DR JOE KAPLINSKY 
assistant professor, DTU Nanotech; coauthor, Energise! a future for energy innovation</p>
<p>DR FIONA MCEWEN 
postdoctoral researcher, Queen Mary University of London</p>
<p>RAFAEL YÁÑEZ-MUÑOZ 
professor of advanced therapy, Royal Holloway University of London</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Scientists and doctors have emerged as among the most vociferous critics of Brexit and Trump. The March for Science expressed the concerns of many researchers and clinicians on both sides of the Atlantic about the future of funding and about the movement of researchers and students across national borders. Many were also alarmed at the apparent lack of respect for expertise and evidence in public policy. But whose responsibility should it be to fund scientific research? How can science and medicine best be defended and pursued, in an uncertain world of shifting borders?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR ELIOT FORSTER <br>
CEO, Immunocore; chairman, MedCity</p>
<p>DR JOE KAPLINSKY <br>
assistant professor, DTU Nanotech; coauthor, Energise! a future for energy innovation</p>
<p>DR FIONA MCEWEN <br>
postdoctoral researcher, Queen Mary University of London</p>
<p>RAFAEL YÁÑEZ-MUÑOZ <br>
professor of advanced therapy, Royal Holloway University of London</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yb45hd/Science_and_Medicine_and_Borders.mp3" length="61416402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Scientists and doctors have emerged as among the most vociferous critics of Brexit and Trump. The March for Science expressed the concerns of many researchers and clinicians on both sides of the Atlantic about the future of funding and about the movement of researchers and students across national borders. Many were also alarmed at the apparent lack of respect for expertise and evidence in public policy. But whose responsibility should it be to fund scientific research? How can science and medicine best be defended and pursued, in an uncertain world of shifting borders?
SPEAKERS
DR ELIOT FORSTER CEO, Immunocore; chairman, MedCity
DR JOE KAPLINSKY assistant professor, DTU Nanotech; coauthor, Energise! a future for energy innovation
DR FIONA MCEWEN postdoctoral researcher, Queen Mary University of London
RAFAEL YÁÑEZ-MUÑOZ professor of advanced therapy, Royal Holloway University of London]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4742</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Medical dilemmas - who decides?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Medical dilemmas - who decides?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/medical-dilemmas-who-decides/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/medical-dilemmas-who-decides/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 26 Apr 2018 16:38:43 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/medical-dilemmas-who-decides-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>With the case of Alfie Evans in the news, this Battle of Ideas debate is very pertinent.

ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The tragic case of Charlie Gard, a baby with a terminal congenital illness whose parents refused to accept the decision of medical staff to withdraw life support, highlighted the problems that may arise when there is a breakdown of trust between doctors and parents. The old adage that ‘doctor knows best’ is being challenged not just by patients, but from within the medical profession itself, as paternalism gives way to shared decision-making. But can patients know enough to take responsibility for major decisions about treatment? If doctors relinquish authority, does this impose an undue burden on patients. What is the role of the courts?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR FRANKIE ANDERSON
psychiatry trainee; co-founder, Sheffield Salon</p>
<p>SARAH BARCLAY
founder and director, The Medical Mediation Foundation</p>
<p>RAANAN GILLON
emeritus professor of medical ethics, Imperial College London; president, Institute of Medical Ethics</p>
<p>PROFESSOR SIR SIMON WESSELY
regius chair of psychiatry, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience, King’s College London; president, Royal Society of Medicine</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With the case of Alfie Evans in the news, this Battle of Ideas debate is very pertinent.<br>
<br>
ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The tragic case of Charlie Gard, a baby with a terminal congenital illness whose parents refused to accept the decision of medical staff to withdraw life support, highlighted the problems that may arise when there is a breakdown of trust between doctors and parents. The old adage that ‘doctor knows best’ is being challenged not just by patients, but from within the medical profession itself, as paternalism gives way to shared decision-making. But can patients know enough to take responsibility for major decisions about treatment? If doctors relinquish authority, does this impose an undue burden on patients. What is the role of the courts?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>DR FRANKIE ANDERSON<br>
psychiatry trainee; co-founder, Sheffield Salon</p>
<p>SARAH BARCLAY<br>
founder and director, The Medical Mediation Foundation</p>
<p>RAANAN GILLON<br>
emeritus professor of medical ethics, Imperial College London; president, Institute of Medical Ethics</p>
<p>PROFESSOR SIR SIMON WESSELY<br>
regius chair of psychiatry, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience, King’s College London; president, Royal Society of Medicine</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/c6ppij/medical_dilemmas_who_decides.mp3" length="36395159" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[With the case of Alfie Evans in the news, this Battle of Ideas debate is very pertinent.ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION
The tragic case of Charlie Gard, a baby with a terminal congenital illness whose parents refused to accept the decision of medical staff to withdraw life support, highlighted the problems that may arise when there is a breakdown of trust between doctors and parents. The old adage that ‘doctor knows best’ is being challenged not just by patients, but from within the medical profession itself, as paternalism gives way to shared decision-making. But can patients know enough to take responsibility for major decisions about treatment? If doctors relinquish authority, does this impose an undue burden on patients. What is the role of the courts?
SPEAKERS
DR FRANKIE ANDERSONpsychiatry trainee; co-founder, Sheffield Salon
SARAH BARCLAYfounder and director, The Medical Mediation Foundation
RAANAN GILLONemeritus professor of medical ethics, Imperial College London; president, Institute of Medical Ethics
PROFESSOR SIR SIMON WESSELYregius chair of psychiatry, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience, King’s College London; president, Royal Society of Medicine]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2131</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Xi’s China - new global power?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Xi’s China - new global power?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/xi%e2%80%99s-china-new-global-power/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/xi%e2%80%99s-china-new-global-power/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 05 Apr 2018 11:24:20 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/xi%e2%80%99s-china-new-global-power-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Only 35 years ago a predominantly peasant economy, China has become the largest trading nation in the world. It is also remarkable that China has relinquished its status as environmental pariah to become a critic of the US president’s rejection of the Paris climate accords. Only recently a communist outsider, China is now a capitalist powerbroker, most notably in dealing with the challenge of North Korea. Can there be a peaceful adjustment of the West’s global domination to accommodate the rise of the new Eastern superpower? Is the demise of the West exaggerated? Is there a serious risk of military conflict?</p>
<p>JONATHAN FENBY
author, Will China Dominate the 21st Century? managing partner, TS Lombard</p>
<p>ALAN HUDSON
visiting professor, Shanghai Jiaotong University; director, programmes in leadership and public policy, University of Oxford</p>
<p>DR CHUN-YI LEE
assistant professor, The School of Politics and International Relations; director, Taiwan Studies Programme</p>
<p>DR LINDA YUEH
economist, broadcaster and author; adjunct professor of economics, London Business School</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Only 35 years ago a predominantly peasant economy, China has become the largest trading nation in the world. It is also remarkable that China has relinquished its status as environmental pariah to become a critic of the US president’s rejection of the Paris climate accords. Only recently a communist outsider, China is now a capitalist powerbroker, most notably in dealing with the challenge of North Korea. Can there be a peaceful adjustment of the West’s global domination to accommodate the rise of the new Eastern superpower? Is the demise of the West exaggerated? Is there a serious risk of military conflict?</p>
<p>JONATHAN FENBY<br>
author, Will China Dominate the 21st Century? managing partner, TS Lombard</p>
<p>ALAN HUDSON<br>
visiting professor, Shanghai Jiaotong University; director, programmes in leadership and public policy, University of Oxford</p>
<p>DR CHUN-YI LEE<br>
assistant professor, The School of Politics and International Relations; director, Taiwan Studies Programme</p>
<p>DR LINDA YUEH<br>
economist, broadcaster and author; adjunct professor of economics, London Business School</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/q9n7y5/Xi_s_China_New_Global_Power.mp3" length="107736000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Only 35 years ago a predominantly peasant economy, China has become the largest trading nation in the world. It is also remarkable that China has relinquished its status as environmental pariah to become a critic of the US president’s rejection of the Paris climate accords. Only recently a communist outsider, China is now a capitalist powerbroker, most notably in dealing with the challenge of North Korea. Can there be a peaceful adjustment of the West’s global domination to accommodate the rise of the new Eastern superpower? Is the demise of the West exaggerated? Is there a serious risk of military conflict?
JONATHAN FENBYauthor, Will China Dominate the 21st Century? managing partner, TS Lombard
ALAN HUDSONvisiting professor, Shanghai Jiaotong University; director, programmes in leadership and public policy, University of Oxford
DR CHUN-YI LEEassistant professor, The School of Politics and International Relations; director, Taiwan Studies Programme
DR LINDA YUEHeconomist, broadcaster and author; adjunct professor of economics, London Business School]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4488</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Silicon Valley - from heroes to zeroes?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Silicon Valley - from heroes to zeroes?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/silicon-valley-from-heroes-to-zeroes/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/silicon-valley-from-heroes-to-zeroes/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 26 Mar 2018 13:16:15 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/silicon-valley-from-heroes-to-zeroes-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Silicon Valley used to be regarded as the global hub of entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation. It was the home of the world’s best technologies, new products and services. Yet today, Silicon Valley’s tech companies seem to have become the twenty-first-century equivalent of mediaeval robber barons. They are condemned for fleecing customers, evading taxes, and pocketing monopoly profits. Once associated with freedom, Silicon Valley is now condemned as the agency of global surveillance. Has it gone from overhype to over-reach? Or given emerging new technologies – such as express transit systems, autonomous vehicles and biotech – is the criticism mostly unfair?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>JAMIE BARTLETT
director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, Radicals; presenter, BBC’s The Secrets of Silicon Valley</p>
<p>DANIEL BEN-AMI
journalist; author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress</p>
<p>ANDREW BERNSTEIN
author, The Capitalist Manifesto: the historic, economic, and philosophic case for laissez-faire; affiliate, Ayn Rand Institute</p>
<p>LAUREN RAZAVI
managing director, Flibl; award-winning writer and consultant</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Silicon Valley used to be regarded as the global hub of entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation. It was the home of the world’s best technologies, new products and services. Yet today, Silicon Valley’s tech companies seem to have become the twenty-first-century equivalent of mediaeval robber barons. They are condemned for fleecing customers, evading taxes, and pocketing monopoly profits. Once associated with freedom, Silicon Valley is now condemned as the agency of global surveillance. Has it gone from overhype to over-reach? Or given emerging new technologies – such as express transit systems, autonomous vehicles and biotech – is the criticism mostly unfair?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>JAMIE BARTLETT<br>
director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, Radicals; presenter, BBC’s The Secrets of Silicon Valley</p>
<p>DANIEL BEN-AMI<br>
journalist; author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress</p>
<p>ANDREW BERNSTEIN<br>
author, The Capitalist Manifesto: the historic, economic, and philosophic case for laissez-faire; affiliate, Ayn Rand Institute</p>
<p>LAUREN RAZAVI<br>
managing director, Flibl; award-winning writer and consultant</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3hi8jq/silicon_valley_from_heroes_to_zeroes.mp3" length="60232876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Silicon Valley used to be regarded as the global hub of entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation. It was the home of the world’s best technologies, new products and services. Yet today, Silicon Valley’s tech companies seem to have become the twenty-first-century equivalent of mediaeval robber barons. They are condemned for fleecing customers, evading taxes, and pocketing monopoly profits. Once associated with freedom, Silicon Valley is now condemned as the agency of global surveillance. Has it gone from overhype to over-reach? Or given emerging new technologies – such as express transit systems, autonomous vehicles and biotech – is the criticism mostly unfair?
SPEAKERS
JAMIE BARTLETTdirector, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, Radicals; presenter, BBC’s The Secrets of Silicon Valley
DANIEL BEN-AMIjournalist; author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress
ANDREW BERNSTEINauthor, The Capitalist Manifesto: the historic, economic, and philosophic case for laissez-faire; affiliate, Ayn Rand Institute
LAUREN RAZAVImanaging director, Flibl; award-winning writer and consultant]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4609</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Was it Big Data wot won it? Political campaigning today</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Was it Big Data wot won it? Political campaigning today</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/was-it-big-data-wot-won-it-political-campaigning-today/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/was-it-big-data-wot-won-it-political-campaigning-today/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sun, 18 Mar 2018 17:40:07 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/was-it-big-data-wot-won-it-political-campaigning-today-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>How could so many people be convinced to vote for Donald Trump? Why did so many Brits vote to leave the EU, despite almost unanimous advice from experts, political leaders and celebrities that we should remain? Some attribute these results to the power of Big Data, specifically to the high-tech psychological marketing techniques of a company called Cambridge Analytica. Can the manipulation of data really swing important votes? What are the implications of this approach for privacy and democracy? What does the assumption that a few targeted messages can influence voters’ decisions tell us about elite attitudes towards the electorate?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>JAMIE BARTLETT 
director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, The Dark Net and Radicals; presenter, BBC’s The Secrets of Silicon Valley</p>
<p>CAROLE CADWALLADR 
feature writer, Observer</p>
<p>SIMON COOKE 
member, Institute of Direct and Digital Marketing; leader of the Conservative group, Bradford City Council</p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How could so many people be convinced to vote for Donald Trump? Why did so many Brits vote to leave the EU, despite almost unanimous advice from experts, political leaders and celebrities that we should remain? Some attribute these results to the power of Big Data, specifically to the high-tech psychological marketing techniques of a company called Cambridge Analytica. Can the manipulation of data really swing important votes? What are the implications of this approach for privacy and democracy? What does the assumption that a few targeted messages can influence voters’ decisions tell us about elite attitudes towards the electorate?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>JAMIE BARTLETT <br>
director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, The Dark Net and Radicals; presenter, BBC’s The Secrets of Silicon Valley</p>
<p>CAROLE CADWALLADR <br>
feature writer, Observer</p>
<p>SIMON COOKE <br>
member, Institute of Direct and Digital Marketing; leader of the Conservative group, Bradford City Council</p>
<p>TIMANDRA HARKNESS journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8xcpn8/was_it_big_data_wot_won_it.mp3" length="66750509" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[How could so many people be convinced to vote for Donald Trump? Why did so many Brits vote to leave the EU, despite almost unanimous advice from experts, political leaders and celebrities that we should remain? Some attribute these results to the power of Big Data, specifically to the high-tech psychological marketing techniques of a company called Cambridge Analytica. Can the manipulation of data really swing important votes? What are the implications of this approach for privacy and democracy? What does the assumption that a few targeted messages can influence voters’ decisions tell us about elite attitudes towards the electorate?
SPEAKERS
JAMIE BARTLETT director, Centre for the Analysis of Social Media, Demos; author, The Dark Net and Radicals; presenter, BBC’s The Secrets of Silicon Valley
CAROLE CADWALLADR feature writer, Observer
SIMON COOKE member, Institute of Direct and Digital Marketing; leader of the Conservative group, Bradford City Council
TIMANDRA HARKNESS journalist, writer and broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5311</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Safety first - do we live in a ’cotton-wool society’?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Safety first - do we live in a ’cotton-wool society’?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/safety-first-do-we-live-in-a-cotton-wool-society/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/safety-first-do-we-live-in-a-cotton-wool-society/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 09 Mar 2018 15:44:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/safety-first-do-we-live-in-a-cotton-wool-society-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas 2017 (<a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/safety-first/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/safety-first/</a>)</p>
<p>The ‘safety first’ outlook, intending to keep us safe by imagining the worst, risks increasing our sense of existential insecurity. Always anticipating catastrophe may mean over-reacting, especially in the fields of science, health and technology. We have become the victims of scaremongering over theoretical risks – from mobile phone radiation or the latest strain of flu, even from familiar foods such as sugar and salt.</p>
<p>Has safety become an aim in itself, divorced from a common-sense assessment of risk? Does the desire to eliminate all danger undermine individual freedom? Is it time to confront the dangers of our ‘safety first’ society?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Richard Angell
director, Progress</p>
<p>Terry Barnes
principal, Cormorant Policy Advice; fellow, Institute of Economic Affairs; former special adviser to two Australian health ministers</p>
<p>Professor Bill Durodié
chair of international relations, former head of department, University of Bath</p>
<p>Dr Clare Gerada
medical director, NHS Practitioner Health Programme; former chair, Royal College of General Practitioners</p>
<p>Lenore Skenazy
'America’s Worst Mom'; president, Let Grow; founder, Free-Range Kids book, blog and movement</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas 2017 (<a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/safety-first/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/safety-first/</a>)</p>
<p>The ‘safety first’ outlook, intending to keep us safe by imagining the worst, risks increasing our sense of existential insecurity. Always anticipating catastrophe may mean over-reacting, especially in the fields of science, health and technology. We have become the victims of scaremongering over theoretical risks – from mobile phone radiation or the latest strain of flu, even from familiar foods such as sugar and salt.</p>
<p>Has safety become an aim in itself, divorced from a common-sense assessment of risk? Does the desire to eliminate all danger undermine individual freedom? Is it time to confront the dangers of our ‘safety first’ society?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Richard Angell<br>
director, Progress</p>
<p>Terry Barnes<br>
principal, Cormorant Policy Advice; fellow, Institute of Economic Affairs; former special adviser to two Australian health ministers</p>
<p>Professor Bill Durodié<br>
chair of international relations, former head of department, University of Bath</p>
<p>Dr Clare Gerada<br>
medical director, NHS Practitioner Health Programme; former chair, Royal College of General Practitioners</p>
<p>Lenore Skenazy<br>
'America’s Worst Mom'; president, Let Grow; founder, Free-Range Kids book, blog and movement</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/shmwjd/Safety_audio.mp3" length="77831552" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at Battle of Ideas 2017 (https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/safety-first/)
The ‘safety first’ outlook, intending to keep us safe by imagining the worst, risks increasing our sense of existential insecurity. Always anticipating catastrophe may mean over-reacting, especially in the fields of science, health and technology. We have become the victims of scaremongering over theoretical risks – from mobile phone radiation or the latest strain of flu, even from familiar foods such as sugar and salt.
Has safety become an aim in itself, divorced from a common-sense assessment of risk? Does the desire to eliminate all danger undermine individual freedom? Is it time to confront the dangers of our ‘safety first’ society?
SPEAKERS
Richard Angelldirector, Progress
Terry Barnesprincipal, Cormorant Policy Advice; fellow, Institute of Economic Affairs; former special adviser to two Australian health ministers
Professor Bill Durodiéchair of international relations, former head of department, University of Bath
Dr Clare Geradamedical director, NHS Practitioner Health Programme; former chair, Royal College of General Practitioners
Lenore Skenazy'America’s Worst Mom'; president, Let Grow; founder, Free-Range Kids book, blog and movement]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4864</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Putin’s Russia - a new Cold War?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Putin’s Russia - a new Cold War?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/putins-russia-a-new-cold-war/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/putins-russia-a-new-cold-war/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 02 Mar 2018 14:44:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/putins-russia-a-new-cold-war-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The Russian government is now routinely portrayed as a threat to the West, both on the international stage, in Ukraine and Syria, and in domestic politics, accused of interfering in elections.</p>
<p>Russia is certainly back on the world stage and no longer prepared to accept Western-backed regime change, but to what extent does Russia represent a threat? Does Russia have legitimate interests that it is entitled to defend as much as Britain is? Is Putin simply playing a weak hand well? Does Russia loom large, not because it is relatively strong, but because Western governments themselves lack direction?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Mary Dejevsky
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster</p>
<p>Dr Tara McCormack
lecturer, international politics, University of Leicester</p>
<p>Dr Lukasz Pawlowski
managing editor & columnist, Kultura Liberalna</p>
<p>Sir Adam Thomson KCMG
director, European Leadership Network</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Russian government is now routinely portrayed as a threat to the West, both on the international stage, in Ukraine and Syria, and in domestic politics, accused of interfering in elections.</p>
<p>Russia is certainly back on the world stage and no longer prepared to accept Western-backed regime change, but to what extent does Russia represent a threat? Does Russia have legitimate interests that it is entitled to defend as much as Britain is? Is Putin simply playing a weak hand well? Does Russia loom large, not because it is relatively strong, but because Western governments themselves lack direction?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Mary Dejevsky<br>
former foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster</p>
<p>Dr Tara McCormack<br>
lecturer, international politics, University of Leicester</p>
<p>Dr Lukasz Pawlowski<br>
managing editor & columnist, Kultura Liberalna</p>
<p>Sir Adam Thomson KCMG<br>
director, European Leadership Network</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xmvzia/Putin_s_Russia_A_New_Cold_War.mp3" length="119904000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The Russian government is now routinely portrayed as a threat to the West, both on the international stage, in Ukraine and Syria, and in domestic politics, accused of interfering in elections.
Russia is certainly back on the world stage and no longer prepared to accept Western-backed regime change, but to what extent does Russia represent a threat? Does Russia have legitimate interests that it is entitled to defend as much as Britain is? Is Putin simply playing a weak hand well? Does Russia loom large, not because it is relatively strong, but because Western governments themselves lack direction?
SPEAKERS
Mary Dejevskyformer foreign correspondent in Moscow, Paris and Washington; special correspondent in China; writer and broadcaster
Dr Tara McCormacklecturer, international politics, University of Leicester
Dr Lukasz Pawlowskimanaging editor & columnist, Kultura Liberalna
Sir Adam Thomson KCMGdirector, European Leadership Network]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4995</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: From Sandy Hook to Boston: guns, bombs and a changing America</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: From Sandy Hook to Boston: guns, bombs and a changing America</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-sandy-hook-to-boston-guns-bombs-and-a-changing-america-1519381677/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-sandy-hook-to-boston-guns-bombs-and-a-changing-america-1519381677/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Feb 2018 10:27:57 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/from-sandy-hook-to-boston-guns-bombs-and-a-changing-america-1519381677-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>After the school shooting in Parkland, Florida on 14 February 2018, the issue of gun control and the meaning of mass shootings in America has come to the fore once more. This session from Battle of Ideas 2013, in the aftermath of the Sandy Hook shooting and Boston Marathon bombing, took a step back to examine these issues in a wider context.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Nancy McDermott 
writer; advisor to Park Slope Parents, NYC's most notorious parents' organization</p>
<p>Christine Rosen 
fellow, New America Foundation; senior editor, New Atlantis</p>
<p>Dr Tim Stanley 
leader writer and columnist, Daily Telegraph</p>
<p>Dr Kevin Yuill 
senior lecturer, history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization</p>
<p>Chair:
Jean Smith 
specialist development consultant; co-founder and director, NY Salon</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After the school shooting in Parkland, Florida on 14 February 2018, the issue of gun control and the meaning of mass shootings in America has come to the fore once more. This session from Battle of Ideas 2013, in the aftermath of the Sandy Hook shooting and Boston Marathon bombing, took a step back to examine these issues in a wider context.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Nancy McDermott <br>
writer; advisor to Park Slope Parents, NYC's most notorious parents' organization</p>
<p>Christine Rosen <br>
fellow, New America Foundation; senior editor, New Atlantis</p>
<p>Dr Tim Stanley <br>
leader writer and columnist, Daily Telegraph</p>
<p>Dr Kevin Yuill <br>
senior lecturer, history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization</p>
<p>Chair:<br>
Jean Smith <br>
specialist development consultant; co-founder and director, NY Salon</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jayqv3/From_Sandy_Hook_to_Boston_guns_bombs_and_a_changing_America.mp3" length="119976000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[After the school shooting in Parkland, Florida on 14 February 2018, the issue of gun control and the meaning of mass shootings in America has come to the fore once more. This session from Battle of Ideas 2013, in the aftermath of the Sandy Hook shooting and Boston Marathon bombing, took a step back to examine these issues in a wider context.
SPEAKERS
Nancy McDermott writer; advisor to Park Slope Parents, NYC's most notorious parents' organization
Christine Rosen fellow, New America Foundation; senior editor, New Atlantis
Dr Tim Stanley leader writer and columnist, Daily Telegraph
Dr Kevin Yuill senior lecturer, history, University of Sunderland; author, Assisted Suicide: the liberal, humanist case against legalization
Chair:Jean Smith specialist development consultant; co-founder and director, NY Salon]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4998</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: The corruption of political language</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: The corruption of political language</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-corruption-of-political-language/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-corruption-of-political-language/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Feb 2018 17:52:05 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/the-corruption-of-political-language-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican on Sunday 29 October 2017.</p>
<p>George Orwell claimed that ‘political language... is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable’. Today, many claim that the increasing corruption of language has become detrimental to our democracy. Political labels, such as fascism and populism, right-wing and left-wing, are used promiscuously, often as insults against opponents. The rise of identity politics has given us new words, such as ‘ze’ and ‘cis’. Do such novel terms encourage discussion or help to shut it down? Should we go back to basics, and pin down what we mean by such contested terms as liberalism and nationalism, even democracy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>
BRENDAN O’NEILL
editor, spiked</p>
<p>RACHEL HALLIBURTON
journalist and novelist</p>
<p>NICK HILTON
broadcast editor, Spectator</p>
<p>DR PAUL A TAYLOR
senior lecturer in communications and
cultural theory, University of Leeds</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican on Sunday 29 October 2017.</p>
<p>George Orwell claimed that ‘political language... is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable’. Today, many claim that the increasing corruption of language has become detrimental to our democracy. Political labels, such as fascism and populism, right-wing and left-wing, are used promiscuously, often as insults against opponents. The rise of identity politics has given us new words, such as ‘ze’ and ‘cis’. Do such novel terms encourage discussion or help to shut it down? Should we go back to basics, and pin down what we mean by such contested terms as liberalism and nationalism, even democracy?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p><br>
BRENDAN O’NEILL<br>
editor, spiked</p>
<p>RACHEL HALLIBURTON<br>
journalist and novelist</p>
<p>NICK HILTON<br>
broadcast editor, Spectator</p>
<p>DR PAUL A TAYLOR<br>
senior lecturer in communications and<br>
cultural theory, University of Leeds</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7ik2sv/The_corruption_of_political_language.mp3" length="118824000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of a debate at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican on Sunday 29 October 2017.
George Orwell claimed that ‘political language... is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable’. Today, many claim that the increasing corruption of language has become detrimental to our democracy. Political labels, such as fascism and populism, right-wing and left-wing, are used promiscuously, often as insults against opponents. The rise of identity politics has given us new words, such as ‘ze’ and ‘cis’. Do such novel terms encourage discussion or help to shut it down? Should we go back to basics, and pin down what we mean by such contested terms as liberalism and nationalism, even democracy?
SPEAKERS
BRENDAN O’NEILLeditor, spiked
RACHEL HALLIBURTONjournalist and novelist
NICK HILTONbroadcast editor, Spectator
DR PAUL A TAYLORsenior lecturer in communications andcultural theory, University of Leeds]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4950</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Diversity - does it matter?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Diversity - does it matter?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/diversity-does-it-matter/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/diversity-does-it-matter/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 09 Feb 2018 14:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/diversity-does-it-matter-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Diversity is widely celebrated in contemporary society. Big employers have adopted elaborate strategies to recruit more diverse workforces. On the world stage, diversity is posited as a progressive antidote to ‘backward forces’ clinging to outdated national cultures. But has diversity become an illiberal orthodoxy? When Google engineer James Damore notoriously inquired whether diversity was an incontestable virtue, he lost his job. Do diversity policies invite a permanent war of cultures, resulting in a society increasingly segmented along the lines of identity? Can we achieve fair treatment and equal access to jobs without creating discriminatory and divisive hiring practices?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>JOSIE APPLETON
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: rise of the busybody state; blogs at notesonfreedom.com</p>
<p>AMALI DE ALWIS
CEO, Code First: Girls; chair, BIMA Diversity panel; fellow, RSA</p>
<p>DREDA SAY MITCHELL
author, journalist, broadcaster and campaigner; winner, CWA’s John Creasey Dagger for debut novel, Running Hot; latest
novel, Blood Daughter</p>
<p>CATHY YOUNG
US journalist and commentator; weekly columnist, Newsday; author, Ceasefire!</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Diversity is widely celebrated in contemporary society. Big employers have adopted elaborate strategies to recruit more diverse workforces. On the world stage, diversity is posited as a progressive antidote to ‘backward forces’ clinging to outdated national cultures. But has diversity become an illiberal orthodoxy? When Google engineer James Damore notoriously inquired whether diversity was an incontestable virtue, he lost his job. Do diversity policies invite a permanent war of cultures, resulting in a society increasingly segmented along the lines of identity? Can we achieve fair treatment and equal access to jobs without creating discriminatory and divisive hiring practices?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>JOSIE APPLETON<br>
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, <em>Officious: rise of the busybody state</em>; blogs at notesonfreedom.com</p>
<p>AMALI DE ALWIS<br>
CEO, Code First: Girls; chair, BIMA Diversity panel; fellow, RSA</p>
<p>DREDA SAY MITCHELL<br>
author, journalist, broadcaster and campaigner; winner, CWA’s John Creasey Dagger for debut novel, <em>Running Hot</em>; latest<br>
novel, <em>Blood Daughter</em></p>
<p>CATHY YOUNG<br>
US journalist and commentator; weekly columnist, Newsday; author, <em>Ceasefire!</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u9j5if/Diversity_does_it_matter.mp3" length="115296000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Diversity is widely celebrated in contemporary society. Big employers have adopted elaborate strategies to recruit more diverse workforces. On the world stage, diversity is posited as a progressive antidote to ‘backward forces’ clinging to outdated national cultures. But has diversity become an illiberal orthodoxy? When Google engineer James Damore notoriously inquired whether diversity was an incontestable virtue, he lost his job. Do diversity policies invite a permanent war of cultures, resulting in a society increasingly segmented along the lines of identity? Can we achieve fair treatment and equal access to jobs without creating discriminatory and divisive hiring practices?
SPEAKERS
JOSIE APPLETONdirector, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club; author, Officious: rise of the busybody state; blogs at notesonfreedom.com
AMALI DE ALWISCEO, Code First: Girls; chair, BIMA Diversity panel; fellow, RSA
DREDA SAY MITCHELLauthor, journalist, broadcaster and campaigner; winner, CWA’s John Creasey Dagger for debut novel, Running Hot; latestnovel, Blood Daughter
CATHY YOUNGUS journalist and commentator; weekly columnist, Newsday; author, Ceasefire!]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4803</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Presidents’ Club dinner, Brexit and the ’war on plastic’</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Presidents’ Club dinner, Brexit and the ’war on plastic’</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-26-january-2018/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-26-january-2018/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jan 2018 13:08:05 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-26-january-2018-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Alastair Donald, Claire Fox and Rob Lyons discuss the fallout from the Presidents' Club dinner, the stasis within the Conservative government and the prospects for Brexit, and the misguided 'war on plastic'.</p>
<p>(Apologies for some noise in parts of this recording.)</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Alastair Donald, Claire Fox and Rob Lyons discuss the fallout from the Presidents' Club dinner, the stasis within the Conservative government and the prospects for Brexit, and the misguided 'war on plastic'.</p>
<p>(Apologies for some noise in parts of this recording.)</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pkcqag/podcast_of_ideas_Jan2018.mp3" length="50255863" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Alastair Donald, Claire Fox and Rob Lyons discuss the fallout from the Presidents' Club dinner, the stasis within the Conservative government and the prospects for Brexit, and the misguided 'war on plastic'.
(Apologies for some noise in parts of this recording.)]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1912</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Do you trust the media?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Do you trust the media?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-you-trust-the-media/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-you-trust-the-media/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2017 11:03:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/do-you-trust-the-media-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[



<p>Who can journalists trust out of the overwhelming selection of competing interests to act as reliable sources? Can anyone play the role of the ‘honest broker’? How can the public untangle dubious, pseudo-scientific advice and dodgy stats from facts and truth? How can we know whether journalism, particularly reporting on complex issues or assessing notoriously difficult ideas such as risk, is accurate? Should we accept that it is our responsibility as citizens to check the facts for ourselves or should we demand that the media improve its handling of statistics and data?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Graeme Archer
writer & professional statistician; winner, 2011 Orwell Prize for blogging</p>
<p>Vance Crowe
director of Millennial Engagement, Monsanto Company</p>
<p>Alan Miller
chairman, Night Time Industries Association (NTIA); leading campaigner, <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/SaveNightlife'>#SaveNightlife</a></p>
<p>Fay Schlesinger
head of News, The Times</p>
<p>Ceri Thomas
ex-editor, BBC Radio 4’s Today Programme & BBC’s Panorama; director, public affairs, Oxford University</p>



]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[



<p>Who can journalists trust out of the overwhelming selection of competing interests to act as reliable sources? Can anyone play the role of the ‘honest broker’? How can the public untangle dubious, pseudo-scientific advice and dodgy stats from facts and truth? How can we know whether journalism, particularly reporting on complex issues or assessing notoriously difficult ideas such as risk, is accurate? Should we accept that it is our responsibility as citizens to check the facts for ourselves or should we demand that the media improve its handling of statistics and data?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Graeme Archer<br>
writer & professional statistician; winner, 2011 Orwell Prize for blogging</p>
<p>Vance Crowe<br>
director of Millennial Engagement, Monsanto Company</p>
<p>Alan Miller<br>
chairman, Night Time Industries Association (NTIA); leading campaigner, <a href='https://soundcloud.com/tags/SaveNightlife'>#SaveNightlife</a></p>
<p>Fay Schlesinger<br>
head of News, The Times</p>
<p>Ceri Thomas<br>
ex-editor, BBC Radio 4’s Today Programme & BBC’s Panorama; director, public affairs, Oxford University</p>



]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hvy4ak/do_you_trust_the_media.mp3" length="106375907" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[



Who can journalists trust out of the overwhelming selection of competing interests to act as reliable sources? Can anyone play the role of the ‘honest broker’? How can the public untangle dubious, pseudo-scientific advice and dodgy stats from facts and truth? How can we know whether journalism, particularly reporting on complex issues or assessing notoriously difficult ideas such as risk, is accurate? Should we accept that it is our responsibility as citizens to check the facts for ourselves or should we demand that the media improve its handling of statistics and data?
SPEAKERS
Dr Graeme Archerwriter & professional statistician; winner, 2011 Orwell Prize for blogging
Vance Crowedirector of Millennial Engagement, Monsanto Company
Alan Millerchairman, Night Time Industries Association (NTIA); leading campaigner, #SaveNightlife
Fay Schlesingerhead of News, The Times
Ceri Thomasex-editor, BBC Radio 4’s Today Programme & BBC’s Panorama; director, public affairs, Oxford University



]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5556</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOI_2017_BATTLE_DATE_VENUE_SQ_BANNER_-_facebook_version.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Millennials - youthquake or snowflakes?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Millennials - youthquake or snowflakes?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/millennials-youthquake-or-snowflakes/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/millennials-youthquake-or-snowflakes/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 15 Dec 2017 17:19:40 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/millennials-youthquake-or-snowflakes-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 at the Barbican in London.</p>
<p>Whereas earlier generations of young people provoked outrage among their elders, millennials – those born in the late 1990s and early 2000s – seem to attract merely condescension and concern. Today’s youth have been labelled ‘Generation Snowflake’ for their declarations of emotional vulnerability and demands for protection and support.</p>
<p>Instead of revolting, today’s students seem to be preoccupied with difficulties in negotiating personal relationships, demanding formal instruction and regulation of issues of consent and protection of apparently fragile identities against hostile criticism. Yet, for those coming of age in an era of austerity and debt, Brexit and Trump, anxiety and apprehension may be appropriate responses. And, in their embrace of issues of social justice, and support for the kinder, gentler form of politics espoused by Jeremy Corbyn and Bernie Sanders, perhaps the millennials are pointing the way towards real change in society.</p>
<p>Are the adults of tomorrow over-anxious snowflakes masquerading as a youthquake? Or is their pursuit of a different sort of politics – putting emotion and morality before ideology and policy – exactly the kind of shake up Western politics has been waiting for?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Bradley Allsop
postgraduate officer, University of Lincoln Students' Union; co-editor, Bright Green</p>
<p>Jennie Bristow
senior lecturer in sociology, Canterbury Christ Church University; author, The Sociology of Generations: New directions and challenges and Baby Boomers and Generational Conflict</p>
<p>Dr Eliza Filby
historian, King's College London; founder, GradTrain</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 at the Barbican in London.</p>
<p>Whereas earlier generations of young people provoked outrage among their elders, millennials – those born in the late 1990s and early 2000s – seem to attract merely condescension and concern. Today’s youth have been labelled ‘Generation Snowflake’ for their declarations of emotional vulnerability and demands for protection and support.</p>
<p>Instead of revolting, today’s students seem to be preoccupied with difficulties in negotiating personal relationships, demanding formal instruction and regulation of issues of consent and protection of apparently fragile identities against hostile criticism. Yet, for those coming of age in an era of austerity and debt, Brexit and Trump, anxiety and apprehension may be appropriate responses. And, in their embrace of issues of social justice, and support for the kinder, gentler form of politics espoused by Jeremy Corbyn and Bernie Sanders, perhaps the millennials are pointing the way towards real change in society.</p>
<p>Are the adults of tomorrow over-anxious snowflakes masquerading as a youthquake? Or is their pursuit of a different sort of politics – putting emotion and morality before ideology and policy – exactly the kind of shake up Western politics has been waiting for?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Bradley Allsop<br>
postgraduate officer, University of Lincoln Students' Union; co-editor, Bright Green</p>
<p>Jennie Bristow<br>
senior lecturer in sociology, Canterbury Christ Church University; author, The Sociology of Generations: New directions and challenges and Baby Boomers and Generational Conflict</p>
<p>Dr Eliza Filby<br>
historian, King's College London; founder, GradTrain</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xe2ij5/millennials_youthquake_or_snowflake.mp3" length="93608101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 at the Barbican in London.
Whereas earlier generations of young people provoked outrage among their elders, millennials – those born in the late 1990s and early 2000s – seem to attract merely condescension and concern. Today’s youth have been labelled ‘Generation Snowflake’ for their declarations of emotional vulnerability and demands for protection and support.
Instead of revolting, today’s students seem to be preoccupied with difficulties in negotiating personal relationships, demanding formal instruction and regulation of issues of consent and protection of apparently fragile identities against hostile criticism. Yet, for those coming of age in an era of austerity and debt, Brexit and Trump, anxiety and apprehension may be appropriate responses. And, in their embrace of issues of social justice, and support for the kinder, gentler form of politics espoused by Jeremy Corbyn and Bernie Sanders, perhaps the millennials are pointing the way towards real change in society.
Are the adults of tomorrow over-anxious snowflakes masquerading as a youthquake? Or is their pursuit of a different sort of politics – putting emotion and morality before ideology and policy – exactly the kind of shake up Western politics has been waiting for?
SPEAKERS
Bradley Allsoppostgraduate officer, University of Lincoln Students' Union; co-editor, Bright Green
Jennie Bristowsenior lecturer in sociology, Canterbury Christ Church University; author, The Sociology of Generations: New directions and challenges and Baby Boomers and Generational Conflict
Dr Eliza Filbyhistorian, King's College London; founder, GradTrain]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4635</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOI_2017_BATTLE_DATE_VENUE_SQ_BANNER_-_facebook_version.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Can biotech lead an economic revolution?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Can biotech lead an economic revolution?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-biotech-lead-an-economic-revolution/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-biotech-lead-an-economic-revolution/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2017 13:14:49 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/can-biotech-lead-an-economic-revolution-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 at The Barbican in London, in partnership with Immunocore.</p>
<p>The new Life Sciences Industrial Strategy claims that ‘in a country where productivity is a major challenge, public sector life sciences discovery activity… is dramatically more productive compared to other countries such as the USA or Germany’. What role will biotechnology play in the industries of tomorrow? Will it predominate as a durable, sizeable and job-creating sector, helping to turn around the UK’s flagging productivity, or does its value rest more in its place at the vanguard?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Eliot Forster
CEO, Immunocore; chairman, MedCity</p>
<p>Professor Robin Lovell-Badge
group leader in stem cell biology and developmental genetics, Francis Crick Institute</p>
<p>Bethan Wolfenden
co-founder, Bento Bio</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 at The Barbican in London, in partnership with Immunocore.</p>
<p>The new Life Sciences Industrial Strategy claims that ‘in a country where productivity is a major challenge, public sector life sciences discovery activity… is dramatically more productive compared to other countries such as the USA or Germany’. What role will biotechnology play in the industries of tomorrow? Will it predominate as a durable, sizeable and job-creating sector, helping to turn around the UK’s flagging productivity, or does its value rest more in its place at the vanguard?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Eliot Forster<br>
CEO, Immunocore; chairman, MedCity</p>
<p>Professor Robin Lovell-Badge<br>
group leader in stem cell biology and developmental genetics, Francis Crick Institute</p>
<p>Bethan Wolfenden<br>
co-founder, Bento Bio</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5nds5x/can_biotech_lead_an_economic_revolution.mp3" length="37138201" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 at The Barbican in London, in partnership with Immunocore.
The new Life Sciences Industrial Strategy claims that ‘in a country where productivity is a major challenge, public sector life sciences discovery activity… is dramatically more productive compared to other countries such as the USA or Germany’. What role will biotechnology play in the industries of tomorrow? Will it predominate as a durable, sizeable and job-creating sector, helping to turn around the UK’s flagging productivity, or does its value rest more in its place at the vanguard?
SPEAKERS
Dr Eliot ForsterCEO, Immunocore; chairman, MedCity
Professor Robin Lovell-Badgegroup leader in stem cell biology and developmental genetics, Francis Crick Institute
Bethan Wolfendenco-founder, Bento Bio]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3585</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Is globalisation over? The future of world trade</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Is globalisation over? The future of world trade</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-globalisation-over-the-future-of-world-trade/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-globalisation-over-the-future-of-world-trade/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Sat, 02 Dec 2017 12:15:29 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/is-globalisation-over-the-future-of-world-trade-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017.</p>
<p>Globalisation is the process by which national and regional economies, societies and cultures have become more integrated through global networks of trade, foreign direct investment, transport, telecommunications and immigration. Many argue that globalisation has been an enormous boon to worldwide living standards. However, serious debate has now broken out about whether globalisation is finally grinding to a halt. </p>


<p>What is globalisation, and is it really coming to an end? If its advocates are right to say that it has brought prosperity worldwide, why are so many people against it? Is it possible to have a ‘progressive’ globalisation, shorn of its free-market excesses?</p>


<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Gerard Lyons
economist; co-author, Clean Brexit</p>
<p>Professor Michael Mainelli
executive chairman, Z/Yen Group; alderman, City of London; author, The Price of Fish: a new approach to wicked economics and better decisions</p>
<p>Vicky Pryce
board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; economic advisor, British Chamber of Commerce</p>
<p>Allen Simpson
chief operating officer, Labour in the City; economic and financial policy specialist</p>
<p>James Woudhuysen
visiting professor, London South Bank University; co-author, Energise! A future for energy innovation; author, Why is construction so backward?</p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017.</p>
<p>Globalisation is the process by which national and regional economies, societies and cultures have become more integrated through global networks of trade, foreign direct investment, transport, telecommunications and immigration. Many argue that globalisation has been an enormous boon to worldwide living standards. However, serious debate has now broken out about whether globalisation is finally grinding to a halt. </p>


<p>What is globalisation, and is it really coming to an end? If its advocates are right to say that it has brought prosperity worldwide, why are so many people against it? Is it possible to have a ‘progressive’ globalisation, shorn of its free-market excesses?</p>


<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Gerard Lyons<br>
economist; co-author, Clean Brexit</p>
<p>Professor Michael Mainelli<br>
executive chairman, Z/Yen Group; alderman, City of London; author, The Price of Fish: a new approach to wicked economics and better decisions</p>
<p>Vicky Pryce<br>
board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; economic advisor, British Chamber of Commerce</p>
<p>Allen Simpson<br>
chief operating officer, Labour in the City; economic and financial policy specialist</p>
<p>James Woudhuysen<br>
visiting professor, London South Bank University; co-author, Energise! A future for energy innovation; author, Why is construction so backward?</p>
<p> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8tzv3z/is_globalisation_over_the_future_of_world_trade.mp3" length="70831081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017.
Globalisation is the process by which national and regional economies, societies and cultures have become more integrated through global networks of trade, foreign direct investment, transport, telecommunications and immigration. Many argue that globalisation has been an enormous boon to worldwide living standards. However, serious debate has now broken out about whether globalisation is finally grinding to a halt. 


What is globalisation, and is it really coming to an end? If its advocates are right to say that it has brought prosperity worldwide, why are so many people against it? Is it possible to have a ‘progressive’ globalisation, shorn of its free-market excesses?


SPEAKERS
Dr Gerard Lyonseconomist; co-author, Clean Brexit
Professor Michael Mainelliexecutive chairman, Z/Yen Group; alderman, City of London; author, The Price of Fish: a new approach to wicked economics and better decisions
Vicky Pryceboard member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; economic advisor, British Chamber of Commerce
Allen Simpsonchief operating officer, Labour in the City; economic and financial policy specialist
James Woudhuysenvisiting professor, London South Bank University; co-author, Energise! A future for energy innovation; author, Why is construction so backward?
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5270</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: In the wake of Weinstein - #MeToo, calling out and sexual harassment</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: In the wake of Weinstein - #MeToo, calling out and sexual harassment</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/in-the-wake-of-weinstein-metoo-calling-out-and-sexual-harassment/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/in-the-wake-of-weinstein-metoo-calling-out-and-sexual-harassment/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Nov 2017 17:06:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/in-the-wake-of-weinstein-metoo-calling-out-and-sexual-harassment-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Battle of Ideas Stockholm 2017 debate at Kulturhuset Stadsteatern. </p>
<p>(Please note, there is a very short introduction to the recording in Swedish, but the debate is in English.)</p>
<p>Is #MeToo a valuable way for the everywoman to show solidarity with victims and raise awareness of the broader problems of sexual harassment everywhere? Or does it stir up the gender wars, exaggerating the idea that most men are sexual predators and most women their victims? What does #MeToo reveal about deeper cultural trends?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Jan Macvarish
visiting research fellow, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies, University of Kent</p>
<p>Marte Michelet
journalist and author</p>
<p>Jonathan Rollins
stand-up comedian</p>
<p>Cissi Wallin
television and radio personality</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the Battle of Ideas Stockholm 2017 debate at Kulturhuset Stadsteatern. </p>
<p>(Please note, there is a very short introduction to the recording in Swedish, but the debate is in English.)</p>
<p>Is #MeToo a valuable way for the everywoman to show solidarity with victims and raise awareness of the broader problems of sexual harassment everywhere? Or does it stir up the gender wars, exaggerating the idea that most men are sexual predators and most women their victims? What does #MeToo reveal about deeper cultural trends?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Jan Macvarish<br>
visiting research fellow, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies, University of Kent</p>
<p>Marte Michelet<br>
journalist and author</p>
<p>Jonathan Rollins<br>
stand-up comedian</p>
<p>Cissi Wallin<br>
television and radio personality</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/x9jc6i/metoo_calling_out_sexual_harrassment_BattleofIdeasStockholm.mp3" length="51890528" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the Battle of Ideas Stockholm 2017 debate at Kulturhuset Stadsteatern. 
(Please note, there is a very short introduction to the recording in Swedish, but the debate is in English.)
Is #MeToo a valuable way for the everywoman to show solidarity with victims and raise awareness of the broader problems of sexual harassment everywhere? Or does it stir up the gender wars, exaggerating the idea that most men are sexual predators and most women their victims? What does #MeToo reveal about deeper cultural trends?
SPEAKERS
Dr Jan Macvarishvisiting research fellow, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies, University of Kent
Marte Micheletjournalist and author
Jonathan Rollinsstand-up comedian
Cissi Wallintelevision and radio personality]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4324</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOI_2017_BATTLE_EUROPE_square_500.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: From AI to Big Data - can technology save the NHS?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: From AI to Big Data - can technology save the NHS?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 15:15:18 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 in partnership with the Royal Academy of Engineering. See full details here: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs/</a></p>
<p>At a time of ever-increasing healthcare costs, waiting times and ever-increasing strains on GPs and A&E departments, there is increased urgency in trying to find new approaches to treatment. Against this backdrop of cost-driven strains in patient care, can engineering innovations save the day, perhaps giving patients more independence to accurately self-diagnose and more broadly revolutionise healthcare in the coming decades?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Terry Barnes
principal, Cormorant Policy Advice; fellow, Institute of Economic Affairs; former special adviser to two Australian health ministers</p>
<p>Trisha Greenhalgh
professor of primary care health sciences and fellow, Green Templeton College, University of Oxford</p>
<p>Timandra Harkness
journalist, writer & broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>Professor Mark Tooley
medical technology consultant; president, Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine</p>
<p>Dr ir Isabel Van De Keere
CEO & founder, Immersive Rehab</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 in partnership with the Royal Academy of Engineering. See full details here: <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs/'>https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs/</a></p>
<p>At a time of ever-increasing healthcare costs, waiting times and ever-increasing strains on GPs and A&E departments, there is increased urgency in trying to find new approaches to treatment. Against this backdrop of cost-driven strains in patient care, can engineering innovations save the day, perhaps giving patients more independence to accurately self-diagnose and more broadly revolutionise healthcare in the coming decades?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Terry Barnes<br>
principal, Cormorant Policy Advice; fellow, Institute of Economic Affairs; former special adviser to two Australian health ministers</p>
<p>Trisha Greenhalgh<br>
professor of primary care health sciences and fellow, Green Templeton College, University of Oxford</p>
<p>Timandra Harkness<br>
journalist, writer & broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?</p>
<p>Professor Mark Tooley<br>
medical technology consultant; president, Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine</p>
<p>Dr ir Isabel Van De Keere<br>
CEO & founder, Immersive Rehab</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bsdxt8/battle_of_ideas_2017-can_tech_save_NHS.mp3" length="107676459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recording of the debate at the Battle of Ideas 2017 in partnership with the Royal Academy of Engineering. See full details here: https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/from-ai-to-big-data-can-technology-save-the-nhs/
At a time of ever-increasing healthcare costs, waiting times and ever-increasing strains on GPs and A&E departments, there is increased urgency in trying to find new approaches to treatment. Against this backdrop of cost-driven strains in patient care, can engineering innovations save the day, perhaps giving patients more independence to accurately self-diagnose and more broadly revolutionise healthcare in the coming decades?
SPEAKERS
Terry Barnesprincipal, Cormorant Policy Advice; fellow, Institute of Economic Affairs; former special adviser to two Australian health ministers
Trisha Greenhalghprofessor of primary care health sciences and fellow, Green Templeton College, University of Oxford
Timandra Harknessjournalist, writer & broadcaster; presenter, FutureProofing; author, Big Data: does size matter?
Professor Mark Tooleymedical technology consultant; president, Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine
Dr ir Isabel Van De KeereCEO & founder, Immersive Rehab]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5338</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Free speech for me, but not for thee</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Free speech for me, but not for thee</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/censorship-and-identity-free-speech-for-me-but-not-for-you/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/censorship-and-identity-free-speech-for-me-but-not-for-you/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2017 10:24:39 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/censorship-and-identity-free-speech-for-me-but-not-for-you-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>How should free speech activists respond to the challenge of identity politics? It no longer seems sufficient to cite the First Amendment, quote JS Mill, or cry academic freedom in trying to thwart assaults on free expression. There was a powerful illustration of this problem recently when protesters affiliated with Black Lives Matter gatecrashed an event at the College of William & Mary in Williamsburg, Virginia and prevented the invited guest from the American Civil Liberties Union from speaking, chanting ‘the revolution will not uphold the Constitution’ and ‘liberalism is white supremacy’.</p>
<p>Is it time for civil libertarians to adjust their priorities, to ensure that people with ‘protected characteristics’ are given ‘particular respect’, and their views given a veto on what they deem as hate speech? Are those who argue for free speech – no ifs, no buts – too often providing the privileged with a licence to talk over the marginalised, even to incite bigotry? Or is identity politics the new tool of censorship and, if so, how should we respond?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi
sociologist and social commentator; author, Populism and the European Culture Wars; previous books include: What’s Happened to the University? and Invitation To Terror and On Tolerance</p>
<p>Nick Gillespie
US journalist and commentator; editor in chief, Reason.com and Reason TV, the online and video platforms of Reason magazine</p>
<p>Jodie Ginsberg
chief executive, Index on Censorship</p>
<p>Trevor Phillips
writer and television producer; founding chair, Equality and Human Rights Commission</p>
<p>Toby Young
director, New Schools Network; associate editor, The Spectator; editor, Spectator Life</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How should free speech activists respond to the challenge of identity politics? It no longer seems sufficient to cite the First Amendment, quote JS Mill, or cry academic freedom in trying to thwart assaults on free expression. There was a powerful illustration of this problem recently when protesters affiliated with Black Lives Matter gatecrashed an event at the College of William & Mary in Williamsburg, Virginia and prevented the invited guest from the American Civil Liberties Union from speaking, chanting ‘the revolution will not uphold the Constitution’ and ‘liberalism is white supremacy’.</p>
<p>Is it time for civil libertarians to adjust their priorities, to ensure that people with ‘protected characteristics’ are given ‘particular respect’, and their views given a veto on what they deem as hate speech? Are those who argue for free speech – no ifs, no buts – too often providing the privileged with a licence to talk over the marginalised, even to incite bigotry? Or is identity politics the new tool of censorship and, if so, how should we respond?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, Populism and the European Culture Wars; previous books include: What’s Happened to the University? and Invitation To Terror and On Tolerance</p>
<p>Nick Gillespie<br>
US journalist and commentator; editor in chief, Reason.com and Reason TV, the online and video platforms of Reason magazine</p>
<p>Jodie Ginsberg<br>
chief executive, Index on Censorship</p>
<p>Trevor Phillips<br>
writer and television producer; founding chair, Equality and Human Rights Commission</p>
<p>Toby Young<br>
director, New Schools Network; associate editor, The Spectator; editor, Spectator Life</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bm46qc/censorship_and_identity_edit.mp3" length="123073560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[How should free speech activists respond to the challenge of identity politics? It no longer seems sufficient to cite the First Amendment, quote JS Mill, or cry academic freedom in trying to thwart assaults on free expression. There was a powerful illustration of this problem recently when protesters affiliated with Black Lives Matter gatecrashed an event at the College of William & Mary in Williamsburg, Virginia and prevented the invited guest from the American Civil Liberties Union from speaking, chanting ‘the revolution will not uphold the Constitution’ and ‘liberalism is white supremacy’.
Is it time for civil libertarians to adjust their priorities, to ensure that people with ‘protected characteristics’ are given ‘particular respect’, and their views given a veto on what they deem as hate speech? Are those who argue for free speech – no ifs, no buts – too often providing the privileged with a licence to talk over the marginalised, even to incite bigotry? Or is identity politics the new tool of censorship and, if so, how should we respond?
SPEAKERS
Professor Frank Furedisociologist and social commentator; author, Populism and the European Culture Wars; previous books include: What’s Happened to the University? and Invitation To Terror and On Tolerance
Nick GillespieUS journalist and commentator; editor in chief, Reason.com and Reason TV, the online and video platforms of Reason magazine
Jodie Ginsbergchief executive, Index on Censorship
Trevor Phillipswriter and television producer; founding chair, Equality and Human Rights Commission
Toby Youngdirector, New Schools Network; associate editor, The Spectator; editor, Spectator Life]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6002</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2017: Professor Stephen Farrall on Generation Right and the legacy of Margaret Thatcher</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2017: Professor Stephen Farrall on Generation Right and the legacy of Margaret Thatcher</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/professor-stephen-farrall-on-generation-right-and-the-legacy-of-margaret-thatcher/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/professor-stephen-farrall-on-generation-right-and-the-legacy-of-margaret-thatcher/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 13:56:37 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/professor-stephen-farrall-on-generation-right-and-the-legacy-of-margaret-thatcher-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Stephen Farrall, professor of criminology in the Centre for Criminological Research at the School of Law, University of Sheffield, talks to Rob Lyons about his film Generation Right, which looks at the election of Margaret Thatcher and her subsequent policies, particularly in relation to crime and criminal justice policy.</p>
<p>Stephen notes how Thatcher's economic policies - in particular, the way they created mass unemployment and drove down welfare provision - led to an increase in crime. Yet she remained popular for aspirational members of the working class. He also discusses how it was subsequent administrations who really got 'tough on crime', for example in relation to sentencing, and whether we can still talk about 'Generation Right' since the rise of Jeremy Corbyn.</p>
<p>The film screening and debate, GENERATION RIGHT – THE LEGACY OF MARGARET THATCHER, takes place at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 29 October at 2pm. Visit the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/generation-right-the-legacy-of-margaret-thatcher/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website for more details.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Stephen Farrall, professor of criminology in the Centre for Criminological Research at the School of Law, University of Sheffield, talks to Rob Lyons about his film <em>Generation Right</em>, which looks at the election of Margaret Thatcher and her subsequent policies, particularly in relation to crime and criminal justice policy.</p>
<p>Stephen notes how Thatcher's economic policies - in particular, the way they created mass unemployment and drove down welfare provision - led to an increase in crime. Yet she remained popular for aspirational members of the working class. He also discusses how it was subsequent administrations who really got 'tough on crime', for example in relation to sentencing, and whether we can still talk about 'Generation Right' since the rise of Jeremy Corbyn.</p>
<p>The film screening and debate, GENERATION RIGHT – THE LEGACY OF MARGARET THATCHER, takes place at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 29 October at 2pm. Visit the <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/generation-right-the-legacy-of-margaret-thatcher/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website for more details.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ttd8ih/stephen_farrall_podcast_edited.mp3" length="21821116" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Stephen Farrall, professor of criminology in the Centre for Criminological Research at the School of Law, University of Sheffield, talks to Rob Lyons about his film Generation Right, which looks at the election of Margaret Thatcher and her subsequent policies, particularly in relation to crime and criminal justice policy.
Stephen notes how Thatcher's economic policies - in particular, the way they created mass unemployment and drove down welfare provision - led to an increase in crime. Yet she remained popular for aspirational members of the working class. He also discusses how it was subsequent administrations who really got 'tough on crime', for example in relation to sentencing, and whether we can still talk about 'Generation Right' since the rise of Jeremy Corbyn.
The film screening and debate, GENERATION RIGHT – THE LEGACY OF MARGARET THATCHER, takes place at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 29 October at 2pm. Visit the Battle of Ideas website for more details.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1216</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOI_2017_BATTLE_DATE_VENUE_SQ_BANNER_-_facebook_version.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Jamie Bartlett on the reaction against Silicon Valley</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Jamie Bartlett on the reaction against Silicon Valley</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-jamie-bartlett-on-the-reaction-against-silicon-valley/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-jamie-bartlett-on-the-reaction-against-silicon-valley/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 18 Oct 2017 14:23:15 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/battle-cry-jamie-bartlett-on-the-reaction-against-silicon-valley-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Jamie Bartlett is the director of the Centre for the Analysis of Social Media at the think-tank Demos, where he specialises in online social movements, the impact of technology on society, and new big data research methods. He is also author of the best-selling book The Dark Net (2014) about internet subcultures and Radicals (2017) about fringe political movements. Earlier this year he presented the BBC series The Secrets of Silicon Valley.</p>
<p>In this podcast, Jamie talks to Max Sanderson about why Silicon Valley giants like Facebook, Google, Apple and Amazon have come in for increasing criticism recently, what impact the rise of data as the 'new oil' has had and to what extent the reaction against Silicon Valley is justified.</p>
<p>Jamie is speaking in the session <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/silicon-valley-from-heroes-to-zeroes/'>Silicon Valley: From heroes to zeroes?</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican in London on 29 October 2017.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jamie Bartlett is the director of the Centre for the Analysis of Social Media at the think-tank Demos, where he specialises in online social movements, the impact of technology on society, and new big data research methods. He is also author of the best-selling book <em>The Dark Net </em>(2014)<em> </em>about internet subcultures and <em>Radicals </em>(2017) about fringe political movements. Earlier this year he presented the BBC series <em>The Secrets of Silicon Valley</em>.</p>
<p>In this podcast, Jamie talks to Max Sanderson about why Silicon Valley giants like Facebook, Google, Apple and Amazon have come in for increasing criticism recently, what impact the rise of data as the 'new oil' has had and to what extent the reaction against Silicon Valley is justified.</p>
<p>Jamie is speaking in the session <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/silicon-valley-from-heroes-to-zeroes/'>Silicon Valley: From heroes to zeroes?</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican in London on 29 October 2017.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/k8wmgq/BC_JB_FIRST_MIXED.mp3" length="16372003" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Jamie Bartlett is the director of the Centre for the Analysis of Social Media at the think-tank Demos, where he specialises in online social movements, the impact of technology on society, and new big data research methods. He is also author of the best-selling book The Dark Net (2014) about internet subcultures and Radicals (2017) about fringe political movements. Earlier this year he presented the BBC series The Secrets of Silicon Valley.
In this podcast, Jamie talks to Max Sanderson about why Silicon Valley giants like Facebook, Google, Apple and Amazon have come in for increasing criticism recently, what impact the rise of data as the 'new oil' has had and to what extent the reaction against Silicon Valley is justified.
Jamie is speaking in the session Silicon Valley: From heroes to zeroes? at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican in London on 29 October 2017.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1022</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/BOI_2017_BATTLE_DATE_VENUE_SQ_BANNER_-_facebook_version.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Joanna Williams on contemporary feminism</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Joanna Williams on contemporary feminism</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-joanna-williams-on-contemporary-feminism/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-joanna-williams-on-contemporary-feminism/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2017 14:14:42 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/battle-cry-joanna-williams-on-contemporary-feminism-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Feminists routinely argue that women remain disadvantaged in society. But as Joanna Williams argues in her new book, Women vs Feminism: Why We All Need Liberating from the Gender Wars, this is now rarely the case in the UK. In fact, as she explains to Max Sanderson, by emphasising vulnerability, contemporary feminism actually perpetuates some out-dated notions about women and moves us further away from equality and liberation.</p>
<p>Joanna is speaking in the session <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/women-versus-feminism-do-we-all-need-liberating-from-the-gender-wars/'>Women versus Feminism: do we all need liberating from the gender wars?</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican in London on 28 October 2017.</p>
<p><a href='http://books.emeraldinsight.com/page/detail/Women-vs-Feminism/?k=9781787144767'>Women vs Feminism: Why We All Need Liberating from the Gender Wars</a> was published by Emerald on 10 October 2017.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Feminists routinely argue that women remain disadvantaged in society. But as Joanna Williams argues in her new book, <em>Women vs Feminism: Why We All Need Liberating from the Gender Wars, </em>this is now rarely the case in the UK. In fact, as she explains to Max Sanderson, by emphasising vulnerability, contemporary feminism actually perpetuates some out-dated notions about women and moves us further away from equality and liberation.</p>
<p>Joanna is speaking in the session <a href='https://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/women-versus-feminism-do-we-all-need-liberating-from-the-gender-wars/'>Women versus Feminism: do we all need liberating from the gender wars?</a> at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican in London on 28 October 2017.</p>
<p><em><a href='http://books.emeraldinsight.com/page/detail/Women-vs-Feminism/?k=9781787144767'>Women vs Feminism: Why We All Need Liberating from the Gender Wars</a> </em>was published by Emerald on 10 October 2017.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jc5tg8/BC_JW_FINAL_MIXED.mp3" length="18248995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Feminists routinely argue that women remain disadvantaged in society. But as Joanna Williams argues in her new book, Women vs Feminism: Why We All Need Liberating from the Gender Wars, this is now rarely the case in the UK. In fact, as she explains to Max Sanderson, by emphasising vulnerability, contemporary feminism actually perpetuates some out-dated notions about women and moves us further away from equality and liberation.
Joanna is speaking in the session Women versus Feminism: do we all need liberating from the gender wars? at the Battle of Ideas festival at The Barbican in London on 28 October 2017.
Women vs Feminism: Why We All Need Liberating from the Gender Wars was published by Emerald on 10 October 2017.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1140</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Battle of Ideas preview</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Battle of Ideas preview</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-battle-of-ideas-preview/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-battle-of-ideas-preview/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 17:22:34 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/podcast-of-ideas-battle-of-ideas-preview-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox, Rob Lyons and Adam Rawcliffe look ahead to the Battle of Ideas 2017 at The Barbican in London, pulling out some personal highlights from the 100+ debates taking place over the festival weekend - from populism and cultural appropriation to the end of globalisation and street art.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox, Rob Lyons and Adam Rawcliffe look ahead to the Battle of Ideas 2017 at The Barbican in London, pulling out some personal highlights from the 100+ debates taking place over the festival weekend - from populism and cultural appropriation to the end of globalisation and street art.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/p4suag/battle2017preview_podcast.mp3" length="48626048" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Claire Fox, Rob Lyons and Adam Rawcliffe look ahead to the Battle of Ideas 2017 at The Barbican in London, pulling out some personal highlights from the 100+ debates taking place over the festival weekend - from populism and cultural appropriation to the end of globalisation and street art.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2141</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Professor Tim Ingold on evolutionary psychology</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Professor Tim Ingold on evolutionary psychology</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-professor-tim-ingold-on-evolutionary-psychology/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-professor-tim-ingold-on-evolutionary-psychology/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2017 14:35:04 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/battle-cry-professor-tim-ingold-on-evolutionary-psychology-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The furore around a memo written by Google engineer James Damore, which argued that the relative paucity of female engineers could be explained in part by biology, brought the field of evolutionary psychology (EP) to wider public attention. EP seeks to identify the psychological traits that were adaptive in our evolution, forming part of ‘human nature’, and has been used to explain everything from gender differences to our propensity to eat unhealthy food. But critics argue EP is reductive and dehumanising. Should we reject an evolutionary perspective simply because it throws up some uncomfortable conclusions? Can evolution really explain modern psychology when culture and language appear to be changing at an unprecedented rate?</p>
<p>In this edition of Battle Cry, Max Sanderson talks to Professor Tim Ingold, who offers a critical analysis of evolutionary psychology. Professor Ingold will be speaking at the debate <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-ghosts-of-evolutionary-psychology-haunting-or-helpful/'>From gender to empathy: what can evolutionary psychology tell us?</a> at the Battle of Ideas 2017 on 28 & 29 October at the Barbican in London.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The furore around a memo written by Google engineer James Damore, which argued that the relative paucity of female engineers could be explained in part by biology, brought the field of evolutionary psychology (EP) to wider public attention. EP seeks to identify the psychological traits that were adaptive in our evolution, forming part of ‘human nature’, and has been used to explain everything from gender differences to our propensity to eat unhealthy food. But critics argue EP is reductive and dehumanising. Should we reject an evolutionary perspective simply because it throws up some uncomfortable conclusions? Can evolution really explain modern psychology when culture and language appear to be changing at an unprecedented rate?</p>
<p>In this edition of Battle Cry, Max Sanderson talks to Professor Tim Ingold, who offers a critical analysis of evolutionary psychology. Professor Ingold will be speaking at the debate <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/session/the-ghosts-of-evolutionary-psychology-haunting-or-helpful/'>From gender to empathy: what can evolutionary psychology tell us?</a> at the Battle of Ideas 2017 on 28 & 29 October at the Barbican in London.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/b829gf/BC_Tim_Ingold.mp3" length="17085091" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The furore around a memo written by Google engineer James Damore, which argued that the relative paucity of female engineers could be explained in part by biology, brought the field of evolutionary psychology (EP) to wider public attention. EP seeks to identify the psychological traits that were adaptive in our evolution, forming part of ‘human nature’, and has been used to explain everything from gender differences to our propensity to eat unhealthy food. But critics argue EP is reductive and dehumanising. Should we reject an evolutionary perspective simply because it throws up some uncomfortable conclusions? Can evolution really explain modern psychology when culture and language appear to be changing at an unprecedented rate?
In this edition of Battle Cry, Max Sanderson talks to Professor Tim Ingold, who offers a critical analysis of evolutionary psychology. Professor Ingold will be speaking at the debate From gender to empathy: what can evolutionary psychology tell us? at the Battle of Ideas 2017 on 28 & 29 October at the Barbican in London.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1067</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Cathy Young on the rise of the alt-right</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Cathy Young on the rise of the alt-right</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-cathy-young-on-the-rise-of-the-alt-right/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-cathy-young-on-the-rise-of-the-alt-right/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2017 10:02:01 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/battle-cry-cathy-young-on-the-rise-of-the-alt-right-24b00f90dd1700f333f1ee8f1a4eedd1</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Cathy Young, contributing editor at Reason magazine and columnist for Newsday, talks to Max Sanderson about the recent political phenomenon of the alt-right. Who are they? Where did they come from? Why has the alt-right become popular and what does it stand for?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Cathy Young, contributing editor at <em>Reason</em> magazine and columnist for <em>Newsday</em>, talks to Max Sanderson about the recent political phenomenon of the alt-right. Who are they? Where did they come from? Why has the alt-right become popular and what does it stand for?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cy4iea/BC_Cathy_Young_FINAL_MIXED.mp3" length="19225507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Cathy Young, contributing editor at Reason magazine and columnist for Newsday, talks to Max Sanderson about the recent political phenomenon of the alt-right. Who are they? Where did they come from? Why has the alt-right become popular and what does it stand for?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1201</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/battle_2017_logo_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: From Islamic State to Oxford - a monumental war on the past?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: From Islamic State to Oxford - a monumental war on the past?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-islamic-state-to-oxford-a-monumental-war-on-the-past/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-islamic-state-to-oxford-a-monumental-war-on-the-past/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 18 Aug 2017 13:04:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-islamic-state-to-oxford-a-monumental-war-on-the-past/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>With the furores this week over statues, we are republishing this debate from Battle of Ideas 2015.</p>
<p>The Islamic State’s attacks on antiquities in Iraq and Syria have caused outrage worldwide. The systematic destruction of ancient archaeological ruins at Nimrud and Palmyra, artefacts at the museum of Mosul, early Christian churches and sacred Shia sites has raised almost as much ire internationally as IS’s barbaric execution of prisoners. Some have even suggested that attacks on cultural artefacts justify increased Western military intervention. 

 The phenomenon has been widely attributed to IS’s strict Islamist doctrine and broad interpretation of what constitutes idolatry. Many have drawn parallels with similar acts of destruction by other Islamic fundamentalists, like the Taliban’s destruction of the Buddhas of Bamiyan in 2001 and the torching of large collections of fifteenth century manuscripts by Malian Islamists in Timbuktu in 2013. </p>
<p>Others have compared IS’s actions to the Christian destruction of idolatry in the Byzantine and Reformation periods, but IS’s war on the culture of the past seems driven by more than religious iconoclasm. Like the brutal beheadings and immolation of prisoners, the destruction of antiquities is designed to shock the West’s sensibilities while proving IS’s barbaric credentials. Destroying the vestiges of past cultures is a way of making a statement about the world IS would like forge. </p>
<p>Understandably, the destruction of irreplaceable relics from early civilizations inspires a special kind of indignation. Yet when contemporary societies try to expunge the past of things of which they disapprove, they face less criticism. This year, South Africa has seen campaigns and vandalism aimed at ridding the country of public symbols of its colonial past, notably statues of Cecil Rhodes and Queen Victoria. The campaign spread to Oxford University in the UK with students demanding the removal of a statues and portraits of Rhodes and former slave holders like Christopher Codrington. Elsewhere in the UK, there is increasing reticence about museum collections acquired during colonial adventures, notably that of the British Museum. While in Ukraine, the Kiev government has ordered the destruction of all Soviet-era statues.</p>
<p>Is it a distortion to compare efforts in other countries to rid themselves of icons of colonialism, prejudice and unhealthy habits with IS’s war on civilisation itself? Or do we need to take a stand for preserving the relics of humanity’s past culture in all contexts, whether it makes us uncomfortable or not? Is it problematic that some seem more upset by the destruction of inanimate objects than murders carried out by the ISIS regime?  Does IS’s actions warrant military intervention or the formation of a transnational organisation to protect ancient cultural relics from destruction? What should be done?</p>



Speakers


 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7999'>Julian Baggini</a> 
founding editor, the Philosophers' Magazine; author, Freedom Regained: the possibility of free will and The Ego Trick
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10965'>Robert Bevan</a> 
writer; heritage consultant; architecture critic for the London Evening Standard; author, The Destruction of Memory: architecture at war 
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/219'>Dr Tiffany Jenkins</a> 
academic, columnist, author, Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/797'>Dr Sean Lang</a> 
senior lecturer in history, Anglia Ruskin University; director, Better History Forum
 


Chair


 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9091'>Rossa Minogue</a> 
resources editor, Institute of Ideas
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With the furores this week over statues, we are republishing this debate from Battle of Ideas 2015.</p>
<p>The Islamic State’s attacks on antiquities in Iraq and Syria have caused outrage worldwide. The systematic destruction of ancient archaeological ruins at Nimrud and Palmyra, artefacts at the museum of Mosul, early Christian churches and sacred Shia sites has raised almost as much ire internationally as IS’s barbaric execution of prisoners. Some have even suggested that attacks on cultural artefacts justify increased Western military intervention. <br>
<br>
 The phenomenon has been widely attributed to IS’s strict Islamist doctrine and broad interpretation of what constitutes idolatry. Many have drawn parallels with similar acts of destruction by other Islamic fundamentalists, like the Taliban’s destruction of the Buddhas of Bamiyan in 2001 and the torching of large collections of fifteenth century manuscripts by Malian Islamists in Timbuktu in 2013. </p>
<p>Others have compared IS’s actions to the Christian destruction of idolatry in the Byzantine and Reformation periods, but IS’s war on the culture of the past seems driven by more than religious iconoclasm. Like the brutal beheadings and immolation of prisoners, the destruction of antiquities is designed to shock the West’s sensibilities while proving IS’s barbaric credentials. Destroying the vestiges of past cultures is a way of making a statement about the world IS would like forge. </p>
<p>Understandably, the destruction of irreplaceable relics from early civilizations inspires a special kind of indignation. Yet when contemporary societies try to expunge the past of things of which they disapprove, they face less criticism. This year, South Africa has seen campaigns and vandalism aimed at ridding the country of public symbols of its colonial past, notably statues of Cecil Rhodes and Queen Victoria. The campaign spread to Oxford University in the UK with students demanding the removal of a statues and portraits of Rhodes and former slave holders like Christopher Codrington. Elsewhere in the UK, there is increasing reticence about museum collections acquired during colonial adventures, notably that of the British Museum. While in Ukraine, the Kiev government has ordered the destruction of all Soviet-era statues.</p>
<p>Is it a distortion to compare efforts in other countries to rid themselves of icons of colonialism, prejudice and unhealthy habits with IS’s war on civilisation itself? Or do we need to take a stand for preserving the relics of humanity’s past culture in all contexts, whether it makes us uncomfortable or not? Is it problematic that some seem more upset by the destruction of inanimate objects than murders carried out by the ISIS regime?  Does IS’s actions warrant military intervention or the formation of a transnational organisation to protect ancient cultural relics from destruction? What should be done?</p>



Speakers


 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7999'>Julian Baggini</a> <br>
founding editor, the <em>Philosophers' Magazine</em>; author, <em>Freedom Regained: the possibility of free will</em> and <em>The Ego Trick</em>
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10965'>Robert Bevan</a> <br>
writer; heritage consultant; architecture critic for the London <em>Evening Standard</em>; author, <em>The Destruction of Memory: architecture at war </em>
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/219'>Dr Tiffany Jenkins</a> <br>
academic, columnist, author, <em>Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there</em>
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/797'>Dr Sean Lang</a> <br>
senior lecturer in history, Anglia Ruskin University; director, Better History Forum
 


Chair


 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9091'>Rossa Minogue</a> <br>
resources editor, Institute of Ideas
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ytczyd/From_ISIS_to_Oxford_viaSoundcloud.mp3" length="43177266" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[With the furores this week over statues, we are republishing this debate from Battle of Ideas 2015.
The Islamic State’s attacks on antiquities in Iraq and Syria have caused outrage worldwide. The systematic destruction of ancient archaeological ruins at Nimrud and Palmyra, artefacts at the museum of Mosul, early Christian churches and sacred Shia sites has raised almost as much ire internationally as IS’s barbaric execution of prisoners. Some have even suggested that attacks on cultural artefacts justify increased Western military intervention.  The phenomenon has been widely attributed to IS’s strict Islamist doctrine and broad interpretation of what constitutes idolatry. Many have drawn parallels with similar acts of destruction by other Islamic fundamentalists, like the Taliban’s destruction of the Buddhas of Bamiyan in 2001 and the torching of large collections of fifteenth century manuscripts by Malian Islamists in Timbuktu in 2013. 
Others have compared IS’s actions to the Christian destruction of idolatry in the Byzantine and Reformation periods, but IS’s war on the culture of the past seems driven by more than religious iconoclasm. Like the brutal beheadings and immolation of prisoners, the destruction of antiquities is designed to shock the West’s sensibilities while proving IS’s barbaric credentials. Destroying the vestiges of past cultures is a way of making a statement about the world IS would like forge. 
Understandably, the destruction of irreplaceable relics from early civilizations inspires a special kind of indignation. Yet when contemporary societies try to expunge the past of things of which they disapprove, they face less criticism. This year, South Africa has seen campaigns and vandalism aimed at ridding the country of public symbols of its colonial past, notably statues of Cecil Rhodes and Queen Victoria. The campaign spread to Oxford University in the UK with students demanding the removal of a statues and portraits of Rhodes and former slave holders like Christopher Codrington. Elsewhere in the UK, there is increasing reticence about museum collections acquired during colonial adventures, notably that of the British Museum. While in Ukraine, the Kiev government has ordered the destruction of all Soviet-era statues.
Is it a distortion to compare efforts in other countries to rid themselves of icons of colonialism, prejudice and unhealthy habits with IS’s war on civilisation itself? Or do we need to take a stand for preserving the relics of humanity’s past culture in all contexts, whether it makes us uncomfortable or not? Is it problematic that some seem more upset by the destruction of inanimate objects than murders carried out by the ISIS regime?  Does IS’s actions warrant military intervention or the formation of a transnational organisation to protect ancient cultural relics from destruction? What should be done?



Speakers


 
Julian Baggini founding editor, the Philosophers' Magazine; author, Freedom Regained: the possibility of free will and The Ego Trick
 
Robert Bevan writer; heritage consultant; architecture critic for the London Evening Standard; author, The Destruction of Memory: architecture at war 
 
Dr Tiffany Jenkins academic, columnist, author, Keeping Their Marbles: how treasures of the past ended up in museums and why they should stay there
 
Dr Sean Lang senior lecturer in history, Anglia Ruskin University; director, Better History Forum
 


Chair


 
Rossa Minogue resources editor, Institute of Ideas
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4126</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Scaramucci, gender identity and the Brexit transitional phase</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Scaramucci, gender identity and the Brexit transitional phase</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-3-august-2017/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-3-august-2017/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Aug 2017 11:30:32 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-3-august-2017/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Claire Fox, Izzy Lyons and Rob Lyons to discuss the news of the past two weeks.</p>
<p>As Anthony Scaramucci leaves the White House after just 10 days, what on earth is going on inside the Trump administration? What are the pros and cons of Justine Greening's proposals on self-determination of gender identity? What should we make of the row over pay at the BBC? With public disagreements on what leaving the EU should mean and how long any transitional phase should last, is Brexit itself under threat?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Claire Fox, Izzy Lyons and Rob Lyons to discuss the news of the past two weeks.</p>
<p>As Anthony Scaramucci leaves the White House after just 10 days, what on earth is going on inside the Trump administration? What are the pros and cons of Justine Greening's proposals on self-determination of gender identity? What should we make of the row over pay at the BBC? With public disagreements on what leaving the EU should mean and how long any transitional phase should last, is Brexit itself under threat?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3djx35/podcast_of_ideas_3_August_2017.mp3" length="42763502" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Claire Fox, Izzy Lyons and Rob Lyons to discuss the news of the past two weeks.
As Anthony Scaramucci leaves the White House after just 10 days, what on earth is going on inside the Trump administration? What are the pros and cons of Justine Greening's proposals on self-determination of gender identity? What should we make of the row over pay at the BBC? With public disagreements on what leaving the EU should mean and how long any transitional phase should last, is Brexit itself under threat?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1979</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: public-sector pay, Donald Trump and Emmanuel Macron</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: public-sector pay, Donald Trump and Emmanuel Macron</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-7-july-2017/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-7-july-2017/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jul 2017 12:00:09 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-7-july-2017/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Alastair Donald and Claire Fox to discuss the week's news, including the row over public-sector pay, the current state of play in British politics, Donald Trump vs CNN and the aloof behaviour of Emmanuel Macron.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Alastair Donald and Claire Fox to discuss the week's news, including the row over public-sector pay, the current state of play in British politics, Donald Trump vs CNN and the aloof behaviour of Emmanuel Macron.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bg5w4k/Podcast_of_Ideas_6July2017-edited.mp3" length="55717389" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons is joined by Alastair Donald and Claire Fox to discuss the week's news, including the row over public-sector pay, the current state of play in British politics, Donald Trump vs CNN and the aloof behaviour of Emmanuel Macron.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2452</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the Grenfell tragedy, the Finsbury Park attack and the DUP</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the Grenfell tragedy, the Finsbury Park attack and the DUP</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-20-june-2017/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-20-june-2017/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2017 19:31:34 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-20-june-2017/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Pauline Hadaway to talk the events of the past week.</p>
<p>Is the public discussion to the Grenfell Tower fire helpful or will it divert attention from some important underlying issues? Why were ministers so quick to label the attack on Muslims in Finsbury Parks as 'terrorism'? What do the Brexit talks and the potential Conservative deal with the DUP mean for Northern Ireland?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Pauline Hadaway to talk the events of the past week.</p>
<p>Is the public discussion to the Grenfell Tower fire helpful or will it divert attention from some important underlying issues? Why were ministers so quick to label the attack on Muslims in Finsbury Parks as 'terrorism'? What do the Brexit talks and the potential Conservative deal with the DUP mean for Northern Ireland?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/xkmxpc/podcast_of_ideas_grenfell_tower_finsbury_park.mp3" length="47709180" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Alastair Donald, Geoff Kidder and Pauline Hadaway to talk the events of the past week.
Is the public discussion to the Grenfell Tower fire helpful or will it divert attention from some important underlying issues? Why were ministers so quick to label the attack on Muslims in Finsbury Parks as 'terrorism'? What do the Brexit talks and the potential Conservative deal with the DUP mean for Northern Ireland?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2287</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: further reflections on Election 2017</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: further reflections on Election 2017</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-further-reflections-on-election-2017/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-further-reflections-on-election-2017/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jun 2017 14:27:56 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-further-reflections-on-election-2017/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Dolan Cummings, Alastair Donald and Claire Fox to discuss the fallout from the General Election.</p>
<p>Can Theresa May survive without an overall majority? Is the strong reaction to a post-election deal with the DUP justified? Has class made a comeback at this election? And how should we view the apparent sharp rise in the youth vote?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Dolan Cummings, Alastair Donald and Claire Fox to discuss the fallout from the General Election.</p>
<p>Can Theresa May survive without an overall majority? Is the strong reaction to a post-election deal with the DUP justified? Has class made a comeback at this election? And how should we view the apparent sharp rise in the youth vote?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yxpgfu/STE-007.mp3" length="49572723" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Dolan Cummings, Alastair Donald and Claire Fox to discuss the fallout from the General Election.
Can Theresa May survive without an overall majority? Is the strong reaction to a post-election deal with the DUP justified? Has class made a comeback at this election? And how should we view the apparent sharp rise in the youth vote?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2272</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the morning after Election 2017</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the morning after Election 2017</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-morning-after-election-2017/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-morning-after-election-2017/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jun 2017 16:28:18 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-morning-after-election-2017/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Alastair Donald, Claire Fox and Geoff Kidder to discuss the surprise result in the General Election.</p>
<p>Why did May’s gamble fail? What’s behind Labour’s relative success? What does the SNP’s decline mean for Scottish independence? What does it all mean for Brexit?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Alastair Donald, Claire Fox and Geoff Kidder to discuss the surprise result in the General Election.</p>
<p>Why did May’s gamble fail? What’s behind Labour’s relative success? What does the SNP’s decline mean for Scottish independence? What does it all mean for Brexit?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ymeyke/post-election-impressions.mp3" length="55136554" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons is joined by Alastair Donald, Claire Fox and Geoff Kidder to discuss the surprise result in the General Election.
Why did May’s gamble fail? What’s behind Labour’s relative success? What does the SNP’s decline mean for Scottish independence? What does it all mean for Brexit?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2629</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 4</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 4</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-4/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-4/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2017 16:04:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-4/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Izzy Lyons to discuss the ramifications of the London Bridge attack for the election, why the opinion polls are so inconsistent, the state of play in Scotland and what people should consider when deciding who to vote for.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Izzy Lyons to discuss the ramifications of the London Bridge attack for the election, why the opinion polls are so inconsistent, the state of play in Scotland and what people should consider when deciding who to vote for.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sajy85/election2017_podcast4.mp3" length="37393026" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Rob Lyons, Jacob Reynolds and Izzy Lyons to discuss the ramifications of the London Bridge attack for the election, why the opinion polls are so inconsistent, the state of play in Scotland and what people should consider when deciding who to vote for.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1738</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 3</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 3</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-3/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-3/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2017 15:42:37 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-3/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Claire Fox, Jacob Furedi and Jacob Reynolds to discuss the political response to the Manchester bombing, the pause in the election campaign, the Tories' u-turn on social-care policy and the need to bring the debate back to Brexit.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Claire Fox, Jacob Furedi and Jacob Reynolds to discuss the political response to the Manchester bombing, the pause in the election campaign, the Tories' u-turn on social-care policy and the need to bring the debate back to Brexit.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ih3rtf/election_2017_podcast3_25May.mp3" length="38621495" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Claire Fox, Jacob Furedi and Jacob Reynolds to discuss the political response to the Manchester bombing, the pause in the election campaign, the Tories' u-turn on social-care policy and the need to bring the debate back to Brexit.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1814</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 2</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 2</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-2/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-2/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2017 14:59:22 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-uk-general-election-episode-2/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>As the UK general election gets into full swing, Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder, Izzy Lyons and Fraser Myers to talk about the latest developments.</p>
<p>Are the local election results any guide to how the country will vote on 8 June? Why are the Conservatives riding high in the polls? Can the Labour Party - or Jeremy Corbyn at least - survive a heavy defeat? And what should we make of the 'progressive alliance' of Labour, Lib Dems, Greens and Scottish Nationalists? Does it amount to anything and can it stop the Tories?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the UK general election gets into full swing, Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder, Izzy Lyons and Fraser Myers to talk about the latest developments.</p>
<p>Are the local election results any guide to how the country will vote on 8 June? Why are the Conservatives riding high in the polls? Can the Labour Party - or Jeremy Corbyn at least - survive a heavy defeat? And what should we make of the 'progressive alliance' of Labour, Lib Dems, Greens and Scottish Nationalists? Does it amount to anything and can it stop the Tories?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4bcte9/Election_podcast_2.mp3" length="34565539" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[As the UK general election gets into full swing, Adam Rawcliffe is joined by Geoff Kidder, Izzy Lyons and Fraser Myers to talk about the latest developments.
Are the local election results any guide to how the country will vote on 8 June? Why are the Conservatives riding high in the polls? Can the Labour Party - or Jeremy Corbyn at least - survive a heavy defeat? And what should we make of the 'progressive alliance' of Labour, Lib Dems, Greens and Scottish Nationalists? Does it amount to anything and can it stop the Tories?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1658</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 1</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: UK general election - episode 1</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-elections-in-the-uk-and-france/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-elections-in-the-uk-and-france/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2017 10:22:48 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-elections-in-the-uk-and-france/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the first of a series of podcasts in the run-up to June's general election in the UK, Adam Rawcliffe introduces a discussion with Claire Fox, Alastair Donald and Geoff Kidder.</p>
<p>What do the team think about the decision to call an election? What are the key debates in Election 2017? Are traditional party political considerations relevant at the moment? Indeed, as suggested by the first round of voting in the French presidential election, are the old parties in terminal decline?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the first of a series of podcasts in the run-up to June's general election in the UK, Adam Rawcliffe introduces a discussion with Claire Fox, Alastair Donald and Geoff Kidder.</p>
<p>What do the team think about the decision to call an election? What are the key debates in Election 2017? Are traditional party political considerations relevant at the moment? Indeed, as suggested by the first round of voting in the French presidential election, are the old parties in terminal decline?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t68abq/election_2017_podcast1_27April.mp3" length="60502218" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the first of a series of podcasts in the run-up to June's general election in the UK, Adam Rawcliffe introduces a discussion with Claire Fox, Alastair Donald and Geoff Kidder.
What do the team think about the decision to call an election? What are the key debates in Election 2017? Are traditional party political considerations relevant at the moment? Indeed, as suggested by the first round of voting in the French presidential election, are the old parties in terminal decline?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2773</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/podcast_of_ideas_rough.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: Phil Mullan’s Creative Destruction - how to start an economic renaissance</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: Phil Mullan’s Creative Destruction - how to start an economic renaissance</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/creative-destruction-how-to-start-an-economic-renaissance/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/creative-destruction-how-to-start-an-economic-renaissance/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 07 Apr 2017 10:05:19 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/creative-destruction-how-to-start-an-economic-renaissance/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Mullan discusses his latest book, Creative Destruction: How to Start an Economic Renaissance (Policy Press), with Austin Williams, director of the <a href='http://futurecities.org.uk/'>Future Cities Project</a>. This was the official launch of the book.</p>
<p>While governments talk of rebalancing the economy, Mullan talks about a fourth industrial revolution - a revolution that doesn't prioritise holding onto jobs, but "lets the low-productivity parts of the economy go". Discuss.</p>
<p>As Mullan puts it, we have "a zombie economy that is being propped up to ensure the semblance of life". So is it time to turn off the life support, or continue CPR?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Mullan discusses his latest book, <em>Creative Destruction: How to Start an Economic Renaissance</em> (Policy Press), with Austin Williams, director of the <a href='http://futurecities.org.uk/'>Future Cities Project</a>. This was the official launch of the book.</p>
<p>While governments talk of rebalancing the economy, Mullan talks about a fourth industrial revolution - a revolution that doesn't prioritise holding onto jobs, but "lets the low-productivity parts of the economy go". Discuss.</p>
<p>As Mullan puts it, we have "a zombie economy that is being propped up to ensure the semblance of life". So is it time to turn off the life support, or continue CPR?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dg42g5/phil_creative_destruction_launch_edited.mp3" length="110121536" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Phil Mullan discusses his latest book, Creative Destruction: How to Start an Economic Renaissance (Policy Press), with Austin Williams, director of the Future Cities Project. This was the official launch of the book.
While governments talk of rebalancing the economy, Mullan talks about a fourth industrial revolution - a revolution that doesn't prioritise holding onto jobs, but "lets the low-productivity parts of the economy go". Discuss.
As Mullan puts it, we have "a zombie economy that is being propped up to ensure the semblance of life". So is it time to turn off the life support, or continue CPR?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5440</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
            </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Cosmopolitanism and sovereignty - what next for Europe?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Cosmopolitanism and sovereignty - what next for Europe?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cosmopolitanism-and-sovereignty-what-next-for-europe/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cosmopolitanism-and-sovereignty-what-next-for-europe/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 31 Mar 2017 10:48:17 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cosmopolitanism-and-sovereignty-what-next-for-europe/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>According to Jean-Claude Juncker, ‘borders are the worst invention ever made by politicians’. For the president of the European Commission, transnational institutions like the EU are champions of cosmopolitanism. But is there really a contradiction between national sovereignty and internationalism? The cosmopolitan ideal, first conceptualised by Immanuel Kant, emerged in parallel with the rise of the nation state. Looking to the future of Europe, Frank Furedi explores the changing meaning of cosmopolitanism for European identity today, and asks how we might find a way to be European, openminded and outward-looking beyond the borders of the EU.</p>
<p>PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDI
sociologist and social commentator; author, What’s Happened to the University?, Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter, and Authority: a sociological history</p>
<p>CHAIR: ANGUS KENNEDY
convenor, The Academy; author, Being Cultured: in defence of discrimination</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>According to Jean-Claude Juncker, ‘borders are the worst invention ever made by politicians’. For the president of the European Commission, transnational institutions like the EU are champions of cosmopolitanism. But is there really a contradiction between national sovereignty and internationalism? The cosmopolitan ideal, first conceptualised by Immanuel Kant, emerged in parallel with the rise of the nation state. Looking to the future of Europe, Frank Furedi explores the changing meaning of cosmopolitanism for European identity today, and asks how we might find a way to be European, openminded and outward-looking beyond the borders of the EU.</p>
<p>PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDI<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, <em>What’s Happened to the University?</em>, <em>Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter</em>, and <em>Authority: a sociological history</em></p>
<p>CHAIR: ANGUS KENNEDY<br>
convenor, The Academy; author, <em>Being Cultured: in defence of discrimination</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jn3cms/cosmpolitanism_battle_2016.mp3" length="25945965" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[According to Jean-Claude Juncker, ‘borders are the worst invention ever made by politicians’. For the president of the European Commission, transnational institutions like the EU are champions of cosmopolitanism. But is there really a contradiction between national sovereignty and internationalism? The cosmopolitan ideal, first conceptualised by Immanuel Kant, emerged in parallel with the rise of the nation state. Looking to the future of Europe, Frank Furedi explores the changing meaning of cosmopolitanism for European identity today, and asks how we might find a way to be European, openminded and outward-looking beyond the borders of the EU.
PROFESSOR FRANK FUREDIsociologist and social commentator; author, What’s Happened to the University?, Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter, and Authority: a sociological history
CHAIR: ANGUS KENNEDYconvenor, The Academy; author, Being Cultured: in defence of discrimination]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1868</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: What next for Brexit?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: What next for Brexit?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-next-for-brexit/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-next-for-brexit/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 17 Mar 2017 12:58:57 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-next-for-brexit/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Parliament has given the government the power to trigger Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty and the formal process of the UK’s departure from the EU should begin before the end of this month. What should British negotiators be seeking from the talks? What should any deal mean for immigration, trade and wider cooperation? Are the difficulties of getting out so great that we should reconsider our decision to leave?</p>
<p>Earlier this week, Rob Lyons was joined by Ian Dunt and Luke Gittos for a lively and passionate discussion of the issues. Ian Dunt is editor of <a href='http://politics.co.uk/'>Politics.co.uk</a> and author of Brexit: what the hell happens now? Luke Gittos is law editor for <a href='http://www.spiked-online.com/'>spiked</a>, an author and a regular speaker at the Battle of Ideas festival.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Parliament has given the government the power to trigger Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty and the formal process of the UK’s departure from the EU should begin before the end of this month. What should British negotiators be seeking from the talks? What should any deal mean for immigration, trade and wider cooperation? Are the difficulties of getting out so great that we should reconsider our decision to leave?</p>
<p>Earlier this week, Rob Lyons was joined by Ian Dunt and Luke Gittos for a lively and passionate discussion of the issues. Ian Dunt is editor of <a href='http://politics.co.uk/'>Politics.co.uk</a> and author of <em>Brexit: what the hell happens now?</em> Luke Gittos is law editor for <a href='http://www.spiked-online.com/'><em>spiked</em></a>, an author and a regular speaker at the Battle of Ideas festival.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nrm7cj/Dunt_v_Gittos_-_Brexit_-_edited.mp3" length="43124980" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Parliament has given the government the power to trigger Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty and the formal process of the UK’s departure from the EU should begin before the end of this month. What should British negotiators be seeking from the talks? What should any deal mean for immigration, trade and wider cooperation? Are the difficulties of getting out so great that we should reconsider our decision to leave?
Earlier this week, Rob Lyons was joined by Ian Dunt and Luke Gittos for a lively and passionate discussion of the issues. Ian Dunt is editor of Politics.co.uk and author of Brexit: what the hell happens now? Luke Gittos is law editor for spiked, an author and a regular speaker at the Battle of Ideas festival.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2082</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Tax wars and inequality</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Tax wars and inequality</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/tax-wars-and-inequality/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/tax-wars-and-inequality/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 Mar 2017 13:57:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/tax-wars-and-inequality/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Arguments over tax and inequality have moved centre stage in politics in recent years. Erstwhile Democratic Party presidential candidate Bernie Sanders declared: ‘The issue of wealth and income inequality is the great moral issue of our time, it is the great economic issue of our time, and it is the great political issue of our time.’ The World Economic Forum argues ‘A growing body of research suggests that rising income inequality is the cause of economic and social ills, ranging from low consumption to social and political unrest, and is damaging to our future economic well-being.’</p>

<p>Then there's the question of paying a 'fair share' of tax. The furore around the Panama Papers, which revealed the tax-avoiding strategies of many wealthy people, recalled Leona Helmsley’s infamous quote ‘We don’t pay taxes. Only the little people pay taxes.’</p>
<p>Should we be worried about inequality as well as poverty? Does inequality have effects on society that go beyond material disadvantage? Why have politicians become so keen on talking up inequality today? Is inequality inevitable – or even beneficial?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Daniel Ben-Ami
journalist and author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress and Cowardly Capitalism</p>
<p>Dr Yaron Brook
executive director, Ayn Rand Institute; co-author, Equal is Unfair: America’s misguided fight against income inequality</p>
<p>Dr Faiza Shaheen
economist, writer, activist; director of CLASS (Centre for Labour and Social Studies); former head of inequality and sustainable development, Save the Children</p>
<p>Stefan Stern
director, High Pay Centre</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Arguments over tax and inequality have moved centre stage in politics in recent years. Erstwhile Democratic Party presidential candidate Bernie Sanders declared: ‘The issue of wealth and income inequality is the great moral issue of our time, it is the great economic issue of our time, and it is the great political issue of our time.’ The World Economic Forum argues ‘A growing body of research suggests that rising income inequality is the cause of economic and social ills, ranging from low consumption to social and political unrest, and is damaging to our future economic well-being.’</p>

<p>Then there's the question of paying a 'fair share' of tax. The furore around the Panama Papers, which revealed the tax-avoiding strategies of many wealthy people, recalled Leona Helmsley’s infamous quote ‘We don’t pay taxes. Only the little people pay taxes.’</p>
<p>Should we be worried about inequality as well as poverty? Does inequality have effects on society that go beyond material disadvantage? Why have politicians become so keen on talking up inequality today? Is inequality inevitable – or even beneficial?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Daniel Ben-Ami<br>
journalist and author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress and Cowardly Capitalism</p>
<p>Dr Yaron Brook<br>
executive director, Ayn Rand Institute; co-author, Equal is Unfair: America’s misguided fight against income inequality</p>
<p>Dr Faiza Shaheen<br>
economist, writer, activist; director of CLASS (Centre for Labour and Social Studies); former head of inequality and sustainable development, Save the Children</p>
<p>Stefan Stern<br>
director, High Pay Centre</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/buegpc/Tax_wars_inequality_full.mp3" length="52073144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Arguments over tax and inequality have moved centre stage in politics in recent years. Erstwhile Democratic Party presidential candidate Bernie Sanders declared: ‘The issue of wealth and income inequality is the great moral issue of our time, it is the great economic issue of our time, and it is the great political issue of our time.’ The World Economic Forum argues ‘A growing body of research suggests that rising income inequality is the cause of economic and social ills, ranging from low consumption to social and political unrest, and is damaging to our future economic well-being.’

Then there's the question of paying a 'fair share' of tax. The furore around the Panama Papers, which revealed the tax-avoiding strategies of many wealthy people, recalled Leona Helmsley’s infamous quote ‘We don’t pay taxes. Only the little people pay taxes.’
Should we be worried about inequality as well as poverty? Does inequality have effects on society that go beyond material disadvantage? Why have politicians become so keen on talking up inequality today? Is inequality inevitable – or even beneficial?
SPEAKERS
Daniel Ben-Amijournalist and author, Ferraris for All: in defence of economic progress and Cowardly Capitalism
Dr Yaron Brookexecutive director, Ayn Rand Institute; co-author, Equal is Unfair: America’s misguided fight against income inequality
Dr Faiza Shaheeneconomist, writer, activist; director of CLASS (Centre for Labour and Social Studies); former head of inequality and sustainable development, Save the Children
Stefan Sterndirector, High Pay Centre
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4449</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boi_logo_334_for_facebook.gif" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Who are we? Identity politics dissected</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Who are we? Identity politics dissected</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/who-are-we-identity-politics-dissected/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/who-are-we-identity-politics-dissected/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Mar 2017 16:30:39 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/who-are-we-identity-politics-dissected/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2016.</p>
<p>In recent years, more and more political and cultural discussions have been conducted through the prism of identity. Who we are, rather than what we do or believe, has become ever more important. But why has this happened and what are the implications?</p>
<p>The shift from the idea of a universal human outlook, born in the Enlightenment, appears to have become badly degraded. This historical trend is the focus of The Academy 2017, the Institute’s residential weekend of study and debate on 15 & 16 July at Wyboston Lakes in Bedfordshire. Early Bird discounted tickets for the event are available until Monday 6 March. Find out more about the event and how to get tickets at <a href='http://instituteofideas.com/events/the_academy_2017'>The Academy 2017 page</a>.</p>
<p>This Battle of Ideas debate from 2016 offers a flavour of some of the issues we’ll be discussing at The Academy.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS
Dr Julian Baggini
founding editor, the Philosophers’ Magazine; author, Freedom Regained: the possibility of free will and The Edge of Reason: A Rational Skeptic in an Irrational World</p>
<p>Ivan Hewett
chief music critic, Daily Telegraph; professor, Royal College of Music; broadcaster; author, Music: healing the rift</p>
<p>Sunder Katwala
director, British Future; former general secretary, Fabian Society</p>
<p>Professor Michele Moody-Adams
Joseph Strauss professor of political philosophy and legal theory, Columbia University; author, Fieldwork in Familiar Places: Morality, culture and philosophy</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2016.</p>
<p>In recent years, more and more political and cultural discussions have been conducted through the prism of identity. Who we are, rather than what we do or believe, has become ever more important. But why has this happened and what are the implications?</p>
<p>The shift from the idea of a universal human outlook, born in the Enlightenment, appears to have become badly degraded. This historical trend is the focus of The Academy 2017, the Institute’s residential weekend of study and debate on 15 & 16 July at Wyboston Lakes in Bedfordshire. Early Bird discounted tickets for the event are available until Monday 6 March. Find out more about the event and how to get tickets at <a href='http://instituteofideas.com/events/the_academy_2017'>The Academy 2017 page</a>.</p>
<p>This Battle of Ideas debate from 2016 offers a flavour of some of the issues we’ll be discussing at The Academy.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS<br>
Dr Julian Baggini<br>
founding editor, the <em>Philosophers’ Magazine</em>; author, <em>Freedom Regained: the possibility of free will</em> and <em>The Edge of Reason: A Rational Skeptic in an Irrational World</em></p>
<p>Ivan Hewett<br>
chief music critic, <em>Daily Telegraph</em>; professor, Royal College of Music; broadcaster; author, <em>Music: healing the rift</em></p>
<p>Sunder Katwala<br>
director, British Future; former general secretary, Fabian Society</p>
<p>Professor Michele Moody-Adams<br>
Joseph Strauss professor of political philosophy and legal theory, Columbia University; author, <em>Fieldwork in Familiar Places: Morality, culture and philosophy</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3zecvs/Who_are_we_Identity_politics_dissected.mp3" length="62516593" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2016.
In recent years, more and more political and cultural discussions have been conducted through the prism of identity. Who we are, rather than what we do or believe, has become ever more important. But why has this happened and what are the implications?
The shift from the idea of a universal human outlook, born in the Enlightenment, appears to have become badly degraded. This historical trend is the focus of The Academy 2017, the Institute’s residential weekend of study and debate on 15 & 16 July at Wyboston Lakes in Bedfordshire. Early Bird discounted tickets for the event are available until Monday 6 March. Find out more about the event and how to get tickets at The Academy 2017 page.
This Battle of Ideas debate from 2016 offers a flavour of some of the issues we’ll be discussing at The Academy.
SPEAKERSDr Julian Bagginifounding editor, the Philosophers’ Magazine; author, Freedom Regained: the possibility of free will and The Edge of Reason: A Rational Skeptic in an Irrational World
Ivan Hewettchief music critic, Daily Telegraph; professor, Royal College of Music; broadcaster; author, Music: healing the rift
Sunder Katwaladirector, British Future; former general secretary, Fabian Society
Professor Michele Moody-AdamsJoseph Strauss professor of political philosophy and legal theory, Columbia University; author, Fieldwork in Familiar Places: Morality, culture and philosophy]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5773</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Immigration - what is the future of free movement?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Immigration - what is the future of free movement?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/immigration-what-is-the-future-of-free-movement/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/immigration-what-is-the-future-of-free-movement/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Feb 2017 13:47:53 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/immigration-what-is-the-future-of-free-movement/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Immigration was a key issue during Britain’s EU referendum. The success of the Leave campaign owed much to the belief that the UK has lost control over its borders. Many British citizens are resentful that their communities have undergone dramatic changes as a result of immigration policies about which they were not consulted. At the same time, there are humane, economic and political arguments for welcoming migrants. So why do we have borders at all? If the EU can manage with porous internal borders, why can’t the whole world? Do open borders really threaten the integrity of a democratic nation state?</p>
<p>NICK CATER
executive director, Menzies Research Centre, Australia; columnist, The Australian</p>
<p>JON HOLBROOK
barrister; writer on legal issues; regular contributor to spiked</p>
<p>KENAN MALIK
writer and broadcaster; author, The Quest for a Moral Compass: a global history of ethics and From Fatwa to Jihad</p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4’s Moral Maze; author, I Find That Offensive</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Immigration was a key issue during Britain’s EU referendum. The success of the Leave campaign owed much to the belief that the UK has lost control over its borders. Many British citizens are resentful that their communities have undergone dramatic changes as a result of immigration policies about which they were not consulted. At the same time, there are humane, economic and political arguments for welcoming migrants. So why do we have borders at all? If the EU can manage with porous internal borders, why can’t the whole world? Do open borders really threaten the integrity of a democratic nation state?</p>
<p>NICK CATER<br>
executive director, Menzies Research Centre, Australia; columnist, <em>The Australian</em></p>
<p>JON HOLBROOK<br>
barrister; writer on legal issues; regular contributor to <em>spiked</em></p>
<p>KENAN MALIK<br>
writer and broadcaster; author, <em>The Quest for a Moral Compass: a global history of ethics</em> and <em>From Fatwa to Jihad</em></p>
<p>CHAIR: CLAIRE FOX<br>
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4’s <em>Moral Maze</em>; author, <em>I Find That Offensive</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/veq5kw/Immigration_-_what_is_the_future_of_free_movement_-_for_Soundcloud.mp3" length="55464887" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Immigration was a key issue during Britain’s EU referendum. The success of the Leave campaign owed much to the belief that the UK has lost control over its borders. Many British citizens are resentful that their communities have undergone dramatic changes as a result of immigration policies about which they were not consulted. At the same time, there are humane, economic and political arguments for welcoming migrants. So why do we have borders at all? If the EU can manage with porous internal borders, why can’t the whole world? Do open borders really threaten the integrity of a democratic nation state?
NICK CATERexecutive director, Menzies Research Centre, Australia; columnist, The Australian
JON HOLBROOKbarrister; writer on legal issues; regular contributor to spiked
KENAN MALIKwriter and broadcaster; author, The Quest for a Moral Compass: a global history of ethics and From Fatwa to Jihad
CHAIR: CLAIRE FOXdirector, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4’s Moral Maze; author, I Find That Offensive]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4141</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Does Britain need an industrial strategy?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Does Britain need an industrial strategy?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/does-britain-need-an-industrial-strategy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/does-britain-need-an-industrial-strategy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 15 Feb 2017 16:55:52 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/does-britain-need-an-industrial-strategy/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons talks to Patrick Hayes, director of the British Educational Suppliers Association, about the UK government's recent consultation document on industrial strategy, why Brexit has focused the minds of politicians on economic growth and why we need to be far more ambitious about supporting research, innovation and wider development.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons talks to Patrick Hayes, director of the British Educational Suppliers Association, about the UK government's recent consultation document on industrial strategy, why Brexit has focused the minds of politicians on economic growth and why we need to be far more ambitious about supporting research, innovation and wider development.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rv4sxm/industrial_strategy_-_Patrick_Hayes.mp3" length="16426687" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons talks to Patrick Hayes, director of the British Educational Suppliers Association, about the UK government's recent consultation document on industrial strategy, why Brexit has focused the minds of politicians on economic growth and why we need to be far more ambitious about supporting research, innovation and wider development.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>730</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: John Bercow’s snub, protests on campus and Living Freedom</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: John Bercow’s snub, protests on campus and Living Freedom</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-10-february-2017/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-10-february-2017/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 Feb 2017 17:10:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-10-february-2017/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Claire Fox and Alastair Donald to discuss the UK government's housing strategy, John Bercow's refusal to invite President Trump to address parliament and the protests against invited speakers on US campuses. The team also discuss a new Institute of Ideas initiative, Living Freedom.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Claire Fox and Alastair Donald to discuss the UK government's housing strategy, John Bercow's refusal to invite President Trump to address parliament and the protests against invited speakers on US campuses. The team also discuss a new Institute of Ideas initiative, Living Freedom.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/b8r8fn/podcast_of_ideas_10_Feb_2017.mp3" length="46299566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons is joined by Claire Fox and Alastair Donald to discuss the UK government's housing strategy, John Bercow's refusal to invite President Trump to address parliament and the protests against invited speakers on US campuses. The team also discuss a new Institute of Ideas initiative, Living Freedom.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2162</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: The UK economy after Brexit - sink or swim?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: The UK economy after Brexit - sink or swim?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-uk-economy-after-brexit-sink-or-swim/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-uk-economy-after-brexit-sink-or-swim/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jan 2017 16:31:13 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-uk-economy-after-brexit-sink-or-swim/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>This week, the latest GDP figures revealed that the UK economy continues to grow faster than expected, despite the vote to leave the European Union. In fact, in 2016, the UK economy grew faster than any of the other G7 industrialised countries.</p>
<p>But will these good times last? Earlier this month, the prime minister, Theresa May, announced that she intended to leave both the EU's single market and customs union. It was just such a scenario that led to some of the bleakest economic forecasts before the referendum vote. However, economists who argued for a vote to leave the EU are generally sanguine about the future, believing the EU had become a barrier to further economic growth. What should the UK look for in negotiations with the remaining member states of the EU?</p>
<p>In any event, are things really so rosy? At a time when all the major economies are struggling, are the latest growth figures a sign of a robust economy or do they simply leave the UK as, temporarily at least, the strongest of an increasingly feeble bunch? Are there more fundamental questions to be asked about the possibilities for creating wealth for everyone in the future, like questioning the poor productivity of the UK economy? Are questions about our relationship with Europe really just a sideshow to more deep-rooted problems?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Daniel Moylan
former deputy chairman of Transport for London; Conservative Councillor; co-chairman, Urban Design London</p>
<p>Phil Mullan
economist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: How to start an economic renaissance(forthcoming)</p>
<p>Merryn Somerset Webb
Editor in Chief, MoneyWeek</p>
<p>Andreas Wesemann
partner, Ashcombe Advisers LLP; author, The Abolition of Deposit Insurance</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week, the latest GDP figures revealed that the UK economy continues to grow faster than expected, despite the vote to leave the European Union. In fact, in 2016, the UK economy grew faster than any of the other G7 industrialised countries.</p>
<p>But will these good times last? Earlier this month, the prime minister, Theresa May, announced that she intended to leave both the EU's single market and customs union. It was just such a scenario that led to some of the bleakest economic forecasts before the referendum vote. However, economists who argued for a vote to leave the EU are generally sanguine about the future, believing the EU had become a barrier to further economic growth. What should the UK look for in negotiations with the remaining member states of the EU?</p>
<p>In any event, are things really so rosy? At a time when all the major economies are struggling, are the latest growth figures a sign of a robust economy or do they simply leave the UK as, temporarily at least, the strongest of an increasingly feeble bunch? Are there more fundamental questions to be asked about the possibilities for creating wealth for everyone in the future, like questioning the poor productivity of the UK economy? Are questions about our relationship with Europe really just a sideshow to more deep-rooted problems?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Daniel Moylan<br>
former deputy chairman of Transport for London; Conservative Councillor; co-chairman, Urban Design London</p>
<p>Phil Mullan<br>
economist and business manager; author, <em>Creative Destruction: How to start an economic renaissance</em>(forthcoming)</p>
<p>Merryn Somerset Webb<br>
Editor in Chief, <em>MoneyWeek</em></p>
<p>Andreas Wesemann<br>
partner, Ashcombe Advisers LLP; author, The Abolition of Deposit Insurance</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wjvspy/afte_brexit_fin.mp3" length="62748483" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[This week, the latest GDP figures revealed that the UK economy continues to grow faster than expected, despite the vote to leave the European Union. In fact, in 2016, the UK economy grew faster than any of the other G7 industrialised countries.
But will these good times last? Earlier this month, the prime minister, Theresa May, announced that she intended to leave both the EU's single market and customs union. It was just such a scenario that led to some of the bleakest economic forecasts before the referendum vote. However, economists who argued for a vote to leave the EU are generally sanguine about the future, believing the EU had become a barrier to further economic growth. What should the UK look for in negotiations with the remaining member states of the EU?
In any event, are things really so rosy? At a time when all the major economies are struggling, are the latest growth figures a sign of a robust economy or do they simply leave the UK as, temporarily at least, the strongest of an increasingly feeble bunch? Are there more fundamental questions to be asked about the possibilities for creating wealth for everyone in the future, like questioning the poor productivity of the UK economy? Are questions about our relationship with Europe really just a sideshow to more deep-rooted problems?
SPEAKERS
Daniel Moylanformer deputy chairman of Transport for London; Conservative Councillor; co-chairman, Urban Design London
Phil Mullaneconomist and business manager; author, Creative Destruction: How to start an economic renaissance(forthcoming)
Merryn Somerset WebbEditor in Chief, MoneyWeek
Andreas Wesemannpartner, Ashcombe Advisers LLP; author, The Abolition of Deposit Insurance]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4439</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Trump’s inauguration and Theresa May’s Brexit speech</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Trump’s inauguration and Theresa May’s Brexit speech</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-20-january-2017/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-20-january-2017/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jan 2017 18:13:55 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-20-january-2017/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Claire Fox and Geoff Kidder to discuss Donald Trump's inauguration, the attitude of liberals and the media to Trump's supporters and offer their thoughts on Theresa May's Brexit speech.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons is joined by Claire Fox and Geoff Kidder to discuss Donald Trump's inauguration, the attitude of liberals and the media to Trump's supporters and offer their thoughts on Theresa May's Brexit speech.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bv5crx/poi_20Jan2017_edited.mp3" length="24788911" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons is joined by Claire Fox and Geoff Kidder to discuss Donald Trump's inauguration, the attitude of liberals and the media to Trump's supporters and offer their thoughts on Theresa May's Brexit speech.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1152</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Is utopian thinking dead?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Is utopian thinking dead?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-utopian-thinking-dead/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-utopian-thinking-dead/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2017 13:17:42 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-utopian-thinking-dead/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>As a new year begins, thoughts turn to the future. But how do we see the year - or the decade - ahead? Do we think that things will get better, that our lives will improve, or will we be stuck in a gloomy mind-set that suggests that the world is going to hell in a handcart? Can we imagine a truly prosperous world where everyone lives in peace - a true utopia?</p>
<p>Does the concept of utopia represent an unattainable ideal – or the kind of idealistic ambition that can promote change in the real world? Debates about technological progress seem to vacillate wildly between utopianism and dystopianism. At a time when innovation is universally celebrated and culturally validated, it also appears to be in a constant state of crisis. Utopian optimism seems destined to remain divorced from practical applications, useful only in terms of blue-sky thinking. But are the constraints on innovation a matter largely of investment and official focus, or are there cultural and intellectual issues too?</p>
<p>This Battle of Ideas debate offered a chance to explore our attitudes to the future.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Yaron Brook
executive director, Ayn Rand Institute; co-author, Equal is Unfair: America’s misguided fight against income inequality</p>
<p>Dr Eliane Glaser
writer, lecturer and radio producer</p>
<p>Dr Norman Lewis
director (innovation), PwC; co-author, Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation</p>
<p>Karl Sharro
architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture</p>
<p>Kirsty Styles
talent and skills programme lead, Tech North</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As a new year begins, thoughts turn to the future. But how do we see the year - or the decade - ahead? Do we think that things will get better, that our lives will improve, or will we be stuck in a gloomy mind-set that suggests that the world is going to hell in a handcart? Can we imagine a truly prosperous world where everyone lives in peace - a true utopia?</p>
<p>Does the concept of utopia represent an unattainable ideal – or the kind of idealistic ambition that can promote change in the real world? Debates about technological progress seem to vacillate wildly between utopianism and dystopianism. At a time when innovation is universally celebrated and culturally validated, it also appears to be in a constant state of crisis. Utopian optimism seems destined to remain divorced from practical applications, useful only in terms of blue-sky thinking. But are the constraints on innovation a matter largely of investment and official focus, or are there cultural and intellectual issues too?</p>
<p>This Battle of Ideas debate offered a chance to explore our attitudes to the future.</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Dr Yaron Brook<br>
executive director, Ayn Rand Institute; co-author, <em>Equal is Unfair: America’s misguided fight against income inequality</em></p>
<p>Dr Eliane Glaser<br>
writer, lecturer and radio producer</p>
<p>Dr Norman Lewis<br>
director (innovation), PwC; co-author, <em>Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation</em></p>
<p>Karl Sharro<br>
architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, <em>Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture</em></p>
<p>Kirsty Styles<br>
talent and skills programme lead, Tech North</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5gbuwy/Utopian_Thinking_Dead.mp3" length="64855570" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[As a new year begins, thoughts turn to the future. But how do we see the year - or the decade - ahead? Do we think that things will get better, that our lives will improve, or will we be stuck in a gloomy mind-set that suggests that the world is going to hell in a handcart? Can we imagine a truly prosperous world where everyone lives in peace - a true utopia?
Does the concept of utopia represent an unattainable ideal – or the kind of idealistic ambition that can promote change in the real world? Debates about technological progress seem to vacillate wildly between utopianism and dystopianism. At a time when innovation is universally celebrated and culturally validated, it also appears to be in a constant state of crisis. Utopian optimism seems destined to remain divorced from practical applications, useful only in terms of blue-sky thinking. But are the constraints on innovation a matter largely of investment and official focus, or are there cultural and intellectual issues too?
This Battle of Ideas debate offered a chance to explore our attitudes to the future.
SPEAKERS
Dr Yaron Brookexecutive director, Ayn Rand Institute; co-author, Equal is Unfair: America’s misguided fight against income inequality
Dr Eliane Glaserwriter, lecturer and radio producer
Dr Norman Lewisdirector (innovation), PwC; co-author, Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation
Karl Sharroarchitect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture
Kirsty Stylestalent and skills programme lead, Tech North]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4672</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: The new populism</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: The new populism</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-new-populism/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-new-populism/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2017 12:02:14 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-new-populism/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Britain’s vote to leave the EU, the election of Donald Trump and the high opinion poll ratings of Marine Le Pen’s Front National have led to anxious debate about the rise of populism, inspired by what many regard as a rogues’ gallery of demagogic leaders of rising anti-immigrant and anti-Islamic movements throughout Europe and the US. The declining appeal of traditional parties of both left and right has been apparent for a generation, and now seems to have reached a head, to the consternation of those who see the new populism as a rejection of common sense. At the height of the referendum campaign, the Guardian’s Martin Kettle articulated the exasperation of the political establishment at the evident disaffection of the masses when he described support for Brexit as ‘part bloody-mindedness, part frivolity, part panic, part bad temper, part prejudice’.</p>
<p>Almost invariably, the concept of populism is used in a pejorative way. It is often preceded by the implicitly disparaging adjective ‘right-wing’ and directly linked to notions such as racism, ‘xenophobia’ or ‘Islamophobia’. Yet in the past, populist movements have as commonly had a left-wing as a right-wing character. They have often expressed an inchoate animosity towards a corrupt elite. Such movements are inherently unstable and tend to evolve, according to circumstances, in either a radical or reactionary direction. Recent political phenomena such as Syriza in Greece, Podemos in Spain, the Five Star Movement in Italy, and the successes of Bernie Sanders in the USA and Jeremy Corbyn in the UK, show the complexity of the popular movements that have emerged to fill the vacuum left by the decay of the old politics.</p>
<p>Mainstream politicians and commentators fear the polarisation resulting from the rise of populist movements, but seem unable to engage the public through open debate. Others argue that the upsurge of popular discontent with the stagnant political order points the way towards the revival of democratic politics, and is worth celebrating even if it unleashes uncomfortable sentiments. Are populist movements merely ‘morbid symptoms’ of a decadent political order, or harbingers of a democratic renewal?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Nick Cater
executive director, Menzies Research Centre, Australia; columnist, The Australian</p>
<p>Ian Dunt
editor, Politics.co.uk; political editor, Erotic Review</p>
<p>Ivan Krastev
chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna</p>
<p>Jill Rutter
programme director, Institute for Government</p>
<p>Bruno Waterfield
Brussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Britain’s vote to leave the EU, the election of Donald Trump and the high opinion poll ratings of Marine Le Pen’s Front National have led to anxious debate about the rise of populism, inspired by what many regard as a rogues’ gallery of demagogic leaders of rising anti-immigrant and anti-Islamic movements throughout Europe and the US. The declining appeal of traditional parties of both left and right has been apparent for a generation, and now seems to have reached a head, to the consternation of those who see the new populism as a rejection of common sense. At the height of the referendum campaign, the <em>Guardian</em>’s Martin Kettle articulated the exasperation of the political establishment at the evident disaffection of the masses when he described support for Brexit as ‘part bloody-mindedness, part frivolity, part panic, part bad temper, part prejudice’.</p>
<p>Almost invariably, the concept of populism is used in a pejorative way. It is often preceded by the implicitly disparaging adjective ‘right-wing’ and directly linked to notions such as racism, ‘xenophobia’ or ‘Islamophobia’. Yet in the past, populist movements have as commonly had a left-wing as a right-wing character. They have often expressed an inchoate animosity towards a corrupt elite. Such movements are inherently unstable and tend to evolve, according to circumstances, in either a radical or reactionary direction. Recent political phenomena such as Syriza in Greece, Podemos in Spain, the Five Star Movement in Italy, and the successes of Bernie Sanders in the USA and Jeremy Corbyn in the UK, show the complexity of the popular movements that have emerged to fill the vacuum left by the decay of the old politics.</p>
<p>Mainstream politicians and commentators fear the polarisation resulting from the rise of populist movements, but seem unable to engage the public through open debate. Others argue that the upsurge of popular discontent with the stagnant political order points the way towards the revival of democratic politics, and is worth celebrating even if it unleashes uncomfortable sentiments. Are populist movements merely ‘morbid symptoms’ of a decadent political order, or harbingers of a democratic renewal?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Nick Cater<br>
executive director, Menzies Research Centre, Australia; columnist, <em>The Australian</em></p>
<p>Ian Dunt<br>
editor, Politics.co.uk; political editor, <em>Erotic Review</em></p>
<p>Ivan Krastev<br>
chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna</p>
<p>Jill Rutter<br>
programme director, Institute for Government</p>
<p>Bruno Waterfield<br>
Brussels correspondent, <em>The Times</em>; co-author, <em>No Means No</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/bazrta/The_new_populism.mp3" length="56013272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Britain’s vote to leave the EU, the election of Donald Trump and the high opinion poll ratings of Marine Le Pen’s Front National have led to anxious debate about the rise of populism, inspired by what many regard as a rogues’ gallery of demagogic leaders of rising anti-immigrant and anti-Islamic movements throughout Europe and the US. The declining appeal of traditional parties of both left and right has been apparent for a generation, and now seems to have reached a head, to the consternation of those who see the new populism as a rejection of common sense. At the height of the referendum campaign, the Guardian’s Martin Kettle articulated the exasperation of the political establishment at the evident disaffection of the masses when he described support for Brexit as ‘part bloody-mindedness, part frivolity, part panic, part bad temper, part prejudice’.
Almost invariably, the concept of populism is used in a pejorative way. It is often preceded by the implicitly disparaging adjective ‘right-wing’ and directly linked to notions such as racism, ‘xenophobia’ or ‘Islamophobia’. Yet in the past, populist movements have as commonly had a left-wing as a right-wing character. They have often expressed an inchoate animosity towards a corrupt elite. Such movements are inherently unstable and tend to evolve, according to circumstances, in either a radical or reactionary direction. Recent political phenomena such as Syriza in Greece, Podemos in Spain, the Five Star Movement in Italy, and the successes of Bernie Sanders in the USA and Jeremy Corbyn in the UK, show the complexity of the popular movements that have emerged to fill the vacuum left by the decay of the old politics.
Mainstream politicians and commentators fear the polarisation resulting from the rise of populist movements, but seem unable to engage the public through open debate. Others argue that the upsurge of popular discontent with the stagnant political order points the way towards the revival of democratic politics, and is worth celebrating even if it unleashes uncomfortable sentiments. Are populist movements merely ‘morbid symptoms’ of a decadent political order, or harbingers of a democratic renewal?
SPEAKERS
Nick Caterexecutive director, Menzies Research Centre, Australia; columnist, The Australian
Ian Dunteditor, Politics.co.uk; political editor, Erotic Review
Ivan Krastevchairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna
Jill Rutterprogramme director, Institute for Government
Bruno WaterfieldBrussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5304</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: What’s the truth about ’post-truth’ politics?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: What’s the truth about ’post-truth’ politics?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/whats-the-truth-about-post-truth-politics/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/whats-the-truth-about-post-truth-politics/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Dec 2016 11:24:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/whats-the-truth-about-post-truth-politics/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2016.</p>
<p>In November, Oxford Dictionaries declared ‘post-truth’ its Word of the Year. For some commentators, both the US presidential campaign and the EU referendum in the UK have revealed the emergence of ‘post-truth’ politics. Donald Trump has dismissed fact-checking as an ‘out-of-touch, elitist media-type thing’. Former Tory minister and Brexit leader Michael Gove notoriously claimed that ‘people in this country have had enough of experts’.</p>
<p>Have experts been over-reaching themselves and intruding into matters that require political judgement rather than statistics? On the other hand, if people scorn evidence, will society sink into the mire of prejudice and superstition? Have the majority of voters really given up on assessing the evidence?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi
sociologist and social commentator; author, What’s Happened to the University?, Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter, and Authority: a sociological history</p>
<p>Josh Lowe
European politics reporter, Newsweek</p>
<p>Neena Modi
professor of neonatal medicine, Imperial College London; consultant in neonatal medicine, Chelsea and Westminster NHS Foundation Trust; president, Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health</p>
<p>Dr Adam Rutherford
geneticist, science writer and broadcaster, BBC; author, Creation and A Brief History of Everyone Who Ever Lived.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2016.</p>
<p>In November, Oxford Dictionaries declared ‘post-truth’ its Word of the Year. For some commentators, both the US presidential campaign and the EU referendum in the UK have revealed the emergence of ‘post-truth’ politics. Donald Trump has dismissed fact-checking as an ‘out-of-touch, elitist media-type thing’. Former Tory minister and Brexit leader Michael Gove notoriously claimed that ‘people in this country have had enough of experts’.</p>
<p>Have experts been over-reaching themselves and intruding into matters that require political judgement rather than statistics? On the other hand, if people scorn evidence, will society sink into the mire of prejudice and superstition? Have the majority of voters really given up on assessing the evidence?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Professor Frank Furedi<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, <em>What’s Happened to the University?</em>, <em>Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter</em>, and <em>Authority: a sociological history</em></p>
<p>Josh Lowe<br>
European politics reporter, <em>Newsweek</em></p>
<p>Neena Modi<br>
professor of neonatal medicine, Imperial College London; consultant in neonatal medicine, Chelsea and Westminster NHS Foundation Trust; president, Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health</p>
<p>Dr Adam Rutherford<br>
geneticist, science writer and broadcaster, BBC; author, <em>Creation</em> and <em>A Brief History of Everyone Who Ever Lived.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7vzvdd/What_is_the_truth_about_post-factual_politics.mp3" length="49937474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the debate from the Battle of Ideas 2016.
In November, Oxford Dictionaries declared ‘post-truth’ its Word of the Year. For some commentators, both the US presidential campaign and the EU referendum in the UK have revealed the emergence of ‘post-truth’ politics. Donald Trump has dismissed fact-checking as an ‘out-of-touch, elitist media-type thing’. Former Tory minister and Brexit leader Michael Gove notoriously claimed that ‘people in this country have had enough of experts’.
Have experts been over-reaching themselves and intruding into matters that require political judgement rather than statistics? On the other hand, if people scorn evidence, will society sink into the mire of prejudice and superstition? Have the majority of voters really given up on assessing the evidence?
SPEAKERS
Professor Frank Furedisociologist and social commentator; author, What’s Happened to the University?, Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter, and Authority: a sociological history
Josh LoweEuropean politics reporter, Newsweek
Neena Modiprofessor of neonatal medicine, Imperial College London; consultant in neonatal medicine, Chelsea and Westminster NHS Foundation Trust; president, Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health
Dr Adam Rutherfordgeneticist, science writer and broadcaster, BBC; author, Creation and A Brief History of Everyone Who Ever Lived.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4761</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Josie Appleton on The rise of the Busybody State</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Josie Appleton on The rise of the Busybody State</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-rise-of-the-busybody-state/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-rise-of-the-busybody-state/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 09 Dec 2016 14:58:34 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-rise-of-the-busybody-state/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>From parking wardens generating record profits for councils through to bans on smoking and busking, the authorities are making more and more previously normal activities illegal or subject to onerous regulation. Yet it is not clear who benefits from this micromanagement of our lives.</p>
<p>Here, Josie Appleton talks about her new book, 'Officious: The rise of the Busybody State', which examines the causes and consequences of this trend.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From parking wardens generating record profits for councils through to bans on smoking and busking, the authorities are making more and more previously normal activities illegal or subject to onerous regulation. Yet it is not clear who benefits from this micromanagement of our lives.</p>
<p>Here, Josie Appleton talks about her new book, 'Officious: The rise of the Busybody State', which examines the causes and consequences of this trend.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6qkvcd/podcast_of_ideas_-_Josie_-_Busybody_State_-_mixed_v2.mp3" length="11116351" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[From parking wardens generating record profits for councils through to bans on smoking and busking, the authorities are making more and more previously normal activities illegal or subject to onerous regulation. Yet it is not clear who benefits from this micromanagement of our lives.
Here, Josie Appleton talks about her new book, 'Officious: The rise of the Busybody State', which examines the causes and consequences of this trend.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>853</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Zaha Hadid - her life and legacy</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Zaha Hadid - her life and legacy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/zaha-hadid-her-life-and-legacy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/zaha-hadid-her-life-and-legacy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 08 Dec 2016 17:10:50 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/zaha-hadid-her-life-and-legacy/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the discussion at the Battle of Ideas 2016.</p>
<p>The architect Zaha Hadid, who died in March, was described in a CNN interview in 2013 as ‘one of the most celebrated – and divisive – designers on the planet’. In life, she was respected or reviled, but seldom ignored. She was a powerful woman in a man’s world, and an Arab at the top of the Western design industry. She was a designer of curves in a world of boxes and a leader in an age of consensus. What will be Zaha Hadid’s legacy? Is there still a place for risk-taking and experimentation? Is there anyone out there who can fill her shoes?</p>
<p>
CHAIR: AUSTIN WILLIAMS 
associate professor in architecture, XJTLU University, Suzhou, China; director, Future Cities Project; convenor, Bookshop Barnies; founding member of New Narratives </p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH: </p>
<p>DR PATRIK SCHUMACHER 
principal, Zaha Hadid Architects; author, The Autopoiesis of Architecture</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A recording of the discussion at the Battle of Ideas 2016.</p>
<p>The architect Zaha Hadid, who died in March, was described in a CNN interview in 2013 as ‘one of the most celebrated – and divisive – designers on the planet’. In life, she was respected or reviled, but seldom ignored. She was a powerful woman in a man’s world, and an Arab at the top of the Western design industry. She was a designer of curves in a world of boxes and a leader in an age of consensus. What will be Zaha Hadid’s legacy? Is there still a place for risk-taking and experimentation? Is there anyone out there who can fill her shoes?</p>
<p><br>
CHAIR: AUSTIN WILLIAMS <br>
associate professor in architecture, XJTLU University, Suzhou, China; director, Future Cities Project; convenor, Bookshop Barnies; founding member of New Narratives </p>
<p>IN CONVERSATION WITH: </p>
<p>DR PATRIK SCHUMACHER <br>
principal, Zaha Hadid Architects; author, The Autopoiesis of Architecture</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/frwmfv/Zaha_Hadid.mp3" length="34654023" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[A recording of the discussion at the Battle of Ideas 2016.
The architect Zaha Hadid, who died in March, was described in a CNN interview in 2013 as ‘one of the most celebrated – and divisive – designers on the planet’. In life, she was respected or reviled, but seldom ignored. She was a powerful woman in a man’s world, and an Arab at the top of the Western design industry. She was a designer of curves in a world of boxes and a leader in an age of consensus. What will be Zaha Hadid’s legacy? Is there still a place for risk-taking and experimentation? Is there anyone out there who can fill her shoes?
CHAIR: AUSTIN WILLIAMS associate professor in architecture, XJTLU University, Suzhou, China; director, Future Cities Project; convenor, Bookshop Barnies; founding member of New Narratives 
IN CONVERSATION WITH: 
DR PATRIK SCHUMACHER principal, Zaha Hadid Architects; author, The Autopoiesis of Architecture]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2058</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Are political parties over?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Are political parties over?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-political-parties-over/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-political-parties-over/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 02 Dec 2016 16:16:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-political-parties-over/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the aftermath of the Brexit vote, it seemed that all four of Britain’s major political parties were falling apart. Similar tendencies towards crisis and disintegration are evident in the old parties in the USA and in Europe. Are we seeing a refreshing departure from the old-style politics of left and right, or simply a process of fragmentation? Are we exaggerating the scale of the crisis facing mainstream parties, and forgetting the often deep and bitter conflicts of the past? Are we really moving towards a new sort of politics? What sort of divisions and alignments are likely to emerge and will we need parties to represent them?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Emily Barley
chairman, Conservatives for Liberty</p>
<p>James Delingpole
journalist; columnist, Breitbart UK</p>
<p>Dr Michael Fitzpatrick
writer on medicine and politics; author, The Tyranny of Health</p>
<p>Miranda Green
journalist and former Liberal Democrat advisor, specialising in politics and education</p>
<p>Jhanelle White
student & political activist; former member of Dudley Youth Council; founder and chair of Political Sweep</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the aftermath of the Brexit vote, it seemed that all four of Britain’s major political parties were falling apart. Similar tendencies towards crisis and disintegration are evident in the old parties in the USA and in Europe. Are we seeing a refreshing departure from the old-style politics of left and right, or simply a process of fragmentation? Are we exaggerating the scale of the crisis facing mainstream parties, and forgetting the often deep and bitter conflicts of the past? Are we really moving towards a new sort of politics? What sort of divisions and alignments are likely to emerge and will we need parties to represent them?</p>
<p>SPEAKERS</p>
<p>Emily Barley<br>
chairman, Conservatives for Liberty</p>
<p>James Delingpole<br>
journalist; columnist, Breitbart UK</p>
<p>Dr Michael Fitzpatrick<br>
writer on medicine and politics; author, The Tyranny of Health</p>
<p>Miranda Green<br>
journalist and former Liberal Democrat advisor, specialising in politics and education</p>
<p>Jhanelle White<br>
student & political activist; former member of Dudley Youth Council; founder and chair of Political Sweep</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ecvgnj/Are_political_parties_over.mp3" length="25326345" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the aftermath of the Brexit vote, it seemed that all four of Britain’s major political parties were falling apart. Similar tendencies towards crisis and disintegration are evident in the old parties in the USA and in Europe. Are we seeing a refreshing departure from the old-style politics of left and right, or simply a process of fragmentation? Are we exaggerating the scale of the crisis facing mainstream parties, and forgetting the often deep and bitter conflicts of the past? Are we really moving towards a new sort of politics? What sort of divisions and alignments are likely to emerge and will we need parties to represent them?
SPEAKERS
Emily Barleychairman, Conservatives for Liberty
James Delingpolejournalist; columnist, Breitbart UK
Dr Michael Fitzpatrickwriter on medicine and politics; author, The Tyranny of Health
Miranda Greenjournalist and former Liberal Democrat advisor, specialising in politics and education
Jhanelle Whitestudent & political activist; former member of Dudley Youth Council; founder and chair of Political Sweep]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1836</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Small_square_logo_for_listings.gif" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: public health, the view from Australia with Terry Barnes</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: public health, the view from Australia with Terry Barnes</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-public-health-the-view-from-australia/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-public-health-the-view-from-australia/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 18 Nov 2016 16:15:45 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-public-health-the-view-from-australia/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Rob Lyons speaks to Australian policy consultant Terry Barnes
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons speaks to policy consultant and former senior advisor to the Australian Government, Terry Barnes about alternatives to the NHS and the public health lobby’s war on people’s lifestyle choices from sugar taxes to vaping.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Rob Lyons speaks to Australian policy consultant Terry Barnes
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons speaks to policy consultant and former senior advisor to the Australian Government, Terry Barnes about alternatives to the NHS and the public health lobby’s war on people’s lifestyle choices from sugar taxes to vaping.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7vhscp/STE-005.mp3" length="15591468" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons speaks to Australian policy consultant Terry Barnes
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons speaks to policy consultant and former senior advisor to the Australian Government, Terry Barnes about alternatives to the NHS and the public health lobby’s war on people’s lifestyle choices from sugar taxes to vaping.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1209</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Trump’s victory</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Trump’s victory</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-trump%e2%80%99s-victory/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-trump%e2%80%99s-victory/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2016 17:32:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-trump%e2%80%99s-victory/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Claire fox, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons discuss the fallout from the US election 
<p>After a hiatus the Podcast of Ideas is back with the Institute of Ideas team discussing Donald Trump’s shock victory in the US Presidential race. What explains Trump’s appeal?  Why did Clinton have such an inability to inspire the voters? Are his supporters really just “a basket of deplorables”?  And is the explosion of fear outrage over Trump’s ascendancy to the White House just hysteria or is there genuine cause for concern? </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Claire fox, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons discuss the fallout from the US election 
<p>After a hiatus the Podcast of Ideas is back with the Institute of Ideas team discussing Donald Trump’s shock victory in the US Presidential race. What explains Trump’s appeal?  Why did Clinton have such an inability to inspire the voters? Are his supporters really just “a basket of deplorables”?  And is the explosion of fear outrage over Trump’s ascendancy to the White House just hysteria or is there genuine cause for concern? </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8av3g4/trump_podcast_11_Nov_2016.mp3" length="22470909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Claire fox, Geoff Kidder and Rob Lyons discuss the fallout from the US election 
After a hiatus the Podcast of Ideas is back with the Institute of Ideas team discussing Donald Trump’s shock victory in the US Presidential race. What explains Trump’s appeal?  Why did Clinton have such an inability to inspire the voters? Are his supporters really just “a basket of deplorables”?  And is the explosion of fear outrage over Trump’s ascendancy to the White House just hysteria or is there genuine cause for concern? ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1514</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Can America be great again?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Can America be great again?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-america-be-great-again/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-america-be-great-again/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 04 Nov 2016 16:42:50 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-america-be-great-again/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2016 </p>


In 2013, historian Perry Anderson observed that it is axiomatic for US foreign policy advisors that, ‘the hegemony of the United States continues to serve both the particular interests of the nation and the universal interests of humanity’. But troubled is the head that wears the crown of world domination. The US establishment is worried by the threat of domestic disorder, terrorist outrages and the rising powers in the East, notably China. It is also concerned by a range of social and economic problems: rising inequality, a failing school system, the burden of health care and obsolete infrastructure. Furthermore, ‘energy is wasted, R&D is insufficient, labour is under-skilled, finance is under-regulated, entitlements are out of control, the budget is in the red, the political system is overly polarised’. The current presidential election campaign confirms that elite confidence in US hegemony is not shared by substantial sections of the electorate. The rise of Donald Trump symbolises the scale of popular disaffection. According to Colombia historian Mark Mazower, his success – in parallel with populist politicians in Europe – confirms that ‘nationalism is back like it never went away’. Trump is riding ‘a populist insurgency’ seeking to restore the USA to its ‘rightful place in the world’. Trump appeals to widespread discontent over the impact of global economic forces, causing increasing inequality and insecurity, particularly in blue-collar communities.

<p>Trump’s nationalist revival has an angry and defensive tone. It stands in stark contrast to the vision of John Winthrop’s Puritan evangelicals who, sought to build in Massachusetts Bay a ‘city on a hill’, an ideal society in the New World as an example to the Old. As the late Benedict Anderson observed, the spirit of nationalism forged in the American Revolution, based on ‘an imagined political community’ of creole pioneers, provided a model for nationalist movements – first in Europe, and subsequently throughout the colonial world. But, whereas the nationalist spirit of the founding fathers had a unifying and democratic character, that of Trump, with its anti-immigrant, anti-Hispanic and anti-Muslim tropes, seems divisive and reactionary.</p>
<p>Can America’s overwhelming military might continue to compensate for its chronic economic stagnation? Can the USA’s global cultural influence help it to hold off the competition of the rising powers of East Asia? Can any political alternative overcome the exhaustion and paralysis that appears to have overtaken the American system under the presidency of Barack Obama?</p>
 

 
speakers





<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/20'>Professor Sarah Churchwell</a></p>
<p>chair of Public Understanding of the Humanities; Professor of American literature, School of Advanced study, University of London</p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/268'>Dolan Cummings</a></p>
<p>associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; author, That Existential Leap: a crime story (forthcoming from Zero Books)</p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/7095'>Alex Deane</a></p>
<p>managing director, FTI Consulting; Sky News regular; BBC Dateline London panellist; author Big Brother Watch: The state of civil liberties in modern Britain</p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/11955'>Michael Goldfarb</a></p>
<p>journalist and historian, FRDH Podcast</p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/11943'>Dr Kwasi Kwarteng</a></p>
<p>Conservative member of parliament for Spelthorne; historian; author, Ghosts of Empire and War & Gold</p>






 
Chair





<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/602'>Dr Cheryl Hudson</a></p>
<p>lecturer in American history, University of Liverpool</p>

]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2016 </p>


In 2013, historian Perry Anderson observed that it is axiomatic for US foreign policy advisors that, ‘the hegemony of the United States continues to serve both the particular interests of the nation and the universal interests of humanity’. But troubled is the head that wears the crown of world domination. The US establishment is worried by the threat of domestic disorder, terrorist outrages and the rising powers in the East, notably China. It is also concerned by a range of social and economic problems: rising inequality, a failing school system, the burden of health care and obsolete infrastructure. Furthermore, ‘energy is wasted, R&D is insufficient, labour is under-skilled, finance is under-regulated, entitlements are out of control, the budget is in the red, the political system is overly polarised’. The current presidential election campaign confirms that elite confidence in US hegemony is not shared by substantial sections of the electorate. The rise of Donald Trump symbolises the scale of popular disaffection. According to Colombia historian Mark Mazower, his success – in parallel with populist politicians in Europe – confirms that ‘nationalism is back like it never went away’. Trump is riding ‘a populist insurgency’ seeking to restore the USA to its ‘rightful place in the world’. Trump appeals to widespread discontent over the impact of global economic forces, causing increasing inequality and insecurity, particularly in blue-collar communities.

<p>Trump’s nationalist revival has an angry and defensive tone. It stands in stark contrast to the vision of John Winthrop’s Puritan evangelicals who, sought to build in Massachusetts Bay a ‘city on a hill’, an ideal society in the New World as an example to the Old. As the late Benedict Anderson observed, the spirit of nationalism forged in the American Revolution, based on ‘an imagined political community’ of creole pioneers, provided a model for nationalist movements – first in Europe, and subsequently throughout the colonial world. But, whereas the nationalist spirit of the founding fathers had a unifying and democratic character, that of Trump, with its anti-immigrant, anti-Hispanic and anti-Muslim tropes, seems divisive and reactionary.</p>
<p>Can America’s overwhelming military might continue to compensate for its chronic economic stagnation? Can the USA’s global cultural influence help it to hold off the competition of the rising powers of East Asia? Can any political alternative overcome the exhaustion and paralysis that appears to have overtaken the American system under the presidency of Barack Obama?</p>
 

 
speakers





<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/20'>Professor Sarah Churchwell</a></p>
<p>chair of Public Understanding of the Humanities; Professor of American literature, School of Advanced study, University of London</p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/268'>Dolan Cummings</a></p>
<p>associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; author, <em>That Existential Leap: a crime story</em> (forthcoming from Zero Books)</p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/7095'>Alex Deane</a></p>
<p>managing director, FTI Consulting; Sky News regular; BBC <em>Dateline London</em> panellist; author <em>Big Brother Watch: The state of civil liberties in modern Britain</em></p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/11955'>Michael Goldfarb</a></p>
<p>journalist and historian, FRDH Podcast</p>






<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/11943'>Dr Kwasi Kwarteng</a></p>
<p>Conservative member of parliament for Spelthorne; historian; author, <em>Ghosts of Empire</em> and <em>War & Gold</em></p>






 
Chair





<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/602'>Dr Cheryl Hudson</a></p>
<p>lecturer in American history, University of Liverpool</p>

]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7ji65n/Can_America_be_great_again.mp3" length="52866155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2016 


In 2013, historian Perry Anderson observed that it is axiomatic for US foreign policy advisors that, ‘the hegemony of the United States continues to serve both the particular interests of the nation and the universal interests of humanity’. But troubled is the head that wears the crown of world domination. The US establishment is worried by the threat of domestic disorder, terrorist outrages and the rising powers in the East, notably China. It is also concerned by a range of social and economic problems: rising inequality, a failing school system, the burden of health care and obsolete infrastructure. Furthermore, ‘energy is wasted, R&D is insufficient, labour is under-skilled, finance is under-regulated, entitlements are out of control, the budget is in the red, the political system is overly polarised’. The current presidential election campaign confirms that elite confidence in US hegemony is not shared by substantial sections of the electorate. The rise of Donald Trump symbolises the scale of popular disaffection. According to Colombia historian Mark Mazower, his success – in parallel with populist politicians in Europe – confirms that ‘nationalism is back like it never went away’. Trump is riding ‘a populist insurgency’ seeking to restore the USA to its ‘rightful place in the world’. Trump appeals to widespread discontent over the impact of global economic forces, causing increasing inequality and insecurity, particularly in blue-collar communities.

Trump’s nationalist revival has an angry and defensive tone. It stands in stark contrast to the vision of John Winthrop’s Puritan evangelicals who, sought to build in Massachusetts Bay a ‘city on a hill’, an ideal society in the New World as an example to the Old. As the late Benedict Anderson observed, the spirit of nationalism forged in the American Revolution, based on ‘an imagined political community’ of creole pioneers, provided a model for nationalist movements – first in Europe, and subsequently throughout the colonial world. But, whereas the nationalist spirit of the founding fathers had a unifying and democratic character, that of Trump, with its anti-immigrant, anti-Hispanic and anti-Muslim tropes, seems divisive and reactionary.
Can America’s overwhelming military might continue to compensate for its chronic economic stagnation? Can the USA’s global cultural influence help it to hold off the competition of the rising powers of East Asia? Can any political alternative overcome the exhaustion and paralysis that appears to have overtaken the American system under the presidency of Barack Obama?
 

 
speakers





Professor Sarah Churchwell
chair of Public Understanding of the Humanities; Professor of American literature, School of Advanced study, University of London






Dolan Cummings
associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; author, That Existential Leap: a crime story (forthcoming from Zero Books)






Alex Deane
managing director, FTI Consulting; Sky News regular; BBC Dateline London panellist; author Big Brother Watch: The state of civil liberties in modern Britain






Michael Goldfarb
journalist and historian, FRDH Podcast






Dr Kwasi Kwarteng
Conservative member of parliament for Spelthorne; historian; author, Ghosts of Empire and War & Gold






 
Chair





Dr Cheryl Hudson
lecturer in American history, University of Liverpool

]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5319</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Big Data: does size matter?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Big Data: does size matter?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/big-data-does-size-matter/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/big-data-does-size-matter/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2016 16:08:38 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/big-data-does-size-matter/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
Big data knows where you’ve been and who your friends are. It knows what you like and what makes you angry. It can predict what you’ll buy, where you’ll be the victim of crime and when you’ll have a heart attack. Big data knows you better than you know yourself, or so it claims. But how well do you know big data?

What is data? What makes it big? And is it only size that matters? From science to smart cities, business to politics, self-quantification to the Internet of Things, big data has been described as the fuel of the next industrial revolution, and as a modern oracle. It’s winning elections, revolutionising scientific research, and transforming how businesses interact with their customers. And it’s just getting started. Now is the time to decide how we want to use the power of big data. We already benefit from aggregating small improvements, saving time, money and energy through more efficient use of what we have. But we could be more ambitious, and aim to do more with more instead of the same with less. Big data could think bigger. In other ways, though, it’s already too big for its boots: however big the dataset, however powerful the analysis, big data has blind spots. It may be great for population-wide patterns, but it’s not so good at why an individual person might choose to do one thing or another.

This raises the question: why are we so keen to put our faith in big data? Does that say less about what the technology can really achieve than about our lack of trust in one another, or in ourselves?

Timandra Harkness

journalist, writer & broadcaster; presenter, Futureproofing and other BBC Radio 4 programmes; author, Big Data: does size matter?

Zulfikar Abbany

senior science and technology journalist, Deutsche Welle

Will Moy

director, Full Fact

Dr Alex Powlesland

principal scientist, Immunocore Ltd


]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
Big data knows where you’ve been and who your friends are. It knows what you like and what makes you angry. It can predict what you’ll buy, where you’ll be the victim of crime and when you’ll have a heart attack. Big data knows you better than you know yourself, or so it claims. But how well do you know big data?
<br>
What is data? What makes it big? And is it only size that matters? From science to smart cities, business to politics, self-quantification to the Internet of Things, big data has been described as the fuel of the next industrial revolution, and as a modern oracle. It’s winning elections, revolutionising scientific research, and transforming how businesses interact with their customers. And it’s just getting started. Now is the time to decide how we want to use the power of big data. We already benefit from aggregating small improvements, saving time, money and energy through more efficient use of what we have. But we could be more ambitious, and aim to do more with more instead of the same with less. Big data could think bigger. In other ways, though, it’s already too big for its boots: however big the dataset, however powerful the analysis, big data has blind spots. It may be great for population-wide patterns, but it’s not so good at why an individual person might choose to do one thing or another.
<br>
This raises the question: why are we so keen to put our faith in big data? Does that say less about what the technology can really achieve than about our lack of trust in one another, or in ourselves?
<br>
Timandra Harkness
<br>
journalist, writer & broadcaster; presenter, Futureproofing and other BBC Radio 4 programmes; author, Big Data: does size matter?
<br>
Zulfikar Abbany
<br>
senior science and technology journalist, Deutsche Welle
<br>
Will Moy
<br>
director, Full Fact
<br>
Dr Alex Powlesland
<br>
principal scientist, Immunocore Ltd
<br>
<br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3h6ek8/Big_Data_-_edited.mp3" length="84819690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Big data knows where you’ve been and who your friends are. It knows what you like and what makes you angry. It can predict what you’ll buy, where you’ll be the victim of crime and when you’ll have a heart attack. Big data knows you better than you know yourself, or so it claims. But how well do you know big data?
What is data? What makes it big? And is it only size that matters? From science to smart cities, business to politics, self-quantification to the Internet of Things, big data has been described as the fuel of the next industrial revolution, and as a modern oracle. It’s winning elections, revolutionising scientific research, and transforming how businesses interact with their customers. And it’s just getting started. Now is the time to decide how we want to use the power of big data. We already benefit from aggregating small improvements, saving time, money and energy through more efficient use of what we have. But we could be more ambitious, and aim to do more with more instead of the same with less. Big data could think bigger. In other ways, though, it’s already too big for its boots: however big the dataset, however powerful the analysis, big data has blind spots. It may be great for population-wide patterns, but it’s not so good at why an individual person might choose to do one thing or another.
This raises the question: why are we so keen to put our faith in big data? Does that say less about what the technology can really achieve than about our lack of trust in one another, or in ourselves?
Timandra Harkness
journalist, writer & broadcaster; presenter, Futureproofing and other BBC Radio 4 programmes; author, Big Data: does size matter?
Zulfikar Abbany
senior science and technology journalist, Deutsche Welle
Will Moy
director, Full Fact
Dr Alex Powlesland
principal scientist, Immunocore Ltd
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5274</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/boi_logo_334_for_facebook.gif" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Munira Mirza on reinvigorating London</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Munira Mirza on reinvigorating London</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-munira-mirza-on-reinvigorating-london/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-munira-mirza-on-reinvigorating-london/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 21 Oct 2016 15:05:44 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-munira-mirza-on-reinvigorating-london/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Max Sanderson talks to London's former deputy mayor for education and culture.
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>
<p>In the final episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to Munira Mirza, an arts and philanthropy adviser and London’s former deputy mayor for education and culture, about how London can maintain its vibrant arts and cultural life.</p>
<p>Munira will be speaking at sessions on <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11659#.WAoBZsk3bZ4'>Britain after Brexit</a> and the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11508#.WAoB2ck3bZ4'>future of London</a> at this weekend’s Battle of Ideas.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Max Sanderson talks to London's former deputy mayor for education and culture.
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>
<p>In the final episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to Munira Mirza, an arts and philanthropy adviser and London’s former deputy mayor for education and culture, about how London can maintain its vibrant arts and cultural life.</p>
<p>Munira will be speaking at sessions on <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11659#.WAoBZsk3bZ4'>Britain after Brexit</a> and the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11508#.WAoB2ck3bZ4'>future of London</a> at this weekend’s Battle of Ideas.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rq4nsa/Batlle_Cry_-_Munira.mp3" length="44470208" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Max Sanderson talks to London's former deputy mayor for education and culture.
In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.
In the final episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to Munira Mirza, an arts and philanthropy adviser and London’s former deputy mayor for education and culture, about how London can maintain its vibrant arts and cultural life.
Munira will be speaking at sessions on Britain after Brexit and the future of London at this weekend’s Battle of Ideas.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1111</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: What’s the truth about generational inequality?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: What’s the truth about generational inequality?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/jennie-bristow-on-generational-inequality/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/jennie-bristow-on-generational-inequality/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 21 Oct 2016 10:55:43 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/jennie-bristow-on-generational-inequality/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Podcast: Rob Lyons speaks to sociologist Jennie Bristow.
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Dr Jennie Bristow from Canterbury Christ Church University, author of Baby Boomers and Generational Conflict, about whether the young should be angry at older generations for profligacy and selfishness, or if the blame game is just a displacement exercise preventing millennials from tackling the problems they face.</p>
<p>Jennie will be speaking on three panels at the weekend’s Battle of Ideas on generational inequality, the future of education, and dating apps. Find out more <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/18'>here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Podcast: Rob Lyons speaks to sociologist Jennie Bristow.
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Dr Jennie Bristow from Canterbury Christ Church University, author of <em>Baby Boomers and Generational Conflict</em>, about whether the young should be angry at older generations for profligacy and selfishness, or if the blame game is just a displacement exercise preventing millennials from tackling the problems they face.</p>
<p>Jennie will be speaking on three panels at the weekend’s Battle of Ideas on generational inequality, the future of education, and dating apps. Find out more <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/18'>here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kcwyjd/jenniebristow.mp3" length="6349578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Podcast: Rob Lyons speaks to sociologist Jennie Bristow.
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Dr Jennie Bristow from Canterbury Christ Church University, author of Baby Boomers and Generational Conflict, about whether the young should be angry at older generations for profligacy and selfishness, or if the blame game is just a displacement exercise preventing millennials from tackling the problems they face.
Jennie will be speaking on three panels at the weekend’s Battle of Ideas on generational inequality, the future of education, and dating apps. Find out more here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>894</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Anders Sandberg on ethical AI</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Anders Sandberg on ethical AI</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-anders-sandberg-on-ethical-ai/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-anders-sandberg-on-ethical-ai/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 17:01:11 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-anders-sandberg-on-ethical-ai/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Battle Cry - Anders Sandberg on ethical AI
<p>Max Sanderson profiles Anders Sandberg from the Future of Humanity Institute</p>
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>
<p>In this the third episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to Anders Sandberg from the Future of Humanity Institute about the future of AI and robotics and whether machines can ever become true moral agents.</p>
<p>Anders will speaking at session <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11562#.WAD64ck3bZ4'>Why, robot? Can we teach AI to be ethical?</a> at the Battle.</p>
<p>The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/tickets'>here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Battle Cry - Anders Sandberg on ethical AI
<p>Max Sanderson profiles Anders Sandberg from the Future of Humanity Institute</p>
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>
<p>In this the third episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to Anders Sandberg from the Future of Humanity Institute about the future of AI and robotics and whether machines can ever become true moral agents.</p>
<p>Anders will speaking at session <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11562#.WAD64ck3bZ4'>Why, robot? Can we teach AI to be ethical?</a> at the Battle.</p>
<p>The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/tickets'>here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6ag43z/Battle_Cry_-_Anders_Sandberg.mp3" length="43189568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Battle Cry - Anders Sandberg on ethical AI
Max Sanderson profiles Anders Sandberg from the Future of Humanity Institute
In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.
In this the third episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to Anders Sandberg from the Future of Humanity Institute about the future of AI and robotics and whether machines can ever become true moral agents.
Anders will speaking at session Why, robot? Can we teach AI to be ethical? at the Battle.
The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1079</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Ian Dunt on populism</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Ian Dunt on populism</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-ian-dunt-on-populism/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-ian-dunt-on-populism/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 07 Oct 2016 16:25:26 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-ian-dunt-on-populism/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Max Sanderson profiles Ian Dunt, editor of Politics.co.uk</p>
					
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of 
Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s 
most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>





<p>In this the second episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to journalist 
Ian Dunt about the why the term ‘populism’ is now being bandied about so
 often in both Europe and America, and whether the term is even useful 
for understanding contemporary politics. </p>


<p>Ian will speaking at sessions on populism and the busybody state at the Battle. Find out more <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/8064'>here</a>. </p>


<p>The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/tickets'>here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Max Sanderson profiles Ian Dunt, editor of Politics.co.uk</p>
					
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of 
Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s 
most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>





<p>In this the second episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to journalist 
Ian Dunt about the why the term ‘populism’ is now being bandied about so
 often in both Europe and America, and whether the term is even useful 
for understanding contemporary politics. </p>


<p>Ian will speaking at sessions on populism and the busybody state at the Battle. Find out more <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/8064'>here</a>. </p>


<p>The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/tickets'>here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/iwd226/Battle_Cry_-_Ian_Dunt.mp3" length="17230332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Max Sanderson profiles Ian Dunt, editor of Politics.co.uk
					
In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of 
Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s 
most interesting speakers and their ideas.





In this the second episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to journalist 
Ian Dunt about the why the term ‘populism’ is now being bandied about so
 often in both Europe and America, and whether the term is even useful 
for understanding contemporary politics. 


Ian will speaking at sessions on populism and the busybody state at the Battle. Find out more here. 


The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1012</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleCry: Timandra Harkness on Big Data</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleCry: Timandra Harkness on Big Data</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-timandra-harkness-on-big-data/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-timandra-harkness-on-big-data/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2016 17:16:36 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/battle-cry-timandra-harkness-on-big-data/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Max Sanderson profiles writer, broadcaster and comedian Timandra Harkness
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>

<p>In the first episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to writer, broadcaster and comedian Timandra Harkness about her book, Big Data: Does Size Matter?, and whether the Big Data revolution is something to be embraced, feared or perhaps a bit of both. </p>
<p>Timandra will speaking at sessions on big data, blockchain, comedy and censorship, and ethical AI at the Battle. Find out more <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/585'>here</a>.</p>
<p>The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/tickets'>here</a>.</p>
<p>To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe <a href='http://instituteofideas1.podbean.com/feed/'>here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Max Sanderson profiles writer, broadcaster and comedian Timandra Harkness
<p>In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.</p>

<p>In the first episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to writer, broadcaster and comedian Timandra Harkness about her book, <em>Big Data: Does Size Matter?</em>, and whether the Big Data revolution is something to be embraced, feared or perhaps a bit of both. </p>
<p>Timandra will speaking at sessions on big data, blockchain, comedy and censorship, and ethical AI at the Battle. Find out more <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/speaker/585'>here</a>.</p>
<p>The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/tickets'>here</a>.</p>
<p>To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe <a href='http://instituteofideas1.podbean.com/feed/'>here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ke9bma/Battle_Cry_-_Big_Data.mp3" length="60787328" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Max Sanderson profiles writer, broadcaster and comedian Timandra Harkness
In a new series of podcasts ahead of the forthcoming Battle of Ideas festival, journalist Max Sanderson profiles some of the Battle’s most interesting speakers and their ideas.

In the first episode of Battle Cry, Max speaks to writer, broadcaster and comedian Timandra Harkness about her book, Big Data: Does Size Matter?, and whether the Big Data revolution is something to be embraced, feared or perhaps a bit of both. 
Timandra will speaking at sessions on big data, blockchain, comedy and censorship, and ethical AI at the Battle. Find out more here.
The Battle of Ideas festival will be held on Saturday 22 and Sunday 23 October. Get your tickets here.
To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1519</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: After Ferguson - policing and race in America</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: After Ferguson - policing and race in America</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/after-ferguson-policing-and-race-in-america/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/after-ferguson-policing-and-race-in-america/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2016 16:32:14 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/after-ferguson-policing-and-race-in-america/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of ideas 2015. 

]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of ideas 2015. 
<br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/hzkrqu/After_Ferguson__policing_and_race_in_America.mp3" length="46551644" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Battle of ideas 2015. 
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4690</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: How will we feed Britain after Brexit?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: How will we feed Britain after Brexit?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-will-we-feed-britain-after-brexit/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-will-we-feed-britain-after-brexit/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Sep 2016 15:53:45 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/how-will-we-feed-britain-after-brexit/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Guy Smith from the National Farmers Union</p>
					
<p>The Brexit vote throws the future of British farming and indeed 
how to produce enough food to feed Britain into question. The EU was 
always notorious for its apparently huge subsidies to farmers, while 
other struggling sectors of the economy – as illustrated by the 
threatened closure of Port Talbot steel works – have been refused such 
support. Now, however, farmers may be hit with heavy tariffs on cereals 
and dairy products. For some of those who wanted to remain, the silver 
lining of leaving the EU is the opportunity to shake up farming policy, 
ditching the generous subsidies farmers receive. Is this the start of 
another battle between rural folk and townies, or a valuable opportunity
 to rethink how Britain, which already relies heavily on imports, feeds 
itself?</p>


<p>Ahead of October’s Battle of Ideas session, <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11664#.V9wG0ygrKUk'>How will we feed Britain after Brexit?</a>, Rob Lyons talks to Guy Smith, vice-president of the National Farmers Union, about the future of farming in the UK. </p>


<p>You can find out more about this Battle of Ideas session <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11664#.V9wFTzU3bS0'>here</a>.</p>


<p>To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe <a href='http://instituteofideas1.podbean.com/feed/'>here</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Guy Smith from the National Farmers Union</p>
					
<p>The Brexit vote throws the future of British farming and indeed 
how to produce enough food to feed Britain into question. The EU was 
always notorious for its apparently huge subsidies to farmers, while 
other struggling sectors of the economy – as illustrated by the 
threatened closure of Port Talbot steel works – have been refused such 
support. Now, however, farmers may be hit with heavy tariffs on cereals 
and dairy products. For some of those who wanted to remain, the silver 
lining of leaving the EU is the opportunity to shake up farming policy, 
ditching the generous subsidies farmers receive. Is this the start of 
another battle between rural folk and townies, or a valuable opportunity
 to rethink how Britain, which already relies heavily on imports, feeds 
itself?</p>


<p>Ahead of October’s Battle of Ideas session, <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11664#.V9wG0ygrKUk'>How will we feed Britain after Brexit?</a>, Rob Lyons talks to Guy Smith, vice-president of the National Farmers Union, about the future of farming in the UK. </p>


<p>You can find out more about this Battle of Ideas session <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2016/session/11664#.V9wFTzU3bS0'>here</a>.</p>


<p>To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe <a href='http://instituteofideas1.podbean.com/feed/'>here</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jqvqbq/NFU.mp3" length="13929069" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Guy Smith from the National Farmers Union
					
The Brexit vote throws the future of British farming and indeed 
how to produce enough food to feed Britain into question. The EU was 
always notorious for its apparently huge subsidies to farmers, while 
other struggling sectors of the economy – as illustrated by the 
threatened closure of Port Talbot steel works – have been refused such 
support. Now, however, farmers may be hit with heavy tariffs on cereals 
and dairy products. For some of those who wanted to remain, the silver 
lining of leaving the EU is the opportunity to shake up farming policy, 
ditching the generous subsidies farmers receive. Is this the start of 
another battle between rural folk and townies, or a valuable opportunity
 to rethink how Britain, which already relies heavily on imports, feeds 
itself?


Ahead of October’s Battle of Ideas session, How will we feed Britain after Brexit?, Rob Lyons talks to Guy Smith, vice-president of the National Farmers Union, about the future of farming in the UK. 


You can find out more about this Battle of Ideas session here.


To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1126</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Was Brexit a democratic awakening?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Was Brexit a democratic awakening?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-a-democratic-awakening/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-a-democratic-awakening/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Aug 2016 14:42:37 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-a-democratic-awakening/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Podcast: Invoke Democracy Now's Rob Killick speaks to Rob Lyons </p>
					
<p>Since the vote to leave the European Union in June, the 
government has equivocated about when it will trigger Article 50 of the 
Lisbon Treaty, initiating the two-year process to exit the EU. 
Meanwhile, a host of individuals and organisations, from law firms and 
business tycoons to high-profile politicians and rock stars, are doing 
everything in their power to overturn the referendum result. In this 
week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Rob Killick, a founder of <a href='https://www.facebook.com/invokeDEMOCRACY/'>Invoke Democracy Now</a>,
 a group campaigning for Britain to leave the EU without delay, about 
the urgency of triggering Article 50 and how Brexit has reinvigorated 
the democratic spirit while giving an aloof political establishment the 
shock of a lifetime in the process. </p>


<p>To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe <a href='http://instituteofideas1.podbean.com/feed/'>here</a>.</p>


<p>To find out more about Invoke Democracy Now! follow them on <a href='https://www.facebook.com/invokeDEMOCRACY/?fref=ts'>Facebook</a> or <a href='https://twitter.com/invokeDEMOCRACY'>Twitter</a>.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Podcast: Invoke Democracy Now's Rob Killick speaks to Rob Lyons </p>
					
<p>Since the vote to leave the European Union in June, the 
government has equivocated about when it will trigger Article 50 of the 
Lisbon Treaty, initiating the two-year process to exit the EU. 
Meanwhile, a host of individuals and organisations, from law firms and 
business tycoons to high-profile politicians and rock stars, are doing 
everything in their power to overturn the referendum result. In this 
week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Rob Killick, a founder of <a href='https://www.facebook.com/invokeDEMOCRACY/'>Invoke Democracy Now</a>,
 a group campaigning for Britain to leave the EU without delay, about 
the urgency of triggering Article 50 and how Brexit has reinvigorated 
the democratic spirit while giving an aloof political establishment the 
shock of a lifetime in the process. </p>


<p>To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe <a href='http://instituteofideas1.podbean.com/feed/'>here</a>.</p>


<p>To find out more about Invoke Democracy Now! follow them on <a href='https://www.facebook.com/invokeDEMOCRACY/?fref=ts'>Facebook</a> or <a href='https://twitter.com/invokeDEMOCRACY'>Twitter</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7uqajh/rob_k_Invoke_democracy.mp3" length="11358690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Podcast: Invoke Democracy Now's Rob Killick speaks to Rob Lyons 
					
Since the vote to leave the European Union in June, the 
government has equivocated about when it will trigger Article 50 of the 
Lisbon Treaty, initiating the two-year process to exit the EU. 
Meanwhile, a host of individuals and organisations, from law firms and 
business tycoons to high-profile politicians and rock stars, are doing 
everything in their power to overturn the referendum result. In this 
week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Rob Killick, a founder of Invoke Democracy Now,
 a group campaigning for Britain to leave the EU without delay, about 
the urgency of triggering Article 50 and how Brexit has reinvigorated 
the democratic spirit while giving an aloof political establishment the 
shock of a lifetime in the process. 


To keep up with the Institute’s podcasts subscribe here.


To find out more about Invoke Democracy Now! follow them on Facebook or Twitter.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>938</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#EconomyForum: The UK economy after Brexit</title>
        <itunes:title>#EconomyForum: The UK economy after Brexit</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-uk-economy-after-brexit/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-uk-economy-after-brexit/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jul 2016 17:02:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-uk-economy-after-brexit/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Podcast of Rob Lyons' opening remarks from this week's Institute of Ideas Economy Forum</p>
					
<p>The vote to leave the European Union has left the world’s 
economic experts, politicians and economic officials stunned. Voters 
were told that leaving the EU would hit the UK economy hard, with the 
only question being over what future arrangements might be made with the
 EU. If the UK negotiates membership of the European Economic Area, the 
so-called ‘Norway option’, then trade would be largely unaffected. But 
such a deal would almost certainly require the UK continuing to allow 
free movement of EU citizens into the UK, something that is currently 
regarded as politically contentious. The alternatives, from a 
Swiss-style bespoke arrangement to a situation with no deal at all, with
 trade governed by World Trade Organization rules, seem to offer a 
sliding scale from ‘very negative’ to ‘disastrous’. </p>


<p>A minority, particularly the Economists for Brexit group, argue that 
leaving the EU will allow the UK to trade freely with the rest of the 
world and ditch pointless EU regulations, with the prospect of a revival
 in economic growth as a result.</p>


<p>But when it comes to future prosperity, is there too much focus on 
the UK’s status within Europe? A week after the vote, the government 
reported another damning set of current account statistics, confirming 
how much more Britain imports than exports. The government finances 
still look weak and there is an ongoing and anguished debate about the 
poor productivity of the economy. George Osborne’s declared aim of 
‘rebalancing’ the economy, both between North and South, and towards 
manufacturing, seem to have come to nought. And the economies of the 
Eurozone hardly seem in the best of health, either, with the only 
question seemingly where the next crisis will hit. Greece? Italy? 
Perhaps even France?</p>


<p>So what does the future hold? What kind of deal should the UK aim to 
strike with the EU? While we fret about Europe, should we really be 
worrying about problems closer to home?</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Podcast of Rob Lyons' opening remarks from this week's Institute of Ideas Economy Forum</p>
					
<p>The vote to leave the European Union has left the world’s 
economic experts, politicians and economic officials stunned. Voters 
were told that leaving the EU would hit the UK economy hard, with the 
only question being over what future arrangements might be made with the
 EU. If the UK negotiates membership of the European Economic Area, the 
so-called ‘Norway option’, then trade would be largely unaffected. But 
such a deal would almost certainly require the UK continuing to allow 
free movement of EU citizens into the UK, something that is currently 
regarded as politically contentious. The alternatives, from a 
Swiss-style bespoke arrangement to a situation with no deal at all, with
 trade governed by World Trade Organization rules, seem to offer a 
sliding scale from ‘very negative’ to ‘disastrous’. </p>


<p>A minority, particularly the Economists for Brexit group, argue that 
leaving the EU will allow the UK to trade freely with the rest of the 
world and ditch pointless EU regulations, with the prospect of a revival
 in economic growth as a result.</p>


<p>But when it comes to future prosperity, is there too much focus on 
the UK’s status within Europe? A week after the vote, the government 
reported another damning set of current account statistics, confirming 
how much more Britain imports than exports. The government finances 
still look weak and there is an ongoing and anguished debate about the 
poor productivity of the economy. George Osborne’s declared aim of 
‘rebalancing’ the economy, both between North and South, and towards 
manufacturing, seem to have come to nought. And the economies of the 
Eurozone hardly seem in the best of health, either, with the only 
question seemingly where the next crisis will hit. Greece? Italy? 
Perhaps even France?</p>


<p>So what does the future hold? What kind of deal should the UK aim to 
strike with the EU? While we fret about Europe, should we really be 
worrying about problems closer to home?</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/qiakp5/EF-UK-economy-after-Brexit.mp3" length="11047435" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Podcast of Rob Lyons' opening remarks from this week's Institute of Ideas Economy Forum
					
The vote to leave the European Union has left the world’s 
economic experts, politicians and economic officials stunned. Voters 
were told that leaving the EU would hit the UK economy hard, with the 
only question being over what future arrangements might be made with the
 EU. If the UK negotiates membership of the European Economic Area, the 
so-called ‘Norway option’, then trade would be largely unaffected. But 
such a deal would almost certainly require the UK continuing to allow 
free movement of EU citizens into the UK, something that is currently 
regarded as politically contentious. The alternatives, from a 
Swiss-style bespoke arrangement to a situation with no deal at all, with
 trade governed by World Trade Organization rules, seem to offer a 
sliding scale from ‘very negative’ to ‘disastrous’. 


A minority, particularly the Economists for Brexit group, argue that 
leaving the EU will allow the UK to trade freely with the rest of the 
world and ditch pointless EU regulations, with the prospect of a revival
 in economic growth as a result.


But when it comes to future prosperity, is there too much focus on 
the UK’s status within Europe? A week after the vote, the government 
reported another damning set of current account statistics, confirming 
how much more Britain imports than exports. The government finances 
still look weak and there is an ongoing and anguished debate about the 
poor productivity of the economy. George Osborne’s declared aim of 
‘rebalancing’ the economy, both between North and South, and towards 
manufacturing, seem to have come to nought. And the economies of the 
Eurozone hardly seem in the best of health, either, with the only 
question seemingly where the next crisis will hit. Greece? Italy? 
Perhaps even France?


So what does the future hold? What kind of deal should the UK aim to 
strike with the EU? While we fret about Europe, should we really be 
worrying about problems closer to home?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1106</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/ECONOMY_FORUM_2018_square.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Austin Williams on China’s cities</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Austin Williams on China’s cities</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-chinas-cities/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-chinas-cities/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jul 2016 16:27:20 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-chinas-cities/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Rob Lyons speaks to architect Austin Williams.</p>
					
<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas architect Austin Williams speaks
 to Rob Lyons about China’s remarkably rapid urbanisation in recent 
years, and the tension between individual freedom and progress. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Rob Lyons speaks to architect Austin Williams.</p>
					
<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas architect Austin Williams speaks
 to Rob Lyons about China’s remarkably rapid urbanisation in recent 
years, and the tension between individual freedom and progress. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2ybd9t/eco_cities.mp3" length="9635195" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Rob Lyons speaks to architect Austin Williams.
					
In this week’s Podcast of Ideas architect Austin Williams speaks
 to Rob Lyons about China’s remarkably rapid urbanisation in recent 
years, and the tension between individual freedom and progress. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>778</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Georgios Varouxakis on JS Mill’s On Liberty</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Georgios Varouxakis on JS Mill’s On Liberty</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/js-mill-on-liberty/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/js-mill-on-liberty/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 08 Jul 2016 14:56:20 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/js-mill-on-liberty/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Few texts have sustained such extensive reference and quotation in Anglo-American politics as JS Mill’s classic.</p>
<p>Mill’s famous ‘Harm Principle’ – that government power may only be justifiably used to prevent harm to others, not to improve one’s own good – still provides the ground on which numerous debates around civil liberties, lifestyle choices, and more recently ‘nudge theory’ are fought. Moreover, Mill’s rousing defence of the liberty of the press never ceases to be relevant. Yet it is imperative to understand the aims and context of On Liberty if Mill’s arguments around press liberty and the Harm Principle are to be properly understood – as the endless argumentation about what ‘harm’ means shows.</p>
<p>Attending to the whole of On Liberty, in the spirit of pursuing knowledge for its own sake, shows these familiar ideas in a new light. By tackling this canonical work as a whole we gain valuable insights into Mill’s inspiring defence of personal autonomy, and see quite how at odds Mill would have been with contemporary political rhetoric – just as he was in his own time. </p>
<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10300'>Georgios Varouxakis</a> 
professor of the history of political thought, Queen Mary University of London; author, Mill on Nationality</p>
<p> 
</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Few texts have sustained such extensive reference and quotation in Anglo-American politics as JS Mill’s classic.</p>
<p>Mill’s famous ‘Harm Principle’ – that government power may only be justifiably used to prevent harm to others, not to improve one’s own good – still provides the ground on which numerous debates around civil liberties, lifestyle choices, and more recently ‘nudge theory’ are fought. Moreover, Mill’s rousing defence of the liberty of the press never ceases to be relevant. Yet it is imperative to understand the aims and context of <em>On Liberty</em> if Mill’s arguments around press liberty and the Harm Principle are to be properly understood – as the endless argumentation about what ‘harm’ means shows.</p>
<p>Attending to the whole of <em>On Liberty</em>, in the spirit of pursuing knowledge for its own sake, shows these familiar ideas in a new light. By tackling this canonical work as a whole we gain valuable insights into Mill’s inspiring defence of personal autonomy, and see quite how at odds Mill would have been with contemporary political rhetoric – just as he was in his own time. </p>
<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10300'>Georgios Varouxakis</a> <br>
professor of the history of political thought, Queen Mary University of London; author, <em>Mill on Nationality</em></p>
<p><em> <br>
</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ks75eh/Mill.mp3" length="19493007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Few texts have sustained such extensive reference and quotation in Anglo-American politics as JS Mill’s classic.
Mill’s famous ‘Harm Principle’ – that government power may only be justifiably used to prevent harm to others, not to improve one’s own good – still provides the ground on which numerous debates around civil liberties, lifestyle choices, and more recently ‘nudge theory’ are fought. Moreover, Mill’s rousing defence of the liberty of the press never ceases to be relevant. Yet it is imperative to understand the aims and context of On Liberty if Mill’s arguments around press liberty and the Harm Principle are to be properly understood – as the endless argumentation about what ‘harm’ means shows.
Attending to the whole of On Liberty, in the spirit of pursuing knowledge for its own sake, shows these familiar ideas in a new light. By tackling this canonical work as a whole we gain valuable insights into Mill’s inspiring defence of personal autonomy, and see quite how at odds Mill would have been with contemporary political rhetoric – just as he was in his own time. 
Georgios Varouxakis professor of the history of political thought, Queen Mary University of London; author, Mill on Nationality
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1986</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Live Special: Brexit - the battle for democracy starts here</title>
        <itunes:title>Live Special: Brexit - the battle for democracy starts here</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-the-battle-for-democracy-starts-here/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-the-battle-for-democracy-starts-here/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2016 16:56:17 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-the-battle-for-democracy-starts-here/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this week's public event in London.</p>
<p>Seventeen million people voted to leave the EU last Thursday, an historically important democratic moment. Yet there are already attempts to thwart or row back from this decision. Many have signed a petition urging a second referendum so that voters can give the ‘right answer’; others threaten the vote with lawyers and bureaucratic challenges. There is contempt for voters who effectively revolted against an establishment that told them they should vote Remain. There seems to be a special brand of bigotry aimed at white working-class voters, with talk of ‘sewers’, and sections of the electorate being castigated for their ignorance and xenophobia. Others seek to stir up a distasteful generational revolt, prompting some younger Remain voters to turn on anyone over 60 with vicious accusations of selfishness and betrayal.</p>
<p>This should be a moment that feels pregnant with possibilities, opening up chances for shaping the future. And yet many feel scared — genuinely scared. Uncertainty and change can be disconcerting. Democracy has been revealed as more than a paper exercise: people now know it has very real consequences.</p>
<p>How should we interpret the vote for Brexit? What should democrats do to ensure that popular sovereignty is not squandered? How can we best shape positive developments in future months, and ensure that this democratic moment is not neutralised?</p>
<p>At this meeting held earlier this week, organised by the Institute of Ideas and spiked, Professor Frank Furedi, author of Politics of Fear: Beyond Left and Right and Authority: A Sociological History, gives an opening talk and Claire Fox, Director of the Institute of Ideas responds. Tom Slater, deputy editor of spiked, introduces and chairs.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to this week's public event in London.</p>
<p>Seventeen million people voted to leave the EU last Thursday, an historically important democratic moment. Yet there are already attempts to thwart or row back from this decision. Many have signed a petition urging a second referendum so that voters can give the ‘right answer’; others threaten the vote with lawyers and bureaucratic challenges. There is contempt for voters who effectively revolted against an establishment that told them they should vote Remain. There seems to be a special brand of bigotry aimed at white working-class voters, with talk of ‘sewers’, and sections of the electorate being castigated for their ignorance and xenophobia. Others seek to stir up a distasteful generational revolt, prompting some younger Remain voters to turn on anyone over 60 with vicious accusations of selfishness and betrayal.</p>
<p>This should be a moment that feels pregnant with possibilities, opening up chances for shaping the future. And yet many feel scared — genuinely scared. Uncertainty and change can be disconcerting. Democracy has been revealed as more than a paper exercise: people now know it has very real consequences.</p>
<p>How should we interpret the vote for Brexit? What should democrats do to ensure that popular sovereignty is not squandered? How can we best shape positive developments in future months, and ensure that this democratic moment is not neutralised?</p>
<p>At this meeting held earlier this week, organised by the Institute of Ideas and <em>spiked</em>, Professor Frank Furedi, author of <em>Politics of Fear: Beyond Left and Right</em> and <em>Authority: A Sociological History</em>, gives an opening talk and Claire Fox, Director of the Institute of Ideas responds. Tom Slater, deputy editor of <em>spiked</em>, introduces and chairs.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sbs33p/Brexit_fight_for_democracy.mp3" length="72287440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to this week's public event in London.
Seventeen million people voted to leave the EU last Thursday, an historically important democratic moment. Yet there are already attempts to thwart or row back from this decision. Many have signed a petition urging a second referendum so that voters can give the ‘right answer’; others threaten the vote with lawyers and bureaucratic challenges. There is contempt for voters who effectively revolted against an establishment that told them they should vote Remain. There seems to be a special brand of bigotry aimed at white working-class voters, with talk of ‘sewers’, and sections of the electorate being castigated for their ignorance and xenophobia. Others seek to stir up a distasteful generational revolt, prompting some younger Remain voters to turn on anyone over 60 with vicious accusations of selfishness and betrayal.
This should be a moment that feels pregnant with possibilities, opening up chances for shaping the future. And yet many feel scared — genuinely scared. Uncertainty and change can be disconcerting. Democracy has been revealed as more than a paper exercise: people now know it has very real consequences.
How should we interpret the vote for Brexit? What should democrats do to ensure that popular sovereignty is not squandered? How can we best shape positive developments in future months, and ensure that this democratic moment is not neutralised?
At this meeting held earlier this week, organised by the Institute of Ideas and spiked, Professor Frank Furedi, author of Politics of Fear: Beyond Left and Right and Authority: A Sociological History, gives an opening talk and Claire Fox, Director of the Institute of Ideas responds. Tom Slater, deputy editor of spiked, introduces and chairs.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>7412</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: a Brexit, post-referendum special</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: a Brexit, post-referendum special</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-post-referendum-special/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-post-referendum-special/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2016 13:29:53 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-post-referendum-special/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the fallout from the Brexit vote.</p>
					
<p>In a historic week where the British public voted to leave the European Union, sparking one of the most tumultuous political upheavals in living memory and causing hysteria across the political establishment and the media, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden offer some much needed sane analysis and give their visions of where we should go from here to ensure we build a more democratic, more prosperous and freer Britain.  </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the fallout from the Brexit vote.</p>
					
<p>In a historic week where the British public voted to leave the European Union, sparking one of the most tumultuous political upheavals in living memory and causing hysteria across the political establishment and the media, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden offer some much needed sane analysis and give their visions of where we should go from here to ensure we build a more democratic, more prosperous and freer Britain.  </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/q6uyik/brexitPostref.mp3" length="28168188" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the fallout from the Brexit vote.					
In a historic week where the British public voted to leave the European Union, sparking one of the most tumultuous political upheavals in living memory and causing hysteria across the political establishment and the media, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden offer some much needed sane analysis and give their visions of where we should go from here to ensure we build a more democratic, more prosperous and freer Britain.  ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2249</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: We the People, you the Mob?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: We the People, you the Mob?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/we-the-people-you-the-mob/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/we-the-people-you-the-mob/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jun 2016 16:48:15 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/we-the-people-you-the-mob/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>From controversial law cases such as that of the footballer Ched 
Evans through to intense bursts of outrage at offensive jokes or 
unpopular opinions, the Twitterstorm seems to have replaced the mob in 
twenty-first-century imagination. While some defend the use of such 
tactics as a (mostly) harmless letting off of steam, others have become 
increasingly uncomfortable about what such tactics mean for the state of
 public debate more widely. In his much-discussed book, So You’ve Been Publically Shamed,
 journalist Jon Ronson explored the real-world effects of such 
vituperative mob justice, from unfairly destroying reputations to 
ruining lives: last year, an investigation into ‘trolls’ targeting the 
parents of Madeleine McCann ended in the suicide of one of the accused. </p>


<p>From psychologist Gustave le Bon’s 1895 work, The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind, to Arthur Miller’s play, The Crucible,
 and even behavioural economics, there has been no shortage of 
intellectual inquiry into the nature of mobs, yet little consensus about
 what defines them. Protestors accused of mob violence in riots across 
US cities counter that it is heavy-handed police responses that turned 
organised demonstrations into anarchy. Meanwhile, claims that vigilante 
mobs mistakenly attacked paediatricians during the child-abuse panic at 
the start of the millennium have been found to have said as much about 
prejudices about the mob as the mob itself. If fear of the mob is 
nothing new, however, is there anything different about its spectral 
online version? </p>


<p>Why does the concept of mob rule seem to haunt public debate at a 
time when the masses play such a minor role in mainstream politics? Has 
the mob found a new home in the online world, with its seeming hostility
 to traditional forms of hierarchy and authority? Does the fear of mob 
rule reveal an elitist contempt for mass politics, or an anxiety that 
contemporary institutions lack the strength to articulate popular 
frustration?  

</p>

					

SPEAKERS
		        		
				

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/278'>Josie Appleton</a>
			

director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10585'>John  Coventry</a>
			

global communications director, Change.org
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9383'>Rupert Myers</a>
			

barrister and writer
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10970'>Daniel  O'Reilly</a>
			

comedian, aka Dapper Laughs
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5876'>Cathy Young</a>
			

contributing editor, Reason magazine; author, Ceasefire! Why women and men must join forces to achieve true equality
		
		


					

CHAIR


		        	


				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/516'>David Bowden</a>
				

associate director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>From controversial law cases such as that of the footballer Ched 
Evans through to intense bursts of outrage at offensive jokes or 
unpopular opinions, the Twitterstorm seems to have replaced the mob in 
twenty-first-century imagination. While some defend the use of such 
tactics as a (mostly) harmless letting off of steam, others have become 
increasingly uncomfortable about what such tactics mean for the state of
 public debate more widely. In his much-discussed book, <em>So You’ve Been Publically Shamed</em>,
 journalist Jon Ronson explored the real-world effects of such 
vituperative mob justice, from unfairly destroying reputations to 
ruining lives: last year, an investigation into ‘trolls’ targeting the 
parents of Madeleine McCann ended in the suicide of one of the accused. </p>


<p>From psychologist Gustave le Bon’s 1895 work, <em>The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind</em>, to Arthur Miller’s play, <em>The Crucible</em>,
 and even behavioural economics, there has been no shortage of 
intellectual inquiry into the nature of mobs, yet little consensus about
 what defines them. Protestors accused of mob violence in riots across 
US cities counter that it is heavy-handed police responses that turned 
organised demonstrations into anarchy. Meanwhile, claims that vigilante 
mobs mistakenly attacked paediatricians during the child-abuse panic at 
the start of the millennium have been found to have said as much about 
prejudices about the mob as the mob itself. If fear of the mob is 
nothing new, however, is there anything different about its spectral 
online version? </p>


<p>Why does the concept of mob rule seem to haunt public debate at a 
time when the masses play such a minor role in mainstream politics? Has 
the mob found a new home in the online world, with its seeming hostility
 to traditional forms of hierarchy and authority? Does the fear of mob 
rule reveal an elitist contempt for mass politics, or an anxiety that 
contemporary institutions lack the strength to articulate popular 
frustration?  
<br>
</p>

					

SPEAKERS
		        		
				
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/278'>Josie Appleton</a>
			
<br>
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10585'>John  Coventry</a>
			
<br>
global communications director, Change.org
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9383'>Rupert Myers</a>
			
<br>
barrister and writer
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10970'>Daniel  O'Reilly</a>
			
<br>
comedian, aka Dapper Laughs
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5876'>Cathy Young</a>
			
<br>
contributing editor, <em>Reason</em> magazine; author, <em>Ceasefire! Why women and men must join forces to achieve true equality</em>
		
		
<br>

					

CHAIR
<br>

		        	
<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/516'>David Bowden</a>
				
<br>
associate director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/82bwz4/We_the_People_you_the_Mob_.mp3" length="39850530" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
From controversial law cases such as that of the footballer Ched 
Evans through to intense bursts of outrage at offensive jokes or 
unpopular opinions, the Twitterstorm seems to have replaced the mob in 
twenty-first-century imagination. While some defend the use of such 
tactics as a (mostly) harmless letting off of steam, others have become 
increasingly uncomfortable about what such tactics mean for the state of
 public debate more widely. In his much-discussed book, So You’ve Been Publically Shamed,
 journalist Jon Ronson explored the real-world effects of such 
vituperative mob justice, from unfairly destroying reputations to 
ruining lives: last year, an investigation into ‘trolls’ targeting the 
parents of Madeleine McCann ended in the suicide of one of the accused. 


From psychologist Gustave le Bon’s 1895 work, The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind, to Arthur Miller’s play, The Crucible,
 and even behavioural economics, there has been no shortage of 
intellectual inquiry into the nature of mobs, yet little consensus about
 what defines them. Protestors accused of mob violence in riots across 
US cities counter that it is heavy-handed police responses that turned 
organised demonstrations into anarchy. Meanwhile, claims that vigilante 
mobs mistakenly attacked paediatricians during the child-abuse panic at 
the start of the millennium have been found to have said as much about 
prejudices about the mob as the mob itself. If fear of the mob is 
nothing new, however, is there anything different about its spectral 
online version? 


Why does the concept of mob rule seem to haunt public debate at a 
time when the masses play such a minor role in mainstream politics? Has 
the mob found a new home in the online world, with its seeming hostility
 to traditional forms of hierarchy and authority? Does the fear of mob 
rule reveal an elitist contempt for mass politics, or an anxiety that 
contemporary institutions lack the strength to articulate popular 
frustration?  


					

SPEAKERS
		        		
				
 
							
		
			Josie Appleton
			
director, civil liberties group, Manifesto Club
		
		
 
							
		
			John  Coventry
			
global communications director, Change.org
		
		
 
							
		
			Rupert Myers
			
barrister and writer
		
		
 
							
		
			Daniel  O'Reilly
			
comedian, aka Dapper Laughs
		
		
 
							
		
			Cathy Young
			
contributing editor, Reason magazine; author, Ceasefire! Why women and men must join forces to achieve true equality
		
		

					

CHAIR

		        	

				
			
				David Bowden
				
associate director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4223</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Jo Cox, Orlando and the referendum</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Jo Cox, Orlando and the referendum</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-17-june-2016/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-17-june-2016/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jun 2016 16:17:22 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-17-june-2016/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the murder of Labour MP Jo Cox, its implications for the EU referendum campaign and the parallels with the Orlando night-club massacre.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the murder of Labour MP Jo Cox, its implications for the EU referendum campaign and the parallels with the Orlando night-club massacre.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ycyxz3/podcast_of_ideas_17June2016.mp3" length="20572449" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the murder of Labour MP Jo Cox, its implications for the EU referendum campaign and the parallels with the Orlando night-club massacre.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1285</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: John Tierney debunks recycling myths</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: John Tierney debunks recycling myths</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-john-tierney-debunks-recycling-myths/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-john-tierney-debunks-recycling-myths/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jun 2016 17:00:50 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-john-tierney-debunks-recycling-myths/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[

]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/yp984r/John_Tierney_on_recycling_3_June_2016.mp3" length="16448425" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1375</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Free-range parenting - reckless or responsible?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Free-range parenting - reckless or responsible?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-free-range-parenting-reckless-or-responsible/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-free-range-parenting-reckless-or-responsible/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jun 2016 17:23:39 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-free-range-parenting-reckless-or-responsible/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Batle of Ideas 2015</p>
<p>In a week where opprobrium has been heaped on the parents of a four-year-old child who had to be rescued from a gorilla enclosure at Cincinnati Zoo, while the parents of a Japanese seven-year-old boy face charges after abandoning him to wander in the woods for a week, listen to this session from the Battle of Ideas 2015 where Lenore Skenazy argues that far from being obsessed with what our kids might be up to, we must give them the freedom to roam and explore without constant adult supervision.</p>
<p>The term ‘cotton wool kids’ has become part of everyday language. Indeed, many parents, academics and others share a concern that children have become over­protected. The worry is that youngsters no longer have enough freedom to explore, to get into scrapes, have accidents and work out how to deal with situations when they don’t have adults telling them what to do.</p>
<p>Discussions about this problem often focus on Mum and Dad: the blame, it is said, lies with irrationally fearful, overprotective ‘helicopter parents’. Yet when parents do try to give their children more freedom, they can face a great deal of hostility and even legal action. In the US, the parents of so-called ‘Free Range Kids’ have been charged with child neglect, while UK parents who let their young children cycle to school on their own have become the subject of protracted public debate about whether this is neglectful. Parents are told almost daily that their children’s health, welfare and safety are at risk, not just from strangers lurking in the park but from adults they know and thought they could trust, including family members, teachers, doctors and volunteers – and the apparently ever-growing menace of online grooming and abuse. Given this state of affairs, how could parents not end up being fearful and paranoid?</p>
<p>How should we, as adults collectively, think about how best to protect and care for children while at the same time challenging and testing them in creative ways? Why do we find it so hard to agree on a ‘commonsense’ approach to child-rearing? Are projects that focus on letting children ‘run free’ the answer? Or are these becoming just another parenting fad, accessible mainly to middle­-class parents who can weekend in the country? Is it possible, or even desirable, to change the way we raise our children in a more profound way? How might we find ways to develop character, determination and independence of thought and action in future generations?</p>
<p>
SPEAKER 
Lenore Skenazy 
founder of the book, blog and movement Free-Range Kids; “America’s Worst Mom” 

RESPONDENTS  
Alice Ferguson 
director, Playing Out</p>
<p>Dr Helene Guldberg 
director, spiked; author, Reclaiming Childhood: freedom and play in an age of fear and Just Another Ape?</p>
<p>Lisa Harker 
director of strategy, policy and evidence, NSPCC</p>
<p>CHAIR 
Dr Ellie Lee 
reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded at the Batle of Ideas 2015</p>
<p><em>In a week where opprobrium has been heaped on the parents of a four-year-old child who had to be rescued from a gorilla enclosure at Cincinnati Zoo, while the parents of a Japanese seven-year-old boy face charges after abandoning him to wander in the woods for a week, listen to this session from the Battle of Ideas 2015 where Lenore Skenazy argues that far from being obsessed with what our kids might be up to, we must give them the freedom to roam and explore without constant adult supervision.</em></p>
<p>The term ‘cotton wool kids’ has become part of everyday language. Indeed, many parents, academics and others share a concern that children have become over­protected. The worry is that youngsters no longer have enough freedom to explore, to get into scrapes, have accidents and work out how to deal with situations when they don’t have adults telling them what to do.</p>
<p>Discussions about this problem often focus on Mum and Dad: the blame, it is said, lies with irrationally fearful, overprotective ‘helicopter parents’. Yet when parents do try to give their children more freedom, they can face a great deal of hostility and even legal action. In the US, the parents of so-called ‘Free Range Kids’ have been charged with child neglect, while UK parents who let their young children cycle to school on their own have become the subject of protracted public debate about whether this is neglectful. Parents are told almost daily that their children’s health, welfare and safety are at risk, not just from strangers lurking in the park but from adults they know and thought they could trust, including family members, teachers, doctors and volunteers – and the apparently ever-growing menace of online grooming and abuse. Given this state of affairs, how could parents not end up being fearful and paranoid?</p>
<p>How should we, as adults collectively, think about how best to protect and care for children while at the same time challenging and testing them in creative ways? Why do we find it so hard to agree on a ‘commonsense’ approach to child-rearing? Are projects that focus on letting children ‘run free’ the answer? Or are these becoming just another parenting fad, accessible mainly to middle­-class parents who can weekend in the country? Is it possible, or even desirable, to change the way we raise our children in a more profound way? How might we find ways to develop character, determination and independence of thought and action in future generations?</p>
<p><br>
SPEAKER <br>
Lenore Skenazy <br>
founder of the book, blog and movement Free-Range Kids; “America’s Worst Mom” <br>
<br>
RESPONDENTS  <br>
Alice Ferguson <br>
director, Playing Out</p>
<p>Dr Helene Guldberg <br>
director, spiked; author, <em>Reclaiming Childhood: freedom and play in an age of fear</em> and <em>Just Another Ape?</em></p>
<p>Lisa Harker <br>
director of strategy, policy and evidence, NSPCC</p>
<p>CHAIR <br>
Dr Ellie Lee <br>
reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/thz899/free_range_kids.mp3" length="49782158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded at the Batle of Ideas 2015
In a week where opprobrium has been heaped on the parents of a four-year-old child who had to be rescued from a gorilla enclosure at Cincinnati Zoo, while the parents of a Japanese seven-year-old boy face charges after abandoning him to wander in the woods for a week, listen to this session from the Battle of Ideas 2015 where Lenore Skenazy argues that far from being obsessed with what our kids might be up to, we must give them the freedom to roam and explore without constant adult supervision.
The term ‘cotton wool kids’ has become part of everyday language. Indeed, many parents, academics and others share a concern that children have become over­protected. The worry is that youngsters no longer have enough freedom to explore, to get into scrapes, have accidents and work out how to deal with situations when they don’t have adults telling them what to do.
Discussions about this problem often focus on Mum and Dad: the blame, it is said, lies with irrationally fearful, overprotective ‘helicopter parents’. Yet when parents do try to give their children more freedom, they can face a great deal of hostility and even legal action. In the US, the parents of so-called ‘Free Range Kids’ have been charged with child neglect, while UK parents who let their young children cycle to school on their own have become the subject of protracted public debate about whether this is neglectful. Parents are told almost daily that their children’s health, welfare and safety are at risk, not just from strangers lurking in the park but from adults they know and thought they could trust, including family members, teachers, doctors and volunteers – and the apparently ever-growing menace of online grooming and abuse. Given this state of affairs, how could parents not end up being fearful and paranoid?
How should we, as adults collectively, think about how best to protect and care for children while at the same time challenging and testing them in creative ways? Why do we find it so hard to agree on a ‘commonsense’ approach to child-rearing? Are projects that focus on letting children ‘run free’ the answer? Or are these becoming just another parenting fad, accessible mainly to middle­-class parents who can weekend in the country? Is it possible, or even desirable, to change the way we raise our children in a more profound way? How might we find ways to develop character, determination and independence of thought and action in future generations?
SPEAKER Lenore Skenazy founder of the book, blog and movement Free-Range Kids; “America’s Worst Mom” RESPONDENTS  Alice Ferguson director, Playing Out
Dr Helene Guldberg director, spiked; author, Reclaiming Childhood: freedom and play in an age of fear and Just Another Ape?
Lisa Harker director of strategy, policy and evidence, NSPCC
CHAIR Dr Ellie Lee reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4808</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Brexit, fracking and public-health infighting</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Brexit, fracking and public-health infighting</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-fracking-public-health-infighting-and-more/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-fracking-public-health-infighting-and-more/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2016 17:09:03 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-fracking-public-health-infighting-and-more/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news.</p>
					In this week’s Podcast of Ideas the team discuss whether the 
left’s mealy-mouthed support for the Remain campaign belies contempt for
 the demos and a fear of right-wing populism, why we should all be 
celebrating the decision to frack in Yorkshire, the public health 
lobby’s loss of credibility, the ban on legal highs and a patronising 
new campaign to protect women on social media. 

]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news.</p>
					In this week’s Podcast of Ideas the team discuss whether the 
left’s mealy-mouthed support for the Remain campaign belies contempt for
 the demos and a fear of right-wing populism, why we should all be 
celebrating the decision to frack in Yorkshire, the public health 
lobby’s loss of credibility, the ban on legal highs and a patronising 
new campaign to protect women on social media. 
<br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/n736cf/poi_lefty_bremainers.mp3" length="24415427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news.
					In this week’s Podcast of Ideas the team discuss whether the 
left’s mealy-mouthed support for the Remain campaign belies contempt for
 the demos and a fear of right-wing populism, why we should all be 
celebrating the decision to frack in Yorkshire, the public health 
lobby’s loss of credibility, the ban on legal highs and a patronising 
new campaign to protect women on social media. 
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2140</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: European Referendum - what will decide the vote?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: European Referendum - what will decide the vote?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-european-referendum-what-will-decide-the-vote/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-european-referendum-what-will-decide-the-vote/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 May 2016 17:16:24 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-european-referendum-what-will-decide-the-vote/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Recorded at this week's Institute of Ideas event at Goodenough College.</p>
					
<p>On 23 June, the UK will vote in a referendum on whether 
or not to remain a member of the European Union. The decision is a 
momentous one, the first time British voters will have had a direct vote
 on membership since 1975. </p>


<p>Yet the public debate about the pros and cons of Brexit has been 
frustratingly shallow. The aim of this event was to offer a panel of 
high-profile speakers an opportunity to set out the case for Remain and 
Leave, and allow an audience of almost 300 people to get involved, 
offering their own views as well as challenging the panel. The result 
was a lively, engaging and passionate debate. For anyone interested in 
hearing the arguments played out with intelligence and without 
name-calling, this debate is well worth listening to in full.</p>


<p>SPEAKERS</p>


<p>Rt Hon David Davis


Conservative MP for Haltemprice and Howden; former Foreign Office minister (1994–1997) and Shadow Home Secretary (2003-2008)</p>


<p>Simon Nixon


chief European commentator, Wall Street Journal</p>


<p>Vicky Pryce


board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; former joint head, UK Government Economic Service; author, Greekonomics</p>


<p>Bruno Waterfield


Brussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No</p>


<p>CHAIR</p>


<p>Claire Fox


director, Institute of Ideas; panelist, BBC Radio 4’s Moral Maze.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Recorded at this week's Institute of Ideas event at Goodenough College.</p>
					
<p>On 23 June, the UK will vote in a referendum on whether 
or not to remain a member of the European Union. The decision is a 
momentous one, the first time British voters will have had a direct vote
 on membership since 1975. </p>


<p>Yet the public debate about the pros and cons of Brexit has been 
frustratingly shallow. The aim of this event was to offer a panel of 
high-profile speakers an opportunity to set out the case for Remain and 
Leave, and allow an audience of almost 300 people to get involved, 
offering their own views as well as challenging the panel. The result 
was a lively, engaging and passionate debate. For anyone interested in 
hearing the arguments played out with intelligence and without 
name-calling, this debate is well worth listening to in full.</p>


<p>SPEAKERS</p>


<p>Rt Hon David Davis
<br>

Conservative MP for Haltemprice and Howden; former Foreign Office minister (1994–1997) and Shadow Home Secretary (2003-2008)</p>


<p>Simon Nixon
<br>

chief European commentator, <em>Wall Street Journal</em></p>


<p>Vicky Pryce
<br>

board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; former joint head, UK Government Economic Service; author, <em>Greekonomics</em></p>


<p>Bruno Waterfield
<br>

Brussels correspondent, <em>The Times</em>; co-author, <em>No Means No</em></p>


<p>CHAIR</p>


<p>Claire Fox
<br>

director, Institute of Ideas; panelist, BBC Radio 4’s <em>Moral Maze</em>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dgtsu3/EU_Goodenough_audio.mp3" length="64008134" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Recorded at this week's Institute of Ideas event at Goodenough College.
					
On 23 June, the UK will vote in a referendum on whether 
or not to remain a member of the European Union. The decision is a 
momentous one, the first time British voters will have had a direct vote
 on membership since 1975. 


Yet the public debate about the pros and cons of Brexit has been 
frustratingly shallow. The aim of this event was to offer a panel of 
high-profile speakers an opportunity to set out the case for Remain and 
Leave, and allow an audience of almost 300 people to get involved, 
offering their own views as well as challenging the panel. The result 
was a lively, engaging and passionate debate. For anyone interested in 
hearing the arguments played out with intelligence and without 
name-calling, this debate is well worth listening to in full.


SPEAKERS


Rt Hon David Davis

Conservative MP for Haltemprice and Howden; former Foreign Office minister (1994–1997) and Shadow Home Secretary (2003-2008)


Simon Nixon

chief European commentator, Wall Street Journal


Vicky Pryce

board member, Centre for Economics and Business Research; former joint head, UK Government Economic Service; author, Greekonomics


Bruno Waterfield

Brussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No


CHAIR


Claire Fox

director, Institute of Ideas; panelist, BBC Radio 4’s Moral Maze.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6858</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: Local elections, anti-Brexit arguments and the kid’s strike</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: Local elections, anti-Brexit arguments and the kid’s strike</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-local-election-analysis-mad-anti-brexit-arguments-and-the-kids-strike/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-local-election-analysis-mad-anti-brexit-arguments-and-the-kids-strike/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2016 15:37:02 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-local-election-analysis-mad-anti-brexit-arguments-and-the-kids-strike/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, the team chews over Sadiq Khan's election as London mayor and the implications of the different election results across the country for the major parties - particularly the way old assumptions about political strongholds have been called into question. With BBC political editor Laura Kuenssberg being targeted over her coverage by Corbynistas, how should accusations of media bias be handled? The team also discusses the claim that Brexit might lead to war in Europe, the controversy over SATS exams and the effect on wider society of claiming that schoolkids are too sensitive to be tested.]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, the team chews over Sadiq Khan's election as London mayor and the implications of the different election results across the country for the major parties - particularly the way old assumptions about political strongholds have been called into question. With BBC political editor Laura Kuenssberg being targeted over her coverage by Corbynistas, how should accusations of media bias be handled? The team also discusses the claim that Brexit might lead to war in Europe, the controversy over SATS exams and the effect on wider society of claiming that schoolkids are too sensitive to be tested.]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/gbm89f/poi_local_elections1.mp3" length="23379314" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, the team chews over Sadiq Khan's election as London mayor and the implications of the different election results across the country for the major parties - particularly the way old assumptions about political strongholds have been called into question. With BBC political editor Laura Kuenssberg being targeted over her coverage by Corbynistas, how should accusations of media bias be handled? The team also discusses the claim that Brexit might lead to war in Europe, the controversy over SATS exams and the effect on wider society of claiming that schoolkids are too sensitive to be tested.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1986</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: The Personal is Political - is identity politics eating itself?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: The Personal is Political - is identity politics eating itself?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-personal-is-political-is-identity-politics-eating-itself/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-personal-is-political-is-identity-politics-eating-itself/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 06 May 2016 16:52:20 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-personal-is-political-is-identity-politics-eating-itself/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In her 1969 essay, ‘The personal is 
political’, feminist Carol Hanisch defended consciousness-raising groups
 against the charge they brought ‘personal problems’ into the public 
arena. She argued that most difficulties women experienced in private 
were rooted in political inequality, so personal problems could spur 
women to political action in public life.</p>


<p>Today, consciousness-raising groups are less common. Yet the idea 
that ‘the personal is political’ has survived, albeit giving way to an 
increasing fractious identity politics. The bizarre story of Rachel 
Dolezal, a white woman presenting herself as a mixed-race leader in the 
NAACP, has raised sharp questions about how we think about who a person 
is.  </p>


<p>More broadly, there has been an explosion of different groups vying 
with one another for social recognition and respect. US writer Cathy 
Young argues this has led to a ‘reverse caste system in which a person’s
 status and worth depends entirely on their perceived oppression and 
disadvantage’. Burgeoning feminist clubs in universities and a diversity
 of gender, ethnicity, religious and cultural identity groups on college
 campuses and in the world of activism, reflects a substantial shift in 
how politics is understood and practiced in modern society. In 
particular, such groups are often divisively set up in competition with 
others’ claims to be the victim. </p>


<p>Feuds over ‘intersectionality’ and ‘hierarchies of oppression’ have 
created internecine warfare between ‘terfs’ and the ‘trans’ community, 
between black women and white feminists, middle-class lesbians and 
working-class men: checking ‘privilege’ has become a routine pastime. As
 some critics of contemporary feminism note, identity politics 
inevitably turns each individual into her own group: demanding the right
 to assert ‘who I am’ becomes the primary goal of political action. So 
when Rachel Dolezal claims to be black, who are we to argue against her 
self-identification? </p>


<p>Is this any different from the demand for public applause for Caitlyn
 Jenner – once known as Olympic athlete Bruce Jenner – who now 
self-defines as a woman? Is there a point past which we can’t choose our
 personal identity, as suggested by those who reject comparison between 
Dolezal’s ‘cultural appropriation’ (‘a glaring example of white 
privilege in action’) and Jenner realising who she/he always really was?
 Do today’s identity wars preclude possibilities for transcending 
gender, race, disability? Does the feminist war cry of ‘personal is 
political’ inevitably lead to such a narcissistic focus on self?</p>

<p></p>
				
				

				


				
				






	

					
				

					

Speakers
		        		
				

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/4718'>Julie Bindel</a>
			

journalist, author, broadcaster and feminist activist; research fellow, Lincoln University
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10517'>Andrew  Doyle</a>
			

stand-up comedian; playwright; biographer
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10541'>Sabrina Harris</a>
			

technical author;  longtime gamer; regular commentator on issues relating to freedom of speech and internet subcultures
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7990'>Jake Unsworth</a>
			

trainee solicitor, Bond Dickinson; convenor, Debating Matters Ambassadors
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/6847'>Dr Joanna Williams</a>
			

author and academic; education editor, spiked
		
		
<p class="item"></p>


					

Chair
		        	


				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				

director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In her 1969 essay, ‘The personal is 
political’, feminist Carol Hanisch defended consciousness-raising groups
 against the charge they brought ‘personal problems’ into the public 
arena. She argued that most difficulties women experienced in private 
were rooted in political inequality, so personal problems could spur 
women to political action in public life.</p>


<p>Today, consciousness-raising groups are less common. Yet the idea 
that ‘the personal is political’ has survived, albeit giving way to an 
increasing fractious identity politics. The bizarre story of Rachel 
Dolezal, a white woman presenting herself as a mixed-race leader in the 
NAACP, has raised sharp questions about how we think about who a person 
is.  </p>


<p>More broadly, there has been an explosion of different groups vying 
with one another for social recognition and respect. US writer Cathy 
Young argues this has led to a ‘reverse caste system in which a person’s
 status and worth depends entirely on their perceived oppression and 
disadvantage’. Burgeoning feminist clubs in universities and a diversity
 of gender, ethnicity, religious and cultural identity groups on college
 campuses and in the world of activism, reflects a substantial shift in 
how politics is understood and practiced in modern society. In 
particular, such groups are often divisively set up in competition with 
others’ claims to be the victim. </p>


<p>Feuds over ‘intersectionality’ and ‘hierarchies of oppression’ have 
created internecine warfare between ‘terfs’ and the ‘trans’ community, 
between black women and white feminists, middle-class lesbians and 
working-class men: checking ‘privilege’ has become a routine pastime. As
 some critics of contemporary feminism note, identity politics 
inevitably turns each individual into her own group: demanding the right
 to assert ‘who I am’ becomes the primary goal of political action. So 
when Rachel Dolezal claims to be black, who are we to argue against her 
self-identification? </p>


<p>Is this any different from the demand for public applause for Caitlyn
 Jenner – once known as Olympic athlete Bruce Jenner – who now 
self-defines as a woman? Is there a point past which we can’t choose our
 personal identity, as suggested by those who reject comparison between 
Dolezal’s ‘cultural appropriation’ (‘a glaring example of white 
privilege in action’) and Jenner realising who she/he always really was?
 Do today’s identity wars preclude possibilities for transcending 
gender, race, disability? Does the feminist war cry of ‘personal is 
political’ inevitably lead to such a narcissistic focus on self?</p>
<br>
<p></p>
				
				

				


				
				






	

					
				

					

Speakers
		        		
				
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/4718'>Julie Bindel</a>
			
<br>
journalist, author, broadcaster and feminist activist; research fellow, Lincoln University
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10517'>Andrew  Doyle</a>
			
<br>
stand-up comedian; playwright; biographer
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10541'>Sabrina Harris</a>
			
<br>
technical author;  longtime gamer; regular commentator on issues relating to freedom of speech and internet subcultures
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7990'>Jake Unsworth</a>
			
<br>
trainee solicitor, Bond Dickinson; convenor, Debating Matters Ambassadors
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/6847'>Dr Joanna Williams</a>
			
<br>
author and academic; education editor, <em>spiked</em>
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>

					

Chair
		        	
<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				
<br>
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's <em>Moral Maze</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/am6x9n/The_Personal_is_Political__is_identity_politics_eating_itself1.mp3" length="45983460" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In her 1969 essay, ‘The personal is 
political’, feminist Carol Hanisch defended consciousness-raising groups
 against the charge they brought ‘personal problems’ into the public 
arena. She argued that most difficulties women experienced in private 
were rooted in political inequality, so personal problems could spur 
women to political action in public life.


Today, consciousness-raising groups are less common. Yet the idea 
that ‘the personal is political’ has survived, albeit giving way to an 
increasing fractious identity politics. The bizarre story of Rachel 
Dolezal, a white woman presenting herself as a mixed-race leader in the 
NAACP, has raised sharp questions about how we think about who a person 
is.  


More broadly, there has been an explosion of different groups vying 
with one another for social recognition and respect. US writer Cathy 
Young argues this has led to a ‘reverse caste system in which a person’s
 status and worth depends entirely on their perceived oppression and 
disadvantage’. Burgeoning feminist clubs in universities and a diversity
 of gender, ethnicity, religious and cultural identity groups on college
 campuses and in the world of activism, reflects a substantial shift in 
how politics is understood and practiced in modern society. In 
particular, such groups are often divisively set up in competition with 
others’ claims to be the victim. 


Feuds over ‘intersectionality’ and ‘hierarchies of oppression’ have 
created internecine warfare between ‘terfs’ and the ‘trans’ community, 
between black women and white feminists, middle-class lesbians and 
working-class men: checking ‘privilege’ has become a routine pastime. As
 some critics of contemporary feminism note, identity politics 
inevitably turns each individual into her own group: demanding the right
 to assert ‘who I am’ becomes the primary goal of political action. So 
when Rachel Dolezal claims to be black, who are we to argue against her 
self-identification? 


Is this any different from the demand for public applause for Caitlyn
 Jenner – once known as Olympic athlete Bruce Jenner – who now 
self-defines as a woman? Is there a point past which we can’t choose our
 personal identity, as suggested by those who reject comparison between 
Dolezal’s ‘cultural appropriation’ (‘a glaring example of white 
privilege in action’) and Jenner realising who she/he always really was?
 Do today’s identity wars preclude possibilities for transcending 
gender, race, disability? Does the feminist war cry of ‘personal is 
political’ inevitably lead to such a narcissistic focus on self?

				
				

				


				
				






	

					
				

					

Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			Julie Bindel
			
journalist, author, broadcaster and feminist activist; research fellow, Lincoln University
		
		

 
							
		
			Andrew  Doyle
			
stand-up comedian; playwright; biographer
		
		

 
							
		
			Sabrina Harris
			
technical author;  longtime gamer; regular commentator on issues relating to freedom of speech and internet subcultures
		
		

 
							
		
			Jake Unsworth
			
trainee solicitor, Bond Dickinson; convenor, Debating Matters Ambassadors
		
		

 
							
		
			Dr Joanna Williams
			
author and academic; education editor, spiked
		
		


					

Chair
		        	

				
			
				Claire Fox
				
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4594</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Can we manufacture a new economy?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Can we manufacture a new economy?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-we-manufacture-a-new-economy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-we-manufacture-a-new-economy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 29 Apr 2016 15:04:16 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-we-manufacture-a-new-economy/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
Recorded at the Battle of ideas 2015.


	
			

				
				

				
					                                        
                                        					
<p>While the UK economy has
 recovered from the economic crisis, few would argue that the recovery 
is built on strong foundations. Wages are only just starting to rise in 
real terms after a number of years of decline. Economic output remains 
weak compared to previous recoveries, and the state is still spending 
almost £90 billion a year more than it receives in tax. A particular 
concern for economists is low productivity – the amount of wealth 
produced by each worker – which is well below that of other countries 
and 15 per cent below where it would have been if pre-crisis trends had 
continued.</p>


<p>Yet across the main political parties there seems little vision of 
how the UK economy could look different in five, 10 or 20 years’ time. 
The chancellor of the exchequer, George Osborne, has made much play 
about the creation of a ‘northern powerhouse’. The HS2 railway has 
cross-party support, but many are sceptical about its economic 
potential. Beyond this, there seems little sense of how the economy 
could be transformed. Indeed, many new industries with the potential to 
revolutionise the UK economy – like fracking, nuclear power and biotech –
 have faced considerable resistance.</p>


<p>In 2014, the Wright Report, an independent report commissioned by the
 Labour Party, called for ‘a modern, active industrial policy’ that was 
not about ‘government “picking winners”, investing in large companies, 
or trying to plan the economy’ but focused on ‘improving the environment
 in which companies operate, recognising the positive influence that 
government can have, and working together to tackle the challenges’. 
These included barriers to investment, the overall load of taxation and 
the lack of skilled workers, all still serious problems. That said, 
there are causes for optimism. In certain sectors, productivity has 
risen sharply in recent years. Productivity in car manufacturing is 
high, while in aircraft engine manufacturing and financial services, the
 UK is a world leader. Moreover, the UK’s universities offer excellent 
capacity for research and development.</p>


<p>If UK businesses can be excellent in some arenas, why is the UK 
apparently so unproductive overall? What are the barriers to a new and 
innovative economy? Why is new business investment so low? Do we need a 
bout of creative destruction, making painful choices about leaving some 
areas of economic activity behind, in order to allow new sources of 
wealth creation to flourish?</p>
<p>

</p>

					

SPEAKERS
		        		
				

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9104'>Frances Coppola</a>
			

associate editor, Pieria; contributor to Nesta’s Our Work Here is Done, exploring the frontiers of robot technology
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10830'>Katie Evans</a>
			

economist, Social Market Foundation
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/289'>Phil Mullan</a>
			

economist; director, Epping Consulting business advice; author, The Imaginary Time Bomb
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10978'>Bauke Schram</a>
			

business reporter, International Business Times UK
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/6227'>Mike Wright</a>
			

executive director, Jaguar Land Rover
		
		


					

CHAIR
		        	


				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5'>Rob Lyons</a>
				

science and technology director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
Recorded at the Battle of ideas 2015.
<br>

	
			

				
				

				
					                                        
                                        					
<p>While the UK economy has
 recovered from the economic crisis, few would argue that the recovery 
is built on strong foundations. Wages are only just starting to rise in 
real terms after a number of years of decline. Economic output remains 
weak compared to previous recoveries, and the state is still spending 
almost £90 billion a year more than it receives in tax. A particular 
concern for economists is low productivity – the amount of wealth 
produced by each worker – which is well below that of other countries 
and 15 per cent below where it would have been if pre-crisis trends had 
continued.</p>


<p>Yet across the main political parties there seems little vision of 
how the UK economy could look different in five, 10 or 20 years’ time. 
The chancellor of the exchequer, George Osborne, has made much play 
about the creation of a ‘northern powerhouse’. The HS2 railway has 
cross-party support, but many are sceptical about its economic 
potential. Beyond this, there seems little sense of how the economy 
could be transformed. Indeed, many new industries with the potential to 
revolutionise the UK economy – like fracking, nuclear power and biotech –
 have faced considerable resistance.</p>


<p>In 2014, the Wright Report, an independent report commissioned by the
 Labour Party, called for ‘a modern, active industrial policy’ that was 
not about ‘government “picking winners”, investing in large companies, 
or trying to plan the economy’ but focused on ‘improving the environment
 in which companies operate, recognising the positive influence that 
government can have, and working together to tackle the challenges’. 
These included barriers to investment, the overall load of taxation and 
the lack of skilled workers, all still serious problems. That said, 
there are causes for optimism. In certain sectors, productivity has 
risen sharply in recent years. Productivity in car manufacturing is 
high, while in aircraft engine manufacturing and financial services, the
 UK is a world leader. Moreover, the UK’s universities offer excellent 
capacity for research and development.</p>


<p>If UK businesses can be excellent in some arenas, why is the UK 
apparently so unproductive overall? What are the barriers to a new and 
innovative economy? Why is new business investment so low? Do we need a 
bout of creative destruction, making painful choices about leaving some 
areas of economic activity behind, in order to allow new sources of 
wealth creation to flourish?</p>
<p>
<br>
</p>

					

SPEAKERS
		        		
				
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9104'>Frances Coppola</a>
			
<br>
associate editor, <em>Pieria</em>; contributor to Nesta’s <em>Our Work Here is Done</em>, exploring the frontiers of robot technology
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10830'>Katie Evans</a>
			
<br>
economist, Social Market Foundation
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/289'>Phil Mullan</a>
			
<br>
economist; director, Epping Consulting business advice; author, <em>The Imaginary Time Bomb</em>
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10978'>Bauke Schram</a>
			
<br>
business reporter, <em>International Business Times UK</em>
		
		
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/6227'>Mike Wright</a>
			
<br>
executive director, Jaguar Land Rover
		
		
<br>

					

CHAIR
		        	
<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5'>Rob Lyons</a>
				
<br>
science and technology director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/rq6pxz/New_economy_audio.mp3" length="70312832" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Recorded at the Battle of ideas 2015.

	
			

				
				

				
					                                        
                                        					
While the UK economy has
 recovered from the economic crisis, few would argue that the recovery 
is built on strong foundations. Wages are only just starting to rise in 
real terms after a number of years of decline. Economic output remains 
weak compared to previous recoveries, and the state is still spending 
almost £90 billion a year more than it receives in tax. A particular 
concern for economists is low productivity – the amount of wealth 
produced by each worker – which is well below that of other countries 
and 15 per cent below where it would have been if pre-crisis trends had 
continued.


Yet across the main political parties there seems little vision of 
how the UK economy could look different in five, 10 or 20 years’ time. 
The chancellor of the exchequer, George Osborne, has made much play 
about the creation of a ‘northern powerhouse’. The HS2 railway has 
cross-party support, but many are sceptical about its economic 
potential. Beyond this, there seems little sense of how the economy 
could be transformed. Indeed, many new industries with the potential to 
revolutionise the UK economy – like fracking, nuclear power and biotech –
 have faced considerable resistance.


In 2014, the Wright Report, an independent report commissioned by the
 Labour Party, called for ‘a modern, active industrial policy’ that was 
not about ‘government “picking winners”, investing in large companies, 
or trying to plan the economy’ but focused on ‘improving the environment
 in which companies operate, recognising the positive influence that 
government can have, and working together to tackle the challenges’. 
These included barriers to investment, the overall load of taxation and 
the lack of skilled workers, all still serious problems. That said, 
there are causes for optimism. In certain sectors, productivity has 
risen sharply in recent years. Productivity in car manufacturing is 
high, while in aircraft engine manufacturing and financial services, the
 UK is a world leader. Moreover, the UK’s universities offer excellent 
capacity for research and development.


If UK businesses can be excellent in some arenas, why is the UK 
apparently so unproductive overall? What are the barriers to a new and 
innovative economy? Why is new business investment so low? Do we need a 
bout of creative destruction, making painful choices about leaving some 
areas of economic activity behind, in order to allow new sources of 
wealth creation to flourish?



					

SPEAKERS
		        		
				
 
							
		
			Frances Coppola
			
associate editor, Pieria; contributor to Nesta’s Our Work Here is Done, exploring the frontiers of robot technology
		
		
 
							
		
			Katie Evans
			
economist, Social Market Foundation
		
		
 
							
		
			Phil Mullan
			
economist; director, Epping Consulting business advice; author, The Imaginary Time Bomb
		
		
 
							
		
			Bauke Schram
			
business reporter, International Business Times UK
		
		
 
							
		
			Mike Wright
			
executive director, Jaguar Land Rover
		
		

					

CHAIR
		        	

				
			
				Rob Lyons
				
science and technology director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4394</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: monarchy, Brexit, German free speech under attack</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: monarchy, Brexit, German free speech under attack</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-monarchy-brexit-german-free-speech-under-attack-in-and-more/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-monarchy-brexit-german-free-speech-under-attack-in-and-more/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 22 Apr 2016 15:57:06 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-monarchy-brexit-german-free-speech-under-attack-in-and-more/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news
					
<p>In this week’s edition of the Podcast of Ideas the team discuss 
whether, on the Queen’s 90th birthday, the monarchy has any place today.
 There’s analysis of the latest in the Brexit referendum, what’s behind 
the prosecution of a German comedian for composing an insulting poem 
about Turkish President Erdoğan and why Dolmio has made the strange move
 of encouraging the public to eat less of its pasta sauce. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news
					
<p>In this week’s edition of the Podcast of Ideas the team discuss 
whether, on the Queen’s 90th birthday, the monarchy has any place today.
 There’s analysis of the latest in the Brexit referendum, what’s behind 
the prosecution of a German comedian for composing an insulting poem 
about Turkish President Erdoğan and why Dolmio has made the strange move
 of encouraging the public to eat less of its pasta sauce. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8x5wzn/POI.mp3" length="20378236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news
					
In this week’s edition of the Podcast of Ideas the team discuss 
whether, on the Queen’s 90th birthday, the monarchy has any place today.
 There’s analysis of the latest in the Brexit referendum, what’s behind 
the prosecution of a German comedian for composing an insulting poem 
about Turkish President Erdoğan and why Dolmio has made the strange move
 of encouraging the public to eat less of its pasta sauce. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1707</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Is the NHS still worth defending?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Is the NHS still worth defending?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-nhs-still-worth-defending/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-nhs-still-worth-defending/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 15 Apr 2016 15:49:18 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-nhs-still-worth-defending/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Podcast: listen to this debate from our Battle of Ideas archive.</p>
					
<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2015</p>


<p>We all love the NHS, don’t we? Despite the ubiquity of platitudes 
about defending ‘our’ NHS, though, exactly what we are defending and 
why?</p>


<p>The NHS has undergone significant changes since its inception in 
1948. Shifts within patient demographics, combined with increased 
patient demands and advances in technology and medical care, have 
resulted in a system at breaking point. One million patients are seen 
every 24 hours, at a cost of £2 billion each week. The kind of care 
available and sums of money involved would surely astonish the 
institution’s founders. Indeed, although often perceived as one 
homogeneous care provider, high-profile scandals, such as those at Mid 
Staffordshire and at the Morecambe Bay Maternity Unit, have illustrated 
the variability in care across different hospitals – even within the 
same trust. And on many important measures – for example, cancer 
survival rates – the NHS seems to perform badly compared to health 
services in comparable countries. </p>


<p>Nevertheless, the NHS is one of the few manifestations of the British
 state that elicits strong and often positive feelings from significant 
numbers of people. Politicians and parties often define themselves in 
relation to the NHS and compete to be seen to be supporting it – even 
when this can be difficult to reconcile with their policies and track 
record. No major party seems willing to have a more fundamental 
discussion about whether a taxpayer-funded health service, governed by 
national and local government, is the best way to take care of the 
nation’s health.</p>


<p>Yet, at the same time, the reality is that more and more publicly 
funded healthcare is provided by profit-making or third-sector 
organisations. The introduction of the Health and Social Care Act 2012, 
particularly in relation to the commissioning of services from ‘any 
willing provider’, has opened the doors to private and volunteer input, 
often with variable results. Following the Conservatives’ victory in the
 2015 general election, many supporters of the NHS fear that these 
reforms will be pursued further. </p>


<p>Yet is the NHS everyone queues up to defend more national myth than 
effective health care? Can it survive in its current form, and more 
importantly, should it? </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Podcast: listen to this debate from our Battle of Ideas archive.</p>
					
<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2015</p>


<p>We all love the NHS, don’t we? Despite the ubiquity of platitudes 
about defending ‘our’ NHS, though, exactly what we are defending and 
why?</p>


<p>The NHS has undergone significant changes since its inception in 
1948. Shifts within patient demographics, combined with increased 
patient demands and advances in technology and medical care, have 
resulted in a system at breaking point. One million patients are seen 
every 24 hours, at a cost of £2 billion each week. The kind of care 
available and sums of money involved would surely astonish the 
institution’s founders. Indeed, although often perceived as one 
homogeneous care provider, high-profile scandals, such as those at Mid 
Staffordshire and at the Morecambe Bay Maternity Unit, have illustrated 
the variability in care across different hospitals – even within the 
same trust. And on many important measures – for example, cancer 
survival rates – the NHS seems to perform badly compared to health 
services in comparable countries. </p>


<p>Nevertheless, the NHS is one of the few manifestations of the British
 state that elicits strong and often positive feelings from significant 
numbers of people. Politicians and parties often define themselves in 
relation to the NHS and compete to be seen to be supporting it – even 
when this can be difficult to reconcile with their policies and track 
record. No major party seems willing to have a more fundamental 
discussion about whether a taxpayer-funded health service, governed by 
national and local government, is the best way to take care of the 
nation’s health.</p>


<p>Yet, at the same time, the reality is that more and more publicly 
funded healthcare is provided by profit-making or third-sector 
organisations. The introduction of the Health and Social Care Act 2012, 
particularly in relation to the commissioning of services from ‘any 
willing provider’, has opened the doors to private and volunteer input, 
often with variable results. Following the Conservatives’ victory in the
 2015 general election, many supporters of the NHS fear that these 
reforms will be pursued further. </p>


<p>Yet is the NHS everyone queues up to defend more national myth than 
effective health care? Can it survive in its current form, and more 
importantly, should it? </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ikvj42/NHS_audio_1_.mp3" length="35528036" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Podcast: listen to this debate from our Battle of Ideas archive.
					
Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2015


We all love the NHS, don’t we? Despite the ubiquity of platitudes 
about defending ‘our’ NHS, though, exactly what we are defending and 
why?


The NHS has undergone significant changes since its inception in 
1948. Shifts within patient demographics, combined with increased 
patient demands and advances in technology and medical care, have 
resulted in a system at breaking point. One million patients are seen 
every 24 hours, at a cost of £2 billion each week. The kind of care 
available and sums of money involved would surely astonish the 
institution’s founders. Indeed, although often perceived as one 
homogeneous care provider, high-profile scandals, such as those at Mid 
Staffordshire and at the Morecambe Bay Maternity Unit, have illustrated 
the variability in care across different hospitals – even within the 
same trust. And on many important measures – for example, cancer 
survival rates – the NHS seems to perform badly compared to health 
services in comparable countries. 


Nevertheless, the NHS is one of the few manifestations of the British
 state that elicits strong and often positive feelings from significant 
numbers of people. Politicians and parties often define themselves in 
relation to the NHS and compete to be seen to be supporting it – even 
when this can be difficult to reconcile with their policies and track 
record. No major party seems willing to have a more fundamental 
discussion about whether a taxpayer-funded health service, governed by 
national and local government, is the best way to take care of the 
nation’s health.


Yet, at the same time, the reality is that more and more publicly 
funded healthcare is provided by profit-making or third-sector 
organisations. The introduction of the Health and Social Care Act 2012, 
particularly in relation to the commissioning of services from ‘any 
willing provider’, has opened the doors to private and volunteer input, 
often with variable results. Following the Conservatives’ victory in the
 2015 general election, many supporters of the NHS fear that these 
reforms will be pursued further. 


Yet is the NHS everyone queues up to defend more national myth than 
effective health care? Can it survive in its current form, and more 
importantly, should it? ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3813</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: British steel, the Panama papers and Brexit</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: British steel, the Panama papers and Brexit</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-british-steel-the-panama-papers-and-brexit/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-british-steel-the-panama-papers-and-brexit/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 08 Apr 2016 11:19:26 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-british-steel-the-panama-papers-and-brexit/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news
					
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas the team ask whether, 
with Tata Steel’s operations in Britain haemorrhaging £1million a day, 
renationalisation is really the answer. Instead, should we be demanding 
investment in new and dynamic industries rather than propping up zombie 
sectors of the economy? With the release of the Panama Papers making the
 not-so-startling revelation that the super rich sometimes avoid paying 
tax, the team ask why the rich feel the need to sit on their capital in 
the first place rather than using it productively. And finally, there’s 
analysis of the latest in the Brexit referendum campaign including the 
government’s latest controversial move: using public money to peddle the
 Remain line.        </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news
					
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas the team ask whether, 
with Tata Steel’s operations in Britain haemorrhaging £1million a day, 
renationalisation is really the answer. Instead, should we be demanding 
investment in new and dynamic industries rather than propping up zombie 
sectors of the economy? With the release of the Panama Papers making the
 not-so-startling revelation that the super rich sometimes avoid paying 
tax, the team ask why the rich feel the need to sit on their capital in 
the first place rather than using it productively. And finally, there’s 
analysis of the latest in the Brexit referendum campaign including the 
government’s latest controversial move: using public money to peddle the
 Remain line.        </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/cbevke/poi_Port_talbot.mp3" length="23916767" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Claire Fox, David Bowden and Rob Lyons discuss the week's news
					
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas the team ask whether, 
with Tata Steel’s operations in Britain haemorrhaging £1million a day, 
renationalisation is really the answer. Instead, should we be demanding 
investment in new and dynamic industries rather than propping up zombie 
sectors of the economy? With the release of the Panama Papers making the
 not-so-startling revelation that the super rich sometimes avoid paying 
tax, the team ask why the rich feel the need to sit on their capital in 
the first place rather than using it productively. And finally, there’s 
analysis of the latest in the Brexit referendum campaign including the 
government’s latest controversial move: using public money to peddle the
 Remain line.        ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1990</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2013: Chewing the facts - what’s the truth of the obesity crisis?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2013: Chewing the facts - what’s the truth of the obesity crisis?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/chewing-the-facts-whats-the-truth-of-the-obesity-crisis-1459528186/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/chewing-the-facts-whats-the-truth-of-the-obesity-crisis-1459528186/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2016 17:29:46 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/chewing-the-facts-whats-the-truth-of-the-obesity-crisis-1459528186/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Podcast: listen to this debate from our Battle of Ideas archive.
					
<p>With the chancellor of the exchequer, George Osborne, having recently announced a sugary drinks tax and the Lancet
 publishing new figures claiming that 38 per cent of UK adults will be 
obese by 2025, what is the truth about obesity? This archive debate was 
recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2013.</p>


<p>According to ‘Reducing Obesity and Improving Diet’, a policy document
 produced by the Department of Health in March 2013, most people in 
England are overweight or obese - 61.3% of adults and 30% of children 
aged between 2 and 15. The associated health problems are costing the 
NHS, it is claimed, more than £5 billion every year. The reasons given 
for people ‘going large’ are not always clear, and numerous reasons have
 been suggested: that the modern Western diet is too high in 
carbohydrates / fat / sugar [delete as appropriate], that we no longer 
sit down together for a home-cooked family meal, but graze all day or 
eat ready-meals in front of the TV, that we don’t cook anymore so our 
understanding of nutrition and seasonality is lacking, that we drink too
 many fizzy drinks, that processed food is as addictive and we have 
become food junkies. To tackle the problem, there have been numerous 
government health initiatives, and doctors and health organisations have
 called for a wide array of health interventions, including sugar and 
fat taxes. While these make headlines, it seems they’ve failed to affect
 our waistlines, with some predicting that obesity will continue to rise
 and place further strain on the NHS.</p>


<p>On the other hand, studies show the number of people who are 
overweight or obese has not risen for over a decade, and there are 
concerns that school health campaigns are making our children 
unhealthily weight-obsessed. Some studies even suggest those labelled 
‘category 1 obese’ are likely to be just as healthy as those deemed 
‘normal’. So what’s the truth behind the obesity epidemic - are we right
 to be worried about becoming a nation of fatties? Is being fat 
necessarily a harbinger of ill health and early death? Just what is 
making us more obese? And do we all need a nudge to make sure we fill up
 our plates with carrots and stick with the gym?</p>


<p>SPEAKERS


Henry Dimbleby


co-founder, Leon Restaurants; co-author, School Food Plan</p>


<p>Rob Lyons


science and technology director, Institute of Ideas</p>


<p>Dr Angelica Michelis


senior lecturer, Department of English, Manchester Metropolitan 
University; author, Eating Theory: the theory of eating (forthcoming)</p>


<p>Jane Ogden


professor in health psychology, University of Surrey; author, The Good Parenting Food Guide’ (forthcoming)</p>


<p>CHAIR


Jason Smith


associate fellow, Institute of Ideas </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Podcast: listen to this debate from our Battle of Ideas archive.
					
<p>With the chancellor of the exchequer, George Osborne, having recently announced a sugary drinks tax and the <em>Lancet</em>
 publishing new figures claiming that 38 per cent of UK adults will be 
obese by 2025, what is the truth about obesity? This archive debate was 
recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2013.</p>


<p>According to ‘Reducing Obesity and Improving Diet’, a policy document
 produced by the Department of Health in March 2013, most people in 
England are overweight or obese - 61.3% of adults and 30% of children 
aged between 2 and 15. The associated health problems are costing the 
NHS, it is claimed, more than £5 billion every year. The reasons given 
for people ‘going large’ are not always clear, and numerous reasons have
 been suggested: that the modern Western diet is too high in 
carbohydrates / fat / sugar [delete as appropriate], that we no longer 
sit down together for a home-cooked family meal, but graze all day or 
eat ready-meals in front of the TV, that we don’t cook anymore so our 
understanding of nutrition and seasonality is lacking, that we drink too
 many fizzy drinks, that processed food is as addictive and we have 
become food junkies. To tackle the problem, there have been numerous 
government health initiatives, and doctors and health organisations have
 called for a wide array of health interventions, including sugar and 
fat taxes. While these make headlines, it seems they’ve failed to affect
 our waistlines, with some predicting that obesity will continue to rise
 and place further strain on the NHS.</p>


<p>On the other hand, studies show the number of people who are 
overweight or obese has not risen for over a decade, and there are 
concerns that school health campaigns are making our children 
unhealthily weight-obsessed. Some studies even suggest those labelled 
‘category 1 obese’ are likely to be just as healthy as those deemed 
‘normal’. So what’s the truth behind the obesity epidemic - are we right
 to be worried about becoming a nation of fatties? Is being fat 
necessarily a harbinger of ill health and early death? Just what is 
making us more obese? And do we all need a nudge to make sure we fill up
 our plates with carrots and stick with the gym?</p>


<p>SPEAKERS
<br>

Henry Dimbleby
<br>

co-founder, Leon Restaurants; co-author, School Food Plan</p>


<p>Rob Lyons
<br>

science and technology director, Institute of Ideas</p>


<p>Dr Angelica Michelis
<br>

senior lecturer, Department of English, Manchester Metropolitan 
University; author, Eating Theory: the theory of eating (forthcoming)</p>


<p>Jane Ogden
<br>

professor in health psychology, University of Surrey; author, The Good Parenting Food Guide’ (forthcoming)</p>


<p>CHAIR
<br>

Jason Smith
<br>

associate fellow, Institute of Ideas </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ktaqzc/Chewing_the_facts-_what_s_the_truth_of_the_obesity_crisis-.mp3" length="34223997" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Podcast: listen to this debate from our Battle of Ideas archive.
					
With the chancellor of the exchequer, George Osborne, having recently announced a sugary drinks tax and the Lancet
 publishing new figures claiming that 38 per cent of UK adults will be 
obese by 2025, what is the truth about obesity? This archive debate was 
recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2013.


According to ‘Reducing Obesity and Improving Diet’, a policy document
 produced by the Department of Health in March 2013, most people in 
England are overweight or obese - 61.3% of adults and 30% of children 
aged between 2 and 15. The associated health problems are costing the 
NHS, it is claimed, more than £5 billion every year. The reasons given 
for people ‘going large’ are not always clear, and numerous reasons have
 been suggested: that the modern Western diet is too high in 
carbohydrates / fat / sugar [delete as appropriate], that we no longer 
sit down together for a home-cooked family meal, but graze all day or 
eat ready-meals in front of the TV, that we don’t cook anymore so our 
understanding of nutrition and seasonality is lacking, that we drink too
 many fizzy drinks, that processed food is as addictive and we have 
become food junkies. To tackle the problem, there have been numerous 
government health initiatives, and doctors and health organisations have
 called for a wide array of health interventions, including sugar and 
fat taxes. While these make headlines, it seems they’ve failed to affect
 our waistlines, with some predicting that obesity will continue to rise
 and place further strain on the NHS.


On the other hand, studies show the number of people who are 
overweight or obese has not risen for over a decade, and there are 
concerns that school health campaigns are making our children 
unhealthily weight-obsessed. Some studies even suggest those labelled 
‘category 1 obese’ are likely to be just as healthy as those deemed 
‘normal’. So what’s the truth behind the obesity epidemic - are we right
 to be worried about becoming a nation of fatties? Is being fat 
necessarily a harbinger of ill health and early death? Just what is 
making us more obese? And do we all need a nudge to make sure we fill up
 our plates with carrots and stick with the gym?


SPEAKERS

Henry Dimbleby

co-founder, Leon Restaurants; co-author, School Food Plan


Rob Lyons

science and technology director, Institute of Ideas


Dr Angelica Michelis

senior lecturer, Department of English, Manchester Metropolitan 
University; author, Eating Theory: the theory of eating (forthcoming)


Jane Ogden

professor in health psychology, University of Surrey; author, The Good Parenting Food Guide’ (forthcoming)


CHAIR

Jason Smith

associate fellow, Institute of Ideas ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3423</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20136js5e.jpeg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: Must Rhodes Fall?</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: Must Rhodes Fall?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-must-rhodes-fall/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-must-rhodes-fall/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2016 15:21:02 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-must-rhodes-fall/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Claire Fox and Ian Dunt discuss the Rhodes Must Fall movement </p>
					
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, David Bowden talks to 
Claire Fox and journalist Ian Dunt about the Rhodes Must Fall movement, 
which has swept campuses from Cape Town to Oxford demanding that 
vestiges of colonialism be removed from colleges, notably statues of 
Cecil Rhodes. </p>


<p>Does the movement represent young people boldly trying to shape the 
world around them? Or, is it a misguided attempt by privileged students 
to rewrite the past by shutting down debate and making anachronistic 
claims to be victims of historical wrongs? </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Claire Fox and Ian Dunt discuss the Rhodes Must Fall movement </p>
					
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, David Bowden talks to 
Claire Fox and journalist Ian Dunt about the Rhodes Must Fall movement, 
which has swept campuses from Cape Town to Oxford demanding that 
vestiges of colonialism be removed from colleges, notably statues of 
Cecil Rhodes. </p>


<p>Does the movement represent young people boldly trying to shape the 
world around them? Or, is it a misguided attempt by privileged students 
to rewrite the past by shutting down debate and making anachronistic 
claims to be victims of historical wrongs? </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6fe4ty/PoI_Rhodes_must_fall.mp3" length="37001718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Claire Fox and Ian Dunt discuss the Rhodes Must Fall movement 
					
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, David Bowden talks to 
Claire Fox and journalist Ian Dunt about the Rhodes Must Fall movement, 
which has swept campuses from Cape Town to Oxford demanding that 
vestiges of colonialism be removed from colleges, notably statues of 
Cecil Rhodes. 


Does the movement represent young people boldly trying to shape the 
world around them? Or, is it a misguided attempt by privileged students 
to rewrite the past by shutting down debate and making anachronistic 
claims to be victims of historical wrongs? ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1907</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: the Brexit debate and public-health campaigns</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: the Brexit debate and public-health campaigns</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-and-one-you/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-and-one-you/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 11 Mar 2016 10:40:55 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/brexit-and-one-you/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
Claire Fox and David Bowden join Rob Lyons to discuss the debate about Brexit so far. What does it reveal about attitudes to democracy today and the snobbery of many calling for the UK to stay in the EU? Is the media too obsessed with Westminster politics rather than the serious issues involved? What will really change if Britain votes to leave? 



The team also discussed the new public health campaign, 'One You' - why are government lecturing people to change their bad habits?]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
Claire Fox and David Bowden join Rob Lyons to discuss the debate about Brexit so far. What does it reveal about attitudes to democracy today and the snobbery of many calling for the UK to stay in the EU? Is the media too obsessed with Westminster politics rather than the serious issues involved? What will really change if Britain votes to leave? 

<br>

The team also discussed the new public health campaign, 'One You' - why are government lecturing people to change their bad habits?]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8htbyx/poi_brexit.mp3" length="25892656" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Claire Fox and David Bowden join Rob Lyons to discuss the debate about Brexit so far. What does it reveal about attitudes to democracy today and the snobbery of many calling for the UK to stay in the EU? Is the media too obsessed with Westminster politics rather than the serious issues involved? What will really change if Britain votes to leave? 


The team also discussed the new public health campaign, 'One You' - why are government lecturing people to change their bad habits?]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2187</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest: Reassessing paternalism: is autonomy a myth?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest: Reassessing paternalism: is autonomy a myth?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/reassessing-paternalism-is-autonomy-a-myth/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/reassessing-paternalism-is-autonomy-a-myth/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 04 Mar 2016 17:10:08 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/reassessing-paternalism-is-autonomy-a-myth/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>A keynote from the Battle of Ideas 2016

</p>
<p>‘If I have a book to serve as my 
understanding, a pastor to serve as my conscience, a physician to 
determine my diet for me, and so on, I need not exert myself at all.’ Immanuel Kant, What is Enlightenment? (1784)



When One Direction announced they were splitting up, child psychologists
 offered parents of grieving tweenies advice on how to console their 
offspring. In the same month, parents were also told by researchers how 
long they should read to their children each day. Business Secretary 
Sajid Javid has ordered university heads to establish a taskforce to 
take on sexist ‘lad culture’ and guide students to conduct their 
interpersonal relations in line with enlightened mores. Of course, not 
everyone follows expert advice on any of the above. Policy advisers and 
academic experts frequently complain about those who refuse to 
acknowledge their wisdom and carry on smoking, drinking sugary pop, 
being laddish. Cutting-edge techniques of behavioural psychology are 
being marshalled to deal with this problem. The UK’s Behavioural 
Insights Team, now a private company, has quadrupled in size since it 
was spun out of government in 2014. It is now working for the World Bank
 and the UN, while ‘nudge’ teams are being established in Australia, 
Singapore, Germany and the US. </p>


<p>The ubiquity of nudge heralds a new renaissance for unapologetic 
paternalism. But where does that leave the great Enlightenment 
breakthrough, the idea that individuals should be self-determining and 
capable of making their own choices? Kant’s description of ‘mankind’s 
exit from his self-incurred immaturity’ seems strangely at odds with 
today’s enthusiasm for paternalistic intervention. For Kant, the outcome
 of any particular choice was less important than the cultivation of 
moral autonomy. The Enlightenment idea was that we should stop 
‘outsourcing’ decisions about how to live to external agencies, whether 
the church, the monarchy, or some natural order. Today, though, new 
forms of authority have taken their place, leaving us just as childlike 
in relation to the new experts. </p>


<p>Sceptics about the idea of autonomy suggest breakthroughs in 
neuroscience have revealed we are less rational than Enlightenment 
thinkers suggested. They argue it is wrong for strong-willed individuals
 to run rough-shod over vulnerable groups with less power. In a complex 
world of multiple choices, what is wrong with people seeking help to 
make informed decisions? Is autonomy really undermined if students themselves
 demand university authorities provide safe spaces, issue trigger 
warnings on course materials, make lessons in consent compulsory? If we 
are nudged into the good life, what harm is done? Should we grow up and 
accept new paternalism or does this mean sacrificing self-dominion and 
consigning ourselves to a life of permanent dependence? Is individual 
autonomy an outdated myth?</p>

<p></p>
				
				

				


				
				






	

					
				

					

Speakers
		        		
				

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/586'>Dr Tim Black</a>
			

books and essays editor, spiked
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10657'>Dr Katerina Deligiorgi</a>
			

reader in philosophy, University of Sussex; author, The Scope of Autonomy
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5064'>Dr Daniel Glaser</a>
			

director, Science Gallery London, King's College London
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10907'>Professor Mike  Kelly</a>
			

senior visiting fellow, Behaviour and Health Research Unit, 
Institute of Public Health, University of Cambridge; researcher in nudge
 theory and choice architecture
		
		
<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10300'>Georgios Varouxakis</a>
			

professor of the history of political thought, Queen Mary University of London; author, Mill on Nationality
		
		
<p class="item"></p>


					

Chair
		        	


				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				

director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p><em>A keynote from the Battle of Ideas 2016
<br>
</em></p>
<p><i>‘If I have a book to serve as my 
understanding, a pastor to serve as my conscience, a physician to 
determine my diet for me, and so on, I need not exert myself at all.’</i> Immanuel Kant, <em>What is Enlightenment?</em> (1784)
<br>
<br>

When One Direction announced they were splitting up, child psychologists
 offered parents of grieving tweenies advice on how to console their 
offspring. In the same month, parents were also told by researchers how 
long they should read to their children each day. Business Secretary 
Sajid Javid has ordered university heads to establish a taskforce to 
take on sexist ‘lad culture’ and guide students to conduct their 
interpersonal relations in line with enlightened mores. Of course, not 
everyone follows expert advice on any of the above. Policy advisers and 
academic experts frequently complain about those who refuse to 
acknowledge their wisdom and carry on smoking, drinking sugary pop, 
being laddish. Cutting-edge techniques of behavioural psychology are 
being marshalled to deal with this problem. The UK’s Behavioural 
Insights Team, now a private company, has quadrupled in size since it 
was spun out of government in 2014. It is now working for the World Bank
 and the UN, while ‘nudge’ teams are being established in Australia, 
Singapore, Germany and the US. </p>


<p>The ubiquity of nudge heralds a new renaissance for unapologetic 
paternalism. But where does that leave the great Enlightenment 
breakthrough, the idea that individuals should be self-determining and 
capable of making their own choices? Kant’s description of ‘mankind’s 
exit from his self-incurred immaturity’ seems strangely at odds with 
today’s enthusiasm for paternalistic intervention. For Kant, the outcome
 of any particular choice was less important than the cultivation of 
moral autonomy. The Enlightenment idea was that we should stop 
‘outsourcing’ decisions about how to live to external agencies, whether 
the church, the monarchy, or some natural order. Today, though, new 
forms of authority have taken their place, leaving us just as childlike 
in relation to the new experts. </p>


<p>Sceptics about the idea of autonomy suggest breakthroughs in 
neuroscience have revealed we are less rational than Enlightenment 
thinkers suggested. They argue it is wrong for strong-willed individuals
 to run rough-shod over vulnerable groups with less power. In a complex 
world of multiple choices, what is wrong with people seeking help to 
make informed decisions? Is autonomy really undermined if students <em>themselves</em>
 demand university authorities provide safe spaces, issue trigger 
warnings on course materials, make lessons in consent compulsory? If we 
are nudged into the good life, what harm is done? Should we grow up and 
accept new paternalism or does this mean sacrificing self-dominion and 
consigning ourselves to a life of permanent dependence? Is individual 
autonomy an outdated myth?</p>
<br>
<p></p>
				
				

				


				
				






	

					
				

					

Speakers
		        		
				
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/586'>Dr Tim Black</a>
			
<br>
books and essays editor, <em>spiked</em>
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10657'>Dr Katerina Deligiorgi</a>
			
<br>
reader in philosophy, University of Sussex; author, <em>The Scope of Autonomy</em>
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5064'>Dr Daniel Glaser</a>
			
<br>
director, Science Gallery London, King's College London
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10907'>Professor Mike  Kelly</a>
			
<br>
senior visiting fellow, Behaviour and Health Research Unit, 
Institute of Public Health, University of Cambridge; researcher in nudge
 theory and choice architecture
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10300'>Georgios Varouxakis</a>
			
<br>
professor of the history of political thought, Queen Mary University of London; author, <em>Mill on Nationality</em>
		
		
<p class="item"></p>
<br>

					

Chair
		        	
<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				
<br>
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's <em>Moral Maze</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jhk6y7/Autonomykeynoteaudio.mp3" length="44493060" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
A keynote from the Battle of Ideas 2016

‘If I have a book to serve as my 
understanding, a pastor to serve as my conscience, a physician to 
determine my diet for me, and so on, I need not exert myself at all.’ Immanuel Kant, What is Enlightenment? (1784)

When One Direction announced they were splitting up, child psychologists
 offered parents of grieving tweenies advice on how to console their 
offspring. In the same month, parents were also told by researchers how 
long they should read to their children each day. Business Secretary 
Sajid Javid has ordered university heads to establish a taskforce to 
take on sexist ‘lad culture’ and guide students to conduct their 
interpersonal relations in line with enlightened mores. Of course, not 
everyone follows expert advice on any of the above. Policy advisers and 
academic experts frequently complain about those who refuse to 
acknowledge their wisdom and carry on smoking, drinking sugary pop, 
being laddish. Cutting-edge techniques of behavioural psychology are 
being marshalled to deal with this problem. The UK’s Behavioural 
Insights Team, now a private company, has quadrupled in size since it 
was spun out of government in 2014. It is now working for the World Bank
 and the UN, while ‘nudge’ teams are being established in Australia, 
Singapore, Germany and the US. 


The ubiquity of nudge heralds a new renaissance for unapologetic 
paternalism. But where does that leave the great Enlightenment 
breakthrough, the idea that individuals should be self-determining and 
capable of making their own choices? Kant’s description of ‘mankind’s 
exit from his self-incurred immaturity’ seems strangely at odds with 
today’s enthusiasm for paternalistic intervention. For Kant, the outcome
 of any particular choice was less important than the cultivation of 
moral autonomy. The Enlightenment idea was that we should stop 
‘outsourcing’ decisions about how to live to external agencies, whether 
the church, the monarchy, or some natural order. Today, though, new 
forms of authority have taken their place, leaving us just as childlike 
in relation to the new experts. 


Sceptics about the idea of autonomy suggest breakthroughs in 
neuroscience have revealed we are less rational than Enlightenment 
thinkers suggested. They argue it is wrong for strong-willed individuals
 to run rough-shod over vulnerable groups with less power. In a complex 
world of multiple choices, what is wrong with people seeking help to 
make informed decisions? Is autonomy really undermined if students themselves
 demand university authorities provide safe spaces, issue trigger 
warnings on course materials, make lessons in consent compulsory? If we 
are nudged into the good life, what harm is done? Should we grow up and 
accept new paternalism or does this mean sacrificing self-dominion and 
consigning ourselves to a life of permanent dependence? Is individual 
autonomy an outdated myth?

				
				

				


				
				






	

					
				

					

Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			Dr Tim Black
			
books and essays editor, spiked
		
		

 
							
		
			Dr Katerina Deligiorgi
			
reader in philosophy, University of Sussex; author, The Scope of Autonomy
		
		

 
							
		
			Dr Daniel Glaser
			
director, Science Gallery London, King's College London
		
		

 
							
		
			Professor Mike  Kelly
			
senior visiting fellow, Behaviour and Health Research Unit, 
Institute of Public Health, University of Cambridge; researcher in nudge
 theory and choice architecture
		
		

 
							
		
			Georgios Varouxakis
			
professor of the history of political thought, Queen Mary University of London; author, Mill on Nationality
		
		


					

Chair
		        	

				
			
				Claire Fox
				
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4576</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Free Speech at Manchester University</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Free Speech at Manchester University</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/fighting-for-free-speech-at-manchester-univeristy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/fighting-for-free-speech-at-manchester-univeristy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 26 Feb 2016 16:53:17 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/fighting-for-free-speech-at-manchester-univeristy/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>Student Elrica Degirmen on her fight for free speech on campus</p>
					
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons speaks to 
Elrica Degirmen who is leading the fight for free speech at the 
University of Manchester, and is currently running for election to the 
Student Union on a free speech platform.   </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>Student Elrica Degirmen on her fight for free speech on campus</p>
					
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons speaks to 
Elrica Degirmen who is leading the fight for free speech at the 
University of Manchester, and is currently running for election to the 
Student Union on a free speech platform.   </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dhkhwe/elrica.mp3" length="3426120" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
Student Elrica Degirmen on her fight for free speech on campus
					
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons speaks to 
Elrica Degirmen who is leading the fight for free speech at the 
University of Manchester, and is currently running for election to the 
Student Union on a free speech platform.   ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>549</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: Martin Durkin on Brexit</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: Martin Durkin on Brexit</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-martin-durkin-on-brexit/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-martin-durkin-on-brexit/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 24 Feb 2016 18:23:19 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-martin-durkin-on-brexit/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p>The polemical filmmaker talks about his crowdfunded documentary making the case for leaving the EU.</p>
					
<p>With the date for the UK’s referendum on membership of the EU 
now set for 23 June, Rob Lyons speaks to filmmaker Martin Durkin about 
his forthcoming feature-length documentary, Brexit The Movie, which sets out the case for leaving the European Union and it’s anti-democratic technocracy behind. </p>


<p>You can find out more about Brexit The Movie and contribute to the Kickstarter fund <a href='https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/brexitthemovie/brexit-the-movie'>here</a>. Donations close on Wednesday 2 March.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p>The polemical filmmaker talks about his crowdfunded documentary making the case for leaving the EU.</p>
					
<p>With the date for the UK’s referendum on membership of the EU 
now set for 23 June, Rob Lyons speaks to filmmaker Martin Durkin about 
his forthcoming feature-length documentary, <em>Brexit The Movie</em>, which sets out the case for leaving the European Union and it’s anti-democratic technocracy behind. </p>


<p>You can find out more about <em>Brexit The Movie</em> and contribute to the Kickstarter fund <a href='https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/brexitthemovie/brexit-the-movie'>here</a>. Donations close on Wednesday 2 March.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/nqqscs/Brexitthemovie.mp3" length="7779892" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
The polemical filmmaker talks about his crowdfunded documentary making the case for leaving the EU.
					
With the date for the UK’s referendum on membership of the EU 
now set for 23 June, Rob Lyons speaks to filmmaker Martin Durkin about 
his forthcoming feature-length documentary, Brexit The Movie, which sets out the case for leaving the European Union and it’s anti-democratic technocracy behind. 


You can find out more about Brexit The Movie and contribute to the Kickstarter fund here. Donations close on Wednesday 2 March.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>787</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: Gravitational Waves</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: Gravitational Waves</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-gravitational-waves/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-gravitational-waves/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2016 17:37:28 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-gravitational-waves/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Physics teacher and communicator Gareth Sturdy discusses a major scientific discovery.</p>
					<p>Earlier this month, scientists confirmed the detection of 
gravitational waves, confirming an important conclusion from Albert 
Einstein’s work. But what are gravitational waves and what does their 
detection mean for our understanding of the universe?</p>

<p>In this podcast, Gareth Sturdy from The Physics Factory talks to Rob 
Lyons about space-time, the Big Bang and the on-going debates in physics
 between quantum mechanics and relativity theory.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Physics teacher and communicator Gareth Sturdy discusses a major scientific discovery.</p>
					<p>Earlier this month, scientists confirmed the detection of 
gravitational waves, confirming an important conclusion from Albert 
Einstein’s work. But what are gravitational waves and what does their 
detection mean for our understanding of the universe?</p>

<p>In this podcast, Gareth Sturdy from The Physics Factory talks to Rob 
Lyons about space-time, the Big Bang and the on-going debates in physics
 between quantum mechanics and relativity theory.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4q5prv/Gravitionalwaves.mp3" length="13713930" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Physics teacher and communicator Gareth Sturdy discusses a major scientific discovery.
					Earlier this month, scientists confirmed the detection of 
gravitational waves, confirming an important conclusion from Albert 
Einstein’s work. But what are gravitational waves and what does their 
detection mean for our understanding of the universe?

In this podcast, Gareth Sturdy from The Physics Factory talks to Rob 
Lyons about space-time, the Big Bang and the on-going debates in physics
 between quantum mechanics and relativity theory.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1129</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>Book Launch: Frank Furedi on the Power of Reading - from Socrates to Twitter</title>
        <itunes:title>Book Launch: Frank Furedi on the Power of Reading - from Socrates to Twitter</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/power-of-reading-from-socrates-to-twitter/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/power-of-reading-from-socrates-to-twitter/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Feb 2016 17:17:25 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/power-of-reading-from-socrates-to-twitter/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Podcast: Frank Furedi discusses his new book in conversation with Russell Celyn Jones.
<p>Have we forgotten how to read well? Is there a tendency to reduce reading to a minimalist set of functional skills? Or is reading over-fetishised as a signifier of civil and enlightened society? In The Power of Reading, Frank Furedi addresses twenty-first-century anxieties about the future of reading. He takes a wide-ranging historical approach to examining the changing meanings attributed to the act of reading. From ancient Rome to contemporary society, his book focuses on the relationship between reading and social discourses about morality and culture. He questions key contemporary beliefs such as that the internet damages our ability to digest information and that boys don’t read, and argues for the art of reading, not as a mechanism to moral good or social and economic advancement, but as a humanist pursuit.</p>
<p>In this podcast, recorded at the launch of the book earlier this month, Furedi delivers a talk on reading followed by a discussion of the book with Russell Celyn Jones.</p>
<p>SPEAKER</p>
<p>Frank Furedi
sociologist and social commentator; former professor of sociology, University of Kent in Canterbury; author of numerous books, including Authority: A Sociological History, On Tolerance and Wasted: Why Education Is Not Educating.</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Russell Celyn Jones
professor of creative writing, Birkbeck, University of London; prize-winning novelist and short-story writer; book reviewer, The Times; Man Booker Prize judge.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Podcast: Frank Furedi discusses his new book in conversation with Russell Celyn Jones.
<p>Have we forgotten how to read well? Is there a tendency to reduce reading to a minimalist set of functional skills? Or is reading over-fetishised as a signifier of civil and enlightened society? In <em>The Power of Reading</em>, Frank Furedi addresses twenty-first-century anxieties about the future of reading. He takes a wide-ranging historical approach to examining the changing meanings attributed to the act of reading. From ancient Rome to contemporary society, his book focuses on the relationship between reading and social discourses about morality and culture. He questions key contemporary beliefs such as that the internet damages our ability to digest information and that boys don’t read, and argues for the art of reading, not as a mechanism to moral good or social and economic advancement, but as a humanist pursuit.</p>
<p>In this podcast, recorded at the launch of the book earlier this month, Furedi delivers a talk on reading followed by a discussion of the book with Russell Celyn Jones.</p>
<p>SPEAKER</p>
<p>Frank Furedi<br>
sociologist and social commentator; former professor of sociology, University of Kent in Canterbury; author of numerous books, including <em>Authority: A Sociological History</em>, <em>On Tolerance</em> and <em>Wasted: Why Education Is Not Educating</em>.</p>
<p>CHAIR</p>
<p>Russell Celyn Jones<br>
professor of creative writing, Birkbeck, University of London; prize-winning novelist and short-story writer; book reviewer, <em>The Times</em>; Man Booker Prize judge.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/a4ke2j/Powerofreading.mp3" length="35344362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Podcast: Frank Furedi discusses his new book in conversation with Russell Celyn Jones.
Have we forgotten how to read well? Is there a tendency to reduce reading to a minimalist set of functional skills? Or is reading over-fetishised as a signifier of civil and enlightened society? In The Power of Reading, Frank Furedi addresses twenty-first-century anxieties about the future of reading. He takes a wide-ranging historical approach to examining the changing meanings attributed to the act of reading. From ancient Rome to contemporary society, his book focuses on the relationship between reading and social discourses about morality and culture. He questions key contemporary beliefs such as that the internet damages our ability to digest information and that boys don’t read, and argues for the art of reading, not as a mechanism to moral good or social and economic advancement, but as a humanist pursuit.
In this podcast, recorded at the launch of the book earlier this month, Furedi delivers a talk on reading followed by a discussion of the book with Russell Celyn Jones.
SPEAKER
Frank Furedisociologist and social commentator; former professor of sociology, University of Kent in Canterbury; author of numerous books, including Authority: A Sociological History, On Tolerance and Wasted: Why Education Is Not Educating.
CHAIR
Russell Celyn Jonesprofessor of creative writing, Birkbeck, University of London; prize-winning novelist and short-story writer; book reviewer, The Times; Man Booker Prize judge.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2178</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Brexit, US election and public health naggers</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Brexit, US election and public health naggers</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-us-election-and-public-health-naggers/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-us-election-and-public-health-naggers/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2016 15:52:23 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-brexit-us-election-and-public-health-naggers/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the team discuss Brexit, the US presidential election and public-health naggers.</p>
					<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox 
and David Bowden discuss the lacklustre start to the EU referendum 
debate and how the lack of cohesion in the pro-Brexit camp doesn’t bode 
well for the campaign ahead. In the US, politics is also in disarray, 
with anti-establishment candidates Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders both 
narrowly missing out on winning their respective caucuses in Iowa, 
signalling a crisis for both the Republicans and Democrats. The team 
also discuss the latest killjoy advice from the UK’s most senior doctor,
 Dame Sally Davies, who believes that women should ask themselves 
whether they want to raise their risk of breast cancer every time 
they’re tempted by a glass of wine.    </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the team discuss Brexit, the US presidential election and public-health naggers.</p>
					<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox 
and David Bowden discuss the lacklustre start to the EU referendum 
debate and how the lack of cohesion in the pro-Brexit camp doesn’t bode 
well for the campaign ahead. In the US, politics is also in disarray, 
with anti-establishment candidates Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders both 
narrowly missing out on winning their respective caucuses in Iowa, 
signalling a crisis for both the Republicans and Democrats. The team 
also discuss the latest killjoy advice from the UK’s most senior doctor,
 Dame Sally Davies, who believes that women should ask themselves 
whether they want to raise their risk of breast cancer every time 
they’re tempted by a glass of wine.    </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9w4avd/poifeb1.mp3" length="19859751" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the team discuss Brexit, the US presidential election and public-health naggers.
					In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox 
and David Bowden discuss the lacklustre start to the EU referendum 
debate and how the lack of cohesion in the pro-Brexit camp doesn’t bode 
well for the campaign ahead. In the US, politics is also in disarray, 
with anti-establishment candidates Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders both 
narrowly missing out on winning their respective caucuses in Iowa, 
signalling a crisis for both the Republicans and Democrats. The team 
also discuss the latest killjoy advice from the UK’s most senior doctor,
 Dame Sally Davies, who believes that women should ask themselves 
whether they want to raise their risk of breast cancer every time 
they’re tempted by a glass of wine.    ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1686</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: From literature to Twitter - the death of the reader?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: From literature to Twitter - the death of the reader?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-literature-to-twitter-the-death-of-the-reader/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-literature-to-twitter-the-death-of-the-reader/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2016 17:05:46 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-literature-to-twitter-the-death-of-the-reader/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>From the Battle of Ideas 2015
</p>
<p>When Roland Barthes infamously declared ‘the
 death of the author’ in 1967, he also intended it as a celebration of 
‘the birth of the reader’. And while literacy campaigners continue to 
fight the Reading Wars over literacy rates, by most measures reading is 
in a healthier state than ever. Polls indicate the number of Americans 
reading books has doubled since the 1950s, and reading is increasing 
among under-30s, while sales of printed books are proving remarkably 
robust in competition with e-books. The announcement that Harper Lee 
would be publishing her sequel to To Kill A Mockingbird generated
 a storm of international media interest, as did Mark Zuckerberg’s 
announcement that he was launching his own online book club with 31 
million members. Meanwhile, that once-seemingly doomed literary form, 
the essay, seems to have enjoyed a resurgence, as new media embraces the
 ‘long-read’ and serious literary journals and small publishers continue
 to thrive rather than face extinction online. </p>

<p>Nonetheless, many others share Philip Roth’s concern over the 
long-term health of ‘people who read seriously and consistently’. He 
warned that ‘every year 70 readers die, and only two are replaced’. 
Perhaps the stress should be on reading ‘seriously’: young people may be
 reading more than before, but by far the largest spike comes from young
 adult fiction, with no strong evidence they are moving on to more 
serious material. Moreover, adult society seems increasingly ambivalent 
about drawing the kind of sharp divisions between the nineteenth 
century’s ‘men of letters’ and the ‘unlettered’, though a special type 
of scorn seems to be reserved for the term ‘tabloid reader’. At the 
same, where reading was once closely associated with liberation and 
dangerous subversion – the prosecuting QC during the court case over Lady Chatterley’s Lover
 famously asked whether the jury would tolerate ‘your wife or servant’ 
reading such a text - increasingly university students demand the right 
not to read books that come with a real or imagined ‘trigger warning’.</p>

<p>Is the twenty-first-century reader facing a crisis of cultural 
confidence like that of the author in the twentieth? Has the legacy of 
the millennial Reading Wars been that we focus too much on reading as a 
technical skill rather than on what we read? Can we still appeal to an 
ideal of ‘the reading public’, or is the reality one of many discrete 
audiences with only occasionally overlapping tastes? Is the digital age 
undermining erudition or broadening our horizons? Is society losing the 
ability to read serious and difficult literature, or are we simply 
becoming more selective and discerning?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10500'>Teresa  Cremin </a>
			
professor of education (literacy), Open University; trustee, UK Literacy Association; board member, Booktrust
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9'>Professor Frank Furedi</a>
			
sociologist and social commentator; author, Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter, Politics of Fear, On Tolerance and Authority: a sociological history
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10658'>Sam Leith</a>
			
literary editor, Spectator; judge, Man Booker Prize 2015
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10619'>Laurence  Scott</a>
			
lecturer in English and creative writing, Arcadia University; author, The Four-Dimensional Human: ways of being in the digital world (winner of Royal Society of Literature Jerwood Award for 2014)
		
		<p class="item"></p>


					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/516'>David Bowden</a>
				
associate director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From the Battle of Ideas 2015<br>
</p>
<p>When Roland Barthes infamously declared ‘the
 death of the author’ in 1967, he also intended it as a celebration of 
‘the birth of the reader’. And while literacy campaigners continue to 
fight the Reading Wars over literacy rates, by most measures reading is 
in a healthier state than ever. Polls indicate the number of Americans 
reading books has doubled since the 1950s, and reading is increasing 
among under-30s, while sales of printed books are proving remarkably 
robust in competition with e-books. The announcement that Harper Lee 
would be publishing her sequel to <em>To Kill A Mockingbird</em> generated
 a storm of international media interest, as did Mark Zuckerberg’s 
announcement that he was launching his own online book club with 31 
million members. Meanwhile, that once-seemingly doomed literary form, 
the essay, seems to have enjoyed a resurgence, as new media embraces the
 ‘long-read’ and serious literary journals and small publishers continue
 to thrive rather than face extinction online. </p>

<p>Nonetheless, many others share Philip Roth’s concern over the 
long-term health of ‘people who read seriously and consistently’. He 
warned that ‘every year 70 readers die, and only two are replaced’. 
Perhaps the stress should be on reading ‘seriously’: young people may be
 reading more than before, but by far the largest spike comes from young
 adult fiction, with no strong evidence they are moving on to more 
serious material. Moreover, adult society seems increasingly ambivalent 
about drawing the kind of sharp divisions between the nineteenth 
century’s ‘men of letters’ and the ‘unlettered’, though a special type 
of scorn seems to be reserved for the term ‘tabloid reader’. At the 
same, where reading was once closely associated with liberation and 
dangerous subversion – the prosecuting QC during the court case over <em>Lady Chatterley’s Lover</em>
 famously asked whether the jury would tolerate ‘your wife or servant’ 
reading such a text - increasingly university students demand the right 
not to read books that come with a real or imagined ‘trigger warning’.</p>

<p>Is the twenty-first-century reader facing a crisis of cultural 
confidence like that of the author in the twentieth? Has the legacy of 
the millennial Reading Wars been that we focus too much on reading as a 
technical skill rather than on what we read? Can we still appeal to an 
ideal of ‘the reading public’, or is the reality one of many discrete 
audiences with only occasionally overlapping tastes? Is the digital age 
undermining erudition or broadening our horizons? Is society losing the 
ability to read serious and difficult literature, or are we simply 
becoming more selective and discerning?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10500'>Teresa  Cremin </a>
			<br>
professor of education (literacy), Open University; trustee, UK Literacy Association; board member, Booktrust
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9'>Professor Frank Furedi</a>
			<br>
sociologist and social commentator; author, <em>Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter, Politics of Fear, On Tolerance</em> and <em>Authority: a sociological history</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10658'>Sam Leith</a>
			<br>
literary editor, <em>Spectator</em>; judge, Man Booker Prize 2015
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10619'>Laurence  Scott</a>
			<br>
lecturer in English and creative writing, Arcadia University; author, <em>The Four-Dimensional Human: ways of being in the digital world</em> (winner of Royal Society of Literature Jerwood Award for 2014)
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/516'>David Bowden</a>
				<br>
associate director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3j5rgb/deathofthereader.mp3" length="41043573" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[From the Battle of Ideas 2015When Roland Barthes infamously declared ‘the
 death of the author’ in 1967, he also intended it as a celebration of 
‘the birth of the reader’. And while literacy campaigners continue to 
fight the Reading Wars over literacy rates, by most measures reading is 
in a healthier state than ever. Polls indicate the number of Americans 
reading books has doubled since the 1950s, and reading is increasing 
among under-30s, while sales of printed books are proving remarkably 
robust in competition with e-books. The announcement that Harper Lee 
would be publishing her sequel to To Kill A Mockingbird generated
 a storm of international media interest, as did Mark Zuckerberg’s 
announcement that he was launching his own online book club with 31 
million members. Meanwhile, that once-seemingly doomed literary form, 
the essay, seems to have enjoyed a resurgence, as new media embraces the
 ‘long-read’ and serious literary journals and small publishers continue
 to thrive rather than face extinction online. 

Nonetheless, many others share Philip Roth’s concern over the 
long-term health of ‘people who read seriously and consistently’. He 
warned that ‘every year 70 readers die, and only two are replaced’. 
Perhaps the stress should be on reading ‘seriously’: young people may be
 reading more than before, but by far the largest spike comes from young
 adult fiction, with no strong evidence they are moving on to more 
serious material. Moreover, adult society seems increasingly ambivalent 
about drawing the kind of sharp divisions between the nineteenth 
century’s ‘men of letters’ and the ‘unlettered’, though a special type 
of scorn seems to be reserved for the term ‘tabloid reader’. At the 
same, where reading was once closely associated with liberation and 
dangerous subversion – the prosecuting QC during the court case over Lady Chatterley’s Lover
 famously asked whether the jury would tolerate ‘your wife or servant’ 
reading such a text - increasingly university students demand the right 
not to read books that come with a real or imagined ‘trigger warning’.

Is the twenty-first-century reader facing a crisis of cultural 
confidence like that of the author in the twentieth? Has the legacy of 
the millennial Reading Wars been that we focus too much on reading as a 
technical skill rather than on what we read? Can we still appeal to an 
ideal of ‘the reading public’, or is the reality one of many discrete 
audiences with only occasionally overlapping tastes? Is the digital age 
undermining erudition or broadening our horizons? Is society losing the 
ability to read serious and difficult literature, or are we simply 
becoming more selective and discerning?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Teresa  Cremin 
			professor of education (literacy), Open University; trustee, UK Literacy Association; board member, Booktrust
		
		 
							
		
			Professor Frank Furedi
			sociologist and social commentator; author, Power of Reading: from Socrates to Twitter, Politics of Fear, On Tolerance and Authority: a sociological history
		
		 
							
		
			Sam Leith
			literary editor, Spectator; judge, Man Booker Prize 2015
		
		 
							
		
			Laurence  Scott
			lecturer in English and creative writing, Arcadia University; author, The Four-Dimensional Human: ways of being in the digital world (winner of Royal Society of Literature Jerwood Award for 2014)
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				David Bowden
				associate director, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4490</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the battle for free speech on campus</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: the battle for free speech on campus</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-battle-for-free-speech-on-campus/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-battle-for-free-speech-on-campus/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2016 15:04:20 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-battle-for-free-speech-on-campus/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Tom Slater, deputy editor of spiked, on this year's spiked Free Speech University Rankings.
					<p>A year ago, spiked‘s groundbreaking Free Speech 
University Rankings (FSUR) revealed that there was active suppression of
 speech and expression at 80 per cent of UK universities. Tom Slater, 
deputy editor of spiked  and coordinator of the FSUR project, talks to Rob Lyons about the <a href='http://www.spiked-online.com/free-speech-university-rankings#.VqI8ElJ-Pkk'>FSUR 2016</a> and why, if anything, censorship on UK campuses is getting worse.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Tom Slater, deputy editor of <em>spiked</em>, on this year's <em>spiked</em> Free Speech University Rankings.
					<p>A year ago, <em>spiked</em>‘s groundbreaking Free Speech 
University Rankings (FSUR) revealed that there was active suppression of
 speech and expression at 80 per cent of UK universities. Tom Slater, 
deputy editor of <em>spiked </em> and coordinator of the FSUR project, talks to Rob Lyons about the <a href='http://www.spiked-online.com/free-speech-university-rankings#.VqI8ElJ-Pkk'>FSUR 2016</a> and why, if anything, censorship on UK campuses is getting worse.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/n4zatj/tom7.mp3" length="8252733" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Tom Slater, deputy editor of spiked, on this year's spiked Free Speech University Rankings.
					A year ago, spiked‘s groundbreaking Free Speech 
University Rankings (FSUR) revealed that there was active suppression of
 speech and expression at 80 per cent of UK universities. Tom Slater, 
deputy editor of spiked  and coordinator of the FSUR project, talks to Rob Lyons about the FSUR 2016 and why, if anything, censorship on UK campuses is getting worse.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>678</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Campus Wars - safe or sanitised?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Campus Wars - safe or sanitised?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/campus-wars-safe-or-sanitised/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/campus-wars-safe-or-sanitised/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jan 2016 16:05:38 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/campus-wars-safe-or-sanitised/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>From the Battle of Ideas 2015  
</p>
<p>
</p>
<p>Last year marked the fiftieth anniversary of
 the launch of the Free Speech Movement (FSM) at the University of 
California, Berkeley, through which academics and students successfully 
overturned the censorious policies of university management. Against the
 backdrop of McCarthyism, the FSM ushered in a new era of student 
activism across the US and Europe, with free speech at its heart. So it 
is striking that today, student radicals appear to be at the forefront 
of calling for restrictions on what they and their fellow students are 
allowed to say, read and hear. </p>

<p>In February, the online magazine spiked launched the UK’s 
first Free Speech University Rankings. It found that 80 per cent of 
universities censored speech, and that the vast majority of this was 
carried out by students’ unions. No Platform policies, which originally 
banned fascist speakers, are now used to ‘protect’ students from a wide 
range of controversial ideas, and not only right-wing ones; even 
feminist speakers have been disinvited because some students objected to
 their views. At the other end of the spectrum laddish comedian Dapper 
Laughs was banned from Cardiff University after campaigners claimed he 
promoted ‘rape culture’. And last October, a high-profile debate on 
abortion was cancelled at Christ Church, Oxford, after protesters 
claimed the discussion would harm the emotional wellbeing of female 
students and make them feel ‘unsafe’. </p>

<p>One former student union president has argued that while inviting 
speakers is not in itself an endorsement, it could be seen as 
‘legitimating their views as something that’s up for discussion’. Should
 some issues be seen as beyond discussion, if discussing them is likely 
to upset students? Toni Pearce, the current president of the National 
Union of Students, has declared: ‘I’m really proud that our movement 
takes safe spaces seriously.’ But should safety on campus really extend 
to protection from emotional as well as physical harm? Or should 
students be expected to cope with controversial ideas. Should campuses 
be bastions of open debate, where anything goes, or does creating ‘safe 
spaces’ actually allow many vulnerable students more opportunity to 
speak their minds? Is this trend exclusive to campus life, or are 
student leaders responding to a wider censorious culture? And what is 
the future of student politics, now that spirit of the Free Speech 
Movement seems a distant memory?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/8064'>Ian Dunt</a>
			
editor, Politics.co.uk; political editor, Erotic Review
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9031'>Christina Hoff Sommers</a>
			
writer and resident scholar, American Enterprise Institute; host, weekly video series, The Factual Feminist
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10773'>Gia Milinovich</a>
			
producer, broadcaster, professional dork
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7982'>Tom Slater</a>
			
deputy editor, spiked; coordinator, Down With Campus Censorship!
		
		<p class="item"></p>


					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9157'>Ella Whelan</a>
				
staff writer, spiked; writer, Spectator]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From the Battle of Ideas 2015  <br>
</p>
<p><br>
</p>
<p>Last year marked the fiftieth anniversary of
 the launch of the Free Speech Movement (FSM) at the University of 
California, Berkeley, through which academics and students successfully 
overturned the censorious policies of university management. Against the
 backdrop of McCarthyism, the FSM ushered in a new era of student 
activism across the US and Europe, with free speech at its heart. So it 
is striking that today, student radicals appear to be at the forefront 
of calling for restrictions on what they and their fellow students are 
allowed to say, read and hear. </p>

<p>In February, the online magazine <em>spiked</em> launched the UK’s 
first Free Speech University Rankings. It found that 80 per cent of 
universities censored speech, and that the vast majority of this was 
carried out by students’ unions. No Platform policies, which originally 
banned fascist speakers, are now used to ‘protect’ students from a wide 
range of controversial ideas, and not only right-wing ones; even 
feminist speakers have been disinvited because some students objected to
 their views. At the other end of the spectrum laddish comedian Dapper 
Laughs was banned from Cardiff University after campaigners claimed he 
promoted ‘rape culture’. And last October, a high-profile debate on 
abortion was cancelled at Christ Church, Oxford, after protesters 
claimed the discussion would harm the emotional wellbeing of female 
students and make them feel ‘unsafe’. </p>

<p>One former student union president has argued that while inviting 
speakers is not in itself an endorsement, it could be seen as 
‘legitimating their views as something that’s up for discussion’. Should
 some issues be seen as beyond discussion, if discussing them is likely 
to upset students? Toni Pearce, the current president of the National 
Union of Students, has declared: ‘I’m really proud that our movement 
takes safe spaces seriously.’ But should safety on campus really extend 
to protection from emotional as well as physical harm? Or should 
students be expected to cope with controversial ideas. Should campuses 
be bastions of open debate, where anything goes, or does creating ‘safe 
spaces’ actually allow many vulnerable students more opportunity to 
speak their minds? Is this trend exclusive to campus life, or are 
student leaders responding to a wider censorious culture? And what is 
the future of student politics, now that spirit of the Free Speech 
Movement seems a distant memory?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/8064'>Ian Dunt</a>
			<br>
editor, <em>Politics.co.uk</em>; political editor, <em>Erotic Review</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9031'>Christina Hoff Sommers</a>
			<br>
writer and resident scholar, American Enterprise Institute; host, weekly video series, <em>The Factual Feminist</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10773'>Gia Milinovich</a>
			<br>
producer, broadcaster, professional dork
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7982'>Tom Slater</a>
			<br>
deputy editor, <em>spiked</em>; coordinator, Down With Campus Censorship!
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9157'>Ella Whelan</a>
				<br>
staff writer, <em>spiked</em>; writer, <em>Spectator</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/tvy2z9/campus.mp3" length="41984642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[From the Battle of Ideas 2015  Last year marked the fiftieth anniversary of
 the launch of the Free Speech Movement (FSM) at the University of 
California, Berkeley, through which academics and students successfully 
overturned the censorious policies of university management. Against the
 backdrop of McCarthyism, the FSM ushered in a new era of student 
activism across the US and Europe, with free speech at its heart. So it 
is striking that today, student radicals appear to be at the forefront 
of calling for restrictions on what they and their fellow students are 
allowed to say, read and hear. 

In February, the online magazine spiked launched the UK’s 
first Free Speech University Rankings. It found that 80 per cent of 
universities censored speech, and that the vast majority of this was 
carried out by students’ unions. No Platform policies, which originally 
banned fascist speakers, are now used to ‘protect’ students from a wide 
range of controversial ideas, and not only right-wing ones; even 
feminist speakers have been disinvited because some students objected to
 their views. At the other end of the spectrum laddish comedian Dapper 
Laughs was banned from Cardiff University after campaigners claimed he 
promoted ‘rape culture’. And last October, a high-profile debate on 
abortion was cancelled at Christ Church, Oxford, after protesters 
claimed the discussion would harm the emotional wellbeing of female 
students and make them feel ‘unsafe’. 

One former student union president has argued that while inviting 
speakers is not in itself an endorsement, it could be seen as 
‘legitimating their views as something that’s up for discussion’. Should
 some issues be seen as beyond discussion, if discussing them is likely 
to upset students? Toni Pearce, the current president of the National 
Union of Students, has declared: ‘I’m really proud that our movement 
takes safe spaces seriously.’ But should safety on campus really extend 
to protection from emotional as well as physical harm? Or should 
students be expected to cope with controversial ideas. Should campuses 
be bastions of open debate, where anything goes, or does creating ‘safe 
spaces’ actually allow many vulnerable students more opportunity to 
speak their minds? Is this trend exclusive to campus life, or are 
student leaders responding to a wider censorious culture? And what is 
the future of student politics, now that spirit of the Free Speech 
Movement seems a distant memory?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Ian Dunt
			editor, Politics.co.uk; political editor, Erotic Review
		
		 
							
		
			Christina Hoff Sommers
			writer and resident scholar, American Enterprise Institute; host, weekly video series, The Factual Feminist
		
		 
							
		
			Gia Milinovich
			producer, broadcaster, professional dork
		
		 
							
		
			Tom Slater
			deputy editor, spiked; coordinator, Down With Campus Censorship!
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Ella Whelan
				staff writer, spiked; writer, Spectator]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4399</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Is technology limiting our humanity?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Is technology limiting our humanity?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-technology-limiting-our-humanity/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-technology-limiting-our-humanity/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2016 16:07:33 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-technology-limiting-our-humanity/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>From Big Data to the driverless car, we seem
 to live in an age of dizzying technological progress, which many hail 
as a ‘new industrial revolution’. Robotic intelligence is becoming so 
advanced that many warn machines could take white-collar jobs within a 
generation, while computers are moving ever closer to passing the Turing
 Test. Meanwhile, smart technology is increasingly marketed as desirable
 for reducing the capacity for human error: Google’s developers note 
that most accidents had by their driverless car are caused by other 
drivers. Global companies such as IBM are involved in designing 
purpose-built smart cities, such as South Korea’s Songdo, which can 
manage the climate and water supply or respond to citizens’ movements in
 real time.</p>

<p>While much of this seems cause for celebration – liberating us from 
banal tasks and informing our ability to make choices – others sound a 
note of caution. Wall Street’s ‘flash crash’ in 2010 was allegedly 
caused by ‘spoofing’ technology tricking automated trading systems into 
believing a share crash was taking place, wiping over £500 billion off 
the market in a few minutes: an example of the real-world impact of 
entirely virtual activity. It similarly remains unclear how the 
driverless car would respond to systems failure or pedestrian behaviour.
 Architect Rem Koolhaas raises the concern that cities where citizens 
are ‘treated like infants’ with no ‘possibility for transgression’ are 
not necessarily desirable places to live.</p>

<p>Is it troubling that innovation seems so concerned with eliminating 
human failure or has that always been the aim of technological 
development? Is humanity facing its ‘greatest existential threat’ from 
today’s robots, as Tesla’s Elon Musk warns? Does the ‘new industrial 
revolution’ mean a welcome transformation in how we interact with the 
world or a limitation of our capacity in act waywardly and 
unpredictably?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10292'>Dr Tom Chatfield </a>
			
writer and broadcaster; author, Live This Book! and How to Thrive in the Digital Age
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/75'>Dr Norman Lewis</a>
			
director (innovation), PwC; co-author, Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10252'>Juliette  Morgan</a>
			
C&W Tech Global Lead – London
Head of Property – Tech City UK

		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/6863'>Andrew Orlowski</a>
			
executive editor, Register; assistant producer, All Watched Over By Machines Of Loving Grace
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10178'>Dr Paul Zanelli </a>
			
chief technical officer, Transport Systems Catapult 
		
		<p class="item"></p>


					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>From Big Data to the driverless car, we seem
 to live in an age of dizzying technological progress, which many hail 
as a ‘new industrial revolution’. Robotic intelligence is becoming so 
advanced that many warn machines could take white-collar jobs within a 
generation, while computers are moving ever closer to passing the Turing
 Test. Meanwhile, smart technology is increasingly marketed as desirable
 for reducing the capacity for human error: Google’s developers note 
that most accidents had by their driverless car are caused by other 
drivers. Global companies such as IBM are involved in designing 
purpose-built smart cities, such as South Korea’s Songdo, which can 
manage the climate and water supply or respond to citizens’ movements in
 real time.</p>

<p>While much of this seems cause for celebration – liberating us from 
banal tasks and informing our ability to make choices – others sound a 
note of caution. Wall Street’s ‘flash crash’ in 2010 was allegedly 
caused by ‘spoofing’ technology tricking automated trading systems into 
believing a share crash was taking place, wiping over £500 billion off 
the market in a few minutes: an example of the real-world impact of 
entirely virtual activity. It similarly remains unclear how the 
driverless car would respond to systems failure or pedestrian behaviour.
 Architect Rem Koolhaas raises the concern that cities where citizens 
are ‘treated like infants’ with no ‘possibility for transgression’ are 
not necessarily desirable places to live.</p>

<p>Is it troubling that innovation seems so concerned with eliminating 
human failure or has that always been the aim of technological 
development? Is humanity facing its ‘greatest existential threat’ from 
today’s robots, as Tesla’s Elon Musk warns? Does the ‘new industrial 
revolution’ mean a welcome transformation in how we interact with the 
world or a limitation of our capacity in act waywardly and 
unpredictably?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10292'>Dr Tom Chatfield </a>
			<br>
writer and broadcaster; author, <em>Live This Book!</em> and <em>How to Thrive in the Digital Age</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/75'>Dr Norman Lewis</a>
			<br>
director (innovation), PwC; co-author, <em>Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10252'>Juliette  Morgan</a>
			<br>
C&W Tech Global Lead – London
Head of Property – Tech City UK

		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/6863'>Andrew Orlowski</a>
			<br>
executive editor, <em>Register</em>; assistant producer, <em>All Watched Over By Machines Of Loving Grace</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10178'>Dr Paul Zanelli </a>
			<br>
chief technical officer, Transport Systems Catapult 
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				<br>
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's <em>Moral Maze</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ufnh7d/humanvtech.mp3" length="57118815" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[From Big Data to the driverless car, we seem
 to live in an age of dizzying technological progress, which many hail 
as a ‘new industrial revolution’. Robotic intelligence is becoming so 
advanced that many warn machines could take white-collar jobs within a 
generation, while computers are moving ever closer to passing the Turing
 Test. Meanwhile, smart technology is increasingly marketed as desirable
 for reducing the capacity for human error: Google’s developers note 
that most accidents had by their driverless car are caused by other 
drivers. Global companies such as IBM are involved in designing 
purpose-built smart cities, such as South Korea’s Songdo, which can 
manage the climate and water supply or respond to citizens’ movements in
 real time.

While much of this seems cause for celebration – liberating us from 
banal tasks and informing our ability to make choices – others sound a 
note of caution. Wall Street’s ‘flash crash’ in 2010 was allegedly 
caused by ‘spoofing’ technology tricking automated trading systems into 
believing a share crash was taking place, wiping over £500 billion off 
the market in a few minutes: an example of the real-world impact of 
entirely virtual activity. It similarly remains unclear how the 
driverless car would respond to systems failure or pedestrian behaviour.
 Architect Rem Koolhaas raises the concern that cities where citizens 
are ‘treated like infants’ with no ‘possibility for transgression’ are 
not necessarily desirable places to live.

Is it troubling that innovation seems so concerned with eliminating 
human failure or has that always been the aim of technological 
development? Is humanity facing its ‘greatest existential threat’ from 
today’s robots, as Tesla’s Elon Musk warns? Does the ‘new industrial 
revolution’ mean a welcome transformation in how we interact with the 
world or a limitation of our capacity in act waywardly and 
unpredictably?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Dr Tom Chatfield 
			writer and broadcaster; author, Live This Book! and How to Thrive in the Digital Age
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Norman Lewis
			director (innovation), PwC; co-author, Big Potatoes: the London manifesto for innovation
		
		 
							
		
			Juliette  Morgan
			C&W Tech Global Lead – London
Head of Property – Tech City UK

		
		 
							
		
			Andrew Orlowski
			executive editor, Register; assistant producer, All Watched Over By Machines Of Loving Grace
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Paul Zanelli 
			chief technical officer, Transport Systems Catapult 
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Claire Fox
				director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5720</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Charlie Hebdo, Corbyn’s reshuffle and Brexit</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Charlie Hebdo, Corbyn’s reshuffle and Brexit</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-january-7-2016/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-january-7-2016/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2016 17:39:31 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-january-7-2016/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Charlie Hebdo one year on, Corbyn's reshuffle, debating Brexit and more</p>
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the state of free speech one year on from the Charlie Hebdo attacks, Labour’s seemingly interminable shadow cabinet reshuffle, David Cameron’s decision to allow his ministers to campaign for Brexit and the way the debate is shaping up, the latest absurd campaign in the war on sugar and Simon Danczuk’s texting shenanigans.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Charlie Hebdo</em> one year on, Corbyn's reshuffle, debating Brexit and more</p>
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the state of free speech one year on from the <em>Charlie Hebdo</em> attacks, Labour’s seemingly interminable shadow cabinet reshuffle, David Cameron’s decision to allow his ministers to campaign for Brexit and the way the debate is shaping up, the latest absurd campaign in the war on sugar and Simon Danczuk’s texting shenanigans.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/3yxf45/poijan7.mp3" length="20802617" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Charlie Hebdo one year on, Corbyn's reshuffle, debating Brexit and more
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the state of free speech one year on from the Charlie Hebdo attacks, Labour’s seemingly interminable shadow cabinet reshuffle, David Cameron’s decision to allow his ministers to campaign for Brexit and the way the debate is shaping up, the latest absurd campaign in the war on sugar and Simon Danczuk’s texting shenanigans.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1783</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Can the UK economy survive Brexit?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Can the UK economy survive Brexit?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-the-uk-economy-survive-brexit/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-the-uk-economy-survive-brexit/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2015 16:26:59 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-the-uk-economy-survive-brexit/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>After the Conservative Party’s victory in 
the general election, it now looks likely that David Cameron will follow
 through on his promise to hold an in/out referendum on the UK’s 
membership of the European Union by the end of 2017. Although Cameron 
himself would prefer the UK to remain a member, there is now a serious 
possibility of ‘Brexit’, particularly given the rise of UKIP and a 
general disillusionment with the EU among many voters across the 
political spectrum. Euroscepticism has re-emerged on the left, too, with
 the likes of Jeremy Corbyn and Owen Jones calling for the UK to leave 
the EU.</p>

<p>Business leaders have frequently warned of economic catastrophe if 
the UK leaves the EU. One much-quoted estimate is that between three and
 four million jobs depend on trade with the EU, though the claim that 
these jobs would all be in jeopardy if the UK left is controversial. The
 UK would likely continue to have free trade with the remaining members 
of the EU. But the economic issues run much wider than trade. Brexit 
could have significant implications for inward investment, the role of 
the City of London as a global financial centre, UK influence on the 
rules and regulations of a block that would remain a major trading 
partner, as well as agricultural support, free movement of workers, and 
so on.</p>

<p>But perhaps it would be wrong to see the question of EU membership in
 narrowly economic terms. There is much concern that the EU now 
determines large areas of UK law, while lacking the accountability to 
voters that national parliaments have. The travails of the Eurozone have
 dampened enthusiasm in many quarters for the long-term project of 
‘ever-closer union’. Some see the possibility of Brexit not as a 
rejection of Europe but as an opportunity to rethink our relationship 
with other EU member states. </p>

<p>Is the EU reformable, or are its current ways of working too 
entrenched? Would an independent UK be able to survive and thrive 
outside the EU? Is Europe as we know it already doomed, or has it proven
 itself capable of weathering the crisis?</p>
<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2015
</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10580'>Kishwer Falkner</a>
			
Baroness Falkner of Margravine; chair, House of Lords EU Financial Affairs Sub-Committee; member, EU Select Committee
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10513'>Thomas  Kielinger</a>
			
UK correspondent, Die Welt
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/11242'>Matthew Kirk</a>
			
group external affairs director, Vodafone
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/210'>Philippe Legrain</a>
			
visiting senior fellow, LSE’s European Institute; author, Immigrants: your country needs them and European Spring: Why Our Economies and Politics are in a Mess – and How to Put Them Right
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/289'>Phil Mullan</a>
			
economist; director, Epping Consulting business advice; author, The Imaginary Time Bomb
		
		<p class="item"></p>


					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7120'>Peter Lloyd</a>
				
consultant, financial markets research; campaigner, Manifesto Club; writer, Free Society]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After the Conservative Party’s victory in 
the general election, it now looks likely that David Cameron will follow
 through on his promise to hold an in/out referendum on the UK’s 
membership of the European Union by the end of 2017. Although Cameron 
himself would prefer the UK to remain a member, there is now a serious 
possibility of ‘Brexit’, particularly given the rise of UKIP and a 
general disillusionment with the EU among many voters across the 
political spectrum. Euroscepticism has re-emerged on the left, too, with
 the likes of Jeremy Corbyn and Owen Jones calling for the UK to leave 
the EU.</p>

<p>Business leaders have frequently warned of economic catastrophe if 
the UK leaves the EU. One much-quoted estimate is that between three and
 four million jobs depend on trade with the EU, though the claim that 
these jobs would all be in jeopardy if the UK left is controversial. The
 UK would likely continue to have free trade with the remaining members 
of the EU. But the economic issues run much wider than trade. Brexit 
could have significant implications for inward investment, the role of 
the City of London as a global financial centre, UK influence on the 
rules and regulations of a block that would remain a major trading 
partner, as well as agricultural support, free movement of workers, and 
so on.</p>

<p>But perhaps it would be wrong to see the question of EU membership in
 narrowly economic terms. There is much concern that the EU now 
determines large areas of UK law, while lacking the accountability to 
voters that national parliaments have. The travails of the Eurozone have
 dampened enthusiasm in many quarters for the long-term project of 
‘ever-closer union’. Some see the possibility of Brexit not as a 
rejection of Europe but as an opportunity to rethink our relationship 
with other EU member states. </p>

<p>Is the EU reformable, or are its current ways of working too 
entrenched? Would an independent UK be able to survive and thrive 
outside the EU? Is Europe as we know it already doomed, or has it proven
 itself capable of weathering the crisis?</p>
<p>Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2015<br>
</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10580'>Kishwer Falkner</a>
			<br>
Baroness Falkner of Margravine; chair, House of Lords EU Financial Affairs Sub-Committee; member, EU Select Committee
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10513'>Thomas  Kielinger</a>
			<br>
UK correspondent, <em>Die Welt</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/11242'>Matthew Kirk</a>
			<br>
group external affairs director, Vodafone
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/210'>Philippe Legrain</a>
			<br>
visiting senior fellow, LSE’s European Institute; author, <em>Immigrants: your country needs them</em> and <em>European Spring: Why Our Economies and Politics are in a Mess – and How to Put Them Right</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/289'>Phil Mullan</a>
			<br>
economist; director, Epping Consulting business advice; author, <em>The Imaginary Time Bomb</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7120'>Peter Lloyd</a>
				<br>
consultant, financial markets research; campaigner, Manifesto Club; writer, <em>Free Society</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/t5dj3k/Brexit.mp3" length="28168188" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[After the Conservative Party’s victory in 
the general election, it now looks likely that David Cameron will follow
 through on his promise to hold an in/out referendum on the UK’s 
membership of the European Union by the end of 2017. Although Cameron 
himself would prefer the UK to remain a member, there is now a serious 
possibility of ‘Brexit’, particularly given the rise of UKIP and a 
general disillusionment with the EU among many voters across the 
political spectrum. Euroscepticism has re-emerged on the left, too, with
 the likes of Jeremy Corbyn and Owen Jones calling for the UK to leave 
the EU.

Business leaders have frequently warned of economic catastrophe if 
the UK leaves the EU. One much-quoted estimate is that between three and
 four million jobs depend on trade with the EU, though the claim that 
these jobs would all be in jeopardy if the UK left is controversial. The
 UK would likely continue to have free trade with the remaining members 
of the EU. But the economic issues run much wider than trade. Brexit 
could have significant implications for inward investment, the role of 
the City of London as a global financial centre, UK influence on the 
rules and regulations of a block that would remain a major trading 
partner, as well as agricultural support, free movement of workers, and 
so on.

But perhaps it would be wrong to see the question of EU membership in
 narrowly economic terms. There is much concern that the EU now 
determines large areas of UK law, while lacking the accountability to 
voters that national parliaments have. The travails of the Eurozone have
 dampened enthusiasm in many quarters for the long-term project of 
‘ever-closer union’. Some see the possibility of Brexit not as a 
rejection of Europe but as an opportunity to rethink our relationship 
with other EU member states. 

Is the EU reformable, or are its current ways of working too 
entrenched? Would an independent UK be able to survive and thrive 
outside the EU? Is Europe as we know it already doomed, or has it proven
 itself capable of weathering the crisis?Recorded at the Battle of Ideas 2015
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Kishwer Falkner
			Baroness Falkner of Margravine; chair, House of Lords EU Financial Affairs Sub-Committee; member, EU Select Committee
		
		 
							
		
			Thomas  Kielinger
			UK correspondent, Die Welt
		
		 
							
		
			Matthew Kirk
			group external affairs director, Vodafone
		
		 
							
		
			Philippe Legrain
			visiting senior fellow, LSE’s European Institute; author, Immigrants: your country needs them and European Spring: Why Our Economies and Politics are in a Mess – and How to Put Them Right
		
		 
							
		
			Phil Mullan
			economist; director, Epping Consulting business advice; author, The Imaginary Time Bomb
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Peter Lloyd
				consultant, financial markets research; campaigner, Manifesto Club; writer, Free Society]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5333</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: The tyranny of health</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: The tyranny of health</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-tyranny-of-health/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-tyranny-of-health/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 11 Dec 2015 16:22:56 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-the-tyranny-of-health/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr Michael Fitzpatrick discusses public health's war on our bad habits.</p>
					<p>In the run up to Christmas, the season of excess and indulgence,
 Rob Lyons and David Bowden are joined by writer and retired GP Michael 
Fitzpatrick to discuss the ever increasing curbs on our ability to eat, 
drink, smoke and be merry.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr Michael Fitzpatrick discusses public health's war on our bad habits.</p>
					<p>In the run up to Christmas, the season of excess and indulgence,
 Rob Lyons and David Bowden are joined by writer and retired GP Michael 
Fitzpatrick to discuss the ever increasing curbs on our ability to eat, 
drink, smoke and be merry.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/qp7kb9/mikefitz.mp3" length="21933160" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Dr Michael Fitzpatrick discusses public health's war on our bad habits.
					In the run up to Christmas, the season of excess and indulgence,
 Rob Lyons and David Bowden are joined by writer and retired GP Michael 
Fitzpatrick to discuss the ever increasing curbs on our ability to eat, 
drink, smoke and be merry.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1978</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Paris, bombing Syria and climate-change talks</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Paris, bombing Syria and climate-change talks</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2015 17:16:52 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the team discuss the Paris attacks, bombing Syria and the climate change talks</p>
					<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David 
Bowden discuss the aftermath of the Paris attacks, intervention in 
Syria, Jeremy Corbyn’s embattled position as Labour leader and this 
week’s UN climate change conference .</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the team discuss the Paris attacks, bombing Syria and the climate change talks</p>
					<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David 
Bowden discuss the aftermath of the Paris attacks, intervention in 
Syria, Jeremy Corbyn’s embattled position as Labour leader and this 
week’s UN climate change conference .</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8x5wzn/POI.mp3" length="20378236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the team discuss the Paris attacks, bombing Syria and the climate change talks
					In this week’s Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David 
Bowden discuss the aftermath of the Paris attacks, intervention in 
Syria, Jeremy Corbyn’s embattled position as Labour leader and this 
week’s UN climate change conference .]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1707</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: The Corbyn Effect - are the old parties dead?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: The Corbyn Effect - are the old parties dead?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-corbyn-effect-are-the-old-parties-dead/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-corbyn-effect-are-the-old-parties-dead/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 27 Nov 2015 16:50:34 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-corbyn-effect-are-the-old-parties-dead/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>When Jeremy Corbyn went from being the token
 lefty candidate for Labour leader to the favourite to lead the party 
this summer, it became clear that the old assumptions no longer apply. 
But while the ‘Corbyn Wave’ appeared to be something new, there was an 
unmistakable paradox in the fact that the man of the moment had been 
hiding in plain sight at Westminster since 1983. So is he a blast from 
the past or a harbinger of things to come? Some suggest his rise 
represents a momentous shift to the left. With its new £3 registered 
supporter option, Labour’s ‘membership’ swell to 610,753, with many of 
the new influx aged under 30. This seemed to echo the rise of the SNP in
 Scotland as another example of the left-wing populism flaring up across
 Europe in the wake of SYRIZA in Greece and Podemos in Spain. At the 
same time, though, more long-established outsider parties like Britain’s
 UKIP and France’s Front National have enjoyed considerable electoral 
success, topping the European Parliament polls. With the unlikely 
emergence of Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders as plausible US 
presidential candidate, ‘politics as we know it’ seems to be over, but 
it does not seem to be as simple as a move to the left.</p>

<p>The dramatic ascent of the Sweden Democrats, a party that describes 
itself as socially conservative with a nationalist foundation, means 
that when its leader Jimmie Åkesson predicts that his party will one day
 be strong enough to run the country, serious commentators acknowledge 
this is possible. It is as yet unclear whether these new political 
parties command a stable support for specific policies. There seems a 
more unstable ebb and flow of new parties in the spotlight and showing 
disenchantment with mainstream politics by voting for the outsider can 
appear more the sign of anti-politics rather than newly radicalised 
times. Is it Corbyn’s old-fashioned state socialism programme attracting
 solid support, or is his appeal that he is Not Blair Or The Other Three
 candidates? And while UKIP gained four million votes in the general 
election, their much vaunted rise is now side-lined as yesterday’s flash
 in the pan story, with UKIP voters being amongst those enthusiastically
 supporting Corbyn. 

Why have populist parties become so popular? Does this mark the 
beginning of the end for many established parties, or is it merely a 
period of change, more about volatile protest votes than a new historic 
era? Should we really take seriously some of these movements when they 
may disappear as quickly as they emerged? If the Corbyn Effect is part 
of this wider trend, will it last or will it crumble like Clegg-mania 
amid broken promises and unrealistic ideas? Or are we in fact watching 
the emergence of exciting new political movements, a reason to be 
hopeful? </p>


				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/202'>David Aaronovitch</a>
			
columnist, The Times; author, Voodoo Histories; chair, Index on Censorship




		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7095'>Alex Deane</a>
			
managing director, strategic communications, FTI Consulting; Sky News regular; BBC Dateline London panellist
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10834'>Andrew Gimson</a>
			
author and political journalist; contributing editor, ConservativeHome
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9325'>Miranda Green</a>
			
journalist; founding editor, The Day; regular contributor to BBC political shows; former Lib Dem spin doctor
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/220'>Bruno Waterfield</a>
				
Brussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When Jeremy Corbyn went from being the token
 lefty candidate for Labour leader to the favourite to lead the party 
this summer, it became clear that the old assumptions no longer apply. 
But while the ‘Corbyn Wave’ appeared to be something new, there was an 
unmistakable paradox in the fact that the man of the moment had been 
hiding in plain sight at Westminster since 1983. So is he a blast from 
the past or a harbinger of things to come? Some suggest his rise 
represents a momentous shift to the left. With its new £3 registered 
supporter option, Labour’s ‘membership’ swell to 610,753, with many of 
the new influx aged under 30. This seemed to echo the rise of the SNP in
 Scotland as another example of the left-wing populism flaring up across
 Europe in the wake of SYRIZA in Greece and Podemos in Spain. At the 
same time, though, more long-established outsider parties like Britain’s
 UKIP and France’s Front National have enjoyed considerable electoral 
success, topping the European Parliament polls. With the unlikely 
emergence of Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders as plausible US 
presidential candidate, ‘politics as we know it’ seems to be over, but 
it does not seem to be as simple as a move to the left.</p>

<p>The dramatic ascent of the Sweden Democrats, a party that describes 
itself as socially conservative with a nationalist foundation, means 
that when its leader Jimmie Åkesson predicts that his party will one day
 be strong enough to run the country, serious commentators acknowledge 
this is possible. It is as yet unclear whether these new political 
parties command a stable support for specific policies. There seems a 
more unstable ebb and flow of new parties in the spotlight and showing 
disenchantment with mainstream politics by voting for the outsider can 
appear more the sign of anti-politics rather than newly radicalised 
times. Is it Corbyn’s old-fashioned state socialism programme attracting
 solid support, or is his appeal that he is Not Blair Or The Other Three
 candidates? And while UKIP gained four million votes in the general 
election, their much vaunted rise is now side-lined as yesterday’s flash
 in the pan story, with UKIP voters being amongst those enthusiastically
 supporting Corbyn. <br>

Why have populist parties become so popular? Does this mark the 
beginning of the end for many established parties, or is it merely a 
period of change, more about volatile protest votes than a new historic 
era? Should we really take seriously some of these movements when they 
may disappear as quickly as they emerged? If the Corbyn Effect is part 
of this wider trend, will it last or will it crumble like Clegg-mania 
amid broken promises and unrealistic ideas? Or are we in fact watching 
the emergence of exciting new political movements, a reason to be 
hopeful? </p>


				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/202'>David Aaronovitch</a>
			<br>
columnist, <em>The Times</em>; author, <em>Voodoo Histories</em>; chair, Index on Censorship




		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/7095'>Alex Deane</a>
			<br>
managing director, strategic communications, FTI Consulting; Sky News regular; BBC Dateline London panellist
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10834'>Andrew Gimson</a>
			<br>
author and political journalist; contributing editor, <em>ConservativeHome</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9325'>Miranda Green</a>
			<br>
journalist; founding editor, <em>The Day</em>; regular contributor to BBC political shows; former Lib Dem spin doctor
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/220'>Bruno Waterfield</a>
				<br>
Brussels correspondent, <em>The Times</em>; co-author, <em>No Means No</em> 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vujnz5/corbyneffect.mp3" length="45625088" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[When Jeremy Corbyn went from being the token
 lefty candidate for Labour leader to the favourite to lead the party 
this summer, it became clear that the old assumptions no longer apply. 
But while the ‘Corbyn Wave’ appeared to be something new, there was an 
unmistakable paradox in the fact that the man of the moment had been 
hiding in plain sight at Westminster since 1983. So is he a blast from 
the past or a harbinger of things to come? Some suggest his rise 
represents a momentous shift to the left. With its new £3 registered 
supporter option, Labour’s ‘membership’ swell to 610,753, with many of 
the new influx aged under 30. This seemed to echo the rise of the SNP in
 Scotland as another example of the left-wing populism flaring up across
 Europe in the wake of SYRIZA in Greece and Podemos in Spain. At the 
same time, though, more long-established outsider parties like Britain’s
 UKIP and France’s Front National have enjoyed considerable electoral 
success, topping the European Parliament polls. With the unlikely 
emergence of Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders as plausible US 
presidential candidate, ‘politics as we know it’ seems to be over, but 
it does not seem to be as simple as a move to the left.

The dramatic ascent of the Sweden Democrats, a party that describes 
itself as socially conservative with a nationalist foundation, means 
that when its leader Jimmie Åkesson predicts that his party will one day
 be strong enough to run the country, serious commentators acknowledge 
this is possible. It is as yet unclear whether these new political 
parties command a stable support for specific policies. There seems a 
more unstable ebb and flow of new parties in the spotlight and showing 
disenchantment with mainstream politics by voting for the outsider can 
appear more the sign of anti-politics rather than newly radicalised 
times. Is it Corbyn’s old-fashioned state socialism programme attracting
 solid support, or is his appeal that he is Not Blair Or The Other Three
 candidates? And while UKIP gained four million votes in the general 
election, their much vaunted rise is now side-lined as yesterday’s flash
 in the pan story, with UKIP voters being amongst those enthusiastically
 supporting Corbyn. 
Why have populist parties become so popular? Does this mark the 
beginning of the end for many established parties, or is it merely a 
period of change, more about volatile protest votes than a new historic 
era? Should we really take seriously some of these movements when they 
may disappear as quickly as they emerged? If the Corbyn Effect is part 
of this wider trend, will it last or will it crumble like Clegg-mania 
amid broken promises and unrealistic ideas? Or are we in fact watching 
the emergence of exciting new political movements, a reason to be 
hopeful? 


				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			David Aaronovitch
			columnist, The Times; author, Voodoo Histories; chair, Index on Censorship




		
		 
							
		
			Alex Deane
			managing director, strategic communications, FTI Consulting; Sky News regular; BBC Dateline London panellist
		
		 
							
		
			Andrew Gimson
			author and political journalist; contributing editor, ConservativeHome
		
		 
							
		
			Miranda Green
			journalist; founding editor, The Day; regular contributor to BBC political shows; former Lib Dem spin doctor
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Bruno Waterfield
				Brussels correspondent, The Times; co-author, No Means No 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4097</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: The Paris attacks and the threat to an open society</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: The Paris attacks and the threat to an open society</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/paris-and-the-threat-to-an-open-society/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/paris-and-the-threat-to-an-open-society/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2015 17:11:28 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/paris-and-the-threat-to-an-open-society/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the special Battle of Ideas satellite put on in Stockholm in the wake of the Paris attacks</p>
					<p>At last weekend’s series of Battle of Idea Satellite debates in 
Stockholm an impromptu session was held in response to last Fridays 
terror attacks in Paris. </p>

<p>Speakers

Isobel Hadley-Kamptz

author and journalist</p>

<p>Kashif Mahmood Virk

imam, Stockholm Ahmmadiyya congregation</p>

<p>Brendan O’Neill

editor, spiked </p>

<p>Chair 

Rob Lyons

science and technology director, Institute of Ideas</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the special Battle of Ideas satellite put on in Stockholm in the wake of the Paris attacks</p>
					<p>At last weekend’s series of Battle of Idea Satellite debates in 
Stockholm an impromptu session was held in response to last Fridays 
terror attacks in Paris. </p>

<p>Speakers<br>

Isobel Hadley-Kamptz<br>

author and journalist</p>

<p>Kashif Mahmood Virk<br>

imam, Stockholm Ahmmadiyya congregation</p>

<p>Brendan O’Neill<br>

editor, <em>spiked </em></p>

<p>Chair <br>

Rob Lyons<br>

science and technology director, Institute of Ideas</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/zf7hdy/Paris.mp3" length="15849968" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the special Battle of Ideas satellite put on in Stockholm in the wake of the Paris attacks
					At last weekend’s series of Battle of Idea Satellite debates in 
Stockholm an impromptu session was held in response to last Fridays 
terror attacks in Paris. 

Speakers
Isobel Hadley-Kamptz
author and journalist

Kashif Mahmood Virk
imam, Stockholm Ahmmadiyya congregation

Brendan O’Neill
editor, spiked 

Chair 
Rob Lyons
science and technology director, Institute of Ideas]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1471</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Shifting sands - understanding the Middle East today</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Shifting sands - understanding the Middle East today</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/shifting-sands-understanding-the-middle-east-today/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/shifting-sands-understanding-the-middle-east-today/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2015 11:59:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/shifting-sands-understanding-the-middle-east-today/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Listen to this session from the International Battles strand of the recent Battle of Ideas festival
					<p>In the past few years, the Middle East has undergone serious 
convulsions, from the collapse of Iraq to the Arab Spring, the Syrian 
war and the Saudi-led bombardment of Yemen. The spread of Islamic State 
has wiped out one hundred-year-old borders in a matter of months, with 
large areas of Iraq and Syria now part of those countries only in name. 
America’s interest and power in the region seems to waning while 
regional powers such as Saudi Arabia, Turkey and Iran are becoming more 
assertive.</p>

<p>A bewildering number of alliances and counter-alliances seem to be in
 play in which religious affiliations, local political grievances and 
powerful external players meet in a maelstrom. The Gulf states intervene
 against and for Sunni jihadists depending upon which state one looks 
at; America supports Iranian-backed militias in Iraq while backing 
Saudi-led airstrikes against Shia groups in Yemen; in Syria, America and
 its Arab allies are supporting Islamist groups against Assad, who is 
still supported by Iran and its Lebanese proxy Hezbollah. The US and 
Iran appear to have reached a historic agreement on Iran’s nuclear 
energy programme, just as US-Israel relations turn increasingly 
fractious; indeed, Israel is closer to Saudi Arabia when it comes to the
 nuclear deal, albeit for very different reasons.</p>

<p>The Arab Spring was supposed to mean the end of tyranny and the rise 
of democracies across the region. Instead, states are imploding. Was 
this inevitable, or is there still hope for peace and democracy within 
the existing borders of countries like Syria and Iraq? Would their 
break-up mean anarchy or a new order based on more meaningful religious 
and ethnic identities? And while the Western powers were long considered
 the puppet masters of the Middle East, are the strings now in the hands
 of regional powers? Does the West even have a sense of its strategic 
interests in the region, or is it stuck in the past, supporting the 
wrong allies and condemning the region to years of chaos? What do the 
confusing alliances and counter-alliances tell us? And what future is 
there for the people of the Middle East?</p>

<p>Speakers

Gilbert Achcar

professor of development studies and international relations; chair of Centre for Palestine Studies, SOAS, University of London</p>

<p>Rosemary Hollis

professor of international politics and director of the Olive Tree Programme, City University London</p>

<p>Dr Tara McCormack

lecturer in international politics, University of Leicester; author, 
Critique, Security and Power: the political limits to emancipatory 
approaches</p>

<p>Karl Sharro

architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture</p>

<p>Chair

Joel Cohen

judges co-ordinator, Debating Matters; freelance writer </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Listen to this session from the International Battles strand of the recent Battle of Ideas festival
					<p>In the past few years, the Middle East has undergone serious 
convulsions, from the collapse of Iraq to the Arab Spring, the Syrian 
war and the Saudi-led bombardment of Yemen. The spread of Islamic State 
has wiped out one hundred-year-old borders in a matter of months, with 
large areas of Iraq and Syria now part of those countries only in name. 
America’s interest and power in the region seems to waning while 
regional powers such as Saudi Arabia, Turkey and Iran are becoming more 
assertive.</p>

<p>A bewildering number of alliances and counter-alliances seem to be in
 play in which religious affiliations, local political grievances and 
powerful external players meet in a maelstrom. The Gulf states intervene
 against and for Sunni jihadists depending upon which state one looks 
at; America supports Iranian-backed militias in Iraq while backing 
Saudi-led airstrikes against Shia groups in Yemen; in Syria, America and
 its Arab allies are supporting Islamist groups against Assad, who is 
still supported by Iran and its Lebanese proxy Hezbollah. The US and 
Iran appear to have reached a historic agreement on Iran’s nuclear 
energy programme, just as US-Israel relations turn increasingly 
fractious; indeed, Israel is closer to Saudi Arabia when it comes to the
 nuclear deal, albeit for very different reasons.</p>

<p>The Arab Spring was supposed to mean the end of tyranny and the rise 
of democracies across the region. Instead, states are imploding. Was 
this inevitable, or is there still hope for peace and democracy within 
the existing borders of countries like Syria and Iraq? Would their 
break-up mean anarchy or a new order based on more meaningful religious 
and ethnic identities? And while the Western powers were long considered
 the puppet masters of the Middle East, are the strings now in the hands
 of regional powers? Does the West even have a sense of its strategic 
interests in the region, or is it stuck in the past, supporting the 
wrong allies and condemning the region to years of chaos? What do the 
confusing alliances and counter-alliances tell us? And what future is 
there for the people of the Middle East?</p>

<p>Speakers<br>

Gilbert Achcar<br>

professor of development studies and international relations; chair of Centre for Palestine Studies, SOAS, University of London</p>

<p>Rosemary Hollis<br>

professor of international politics and director of the Olive Tree Programme, City University London</p>

<p>Dr Tara McCormack<br>

lecturer in international politics, University of Leicester; author, 
Critique, Security and Power: the political limits to emancipatory 
approaches</p>

<p>Karl Sharro<br>

architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture</p>

<p>Chair<br>

Joel Cohen<br>

judges co-ordinator, Debating Matters; freelance writer </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jgu8bk/podcastshiftingsandsmiddleeast.mp3" length="47915454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to this session from the International Battles strand of the recent Battle of Ideas festival
					In the past few years, the Middle East has undergone serious 
convulsions, from the collapse of Iraq to the Arab Spring, the Syrian 
war and the Saudi-led bombardment of Yemen. The spread of Islamic State 
has wiped out one hundred-year-old borders in a matter of months, with 
large areas of Iraq and Syria now part of those countries only in name. 
America’s interest and power in the region seems to waning while 
regional powers such as Saudi Arabia, Turkey and Iran are becoming more 
assertive.

A bewildering number of alliances and counter-alliances seem to be in
 play in which religious affiliations, local political grievances and 
powerful external players meet in a maelstrom. The Gulf states intervene
 against and for Sunni jihadists depending upon which state one looks 
at; America supports Iranian-backed militias in Iraq while backing 
Saudi-led airstrikes against Shia groups in Yemen; in Syria, America and
 its Arab allies are supporting Islamist groups against Assad, who is 
still supported by Iran and its Lebanese proxy Hezbollah. The US and 
Iran appear to have reached a historic agreement on Iran’s nuclear 
energy programme, just as US-Israel relations turn increasingly 
fractious; indeed, Israel is closer to Saudi Arabia when it comes to the
 nuclear deal, albeit for very different reasons.

The Arab Spring was supposed to mean the end of tyranny and the rise 
of democracies across the region. Instead, states are imploding. Was 
this inevitable, or is there still hope for peace and democracy within 
the existing borders of countries like Syria and Iraq? Would their 
break-up mean anarchy or a new order based on more meaningful religious 
and ethnic identities? And while the Western powers were long considered
 the puppet masters of the Middle East, are the strings now in the hands
 of regional powers? Does the West even have a sense of its strategic 
interests in the region, or is it stuck in the past, supporting the 
wrong allies and condemning the region to years of chaos? What do the 
confusing alliances and counter-alliances tell us? And what future is 
there for the people of the Middle East?

Speakers
Gilbert Achcar
professor of development studies and international relations; chair of Centre for Palestine Studies, SOAS, University of London

Rosemary Hollis
professor of international politics and director of the Olive Tree Programme, City University London

Dr Tara McCormack
lecturer in international politics, University of Leicester; author, 
Critique, Security and Power: the political limits to emancipatory 
approaches

Karl Sharro
architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture

Chair
Joel Cohen
judges co-ordinator, Debating Matters; freelance writer ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4433</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Anthropocene - are humans wrecking the planet?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Anthropocene - are humans wrecking the planet?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/anthropocene-are-humans-wrecking-the-planet/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/anthropocene-are-humans-wrecking-the-planet/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2015 14:17:58 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/anthropocene-are-humans-wrecking-the-planet/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4rvfnm/anthropocene.mp3" length="5599565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>505</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: Planet of the Vapes - why is there a war on e-cigarettes?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: Planet of the Vapes - why is there a war on e-cigarettes?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/planet-of-the-vapes-why-is-there-a-war-on-e-cigarettes/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/planet-of-the-vapes-why-is-there-a-war-on-e-cigarettes/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2015 16:17:02 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/planet-of-the-vapes-why-is-there-a-war-on-e-cigarettes/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[

	
			

				
				<p class="item">
					In recent years, the 
popularity of e-cigarettes has exploded. They have been celebrated by 
many as being the greatest aid to smoking cessation ever invented, with 
even the anti-smoking group ASH giving them grudging approval. 
E-cigarettes do not contain the tar and toxins that make cigarettes 
harmful, but as this is a relatively new technology, some argue we 
cannot be sure of their long-term effects on people’s health. And even 
if they do turn out to be harmless, detractors worry they will 
‘renormalise’ smoking and act as a gateway to smoking for young people.

</p>
<p>On these grounds organisations like the British Medical Association 
say they should be subject to the same stringent regulation, advertising
 bans and high taxes as tobacco. Internationally, a WHO report has 
called for them to be banned in public globally and the sale of 
e-cigarettes and the nicotine liquid they use is already banned in most 
Scandinavian countries. Several US cities, including New York and 
Chicago, have banned their use in public places.</p>

<p>As of 2016 in the UK, e-cigarette manufacturers will have to choose 
between being regulated as a medicine by the Medicines and Healthcare 
Products Regulatory Agency or adhere to strict new EU regulations that 
would put them under similar regulation to tobacco products. The Welsh 
Health Ministry has said it would like to ban their use in public places
 and, across the UK, many pubs, workplaces, universities and public 
transport companies have already banned their use despite the lack of 
state coercion or public demand to do so.</p>

<p>There is resistance, however: the WHO report was met with an open 
letter from a group of over 50 leading doctors and scientists from 15 
countries urging them to reverse their call for a ban, stating that: 
‘There is no evidence at present of material risk to health from vapour 
emitted from e-cigarettes’ and that there is no ‘credible evidence’ that
 e-cigarettes act as a gateway to smoking tobacco.   </p>

<p>Should the precautionary principle be applied in regard to 
e-cigarette regulation? Should we be wary of the rise of e-cigarettes 
when many say we should be striving towards a nicotine-free society?  
Or, is the movement to ban or hyper-regulate e-cigarettes less to do 
with concern for people’s health and more about a broader culture war 
over people’s lifestyle choices?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10797'>Lorien  Jollye</a>
			
vaping advocate, New Nicotine Alliance UK 
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/4772'>Dr Richard Smith</a>
			
chair of trustees, ICDDR,B; former editor, British Medical Journal; chair, Patients Know Best
 
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5953'>Christopher Snowdon</a>
			
director, lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; author, The Art of Suppression
		
		<p class="item"></p>

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/11021'>Duncan  Stephenson</a>
			
director of external affairs, Royal Society for Public Health
		
		<p class="item"></p>


					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9091'>Rossa Minogue</a>
				
resources editor, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<br>

	
			

				
				<p class="item">
					<em></em>In recent years, the 
popularity of e-cigarettes has exploded. They have been celebrated by 
many as being the greatest aid to smoking cessation ever invented, with 
even the anti-smoking group ASH giving them grudging approval. 
E-cigarettes do not contain the tar and toxins that make cigarettes 
harmful, but as this is a relatively new technology, some argue we 
cannot be sure of their long-term effects on people’s health. And even 
if they do turn out to be harmless, detractors worry they will 
‘renormalise’ smoking and act as a gateway to smoking for young people.

</p>
<p>On these grounds organisations like the British Medical Association 
say they should be subject to the same stringent regulation, advertising
 bans and high taxes as tobacco. Internationally, a WHO report has 
called for them to be banned in public globally and the sale of 
e-cigarettes and the nicotine liquid they use is already banned in most 
Scandinavian countries. Several US cities, including New York and 
Chicago, have banned their use in public places.</p>

<p>As of 2016 in the UK, e-cigarette manufacturers will have to choose 
between being regulated as a medicine by the Medicines and Healthcare 
Products Regulatory Agency or adhere to strict new EU regulations that 
would put them under similar regulation to tobacco products. The Welsh 
Health Ministry has said it would like to ban their use in public places
 and, across the UK, many pubs, workplaces, universities and public 
transport companies have already banned their use despite the lack of 
state coercion or public demand to do so.</p>

<p>There is resistance, however: the WHO report was met with an open 
letter from a group of over 50 leading doctors and scientists from 15 
countries urging them to reverse their call for a ban, stating that: 
‘There is no evidence at present of material risk to health from vapour 
emitted from e-cigarettes’ and that there is no ‘credible evidence’ that
 e-cigarettes act as a gateway to smoking tobacco.   </p>

<p>Should the precautionary principle be applied in regard to 
e-cigarette regulation? Should we be wary of the rise of e-cigarettes 
when many say we should be striving towards a nicotine-free society?  
Or, is the movement to ban or hyper-regulate e-cigarettes less to do 
with concern for people’s health and more about a broader culture war 
over people’s lifestyle choices?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/10797'>Lorien  Jollye</a>
			<br>
vaping advocate, New Nicotine Alliance UK 
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/4772'>Dr Richard Smith</a>
			<br>
chair of trustees, ICDDR,B; former editor, <em>British Medical Journal</em>; chair, Patients Know Best
 
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/5953'>Christopher Snowdon</a>
			<br>
director, lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; author, <em>The Art of Suppression</em>
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/11021'>Duncan  Stephenson</a>
			<br>
director of external affairs, Royal Society for Public Health
		
		<p class="item"></p>
<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/speaker_detail/9091'>Rossa Minogue</a>
				<br>
resources editor, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/pauqw8/Vapesaudio.mp3" length="31616784" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
	
			

				
				
					In recent years, the 
popularity of e-cigarettes has exploded. They have been celebrated by 
many as being the greatest aid to smoking cessation ever invented, with 
even the anti-smoking group ASH giving them grudging approval. 
E-cigarettes do not contain the tar and toxins that make cigarettes 
harmful, but as this is a relatively new technology, some argue we 
cannot be sure of their long-term effects on people’s health. And even 
if they do turn out to be harmless, detractors worry they will 
‘renormalise’ smoking and act as a gateway to smoking for young people.

On these grounds organisations like the British Medical Association 
say they should be subject to the same stringent regulation, advertising
 bans and high taxes as tobacco. Internationally, a WHO report has 
called for them to be banned in public globally and the sale of 
e-cigarettes and the nicotine liquid they use is already banned in most 
Scandinavian countries. Several US cities, including New York and 
Chicago, have banned their use in public places.

As of 2016 in the UK, e-cigarette manufacturers will have to choose 
between being regulated as a medicine by the Medicines and Healthcare 
Products Regulatory Agency or adhere to strict new EU regulations that 
would put them under similar regulation to tobacco products. The Welsh 
Health Ministry has said it would like to ban their use in public places
 and, across the UK, many pubs, workplaces, universities and public 
transport companies have already banned their use despite the lack of 
state coercion or public demand to do so.

There is resistance, however: the WHO report was met with an open 
letter from a group of over 50 leading doctors and scientists from 15 
countries urging them to reverse their call for a ban, stating that: 
‘There is no evidence at present of material risk to health from vapour 
emitted from e-cigarettes’ and that there is no ‘credible evidence’ that
 e-cigarettes act as a gateway to smoking tobacco.   

Should the precautionary principle be applied in regard to 
e-cigarette regulation? Should we be wary of the rise of e-cigarettes 
when many say we should be striving towards a nicotine-free society?  
Or, is the movement to ban or hyper-regulate e-cigarettes less to do 
with concern for people’s health and more about a broader culture war 
over people’s lifestyle choices?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Lorien  Jollye
			vaping advocate, New Nicotine Alliance UK 
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Richard Smith
			chair of trustees, ICDDR,B; former editor, British Medical Journal; chair, Patients Know Best
 
		
		 
							
		
			Christopher Snowdon
			director, lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; author, The Art of Suppression
		
		 
							
		
			Duncan  Stephenson
			director of external affairs, Royal Society for Public Health
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Rossa Minogue
				resources editor, Institute of Ideas 
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3269</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: The battle for geek culture</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: The battle for geek culture</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-battle-for-geek-culture/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-battle-for-geek-culture/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2015 16:40:37 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/the-battle-for-geek-culture/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Debate at the Battle of Ideas 2015 (http://www.battleofideas.org.uk)
With the rise of fantasy and sci-fi, geek culture is now mainstream. Yet trailing its success has come vicious infighting amongst fans. 'Gamergate' moved quickly from a dispute between game developers and journalists to a row over gamers' attitudes towards women. Dr Matt Taylor's choice of a bawdy shirt overshadowed his work in landing the Philae lander on a comet. The rise of social media has led to 'calling people out', harnessing the power of public shaming. 'Social Justice Warriors' have provoked sub-cultures such as 'Sad Puppies', who reject perceived politically correct orthodoxies. How are the frontlines of the culture wars changing?
SPEAKERS
Allum Bokhari (columnist, Breitbart)
Serena Kutchinsky (digital editor, Prospect)
Dr Maren Thom (researcher, film, Queen Mary University of London)
Jason Walsh (journalist; foreign correspondent, CS Monitor)
Milo Yiannopoulos (technology editor, Breitbart)]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Debate at the Battle of Ideas 2015 (http://www.battleofideas.org.uk)<br>
With the rise of fantasy and sci-fi, geek culture is now mainstream. Yet trailing its success has come vicious infighting amongst fans. 'Gamergate' moved quickly from a dispute between game developers and journalists to a row over gamers' attitudes towards women. Dr Matt Taylor's choice of a bawdy shirt overshadowed his work in landing the Philae lander on a comet. The rise of social media has led to 'calling people out', harnessing the power of public shaming. 'Social Justice Warriors' have provoked sub-cultures such as 'Sad Puppies', who reject perceived politically correct orthodoxies. How are the frontlines of the culture wars changing?<br>
SPEAKERS<br>
Allum Bokhari (columnist, Breitbart)<br>
Serena Kutchinsky (digital editor, Prospect)<br>
Dr Maren Thom (researcher, film, Queen Mary University of London)<br>
Jason Walsh (journalist; foreign correspondent, CS Monitor)<br>
Milo Yiannopoulos (technology editor, Breitbart)]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/vdsebt/Geekculture-finaloutput-withoutdate.mp3" length="30281063" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Debate at the Battle of Ideas 2015 (http://www.battleofideas.org.uk)With the rise of fantasy and sci-fi, geek culture is now mainstream. Yet trailing its success has come vicious infighting amongst fans. 'Gamergate' moved quickly from a dispute between game developers and journalists to a row over gamers' attitudes towards women. Dr Matt Taylor's choice of a bawdy shirt overshadowed his work in landing the Philae lander on a comet. The rise of social media has led to 'calling people out', harnessing the power of public shaming. 'Social Justice Warriors' have provoked sub-cultures such as 'Sad Puppies', who reject perceived politically correct orthodoxies. How are the frontlines of the culture wars changing?SPEAKERSAllum Bokhari (columnist, Breitbart)Serena Kutchinsky (digital editor, Prospect)Dr Maren Thom (researcher, film, Queen Mary University of London)Jason Walsh (journalist; foreign correspondent, CS Monitor)Milo Yiannopoulos (technology editor, Breitbart)]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2080</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015aa73z.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Battle of Ideas special</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Battle of Ideas special</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-battle-of-ideas-special/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-battle-of-ideas-special/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2015 17:06:10 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-battle-of-ideas-special/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Trigger warning: 'If you're easily offended you really shouldn't come.' - Claire Fox</p>
					<p>With just a few days to go before the Institute’s annual Battle 
of Ideas at the Barbican in London, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David 
Bowden get together to talk about what makes the festival unique and why
 it’s an unapologetically unsafe space where ideas are fought over and 
contested, as well as discussing some of the sessions they’re looking 
forward to most.</p>

<p>To find out more about this weekend’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Trigger warning: 'If you're easily offended you really shouldn't come.' - <em>Claire Fox</em></p>
					<p>With just a few days to go before the Institute’s annual Battle 
of Ideas at the Barbican in London, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David 
Bowden get together to talk about what makes the festival unique and why
 it’s an unapologetically unsafe space where ideas are fought over and 
contested, as well as discussing some of the sessions they’re looking 
forward to most.</p>

<p>To find out more about this weekend’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9xeu86/battlespecial.mp3" length="13289040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Trigger warning: 'If you're easily offended you really shouldn't come.' - Claire Fox
					With just a few days to go before the Institute’s annual Battle 
of Ideas at the Barbican in London, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David 
Bowden get together to talk about what makes the festival unique and why
 it’s an unapologetically unsafe space where ideas are fought over and 
contested, as well as discussing some of the sessions they’re looking 
forward to most.

To find out more about this weekend’s festival and buy tickets visit the Battle of Ideas website.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1136</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Are greens the enemies of progress?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Are greens the enemies of progress?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-greens-the-enemies-of-progress/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-greens-the-enemies-of-progress/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2015 17:08:20 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/are-greens-the-enemies-of-progress/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the introductory remarks from last week's Battle of Ideas satellite in Amsterdam</p>
					<p>We are living longer, healthier and richer lifes than ever 
before. These trends have already spread to billions of people in poorer
 countries. But are the costs of all this progress beginning to outweigh
 the benefits? Greens worry that the Earth cannot sustain our desire for
 more, more, more. Do their worries halt progress?</p>

<p>Some believe that environmental concerns have gone too far, putting a
 brake on growth, especially in poor countries. Are the world’s poor 
only allowed to experience ‘sustainable’ development? Lately, a new 
brand of greens is emerging. These so-called ‘eco-modernists’ believe 
the planet can be ecologically vibrant even with many billions more 
people living a good life - if only we would use our scientific 
knowledge to steward the world’s resources. But can science also tell us
 what kind of balance is desirable between allowing humanity to flourish
 while preserving the natural world? Maybe in the end, most people 
simply do not care that much about nature. And what is a good life 
anyway?</p>

<p>Has the modern idea of progress outlived its usefulness? Do we need 
new ways of understanding progress, or is it environmentalism that needs
 an overhaul? And what role do greens play in this debate? Do they want 
to halt progress, or simply to redefine it? Or might their redefinition 
be another way of halting development? Is progress ultimately a myth?</p>

<p>
SPEAKERS</p>

<p>Brendan O’Neill

editor, spiked; columnist, Big Issue; contributor, Spectator</p>

<p>Frank Mulder

researcher, writer and journalist; ; columnist, De Groene Amsterdammer; author, De geluksmachine (The Happiness Machine)</p>

<p>Ted Nordhaus

chairman, Breakthrough Institute</p>

<p>Joris Thijssen

campaigns director, Greenpeace Netherlands</p>

<p>

To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the introductory remarks from last week's Battle of Ideas satellite in Amsterdam</p>
					<p>We are living longer, healthier and richer lifes than ever 
before. These trends have already spread to billions of people in poorer
 countries. But are the costs of all this progress beginning to outweigh
 the benefits? Greens worry that the Earth cannot sustain our desire for
 more, more, more. Do their worries halt progress?</p>

<p>Some believe that environmental concerns have gone too far, putting a
 brake on growth, especially in poor countries. Are the world’s poor 
only allowed to experience ‘sustainable’ development? Lately, a new 
brand of greens is emerging. These so-called ‘eco-modernists’ believe 
the planet can be ecologically vibrant even with many billions more 
people living a good life - if only we would use our scientific 
knowledge to steward the world’s resources. But can science also tell us
 what kind of balance is desirable between allowing humanity to flourish
 while preserving the natural world? Maybe in the end, most people 
simply do not care that much about nature. And what is a good life 
anyway?</p>

<p>Has the modern idea of progress outlived its usefulness? Do we need 
new ways of understanding progress, or is it environmentalism that needs
 an overhaul? And what role do greens play in this debate? Do they want 
to halt progress, or simply to redefine it? Or might their redefinition 
be another way of halting development? Is progress ultimately a myth?</p>

<p><br>
SPEAKERS</p>

<p>Brendan O’Neill<br>

editor, <em>spiked</em>; columnist, <em>Big Issue</em>; contributor,<em> Spectator</em></p>

<p>Frank Mulder<br>

researcher, writer and journalist; ; columnist, <em>De Groene Amsterdammer</em>; author, <em>De geluksmachine (The Happiness Machine)</em></p>

<p>Ted Nordhaus<br>

chairman, Breakthrough Institute</p>

<p>Joris Thijssen<br>

campaigns director, Greenpeace Netherlands</p>

<p><br>

To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ndr6ib/aregreenstheenemies7.mp3" length="25165079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the introductory remarks from last week's Battle of Ideas satellite in Amsterdam
					We are living longer, healthier and richer lifes than ever 
before. These trends have already spread to billions of people in poorer
 countries. But are the costs of all this progress beginning to outweigh
 the benefits? Greens worry that the Earth cannot sustain our desire for
 more, more, more. Do their worries halt progress?

Some believe that environmental concerns have gone too far, putting a
 brake on growth, especially in poor countries. Are the world’s poor 
only allowed to experience ‘sustainable’ development? Lately, a new 
brand of greens is emerging. These so-called ‘eco-modernists’ believe 
the planet can be ecologically vibrant even with many billions more 
people living a good life - if only we would use our scientific 
knowledge to steward the world’s resources. But can science also tell us
 what kind of balance is desirable between allowing humanity to flourish
 while preserving the natural world? Maybe in the end, most people 
simply do not care that much about nature. And what is a good life 
anyway?

Has the modern idea of progress outlived its usefulness? Do we need 
new ways of understanding progress, or is it environmentalism that needs
 an overhaul? And what role do greens play in this debate? Do they want 
to halt progress, or simply to redefine it? Or might their redefinition 
be another way of halting development? Is progress ultimately a myth?

SPEAKERS

Brendan O’Neill
editor, spiked; columnist, Big Issue; contributor, Spectator

Frank Mulder
researcher, writer and journalist; ; columnist, De Groene Amsterdammer; author, De geluksmachine (The Happiness Machine)

Ted Nordhaus
chairman, Breakthrough Institute

Joris Thijssen
campaigns director, Greenpeace Netherlands


To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the Battle of Ideas website.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1960</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleSatellite: Is Britain full?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleSatellite: Is Britain full?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-britain-full/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-britain-full/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2015 16:24:32 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/is-britain-full/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the introductory remarks from this week's Battle of Ideas satellite at the House of St. Barnabas in London</p>
					<p>The announcement that the UK population grew last year by half a
 million – roughly the population of Edinburgh – has provoked much 
discussion about whether the country will cope with an increasing demand
 on resources. With half that rise coming from migration rather than 
births, there have been inevitable calls to impose tougher limitations 
on who can move to this country, heightening debate around free movement
 in the context of Britain’s European Union membership and amid a 
migrant crisis at Calais. For London, the situation is even more 
pressing, with the population this year breaking its historical peak of 
8.6million and expected to rise to 10 million by 2030. With UK national 
house-building at record low levels – less than 150,000 new homes per 
year and with soaring rents in the capital and beyond – many are 
questioning whether the UK can afford an ever-expanding population.</p>

<p>Pro-immigration commentators counter that the UK’s growth is 
testament to its economic health and that highly skilled migrants are 
essential to maintaining that strength and support an increasingly 
ageing population. Yet attempts to introduce Australian-style points 
system of economic migration have proven to be politically fractious and
 difficult to enforce. Others suggest that a radical overhaul of 
Britain’s ailing infrastructure would ensure that a country which has 
built on less than three per cent of its landscape has ample space. 
Nonetheless, with a range of major projects ranging from fracking and 
wind power through to HS2 to Heathrow’s third runway facing considerable
 local and political opposition, there is plenty of pessimism 
surrounding future UK capacity. Government plans to build a range of 
garden cities to ease the burden on the housing sector generate 
sceptical eye-rolling on all sides.</p>

<p>Should the UK’s continued population growth be a cause for 
celebration, or seen as a worrying burden on stretched resources? Will 
governmental plans to decentralise authority on planning and policy lead
 to a range of national powerhouses to ease the strain on the capital, 
or will it only encourage greater Nimbyism? Would tearing up Britain’s 
notoriously restrictive planning regulations liberate the private sector
 or lead to chaotic, unmanaged development? Does the UK face normal 
pressures for a nation of its size and development, or are we suffering 
from a lack of ambition?</p>

<p>SPEAKERS</p>

<p>Tom Chance

housing spokesperson, Green Party</p>

<p>Jonn Elledge

editor, CityMetric; writer, New Statesman</p>

<p>David Goodhart

director, Demos Integration Hub; author, The British Dream: successes and failures of post-war immigration</p>

<p>Phoebe Griffith

associate director, migration, integration and communities, IPPR</p>

<p>Alp Mehmet

retired diplomat; vice-chairman, Migrationwatch UK</p>

<p>Karl Sharro

architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture</p>

<p>
CHAIR</p>

<p>David Bowden

associate director, Institute of Ideas </p>



<p>To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Listen to the introductory remarks from this week's Battle of Ideas satellite at the House of St. Barnabas in London</p>
					<p>The announcement that the UK population grew last year by half a
 million – roughly the population of Edinburgh – has provoked much 
discussion about whether the country will cope with an increasing demand
 on resources. With half that rise coming from migration rather than 
births, there have been inevitable calls to impose tougher limitations 
on who can move to this country, heightening debate around free movement
 in the context of Britain’s European Union membership and amid a 
migrant crisis at Calais. For London, the situation is even more 
pressing, with the population this year breaking its historical peak of 
8.6million and expected to rise to 10 million by 2030. With UK national 
house-building at record low levels – less than 150,000 new homes per 
year and with soaring rents in the capital and beyond – many are 
questioning whether the UK can afford an ever-expanding population.</p>

<p>Pro-immigration commentators counter that the UK’s growth is 
testament to its economic health and that highly skilled migrants are 
essential to maintaining that strength and support an increasingly 
ageing population. Yet attempts to introduce Australian-style points 
system of economic migration have proven to be politically fractious and
 difficult to enforce. Others suggest that a radical overhaul of 
Britain’s ailing infrastructure would ensure that a country which has 
built on less than three per cent of its landscape has ample space. 
Nonetheless, with a range of major projects ranging from fracking and 
wind power through to HS2 to Heathrow’s third runway facing considerable
 local and political opposition, there is plenty of pessimism 
surrounding future UK capacity. Government plans to build a range of 
garden cities to ease the burden on the housing sector generate 
sceptical eye-rolling on all sides.</p>

<p>Should the UK’s continued population growth be a cause for 
celebration, or seen as a worrying burden on stretched resources? Will 
governmental plans to decentralise authority on planning and policy lead
 to a range of national powerhouses to ease the strain on the capital, 
or will it only encourage greater Nimbyism? Would tearing up Britain’s 
notoriously restrictive planning regulations liberate the private sector
 or lead to chaotic, unmanaged development? Does the UK face normal 
pressures for a nation of its size and development, or are we suffering 
from a lack of ambition?</p>

<p>SPEAKERS</p>

<p>Tom Chance<br>

housing spokesperson, Green Party</p>

<p>Jonn Elledge<br>

editor,<em> CityMetric</em>; writer, <em>New Statesman</em></p>

<p>David Goodhart<br>

director, Demos Integration Hub; author, The British Dream: successes and failures of post-war immigration</p>

<p>Phoebe Griffith<br>

associate director, migration, integration and communities, IPPR</p>

<p>Alp Mehmet<br>

retired diplomat; vice-chairman, Migrationwatch UK</p>

<p>Karl Sharro<br>

architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: <em>Towards a New Humanism in Architecture</em></p>

<p><br>
CHAIR</p>

<p>David Bowden<br>

associate director, Institute of Ideas </p>



<p>To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/grf5b8/isbritainfull.mp3" length="13935679" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Listen to the introductory remarks from this week's Battle of Ideas satellite at the House of St. Barnabas in London
					The announcement that the UK population grew last year by half a
 million – roughly the population of Edinburgh – has provoked much 
discussion about whether the country will cope with an increasing demand
 on resources. With half that rise coming from migration rather than 
births, there have been inevitable calls to impose tougher limitations 
on who can move to this country, heightening debate around free movement
 in the context of Britain’s European Union membership and amid a 
migrant crisis at Calais. For London, the situation is even more 
pressing, with the population this year breaking its historical peak of 
8.6million and expected to rise to 10 million by 2030. With UK national 
house-building at record low levels – less than 150,000 new homes per 
year and with soaring rents in the capital and beyond – many are 
questioning whether the UK can afford an ever-expanding population.

Pro-immigration commentators counter that the UK’s growth is 
testament to its economic health and that highly skilled migrants are 
essential to maintaining that strength and support an increasingly 
ageing population. Yet attempts to introduce Australian-style points 
system of economic migration have proven to be politically fractious and
 difficult to enforce. Others suggest that a radical overhaul of 
Britain’s ailing infrastructure would ensure that a country which has 
built on less than three per cent of its landscape has ample space. 
Nonetheless, with a range of major projects ranging from fracking and 
wind power through to HS2 to Heathrow’s third runway facing considerable
 local and political opposition, there is plenty of pessimism 
surrounding future UK capacity. Government plans to build a range of 
garden cities to ease the burden on the housing sector generate 
sceptical eye-rolling on all sides.

Should the UK’s continued population growth be a cause for 
celebration, or seen as a worrying burden on stretched resources? Will 
governmental plans to decentralise authority on planning and policy lead
 to a range of national powerhouses to ease the strain on the capital, 
or will it only encourage greater Nimbyism? Would tearing up Britain’s 
notoriously restrictive planning regulations liberate the private sector
 or lead to chaotic, unmanaged development? Does the UK face normal 
pressures for a nation of its size and development, or are we suffering 
from a lack of ambition?

SPEAKERS

Tom Chance
housing spokesperson, Green Party

Jonn Elledge
editor, CityMetric; writer, New Statesman

David Goodhart
director, Demos Integration Hub; author, The British Dream: successes and failures of post-war immigration

Phoebe Griffith
associate director, migration, integration and communities, IPPR

Alp Mehmet
retired diplomat; vice-chairman, Migrationwatch UK

Karl Sharro
architect; writer; Middle East commentator; co-author, Manifesto: Towards a New Humanism in Architecture

CHAIR

David Bowden
associate director, Institute of Ideas 



To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the Battle of Ideas website.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1436</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: France: liberté, égalité, fraternité today</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: France: liberté, égalité, fraternité today</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/france-liberte-egalite-fraternite-today/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/france-liberte-egalite-fraternite-today/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2015 17:35:30 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/france-liberte-egalite-fraternite-today/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Podcast: Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Shirley Lawes about the state of French politics and society </p>
					<p>The world’s spotlight fell on France early this year with the 
attacks on the offices of Charlie Hebdo. The subsequent wave of 
solidarity, which rallied France around the slogan ‘Je suis Charlie’, 
was heralded by many as a bold reassertion of the nation’s commitment to
 the liberal values of the French Revolution. Indeed, Voltaire’s 
‘Treatise on Tolerance’ climbed to the top of France’s bestseller list 
in the wake of the attacks. These sentiments seemed to be confirmed by 
President François Hollande’s address to the nation, where he defended 
France’s ‘attachment to freedom of speech’ and said that ‘in France all 
beliefs are respected’. Nevertheless, this apparent liberal zeal was 
undermined by a government crackdown the same week, which resulted in 
the arrest of dozens of people, including the controversial comedian 
Dieudonné, for inflammatory remarks about the attacks on social media.</p>

<p>Does France really know what it stands for any more? A 2013 Ipsos 
study found that half of French people believe their country is 
suffering cultural and economic decline, and just a third believe their 
democracy works well. France’s assimilationist policies have failed to 
integrate large swathes of migrants, with the banlieues of major cities 
becoming deprived immigrant ghettos existing very much outside 
mainstream French society. And despite France having some of the 
toughest hate-crime laws in Europe, it now records the highest number of
 anti-Semitic attacks in the world, with a seven-fold increase in such 
violence since the 1990s. Meanwhile, laïcité, or civic secularism, 
originally intended to separate church and state, has come to be seen as
 a veil for discrimination against Muslims, especially with bans on 
certain kinds of dress.</p>

<p>A different kind of attempt to assert what are said to be French 
values can be seen in the rise of the far-right Front National under 
Marine Le Pen, which was the largest party in the 2014 European 
Parliament elections and won over 2000 seats in this year’s local 
government elections. Some commentators on the old left point to the 
weakening of the state as the problem, others mourn what they see as the
 end of working class solidarity and the rise of individualism. 
President Hollande’s election slogan was ‘le changement, c’est 
maintenant’ - change is now. So what really has changed in France, and 
how will it face the future?</p>

<p>In this podcast Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Shirley Lawes about the state 
of French politics and society ahead of the session she is chairing at 
the Battle of Ideas: <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/session_detail/10052'>France: liberté, égalité, fraternité today. </a></p>

<p>To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Podcast: Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Shirley Lawes about the state of French politics and society </p>
					<p>The world’s spotlight fell on France early this year with the 
attacks on the offices of Charlie Hebdo. The subsequent wave of 
solidarity, which rallied France around the slogan ‘Je suis Charlie’, 
was heralded by many as a bold reassertion of the nation’s commitment to
 the liberal values of the French Revolution. Indeed, Voltaire’s 
‘Treatise on Tolerance’ climbed to the top of France’s bestseller list 
in the wake of the attacks. These sentiments seemed to be confirmed by 
President François Hollande’s address to the nation, where he defended 
France’s ‘attachment to freedom of speech’ and said that ‘in France all 
beliefs are respected’. Nevertheless, this apparent liberal zeal was 
undermined by a government crackdown the same week, which resulted in 
the arrest of dozens of people, including the controversial comedian 
Dieudonné, for inflammatory remarks about the attacks on social media.</p>

<p>Does France really know what it stands for any more? A 2013 Ipsos 
study found that half of French people believe their country is 
suffering cultural and economic decline, and just a third believe their 
democracy works well. France’s assimilationist policies have failed to 
integrate large swathes of migrants, with the banlieues of major cities 
becoming deprived immigrant ghettos existing very much outside 
mainstream French society. And despite France having some of the 
toughest hate-crime laws in Europe, it now records the highest number of
 anti-Semitic attacks in the world, with a seven-fold increase in such 
violence since the 1990s. Meanwhile, laïcité, or civic secularism, 
originally intended to separate church and state, has come to be seen as
 a veil for discrimination against Muslims, especially with bans on 
certain kinds of dress.</p>

<p>A different kind of attempt to assert what are said to be French 
values can be seen in the rise of the far-right Front National under 
Marine Le Pen, which was the largest party in the 2014 European 
Parliament elections and won over 2000 seats in this year’s local 
government elections. Some commentators on the old left point to the 
weakening of the state as the problem, others mourn what they see as the
 end of working class solidarity and the rise of individualism. 
President Hollande’s election slogan was ‘le changement, c’est 
maintenant’ - change is now. So what really has changed in France, and 
how will it face the future?</p>

<p>In this podcast Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Shirley Lawes about the state 
of French politics and society ahead of the session she is chairing at 
the Battle of Ideas: <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/session_detail/10052'>France:<em> liberté, égalité, fraternité</em> today. </a></p>

<p>To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/u8dy3e/france3.mp3" length="7050729" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Podcast: Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Shirley Lawes about the state of French politics and society 
					The world’s spotlight fell on France early this year with the 
attacks on the offices of Charlie Hebdo. The subsequent wave of 
solidarity, which rallied France around the slogan ‘Je suis Charlie’, 
was heralded by many as a bold reassertion of the nation’s commitment to
 the liberal values of the French Revolution. Indeed, Voltaire’s 
‘Treatise on Tolerance’ climbed to the top of France’s bestseller list 
in the wake of the attacks. These sentiments seemed to be confirmed by 
President François Hollande’s address to the nation, where he defended 
France’s ‘attachment to freedom of speech’ and said that ‘in France all 
beliefs are respected’. Nevertheless, this apparent liberal zeal was 
undermined by a government crackdown the same week, which resulted in 
the arrest of dozens of people, including the controversial comedian 
Dieudonné, for inflammatory remarks about the attacks on social media.

Does France really know what it stands for any more? A 2013 Ipsos 
study found that half of French people believe their country is 
suffering cultural and economic decline, and just a third believe their 
democracy works well. France’s assimilationist policies have failed to 
integrate large swathes of migrants, with the banlieues of major cities 
becoming deprived immigrant ghettos existing very much outside 
mainstream French society. And despite France having some of the 
toughest hate-crime laws in Europe, it now records the highest number of
 anti-Semitic attacks in the world, with a seven-fold increase in such 
violence since the 1990s. Meanwhile, laïcité, or civic secularism, 
originally intended to separate church and state, has come to be seen as
 a veil for discrimination against Muslims, especially with bans on 
certain kinds of dress.

A different kind of attempt to assert what are said to be French 
values can be seen in the rise of the far-right Front National under 
Marine Le Pen, which was the largest party in the 2014 European 
Parliament elections and won over 2000 seats in this year’s local 
government elections. Some commentators on the old left point to the 
weakening of the state as the problem, others mourn what they see as the
 end of working class solidarity and the rise of individualism. 
President Hollande’s election slogan was ‘le changement, c’est 
maintenant’ - change is now. So what really has changed in France, and 
how will it face the future?

In this podcast Rob Lyons speaks to Dr Shirley Lawes about the state 
of French politics and society ahead of the session she is chairing at 
the Battle of Ideas: France: liberté, égalité, fraternité today. 

To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the Battle of Ideas website.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>633</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20168crs2.gif" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: Eugenics - myth and reality</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: Eugenics - myth and reality</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/eugenics-myth-and-reality/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/eugenics-myth-and-reality/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2015 18:38:01 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/eugenics-myth-and-reality/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons speaks to Sandy Starr about the history of eugenics and whether the term is useful today</p>
					<p>Using techniques like mitochondrial donation - ‘three-person 
IVF’ - we can alter genes to resolve congenital medical conditions. 
Other techniques that change our heritable characteristics will follow. 
But such developments often inspire resistance: the ability to 
manipulate our germlines is sometimes described as ‘eugenics’, invoking 
the horrors of Nazi racial policies, although the term was coined by 
Francis Galton in 1883. Are we going too far in altering our genes or 
should we embrace the ability to conquer illness? Should we worry about 
attempts to ‘improve’ human beings?</p>

<p>

In this week’s podcast Rob speaks to Sandy Starr from the <a href='http://www.progress.org.uk/home'>Progress Educational Trust</a> and convener of the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/strand/9968'>Battle over Life and Death</a>
 strand at this year’s Battle of Ideas about the dark history of 
eugenics and the use and abuse of the term today ahead of a session he’s
 chairing called <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/session_detail/9972'> Eugenics: myth and reality.</a> 
</p>

<p>

To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rob Lyons speaks to Sandy Starr about the history of eugenics and whether the term is useful today</p>
					<p>Using techniques like mitochondrial donation - ‘three-person 
IVF’ - we can alter genes to resolve congenital medical conditions. 
Other techniques that change our heritable characteristics will follow. 
But such developments often inspire resistance: the ability to 
manipulate our germlines is sometimes described as ‘eugenics’, invoking 
the horrors of Nazi racial policies, although the term was coined by 
Francis Galton in 1883. Are we going too far in altering our genes or 
should we embrace the ability to conquer illness? Should we worry about 
attempts to ‘improve’ human beings?</p>

<p><br>

In this week’s podcast Rob speaks to Sandy Starr from the <a href='http://www.progress.org.uk/home'>Progress Educational Trust</a> and convener of the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/strand/9968'>Battle over Life and Death</a>
 strand at this year’s Battle of Ideas about the dark history of 
eugenics and the use and abuse of the term today ahead of a session he’s
 chairing called <em><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/session_detail/9972'> Eugenics: myth and reality.</a> <br>
</em></p>

<p><br>

To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/'>Battle of Ideas</a> website.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6hx74t/sandy2.mp3" length="7386869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons speaks to Sandy Starr about the history of eugenics and whether the term is useful today
					Using techniques like mitochondrial donation - ‘three-person 
IVF’ - we can alter genes to resolve congenital medical conditions. 
Other techniques that change our heritable characteristics will follow. 
But such developments often inspire resistance: the ability to 
manipulate our germlines is sometimes described as ‘eugenics’, invoking 
the horrors of Nazi racial policies, although the term was coined by 
Francis Galton in 1883. Are we going too far in altering our genes or 
should we embrace the ability to conquer illness? Should we worry about 
attempts to ‘improve’ human beings?


In this week’s podcast Rob speaks to Sandy Starr from the Progress Educational Trust and convener of the Battle over Life and Death
 strand at this year’s Battle of Ideas about the dark history of 
eugenics and the use and abuse of the term today ahead of a session he’s
 chairing called  Eugenics: myth and reality. 


To find out more about this year’s festival and buy tickets visit the Battle of Ideas website.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>609</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Square_logo_for_listings.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2016: A tale of two cities - is inequality killing London?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2016: A tale of two cities - is inequality killing London?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/a-tale-of-two-cities-is-inequality-killing-london/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/a-tale-of-two-cities-is-inequality-killing-london/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2015 16:47:34 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/a-tale-of-two-cities-is-inequality-killing-london/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
      <p>Listen to the opening remarks from the Battle of Ideas launch event at the Barbican in London</p>
<p>London
 has, by most accounts, emerged as one of the premier cities of the 
twenty-first century: firmly established as a global hub for finance, 
technology and culture. Yet there have been growing anxieties about the 
effect rising inequality levels are having on the city and its 
inhabitants. Soaring private rental prices and strain on social housing 
have fuelled fears about gentrification driving out long-term residents 
as unfashionable neighbourhoods become regenerated. Such fears have also
 begun to spread among the relatively affluent, with even the New York 
Times‘s departing London correspondent bemoaning the distorting effects 
of foreign investment into the capital’s ‘crazyexpensive’ property 
market. Stories abound of young creatives being priced out to the extent
 that they find commuting from Spain or Berlin a more affordable option.
 More generally, there is a growing conviction that London’s development
 is coming at the expense of a sanitised city, with public space 
becoming increasingly privatised and stage-managed.</p>
<p>While much ire
 has been expressed at the stark disparity between London’s increasing 
range of luxury tower blocks and ‘poor doors’ provided to inhabitants of
 socially affordable accommodation, some have suggested that inequality 
is not as big a problem as lack of adequate infrastructure. A range of 
measures from rent controls to strict penalties for under-occupancy have
 been suggested, although many are sceptical of their long-term impact. 
Almost everyone seems to agree that a chronic lack of housing in the 
city is driving prices through the roof, yet calls to build on the green
 belt and relax planning regulations are met with strong opposition.</p>
<p>Does
 inequality pose a serious threat to the vibrancy of London? Would 
measures such as rent control provide relief to the housing bubble, or 
continue to distract from tackling the problems of supply? Is London in 
danger of becoming a sanitised millionaire’s playground without urgent 
action? Are concerns over ‘hipster gentrification’ a resistance to the 
changing nature of the city, or is there a real threat posed by divided 
communities in an increasingly expensive city? Should the capital’s 
rapid development be a cause for celebration or concern?</p>

    ]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
      <p>Listen to the opening remarks from the Battle of Ideas launch event at the Barbican in London</p>
<p>London
 has, by most accounts, emerged as one of the premier cities of the 
twenty-first century: firmly established as a global hub for finance, 
technology and culture. Yet there have been growing anxieties about the 
effect rising inequality levels are having on the city and its 
inhabitants. Soaring private rental prices and strain on social housing 
have fuelled fears about gentrification driving out long-term residents 
as unfashionable neighbourhoods become regenerated. Such fears have also
 begun to spread among the relatively affluent, with even the New York 
Times‘s departing London correspondent bemoaning the distorting effects 
of foreign investment into the capital’s ‘crazyexpensive’ property 
market. Stories abound of young creatives being priced out to the extent
 that they find commuting from Spain or Berlin a more affordable option.
 More generally, there is a growing conviction that London’s development
 is coming at the expense of a sanitised city, with public space 
becoming increasingly privatised and stage-managed.</p>
<p>While much ire
 has been expressed at the stark disparity between London’s increasing 
range of luxury tower blocks and ‘poor doors’ provided to inhabitants of
 socially affordable accommodation, some have suggested that inequality 
is not as big a problem as lack of adequate infrastructure. A range of 
measures from rent controls to strict penalties for under-occupancy have
 been suggested, although many are sceptical of their long-term impact. 
Almost everyone seems to agree that a chronic lack of housing in the 
city is driving prices through the roof, yet calls to build on the green
 belt and relax planning regulations are met with strong opposition.</p>
<p>Does
 inequality pose a serious threat to the vibrancy of London? Would 
measures such as rent control provide relief to the housing bubble, or 
continue to distract from tackling the problems of supply? Is London in 
danger of becoming a sanitised millionaire’s playground without urgent 
action? Are concerns over ‘hipster gentrification’ a resistance to the 
changing nature of the city, or is there a real threat posed by divided 
communities in an increasingly expensive city? Should the capital’s 
rapid development be a cause for celebration or concern?</p>

    ]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/8beasi/SONG036.mp3" length="16873504" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
      Listen to the opening remarks from the Battle of Ideas launch event at the Barbican in LondonLondon
 has, by most accounts, emerged as one of the premier cities of the 
twenty-first century: firmly established as a global hub for finance, 
technology and culture. Yet there have been growing anxieties about the 
effect rising inequality levels are having on the city and its 
inhabitants. Soaring private rental prices and strain on social housing 
have fuelled fears about gentrification driving out long-term residents 
as unfashionable neighbourhoods become regenerated. Such fears have also
 begun to spread among the relatively affluent, with even the New York 
Times‘s departing London correspondent bemoaning the distorting effects 
of foreign investment into the capital’s ‘crazyexpensive’ property 
market. Stories abound of young creatives being priced out to the extent
 that they find commuting from Spain or Berlin a more affordable option.
 More generally, there is a growing conviction that London’s development
 is coming at the expense of a sanitised city, with public space 
becoming increasingly privatised and stage-managed.While much ire
 has been expressed at the stark disparity between London’s increasing 
range of luxury tower blocks and ‘poor doors’ provided to inhabitants of
 socially affordable accommodation, some have suggested that inequality 
is not as big a problem as lack of adequate infrastructure. A range of 
measures from rent controls to strict penalties for under-occupancy have
 been suggested, although many are sceptical of their long-term impact. 
Almost everyone seems to agree that a chronic lack of housing in the 
city is driving prices through the roof, yet calls to build on the green
 belt and relax planning regulations are met with strong opposition.Does
 inequality pose a serious threat to the vibrancy of London? Would 
measures such as rent control provide relief to the housing bubble, or 
continue to distract from tackling the problems of supply? Is London in 
danger of becoming a sanitised millionaire’s playground without urgent 
action? Are concerns over ‘hipster gentrification’ a resistance to the 
changing nature of the city, or is there a real threat posed by divided 
communities in an increasingly expensive city? Should the capital’s 
rapid development be a cause for celebration or concern?
    ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1630</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_201688kcw.gif" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: making happiness policy</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: making happiness policy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-happiness/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-happiness/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2015 17:19:26 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-happiness/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Rob Lyons speaks to philosopher Piers Benn about the nature of happiness and why it has become a Government policy objective in recent years.
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Rob Lyons speaks to philosopher Piers Benn about the nature of happiness and why it has become a Government policy objective in recent years.<br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/gmbzwd/piers.mp3" length="9180813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Rob Lyons speaks to philosopher Piers Benn about the nature of happiness and why it has become a Government policy objective in recent years.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>769</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Aylan Kurdi, the migration crisis and drone strikes</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Aylan Kurdi, the migration crisis and drone strikes</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-16/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-16/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2015 15:12:03 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-16/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[In this week's Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the week's news, including the migrant crisis and the drone assassinations of two British Jihadis in the Islamic State. 
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[In this week's Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the week's news, including the migrant crisis and the drone assassinations of two British Jihadis in the Islamic State. <br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kvcjw6/poi16.mp3" length="18534740" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this week's Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David Bowden discuss the week's news, including the migrant crisis and the drone assassinations of two British Jihadis in the Islamic State. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1629</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: US shootings, migrant crisis and robot wars</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: US shootings, migrant crisis and robot wars</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-15-us-shootings-migrant-crisis-robot-wars-and-the-uk-education-system/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-15-us-shootings-migrant-crisis-robot-wars-and-the-uk-education-system/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2015 16:56:18 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-15-us-shootings-migrant-crisis-robot-wars-and-the-uk-education-system/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David
 Bowden discuss the murder of two journalists on live television by a 
disgruntled former colleague in the United States, and the latest tragic
 events in the ongoing European migration crisis. Rob talks to Martyn 
Perks about the growing fears about the role of artificial intelligence 
and robots in society in everything from manufacturing to warfare, and 
why a machine could never become truly human, ahead of his session at 
the upcoming Battle of Ideas session titled <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/session_detail/10073'>Man vs machine: who controls the robots?</a>.
 And after the release of this year’s GCSE results, Philip Walters comes
 in to discuss the state of education in the UK and whether exams for 
16-year-olds are necessary any more.     </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David
 Bowden discuss the murder of two journalists on live television by a 
disgruntled former colleague in the United States, and the latest tragic
 events in the ongoing European migration crisis. Rob talks to Martyn 
Perks about the growing fears about the role of artificial intelligence 
and robots in society in everything from manufacturing to warfare, and 
why a machine could never become truly human, ahead of his session at 
the upcoming Battle of Ideas session titled <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2015/session_detail/10073'>Man vs machine: who controls the robots?</a>.
 And after the release of this year’s GCSE results, Philip Walters comes
 in to discuss the state of education in the UK and whether exams for 
16-year-olds are necessary any more.     </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ar6ci2/PoI15.mp3" length="25295758" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and David
 Bowden discuss the murder of two journalists on live television by a 
disgruntled former colleague in the United States, and the latest tragic
 events in the ongoing European migration crisis. Rob talks to Martyn 
Perks about the growing fears about the role of artificial intelligence 
and robots in society in everything from manufacturing to warfare, and 
why a machine could never become truly human, ahead of his session at 
the upcoming Battle of Ideas session titled Man vs machine: who controls the robots?.
 And after the release of this year’s GCSE results, Philip Walters comes
 in to discuss the state of education in the UK and whether exams for 
16-year-olds are necessary any more.     ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2389</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Kid’s Company, doping and milk prices</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Kid’s Company, doping and milk prices</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-14/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-14/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 14 Aug 2015 17:11:44 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-14/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[Discussion of the news, race and policing in America and Immanuel Kant
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and Dave Bowden discuss the big stories of the past few weeks, including the scandal at Kid’s Company, doping in sport and the row over falling milk prices. Rob speaks to Jean Smith from the New York Salon about race and policing in America ahead of her session on the subject at the Battle of Ideas, and we have Steve Murphy’s mini lecture from the Institute’s recent event University in One Day on Immanuel Kant and the nature of enlightenment.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[Discussion of the news, race and policing in America and Immanuel Kant
<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and Dave Bowden discuss the big stories of the past few weeks, including the scandal at Kid’s Company, doping in sport and the row over falling milk prices. Rob speaks to Jean Smith from the New York Salon about race and policing in America ahead of her session on the subject at the Battle of Ideas, and we have Steve Murphy’s mini lecture from the Institute’s recent event University in One Day on Immanuel Kant and the nature of enlightenment.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/z6w3fu/Poi14final.mp3" length="35197514" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Discussion of the news, race and policing in America and Immanuel Kant
In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and Dave Bowden discuss the big stories of the past few weeks, including the scandal at Kid’s Company, doping in sport and the row over falling milk prices. Rob speaks to Jean Smith from the New York Salon about race and policing in America ahead of her session on the subject at the Battle of Ideas, and we have Steve Murphy’s mini lecture from the Institute’s recent event University in One Day on Immanuel Kant and the nature of enlightenment.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3083</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Jeremy Corbyn, Lord Sewell and Ashley Madison</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Jeremy Corbyn, Lord Sewell and Ashley Madison</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-13/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-13/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2015 20:10:40 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-13/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and Dave Bowden discuss the big stories of the last few weeks including the rise of Jeremy Corbyn, the fall of Lord Sewell, the Ashley Madison leak, David Cameron's miguided strategy for tackling ISIS and the Brighton smoking ban. 

</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and Dave Bowden discuss the big stories of the last few weeks including the rise of Jeremy Corbyn, the fall of Lord Sewell, the Ashley Madison leak, David Cameron's miguided strategy for tackling ISIS and the Brighton smoking ban. <br>
<br>
</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7b2mnr/POI13final.mp3" length="19996627" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas Rob Lyons, Claire Fox and Dave Bowden discuss the big stories of the last few weeks including the rise of Jeremy Corbyn, the fall of Lord Sewell, the Ashley Madison leak, David Cameron's miguided strategy for tackling ISIS and the Brighton smoking ban. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1587</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>City of London Festival - highlights from our Justice, Money and Power series</title>
        <itunes:title>City of London Festival - highlights from our Justice, Money and Power series</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/highlights-from-our-justice-money-and-power-series/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/highlights-from-our-justice-money-and-power-series/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2015 13:23:53 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/highlights-from-our-justice-money-and-power-series/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Highlights from the AOI's Justice Money Power debates at the City of London Festival </p>
<p>In this week’s podcast we here some of the most informative and inspiring speeches from the Institute’s recent Justice, Money and Power debates at the City of London Festival, including chairman of the Night Time Industry Association’s Alan Miller’s defence of the night-time economy as a force for societal good at our Fight For Your Right To Party debate at the Bishopsgate Institute. Economist Phil Mullan gives a worrying prognosis for the British economy unless we can stimulate real econonic growth at our Are We Heading For Another Crisis? event, also at the Bishopsgate Institute. Architect Alastair Donald makes a powerful argument for building huge numbers of new houses across the UK to end the housing crisis at A Tale Of Two Cities: Skyscrapers And Slums at London & Partners, and Professor of Law John Fitzpatrick gives a history of the development of human liberties since Magna Carta and proffers what his thinks should be the next great leap in human freedom at A Twenty-First-Century Magna Carta.</p>
<p>Full recordings of the Justice, Money and Power series will be available for download soon. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Highlights from the AOI's Justice Money Power debates at the City of London Festival </p>
<p>In this week’s podcast we here some of the most informative and inspiring speeches from the Institute’s recent Justice, Money and Power debates at the City of London Festival, including chairman of the Night Time Industry Association’s Alan Miller’s defence of the night-time economy as a force for societal good at our Fight For Your Right To Party debate at the Bishopsgate Institute. Economist Phil Mullan gives a worrying prognosis for the British economy unless we can stimulate real econonic growth at our Are We Heading For Another Crisis? event, also at the Bishopsgate Institute. Architect Alastair Donald makes a powerful argument for building huge numbers of new houses across the UK to end the housing crisis at A Tale Of Two Cities: Skyscrapers And Slums at London & Partners, and Professor of Law John Fitzpatrick gives a history of the development of human liberties since Magna Carta and proffers what his thinks should be the next great leap in human freedom at A Twenty-First-Century Magna Carta.</p>
<p>Full recordings of the Justice, Money and Power series will be available for download soon. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/6ht2by/COLFhighlights.mp3" length="30950709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Highlights from the AOI's Justice Money Power debates at the City of London Festival 
In this week’s podcast we here some of the most informative and inspiring speeches from the Institute’s recent Justice, Money and Power debates at the City of London Festival, including chairman of the Night Time Industry Association’s Alan Miller’s defence of the night-time economy as a force for societal good at our Fight For Your Right To Party debate at the Bishopsgate Institute. Economist Phil Mullan gives a worrying prognosis for the British economy unless we can stimulate real econonic growth at our Are We Heading For Another Crisis? event, also at the Bishopsgate Institute. Architect Alastair Donald makes a powerful argument for building huge numbers of new houses across the UK to end the housing crisis at A Tale Of Two Cities: Skyscrapers And Slums at London & Partners, and Professor of Law John Fitzpatrick gives a history of the development of human liberties since Magna Carta and proffers what his thinks should be the next great leap in human freedom at A Twenty-First-Century Magna Carta.
Full recordings of the Justice, Money and Power series will be available for download soon. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2191</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Ioisquarelogoitunes.jpg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Greg Lukianoff, Sebastian Morello and DM at the British Library</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Greg Lukianoff, Sebastian Morello and DM at the British Library</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas12-free-speech-in-education-a-great-renaissance-thinker-plus-our-take-on-the-weeks-news/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas12-free-speech-in-education-a-great-renaissance-thinker-plus-our-take-on-the-weeks-news/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jul 2015 16:49:12 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas12-free-speech-in-education-a-great-renaissance-thinker-plus-our-take-on-the-weeks-news/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob speaks to Greg Lukianoff from the <a href='http://www.thefire.org/'>Foundation for Individual Rights in Education</a> (FIRE) about the fight for freedom of speech on US campuses amid an increasingly intolerant climate. Following the Institute’s inaugural University in One Day this week, we hear Sebastian Morello’s mini-lecture from the event on why Pico della Mirandola’s 1486 Oration on the Dignity of Man is a foundational work for humanist thought. David Bowden and Adam Rawcliffe come in to give us their views on the week’s news stories, and Nadia Butt reports back on last weekend’s Debating Matter National Final at the British Library in London.</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob speaks to Greg Lukianoff from the <a href='http://www.thefire.org/'>Foundation for Individual Rights in Education</a> (FIRE) about the fight for freedom of speech on US campuses amid an increasingly intolerant climate. Following the Institute’s inaugural University in One Day this week, we hear Sebastian Morello’s mini-lecture from the event on why Pico della Mirandola’s 1486 <em style="margin:0px;padding:0px;font-family:Cambria, serif;font-size:18px;line-height:23px;background-color:#ffffff;">Oration on the Dignity of Man</em> is a foundational work for humanist thought. David Bowden and Adam Rawcliffe come in to give us their views on the week’s news stories, and Nadia Butt reports back on last weekend’s Debating Matter National Final at the British Library in London.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/awvtgb/PoI12.mp3" length="30809257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob speaks to Greg Lukianoff from the Foundation for Individual Rights in Education (FIRE) about the fight for freedom of speech on US campuses amid an increasingly intolerant climate. Following the Institute’s inaugural University in One Day this week, we hear Sebastian Morello’s mini-lecture from the event on why Pico della Mirandola’s 1486 Oration on the Dignity of Man is a foundational work for humanist thought. David Bowden and Adam Rawcliffe come in to give us their views on the week’s news stories, and Nadia Butt reports back on last weekend’s Debating Matter National Final at the British Library in London.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2578</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: climate change and the pope, Rachel Dolezal and the DM final</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: climate change and the pope, Rachel Dolezal and the DM final</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-11-progress-from-renaissance-to-enlightenment-the-politics-of-gender-and-race-and-a-look-forward-to-the-debating-matters-national-final/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-11-progress-from-renaissance-to-enlightenment-the-politics-of-gender-and-race-and-a-look-forward-to-the-debating-matters-national-final/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2015 17:40:27 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-11-progress-from-renaissance-to-enlightenment-the-politics-of-gender-and-race-and-a-look-forward-to-the-debating-matters-national-final/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons and David Bowden dissect the week’s news including the pope’s encyclical on climate change, the Rachel Dolezal fiasco and the oppressive licensing laws killing off the nation’s nightlife. Professor Alan Hudson talks about University in One Day, the Institute’s new initiative for sixth formers, and why the Renaissance matters. Jason Smith tells us about next week’s Debating Matters National Final, and we hear some of the highlights from the recent Birmingham Salon event on the rise of transgender issues as a political force. </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons and David Bowden dissect the week’s news including the pope’s encyclical on climate change, the Rachel Dolezal fiasco and the oppressive licensing laws killing off the nation’s nightlife. Professor Alan Hudson talks about University in One Day, the Institute’s new initiative for sixth formers, and why the Renaissance matters. Jason Smith tells us about next week’s Debating Matters National Final, and we hear some of the highlights from the recent Birmingham Salon event on the rise of transgender issues as a political force. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4u5s9t/PoI11.mp3" length="23990793" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this week’s Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons and David Bowden dissect the week’s news including the pope’s encyclical on climate change, the Rachel Dolezal fiasco and the oppressive licensing laws killing off the nation’s nightlife. Professor Alan Hudson talks about University in One Day, the Institute’s new initiative for sixth formers, and why the Renaissance matters. Jason Smith tells us about next week’s Debating Matters National Final, and we hear some of the highlights from the recent Birmingham Salon event on the rise of transgender issues as a political force. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2061</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: FIFA Scandal, professionalism in crisis and a new approach to primary teaching</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: FIFA Scandal, professionalism in crisis and a new approach to primary teaching</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-10-fifa-scandal-professioanlism-in-crisis-and-a-new-appraoch-to-primary-teaching/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-10-fifa-scandal-professioanlism-in-crisis-and-a-new-appraoch-to-primary-teaching/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2015 16:54:06 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-10-fifa-scandal-professioanlism-in-crisis-and-a-new-appraoch-to-primary-teaching/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/idgzej/POI10.mp3" length="21271696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1878</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Are we all vulnerable now?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Are we all vulnerable now?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-are-we-all-vulnerable-now/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-are-we-all-vulnerable-now/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2015 17:28:38 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-are-we-all-vulnerable-now/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">In official terms, ‘the vulnerable’ used to be narrowly defined by the 1995 Care Commission report as referring to people in extreme circumstances, like the homeless, or those unable to look after themselves mentally or physically. Today, however, it is the term of choice to describe anyone and everyone deemed to be in need of sympathy, especially those hit by government cuts – ‘a savage attack on the most vulnerable members of our society’, etc - but also much more widely.</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">The unemployed are vulnerable to depression; women are vulnerable to ‘everyday sexism’; immigrants are vulnerable to trafficking or even slavery, not to mention FGM; teenage girls are vulnerable to body-image issues; and teenage boys are vulnerable to being warped by pornography. A coroner recently called on the Ministry of Defence to review its care for vulnerable soldiers at risk of suicide and bullying. Meanwhile, more radical campaigners increasingly seem to see ‘vulnerability’ as a collective condition affecting just about everyone under rampageous capitalism.</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Solutions invariably involve calls for more support and protection for those deemed vulnerable. Nurseries, schools and universities create new systems and activities to support growing numbers of these deemed ‘vulnerable’ – often merely by dint of youth – aiming to ‘build resilience’ and develop ‘survival strategies’. Politicians have called for teacher training to include methods for helping children develop ‘grit, determination and the ability to work in teams in challenging circumstances’. The All-Party Parliamentary Group on Social Mobility has said schoolchildren should be taught character and given the resilience and determination to overcome setbacks in life.</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">But can grit and determination really be taught? Or does a preoccupation with vulnerability actually threaten to sap our resilience, making us dependent on external support? If we begin by defining ourselves and others as powerless, how can we hope to change the conditions that undermine material, physical and mental well-being? And with so many labelled vulnerable, how do education and welfare professionals differentiate between competing claims and judge how to allocate scarce resources?</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">SPEAKERS</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Debora Green 
head of student support and wellbeing; University of Sheffield</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Jen Lexmond 
director, Character Counts</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Dr Mark Taylor 
deputy head of school, Addey and Stanhope comprehensive school; London convenor, IoI Education Forum</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Professor Sir Simon Wessely 
head, department of psychological medicine, Institute of Psychiatry, King's College London; president, Royal College of Psychiatrists</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">CHAIR
Kathryn Ecclestone 
professor of education, University of Sheffield; author, Governing Vulnerable Subjects in a Therapeutic Age (forthcoming)</p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">In official terms, ‘the vulnerable’ used to be narrowly defined by the 1995 Care Commission report as referring to people in extreme circumstances, like the homeless, or those unable to look after themselves mentally or physically. Today, however, it is the term of choice to describe anyone and everyone deemed to be in need of sympathy, especially those hit by government cuts – ‘a savage attack on the most vulnerable members of our society’, etc - but also much more widely.</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">The unemployed are vulnerable to depression; women are vulnerable to ‘everyday sexism’; immigrants are vulnerable to trafficking or even slavery, not to mention FGM; teenage girls are vulnerable to body-image issues; and teenage boys are vulnerable to being warped by pornography. A coroner recently called on the Ministry of Defence to review its care for vulnerable soldiers at risk of suicide and bullying. Meanwhile, more radical campaigners increasingly seem to see ‘vulnerability’ as a collective condition affecting just about everyone under rampageous capitalism.</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Solutions invariably involve calls for more support and protection for those deemed vulnerable. Nurseries, schools and universities create new systems and activities to support growing numbers of these deemed ‘vulnerable’ – often merely by dint of youth – aiming to ‘build resilience’ and develop ‘survival strategies’. Politicians have called for teacher training to include methods for helping children develop ‘grit, determination and the ability to work in teams in challenging circumstances’. The All-Party Parliamentary Group on Social Mobility has said schoolchildren should be taught character and given the resilience and determination to overcome setbacks in life.</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">But can grit and determination really be taught? Or does a preoccupation with vulnerability actually threaten to sap our resilience, making us dependent on external support? If we begin by defining ourselves and others as powerless, how can we hope to change the conditions that undermine material, physical and mental well-being? And with so many labelled vulnerable, how do education and welfare professionals differentiate between competing claims and judge how to allocate scarce resources?</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">SPEAKERS</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Debora Green <br>
head of student support and wellbeing; University of Sheffield</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Jen Lexmond <br>
director, Character Counts</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Dr Mark Taylor <br>
deputy head of school, Addey and Stanhope comprehensive school; London convenor, IoI Education Forum</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">Professor Sir Simon Wessely <br>
head, department of psychological medicine, Institute of Psychiatry, King's College London; president, Royal College of Psychiatrists</p>
<p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:Interstate, 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Sans', Garuda, Verdana, Tahoma, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:19.6000003814697px;">CHAIR<br>
Kathryn Ecclestone <br>
professor of education, University of Sheffield; author, Governing Vulnerable Subjects in a Therapeutic Age (forthcoming)</p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ds9tnv/vulnerable_now_pod.mp3" length="60651159" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In official terms, ‘the vulnerable’ used to be narrowly defined by the 1995 Care Commission report as referring to people in extreme circumstances, like the homeless, or those unable to look after themselves mentally or physically. Today, however, it is the term of choice to describe anyone and everyone deemed to be in need of sympathy, especially those hit by government cuts – ‘a savage attack on the most vulnerable members of our society’, etc - but also much more widely.The unemployed are vulnerable to depression; women are vulnerable to ‘everyday sexism’; immigrants are vulnerable to trafficking or even slavery, not to mention FGM; teenage girls are vulnerable to body-image issues; and teenage boys are vulnerable to being warped by pornography. A coroner recently called on the Ministry of Defence to review its care for vulnerable soldiers at risk of suicide and bullying. Meanwhile, more radical campaigners increasingly seem to see ‘vulnerability’ as a collective condition affecting just about everyone under rampageous capitalism.Solutions invariably involve calls for more support and protection for those deemed vulnerable. Nurseries, schools and universities create new systems and activities to support growing numbers of these deemed ‘vulnerable’ – often merely by dint of youth – aiming to ‘build resilience’ and develop ‘survival strategies’. Politicians have called for teacher training to include methods for helping children develop ‘grit, determination and the ability to work in teams in challenging circumstances’. The All-Party Parliamentary Group on Social Mobility has said schoolchildren should be taught character and given the resilience and determination to overcome setbacks in life.But can grit and determination really be taught? Or does a preoccupation with vulnerability actually threaten to sap our resilience, making us dependent on external support? If we begin by defining ourselves and others as powerless, how can we hope to change the conditions that undermine material, physical and mental well-being? And with so many labelled vulnerable, how do education and welfare professionals differentiate between competing claims and judge how to allocate scarce resources?SPEAKERSDebora Green head of student support and wellbeing; University of SheffieldJen Lexmond director, Character CountsDr Mark Taylor deputy head of school, Addey and Stanhope comprehensive school; London convenor, IoI Education ForumProfessor Sir Simon Wessely head, department of psychological medicine, Institute of Psychiatry, King's College London; president, Royal College of PsychiatristsCHAIRKathryn Ecclestone professor of education, University of Sheffield; author, Governing Vulnerable Subjects in a Therapeutic Age (forthcoming)]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5284</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Fighting for the right to party and the history of theatre</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Fighting for the right to party and the history of theatre</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-9-fighting-for-the-right-to-party-the-history-of-theatre-and-our-upcoming-events-on-justice-money-and-power/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-9-fighting-for-the-right-to-party-the-history-of-theatre-and-our-upcoming-events-on-justice-money-and-power/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2015 17:35:38 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-9-fighting-for-the-right-to-party-the-history-of-theatre-and-our-upcoming-events-on-justice-money-and-power/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/q9gfsd/poi9final2.mp3" length="25118226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2030</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2011: Can conservatism survive the 21st century?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2011: Can conservatism survive the 21st century?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-conservatism-survive-the-21st-century/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-conservatism-survive-the-21st-century/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2015 17:09:39 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/can-conservatism-survive-the-21st-century/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jfbktm/Conservatism.mp3" length="52021939" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5089</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2011911l3.gif" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: The EU in crisis, the UK economy and the General Election campaign</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: The EU in crisis, the UK economy and the General Election campaign</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-8-the-eu-in-crisis-the-uk-economy-and-our-round-up-of-the-general-election-campaign/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-8-the-eu-in-crisis-the-uk-economy-and-our-round-up-of-the-general-election-campaign/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2015 17:33:38 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-8-the-eu-in-crisis-the-uk-economy-and-our-round-up-of-the-general-election-campaign/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fu2sb8/PoI8Final.mp3" length="19959048" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2901</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2013: Time to get serious about irony</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2013: Time to get serious about irony</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/time-to-get-serious-about-irony-1429894193/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/time-to-get-serious-about-irony-1429894193/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2015 17:49:53 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/time-to-get-serious-about-irony-1429894193/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wspmzg/Timetogetseriousaboutirony.mp3" length="43691582" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3855</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20136js5e.jpeg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Solving the housing crisis, scrapping the Human Rights Act and a breakthrough in autism research</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Solving the housing crisis, scrapping the Human Rights Act and a breakthrough in autism research</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-7-solving-the-housing-crisis-scrapping-the-human-rights-act-and-a-breakthrough-in-autism-research/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-7-solving-the-housing-crisis-scrapping-the-human-rights-act-and-a-breakthrough-in-autism-research/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2015 17:09:17 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-7-solving-the-housing-crisis-scrapping-the-human-rights-act-and-a-breakthrough-in-autism-research/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Alastair Donald from the Future Cities Project about what can be done to solve the UK's housing crisis and barrister Jon Holbrook comes in to tell us why he would scrap the Human Rights Act. Rob also talks to Dr Fiona McEwen from King's College London's Institute of Psychiatry on new research, which appears to show that autism is largely caused by genetic and not environmental factors, members of the Institute of Ideas team give us their opinions on the week's stories, and Geoff Kidder reports back from the inaugural session of the Dublin Salon.  
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Alastair Donald from the Future Cities Project about what can be done to solve the UK's housing crisis and barrister Jon Holbrook comes in to tell us why he would scrap the Human Rights Act. Rob also talks to Dr Fiona McEwen from King's College London's Institute of Psychiatry on new research, which appears to show that autism is largely caused by genetic and not environmental factors, members of the Institute of Ideas team give us their opinions on the week's stories, and Geoff Kidder reports back from the inaugural session of the Dublin Salon.  <br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wjzqbf/PoIepisode7.mp3" length="30486493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this edition of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to Alastair Donald from the Future Cities Project about what can be done to solve the UK's housing crisis and barrister Jon Holbrook comes in to tell us why he would scrap the Human Rights Act. Rob also talks to Dr Fiona McEwen from King's College London's Institute of Psychiatry on new research, which appears to show that autism is largely caused by genetic and not environmental factors, members of the Institute of Ideas team give us their opinions on the week's stories, and Geoff Kidder reports back from the inaugural session of the Dublin Salon.  ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2486</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Richard III, General Election and rejuvenating the economy</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Richard III, General Election and rejuvenating the economy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-6-richard-iiithe-uk-general-election-and-rejuvenating-the-economy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-6-richard-iiithe-uk-general-election-and-rejuvenating-the-economy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2015 16:01:44 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-6-richard-iiithe-uk-general-election-and-rejuvenating-the-economy/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kzb689/PoI6final.mp3" length="31728612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2527</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Racial equality laws, free speech on campus and tackling childhood obesity</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Racial equality laws, free speech on campus and tackling childhood obesity</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-5/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-5/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:39:06 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-5/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[In this week's podcast of Ideas David Bowden talks to Dolan Cummings about whether racial equality laws are now, or ever have been, needed in the UK, Rob Lyons addresses an event held by Policy Exchange on childhood obesity, and spiked's assistant editor Tom Slater comes in to talk about the Down With Campus Censorship! campaign.]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[In this week's podcast of Ideas David Bowden talks to Dolan Cummings about whether racial equality laws are now, or ever have been, needed in the UK, Rob Lyons addresses an event held by Policy Exchange on childhood obesity, and spiked's assistant editor Tom Slater comes in to talk about the Down With Campus Censorship! campaign.]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/j7t2s3/PoIepisode5.mp3" length="16153358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this week's podcast of Ideas David Bowden talks to Dolan Cummings about whether racial equality laws are now, or ever have been, needed in the UK, Rob Lyons addresses an event held by Policy Exchange on childhood obesity, and spiked's assistant editor Tom Slater comes in to talk about the Down With Campus Censorship! campaign.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1301</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Ukraine: Cold War rebooted?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Ukraine: Cold War rebooted?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/ukraine-cold-war-rebooted/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/ukraine-cold-war-rebooted/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2015 17:36:44 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/ukraine-cold-war-rebooted/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
<p style="margin-top:0px;">The recent crisis in Ukraine has been widely portrayed in the West as a rerun of the Cold War, with a peaceful pro-EU Ukraine being pulled apart as the result of an aggressive and newly expansionist Russia seeking to re-establish hegemony over its neighbourhood. Russia’s annexing of the Ukrainian region of Crimea has been roundly condemned as violating international law, state sovereignty, democracy and causing the most serious crisis in European security since the end of the Cold War. The situation is complicated, however, by the close historic ties between Russia and Ukraine and the fact that many Russian-speaking Ukrainians want to maintain them, as well as the fact that Crimea was actually part of Russia within living memory.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;">Significantly, however, in recent decades Russia has tended to cite the importance of national sovereignty in opposition to Western-led foreign interventions; this is the first time it has accepted the idea that sovereignty can be overridden by other concerns. So is this the beginning of a newly aggressive Russian foreign policy, or is Ukraine a special case?</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;">Some commentators have presented a different narrative from the Western one of Russian expansionism, pointing to European and American actions in the run-up to the crisis, such as US senator John McCain’s visit to anti-government protesters in Kiev’s Maidan before the fall of the government. It is argued that the EU and the American directly intervened with the effect of destabilising Ukraine by delegitimising an elected government and effectively hand-picking a new government, alarming many Ukrainians, in particular those in the Crimea and other Russian-speaking areas. Appeals to Ukrainian national sovereignty are further complicated by the fact that anti-Russian Ukrainians’ desire to join the EU arguably means swapping client status with one bigger power for another.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;">So who is right? How should we understand the current crisis over Ukraine? Is it a new Cold War provoked by Russian aggression or do we need to look closer to home to understand the causes?</p>

 



SPEAKERS


 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1463'>Professor Ivan Krastev</a> 
Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>


<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/212'>Dr Tara McCormack</a> 
lecturer in international politics, University of Leicester; author, Critique, Security and Power: the political limits to emancipatory approaches

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>


<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/7977'>Will Vernon</a> 
producer, BBC News (speaking in a personal capacity)

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>


<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9135'>Dr Kataryna Wolczuk</a> 
reader in politics and international studies, University of Birmingham

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>



CHAIR


 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/220'>Bruno Waterfield</a> 
Brussels correspondent, Daily Telegraph; co-author, No Means No
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p style="margin-top:0px;">The recent crisis in Ukraine has been widely portrayed in the West as a rerun of the Cold War, with a peaceful pro-EU Ukraine being pulled apart as the result of an aggressive and newly expansionist Russia seeking to re-establish hegemony over its neighbourhood. Russia’s annexing of the Ukrainian region of Crimea has been roundly condemned as violating international law, state sovereignty, democracy and causing the most serious crisis in European security since the end of the Cold War. The situation is complicated, however, by the close historic ties between Russia and Ukraine and the fact that many Russian-speaking Ukrainians want to maintain them, as well as the fact that Crimea was actually part of Russia within living memory.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;">Significantly, however, in recent decades Russia has tended to cite the importance of national sovereignty in opposition to Western-led foreign interventions; this is the first time it has accepted the idea that sovereignty can be overridden by other concerns. So is this the beginning of a newly aggressive Russian foreign policy, or is Ukraine a special case?</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;">Some commentators have presented a different narrative from the Western one of Russian expansionism, pointing to European and American actions in the run-up to the crisis, such as US senator John McCain’s visit to anti-government protesters in Kiev’s Maidan before the fall of the government. It is argued that the EU and the American directly intervened with the effect of destabilising Ukraine by delegitimising an elected government and effectively hand-picking a new government, alarming many Ukrainians, in particular those in the Crimea and other Russian-speaking areas. Appeals to Ukrainian national sovereignty are further complicated by the fact that anti-Russian Ukrainians’ desire to join the EU arguably means swapping client status with one bigger power for another.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;">So who is right? How should we understand the current crisis over Ukraine? Is it a new Cold War provoked by Russian aggression or do we need to look closer to home to understand the causes?</p>

 



SPEAKERS


 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1463'>Professor Ivan Krastev</a> <br>
Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>


<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/212'>Dr Tara McCormack</a> <br>
lecturer in international politics, University of Leicester; author, <em>Critique, Security and Power: the political limits to emancipatory approaches</em>

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>


<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/7977'>Will Vernon</a> <br>
producer, BBC News (speaking in a personal capacity)

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>


<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9135'>Dr Kataryna Wolczuk</a> <br>
reader in politics and international studies, University of Birmingham

<p class="item" style="margin-top:0px;"> </p>



CHAIR


 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/220'>Bruno Waterfield</a> <br>
Brussels correspondent, <em>Daily Telegraph</em>; co-author, <em>No Means No</em>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/2an4v6/Ukraine2.mp3" length="65962813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
The recent crisis in Ukraine has been widely portrayed in the West as a rerun of the Cold War, with a peaceful pro-EU Ukraine being pulled apart as the result of an aggressive and newly expansionist Russia seeking to re-establish hegemony over its neighbourhood. Russia’s annexing of the Ukrainian region of Crimea has been roundly condemned as violating international law, state sovereignty, democracy and causing the most serious crisis in European security since the end of the Cold War. The situation is complicated, however, by the close historic ties between Russia and Ukraine and the fact that many Russian-speaking Ukrainians want to maintain them, as well as the fact that Crimea was actually part of Russia within living memory.
Significantly, however, in recent decades Russia has tended to cite the importance of national sovereignty in opposition to Western-led foreign interventions; this is the first time it has accepted the idea that sovereignty can be overridden by other concerns. So is this the beginning of a newly aggressive Russian foreign policy, or is Ukraine a special case?
Some commentators have presented a different narrative from the Western one of Russian expansionism, pointing to European and American actions in the run-up to the crisis, such as US senator John McCain’s visit to anti-government protesters in Kiev’s Maidan before the fall of the government. It is argued that the EU and the American directly intervened with the effect of destabilising Ukraine by delegitimising an elected government and effectively hand-picking a new government, alarming many Ukrainians, in particular those in the Crimea and other Russian-speaking areas. Appeals to Ukrainian national sovereignty are further complicated by the fact that anti-Russian Ukrainians’ desire to join the EU arguably means swapping client status with one bigger power for another.
So who is right? How should we understand the current crisis over Ukraine? Is it a new Cold War provoked by Russian aggression or do we need to look closer to home to understand the causes?

 



SPEAKERS


 

Professor Ivan Krastev Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna

 


Dr Tara McCormack lecturer in international politics, University of Leicester; author, Critique, Security and Power: the political limits to emancipatory approaches

 


Will Vernon producer, BBC News (speaking in a personal capacity)

 


Dr Kataryna Wolczuk reader in politics and international studies, University of Birmingham

 



CHAIR


 

Bruno Waterfield Brussels correspondent, Daily Telegraph; co-author, No Means No
]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4521</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Tax avoidance, plain packs and the sharing economy</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Tax avoidance, plain packs and the sharing economy</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-4/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-4/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 06 Mar 2015 16:37:04 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-4/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p style="margin:0px;padding:0px 0px 5px;line-height:23px;color:rgb(93,107,116);font-family:Cambria, serif;font-size:18px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);">In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to economics journalist and author Daniel Ben-Ami about what tax has become one of the biggest issues in British politics and Rob Killick about whether Uber and AirBnB represent the first shoots of a new economy. Plus, Claire Fox explains why state-regulation of what appears on a cigarette pack is a free-speech issue and Institute of Ideas staff select their stories of the past two weeks.</p>

]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin:0px;padding:0px 0px 5px;line-height:23px;color:rgb(93,107,116);font-family:Cambria, serif;font-size:18px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);">In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to economics journalist and author Daniel Ben-Ami about what tax has become one of the biggest issues in British politics and Rob Killick about whether Uber and AirBnB represent the first shoots of a new economy. Plus, Claire Fox explains why state-regulation of what appears on a cigarette pack is a free-speech issue and Institute of Ideas staff select their stories of the past two weeks.</p>
<br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fehiz2/Poiepisode4.mp3" length="23233806" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons talks to economics journalist and author Daniel Ben-Ami about what tax has become one of the biggest issues in British politics and Rob Killick about whether Uber and AirBnB represent the first shoots of a new economy. Plus, Claire Fox explains why state-regulation of what appears on a cigarette pack is a free-speech issue and Institute of Ideas staff select their stories of the past two weeks.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1860</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Copenhagen terror attacks, the history of theatre and the FGM panic</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastOfIdeas: Copenhagen terror attacks, the history of theatre and the FGM panic</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-3/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-3/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2015 16:41:41 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-3/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons speaks to Professor Bill Durodié about last week’s terror attacks in Copenhagen and the implications they have for free speech in Europe. Claire Fox talks about how societal change and the emergence of the public has been reflected through theatre down the ages. And Bríd Hehir tells Rob about how the panic stirred up over female genital mutilation has prompted a witch hunt against physicians and parents.]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons speaks to Professor Bill Durodié about last week’s terror attacks in Copenhagen and the implications they have for free speech in Europe. Claire Fox talks about how societal change and the emergence of the public has been reflected through theatre down the ages. And Bríd Hehir tells Rob about how the panic stirred up over female genital mutilation has prompted a witch hunt against physicians and parents.]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/j5m469/POIepisode3final.mp3" length="21342168" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In this episode of the Podcast of Ideas, Rob Lyons speaks to Professor Bill Durodié about last week’s terror attacks in Copenhagen and the implications they have for free speech in Europe. Claire Fox talks about how societal change and the emergence of the public has been reflected through theatre down the ages. And Bríd Hehir tells Rob about how the panic stirred up over female genital mutilation has prompted a witch hunt against physicians and parents.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>2667</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Podcast_of_Ideas_logo91hsv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#LondonLegalSalon: Abortion and Protest - Do We Need Buffer Zones?</title>
        <itunes:title>#LondonLegalSalon: Abortion and Protest - Do We Need Buffer Zones?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/abortion-and-protest-do-we-need-buffer-zones/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/abortion-and-protest-do-we-need-buffer-zones/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 13 Feb 2015 16:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/abortion-and-protest-do-we-need-buffer-zones/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[In late 2014 the Labour party indicated their support for legal ‘buffer zones’ around abortion clinics to prevent protests from interfering with the provision of services. The British Pregnancy Advisory Service (BPAS), Britain's largest abortion provider, supported the move saying that the pro-life protests outside their clinics cause unwarranted levels of distress to those seeking to access lawful healthcare. Is this an acceptable limitation on the freedom to protest, or an unnecessary expansion of the law into the regulation of free speech?
Speakers: Frank Furedi (University of Kent), Tim Stanley (Daily Telegraph).Chair: Luke Gittos
This Podcast was recorded at the London Legal Salon event at the October Gallery in London on February 10 2015. To find out more about the London Legal Salon's upcoming series of debates on abortion <a href='http://londonlegalsalon.blogspot.co.uk/2015/01/abortion-and-law.html'>click here</a>.]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[In late 2014 the Labour party indicated their support for legal ‘buffer zones’ around abortion clinics to prevent protests from interfering with the provision of services. The British Pregnancy Advisory Service (BPAS), Britain's largest abortion provider, supported the move saying that the pro-life protests outside their clinics cause unwarranted levels of distress to those seeking to access lawful healthcare. Is this an acceptable limitation on the freedom to protest, or an unnecessary expansion of the law into the regulation of free speech?<br>
Speakers: Frank Furedi (University of Kent), Tim Stanley (Daily Telegraph).Chair: Luke Gittos<br>
This Podcast was recorded at the London Legal Salon event at the October Gallery in London on February 10 2015. To find out more about the London Legal Salon's upcoming series of debates on abortion <a href='http://londonlegalsalon.blogspot.co.uk/2015/01/abortion-and-law.html'>click here</a>.]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/qf9mrt/Abortionbufferzonedebatepod.mp3" length="92683363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In late 2014 the Labour party indicated their support for legal ‘buffer zones’ around abortion clinics to prevent protests from interfering with the provision of services. The British Pregnancy Advisory Service (BPAS), Britain's largest abortion provider, supported the move saying that the pro-life protests outside their clinics cause unwarranted levels of distress to those seeking to access lawful healthcare. Is this an acceptable limitation on the freedom to protest, or an unnecessary expansion of the law into the regulation of free speech?Speakers: Frank Furedi (University of Kent), Tim Stanley (Daily Telegraph).Chair: Luke GittosThis Podcast was recorded at the London Legal Salon event at the October Gallery in London on February 10 2015. To find out more about the London Legal Salon's upcoming series of debates on abortion click here.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5509</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Screenshot_2022-01-05_at_13_37_02_ba2csr.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2013: Do we live in a top-shelf society?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2013: Do we live in a top-shelf society?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-we-live-in-a-top-shelf-society-1422368830/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-we-live-in-a-top-shelf-society-1422368830/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2015 14:27:10 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/do-we-live-in-a-top-shelf-society-1422368830/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
				Sexually explicit material has always challenged censors 
and traditional moralists. From the 1960s, liberal values on sex and 
sexual relationships became one of the markers of a civilised, modern 
society. Over the past decade, however, there’s a gnawing unease that 
sexually explicit material has gradually stepped down from the top shelf
 and into the mainstream. Whether it was Rihanna’s raunchy display on The X Factor,
 Jonathan Ross’ lewd chat shows or Katie Perry simulating oral sex in 
pop videos, pornographic imagery has become the wallpaper of 
twenty-first-century society. With the rise of the increasingly 
ubiquitous ‘celebrity sex tape’, fans of chart-friendly pop stars such 
as Tulisa Contostavlos are exposed to increasingly graphic and intimate 
depictions of their icons. And then there’s Fifty Shades of Grey.

<p>Traditional moralists have always found much to censor in modern 
society, but when former champions of sexual liberalism, such as Joan 
Bakewell, start bemoaning the onslaught of naked flesh into the living 
room, something appears to have changed. Indeed, it is fortysomething 
ex-punk journalists turned parents who have started to wonder aloud why 
thong-thrusting pop videos are being shown at lunchtime.


But could it be argued that we’ve been here many times before? From 
Elvis Presley and David Bowie to Madonna and Prince, pop stars have 
sought to challenge and question society’s taboos around sex. Surely 
Rihanna and Perry are simply the latest practitioners of taboo busting 
exhibitionism? Or is it the case that sex and relationships have become 
devalued, with porn aesthetics the new low-grade currency? A civilised 
society should be open about sex, but are we in danger of forgetting 
that civilised values also means the separation of the public and 
private, the decent and the debased? Is the rush to smash sexual taboos a
 sign of healthy libertarianism or of self-loathing by a cultural elite 
unwilling and unable to promote higher culture? Are the sexual-taboo 
smashers really hammering elite traditionalists and conservatives or is 
it a radical way of sneering at ordinary people’s ‘small minded’ values? 
</p>
<p>
</p>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/351'>Neil Davenport</a>
writer; head of sociology, JFS Sixth Form Centre; contributor, spiked
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1357'>Dr Jan Macvarish</a>
research
 fellow, Centre for Health Services Studies; founding associate, Centre 
for Parenting Culture Studies, University of Kent, Canterbury
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/5861'>Anna Percy</a>
feminist
 performance poet; member, Stirred Feminist Poetry collective; organiser
 and facilitator, live poetry events and writing workshops 
Chair:
		
					
				
					<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/348'>Suzy Dean</a>
					
freelance writer; blogger, Free Society]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
				Sexually explicit material has always challenged censors 
and traditional moralists. From the 1960s, liberal values on sex and 
sexual relationships became one of the markers of a civilised, modern 
society. Over the past decade, however, there’s a gnawing unease that 
sexually explicit material has gradually stepped down from the top shelf
 and into the mainstream. Whether it was Rihanna’s raunchy display on <em>The X Factor</em>,
 Jonathan Ross’ lewd chat shows or Katie Perry simulating oral sex in 
pop videos, pornographic imagery has become the wallpaper of 
twenty-first-century society. With the rise of the increasingly 
ubiquitous ‘celebrity sex tape’, fans of chart-friendly pop stars such 
as Tulisa Contostavlos are exposed to increasingly graphic and intimate 
depictions of their icons. And then there’s <em>Fifty Shades of Grey</em>.

<p>Traditional moralists have always found much to censor in modern 
society, but when former champions of sexual liberalism, such as Joan 
Bakewell, start bemoaning the onslaught of naked flesh into the living 
room, something appears to have changed. Indeed, it is fortysomething 
ex-punk journalists turned parents who have started to wonder aloud why 
thong-thrusting pop videos are being shown at lunchtime.<br>
<br>

But could it be argued that we’ve been here many times before? From 
Elvis Presley and David Bowie to Madonna and Prince, pop stars have 
sought to challenge and question society’s taboos around sex. Surely 
Rihanna and Perry are simply the latest practitioners of taboo busting 
exhibitionism? Or is it the case that sex and relationships have become 
devalued, with porn aesthetics the new low-grade currency? A civilised 
society should be open about sex, but are we in danger of forgetting 
that civilised values also means the separation of the public and 
private, the decent and the debased? Is the rush to smash sexual taboos a
 sign of healthy libertarianism or of self-loathing by a cultural elite 
unwilling and unable to promote higher culture? Are the sexual-taboo 
smashers really hammering elite traditionalists and conservatives or is 
it a radical way of sneering at ordinary people’s ‘small minded’ values? <br>
</p>
<p><br>
</p>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/351'>Neil Davenport</a><br>
writer; head of sociology, JFS Sixth Form Centre; contributor, <em>spiked</em><br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1357'>Dr Jan Macvarish</a><br>
research
 fellow, Centre for Health Services Studies; founding associate, Centre 
for Parenting Culture Studies, University of Kent, Canterbury<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/5861'>Anna Percy</a><br>
feminist
 performance poet; member, Stirred Feminist Poetry collective; organiser
 and facilitator, live poetry events and writing workshops <br>
<em>Chair:</em>
		
					
				
					<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/348'>Suzy Dean</a>
					<br>
freelance writer; blogger, <em>Free Society</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sinar2/topshelfsociety.mp3" length="43834813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
				Sexually explicit material has always challenged censors 
and traditional moralists. From the 1960s, liberal values on sex and 
sexual relationships became one of the markers of a civilised, modern 
society. Over the past decade, however, there’s a gnawing unease that 
sexually explicit material has gradually stepped down from the top shelf
 and into the mainstream. Whether it was Rihanna’s raunchy display on The X Factor,
 Jonathan Ross’ lewd chat shows or Katie Perry simulating oral sex in 
pop videos, pornographic imagery has become the wallpaper of 
twenty-first-century society. With the rise of the increasingly 
ubiquitous ‘celebrity sex tape’, fans of chart-friendly pop stars such 
as Tulisa Contostavlos are exposed to increasingly graphic and intimate 
depictions of their icons. And then there’s Fifty Shades of Grey.

Traditional moralists have always found much to censor in modern 
society, but when former champions of sexual liberalism, such as Joan 
Bakewell, start bemoaning the onslaught of naked flesh into the living 
room, something appears to have changed. Indeed, it is fortysomething 
ex-punk journalists turned parents who have started to wonder aloud why 
thong-thrusting pop videos are being shown at lunchtime.
But could it be argued that we’ve been here many times before? From 
Elvis Presley and David Bowie to Madonna and Prince, pop stars have 
sought to challenge and question society’s taboos around sex. Surely 
Rihanna and Perry are simply the latest practitioners of taboo busting 
exhibitionism? Or is it the case that sex and relationships have become 
devalued, with porn aesthetics the new low-grade currency? A civilised 
society should be open about sex, but are we in danger of forgetting 
that civilised values also means the separation of the public and 
private, the decent and the debased? Is the rush to smash sexual taboos a
 sign of healthy libertarianism or of self-loathing by a cultural elite 
unwilling and unable to promote higher culture? Are the sexual-taboo 
smashers really hammering elite traditionalists and conservatives or is 
it a radical way of sneering at ordinary people’s ‘small minded’ values? Neil Davenportwriter; head of sociology, JFS Sixth Form Centre; contributor, spikedDr Jan Macvarishresearch
 fellow, Centre for Health Services Studies; founding associate, Centre 
for Parenting Culture Studies, University of Kent, CanterburyAnna Percyfeminist
 performance poet; member, Stirred Feminist Poetry collective; organiser
 and facilitator, live poetry events and writing workshops Chair:
		
					
				
					Suzy Dean
					freelance writer; blogger, Free Society]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3789</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20136js5e.jpeg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#PodcastofIdeas: Charlie Hebdo, Debating Matters and the Greek elections.</title>
        <itunes:title>#PodcastofIdeas: Charlie Hebdo, Debating Matters and the Greek elections.</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-1/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-1/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Jan 2015 17:44:05 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/podcast-of-ideas-episode-1/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[In the first podcast in a new series, Rob Lyons speaks to Dave Bowden about the state of press freedom in the wake of the Charlie Hebdo massacre, Justine Brian fills us in on the latest news from Debating Matters, and Geoff Kidder gives us the lowdown on the upcoming Greek elections. 
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[In the first podcast in a new series, Rob Lyons speaks to Dave Bowden about the state of press freedom in the wake of the Charlie Hebdo massacre, Justine Brian fills us in on the latest news from Debating Matters, and Geoff Kidder gives us the lowdown on the upcoming Greek elections. <br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/5ig647/PodcastofIdeasepisode1mp3.mp3" length="18113025" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the first podcast in a new series, Rob Lyons speaks to Dave Bowden about the state of press freedom in the wake of the Charlie Hebdo massacre, Justine Brian fills us in on the latest news from Debating Matters, and Geoff Kidder gives us the lowdown on the upcoming Greek elections. ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>1440</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/square_black.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: America - the twilight years?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: America - the twilight years?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/america-the-twilight-years/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/america-the-twilight-years/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jan 2015 17:55:17 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/america-the-twilight-years/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>America’s problems at home and abroad have 
led many to wonder if the US is in decline. US foreign policy, from 
Syria to Ukraine, appears rudderless and impotent. The Iraq War is 
widely seen to have been a failure, while US forces are leaving 
Afghanistan with the Taliban still active and the country far from being
 a happy democracy.</p>

<p>The US recovery from the recession has been weak, too, while China 
and India – and even parts of Africa - seem to offer more glittering 
possibilities for expansion and wealth creation than the US. China may 
overtake the US as the world’s largest economy in GDP terms by the end 
of the decade.</p>

<p>At home, the American political class appears to be almost at an 
impasse, unable to address its challenges, as epitomised by last year’s 
shutdown of the federal government. Political commentator Timothy Garton
 Ash argues ‘the politicians in Washington behave like rutting stags 
with locked antlers’. Richard Haass, president of the Council on Foreign
 Relations, says that the failure of politics in Washington has been 
‘hastening the emergence of a post-American world’.</p>

<p>Yet such declinist talk is hardly new, as exemplified by Paul Kennedy in his 1987 bestseller, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers.
 America is still the largest economy in the world, despite having a 
quarter of the population of either China or India. America is still by 
far the greatest military power, has the world’s top universities and 
produces the most cutting-edge research and technological innovation. 
Even in ‘soft power’ terms, America is the pre-eminent source of the 
world’s culture. In contrast, the much-vaunted ‘BRIC’ countries of 
Brazil, Russia, India and China are all faltering in one way or another.</p>

<p>Is the US truly facing the prospect of being replaced as the world’s 
greatest power? Is the sluggish America today in similar circumstances 
to Britain at the time of First World War - the faded Greece to Asia’s 
Rome? Or, is the declinist view overly pessimistic? After all, periods 
of introspection and worry about US decline over the past 30 years have 
given way to later resurgence. Is this time different?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9034'>Dr Yaron Brook</a>
			
Executive director, Ayn Rand Institute
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9106'>Dr Jenny Clegg</a>
			
senior lecturer, Asia Pacific Studies, University of Central Lancashire, Preston
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9256'>Dr Sue Currell</a>
			
chair, British Association for American Studies; reader, American Literature, Sussex University
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/357'>James Matthews</a>
			
management consultant; founding member, <a href='http://nysalon.org/salonoverviews/'>NY Salon</a>; writer on economics and business
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9211'>Sir Christopher Meyer</a>
			
chairman, PagefieldAdvisory Board; former British Ambassador to the United States
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/95'>Jean Smith</a>
				
co-founder and director, <a href='http://nysalon.org/salonoverviews/'>NY Salon</a>]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>America’s problems at home and abroad have 
led many to wonder if the US is in decline. US foreign policy, from 
Syria to Ukraine, appears rudderless and impotent. The Iraq War is 
widely seen to have been a failure, while US forces are leaving 
Afghanistan with the Taliban still active and the country far from being
 a happy democracy.</p>

<p>The US recovery from the recession has been weak, too, while China 
and India – and even parts of Africa - seem to offer more glittering 
possibilities for expansion and wealth creation than the US. China may 
overtake the US as the world’s largest economy in GDP terms by the end 
of the decade.</p>

<p>At home, the American political class appears to be almost at an 
impasse, unable to address its challenges, as epitomised by last year’s 
shutdown of the federal government. Political commentator Timothy Garton
 Ash argues ‘the politicians in Washington behave like rutting stags 
with locked antlers’. Richard Haass, president of the Council on Foreign
 Relations, says that the failure of politics in Washington has been 
‘hastening the emergence of a post-American world’.</p>

<p>Yet such declinist talk is hardly new, as exemplified by Paul Kennedy in his 1987 bestseller, <em>The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em>.
 America is still the largest economy in the world, despite having a 
quarter of the population of either China or India. America is still by 
far the greatest military power, has the world’s top universities and 
produces the most cutting-edge research and technological innovation. 
Even in ‘soft power’ terms, America is the pre-eminent source of the 
world’s culture. In contrast, the much-vaunted ‘BRIC’ countries of 
Brazil, Russia, India and China are all faltering in one way or another.</p>

<p>Is the US truly facing the prospect of being replaced as the world’s 
greatest power? Is the sluggish America today in similar circumstances 
to Britain at the time of First World War - the faded Greece to Asia’s 
Rome? Or, is the declinist view overly pessimistic? After all, periods 
of introspection and worry about US decline over the past 30 years have 
given way to later resurgence. Is this time different?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9034'>Dr Yaron Brook</a>
			<br>
Executive director, Ayn Rand Institute
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9106'>Dr Jenny Clegg</a>
			<br>
senior lecturer, Asia Pacific Studies, University of Central Lancashire, Preston
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9256'>Dr Sue Currell</a>
			<br>
chair, British Association for American Studies; reader, American Literature, Sussex University
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/357'>James Matthews</a>
			<br>
management consultant; founding member, <a href='http://nysalon.org/salonoverviews/'>NY Salon</a>; writer on economics and business
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9211'>Sir Christopher Meyer</a>
			<br>
chairman, PagefieldAdvisory Board; former British Ambassador to the United States
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/95'>Jean Smith</a>
				<br>
co-founder and director, <a href='http://nysalon.org/salonoverviews/'>NY Salon</a>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/sdib9a/Americathetwilightyearsmp3.mp3" length="70718141" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[America’s problems at home and abroad have 
led many to wonder if the US is in decline. US foreign policy, from 
Syria to Ukraine, appears rudderless and impotent. The Iraq War is 
widely seen to have been a failure, while US forces are leaving 
Afghanistan with the Taliban still active and the country far from being
 a happy democracy.

The US recovery from the recession has been weak, too, while China 
and India – and even parts of Africa - seem to offer more glittering 
possibilities for expansion and wealth creation than the US. China may 
overtake the US as the world’s largest economy in GDP terms by the end 
of the decade.

At home, the American political class appears to be almost at an 
impasse, unable to address its challenges, as epitomised by last year’s 
shutdown of the federal government. Political commentator Timothy Garton
 Ash argues ‘the politicians in Washington behave like rutting stags 
with locked antlers’. Richard Haass, president of the Council on Foreign
 Relations, says that the failure of politics in Washington has been 
‘hastening the emergence of a post-American world’.

Yet such declinist talk is hardly new, as exemplified by Paul Kennedy in his 1987 bestseller, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers.
 America is still the largest economy in the world, despite having a 
quarter of the population of either China or India. America is still by 
far the greatest military power, has the world’s top universities and 
produces the most cutting-edge research and technological innovation. 
Even in ‘soft power’ terms, America is the pre-eminent source of the 
world’s culture. In contrast, the much-vaunted ‘BRIC’ countries of 
Brazil, Russia, India and China are all faltering in one way or another.

Is the US truly facing the prospect of being replaced as the world’s 
greatest power? Is the sluggish America today in similar circumstances 
to Britain at the time of First World War - the faded Greece to Asia’s 
Rome? Or, is the declinist view overly pessimistic? After all, periods 
of introspection and worry about US decline over the past 30 years have 
given way to later resurgence. Is this time different?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Dr Yaron Brook
			Executive director, Ayn Rand Institute
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Jenny Clegg
			senior lecturer, Asia Pacific Studies, University of Central Lancashire, Preston
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Sue Currell
			chair, British Association for American Studies; reader, American Literature, Sussex University
		
		 
							
		
			James Matthews
			management consultant; founding member, NY Salon; writer on economics and business
		
		 
							
		
			Sir Christopher Meyer
			chairman, PagefieldAdvisory Board; former British Ambassador to the United States
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Jean Smith
				co-founder and director, NY Salon]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4942</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014:  Shopping and fretting - the ethics of buying the right thing</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014:  Shopping and fretting - the ethics of buying the right thing</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/shopping-and-fretting-the-ethics-of-buying-the-right-thing/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/shopping-and-fretting-the-ethics-of-buying-the-right-thing/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jan 2015 17:31:21 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/shopping-and-fretting-the-ethics-of-buying-the-right-thing/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The public outrage that followed the 
discovery of several ‘forced labour’ labels sewn into clothes stocked by
 budget clothing shop Primark has brought the issue of the ethics of the
 supply chain back into the headlines. Just what is the real cost of 
cheap goods in the West? In April 2013, 1,100 people – including garment
 workers who had been producing clothes for UK retailers - died when the
 Rana Plaza commercial block in Bangladesh collapsed. Earlier this year,
 the Guardian claimed fishmeal used to produce farmed prawns for 
UK supermarkets was produced using fish caught with slave labour. These 
revelations fit into a history of claims made about ‘sweatshop’ 
conditions faced by workers producing everything from fashionable 
footwear to top-of-the-range consumer electronics. However the problem 
is not restricted to developing countries, as cases of exploitation and 
abuse of labourers continue to emerge across the UK, too.</p>

<p>Some have called for UK retailers to boycott firms or even entire 
countries that allow unacceptable working practices. After the Rana 
Plaza disaster, Labour MP Michael Connarty demanded legislation to force
 UK firms to audit their supply chains. But others believe boycotts do 
more harm than good and that a better solution is to maintain commercial
 links while demanding suppliers improve and work towards higher 
standards. As a recent report by the British Retail Consortium notes: 
‘Retailers drive positive change by embedding certain values and 
standards in their supply chain that are central to its brand and which 
address specific issues or concerns that are important to their customer
 base.’ Withdrawing entirely from a country, some argue, would actually 
make things worse by causing thousands of relatively poor people to lose
 their jobs. What is more, given the long and complicated international 
supply chains that big retailers deal with today, is it really possible 
to ensure goods are produced in an ethical fashion? Or do we need ever 
more scrutiny of big businesses to ensure they don’t turn a blind eye 
for the sake of profit?</p>

<p>While retailers debate how best to restore trust and demonstrate that
 their products are ethically sourced – for example, by making details 
of supply chains more transparent - shoppers are under pressure to ‘buy 
responsibly’. Maybe it makes business sense, too, as ethical fashion 
labels have become trendy and no doubt attract higher profit-margins 
than low-cost clothing. However, some commentators warn against 
demonising those who seek out cheap bargains or undermining the harmless
 joys of shopping by turning retail therapy into an anxious moral maze 
of label-checking. </p>

<p>Is virtuous shopping really a case of guilt-ridden consumers in the 
West showing off their consciences rather than helping exploited 
producers? Or is it at least better than nothing, a morally worthwhile 
alternative that reminds us of our responsibility to others? Could 
clumsy interventions by retailers, responding to pressure from 
campaigners, make things worse rather than better for developing-world 
workers? Should concerns about working conditions be dealt with by 
governments and workers in the producing countries rather than by 
shoppers and stores in the UK?</p>


				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/6132'>Sandy Black</a>
			
professor of fashion & textile design & technology, 
London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, London;  editor and 
co-author, The Sustainable Fashion Handbook; author, Eco Chic the Fashion Paradox
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9316'>Barbara Crowther</a>
			
director of policy and public affairs, Fairtrade Foundation
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9105'>Andrew Opie</a>
			
director for food and sustainability, British Retail Consortium 
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/284'>Nathalie Rothschild</a>
			
freelance journalist; producer and reporter for Sweden's public service radio
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5822'>Jason Smith</a>
				
partnerships coordinator, Debating Matters Competition; freelance journalist; co-founder, Birmingham Salon 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The public outrage that followed the 
discovery of several ‘forced labour’ labels sewn into clothes stocked by
 budget clothing shop Primark has brought the issue of the ethics of the
 supply chain back into the headlines. Just what is the real cost of 
cheap goods in the West? In April 2013, 1,100 people – including garment
 workers who had been producing clothes for UK retailers - died when the
 Rana Plaza commercial block in Bangladesh collapsed. Earlier this year,
 the <em>Guardian</em> claimed fishmeal used to produce farmed prawns for 
UK supermarkets was produced using fish caught with slave labour. These 
revelations fit into a history of claims made about ‘sweatshop’ 
conditions faced by workers producing everything from fashionable 
footwear to top-of-the-range consumer electronics. However the problem 
is not restricted to developing countries, as cases of exploitation and 
abuse of labourers continue to emerge across the UK, too.</p>

<p>Some have called for UK retailers to boycott firms or even entire 
countries that allow unacceptable working practices. After the Rana 
Plaza disaster, Labour MP Michael Connarty demanded legislation to force
 UK firms to audit their supply chains. But others believe boycotts do 
more harm than good and that a better solution is to maintain commercial
 links while demanding suppliers improve and work towards higher 
standards. As a recent report by the British Retail Consortium notes: 
‘Retailers drive positive change by embedding certain values and 
standards in their supply chain that are central to its brand and which 
address specific issues or concerns that are important to their customer
 base.’ Withdrawing entirely from a country, some argue, would actually 
make things worse by causing thousands of relatively poor people to lose
 their jobs. What is more, given the long and complicated international 
supply chains that big retailers deal with today, is it really possible 
to ensure goods are produced in an ethical fashion? Or do we need ever 
more scrutiny of big businesses to ensure they don’t turn a blind eye 
for the sake of profit?</p>

<p>While retailers debate how best to restore trust and demonstrate that
 their products are ethically sourced – for example, by making details 
of supply chains more transparent - shoppers are under pressure to ‘buy 
responsibly’. Maybe it makes business sense, too, as ethical fashion 
labels have become trendy and no doubt attract higher profit-margins 
than low-cost clothing. However, some commentators warn against 
demonising those who seek out cheap bargains or undermining the harmless
 joys of shopping by turning retail therapy into an anxious moral maze 
of label-checking. </p>

<p>Is virtuous shopping really a case of guilt-ridden consumers in the 
West showing off their consciences rather than helping exploited 
producers? Or is it at least better than nothing, a morally worthwhile 
alternative that reminds us of our responsibility to others? Could 
clumsy interventions by retailers, responding to pressure from 
campaigners, make things worse rather than better for developing-world 
workers? Should concerns about working conditions be dealt with by 
governments and workers in the producing countries rather than by 
shoppers and stores in the UK?</p>
<br>

				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/6132'>Sandy Black</a>
			<br>
professor of fashion & textile design & technology, 
London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, London;  editor and 
co-author, <em>The Sustainable Fashion Handbook</em>; author, <em>Eco Chic the Fashion Paradox</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9316'>Barbara Crowther</a>
			<br>
director of policy and public affairs, Fairtrade Foundation
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9105'>Andrew Opie</a>
			<br>
director for food and sustainability, British Retail Consortium 
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/284'>Nathalie Rothschild</a>
			<br>
freelance journalist; producer and reporter for Sweden's public service radio
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5822'>Jason Smith</a>
				<br>
partnerships coordinator, Debating Matters Competition; freelance journalist; co-founder, Birmingham Salon 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/7kqebj/ethicalshoppingmp3.mp3" length="62100467" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The public outrage that followed the 
discovery of several ‘forced labour’ labels sewn into clothes stocked by
 budget clothing shop Primark has brought the issue of the ethics of the
 supply chain back into the headlines. Just what is the real cost of 
cheap goods in the West? In April 2013, 1,100 people – including garment
 workers who had been producing clothes for UK retailers - died when the
 Rana Plaza commercial block in Bangladesh collapsed. Earlier this year,
 the Guardian claimed fishmeal used to produce farmed prawns for 
UK supermarkets was produced using fish caught with slave labour. These 
revelations fit into a history of claims made about ‘sweatshop’ 
conditions faced by workers producing everything from fashionable 
footwear to top-of-the-range consumer electronics. However the problem 
is not restricted to developing countries, as cases of exploitation and 
abuse of labourers continue to emerge across the UK, too.

Some have called for UK retailers to boycott firms or even entire 
countries that allow unacceptable working practices. After the Rana 
Plaza disaster, Labour MP Michael Connarty demanded legislation to force
 UK firms to audit their supply chains. But others believe boycotts do 
more harm than good and that a better solution is to maintain commercial
 links while demanding suppliers improve and work towards higher 
standards. As a recent report by the British Retail Consortium notes: 
‘Retailers drive positive change by embedding certain values and 
standards in their supply chain that are central to its brand and which 
address specific issues or concerns that are important to their customer
 base.’ Withdrawing entirely from a country, some argue, would actually 
make things worse by causing thousands of relatively poor people to lose
 their jobs. What is more, given the long and complicated international 
supply chains that big retailers deal with today, is it really possible 
to ensure goods are produced in an ethical fashion? Or do we need ever 
more scrutiny of big businesses to ensure they don’t turn a blind eye 
for the sake of profit?

While retailers debate how best to restore trust and demonstrate that
 their products are ethically sourced – for example, by making details 
of supply chains more transparent - shoppers are under pressure to ‘buy 
responsibly’. Maybe it makes business sense, too, as ethical fashion 
labels have become trendy and no doubt attract higher profit-margins 
than low-cost clothing. However, some commentators warn against 
demonising those who seek out cheap bargains or undermining the harmless
 joys of shopping by turning retail therapy into an anxious moral maze 
of label-checking. 

Is virtuous shopping really a case of guilt-ridden consumers in the 
West showing off their consciences rather than helping exploited 
producers? Or is it at least better than nothing, a morally worthwhile 
alternative that reminds us of our responsibility to others? Could 
clumsy interventions by retailers, responding to pressure from 
campaigners, make things worse rather than better for developing-world 
workers? Should concerns about working conditions be dealt with by 
governments and workers in the producing countries rather than by 
shoppers and stores in the UK?
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Sandy Black
			professor of fashion & textile design & technology, 
London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, London;  editor and 
co-author, The Sustainable Fashion Handbook; author, Eco Chic the Fashion Paradox
		
		 
							
		
			Barbara Crowther
			director of policy and public affairs, Fairtrade Foundation
		
		 
							
		
			Andrew Opie
			director for food and sustainability, British Retail Consortium 
		
		 
							
		
			Nathalie Rothschild
			freelance journalist; producer and reporter for Sweden's public service radio
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Jason Smith
				partnerships coordinator, Debating Matters Competition; fr]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3881</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: To boldly go - what is the point of space exploration?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: To boldly go - what is the point of space exploration?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/to-boldly-go-what-is-the-point-of-space-exploration/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/to-boldly-go-what-is-the-point-of-space-exploration/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 19 Dec 2014 17:03:19 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/to-boldly-go-what-is-the-point-of-space-exploration/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>When Neil Armstrong made his first steps on 
the moon on 21 July 1969, he was watched by over 500million people. Many
 stayed up through the night to witness it, and those who were children 
at the time often recall being woken up to see the momentous occasion. 
Today, numerous scientists, engineers, writers and others cite 
witnessing the moon landings as an inspiring moment that influenced 
their choice of career. While achieved by Americans, the positive 
reaction was international – there was a sense that what had been 
achieved was on behalf of all mankind, and had opened up a sense of 
unlimited possibilities. </p>

<p>But it is the moon landings’ backdrop of the Cold War space race that
 perhaps dominates how we view them today. Increasingly, we are given to
 viewing the Apollo missions as political, with dubious scientific merit
 – certainly, at least, some argue that the money could have been better
 spent on less glamorous but more worthy missions like probes or 
telescopes. Those who are even less charitable see the moon landings as a
 colossal vanity project, wasting millions that could have been spent 
alleviating problems here on Earth. </p>

<p>Today, the worth of manned space missions is under discussion again, with the Chinese Chang’e 3
 lander seen as the start of a push to place taikonauts on the moon 
within a decade. India has followed suit, making its own plans for a 
manned landing. The Americans, too, have begun to talk again about 
returning to the lunar surface. More generally, manned spaceflight seems
 to be coming back into fashion, as exemplified by the rise to celebrity
 status of Canadian astronaut Commander Chris Hadfield.</p>

<p>Are we witnessing the return of the space race? Are these plans any 
more than just propaganda missions, aimed at projecting the power of 
rising countries like India and China? Do the missions have enough 
scientific merit, and should we celebrate them even if the benefits are 
slight? Should we have gone to the moon in the first place, or should we
 have been focusing on more earthly concerns?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9086'>Professor Ian Crawford</a>
			
professor of planetary science and astrobiology, Birkbeck College, University of London
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9087'>Ashley Dove-Jay</a>
			
PhD researcher, University of Bristol; programme member on NASA/ESA-related projects
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/267'>David Perks</a>
			
principal, East London Science School; author, What is science education for?; co-author, Sir Richard Sykes Review of school examinations and A defence of subject-based education
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9357'>Dr Jill Stuart</a>
			
visiting fellow, London School of Economics; editor-in-chief, Space Policy
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9214'>Will Whitehorn</a>
			
chairman, Transport Systems Catapult and Speed Communications; former president, Virgin Galactic
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/3182'>Craig Fairnington</a>
				
online resources manager, Institute of Ideas 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When Neil Armstrong made his first steps on 
the moon on 21 July 1969, he was watched by over 500million people. Many
 stayed up through the night to witness it, and those who were children 
at the time often recall being woken up to see the momentous occasion. 
Today, numerous scientists, engineers, writers and others cite 
witnessing the moon landings as an inspiring moment that influenced 
their choice of career. While achieved by Americans, the positive 
reaction was international – there was a sense that what had been 
achieved was on behalf of all mankind, and had opened up a sense of 
unlimited possibilities. </p>

<p>But it is the moon landings’ backdrop of the Cold War space race that
 perhaps dominates how we view them today. Increasingly, we are given to
 viewing the Apollo missions as political, with dubious scientific merit
 – certainly, at least, some argue that the money could have been better
 spent on less glamorous but more worthy missions like probes or 
telescopes. Those who are even less charitable see the moon landings as a
 colossal vanity project, wasting millions that could have been spent 
alleviating problems here on Earth. </p>

<p>Today, the worth of manned space missions is under discussion again, with the Chinese <em>Chang’e 3</em>
 lander seen as the start of a push to place taikonauts on the moon 
within a decade. India has followed suit, making its own plans for a 
manned landing. The Americans, too, have begun to talk again about 
returning to the lunar surface. More generally, manned spaceflight seems
 to be coming back into fashion, as exemplified by the rise to celebrity
 status of Canadian astronaut Commander Chris Hadfield.</p>

<p>Are we witnessing the return of the space race? Are these plans any 
more than just propaganda missions, aimed at projecting the power of 
rising countries like India and China? Do the missions have enough 
scientific merit, and should we celebrate them even if the benefits are 
slight? Should we have gone to the moon in the first place, or should we
 have been focusing on more earthly concerns?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9086'>Professor Ian Crawford</a>
			<br>
professor of planetary science and astrobiology, Birkbeck College, University of London
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9087'>Ashley Dove-Jay</a>
			<br>
PhD researcher, University of Bristol; programme member on NASA/ESA-related projects
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/267'>David Perks</a>
			<br>
principal, East London Science School; author, <em>What is science education for?</em>; co-author, <em>Sir Richard Sykes Review of school examinations</em> and <em>A defence of subject-based education</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9357'>Dr Jill Stuart</a>
			<br>
visiting fellow, London School of Economics; editor-in-chief, <em>Space Policy</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9214'>Will Whitehorn</a>
			<br>
chairman, Transport Systems Catapult and Speed Communications; former president, Virgin Galactic
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/3182'>Craig Fairnington</a>
				<br>
online resources manager, Institute of Ideas 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/m4g3db/Toboldlygo_2.mp3" length="68396650" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[When Neil Armstrong made his first steps on 
the moon on 21 July 1969, he was watched by over 500million people. Many
 stayed up through the night to witness it, and those who were children 
at the time often recall being woken up to see the momentous occasion. 
Today, numerous scientists, engineers, writers and others cite 
witnessing the moon landings as an inspiring moment that influenced 
their choice of career. While achieved by Americans, the positive 
reaction was international – there was a sense that what had been 
achieved was on behalf of all mankind, and had opened up a sense of 
unlimited possibilities. 

But it is the moon landings’ backdrop of the Cold War space race that
 perhaps dominates how we view them today. Increasingly, we are given to
 viewing the Apollo missions as political, with dubious scientific merit
 – certainly, at least, some argue that the money could have been better
 spent on less glamorous but more worthy missions like probes or 
telescopes. Those who are even less charitable see the moon landings as a
 colossal vanity project, wasting millions that could have been spent 
alleviating problems here on Earth. 

Today, the worth of manned space missions is under discussion again, with the Chinese Chang’e 3
 lander seen as the start of a push to place taikonauts on the moon 
within a decade. India has followed suit, making its own plans for a 
manned landing. The Americans, too, have begun to talk again about 
returning to the lunar surface. More generally, manned spaceflight seems
 to be coming back into fashion, as exemplified by the rise to celebrity
 status of Canadian astronaut Commander Chris Hadfield.

Are we witnessing the return of the space race? Are these plans any 
more than just propaganda missions, aimed at projecting the power of 
rising countries like India and China? Do the missions have enough 
scientific merit, and should we celebrate them even if the benefits are 
slight? Should we have gone to the moon in the first place, or should we
 have been focusing on more earthly concerns?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Professor Ian Crawford
			professor of planetary science and astrobiology, Birkbeck College, University of London
		
		 
							
		
			Ashley Dove-Jay
			PhD researcher, University of Bristol; programme member on NASA/ESA-related projects
		
		 
							
		
			David Perks
			principal, East London Science School; author, What is science education for?; co-author, Sir Richard Sykes Review of school examinations and A defence of subject-based education
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Jill Stuart
			visiting fellow, London School of Economics; editor-in-chief, Space Policy
		
		 
							
		
			Will Whitehorn
			chairman, Transport Systems Catapult and Speed Communications; former president, Virgin Galactic
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Craig Fairnington
				online resources manager, Institute of Ideas 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4273</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Our morals, their moralism?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Our morals, their moralism?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/our-morals-their-moralism/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/our-morals-their-moralism/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Dec 2014 12:28:51 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/our-morals-their-moralism/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>The charge of ‘moralism’ or ‘moralising’ is 
always complicated. Nobody endorses immorality, we all know the 
difference between moralism and morality. Or do we? The former implies 
an unattractive self-righteousness; the latter is ‘the real thing’. But 
without righteousness, does morality have any meaning? The obvious 
danger with rejecting moralism is that we abandon any attempt to talk 
about right and wrong. Indeed, contemporary culture seems uncomfortable 
with the language of morality. Terms like good, bad, right, wrong, 
should, should not, duty and obligation are often seen as moralistic 
‘tut tutting’ that unfairly stigmatises people.</p>

<p>To some extent, the kinds of moral judgements that are acceptable or 
not change with the times, such as attitudes to slavery or eugenics. But
 do changing moral norms always reflect more enlightened attitudes, or 
just changing prejudices? For example, is the routine denigration of 
those who embrace traditional ideas of morality any more than a new form
 of ‘moralising’? Earlier this year, UK Supreme Court judge Lord Wilson 
of Culworth declared that the nuclear family had been replaced by a 
‘blended’ variety, and that Christian teaching on the family has been 
‘malign’. Paradoxically, though, something like homosexuality was not 
only once considered immoral and now seen as fine; one’s attitude to it 
has become a marker of one’s own moral standing: ‘enlightened’ or 
‘bigoted’. The intriguing result is that those who still frown on 
homosexuality might well protest against the ‘moralism’ of those who 
condemn them, while the latter retort that some moral judgements are 
beyond debate.</p>

<p>In other cases, moral etiquette changes for seemingly more fickle 
reasons. While judgementalism about sexual mores is ostensibly frowned 
on, the intense moral reaction that followed recent allegations of 
historic sexual offences seemed to go beyond particular crimes to 
condemn old-fashioned attitude to sex, and even the past itself. Or take
 the sphere of public health, in which medics and politicians cite ‘the 
science’ while engaging in what otherwise looks like a moral crusade to 
change attitudes to what we eat, drink or smoke, showing a remarkable 
willingness to tell others what they can and cannot do, or else. The 
zealousness of those policing behaviour in relation to lifestyle choices
 points to another apparent contradiction in today’s moral landscape. If
 religious moral values are seen as too narrow, we seem less troubled by
 formalised norms dictated by rigid codes of conduct, ethics committees,
 or ‘you can’t say that’ speech rules, the last of which cast certain 
words as morally reprehensible, and dubs those who may utter them as 
beyond the pale. </p>

<p>Such discrepancies are hard to explain rationally, perhaps because 
they have less to do with individual or collective moral judgements than
 with moral ‘fashion’. So is it possible to engage in serious moral 
debate that avoids both self-righteous groupthink and relativistic 
indifference? Are morals best left to individuals, or is there a place 
for ‘intelligent moralising’?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9408'>Dr Hannah Dawson</a>
			
historian of ideas, New College of the Humanities; author, Life Lessons from Hobbes
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/280'>Kenan Malik</a>
			
writer and broadcaster; author, From Fatwa to Jihad and The Quest for a Moral Compass
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9056'>Alister McGrath</a>
			
Andreas Idreos Professor of Science and Religion, University of Oxford
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/268'>Dolan Cummings</a>
				
associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; editor, Debating Humanism; co-founder, Manifesto Club 
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The charge of ‘moralism’ or ‘moralising’ is 
always complicated. Nobody endorses immorality, we all know the 
difference between moralism and morality. Or do we? The former implies 
an unattractive self-righteousness; the latter is ‘the real thing’. But 
without righteousness, does morality have any meaning? The obvious 
danger with rejecting moralism is that we abandon any attempt to talk 
about right and wrong. Indeed, contemporary culture seems uncomfortable 
with the language of morality. Terms like good, bad, right, wrong, 
should, should not, duty and obligation are often seen as moralistic 
‘tut tutting’ that unfairly stigmatises people.</p>

<p>To some extent, the kinds of moral judgements that are acceptable or 
not change with the times, such as attitudes to slavery or eugenics. But
 do changing moral norms always reflect more enlightened attitudes, or 
just changing prejudices? For example, is the routine denigration of 
those who embrace traditional ideas of morality any more than a new form
 of ‘moralising’? Earlier this year, UK Supreme Court judge Lord Wilson 
of Culworth declared that the nuclear family had been replaced by a 
‘blended’ variety, and that Christian teaching on the family has been 
‘malign’. Paradoxically, though, something like homosexuality was not 
only once considered immoral and now seen as fine; one’s attitude to it 
has become a marker of one’s own moral standing: ‘enlightened’ or 
‘bigoted’. The intriguing result is that those who still frown on 
homosexuality might well protest against the ‘moralism’ of those who 
condemn them, while the latter retort that some moral judgements are 
beyond debate.</p>

<p>In other cases, moral etiquette changes for seemingly more fickle 
reasons. While judgementalism about sexual mores is ostensibly frowned 
on, the intense moral reaction that followed recent allegations of 
historic sexual offences seemed to go beyond particular crimes to 
condemn old-fashioned attitude to sex, and even the past itself. Or take
 the sphere of public health, in which medics and politicians cite ‘the 
science’ while engaging in what otherwise looks like a moral crusade to 
change attitudes to what we eat, drink or smoke, showing a remarkable 
willingness to tell others what they can and cannot do, or else. The 
zealousness of those policing behaviour in relation to lifestyle choices
 points to another apparent contradiction in today’s moral landscape. If
 religious moral values are seen as too narrow, we seem less troubled by
 formalised norms dictated by rigid codes of conduct, ethics committees,
 or ‘you can’t say that’ speech rules, the last of which cast certain 
words as morally reprehensible, and dubs those who may utter them as 
beyond the pale. </p>

<p>Such discrepancies are hard to explain rationally, perhaps because 
they have less to do with individual or collective moral judgements than
 with moral ‘fashion’. So is it possible to engage in serious moral 
debate that avoids both self-righteous groupthink and relativistic 
indifference? Are morals best left to individuals, or is there a place 
for ‘intelligent moralising’?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9408'>Dr Hannah Dawson</a>
			<br>
historian of ideas, New College of the Humanities; author, <em>Life Lessons from Hobbes</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/280'>Kenan Malik</a>
			<br>
writer and broadcaster; author, <em>From Fatwa to Jihad</em> and <em>The Quest for a Moral Compass</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9056'>Alister McGrath</a>
			<br>
Andreas Idreos Professor of Science and Religion, University of Oxford
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/268'>Dolan Cummings</a>
				<br>
associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; editor, <em>Debating Humanism</em>; co-founder, Manifesto Club 
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/4ufxm2/moralityormoralismmp3.mp3" length="51780288" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[The charge of ‘moralism’ or ‘moralising’ is 
always complicated. Nobody endorses immorality, we all know the 
difference between moralism and morality. Or do we? The former implies 
an unattractive self-righteousness; the latter is ‘the real thing’. But 
without righteousness, does morality have any meaning? The obvious 
danger with rejecting moralism is that we abandon any attempt to talk 
about right and wrong. Indeed, contemporary culture seems uncomfortable 
with the language of morality. Terms like good, bad, right, wrong, 
should, should not, duty and obligation are often seen as moralistic 
‘tut tutting’ that unfairly stigmatises people.

To some extent, the kinds of moral judgements that are acceptable or 
not change with the times, such as attitudes to slavery or eugenics. But
 do changing moral norms always reflect more enlightened attitudes, or 
just changing prejudices? For example, is the routine denigration of 
those who embrace traditional ideas of morality any more than a new form
 of ‘moralising’? Earlier this year, UK Supreme Court judge Lord Wilson 
of Culworth declared that the nuclear family had been replaced by a 
‘blended’ variety, and that Christian teaching on the family has been 
‘malign’. Paradoxically, though, something like homosexuality was not 
only once considered immoral and now seen as fine; one’s attitude to it 
has become a marker of one’s own moral standing: ‘enlightened’ or 
‘bigoted’. The intriguing result is that those who still frown on 
homosexuality might well protest against the ‘moralism’ of those who 
condemn them, while the latter retort that some moral judgements are 
beyond debate.

In other cases, moral etiquette changes for seemingly more fickle 
reasons. While judgementalism about sexual mores is ostensibly frowned 
on, the intense moral reaction that followed recent allegations of 
historic sexual offences seemed to go beyond particular crimes to 
condemn old-fashioned attitude to sex, and even the past itself. Or take
 the sphere of public health, in which medics and politicians cite ‘the 
science’ while engaging in what otherwise looks like a moral crusade to 
change attitudes to what we eat, drink or smoke, showing a remarkable 
willingness to tell others what they can and cannot do, or else. The 
zealousness of those policing behaviour in relation to lifestyle choices
 points to another apparent contradiction in today’s moral landscape. If
 religious moral values are seen as too narrow, we seem less troubled by
 formalised norms dictated by rigid codes of conduct, ethics committees,
 or ‘you can’t say that’ speech rules, the last of which cast certain 
words as morally reprehensible, and dubs those who may utter them as 
beyond the pale. 

Such discrepancies are hard to explain rationally, perhaps because 
they have less to do with individual or collective moral judgements than
 with moral ‘fashion’. So is it possible to engage in serious moral 
debate that avoids both self-righteous groupthink and relativistic 
indifference? Are morals best left to individuals, or is there a place 
for ‘intelligent moralising’?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Dr Hannah Dawson
			historian of ideas, New College of the Humanities; author, Life Lessons from Hobbes
		
		 
							
		
			Kenan Malik
			writer and broadcaster; author, From Fatwa to Jihad and The Quest for a Moral Compass
		
		 
							
		
			Alister McGrath
			Andreas Idreos Professor of Science and Religion, University of Oxford
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Dolan Cummings
				associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; editor, Debating Humanism; co-founder, Manifesto Club 
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4498</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Kindergarten culture - why does government treat us like children?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Kindergarten culture - why does government treat us like children?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/kindergarten-culture-why-does-government-treat-us-like-children/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/kindergarten-culture-why-does-government-treat-us-like-children/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Dec 2014 15:26:02 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/kindergarten-culture-why-does-government-treat-us-like-children/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>In the past, government may have intervened 
frequently in the economy, but our private lives were our own to live as
 we saw fit. In recent years, however, government has largely given up 
on being the ‘hand on the tiller’ of the economy and intervenes 
regularly in once-private aspects of life. Smoking is now banned in most
 public places, and smoking in cars in the presence of children is about
 to be banned. Environmental concerns have led to new efficiency 
standards for domestic appliances, and smart meters may regulate our 
electricity usage from afar, while we are constantly told to reduce our 
consumption of everything and there is serious discussion about how 
procreation should be limited to save the planet. Even now, parents are 
increasingly lectured to about how they should raise their children and,
 in Scotland, the Named Person rules mean a specific government employee
 will oversee each child’s upbringing.


Even non-governmental organisations, charities, voluntary associations 
and academics increasingly see it as their role to ‘educate’ 
ill-informed, non-expert adults. From public health to environmental 
campaigns, the assumption is that left our own devices, we will make the
 ‘wrong choices’. England’s chief medical officer, Professor Dame Sally 
Davies, complains that ‘three quarters of parents with overweight 
children do not recognise that they are too fat’. How can we trust 
adults who don’t understand the impact of their gas-guzzling family car 
on the planet or that feeding their kids junk food is leading to an 
obesity epidemic? 


While such attitudes and interventions are viewed as annoying or 
threatening in some instances, few people actively protest against them.
 And often there are popular demands for more regulation and legislation
 to protect us from harm. Why has government become so keen to make 
decisions for us? And why do we not even seem to take ourselves 
seriously as autonomous citizens? Or is such ‘infantilisation’ actually a
 sensible response to our limited capacities and propensity to shoot 
ourselves in the foot, based on a recognition that in fact, ‘there are 
no grown ups’. Is it reasonable to allow the ‘experts’ to decide how we 
live? If not, what should we do about it?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9457'>Martha Gill</a>
			
journalist, the Economist
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9439'>Dan Hodges</a>
			
blogger; columnist, Daily Telegraph
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/2668'>Ben Pile</a>
			
independent researcher, writer, and film-maker
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5953'>Chris Snowdon</a>
			
director, lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; author, The Art of Suppression
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/2811'>Simon Knight</a>
				
director, Generation Youth Issues; board member, Play Scotland 
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the past, government may have intervened 
frequently in the economy, but our private lives were our own to live as
 we saw fit. In recent years, however, government has largely given up 
on being the ‘hand on the tiller’ of the economy and intervenes 
regularly in once-private aspects of life. Smoking is now banned in most
 public places, and smoking in cars in the presence of children is about
 to be banned. Environmental concerns have led to new efficiency 
standards for domestic appliances, and smart meters may regulate our 
electricity usage from afar, while we are constantly told to reduce our 
consumption of everything and there is serious discussion about how 
procreation should be limited to save the planet. Even now, parents are 
increasingly lectured to about how they should raise their children and,
 in Scotland, the Named Person rules mean a specific government employee
 will oversee each child’s upbringing.<br>
<br>

Even non-governmental organisations, charities, voluntary associations 
and academics increasingly see it as their role to ‘educate’ 
ill-informed, non-expert adults. From public health to environmental 
campaigns, the assumption is that left our own devices, we will make the
 ‘wrong choices’. England’s chief medical officer, Professor Dame Sally 
Davies, complains that ‘three quarters of parents with overweight 
children do not recognise that they are too fat’. How can we trust 
adults who don’t understand the impact of their gas-guzzling family car 
on the planet or that feeding their kids junk food is leading to an 
obesity epidemic? <br>
<br>

While such attitudes and interventions are viewed as annoying or 
threatening in some instances, few people actively protest against them.
 And often there are popular demands for more regulation and legislation
 to protect us from harm. Why has government become so keen to make 
decisions for us? And why do we not even seem to take ourselves 
seriously as autonomous citizens? Or is such ‘infantilisation’ actually a
 sensible response to our limited capacities and propensity to shoot 
ourselves in the foot, based on a recognition that in fact, ‘there are 
no grown ups’. Is it reasonable to allow the ‘experts’ to decide how we 
live? If not, what should we do about it?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9457'>Martha Gill</a>
			<br>
journalist, the <em>Economist</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9439'>Dan Hodges</a>
			<br>
blogger; columnist, <em>Daily Telegraph</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/2668'>Ben Pile</a>
			<br>
independent researcher, writer, and film-maker
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5953'>Chris Snowdon</a>
			<br>
director, lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; author, <em>The Art of Suppression</em>
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/2811'>Simon Knight</a>
				<br>
director, Generation Youth Issues; board member, Play Scotland 
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/fq49gu/treatuslikechildren1.mp3" length="70926891" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[In the past, government may have intervened 
frequently in the economy, but our private lives were our own to live as
 we saw fit. In recent years, however, government has largely given up 
on being the ‘hand on the tiller’ of the economy and intervenes 
regularly in once-private aspects of life. Smoking is now banned in most
 public places, and smoking in cars in the presence of children is about
 to be banned. Environmental concerns have led to new efficiency 
standards for domestic appliances, and smart meters may regulate our 
electricity usage from afar, while we are constantly told to reduce our 
consumption of everything and there is serious discussion about how 
procreation should be limited to save the planet. Even now, parents are 
increasingly lectured to about how they should raise their children and,
 in Scotland, the Named Person rules mean a specific government employee
 will oversee each child’s upbringing.
Even non-governmental organisations, charities, voluntary associations 
and academics increasingly see it as their role to ‘educate’ 
ill-informed, non-expert adults. From public health to environmental 
campaigns, the assumption is that left our own devices, we will make the
 ‘wrong choices’. England’s chief medical officer, Professor Dame Sally 
Davies, complains that ‘three quarters of parents with overweight 
children do not recognise that they are too fat’. How can we trust 
adults who don’t understand the impact of their gas-guzzling family car 
on the planet or that feeding their kids junk food is leading to an 
obesity epidemic? 
While such attitudes and interventions are viewed as annoying or 
threatening in some instances, few people actively protest against them.
 And often there are popular demands for more regulation and legislation
 to protect us from harm. Why has government become so keen to make 
decisions for us? And why do we not even seem to take ourselves 
seriously as autonomous citizens? Or is such ‘infantilisation’ actually a
 sensible response to our limited capacities and propensity to shoot 
ourselves in the foot, based on a recognition that in fact, ‘there are 
no grown ups’. Is it reasonable to allow the ‘experts’ to decide how we 
live? If not, what should we do about it?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Martha Gill
			journalist, the Economist
		
		 
							
		
			Dan Hodges
			blogger; columnist, Daily Telegraph
		
		 
							
		
			Ben Pile
			independent researcher, writer, and film-maker
		
		 
							
		
			Chris Snowdon
			director, lifestyle economics, Institute of Economic Affairs; author, The Art of Suppression
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Simon Knight
				director, Generation Youth Issues; board member, Play Scotland 
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4432</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: What makes a great sporting leader?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: What makes a great sporting leader?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-makes-a-great-sporting-leader/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-makes-a-great-sporting-leader/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2014 11:49:39 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/what-makes-a-great-sporting-leader/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>With the England cricket team experiencing a
 turbulent tour of Australia, culminating in a humiliating whitewash, 
and the problems of succession currently engulfing Manchester United, 
the issue of management and leadership in sport has been thrust into the
 spotlight. Is a great sporting leader born or made? What are the key 
factors for creating a football dynasty, whether it be Sir Alex Ferguson
 at Manchester United or Bill Shankly at Liverpool? And can a manager 
really make that much difference today at a time when money plays such a
 big role in sporting success? </p>

<p>Have the requirements of a great sporting leader changed with time? 
For instance, could a celebrated leader from the past such as Brian 
Clough succeed today while having to deal with the money, the egos, the 
politics and the pressures of modern football? Or can a great leader 
succeed in any circumstances? </p>

<p>Is a key component of a great leader the ability to accommodate and 
manage disruptive and difficult personalities, if they are vital to the 
success of the team? Or do great leaders need to exhibit a ruthlessness 
in the world of personnel and ego management? What makes up the winning 
mentality in 2014, and are there common ingredients to successful 
leadership, whether in sport, business or politics?</p>
 
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1358'>Matthias Heitmann</a>
			
freelance journalist; contributor, NovoArgumente; columnist, Schweizer Monat
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/7053'>Thais Portilho</a>
			
journalist; campaigns and public affairs consultant
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9293'>Luke Regan</a>
			
research officer, The Sports Think Tank
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1574'>Hilary Salt</a>
			
founder, First Actuarial
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/646'>Philip Walters</a>
			
chair, Rising Stars (educational publisher), and the GL Education Group
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/270'>Geoff Kidder</a>
				
director, membership and events, Institute of Ideas; convenor, IoI Book Club; IoI’s resident expert in all sporting matters 
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With the England cricket team experiencing a
 turbulent tour of Australia, culminating in a humiliating whitewash, 
and the problems of succession currently engulfing Manchester United, 
the issue of management and leadership in sport has been thrust into the
 spotlight. Is a great sporting leader born or made? What are the key 
factors for creating a football dynasty, whether it be Sir Alex Ferguson
 at Manchester United or Bill Shankly at Liverpool? And can a manager 
really make that much difference today at a time when money plays such a
 big role in sporting success? </p>

<p>Have the requirements of a great sporting leader changed with time? 
For instance, could a celebrated leader from the past such as Brian 
Clough succeed today while having to deal with the money, the egos, the 
politics and the pressures of modern football? Or can a great leader 
succeed in any circumstances? </p>

<p>Is a key component of a great leader the ability to accommodate and 
manage disruptive and difficult personalities, if they are vital to the 
success of the team? Or do great leaders need to exhibit a ruthlessness 
in the world of personnel and ego management? What makes up the winning 
mentality in 2014, and are there common ingredients to successful 
leadership, whether in sport, business or politics?</p>
 
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1358'>Matthias Heitmann</a>
			<br>
freelance journalist; contributor, <em>NovoArgumente</em>; columnist, <em>Schweizer Monat</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/7053'>Thais Portilho</a>
			<br>
journalist; campaigns and public affairs consultant
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9293'>Luke Regan</a>
			<br>
research officer, The Sports Think Tank
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1574'>Hilary Salt</a>
			<br>
founder, First Actuarial
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/646'>Philip Walters</a>
			<br>
chair, Rising Stars (educational publisher), and the GL Education Group
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/270'>Geoff Kidder</a>
				<br>
director, membership and events, Institute of Ideas; convenor, IoI Book Club; IoI’s resident expert in all sporting matters 
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/ic5bn6/Whatmakesagreatsporting1leadermp3.mp3" length="77251082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[With the England cricket team experiencing a
 turbulent tour of Australia, culminating in a humiliating whitewash, 
and the problems of succession currently engulfing Manchester United, 
the issue of management and leadership in sport has been thrust into the
 spotlight. Is a great sporting leader born or made? What are the key 
factors for creating a football dynasty, whether it be Sir Alex Ferguson
 at Manchester United or Bill Shankly at Liverpool? And can a manager 
really make that much difference today at a time when money plays such a
 big role in sporting success? 

Have the requirements of a great sporting leader changed with time? 
For instance, could a celebrated leader from the past such as Brian 
Clough succeed today while having to deal with the money, the egos, the 
politics and the pressures of modern football? Or can a great leader 
succeed in any circumstances? 

Is a key component of a great leader the ability to accommodate and 
manage disruptive and difficult personalities, if they are vital to the 
success of the team? Or do great leaders need to exhibit a ruthlessness 
in the world of personnel and ego management? What makes up the winning 
mentality in 2014, and are there common ingredients to successful 
leadership, whether in sport, business or politics? 
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Matthias Heitmann
			freelance journalist; contributor, NovoArgumente; columnist, Schweizer Monat
		
		 
							
		
			Thais Portilho
			journalist; campaigns and public affairs consultant
		
		 
							
		
			Luke Regan
			research officer, The Sports Think Tank
		
		 
							
		
			Hilary Salt
			founder, First Actuarial
		
		 
							
		
			Philip Walters
			chair, Rising Stars (educational publisher), and the GL Education Group
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Geoff Kidder
				director, membership and events, Institute of Ideas; convenor, IoI Book Club; IoI’s resident expert in all sporting matters 
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5469</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Cotton-wool campus?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Cotton-wool campus?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cotton-wool-campus/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cotton-wool-campus/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2014 16:27:53 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cotton-wool-campus/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>When University College London’s students’ 
union banned a Nietzsche reading group in March, on the grounds that 
discussions about right-wing philosophers could encourage fascism and 
endanger the student body, many saw it as the reductio ad absurdum
 of student-union bans in recent years. These have included bans on 
Robin Thicke’s pop hit ‘Blurred Lines’, on the grounds that it might be 
distressing for victims of sexual assault, as well as everything from 
the Sun (thanks to Page 3) to ‘offensive’ T-shirts depicting 
Jesus and the prophet Mohammed in cartoon form. So have British 
universities become bastions of politically correct censorship? Or are 
such restrictions - enacted by elected unions rather than the state - a 
welcome attempt to ensure universities are safe spaces for all students?</p>

<p>Student politics has long involved political boycotts, going back to 
campus bans on Barclays Bank in the 1980s (for operating in apartheid 
South Africa), Nestlé products in the 1990s (for promoting baby milk in 
the developing world), or Israeli goods in the Noughties (in protest at 
the treatment of Palestinians). But for all their limitations, these 
campaigns were an attempt to engage with the world of politics outside 
the university. In the past few years, however, there seems to have been
 a trend towards student politics turning inwards. Students’ unions have
 instead become increasingly concerned with making campuses safe from 
potentially hostile outsiders, by enacting ‘no platform’ policies, first
 for ‘fascists’ and later other offensive speakers, from Islamists to 
radical feminists. </p>

<p>For some this is a progressive move because student unions have a 
duty to ensure that all students feel safe on campus, that no one feels 
excluded from campus activities and that no offence is caused by those 
activities. It is argued that women, LGBT and ethnic-minority students 
are often especially vulnerable and must be protected from intimidation 
and discomfort. Others feel the unions are engaged in acts of censorship
 which undermine academic freedom and treat students as children rather 
than adults. Do ‘safe space’ policies empower or infantilise students? 
Are today’s students simply not as robust as previous generations and so
 need protecting in ways their parents’ generation did not? Or have 
unions simply become more sensitive to the needs of their more 
vulnerable students?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9156'>Tom Bailey</a>
			
recent graduate, UCL; regular columnist, spiked
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9157'>Ellamay Russell</a>
			
postgraduate student, University of Sussex; writer, spiked
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9162'>Michael Segalov</a>
			
communications officer, University of Sussex Students’ Union; freelance journalist.
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9382'>Harriet Williamson</a>
			
columnist and blogger
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/3631'>Joel Cohen</a>
				
administrator, Debating Matters; freelance writer 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When University College London’s students’ 
union banned a Nietzsche reading group in March, on the grounds that 
discussions about right-wing philosophers could encourage fascism and 
endanger the student body, many saw it as the <em>reductio ad absurdum</em>
 of student-union bans in recent years. These have included bans on 
Robin Thicke’s pop hit ‘Blurred Lines’, on the grounds that it might be 
distressing for victims of sexual assault, as well as everything from 
the <em>Sun</em> (thanks to Page 3) to ‘offensive’ T-shirts depicting 
Jesus and the prophet Mohammed in cartoon form. So have British 
universities become bastions of politically correct censorship? Or are 
such restrictions - enacted by elected unions rather than the state - a 
welcome attempt to ensure universities are safe spaces for all students?</p>

<p>Student politics has long involved political boycotts, going back to 
campus bans on Barclays Bank in the 1980s (for operating in apartheid 
South Africa), Nestlé products in the 1990s (for promoting baby milk in 
the developing world), or Israeli goods in the Noughties (in protest at 
the treatment of Palestinians). But for all their limitations, these 
campaigns were an attempt to engage with the world of politics outside 
the university. In the past few years, however, there seems to have been
 a trend towards student politics turning inwards. Students’ unions have
 instead become increasingly concerned with making campuses safe from 
potentially hostile outsiders, by enacting ‘no platform’ policies, first
 for ‘fascists’ and later other offensive speakers, from Islamists to 
radical feminists. </p>

<p>For some this is a progressive move because student unions have a 
duty to ensure that all students feel safe on campus, that no one feels 
excluded from campus activities and that no offence is caused by those 
activities. It is argued that women, LGBT and ethnic-minority students 
are often especially vulnerable and must be protected from intimidation 
and discomfort. Others feel the unions are engaged in acts of censorship
 which undermine academic freedom and treat students as children rather 
than adults. Do ‘safe space’ policies empower or infantilise students? 
Are today’s students simply not as robust as previous generations and so
 need protecting in ways their parents’ generation did not? Or have 
unions simply become more sensitive to the needs of their more 
vulnerable students?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9156'>Tom Bailey</a>
			<br>
recent graduate, UCL; regular columnist, <em>spiked</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9157'>Ellamay Russell</a>
			<br>
postgraduate student, University of Sussex; writer, <em>spiked</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9162'>Michael Segalov</a>
			<br>
communications officer, University of Sussex Students’ Union; freelance journalist.
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9382'>Harriet Williamson</a>
			<br>
columnist and blogger
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/3631'>Joel Cohen</a>
				<br>
administrator, Debating Matters; freelance writer 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jzb3qr/Cottonwoolcampusmp3.mp3" length="62612911" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[When University College London’s students’ 
union banned a Nietzsche reading group in March, on the grounds that 
discussions about right-wing philosophers could encourage fascism and 
endanger the student body, many saw it as the reductio ad absurdum
 of student-union bans in recent years. These have included bans on 
Robin Thicke’s pop hit ‘Blurred Lines’, on the grounds that it might be 
distressing for victims of sexual assault, as well as everything from 
the Sun (thanks to Page 3) to ‘offensive’ T-shirts depicting 
Jesus and the prophet Mohammed in cartoon form. So have British 
universities become bastions of politically correct censorship? Or are 
such restrictions - enacted by elected unions rather than the state - a 
welcome attempt to ensure universities are safe spaces for all students?

Student politics has long involved political boycotts, going back to 
campus bans on Barclays Bank in the 1980s (for operating in apartheid 
South Africa), Nestlé products in the 1990s (for promoting baby milk in 
the developing world), or Israeli goods in the Noughties (in protest at 
the treatment of Palestinians). But for all their limitations, these 
campaigns were an attempt to engage with the world of politics outside 
the university. In the past few years, however, there seems to have been
 a trend towards student politics turning inwards. Students’ unions have
 instead become increasingly concerned with making campuses safe from 
potentially hostile outsiders, by enacting ‘no platform’ policies, first
 for ‘fascists’ and later other offensive speakers, from Islamists to 
radical feminists. 

For some this is a progressive move because student unions have a 
duty to ensure that all students feel safe on campus, that no one feels 
excluded from campus activities and that no offence is caused by those 
activities. It is argued that women, LGBT and ethnic-minority students 
are often especially vulnerable and must be protected from intimidation 
and discomfort. Others feel the unions are engaged in acts of censorship
 which undermine academic freedom and treat students as children rather 
than adults. Do ‘safe space’ policies empower or infantilise students? 
Are today’s students simply not as robust as previous generations and so
 need protecting in ways their parents’ generation did not? Or have 
unions simply become more sensitive to the needs of their more 
vulnerable students?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Tom Bailey
			recent graduate, UCL; regular columnist, spiked
		
		 
							
		
			Ellamay Russell
			postgraduate student, University of Sussex; writer, spiked
		
		 
							
		
			Michael Segalov
			communications officer, University of Sussex Students’ Union; freelance journalist.
		
		 
							
		
			Harriet Williamson
			columnist and blogger
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Joel Cohen
				administrator, Debating Matters; freelance writer 
			
		

	
	

					
				]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5035</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Immigration: who should control our borders?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Immigration: who should control our borders?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/immigration-who-should-control-our-borders/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/immigration-who-should-control-our-borders/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 12 Nov 2014 15:59:09 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/immigration-who-should-control-our-borders/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Immigration is a fraught political issue. 
Those opposing immigration – and especially the EU policy of granting 
freedom of movement to all EU citizens – argue that low-skilled workers 
from the relatively impoverished East are now driving down wages in the 
West. Then there is the spectre of the overseas benefits claimant, 
taking out without ever giving anything in return. The pro-immigration 
side counters that immigration is actually good for the economy. 
Migrants in the UK pay more in tax than they consume in public services,
 not least because inward migrants are more likely to be working age 
than the population in general. So does immigration help or hinder the 
UK economy? </p>

<p>Or does that question miss the point? While the much prophesised rush
 of immigrants taking advantage of the exhaustion of the seven-year ban 
on immigration from Romania and Bulgaria at the start of the year may 
not have come to pass, there are still plenty who claim that immigration
 is a big problem. To respond to public disquiet, the government has 
concentrated its efforts on non-EU immigrants. But for all its talk of 
caps and limits, the government seems incapable of enforcing anything of
 the sort. And for some, that is exactly the problem. EU rules 
effectively mean the UK government does not control its own borders, 
rendering the debate about whether immigration is a bane or a boon 
somewhat moot. </p>

<p>Moreover, it sometimes seems that what drives the nominally 
pro-immigration side is not so much freedom of movement, but the 
unsavoury associations of anti-immigration arguments. It is claimed that
 anti-immigration parties like UKIP will prompt ‘kneejerk xenophobia’, 
or exacerbate people’s ‘ill-informed prejudices’. Is this a 
pro-immigration position or anti-masses sentiment? Where are those 
willing to defend immigration on the grounds that everyone should be 
entitled to freedom of movement regardless of their passport or their 
skill-set? Is there a case for giving up on controlling borders 
altogether? Conversely, are arguments against immigration too defensive?
 Are secure borders essential to maintaining national sovereignty? Is it
 time for a different kind of debate?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/3657'>David Goodhart</a>
			
chair, Demos' Advisory Group; author, The British Dream
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/210'>Philippe Legrain</a>
			
visiting senior fellow, LSE’s European Institute; author, Immigrants: your country needs them and European Spring: Why Our Economies and Politics are in a Mess – and How to Put Them Right; former economic adviser to the President of the European Commission
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/220'>Bruno Waterfield</a>
			
Brussels correspondent, Daily Telegraph; co-author, No Means No
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9088'>Steven Woolfe</a>
			
UKIP Frontbench Spokesman on Migration and Financial Affairs
Co-ordinator EFDD Group, EU ECON Committee

		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Immigration is a fraught political issue. 
Those opposing immigration – and especially the EU policy of granting 
freedom of movement to all EU citizens – argue that low-skilled workers 
from the relatively impoverished East are now driving down wages in the 
West. Then there is the spectre of the overseas benefits claimant, 
taking out without ever giving anything in return. The pro-immigration 
side counters that immigration is actually good for the economy. 
Migrants in the UK pay more in tax than they consume in public services,
 not least because inward migrants are more likely to be working age 
than the population in general. So does immigration help or hinder the 
UK economy? </p>

<p>Or does that question miss the point? While the much prophesised rush
 of immigrants taking advantage of the exhaustion of the seven-year ban 
on immigration from Romania and Bulgaria at the start of the year may 
not have come to pass, there are still plenty who claim that immigration
 is a big problem. To respond to public disquiet, the government has 
concentrated its efforts on non-EU immigrants. But for all its talk of 
caps and limits, the government seems incapable of enforcing anything of
 the sort. And for some, that is exactly the problem. EU rules 
effectively mean the UK government does not control its own borders, 
rendering the debate about whether immigration is a bane or a boon 
somewhat moot. </p>

<p>Moreover, it sometimes seems that what drives the nominally 
pro-immigration side is not so much freedom of movement, but the 
unsavoury associations of anti-immigration arguments. It is claimed that
 anti-immigration parties like UKIP will prompt ‘kneejerk xenophobia’, 
or exacerbate people’s ‘ill-informed prejudices’. Is this a 
pro-immigration position or anti-masses sentiment? Where are those 
willing to defend immigration on the grounds that everyone should be 
entitled to freedom of movement regardless of their passport or their 
skill-set? Is there a case for giving up on controlling borders 
altogether? Conversely, are arguments against immigration too defensive?
 Are secure borders essential to maintaining national sovereignty? Is it
 time for a different kind of debate?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/3657'>David Goodhart</a>
			<br>
chair, Demos' Advisory Group; author, <em>The British Dream</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/210'>Philippe Legrain</a>
			<br>
visiting senior fellow, LSE’s European Institute; author, <em>Immigrants: your country needs them</em> and <em>European Spring: Why Our Economies and Politics are in a Mess – and How to Put Them Right</em>; former economic adviser to the President of the European Commission
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/220'>Bruno Waterfield</a>
			<br>
Brussels correspondent, <em>Daily Telegraph</em>; co-author, <em>No Means No</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9088'>Steven Woolfe</a>
			<br>
UKIP Frontbench Spokesman on Migration and Financial Affairs
Co-ordinator EFDD Group, EU ECON Committee

		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				<br>
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's <em>Moral Maze</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/25ws4t/Immigrationwhoshouldcontrolourborders.mp3" length="78653745" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Immigration is a fraught political issue. 
Those opposing immigration – and especially the EU policy of granting 
freedom of movement to all EU citizens – argue that low-skilled workers 
from the relatively impoverished East are now driving down wages in the 
West. Then there is the spectre of the overseas benefits claimant, 
taking out without ever giving anything in return. The pro-immigration 
side counters that immigration is actually good for the economy. 
Migrants in the UK pay more in tax than they consume in public services,
 not least because inward migrants are more likely to be working age 
than the population in general. So does immigration help or hinder the 
UK economy? 

Or does that question miss the point? While the much prophesised rush
 of immigrants taking advantage of the exhaustion of the seven-year ban 
on immigration from Romania and Bulgaria at the start of the year may 
not have come to pass, there are still plenty who claim that immigration
 is a big problem. To respond to public disquiet, the government has 
concentrated its efforts on non-EU immigrants. But for all its talk of 
caps and limits, the government seems incapable of enforcing anything of
 the sort. And for some, that is exactly the problem. EU rules 
effectively mean the UK government does not control its own borders, 
rendering the debate about whether immigration is a bane or a boon 
somewhat moot. 

Moreover, it sometimes seems that what drives the nominally 
pro-immigration side is not so much freedom of movement, but the 
unsavoury associations of anti-immigration arguments. It is claimed that
 anti-immigration parties like UKIP will prompt ‘kneejerk xenophobia’, 
or exacerbate people’s ‘ill-informed prejudices’. Is this a 
pro-immigration position or anti-masses sentiment? Where are those 
willing to defend immigration on the grounds that everyone should be 
entitled to freedom of movement regardless of their passport or their 
skill-set? Is there a case for giving up on controlling borders 
altogether? Conversely, are arguments against immigration too defensive?
 Are secure borders essential to maintaining national sovereignty? Is it
 time for a different kind of debate?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			David Goodhart
			chair, Demos' Advisory Group; author, The British Dream
		
		 
							
		
			Philippe Legrain
			visiting senior fellow, LSE’s European Institute; author, Immigrants: your country needs them and European Spring: Why Our Economies and Politics are in a Mess – and How to Put Them Right; former economic adviser to the President of the European Commission
		
		 
							
		
			Bruno Waterfield
			Brussels correspondent, Daily Telegraph; co-author, No Means No
		
		 
							
		
			Steven Woolfe
			UKIP Frontbench Spokesman on Migration and Financial Affairs
Co-ordinator EFDD Group, EU ECON Committee

		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Claire Fox
				director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4915</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Should we fear democracy?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Should we fear democracy?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-we-fear-democracy/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-we-fear-democracy/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 07 Nov 2014 15:52:49 +0000</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/should-we-fear-democracy/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>After surging forward through the latter 
part of the twentieth century after the defeat of fascism, 
decolonisation and the fall of the Berlin Wall, democracy appears to be 
in something of a retreat. According to the Economist, even 
though 45 per cent of the world’s population live in countries that 
‘hold free and fair elections’, there is now widespread recognition that
 ‘democracy’s global advance has come to a halt, and may even have gone 
into reverse’. After many years of trying to spread democracy abroad, 
the US and other Western powers seem to have lowered their sights 
following the tragic, contemporary debacle in Iraq. Elsewhere, the ‘Arab
 Spring’ has fared little better. Even in the established democracies of
 the West, democracy appears to have lost its enduring appeal, with 
declining voter turnout and a hollowing-out of once mass-membership 
political parties. It was once claimed that only democracies could 
develop economically; now, democracy is blamed for gridlock. The 
contrast between the failure of the US Congress to agree a budget and 
the ability of China to get things done is much remarked upon. </p>

<p>Very few in the developed world openly discount democracy as an 
ideal, but nearly everyone agrees the reality is flawed. Some would 
reform it in various ways: lowering the voting age, using more new 
technology, etc. Occupy activists oppose ‘representative democracy’ 
altogether, preferring ‘direct democracy’. Some argue for limits on 
democracy in favour of the considered opinion of experts. Elected 
governments in Greece and Italy have even been replaced by interim 
technocratic administrations during the European economic crisis, and 
democratic mandates can be annulled when people vote the ‘wrong way’, as
 when the Irish voted ‘No’ to the Lisbon Treaty in 2008 or when the 
Muslim Brotherhood was voted into power in Egypt. And far from being 
cheered as a historic democratic exercise that ousted an entrenched 
Gandhi dynasty, this year’s election in India provoked fears that 
815million voters were expressing atavistic religious prejudice. </p>

<p>If anything sums up the contemporary concern with democracy, it is 
the word ‘populism’. In Europe, it is the fear of people voting for the 
wrong sort of political party: the Front National in France, the PVV in 
the Netherlands, UKIP in the UK. In America, it is the fear of what used
 to be called the ‘moral majority’: conservative voters out of step with
 the liberal consensus on social issues.</p>

<p>Are populist political movements simply throwbacks, appealing to the 
bigotry of greying voters? Or do they give voice to the frustrations of 
citizens who feel increasingly cut off from an aloof and deracinated 
political class? Will the twenty-first century see the demise of 
democracy in favour of technocratic governance? What has so tarnished 
our view of what used to be the foundational principle of Western 
civilisation?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1463'>Professor Ivan Krastev</a>
			
Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9040'>Professor Chantal Mouffe</a>
			
Professor of political theory, University of Westminster; author, Agonistics: thinking the world politically
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/84'>Brendan O'Neill</a>
			
editor, spiked; columnist, Big Issue; contributor, Spectator
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/92'>Dr David Runciman</a>
			
professor of politics, Department of Politics and International Studies (POLIS), Cambridge University; author, The Confidence Trap: A History of Democracy in Crisis from World War 1 to the Present

		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>After surging forward through the latter 
part of the twentieth century after the defeat of fascism, 
decolonisation and the fall of the Berlin Wall, democracy appears to be 
in something of a retreat. According to the <em>Economist</em>, even 
though 45 per cent of the world’s population live in countries that 
‘hold free and fair elections’, there is now widespread recognition that
 ‘democracy’s global advance has come to a halt, and may even have gone 
into reverse’. After many years of trying to spread democracy abroad, 
the US and other Western powers seem to have lowered their sights 
following the tragic, contemporary debacle in Iraq. Elsewhere, the ‘Arab
 Spring’ has fared little better. Even in the established democracies of
 the West, democracy appears to have lost its enduring appeal, with 
declining voter turnout and a hollowing-out of once mass-membership 
political parties. It was once claimed that only democracies could 
develop economically; now, democracy is blamed for gridlock. The 
contrast between the failure of the US Congress to agree a budget and 
the ability of China to get things done is much remarked upon. </p>

<p>Very few in the developed world openly discount democracy as an 
ideal, but nearly everyone agrees the reality is flawed. Some would 
reform it in various ways: lowering the voting age, using more new 
technology, etc. Occupy activists oppose ‘representative democracy’ 
altogether, preferring ‘direct democracy’. Some argue for limits on 
democracy in favour of the considered opinion of experts. Elected 
governments in Greece and Italy have even been replaced by interim 
technocratic administrations during the European economic crisis, and 
democratic mandates can be annulled when people vote the ‘wrong way’, as
 when the Irish voted ‘No’ to the Lisbon Treaty in 2008 or when the 
Muslim Brotherhood was voted into power in Egypt. And far from being 
cheered as a historic democratic exercise that ousted an entrenched 
Gandhi dynasty, this year’s election in India provoked fears that 
815million voters were expressing atavistic religious prejudice. </p>

<p>If anything sums up the contemporary concern with democracy, it is 
the word ‘populism’. In Europe, it is the fear of people voting for the 
wrong sort of political party: the Front National in France, the PVV in 
the Netherlands, UKIP in the UK. In America, it is the fear of what used
 to be called the ‘moral majority’: conservative voters out of step with
 the liberal consensus on social issues.</p>

<p>Are populist political movements simply throwbacks, appealing to the 
bigotry of greying voters? Or do they give voice to the frustrations of 
citizens who feel increasingly cut off from an aloof and deracinated 
political class? Will the twenty-first century see the demise of 
democracy in favour of technocratic governance? What has so tarnished 
our view of what used to be the foundational principle of Western 
civilisation?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/1463'>Professor Ivan Krastev</a>
			<br>
Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9040'>Professor Chantal Mouffe</a>
			<br>
Professor of political theory, University of Westminster; author, <em>Agonistics: thinking the world politically</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/84'>Brendan O'Neill</a>
			<br>
editor, <em>spiked</em>; columnist, <em>Big Issue</em>; contributor, <em>Spectator</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/92'>Dr David Runciman</a>
			<br>
professor of politics, Department of Politics and International Studies (POLIS), Cambridge University; author, <em>The Confidence Trap: A History of Democracy in Crisis from World War 1 to the Present</em>

		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				<br>
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's <em>Moral Maze</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dfk9ey/Shouldwefeardemocracymp3.mp3" length="81138157" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[After surging forward through the latter 
part of the twentieth century after the defeat of fascism, 
decolonisation and the fall of the Berlin Wall, democracy appears to be 
in something of a retreat. According to the Economist, even 
though 45 per cent of the world’s population live in countries that 
‘hold free and fair elections’, there is now widespread recognition that
 ‘democracy’s global advance has come to a halt, and may even have gone 
into reverse’. After many years of trying to spread democracy abroad, 
the US and other Western powers seem to have lowered their sights 
following the tragic, contemporary debacle in Iraq. Elsewhere, the ‘Arab
 Spring’ has fared little better. Even in the established democracies of
 the West, democracy appears to have lost its enduring appeal, with 
declining voter turnout and a hollowing-out of once mass-membership 
political parties. It was once claimed that only democracies could 
develop economically; now, democracy is blamed for gridlock. The 
contrast between the failure of the US Congress to agree a budget and 
the ability of China to get things done is much remarked upon. 

Very few in the developed world openly discount democracy as an 
ideal, but nearly everyone agrees the reality is flawed. Some would 
reform it in various ways: lowering the voting age, using more new 
technology, etc. Occupy activists oppose ‘representative democracy’ 
altogether, preferring ‘direct democracy’. Some argue for limits on 
democracy in favour of the considered opinion of experts. Elected 
governments in Greece and Italy have even been replaced by interim 
technocratic administrations during the European economic crisis, and 
democratic mandates can be annulled when people vote the ‘wrong way’, as
 when the Irish voted ‘No’ to the Lisbon Treaty in 2008 or when the 
Muslim Brotherhood was voted into power in Egypt. And far from being 
cheered as a historic democratic exercise that ousted an entrenched 
Gandhi dynasty, this year’s election in India provoked fears that 
815million voters were expressing atavistic religious prejudice. 

If anything sums up the contemporary concern with democracy, it is 
the word ‘populism’. In Europe, it is the fear of people voting for the 
wrong sort of political party: the Front National in France, the PVV in 
the Netherlands, UKIP in the UK. In America, it is the fear of what used
 to be called the ‘moral majority’: conservative voters out of step with
 the liberal consensus on social issues.

Are populist political movements simply throwbacks, appealing to the 
bigotry of greying voters? Or do they give voice to the frustrations of 
citizens who feel increasingly cut off from an aloof and deracinated 
political class? Will the twenty-first century see the demise of 
democracy in favour of technocratic governance? What has so tarnished 
our view of what used to be the foundational principle of Western 
civilisation?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Professor Ivan Krastev
			Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna
		
		 
							
		
			Professor Chantal Mouffe
			Professor of political theory, University of Westminster; author, Agonistics: thinking the world politically
		
		 
							
		
			Brendan O'Neill
			editor, spiked; columnist, Big Issue; contributor, Spectator
		
		 
							
		
			Dr David Runciman
			professor of politics, Department of Politics and International Studies (POLIS), Cambridge University; author, The Confidence Trap: A History of Democracy in Crisis from World War 1 to the Present

		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Claire Fox
				director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5847</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Cultural regeneration or gentrification?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Cultural regeneration or gentrification?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cultural-regeneration-or-gentrification/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cultural-regeneration-or-gentrification/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2014 14:21:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/cultural-regeneration-or-gentrification/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Cultural policy is seen as essential in 
helping to regenerate previously unfashionable areas of east London and 
right across the capital. Every neighbourhood seems keen to emphasise 
its credentials as a creative, artist-friendly hub and no urban space is
 complete without short-let ‘pop-up’ shops and restaurants, temporary 
cinemas or urban beaches. Supporters argue that such playful, 
small-scale interventions can help ‘citizens take ownership of their 
city’ and engender a community spirit seen as sorely diminished after 
the 2011 riots. </p>

<p>Yet others are more sceptical about the merits of such schemes, 
seeing them as invariably corporate-sponsored examples of ‘hipster 
gentrification’, which undermines rather than bolsters civic engagement,
 with even the creatives of east London’s Tech City complaining 
development of the area will change its ‘unique character’. 

While many artists claim to be committed to being friendly with 
residents and helping to improve neighbourhoods, the sceptics argue that
 they are, knowingly or unwittingly, helping gentrification. CityLab
 magazine recently called it ‘Artwashing’: getting an area cleaned up 
before properties are bought up cheap, with existing residents removed 
and flats sold for the highest price possible. </p>

<p>Some hail the rise of artist-led cultural initiatives as a radical 
challenge to both the problems of austerity and the perceived stifling 
sanitisation of contemporary public life. Are playful, small-scale 
interventions and urban explorations a challenge to the sanitised city, 
or merely part of it? To what extent do they provide a means to nurture 
the urban realm and engender community spirit? In any case, is 
gentrification inevitable?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers


		        		
				 
							
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/44'>Alan Miller</a>
			
co-director, NY Salon; co-founder, London's Truman Brewery; partner, Argosy Pictures Film Company


 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9441'>Emma Dent-Coad</a>
			
leader, Labour Group, Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea Council; design and architecture journalist
		
		


		

		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9438'>Feargus O’Sullivan</a>
			
Europe correspondent, CityLab
		
		

 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9440'>James Stevens</a>
			
strategic planner, Home Builders Federation
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/516'>David Bowden</a>
				
coordinator, UK Battle Satellites; columnist, spiked]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Cultural policy is seen as essential in 
helping to regenerate previously unfashionable areas of east London and 
right across the capital. Every neighbourhood seems keen to emphasise 
its credentials as a creative, artist-friendly hub and no urban space is
 complete without short-let ‘pop-up’ shops and restaurants, temporary 
cinemas or urban beaches. Supporters argue that such playful, 
small-scale interventions can help ‘citizens take ownership of their 
city’ and engender a community spirit seen as sorely diminished after 
the 2011 riots. </p>

<p>Yet others are more sceptical about the merits of such schemes, 
seeing them as invariably corporate-sponsored examples of ‘hipster 
gentrification’, which undermines rather than bolsters civic engagement,
 with even the creatives of east London’s Tech City complaining 
development of the area will change its ‘unique character’. <br>

While many artists claim to be committed to being friendly with 
residents and helping to improve neighbourhoods, the sceptics argue that
 they are, knowingly or unwittingly, helping gentrification. <em>CityLab</em>
 magazine recently called it ‘Artwashing’: getting an area cleaned up 
before properties are bought up cheap, with existing residents removed 
and flats sold for the highest price possible. </p>

<p>Some hail the rise of artist-led cultural initiatives as a radical 
challenge to both the problems of austerity and the perceived stifling 
sanitisation of contemporary public life. Are playful, small-scale 
interventions and urban explorations a challenge to the sanitised city, 
or merely part of it? To what extent do they provide a means to nurture 
the urban realm and engender community spirit? In any case, is 
gentrification inevitable?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers<br>
<br>

		        		
				 
							
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/44'>Alan Miller</a>
			<br>
co-director, NY Salon; co-founder, London's Truman Brewery; partner, Argosy Pictures Film Company<br>
<br>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9441'>Emma Dent-Coad</a>
			<br>
leader, Labour Group, Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea Council; design and architecture journalist
		
		<br>
<br>

		<br>

		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9438'>Feargus O’Sullivan</a>
			<br>
Europe correspondent, <em>CityLab</em>
		
		<br>
<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9440'>James Stevens</a>
			<br>
strategic planner, Home Builders Federation
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/516'>David Bowden</a>
				<br>
coordinator, UK Battle Satellites; columnist, <em>spiked</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/unfmbz/Bowmp3.mp3" length="87243897" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Cultural policy is seen as essential in 
helping to regenerate previously unfashionable areas of east London and 
right across the capital. Every neighbourhood seems keen to emphasise 
its credentials as a creative, artist-friendly hub and no urban space is
 complete without short-let ‘pop-up’ shops and restaurants, temporary 
cinemas or urban beaches. Supporters argue that such playful, 
small-scale interventions can help ‘citizens take ownership of their 
city’ and engender a community spirit seen as sorely diminished after 
the 2011 riots. 

Yet others are more sceptical about the merits of such schemes, 
seeing them as invariably corporate-sponsored examples of ‘hipster 
gentrification’, which undermines rather than bolsters civic engagement,
 with even the creatives of east London’s Tech City complaining 
development of the area will change its ‘unique character’. 
While many artists claim to be committed to being friendly with 
residents and helping to improve neighbourhoods, the sceptics argue that
 they are, knowingly or unwittingly, helping gentrification. CityLab
 magazine recently called it ‘Artwashing’: getting an area cleaned up 
before properties are bought up cheap, with existing residents removed 
and flats sold for the highest price possible. 

Some hail the rise of artist-led cultural initiatives as a radical 
challenge to both the problems of austerity and the perceived stifling 
sanitisation of contemporary public life. Are playful, small-scale 
interventions and urban explorations a challenge to the sanitised city, 
or merely part of it? To what extent do they provide a means to nurture 
the urban realm and engender community spirit? In any case, is 
gentrification inevitable?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
			Alan Miller
			co-director, NY Salon; co-founder, London's Truman Brewery; partner, Argosy Pictures Film Company 
							
		
			Emma Dent-Coad
			leader, Labour Group, Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea Council; design and architecture journalist
		
		
		
		 
							
		
			Feargus O’Sullivan
			Europe correspondent, CityLab
		
		 
							
		
			James Stevens
			strategic planner, Home Builders Federation
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				David Bowden
				coordinator, UK Battle Satellites; columnist, spiked]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5653</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2015: From Magna Carta to ECHR - do we need a British Bill of Rights?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2015: From Magna Carta to ECHR - do we need a British Bill of Rights?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-magna-carta-to-echr-do-we-need-a-british-bill-of-rights/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-magna-carta-to-echr-do-we-need-a-british-bill-of-rights/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2014 18:07:13 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/from-magna-carta-to-echr-do-we-need-a-british-bill-of-rights/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Next year marks 800 years since the signing 
of Magna Carta. While the build-up to its anniversary has been dominated
 by arguments about whether it should be taught in schools as part of 
lessons on ‘British values’ aimed at tackling ‘Trojan Horse’ extremism, 
others have strongly suggested Britain needs a contemporary equivalent. 
Whilst the coalition’s Commission on a Bill of Rights produced 
ambivalent conclusions, leading Conservative politicians have pledged 
that it will be a key part of their general election manifesto. Yet 
while the original brief for the Bill of Rights was for a document 
‘which incorporates and builds on Britain’s obligations under the 
European Convention on Human Rights’ such a move is widely seen as a 
potential replacement for the Human Rights Act with Britain leaving the 
ECHR altogether.</p>

<p>Supporters see a British Bill of Rights as an important move in 
regaining control over key areas of national sovereignty, threatened by 
increasingly activist judges based in Strasbourg. Many opponents, 
including leading civil-liberties campaigners, charge the proposal as 
being a return of Tories as ‘the nasty party’ keen on limiting 
individual and worker protections enshrined under the Human Rights Act. 
In any case, it is not clear what immediate gains a UK government would 
make from leaving the ECHR, given the increasing willingness of British 
courts to challenge government policies – for example, on workfare - and
 the need to meet Western standards around universal human rights.</p>

<p>Some see the British Bill of Rights as an opportunity to rethink our 
contemporary attitude to rights. Historically, many see a rights culture
 as standing in a British tradition dating back to the Magna Carta of 
1215 and embracing the 1688 Bill of Rights. Others see sharp 
distinctions between the natural-rights tradition dating back to John 
Locke and that which culminated in the French Declaration of the Rights 
of Man in the wake of the French Revolution and the American Bill of 
Rights of 1791.  Is it significant that these documents that talk the 
language of natural rights tend to seek freedom from the state whereas the human rights
 tradition embodied in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) 
and the European Convention on Human Rights (1950) tend to seek the 
state’s protection?</p>

<p>Could a British Bill of Rights represent a more democratic 
alternative to the ECHR, or simply greater powers for unelected judges 
in Britain rather than their counterparts in Strasbourg? Does it 
represent an opportunity to safeguard civil liberties and national 
security, as various supporters hope, or risk sacrificing hard-won 
rights to contemporary opportunist politicians? What advantages would it
 hold over the existing framework provided by the Human Rights Act? 
Would its introduction be a triumph for democracy or populism? Who 
should we trust to make our laws?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/6996'>Jon Holbrook</a>
			
barrister and writer on legal issues for spiked and the New Law Journal
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9421'>Martin Howe QC</a>
			
barrister; member, Commission on A Bill of Rights
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9355'>Helen Mountfield QC</a>
			
barrister, Matrix Chambers, London; trustee, Equal Rights Trust
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9383'>Rupert Myers</a>
			
barrister and writer
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9215'>Adam Wagner</a>
			
barrister, 1 Crown Office Row



					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Next year marks 800 years since the signing 
of Magna Carta. While the build-up to its anniversary has been dominated
 by arguments about whether it should be taught in schools as part of 
lessons on ‘British values’ aimed at tackling ‘Trojan Horse’ extremism, 
others have strongly suggested Britain needs a contemporary equivalent. 
Whilst the coalition’s Commission on a Bill of Rights produced 
ambivalent conclusions, leading Conservative politicians have pledged 
that it will be a key part of their general election manifesto. Yet 
while the original brief for the Bill of Rights was for a document 
‘which incorporates and builds on Britain’s obligations under the 
European Convention on Human Rights’ such a move is widely seen as a 
potential replacement for the Human Rights Act with Britain leaving the 
ECHR altogether.</p>

<p>Supporters see a British Bill of Rights as an important move in 
regaining control over key areas of national sovereignty, threatened by 
increasingly activist judges based in Strasbourg. Many opponents, 
including leading civil-liberties campaigners, charge the proposal as 
being a return of Tories as ‘the nasty party’ keen on limiting 
individual and worker protections enshrined under the Human Rights Act. 
In any case, it is not clear what immediate gains a UK government would 
make from leaving the ECHR, given the increasing willingness of British 
courts to challenge government policies – for example, on workfare - and
 the need to meet Western standards around universal human rights.</p>

<p>Some see the British Bill of Rights as an opportunity to rethink our 
contemporary attitude to rights. Historically, many see a rights culture
 as standing in a British tradition dating back to the Magna Carta of 
1215 and embracing the 1688 Bill of Rights. Others see sharp 
distinctions between the natural-rights tradition dating back to John 
Locke and that which culminated in the French Declaration of the Rights 
of Man in the wake of the French Revolution and the American Bill of 
Rights of 1791.  Is it significant that these documents that talk the 
language of <em>natural rights</em> tend to seek freedom from the state whereas the <em>human rights</em>
 tradition embodied in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) 
and the European Convention on Human Rights (1950) tend to seek the 
state’s protection?</p>

<p>Could a British Bill of Rights represent a more democratic 
alternative to the ECHR, or simply greater powers for unelected judges 
in Britain rather than their counterparts in Strasbourg? Does it 
represent an opportunity to safeguard civil liberties and national 
security, as various supporters hope, or risk sacrificing hard-won 
rights to contemporary opportunist politicians? What advantages would it
 hold over the existing framework provided by the Human Rights Act? 
Would its introduction be a triumph for democracy or populism? Who 
should we trust to make our laws?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/6996'>Jon Holbrook</a>
			<br>
barrister and writer on legal issues for <em>spiked</em> and the <em>New Law Journal</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9421'>Martin Howe QC</a>
			<br>
barrister; member, Commission on A Bill of Rights
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9355'>Helen Mountfield QC</a>
			<br>
barrister, Matrix Chambers, London; trustee, Equal Rights Trust
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9383'>Rupert Myers</a>
			<br>
barrister and writer
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9215'>Adam Wagner</a>
			<br>
barrister, 1 Crown Office Row<br>
<br>
<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a>
				<br>
director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's <em>Moral Maze</em><br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/dxmy2t/FromMagnaCartatoECHRdoweneedaBritishBillofRightsmp3.mp3" length="94876597" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Next year marks 800 years since the signing 
of Magna Carta. While the build-up to its anniversary has been dominated
 by arguments about whether it should be taught in schools as part of 
lessons on ‘British values’ aimed at tackling ‘Trojan Horse’ extremism, 
others have strongly suggested Britain needs a contemporary equivalent. 
Whilst the coalition’s Commission on a Bill of Rights produced 
ambivalent conclusions, leading Conservative politicians have pledged 
that it will be a key part of their general election manifesto. Yet 
while the original brief for the Bill of Rights was for a document 
‘which incorporates and builds on Britain’s obligations under the 
European Convention on Human Rights’ such a move is widely seen as a 
potential replacement for the Human Rights Act with Britain leaving the 
ECHR altogether.

Supporters see a British Bill of Rights as an important move in 
regaining control over key areas of national sovereignty, threatened by 
increasingly activist judges based in Strasbourg. Many opponents, 
including leading civil-liberties campaigners, charge the proposal as 
being a return of Tories as ‘the nasty party’ keen on limiting 
individual and worker protections enshrined under the Human Rights Act. 
In any case, it is not clear what immediate gains a UK government would 
make from leaving the ECHR, given the increasing willingness of British 
courts to challenge government policies – for example, on workfare - and
 the need to meet Western standards around universal human rights.

Some see the British Bill of Rights as an opportunity to rethink our 
contemporary attitude to rights. Historically, many see a rights culture
 as standing in a British tradition dating back to the Magna Carta of 
1215 and embracing the 1688 Bill of Rights. Others see sharp 
distinctions between the natural-rights tradition dating back to John 
Locke and that which culminated in the French Declaration of the Rights 
of Man in the wake of the French Revolution and the American Bill of 
Rights of 1791.  Is it significant that these documents that talk the 
language of natural rights tend to seek freedom from the state whereas the human rights
 tradition embodied in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) 
and the European Convention on Human Rights (1950) tend to seek the 
state’s protection?

Could a British Bill of Rights represent a more democratic 
alternative to the ECHR, or simply greater powers for unelected judges 
in Britain rather than their counterparts in Strasbourg? Does it 
represent an opportunity to safeguard civil liberties and national 
security, as various supporters hope, or risk sacrificing hard-won 
rights to contemporary opportunist politicians? What advantages would it
 hold over the existing framework provided by the Human Rights Act? 
Would its introduction be a triumph for democracy or populism? Who 
should we trust to make our laws?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Jon Holbrook
			barrister and writer on legal issues for spiked and the New Law Journal
		
		 
							
		
			Martin Howe QC
			barrister; member, Commission on A Bill of Rights
		
		 
							
		
			Helen Mountfield QC
			barrister, Matrix Chambers, London; trustee, Equal Rights Trust
		
		 
							
		
			Rupert Myers
			barrister and writer
		
		 
							
		
			Adam Wagner
			barrister, 1 Crown Office Row
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Claire Fox
				director, Institute of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>6172</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_2015929jv.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2012: To build or not to build?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2012: To build or not to build?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/to-build-or-not-to-build/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/to-build-or-not-to-build/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2014 17:06:55 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/to-build-or-not-to-build/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
				This podcast was recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 21 October, 2012 
				

				
										<p>From Boris Island to the Dale Farm gypsies, no building 
project seems too big or small to fall foul of the UK’s notoriously 
stringent planning laws, which sometimes seem to exist to prevent 
development rather than manage it. In contrast to China, which delivers 
new development equivalent to a country the size of Greece every six 
months, the UK planning system seems to be in a permanent state of 
denial. The Thames Gateway, High Speed Rail 2, Heathrow’s third runway, 
Battersea Power Station redux, Green Belt housing and even Eco-Towns 
have all run up against a wall. Perhaps the biggest issue is in housing,
 where building languishes at the lowest levels since the First World 
War. By some estimates, five million people are waiting on housing 
registers. According to Shelter, the younger generation bears the brunt 
with a fifth of 18- to 34-year-olds living with their parents because 
they can’t afford to rent or buy a home.</p>

<p>At Inside Housing, Colin Wiles argues the need to build three 
million new homes on greenfield land in the next 20 years. But few 
others seem willing to countenance actually increasing housing stock. 
The charity Intergenerational Foundation argues the problem is 
‘under-occupation’ and that elderly people should be encouraged to move 
out of their ‘big houses’ to make room for larger families. Eight 
‘radical solutions’ to the housing crisis discussed on the BBC News 
website included curbing population growth, forcing landlords to sell or
 let empty properties, and banning second homes. Meanwhile, the likes of
 the National Trust, the Countryside Alliance and the Campaign to 
Protect Rural England campaign against any liberalisation of planning. 
More broadly, many people distrust developers, fearing they will scar 
the countryside and destroy our architectural heritage. </p>

<p>Some ask why has planning lost its way and what happened to the big 
visionary plans of the past. David Cameron wants us to rediscover how 
‘to build for the future with as much confidence and ambition as the 
Victorians once did’. But will cutting ‘red tape’ and simplifying the 
system be enough? Does the new ‘presumption in favour of sustainable 
development’ merely reinforce the ‘green tape’ that is already a barrier
 to development? What are the smart ways to deliver good urban 
development? Is the solution better top-down planning, more bottom-up 
planning, or something else altogether?</p>
<p>
</p>

			
				Speakers
		        	
			
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7019'>Professor Kelvin Campbell</a>
managing director, Urban Initiatives; author, Massive Small: the operating system for smart urbanism
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1489'>Penny Lewis</a>
lecturer, Scott Sutherland School of Architecture, Robert Gordon University; co-founder, AE Foundation
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7154'>Paul Miner</a>
senior planning officer, Campaign to Protect Rural England
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/2805'>Daniel Moylan</a>
The Mayor of London's Aviation Adviser; Conservative councillor, Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7110'>Christine Murray</a>
editor, The Architects' Journal
Chair:
		
					
				
					<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1019'>Michael Owens</a>
					
commercial director, Bow Arts Trust; owner, London Urban Visits; formerly, head of development policy, London Development Agency
				
			
	

	
			
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
				This podcast was recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 21 October, 2012 <em></em>
				

				
										<p>From Boris Island to the Dale Farm gypsies, no building 
project seems too big or small to fall foul of the UK’s notoriously 
stringent planning laws, which sometimes seem to exist to prevent 
development rather than manage it. In contrast to China, which delivers 
new development equivalent to a country the size of Greece every six 
months, the UK planning system seems to be in a permanent state of 
denial. The Thames Gateway, High Speed Rail 2, Heathrow’s third runway, 
Battersea Power Station redux, Green Belt housing and even Eco-Towns 
have all run up against a wall. Perhaps the biggest issue is in housing,
 where building languishes at the lowest levels since the First World 
War. By some estimates, five million people are waiting on housing 
registers. According to Shelter, the younger generation bears the brunt 
with a fifth of 18- to 34-year-olds living with their parents because 
they can’t afford to rent or buy a home.</p>

<p>At <em>Inside Housing</em>, Colin Wiles argues the need to build three 
million new homes on greenfield land in the next 20 years. But few 
others seem willing to countenance actually increasing housing stock. 
The charity Intergenerational Foundation argues the problem is 
‘under-occupation’ and that elderly people should be encouraged to move 
out of their ‘big houses’ to make room for larger families. Eight 
‘radical solutions’ to the housing crisis discussed on the BBC News 
website included curbing population growth, forcing landlords to sell or
 let empty properties, and banning second homes. Meanwhile, the likes of
 the National Trust, the Countryside Alliance and the Campaign to 
Protect Rural England campaign against any liberalisation of planning. 
More broadly, many people distrust developers, fearing they will scar 
the countryside and destroy our architectural heritage. </p>

<p>Some ask why has planning lost its way and what happened to the big 
visionary plans of the past. David Cameron wants us to rediscover how 
‘to build for the future with as much confidence and ambition as the 
Victorians once did’. But will cutting ‘red tape’ and simplifying the 
system be enough? Does the new ‘presumption in favour of sustainable 
development’ merely reinforce the ‘green tape’ that is already a barrier
 to development? What are the smart ways to deliver good urban 
development? Is the solution better top-down planning, more bottom-up 
planning, or something else altogether?</p>
<p><br>
</p>

			
				Speakers
		        	
			<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7019'>Professor Kelvin Campbell</a><br>
managing director, Urban Initiatives; author, <em>Massive Small: the operating system for smart urbanism</em><br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1489'>Penny Lewis</a><br>
lecturer, Scott Sutherland School of Architecture, Robert Gordon University; co-founder, AE Foundation<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7154'>Paul Miner</a><br>
senior planning officer, Campaign to Protect Rural England<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/2805'>Daniel Moylan</a><br>
The Mayor of London's Aviation Adviser; Conservative councillor, Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7110'>Christine Murray</a><br>
editor, <em>The Architects' Journal</em><br>
<em>Chair:</em>
		
					
				
					<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1019'>Michael Owens</a>
					<br>
commercial director, Bow Arts Trust; owner, London Urban Visits; formerly, head of development policy, London Development Agency
				
			
	

	
			
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/65nkbh/Tobuildornottobuildmp3.mp3" length="71228662" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
				This podcast was recorded at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London on Sunday 21 October, 2012 
				

				
										From Boris Island to the Dale Farm gypsies, no building 
project seems too big or small to fall foul of the UK’s notoriously 
stringent planning laws, which sometimes seem to exist to prevent 
development rather than manage it. In contrast to China, which delivers 
new development equivalent to a country the size of Greece every six 
months, the UK planning system seems to be in a permanent state of 
denial. The Thames Gateway, High Speed Rail 2, Heathrow’s third runway, 
Battersea Power Station redux, Green Belt housing and even Eco-Towns 
have all run up against a wall. Perhaps the biggest issue is in housing,
 where building languishes at the lowest levels since the First World 
War. By some estimates, five million people are waiting on housing 
registers. According to Shelter, the younger generation bears the brunt 
with a fifth of 18- to 34-year-olds living with their parents because 
they can’t afford to rent or buy a home.

At Inside Housing, Colin Wiles argues the need to build three 
million new homes on greenfield land in the next 20 years. But few 
others seem willing to countenance actually increasing housing stock. 
The charity Intergenerational Foundation argues the problem is 
‘under-occupation’ and that elderly people should be encouraged to move 
out of their ‘big houses’ to make room for larger families. Eight 
‘radical solutions’ to the housing crisis discussed on the BBC News 
website included curbing population growth, forcing landlords to sell or
 let empty properties, and banning second homes. Meanwhile, the likes of
 the National Trust, the Countryside Alliance and the Campaign to 
Protect Rural England campaign against any liberalisation of planning. 
More broadly, many people distrust developers, fearing they will scar 
the countryside and destroy our architectural heritage. 

Some ask why has planning lost its way and what happened to the big 
visionary plans of the past. David Cameron wants us to rediscover how 
‘to build for the future with as much confidence and ambition as the 
Victorians once did’. But will cutting ‘red tape’ and simplifying the 
system be enough? Does the new ‘presumption in favour of sustainable 
development’ merely reinforce the ‘green tape’ that is already a barrier
 to development? What are the smart ways to deliver good urban 
development? Is the solution better top-down planning, more bottom-up 
planning, or something else altogether?
			
				Speakers
		        	
			Professor Kelvin Campbellmanaging director, Urban Initiatives; author, Massive Small: the operating system for smart urbanismPenny Lewislecturer, Scott Sutherland School of Architecture, Robert Gordon University; co-founder, AE FoundationPaul Minersenior planning officer, Campaign to Protect Rural EnglandDaniel MoylanThe Mayor of London's Aviation Adviser; Conservative councillor, Royal Borough of Kensington and ChelseaChristine Murrayeditor, The Architects' JournalChair:
		
					
				
					Michael Owens
					commercial director, Bow Arts Trust; owner, London Urban Visits; formerly, head of development policy, London Development Agency
				
			
	

	
			
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4769</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20126qn1x.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2014: Opera: are we all invited?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2014: Opera: are we all invited?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/opera-are-we-all-invited/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/opera-are-we-all-invited/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 26 Sep 2014 14:19:27 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/opera-are-we-all-invited/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Despite the economic crisis, art in Greece 
is booming. By 2015, new museums and cultural organisations are 
scheduled to open their doors to the public, many of them privately 
funded rather than state-run as in the past. As Greek classical 
orchestras and opera companies find themselves in a bleak financial 
situation due to government spending cuts, private funding seems to have
 offered a way out. At the same time, non-traditional venues such as 
Syntagma Square’s metro station and airplane flights have been used as 
opera stages, in an effort to promote it to new audiences.</p>

<p>Yet the question of how opera, along with other elite art forms such 
as classical music and theatre, can and should be made more accessible 
to all is a fraught one. Some argue, for example, that the key lies in 
demystifying some of opera’s difficulty by incorporating elements from 
popular culture and emphasising its contemporary socio-political 
relevance. Yet others warn that such an approach risks alienating 
current and potential audiences who are attracted to art precisely 
because it is so strange and diverts us from everyday concerns. They 
argue that the opera world – especially critics - should certainly focus
 their energies on inspiring and explaining opera’s virtues for the 
curious, while accepting that The Ring Cycle isn’t for everyone. </p>

<p>Can such projects – whether privately or state funded - really be 
justified when they bring little obvious benefit to most Greeks, 
especially in a period of economic crisis? What emphasis should 
performers and critics place on making opera more accessible versus 
making judgments on purely artistic grounds? Does opera, or any other 
‘difficult’ art form, by definition need to be held to different 
standards of accessibility than popular culture?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9259'>Dr Eugenia Arsenis</a>
			
director; dramaturg, Center for Contemporary Opera, New York
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/268'>Dolan Cummings</a>
			
associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; editor, Debating Humanism; co-founder, Manifesto Club
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9418'>Dr Nikos Dontas</a>
			
head, Dramaturgy Department, Greek National Opera; music critic, Kathimerini
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9265'>Dimitrios Kiousopoulos</a>
			
historian; columnist, Eleftherotypia
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9294'>Ioannis Tselikas</a>
			
assistant professor, Hellenic American University; music editor and performer
		
		

					Chair
		        	

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/44'>Alan Miller</a>
				
co-director, NY Salon; co-founder, London's Truman Brewery; partner, Argosy Pictures Film Company 
			
		

	
	

					
				

	        		    Produced by
			        
			
		
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/270'>Geoff Kidder</a> director, membership and events, Institute of Ideas; convenor, IoI Book Club; IoI’s resident expert in all sporting matters
		
	

	

		
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5927'>Ira Papadopoulou</a> director of cultural affairs, Hellenic American Union
		
	

	

		
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5875'>Dr Nikos Sotirakopoulos</a> assistant lecturer in sociology, University of Kent
		]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Despite the economic crisis, art in Greece 
is booming. By 2015, new museums and cultural organisations are 
scheduled to open their doors to the public, many of them privately 
funded rather than state-run as in the past. As Greek classical 
orchestras and opera companies find themselves in a bleak financial 
situation due to government spending cuts, private funding seems to have
 offered a way out. At the same time, non-traditional venues such as 
Syntagma Square’s metro station and airplane flights have been used as 
opera stages, in an effort to promote it to new audiences.</p>

<p>Yet the question of how opera, along with other elite art forms such 
as classical music and theatre, can and should be made more accessible 
to all is a fraught one. Some argue, for example, that the key lies in 
demystifying some of opera’s difficulty by incorporating elements from 
popular culture and emphasising its contemporary socio-political 
relevance. Yet others warn that such an approach risks alienating 
current and potential audiences who are attracted to art precisely 
because it is so strange and diverts us from everyday concerns. They 
argue that the opera world – especially critics - should certainly focus
 their energies on inspiring and explaining opera’s virtues for the 
curious, while accepting that The Ring Cycle isn’t for everyone. </p>

<p>Can such projects – whether privately or state funded - really be 
justified when they bring little obvious benefit to most Greeks, 
especially in a period of economic crisis? What emphasis should 
performers and critics place on making opera more accessible versus 
making judgments on purely artistic grounds? Does opera, or any other 
‘difficult’ art form, by definition need to be held to different 
standards of accessibility than popular culture?</p>
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9259'>Dr Eugenia Arsenis</a>
			<br>
director; dramaturg, Center for Contemporary Opera, New York
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/268'>Dolan Cummings</a>
			<br>
associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; editor, <em>Debating Humanism</em>; co-founder, Manifesto Club
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9418'>Dr Nikos Dontas</a>
			<br>
head, Dramaturgy Department, Greek National Opera; music critic, <em>Kathimerini</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9265'>Dimitrios Kiousopoulos</a>
			<br>
historian; columnist, <em>Eleftherotypia</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/9294'>Ioannis Tselikas</a>
			<br>
assistant professor, Hellenic American University; music editor and performer
		
		<br>

					Chair
		        	<br>

				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/44'>Alan Miller</a>
				<br>
co-director, NY Salon; co-founder, London's Truman Brewery; partner, Argosy Pictures Film Company 
			
		

	
	

					
				<br>

	        		    Produced by
			        
			
		
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/270'>Geoff Kidder</a> director, membership and events, Institute of Ideas; convenor, IoI Book Club; IoI’s resident expert in all sporting matters
		
	

	

		
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5927'>Ira Papadopoulou</a> director of cultural affairs, Hellenic American Union
		
	

	

		
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2014/speaker_detail/5875'>Dr Nikos Sotirakopoulos</a> assistant lecturer in sociology, University of Kent
		]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/kmr2sz/Athensopera1.mp3" length="90592325" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Despite the economic crisis, art in Greece 
is booming. By 2015, new museums and cultural organisations are 
scheduled to open their doors to the public, many of them privately 
funded rather than state-run as in the past. As Greek classical 
orchestras and opera companies find themselves in a bleak financial 
situation due to government spending cuts, private funding seems to have
 offered a way out. At the same time, non-traditional venues such as 
Syntagma Square’s metro station and airplane flights have been used as 
opera stages, in an effort to promote it to new audiences.

Yet the question of how opera, along with other elite art forms such 
as classical music and theatre, can and should be made more accessible 
to all is a fraught one. Some argue, for example, that the key lies in 
demystifying some of opera’s difficulty by incorporating elements from 
popular culture and emphasising its contemporary socio-political 
relevance. Yet others warn that such an approach risks alienating 
current and potential audiences who are attracted to art precisely 
because it is so strange and diverts us from everyday concerns. They 
argue that the opera world – especially critics - should certainly focus
 their energies on inspiring and explaining opera’s virtues for the 
curious, while accepting that The Ring Cycle isn’t for everyone. 

Can such projects – whether privately or state funded - really be 
justified when they bring little obvious benefit to most Greeks, 
especially in a period of economic crisis? What emphasis should 
performers and critics place on making opera more accessible versus 
making judgments on purely artistic grounds? Does opera, or any other 
‘difficult’ art form, by definition need to be held to different 
standards of accessibility than popular culture?
				
				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Dr Eugenia Arsenis
			director; dramaturg, Center for Contemporary Opera, New York
		
		 
							
		
			Dolan Cummings
			associate fellow, Institute of Ideas; editor, Debating Humanism; co-founder, Manifesto Club
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Nikos Dontas
			head, Dramaturgy Department, Greek National Opera; music critic, Kathimerini
		
		 
							
		
			Dimitrios Kiousopoulos
			historian; columnist, Eleftherotypia
		
		 
							
		
			Ioannis Tselikas
			assistant professor, Hellenic American University; music editor and performer
		
		
					Chair
		        	
				
			
				Alan Miller
				co-director, NY Salon; co-founder, London's Truman Brewery; partner, Argosy Pictures Film Company 
			
		

	
	

					
				
	        		    Produced by
			        
			
		
		
			Geoff Kidder director, membership and events, Institute of Ideas; convenor, IoI Book Club; IoI’s resident expert in all sporting matters
		
	

	

		
		
			Ira Papadopoulou director of cultural affairs, Hellenic American Union
		
	

	

		
		
			Dr Nikos Sotirakopoulos assistant lecturer in sociology, University of Kent
		]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>5661</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20146ixm5.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2013 Private education - public harm?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2013 Private education - public harm?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/private-education-public-harm/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/private-education-public-harm/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Thu, 18 Sep 2014 17:07:43 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/private-education-public-harm/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
				Recorded on Saturday 19 October, 2013. as part of the School Fights strand at the Battle of Ideas festival 
				

				
										<p>The place of independent schools in Britain’s education 
landscape has never been so intensely debated. According to Martin 
Stephen, former high master of St Paul’s School, two of the three main 
political parties hate independent schools ‘to the core of their being’,
 while the Conservatives are run by so many public schoolboys that they 
cannot afford to extend ‘the merest hand of friendship’ to such schools 
without being caricatured by the media. But do private schools protest 
too much about ‘posh prejudice’? The 7% of pupils who attend fee-paying 
schools go on to dominate Oxbridge places and elite professions such as 
law, the media and science. Are those who defend private schools 
prepared to defend the perpetuation of such inequality on the grounds of
 individual freedom? </p>

<p>Or is it not true that independent schools are full of ‘toffs’ when a
 third of pupils in schools in the Headmasters’ and Headmistresses’ 
Conference (of independent schools) have bursary support? Might the 
growing popularity of private schools be an indictment of failing 
comprehensive schools? Is it right that parents who make sacrifices for 
their children’s education are made to feel such an outlay is morally 
questionable? Is it necessarily wrong to pay for education? And when so 
many politicians across the political divide have enjoyed the benefits 
of a private education, from Eton boys David Cameron, Oliver Letwin and 
Boris Johnson to supposed class warriors Ed Balls, Harriett Harman and 
Chuka Umunna, it is hypocritical of them to distance themselves from the
 independent sector and seek to undermine it? Is opposition to private 
schools motivated as much by a stale left-wing prejudice against 
aspiration as a real commitment to public provision? </p>

<p>What if one values both equality and choice? Are these ideals 
hopelessly incompatible when it comes to the debate about private 
education? And where do new models of schooling that combine private and
 public provisions, such as Free Schools and Academies, fit into the 
debate? Is opposition to private schools just part of a more general 
hostility to private institutions? Or is it essential to forging a fair 
education system that benefits all pupils?</p>



				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/8111'>Professor James Conroy</a>
			
Dean for European Engagement and professor of philosophical and religious education, University of Glasgow
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/4569'>Fiona Millar</a>
			
columnist, Guardian, co-founder, Local Schools Network
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/267'>David Perks</a>
			
principal, East London Science School; author, What is science education for?; co-author, Sir Richard Sykes Review of school examinations and A defence of subject-based education
		
		
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/8021'>Dr Martin Stephen</a>
			
director of education, GEMS UK; former high Master, St Paul's School
		
		
Chair
		
				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/371'>Kevin Rooney</a>
				
Politics teacher and head of social science, Queen's School, Bushey; blogger at Fans for Freedom
			]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
				Recorded on Saturday 19 October, 2013. as part of the <em>School Fights</em> strand at the Battle of Ideas festival 
				

				
										<p>The place of independent schools in Britain’s education 
landscape has never been so intensely debated. According to Martin 
Stephen, former high master of St Paul’s School, two of the three main 
political parties hate independent schools ‘to the core of their being’,
 while the Conservatives are run by so many public schoolboys that they 
cannot afford to extend ‘the merest hand of friendship’ to such schools 
without being caricatured by the media. But do private schools protest 
too much about ‘posh prejudice’? The 7% of pupils who attend fee-paying 
schools go on to dominate Oxbridge places and elite professions such as 
law, the media and science. Are those who defend private schools 
prepared to defend the perpetuation of such inequality on the grounds of
 individual freedom? </p>

<p>Or is it not true that independent schools are full of ‘toffs’ when a
 third of pupils in schools in the Headmasters’ and Headmistresses’ 
Conference (of independent schools) have bursary support? Might the 
growing popularity of private schools be an indictment of failing 
comprehensive schools? Is it right that parents who make sacrifices for 
their children’s education are made to feel such an outlay is morally 
questionable? Is it necessarily wrong to pay for education? And when so 
many politicians across the political divide have enjoyed the benefits 
of a private education, from Eton boys David Cameron, Oliver Letwin and 
Boris Johnson to supposed class warriors Ed Balls, Harriett Harman and 
Chuka Umunna, it is hypocritical of them to distance themselves from the
 independent sector and seek to undermine it? Is opposition to private 
schools motivated as much by a stale left-wing prejudice against 
aspiration as a real commitment to public provision? </p>

<p>What if one values both equality and choice? Are these ideals 
hopelessly incompatible when it comes to the debate about private 
education? And where do new models of schooling that combine private and
 public provisions, such as Free Schools and Academies, fit into the 
debate? Is opposition to private schools just part of a more general 
hostility to private institutions? Or is it essential to forging a fair 
education system that benefits all pupils?</p>

<br>

				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/8111'>Professor James Conroy</a>
			<br>
Dean for European Engagement and professor of philosophical and religious education, University of Glasgow
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/4569'>Fiona Millar</a>
			<br>
columnist, <em>Guardian</em>, co-founder, Local Schools Network
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/267'>David Perks</a>
			<br>
principal, East London Science School; author, <em>What is science education for?</em>; co-author, <em>Sir Richard Sykes Review of school examinations</em> and <em>A defence of subject-based education</em>
		
		<br>
 
							
		
			<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/8021'>Dr Martin Stephen</a>
			<br>
director of education, GEMS UK; former high Master, St Paul's School
		
		<br>
Chair
		
				
			
				<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2013/speaker_detail/371'>Kevin Rooney</a>
				<br>
Politics teacher and head of social science, Queen's School, Bushey; blogger at Fans for Freedom
			]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jm79ni/PubliceducationprivateharmRossaedit3.mp3" length="60569220" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
				Recorded on Saturday 19 October, 2013. as part of the School Fights strand at the Battle of Ideas festival 
				

				
										The place of independent schools in Britain’s education 
landscape has never been so intensely debated. According to Martin 
Stephen, former high master of St Paul’s School, two of the three main 
political parties hate independent schools ‘to the core of their being’,
 while the Conservatives are run by so many public schoolboys that they 
cannot afford to extend ‘the merest hand of friendship’ to such schools 
without being caricatured by the media. But do private schools protest 
too much about ‘posh prejudice’? The 7% of pupils who attend fee-paying 
schools go on to dominate Oxbridge places and elite professions such as 
law, the media and science. Are those who defend private schools 
prepared to defend the perpetuation of such inequality on the grounds of
 individual freedom? 

Or is it not true that independent schools are full of ‘toffs’ when a
 third of pupils in schools in the Headmasters’ and Headmistresses’ 
Conference (of independent schools) have bursary support? Might the 
growing popularity of private schools be an indictment of failing 
comprehensive schools? Is it right that parents who make sacrifices for 
their children’s education are made to feel such an outlay is morally 
questionable? Is it necessarily wrong to pay for education? And when so 
many politicians across the political divide have enjoyed the benefits 
of a private education, from Eton boys David Cameron, Oliver Letwin and 
Boris Johnson to supposed class warriors Ed Balls, Harriett Harman and 
Chuka Umunna, it is hypocritical of them to distance themselves from the
 independent sector and seek to undermine it? Is opposition to private 
schools motivated as much by a stale left-wing prejudice against 
aspiration as a real commitment to public provision? 

What if one values both equality and choice? Are these ideals 
hopelessly incompatible when it comes to the debate about private 
education? And where do new models of schooling that combine private and
 public provisions, such as Free Schools and Academies, fit into the 
debate? Is opposition to private schools just part of a more general 
hostility to private institutions? Or is it essential to forging a fair 
education system that benefits all pupils?


				

				

				
				






	

					
				
					Speakers
		        		
				 
							
		
			Professor James Conroy
			Dean for European Engagement and professor of philosophical and religious education, University of Glasgow
		
		 
							
		
			Fiona Millar
			columnist, Guardian, co-founder, Local Schools Network
		
		 
							
		
			David Perks
			principal, East London Science School; author, What is science education for?; co-author, Sir Richard Sykes Review of school examinations and A defence of subject-based education
		
		 
							
		
			Dr Martin Stephen
			director of education, GEMS UK; former high Master, St Paul's School
		
		Chair
		
				
			
				Kevin Rooney
				Politics teacher and head of social science, Queen's School, Bushey; blogger at Fans for Freedom
			]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4731</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20136js5e.jpeg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2012: Banning the Brave New World? The ethics of science</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2012: Banning the Brave New World? The ethics of science</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/banning-the-brave-new-world-the-ethics-of-science/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/banning-the-brave-new-world-the-ethics-of-science/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Wed, 10 Sep 2014 17:23:52 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/banning-the-brave-new-world-the-ethics-of-science/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[
				Recorded on Sunday 21 October, 2012 
				

				
										<p>For many years, the only hybrid human/animal embryos that 
could be legally created in the UK were those resulting from fertilising
 a hamster’s egg with a man’s sperm, as a means of testing male 
fertility. In 2008, it became legal to create all manner of hybrid 
human/animal embryos for research purposes, provided that such embryos 
were destroyed within two weeks of their creation. 2012 saw the 
establishment of a new £5.8million Centre for Mitochondrial Research at 
Newcastle University, to develop techniques for preventing the 
transmission of debilitating mitochondrial disease. But these techniques
 cannot be tested in clinical trials without a change in the law, and 
the government has commissioned a ‘public dialogue’ on the issue. Some 
object that mitochondrial-exchange techniques involve the creation of 
children with ‘three parents’, while others claim that this objection 
misunderstands the relevant science.</p>

<p>Those involved in such debates are familiar with the ‘yuck factor’ - 
the instinctive revulsion said to be felt by many, whenever the natural 
order of things is interfered with. The yuck factor is an obstacle often
 negotiated by appeal to scientific evidence, with tensions defused by 
incorporating ethics committees and ethical considerations into the 
practice and regulation of biomedicine. But while such procedures 
address the feelings prompted by scientific advances, they also result 
in substantive moral objections being either condescendingly dismissed 
as the irrational ‘yuck’ reaction, or subordinated to the scientistic 
framework of ‘evidence’. There seems to be scant room for more moral or 
political arguments, either in favour of, or in opposition to, 
biomedical progress.</p>

<p>This raises the question of how developments in biomedicine are 
understood and debated by the public, and whether the public has any 
meaningful input. By definition, there is no direct public input into 
scientific research (which is specialised work evaluated by means of 
peer review), but biomedical policy is supposedly developed under the 
auspices of the broader democratic process. Such policy affects not only
 the application of research once it has been conducted, but – if 
research techniques are contentious, for example if they involve the use
 of human embryos – whether the research is permitted to proceed at all,
 much less receive public funds. How are these decisions arrived at? 
What role do democracy, morality and a grasp of the actual science play 
in the process? 
</p>
<p>Speakers:
</p>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1630'>Professor David Jones</a>
director, Anscombe Bioethics Centre; co-editor, Chimera's Children: Ethical, Philosophical and Religious Perspectives on Human-Nonhuman Experimentation
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/4605'>Professor Robin Lovell-Badge</a>
head, stem cell biology and developmental genetics, National Institute for Medical Research
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/2800'>Ken MacLeod</a>
award-winning science fiction writer; author, Descent, The Restoration Game and Intrusion; writer-in-residence, MA Creative Writing, Edinburgh Napier University 2013-2014
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/6886'>Güneş Taylor</a>
researcher, University of Oxford; MSci, Human Genetics
Chair:
		
					
				
					<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1504'>Sandy Starr</a>
					
communications officer, Progress Educational Trust; webmaster, BioNews]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[
				Recorded on Sunday 21 October, 2012 <em></em>
				

				
										<p>For many years, the only hybrid human/animal embryos that 
could be legally created in the UK were those resulting from fertilising
 a hamster’s egg with a man’s sperm, as a means of testing male 
fertility. In 2008, it became legal to create all manner of hybrid 
human/animal embryos for research purposes, provided that such embryos 
were destroyed within two weeks of their creation. 2012 saw the 
establishment of a new £5.8million Centre for Mitochondrial Research at 
Newcastle University, to develop techniques for preventing the 
transmission of debilitating mitochondrial disease. But these techniques
 cannot be tested in clinical trials without a change in the law, and 
the government has commissioned a ‘public dialogue’ on the issue. Some 
object that mitochondrial-exchange techniques involve the creation of 
children with ‘three parents’, while others claim that this objection 
misunderstands the relevant science.</p>

<p>Those involved in such debates are familiar with the ‘yuck factor’ - 
the instinctive revulsion said to be felt by many, whenever the natural 
order of things is interfered with. The yuck factor is an obstacle often
 negotiated by appeal to scientific evidence, with tensions defused by 
incorporating ethics committees and ethical considerations into the 
practice and regulation of biomedicine. But while such procedures 
address the feelings prompted by scientific advances, they also result 
in substantive moral objections being either condescendingly dismissed 
as the irrational ‘yuck’ reaction, or subordinated to the scientistic 
framework of ‘evidence’. There seems to be scant room for more moral or 
political arguments, either in favour of, or in opposition to, 
biomedical progress.</p>

<p>This raises the question of how developments in biomedicine are 
understood and debated by the public, and whether the public has any 
meaningful input. By definition, there is no direct public input into 
scientific research (which is specialised work evaluated by means of 
peer review), but biomedical policy is supposedly developed under the 
auspices of the broader democratic process. Such policy affects not only
 the application of research once it has been conducted, but – if 
research techniques are contentious, for example if they involve the use
 of human embryos – whether the research is permitted to proceed at all,
 much less receive public funds. How are these decisions arrived at? 
What role do democracy, morality and a grasp of the actual science play 
in the process? <br>
</p>
<p>Speakers:<br>
</p>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1630'>Professor David Jones</a><br>
director, Anscombe Bioethics Centre; co-editor, <em>Chimera's Children: Ethical, Philosophical and Religious Perspectives on Human-Nonhuman Experimentation</em><br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/4605'>Professor Robin Lovell-Badge</a><br>
head, stem cell biology and developmental genetics, National Institute for Medical Research<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/2800'>Ken MacLeod</a><br>
award-winning science fiction writer; author, <em>Descent</em>, <em>The Restoration Game</em> and <em>Intrusion</em>; writer-in-residence, MA Creative Writing, Edinburgh Napier University 2013-2014<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/6886'>Güneş Taylor</a><br>
researcher, University of Oxford; MSci, Human Genetics<br>
Chair:
		
					
				
					<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1504'>Sandy Starr</a>
					<br>
communications officer, Progress Educational Trust; webmaster, <em>BioNews</em>]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/jpczes/banningthebravenewworld1.mp3" length="56027101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[
				Recorded on Sunday 21 October, 2012 
				

				
										For many years, the only hybrid human/animal embryos that 
could be legally created in the UK were those resulting from fertilising
 a hamster’s egg with a man’s sperm, as a means of testing male 
fertility. In 2008, it became legal to create all manner of hybrid 
human/animal embryos for research purposes, provided that such embryos 
were destroyed within two weeks of their creation. 2012 saw the 
establishment of a new £5.8million Centre for Mitochondrial Research at 
Newcastle University, to develop techniques for preventing the 
transmission of debilitating mitochondrial disease. But these techniques
 cannot be tested in clinical trials without a change in the law, and 
the government has commissioned a ‘public dialogue’ on the issue. Some 
object that mitochondrial-exchange techniques involve the creation of 
children with ‘three parents’, while others claim that this objection 
misunderstands the relevant science.

Those involved in such debates are familiar with the ‘yuck factor’ - 
the instinctive revulsion said to be felt by many, whenever the natural 
order of things is interfered with. The yuck factor is an obstacle often
 negotiated by appeal to scientific evidence, with tensions defused by 
incorporating ethics committees and ethical considerations into the 
practice and regulation of biomedicine. But while such procedures 
address the feelings prompted by scientific advances, they also result 
in substantive moral objections being either condescendingly dismissed 
as the irrational ‘yuck’ reaction, or subordinated to the scientistic 
framework of ‘evidence’. There seems to be scant room for more moral or 
political arguments, either in favour of, or in opposition to, 
biomedical progress.

This raises the question of how developments in biomedicine are 
understood and debated by the public, and whether the public has any 
meaningful input. By definition, there is no direct public input into 
scientific research (which is specialised work evaluated by means of 
peer review), but biomedical policy is supposedly developed under the 
auspices of the broader democratic process. Such policy affects not only
 the application of research once it has been conducted, but – if 
research techniques are contentious, for example if they involve the use
 of human embryos – whether the research is permitted to proceed at all,
 much less receive public funds. How are these decisions arrived at? 
What role do democracy, morality and a grasp of the actual science play 
in the process? Speakers:Professor David Jonesdirector, Anscombe Bioethics Centre; co-editor, Chimera's Children: Ethical, Philosophical and Religious Perspectives on Human-Nonhuman ExperimentationProfessor Robin Lovell-Badgehead, stem cell biology and developmental genetics, National Institute for Medical ResearchKen MacLeodaward-winning science fiction writer; author, Descent, The Restoration Game and Intrusion; writer-in-residence, MA Creative Writing, Edinburgh Napier University 2013-2014Güneş Taylorresearcher, University of Oxford; MSci, Human GeneticsChair:
		
					
				
					Sandy Starr
					communications officer, Progress Educational Trust; webmaster, BioNews]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>3501</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20126qn1x.png" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2013: Building an intellectual legacy – the Battle for which ideas?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2013: Building an intellectual legacy – the Battle for which ideas?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/building-an-intellectual-legacy-%e2%80%93-the-battle-for-which-ideas/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/building-an-intellectual-legacy-%e2%80%93-the-battle-for-which-ideas/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2014 15:39:00 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/building-an-intellectual-legacy-%e2%80%93-the-battle-for-which-ideas/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Recorded on Sunday 21 October 2013 at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London 
</p>
<p>‘Ideas are the cogs that drive history, and understanding them is half way to being aboard that powerful juggernaut rather than under its wheels’. AC Grayling</p>
<p>Society seems woefully lacking in Big Ideas, and we seem to crave new thinking. In Britain, great hopes rest on the legacy of the Olympics, but however inspiring the sporting excellence we all witnessed, is it realistic that a summer of feel-good spectacle can resolve deep-rooted cultural problems, from widespread disdain for competitition to community fragmentation? In America, Mitt Romney has pledged to pit substantial ideas against the empty ‘yes, we can’ sloganeering of Barack Obama, with his running mate Paul Ryan dubbed the ‘intellectual’ saviour of the Republican Party, but can they really deliver? Europe, once the home of Enlightenment salons, is now associated more with EU technocrats than philosophes. Looking to the intellectual legacy of the past is considered out of pace with an ever-changing world. We seem estranged from ideas associated with important moments in history - the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, the American and French Revolutions. Can even a basic idea like free will survive the challenges of neuroscience and genetics? When the internet offers information at the click of a mouse, what’s the point of pedagogy?</p>
<p>Some contend intellectual life has rarely been healthier; after all today’s governments appoint economists, philosophers and scientific advisers to positions of influence, and the fashion for evidence-based policy puts a premium on academic research. Nevertheless, the emphasis is on ‘what works’ utility and short-term impact rather than open-ended, risky ideas. Often data is passed off as Truth, and Socratic dialogue replaced by rows over conflicting evidence. The scramble for the next Big Idea seems to have replaced the creative and painstaking development of ideas. It’s as though serious ideas can be conjured up in brainstorming sessions or critical-thinking classes. But think-tanks kite-flying the latest outside-of-the-box, blue-skies-thinking speak more to pragmatism and opportunism than following in the tradition of Plato. Ideas become free-floating, divorced from their origins, and take on any meaning one cares to ascribe to them. Hence freedom can mean protection, its defence leading to illiberal regulations; equality can mean conformity and sameness; tolerance becomes a coda for indifference, and individualism denotes little more than selfishness.</p>
<p>Where apparently novel concepts catch on, from sustainability to fairness, identity to offence, they are often little more than fashionable sound-bites. Other ideas are even described as dangerous; those who espouse the ‘wrong’ ideas branded as modern-day heretics. But can we ever hope to approach the truth if we stifle dissent? Is intellectual life on the wane? Is it conservative to cling to old ideas, or if we don’t stand on the shoulders of giants, are we doomed to stand still ? Might truth seeking be more important than the Truth?</p>
<p>Speakers:</p>

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/6945'>Andrew Keen</a>
entrepreneur; founder, Audiocafe.com; author, Digital Vertigo: how today's online social revolution is dividing, diminishing, and disorienting us



 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1463'>Professor Ivan Krastev</a>
Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna



 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/364'>Dr Ellie Lee</a>
reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies




 
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/6946'>Rob Riemen</a>
writer and cultural philosopher; founder & president, Netherlands-based Nexus Institute; author, Nobility of Sprit: a forgotten ideal and The Eternal Return of Fascism
 
Chair:
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a> 
director, Academy of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Recorded on Sunday 21 October<em> 2013 </em>at the <em>Battle of Ideas</em> festival at the Barbican in London <em><br>
</em></p>
<p>‘<em>Ideas are the cogs that drive history, and understanding them is half way to being aboard that powerful juggernaut rather than under its wheels</em>’. AC Grayling</p>
<p>Society seems woefully lacking in Big Ideas, and we seem to crave new thinking. In Britain, great hopes rest on the legacy of the Olympics, but however inspiring the sporting excellence we all witnessed, is it realistic that a summer of feel-good spectacle can resolve deep-rooted cultural problems, from widespread disdain for competitition to community fragmentation? In America, Mitt Romney has pledged to pit substantial ideas against the empty ‘yes, we can’ sloganeering of Barack Obama, with his running mate Paul Ryan dubbed the ‘intellectual’ saviour of the Republican Party, but can they really deliver? Europe, once the home of Enlightenment salons, is now associated more with EU technocrats than <em>philosophes</em>. Looking to the intellectual legacy of the past is considered out of pace with an ever-changing world. We seem estranged from ideas associated with important moments in history - the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, the American and French Revolutions. Can even a basic idea like free will survive the challenges of neuroscience and genetics? When the internet offers information at the click of a mouse, what’s the point of pedagogy?</p>
<p>Some contend intellectual life has rarely been healthier; after all today’s governments appoint economists, philosophers and scientific advisers to positions of influence, and the fashion for evidence-based policy puts a premium on academic research. Nevertheless, the emphasis is on ‘what works’ utility and short-term impact rather than open-ended, risky ideas. Often data is passed off as Truth, and Socratic dialogue replaced by rows over conflicting evidence. The scramble for the next Big Idea seems to have replaced the creative and painstaking development of ideas. It’s as though serious ideas can be conjured up in brainstorming sessions or critical-thinking classes. But think-tanks kite-flying the latest outside-of-the-box, blue-skies-thinking speak more to pragmatism and opportunism than following in the tradition of Plato. Ideas become free-floating, divorced from their origins, and take on any meaning one cares to ascribe to them. Hence freedom can mean protection, its defence leading to illiberal regulations; equality can mean conformity and sameness; tolerance becomes a coda for indifference, and individualism denotes little more than selfishness.</p>
<p>Where apparently novel concepts catch on, from sustainability to fairness, identity to offence, they are often little more than fashionable sound-bites. Other ideas are even described as dangerous; those who espouse the ‘wrong’ ideas branded as modern-day heretics. But can we ever hope to approach the truth if we stifle dissent? Is intellectual life on the wane? Is it conservative to cling to old ideas, or if we don’t stand on the shoulders of giants, are we doomed to stand still ? Might truth seeking be more important than the Truth?</p>
<p>Speakers:</p>

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/6945'>Andrew Keen</a><br>
entrepreneur; founder, Audiocafe.com; author, <em>Digital Vertigo: how today's online social revolution is dividing, diminishing, and disorienting us<br>
<br>
<br>
</em>
 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/1463'>Professor Ivan Krastev</a><br>
Chairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna<br>
<br>
<br>

 

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/364'>Dr Ellie Lee</a><br>
reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>

 
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/6946'>Rob Riemen</a><br>
writer and cultural philosopher; founder & president, Netherlands-based Nexus Institute; author, <em>Nobility of Sprit: a forgotten ideal</em> and <em>The Eternal Return of Fascism</em>
 
<em>Chair:</em>
 
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/263'>Claire Fox</a> <br>
director, Academy of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's <em>Moral Maze</em>
<p> </p>
<p><em> </em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/wvtsqa/Buildinganintellectuallegacythebattleforwhichideas.mp3" length="64030649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Recorded on Sunday 21 October 2013 at the Battle of Ideas festival at the Barbican in London 
‘Ideas are the cogs that drive history, and understanding them is half way to being aboard that powerful juggernaut rather than under its wheels’. AC Grayling
Society seems woefully lacking in Big Ideas, and we seem to crave new thinking. In Britain, great hopes rest on the legacy of the Olympics, but however inspiring the sporting excellence we all witnessed, is it realistic that a summer of feel-good spectacle can resolve deep-rooted cultural problems, from widespread disdain for competitition to community fragmentation? In America, Mitt Romney has pledged to pit substantial ideas against the empty ‘yes, we can’ sloganeering of Barack Obama, with his running mate Paul Ryan dubbed the ‘intellectual’ saviour of the Republican Party, but can they really deliver? Europe, once the home of Enlightenment salons, is now associated more with EU technocrats than philosophes. Looking to the intellectual legacy of the past is considered out of pace with an ever-changing world. We seem estranged from ideas associated with important moments in history - the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, the American and French Revolutions. Can even a basic idea like free will survive the challenges of neuroscience and genetics? When the internet offers information at the click of a mouse, what’s the point of pedagogy?
Some contend intellectual life has rarely been healthier; after all today’s governments appoint economists, philosophers and scientific advisers to positions of influence, and the fashion for evidence-based policy puts a premium on academic research. Nevertheless, the emphasis is on ‘what works’ utility and short-term impact rather than open-ended, risky ideas. Often data is passed off as Truth, and Socratic dialogue replaced by rows over conflicting evidence. The scramble for the next Big Idea seems to have replaced the creative and painstaking development of ideas. It’s as though serious ideas can be conjured up in brainstorming sessions or critical-thinking classes. But think-tanks kite-flying the latest outside-of-the-box, blue-skies-thinking speak more to pragmatism and opportunism than following in the tradition of Plato. Ideas become free-floating, divorced from their origins, and take on any meaning one cares to ascribe to them. Hence freedom can mean protection, its defence leading to illiberal regulations; equality can mean conformity and sameness; tolerance becomes a coda for indifference, and individualism denotes little more than selfishness.
Where apparently novel concepts catch on, from sustainability to fairness, identity to offence, they are often little more than fashionable sound-bites. Other ideas are even described as dangerous; those who espouse the ‘wrong’ ideas branded as modern-day heretics. But can we ever hope to approach the truth if we stifle dissent? Is intellectual life on the wane? Is it conservative to cling to old ideas, or if we don’t stand on the shoulders of giants, are we doomed to stand still ? Might truth seeking be more important than the Truth?
Speakers:

Andrew Keenentrepreneur; founder, Audiocafe.com; author, Digital Vertigo: how today's online social revolution is dividing, diminishing, and disorienting us
 

Professor Ivan KrastevChairman of the Centre for Liberal Strategies in Sofia; permanent fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna
 

Dr Ellie Leereader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies
 
 
Rob Riemenwriter and cultural philosopher; founder & president, Netherlands-based Nexus Institute; author, Nobility of Sprit: a forgotten ideal and The Eternal Return of Fascism
 
Chair:
 
Claire Fox director, Academy of Ideas; panellist, BBC Radio 4's Moral Maze
 
 ]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4001</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20136js5e.jpeg" />    </item>
    <item>
        <title>#BattleFest2012: Free will: just an illusion?</title>
        <itunes:title>#BattleFest2012: Free will: just an illusion?</itunes:title>
        <link>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/free-will-just-an-illusion-1407496632/</link>
                    <comments>https://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/free-will-just-an-illusion-1407496632/#comments</comments>        <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2014 12:17:12 +0100</pubDate>
        <guid isPermaLink="false">http://InstituteofIdeas1.podbean.com/e/free-will-just-an-illusion-1407496632/</guid>
                                    <description><![CDATA[<p>Free will is at the root of our notions of moral responsibility, 
choice and judgment. It is at the heart of our conception of the human 
individual as an autonomous end in himself. Nevertheless, free will is 
notoriously hard to pin down. Philosophers have denied its existence on 
the basis that we are determined by the laws of nature, society or 
history, insisting there is no evidence of free will in the iron chain 
of cause and effect. Theologians have argued everything happens 
according to the will of God, not man. And yet, when we decide we want 
something and act on that, it certainly seems as if we are choosing freely. Are we just kidding ourselves?</p>

<p>Some of the most profound contemporary challenges to the idea of free
 will come from neuroscientists, evolutionary psychologists and 
biologists. They argue we are effectively programmed to act in certain 
ways, and only feel as if we make choices. Some argue, for 
example, that we can easily be nudged into certain types of behaviour if
 only the right stimuli are applied. It is widely believed that 
advertising can make us buy things we don’t need or even want. Stronger 
forms of this reasoning can be found in the idea that early 
intervention, usually before the age of three, can determine the sort of
 adult a child will grow up to be. Without such intervention, we are 
told, their future will be determined by genetics, by their environment,
 by the way their parents treat them.</p>

<p>Nevertheless, common sense still gives strong support to the idea 
that we have free will. We understand there are relatively large areas 
of our lives in which it makes sense to say we could have acted 
differently, with correspondingly different results. The law recognises 
this too: it is no defence to say you stole because your parents were 
cruel to you. We feel remorse at opportunities we could have taken but 
did not. And we do sometimes choose to do the right thing even against 
our own interests: in extreme cases some even lay down their lives for 
others and for ideals. Jean-Paul Sartre argued, ‘the coward makes 
himself cowardly, the hero makes himself heroic; and that there is 
always a possibility for the coward to give up cowardice and for the 
hero to stop being a hero’. Is the idea that we might be born cowards, 
or heroes, an excuse for not facing up to our moral responsibilities? Or
 is free will really an illusion, the by-product of a vain belief that 
we are all special? </p>
<p>Speakers:
</p>
<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/5844'>Joe Friggieri</a> professor
 of philosophy and former head of department, University of Malta; poet;
 playwright; theatre director; three-times winner, National Literary 
Prize</p>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/5064'>Dr Daniel Glaser</a> head,
 special projects, public engagement, Wellcome Trust; honorary senior 
research fellow, Institute of Cognitive Neuroscience, University College
 London

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7042'>Neal Lawson</a> chair, Compass; author, All Consuming; former adviser to Gordon Brown; co-editor, Progressive Century

<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/364'>Dr Ellie Lee</a> reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies
			
			

Chair:
 <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/595'>Angus Kennedy</a>
					convenor, <a href='http://www.instituteofideas.com/theacademy'>The Academy</a>; author, Being Cultured: in defence of discrimination

Recorded on Sunday 21 October 2012 at the Battle of Ideas Festival at the Barbican in London.
]]></description>
                                                            <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Free will is at the root of our notions of moral responsibility, 
choice and judgment. It is at the heart of our conception of the human 
individual as an autonomous end in himself. Nevertheless, free will is 
notoriously hard to pin down. Philosophers have denied its existence on 
the basis that we are determined by the laws of nature, society or 
history, insisting there is no evidence of free will in the iron chain 
of cause and effect. Theologians have argued everything happens 
according to the will of God, not man. And yet, when we decide we want 
something and act on that, it certainly <em>seems</em> as if we are choosing freely. Are we just kidding ourselves?</p>

<p>Some of the most profound contemporary challenges to the idea of free
 will come from neuroscientists, evolutionary psychologists and 
biologists. They argue we are effectively programmed to act in certain 
ways, and only <em>feel</em> as if we make choices. Some argue, for 
example, that we can easily be nudged into certain types of behaviour if
 only the right stimuli are applied. It is widely believed that 
advertising can make us buy things we don’t need or even want. Stronger 
forms of this reasoning can be found in the idea that early 
intervention, usually before the age of three, can determine the sort of
 adult a child will grow up to be. Without such intervention, we are 
told, their future will be determined by genetics, by their environment,
 by the way their parents treat them.</p>

<p>Nevertheless, common sense still gives strong support to the idea 
that we have free will. We understand there are relatively large areas 
of our lives in which it makes sense to say we could have acted 
differently, with correspondingly different results. The law recognises 
this too: it is no defence to say you stole because your parents were 
cruel to you. We feel remorse at opportunities we could have taken but 
did not. And we do sometimes choose to do the right thing even against 
our own interests: in extreme cases some even lay down their lives for 
others and for ideals. Jean-Paul Sartre argued, ‘the coward makes 
himself cowardly, the hero makes himself heroic; and that there is 
always a possibility for the coward to give up cowardice and for the 
hero to stop being a hero’. Is the idea that we might be born cowards, 
or heroes, an excuse for not facing up to our moral responsibilities? Or
 is free will really an illusion, the by-product of a vain belief that 
we are all special? </p>
<p><em>Speakers</em>:<br>
</p>
<p><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/5844'>Joe Friggieri</a> professor
 of philosophy and former head of department, University of Malta; poet;
 playwright; theatre director; three-times winner, National Literary 
Prize</p>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/5064'>Dr Daniel Glaser</a> head,
 special projects, public engagement, Wellcome Trust; honorary senior 
research fellow, Institute of Cognitive Neuroscience, University College
 London<br>
<br>
<a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/7042'>Neal Lawson</a> chair, Compass; author, <em>All Consuming</em>; former adviser to Gordon Brown; co-editor, <em>Progressive Century<br>
<br>
</em><a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/364'>Dr Ellie Lee</a> reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies
			
			<em><br>
<br>
Chair:<br>
</em> <a href='http://www.battleofideas.org.uk/2012/speaker_detail/595'>Angus Kennedy</a>
					convenor, <a href='http://www.instituteofideas.com/theacademy'>The Academy</a>; author, <em>Being Cultured: in defence of discrimination<br>
<br>
</em>Recorded on Sunday 21 October 2012 at the Battle of Ideas Festival at the Barbican in London.<br>
]]></content:encoded>
                                    
        <enclosure url="https://mcdn.podbean.com/mf/web/9kcymt/Freewill-justanillusionsting.mp3" length="77356143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
        <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Free will is at the root of our notions of moral responsibility, 
choice and judgment. It is at the heart of our conception of the human 
individual as an autonomous end in himself. Nevertheless, free will is 
notoriously hard to pin down. Philosophers have denied its existence on 
the basis that we are determined by the laws of nature, society or 
history, insisting there is no evidence of free will in the iron chain 
of cause and effect. Theologians have argued everything happens 
according to the will of God, not man. And yet, when we decide we want 
something and act on that, it certainly seems as if we are choosing freely. Are we just kidding ourselves?

Some of the most profound contemporary challenges to the idea of free
 will come from neuroscientists, evolutionary psychologists and 
biologists. They argue we are effectively programmed to act in certain 
ways, and only feel as if we make choices. Some argue, for 
example, that we can easily be nudged into certain types of behaviour if
 only the right stimuli are applied. It is widely believed that 
advertising can make us buy things we don’t need or even want. Stronger 
forms of this reasoning can be found in the idea that early 
intervention, usually before the age of three, can determine the sort of
 adult a child will grow up to be. Without such intervention, we are 
told, their future will be determined by genetics, by their environment,
 by the way their parents treat them.

Nevertheless, common sense still gives strong support to the idea 
that we have free will. We understand there are relatively large areas 
of our lives in which it makes sense to say we could have acted 
differently, with correspondingly different results. The law recognises 
this too: it is no defence to say you stole because your parents were 
cruel to you. We feel remorse at opportunities we could have taken but 
did not. And we do sometimes choose to do the right thing even against 
our own interests: in extreme cases some even lay down their lives for 
others and for ideals. Jean-Paul Sartre argued, ‘the coward makes 
himself cowardly, the hero makes himself heroic; and that there is 
always a possibility for the coward to give up cowardice and for the 
hero to stop being a hero’. Is the idea that we might be born cowards, 
or heroes, an excuse for not facing up to our moral responsibilities? Or
 is free will really an illusion, the by-product of a vain belief that 
we are all special? Speakers:Joe Friggieri professor
 of philosophy and former head of department, University of Malta; poet;
 playwright; theatre director; three-times winner, National Literary 
PrizeDr Daniel Glaser head,
 special projects, public engagement, Wellcome Trust; honorary senior 
research fellow, Institute of Cognitive Neuroscience, University College
 LondonNeal Lawson chair, Compass; author, All Consuming; former adviser to Gordon Brown; co-editor, Progressive CenturyDr Ellie Lee reader in social policy, University of Kent, Canterbury; director, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies
			
			Chair: Angus Kennedy
					convenor, The Academy; author, Being Cultured: in defence of discriminationRecorded on Sunday 21 October 2012 at the Battle of Ideas Festival at the Barbican in London.]]></itunes:summary>
        <itunes:author>academyofideas</itunes:author>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:duration>4834</itunes:duration>
                <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
        <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
        <itunes:image href="https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog688090/Battle_of_Ideas_20126qn1x.png" />    </item>
</channel>
</rss>
